diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'l10n-be/suite')
389 files changed, 36868 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chatzilla/chrome/browserOverlay.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chatzilla/chrome/browserOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b316166537 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chatzilla/chrome/browserOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY czButton.label "ЧатЗіла"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chatzilla/chrome/channels.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chatzilla/chrome/channels.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ca2ef5e1ad --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chatzilla/chrome/channels.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY window.title "Злучэнне з каналам"> + +<!ENTITY topics.label "Пошук тэмаў і назваў каналаў"> +<!ENTITY topics.accesskey "т"> + +<!ENTITY join.label "Злучыцца"> +<!ENTITY join.accesskey "З"> + +<!ENTITY minusers.label "Найменш карыстальнікаў:"> +<!ENTITY minusers.accesskey "м"> + +<!ENTITY maxusers.label "Найбольш карыстальнікаў:"> +<!ENTITY maxusers.accesskey "б"> + +<!ENTITY col.name "Назва"> +<!ENTITY col.users "Карыстальнікі"> +<!ENTITY col.topic "Тэма"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chatzilla/chrome/chatzilla.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chatzilla/chrome/chatzilla.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dd7b53a191 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chatzilla/chrome/chatzilla.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY Menubar.tooltip "Галоўнае меню"> +<!ENTITY Toolbar.tooltip "Галоўная прыладапаліца"> + + +<!ENTITY multiline-expand.tooltip "Пераключэнне ў шматрадковы ўвод (Ctrl+Up)"> +<!ENTITY multiline-contract.tooltip "Пераключэнне ў аднарадковы ўвод (Ctrl+Down)"> +<!ENTITY multiline-send.tooltip "Даслаць гэты тэкст (Ctrl+Увод)"> +<!ENTITY server-nick.tooltip "Змяніць мянушку або прызначыць стан знікнення. Каб вярнуцца ў скрынку ўводу, націсніце Выхад."> + +<!ENTITY Underline.label "Падкрэслены"> +<!ENTITY Bold.label "Выразны"> +<!ENTITY Reverse.label "Перакуліць відэя"> +<!ENTITY Normal.label "Звычайны"> +<!ENTITY Color.label "Колер"> +<!ENTITY ForeBack.label "xx=Наперад yy=Назад"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chatzilla/chrome/chatzilla.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chatzilla/chrome/chatzilla.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cb418adc94 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chatzilla/chrome/chatzilla.properties @@ -0,0 +1,1364 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# Misc + +unknown = <невядома> +none = <няма> +na = <не прыдатна> + +# util.js + +msg.alert = Перасцярога +msg.prompt = Запрашэнне +msg.confirm = Сцвярджэнне + +# command.js + +### Notes for localizers ### +# +# ChatZilla uses cmd.<command name>.* to construct the command's help, +# parameters and any UI labels. For the command to continue to function, the +# *.params entries MUST NOT BE CHANGED. Hopefully in the future you will be +# able to localize these items as well. +# +### DO NOT LOCALIZE THE *.params STRINGS ### +# +# Note also that, for every command, an accesskey may be specified: +# EITHER by prefixing the desired accesskey with "&" in the .label string, +# OR by specifying a .accesskey string, which is useful if the desired +# accesskey does not occur in the label. +# +# The following are therefore equivalent: +# cmd.foo.label = &Foo +# and +# cmd.foo.label = Foo +# cmd.foo.accesskey = F +# +# +# All localised strings may contain certain entities for branding purposes. +# The three standard brand entities (brandShortName, brandFullName, vendorName) +# can all be used like this: +# foo.bar = Some text used in &brandFullName;! +# +### End of notes ### + +### Notes for localizers ### +# +# ChatZilla uses cmd.<command name>.* to construct the command's help, +# help usage and any UI labels. +# +# Note also that, for every command, an accesskey may be specified: +# EITHER by prefixing the desired accesskey with "&" in the .label string, +# OR by specifying a .accesskey string, which is useful if the desired +# accesskey does not occur in the label. +# +# The following are therefore equivalent: +# cmd.foo.label = &Foo +# and +# cmd.foo.label = Foo +# cmd.foo.accesskey = F +# +# +# All localised strings may contain certain entities for branding purposes. +# The three standard brand entities (brandShortName, brandFullName, vendorName) +# can all be used like this: +# foo.bar = Some text used in &brandFullName;! +# +### End of notes ### + +cmd.about.label = Пра ЧатЗіла +cmd.about.help = Адлюстроўвае звесткі пра гэтую версію ЧатЗіла. + +cmd.alias.help = Вызначае мянушку <alias-name> для падзеленага кропкамі з коскамі (';') спіса загадаў, вызначаных <command-list>. Калі <command-list> вызначаны знакам мінус ('-'), мянушка будзе выдалена. Калі <alias-name> не будзе дадзена, усе мянушкі будуць пералічаны. + +cmd.attach.help = Злучае з IRC URL, вызначаным <irc-url>. Калі вы ўжо злучаны, від для <irc-url> робіцца дзейным. Калі від быў выдалены, ён пераствараецца. Вы можаце прапусціць частку irc:// з <irc-url>. Прыклады: /attach moznet, /attach moznet/chatzilla, /attach irc.mozilla.org/mozbot,isnick. + +cmd.away.label = Зніклы (змоўчны) +cmd.away.format = Зніклы ($reason) +cmd.away.help = Калі <reason> прызначана, усталёўвае стан зніклы з гэтым паведамленнем. Без <reason> вы пазначыцеся станам зніклы з змоўчным паведамленнем. + +cmd.back.label = Назад +cmd.back.help = Пазначае, што вы больш не зніклы. + +cmd.ban.label = Забарона +cmd.ban.format = Забарона на $channelName +cmd.ban.help = Bans a single user, or mask of users, from the current channel. A user's nickname may be specified, or a proper host mask can be used. Used without a nickname or mask, shows the list of bans currently in effect. + +cmd.cancel.help = Скасоўвае загады /attach і /server. Ужывайце /cancel, калі ЧатЗіла неаднаразова спрабуе злучыцца з сеткай, якая не адказвае, каб загадаць ЧатЗіла спыніць спробы раней чым здзейсніцца звычайная колькасць спробаў. + +cmd.charset.help = Прызначае кадоўку знакаў <new-charset> для цяперашняга віду ці адлюстроўвае існую кадоўку знакаў, калі <new-charset> не зададзены. + +cmd.channel-motif.help = Sets the CSS file used for the message tab for this specific channel. <motif> can be a URL to a .css file, or the shortcut "default", "light", or "dark". If <motif> is a minus ('-') character, the motif will revert to the network motif. If <channel> is not provided, the current channel will be assumed. See the ChatZilla homepage at <http://www.mozilla.org/projects/rt-messaging/chatzilla/> for more information on how to style ChatZilla. See also |motif|. + +cmd.channel-pref.help = Прызначае значэнне <pref-value> перавазе з назваю <pref-name> для гэтачасовага каналу. Калі <pref-value> не задаецца, цяперашнее значэнне <pref-name> будзе адлюстрована. Калі і <pref-name> і <pref-value> прапускаюцца, усе перавагі будуць адлюстрованы. Калі <pref-value> – знак мінус ('-'), тады перавага атрымае змоўчнае значэнне. + +cmd.clear-view.label = А&чысціць устаўку +cmd.clear-view.help = Ачышчае гэтачасовы від, знішчае *усё* змесціва. + +cmd.client.help = Робіць від ``*client*'' гэтачасовым. Калі від ``*client*'' выдалены, ён пераствараецца. + +cmd.cmd-undo.label = &Адмяніць +cmd.cmd-undo.key = accel Z + +cmd.cmd-redo.label = &Вярнуць +cmd.cmd-redo.key = accel Y + +cmd.cmd-cut.label = Вы&разаць +cmd.cmd-cut.key = accel X + +cmd.cmd-copy.label = &Капіяваць +cmd.cmd-copy.key = accel C + +cmd.cmd-paste.label = У&ставіць +cmd.cmd-paste.key = accel V + +cmd.cmd-delete.label = &Выдаліць +cmd.cmd-delete.key = VK_DELETE + +cmd.cmd-selectall.label = Вылучыць &Усё +cmd.cmd-selectall.key = accel A + +cmd.cmd-copy-link-url.label = Капіяваць месцазнаходжанне спасылкі + +cmd.cmd-mozilla-prefs.label = Перавагі &&brandShortName;… + +cmd.cmd-prefs.label = &Перавагі… + +cmd.cmd-chatzilla-prefs.label = П&еравагі ЧатЗіла… + +cmd.cmd-chatzilla-opts.label = &Наладкі… + +cmd.commands.help = Пералічае ўсе назвы загадаў, якія адпавядаюць <pattern>, ці ўсе назвы загадаў, калі ўзор не вызначаны. + +cmd.custom-away.label = Зніклы (іншы)… + +cmd.ctcp.help = Sends the CTCP code <code> to the target (user or channel) <target>. If <params> are specified they are sent along as well. + +cmd.default-charset.help = Прызначае <new-charset> новай агульнай кадоўкай знакаў ці адлюстроўвае гэтачасовую, калі <new-charset> не дадзены. + +cmd.describe.help = Выконвае дзеянне 'action' для |target|, дзе апошні ці канал, ці карыстальнік. + +cmd.dcc-accept.help = Accepts an incoming DCC Chat or Send offer. If a |nickname| is not specified, the last offer that arrived will be accepted (for security reasons, this will not work in the first 10 seconds after an offer is received). You can also use a regular expression for either <nickname> or <file>. + +cmd.dcc-accept-list.help = Displays the DCC auto-accept list for the current network. + +cmd.dcc-accept-list-add.help = Add someone to your DCC auto-accept list for the current network. + +cmd.dcc-accept-list-remove.help = Remove someone from your DCC auto-accept list for the current network. + +cmd.dcc-chat.help = Sends a DCC Chat offer to |nickname| on the current server. On a query view, |nickname| may be omitted to send the offer to the query view's user. +cmd.dcc-chat.label = Direct Chat + +cmd.dcc-close.help = Closes an existing DCC connection. |nickname| may be omitted if run from a DCC view, in which case the DCC connection for that view will be closed. |type| and |file| may be needed to identify the connection. You can also use a regular expression for either <nickname> or <file>. + +cmd.dcc-decline.help = Declines an incoming DCC Chat or Send offer. If a |nickname| is not specified, the last offer that arrived will be declined. You can also use a regular expression for <nickname>. + +cmd.dcc-list.help = Lists the currently known about DCC offers and connections. This may be limited to just "chat" or "send" using the |type| parameter. + +cmd.dcc-send.help = Offers a file to |nickname|. On a query view, |nickname| may be omitted to send the offer to the query view's user. A file may be specified directly by passing |file| or, if omitted, selected from a browse dialog. +cmd.dcc-send.label = Даслаць файл… + +cmd.delete-view.key = accel W +cmd.delete-view.label = &Зачыніць устаўку +cmd.delete-view.help = Clear the current view, discarding *all* content, and drop its icon from the tab strip. If a channel view is deleted this way, you also leave the channel. + +cmd.dehop.label = Remove Half-operator Status +cmd.dehop.help = Removes half-operator status from <nickname> on current channel. Requires operator status. + +cmd.deop.label = Remove Operator Status +cmd.deop.help = Removes operator status from <nickname> on current channel. Requires operator status. + +cmd.desc.help = Changes the 'ircname' line returned when someone performs a /whois on you. You must specify this *before* connecting to the network. If you omit <description>, the current description is shown. + +cmd.devoice.label = Remove Voice Status +cmd.devoice.help = Removes voice status from <nickname> on current channel. Requires operator (or half-operator) status. + +cmd.disconnect.format = Disconnect From $networkName +cmd.disconnect.label = &Адлучыцца +cmd.disconnect.help = Disconnects from the server represented by the active view when the command is executed providing the reason <reason> or the default reason if <reason> is not specified. + +cmd.disconnect-all.label = &Disconnect From All Networks +cmd.disconnect-all.key = accel D +cmd.disconnect-all.help = Disconnects from all networks providing the reason <reason> or the default reason if <reason> is not specified. + +cmd.echo.help = Displays <message> in the current view, but does not send it to the server. + +cmd.enable-plugin.help = Meant to be used to re-enable a plugin after calling |disable-plugin|, this command calls the plugin's enablePlugin function. There are no guarantees that the plugin will properly enable itself. + +cmd.eval.help = Evaluates <expression> as JavaScript code. Not for the faint of heart. + +cmd.except.help = Excepts a user from channel bans. A user's nickname may be specified, or a proper host mask can be used. Used without a nickname or mask, shows the list of exceptions currently in effect. + +cmd.exit.label = E&xit ChatZilla +cmd.exit.help = Disconnects from all active servers and networks, providing the reason <reason>, or the default reason if <reason> is not specified. Exits ChatZilla after disconnecting. + +cmd.faq.label = ПіА ЧатЗіла + +cmd.find.label = &Знайсці… +cmd.find.key = accel F + +cmd.find-again.label = Знайсці &зноў +cmd.find-again.key = accel G + +cmd.focus-input.key = VK_ESCAPE + +cmd.font-family.help = Sets or views the font family being used on the current view. Omit <font> to see the current font family. The value |default| will use your global font family, |serif|, |sans-serif| and |monospace| will use your global font settings, other values will set a font directly. + +cmd.font-family-default.label = Змоўчны &шрыфт +cmd.font-family-serif.label = Se&rif +cmd.font-family-sans-serif.label = S&ans Serif +cmd.font-family-monospace.label = Mo&nospace + +cmd.font-family-other.format = Other ($fontFamily)… +cmd.font-family-other.label = O&ther… + +cmd.font-size.help = Sets or views the font size being used on the current view. Omit <font-size> to see the current font size. The size value is specified in points (pt). The value |default| will use your global font size, and the values |bigger| and |smaller| increase or reduce the size by a fixed amount each time. + +cmd.font-size-bigger.label = Make Text &Bigger +cmd.font-size-bigger.key = accel + +cmd.font-size-bigger2.key = accel = +cmd.font-size-smaller.label = Make Text &Smaller +cmd.font-size-smaller.key = accel - + +cmd.font-size-default.label = Default Si&ze +cmd.font-size-small.label = Sma&ll +cmd.font-size-medium.label = &Medium +cmd.font-size-large.label = Lar&ge + +cmd.font-size-other.format = Other ($fontSize pt)… +cmd.font-size-other.label = &Other… + +cmd.goto-url.label = Open Link + +cmd.goto-url-newwin.label = Адчыніць спасылку ў новым акне + +cmd.goto-url-newtab.label = Адчыніць спасылку ў новай устаўцы + +cmd.header.label = Загаловак +cmd.header.key = accel shift H + +cmd.header.help = Toggles visibility of the header bar. + +cmd.help.help = Displays help on all commands matching <pattern>, if <pattern> is not given, displays help on all commands. + +cmd.hide-view.label = &Hide Tab +cmd.hide-view.help = Drop the current view's icon from the tab strip, but save its contents. The icon will reappear the next time there is activity on the view. + +cmd.homepage.label = Хатняя старонка ЧатЗіла + +cmd.hop.label = Give Half-operator Status +cmd.hop.help = Gives half-operator status to <nickname> on current channel. Requires operator status. + +cmd.reconnect.format = Reconnect To $networkName +cmd.reconnect.label = &Reconnect +cmd.reconnect.help = Reconnects to the network represented by the active view when the command is executed providing the reason <reason> when disconnecting, or the default reason if <reason> is not specified. + +cmd.reconnect-all.label = &Reconnect To All Networks +cmd.reconnect-all.help = Reconnects to all networks providing the reason <reason> when disconnecting, or the default reason if <reason> is not specified. + +cmd.toggle-ui.help = Toggles the visibility of various pieces of the user interface. <thing> must be one of: tabstrip, userlist, header, status. + +cmd.rtl.help = Switches text direction to Right-to-Left. +cmd.ltr.help = Switches text direction to Left-to-Right. + +cmd.irtl.help = Switches input area direction to Right-to-Left. +cmd.iltr.help = Switches input area direction to Left-to-Right. + +cmd.toggle-text-dir.label = S&witch Text Direction +cmd.toggle-text-dir.key = accel shift X + +cmd.toggle-usort.label = Sort Users By Mode +cmd.toggle-ccm.label = Collapse Co&nsecutive Messages +cmd.toggle-copy.label = Copy &Important Messages +cmd.toggle-umode.label = Show Mode as Symbol +cmd.toggle-timestamps.label = Show &Timestamps + +cmd.unban.label = Un-ban +cmd.unban.format = Un-ban from $channelName +cmd.unban.help = Removes the ban on a single user, or removes a specific ban mask from the channel's ban list. + +cmd.unexcept.help = Removes a channel ban exception. + +cmd.user.help = Sets your username to <username> and your description (``Real Name'') to <description>. Equivalent to using the |name| and |desc| command. The new name and description will be used the next time you connect to the network. You can use this command without parameters to show the current username and description. + +cmd.userlist.label = User List +cmd.userlist.key = accel shift L + +cmd.userlist.help = Toggles the visibility of the user list. + +cmd.ignore.help = Add someone to your ignore list for the current network. A nickname will suffice for <mask>, but you can also use a hostmask. With no parameters, it shows a list of all currently ignored users. + +cmd.invite.help = Invites <nickname> to <channel-name> or current channel if not supplied. Requires operator status if +i is set. + +cmd.j.help = This command is an alias for /join. + +cmd.join.label = &Join channel… +cmd.join.key = accel J +cmd.join.help = Joins the global (name starts with #), local (name starts with &), or modeless (name starts with a +) channel named <channel-name>. If no prefix is given, # is assumed. Provides the key <key> if specified. + +cmd.join-charset.help = Joins the global (name starts with #), local (name starts with &), or modeless (name starts with a +) channel named <channel-name>. Messages will be encoded and decoded according to the character encoding specified by <charset>. The <charset> parameter is independent of the default character encoding, which can be selected with the /charset command. If no prefix is given, # is assumed. Provides the key <key> if specified. + +cmd.kick.format = Kick from $channelName +cmd.kick.label = Kick +cmd.kick.help = Kicks <nickname> off the current channel. Requires operator status. + +cmd.kick-ban.format = Kickban from $channelName +cmd.kick-ban.label = Kickban +cmd.kick-ban.help = Bans *!username@hostmask from the current channel, then kicks them off. Requires operator status. + +cmd.knock.help = Requests an invitation from the specified channel with optional reason. This command is not supported by all servers. + +cmd.label-user.format = «$nickname» +cmd.label-user.label = <невядома> + +cmd.label-user-multi.format = «$userCount users» +cmd.label-user-multi.label = <невядома> + +cmd.leave.format = Пакінуць $channelName +cmd.leave.label = &Пакінуць +cmd.leave.help = Leaves the current channel. Use /delete to force the view to go away, losing its contents, or /hide to temporarily hide it, preserving its contents. Many servers do not support the optional <reason> parameter. Your preferences are used to determine whether to delete the tab. If you are dispatching this command from a script, you may override this behaviour with the <delete-when-done> parameter. + +cmd.links.help = Displays the "links" to the current server. This is a list of the other servers in the network which are directly connected to the one you are connected to. + +cmd.list.help = Lists channel name, user count, and topic information for the network/server you are attached to. If you omit the optional channel argument, all channels will be listed. On large networks, the server may disconnect you for asking for a complete list. + +cmd.list-plugins.help = If <plugin> is not provided, this command lists information on all loaded plugins. If <plugin> is provided, only its information will be displayed. If this command is dispatched from the console, you may specify <plugin> by either the plugin id, or index. + +cmd.load.help = Executes the contents of the url specified by <url>. See also: The |initialScripts| pref. + +cmd.reload-plugin.help = Reloads the plugin from the same url it was loaded from last time. This will only work if the currently loaded version of the plugin can be disabled. + +cmd.log.help = Turns logging on or off for the current channel. If <state> is provided and is |true|, |on|, |yes|, or |1|, logging will be turned on. Values |false|, |off|, |no| and |0| will turn logging off. Omit <state> to see the current logging state. The state will be saved in prefs, so that if logging is on when you close ChatZilla, it will resume logging the next time you join the channel. + +cmd.rlist.help = Lists channel name, user count, and topic information for the network/server you are attached to, filtered by the regular expression. + +cmd.map.help = Similar to /links, but provides a graphical "Network Map" of the IRC network. Mainly used for routing purposes. + +cmd.match-users.help = Shows a list of all users whose hostmask matches <mask>. + +cmd.me.help = Sends the text <action> to the channel as a statement in the third person. Try it and see! + +cmd.motd.help = Displays the "Message of the Day", which usually contains information about the network and current server, as well as any usage policies. + +cmd.mode.help = Changes the channel or user mode of <target> using <modestr> and any subsequent <param> if added. When used from a channel view, <target> may be omitted. For a list of modes you may use, see http://irchelp.org. + +cmd.motif.help = Sets the default CSS file used for the message tabs. <motif> can be a URL to a .css file, or the shortcut "default", "light", or "dark". See the ChatZilla homepage at <http://www.mozilla.org/projects/rt-messaging/chatzilla/> for more information on how to style ChatZilla. See also |network-motif|, |channel-motif|, |user-motif|. + +cmd.motif-dark.label = Dar&k Motif +cmd.motif-light.label = &Light Motif + +cmd.msg.help = Sends the private message <message> to <nickname>. + +cmd.name.help = Changes the username displayed before your hostmask if the server you're connecting to allows it. Some servers will only trust the username reply from the ident service. You must specify this *before* connecting to the network. If you omit <username>, the current username will be shown. + +cmd.names.help = Lists the users in a channel. + +cmd.network.help = Sets the current network to <network-name> + +cmd.networks.help = Lists all available networks as clickable links. + +cmd.network-motif.help = Sets the CSS file used for the message tab for the network <network>. <motif> can be a URL to a .css file, or the shortcut "default", "light", or "dark". If <motif> is a minus ('-') character, the motif will revert to the global motif. If <network> is not provided, the current network is assumed. See the ChatZilla homepage at <http://www.mozilla.org/projects/rt-messaging/chatzilla/> for more information on how to style ChatZilla. See also |motif|. + +cmd.network-pref.help = Sets the value of the preference named <pref-name> to the value of <pref-value> on the current network. If <pref-value> is not provided, the current value of <pref-name> will be displayed. If both <pref-name> and <pref-value> are omitted, all preferences will be displayed. If <pref-value> is a minus ('-') character, then the preference will revert back to its default value. + +cmd.nick.label = Change nickname… +cmd.nick.help = Changes your nickname. If |nickname| is omited, a prompt is shown. + +cmd.notify.help = With no parameters, /notify shows you the online/offline status of all the users on your notify list. If one or more <nickname> parameters are supplied, the nickname(s) will be added to your notify list if they are not yet on it, or removed from it if they are. + +cmd.notice.help = Sends the notice <message> to <nickname>. + +cmd.op.label = Give Operator Status +cmd.op.help = Gives operator status to <nickname> on current channel. Requires operator status. + +cmd.open-at-startup.help = Used to add the current view to the list of views that will be automatically opened at startup. If <toggle> is not provided, the status of the current view will be displayed. <toggle> can be one of: yes, on, true, 1, no, off, false, 0, or toggle, to toggle the current state. + +cmd.oper.help = Requests IRC Operator status from the current server. If <password> is not provided, you will be asked to enter the password in a prompt with a masked textfield (so nobody will be able to read it when you type it). + +cmd.print.label = &Print… +cmd.print.key = accel P +cmd.print.help = Opens the print dialog for the current view. + +cmd.save.label = Save View &As… +cmd.save.key = accel S +cmd.save.help = Save the current view as file <filename>. If <filename> is omitted, a Save As… dialog will be shown. <savetype> can be either |complete|, |htmlonly| or |text|. If it is omitted, it is deduced from the file extension. Files with the extension .html, .xhtml, .xhtm or .htm will be saved as complete views, .txt files as text files. Any other extensions will throw an error if <savetype> is not provided. + +cmd.say.help = Sends a message to the current view. This command is used automatically by ChatZilla when you type text that does not begin with the "/" character. + +cmd.stats.help = Request server statistics. Use this command with no parameters to get a server-specific list of available parameters for use with this command. + +cmd.time.help = Asks <nickname> what time it is on their machine. Their IRC client may or may not show them that you've asked for this information. ChatZilla currently does not. If you do not specify <nickname>, ChatZilla will ask the server for the time it is on the server. +cmd.time.label = Get Local Time + +cmd.timestamps.help = Sets the visibility of timestamps in the current view. If <toggle> is provided and is |true|, |on|, |yes|, or |1|, timestamps will be turned on. Values |false|, |off|, |no| and |0| will turn timestamps off, and |toggle| will toggle the state. Omit <toggle> to see the current state. + +cmd.toggle-oas.format = Open This $viewType at Startup +cmd.toggle-oas.label = Open at &Startup + +cmd.pass.help = Sends a password to the server for use when connecting to password-protected servers. + +cmd.ping.help = Ping takes its name from the technique of measuring distance with sonar. In IRC, it is used to measure the time it takes to send a message to someone, and receive a response. Specify a channel to ping everyone in that channel. Some IRC clients will display ping requests to the user. ChatZilla does not. +cmd.ping.label = Ping User + +cmd.plugin-pref.help = Sets the value of the plugin's preference named <pref-name> to the value of <pref-value>. If <pref-value> is not provided, the current value of <pref-name> will be displayed. If both <pref-name> and <pref-value> are omitted, all preferences for <plugin> will be displayed. If <pref-value> is a minus ('-') character, then the preference will revert back to its default value. + +cmd.pref.help = Sets the value of the preference named <pref-name> to the value of <pref-value>. If <pref-value> is not provided, the current value of <pref-name> will be displayed. If both <pref-name> and <pref-value> are omitted, all preferences will be displayed. If <pref-value> is a minus ('-') character, then the preference will revert back to its default value. + +cmd.query.label = Open Private Chat +cmd.query.help = Opens a one-on-one chat with <nickname>. If <message> is supplied, it is sent as the initial private message to <nickname>. + +cmd.quit.label = &Quit ChatZilla +cmd.quit.help = Quit ChatZilla. + +cmd.quote.help = Sends a raw command to the IRC server, not a good idea if you don't know what you're doing. see IRC RFC1459 <http://www.irchelp.org/irchelp/rfc1459.html> for complete details. + +cmd.rejoin.help = Rejoins the channel displayed in the current view. Only works from a channel view. +cmd.rejoin.format = Rejoin $channelName +cmd.rejoin.label = Rejoin + +cmd.server.help = Connects to server <hostname> on <port>, or 6667 if <port> is not specified. Provides the password <password> if specified. If you are already connected, the view for <hostname> is made current. If that view has been deleted, it is recreated. + +cmd.sslserver.help = Connects to server using SSL <hostname> on <port>, or 9999 if <port> is not specified. Provides the password <password> if specified. If you are already connected, the view for <hostname> is made current. If that view has been deleted, it is recreated. + +cmd.squery.help = Sends the commands <commands> to the service <service>. + +cmd.stalk.help = Add <text> to list of words for which you would like to see alerts. Whenever a person with a nickname matching <text> speaks, or someone says a phrase containing <text>, your ChatZilla window will become active (on some operating systems) and its taskbar icon will flash (on some operating systems.) If <text> is omitted the list of stalk words is displayed. + +cmd.status.help = Shows status information for the current view. + +cmd.statusbar.label = Паліца з статусам +cmd.statusbar.key = accel shift S + +cmd.statusbar.help = Toggles the visibility of the status bar. + +cmd.supports.help = Lists the capabilities of the current server, as reported by the 005 numeric. + +cmd.testdisplay.help = Displays a sample text. Used to preview styles. + +cmd.topic.help = If <new-topic> is specified and you are a chanop, or the channel is not in 'private topic' mode (+t), the topic will be changed to <new-topic>. If <new-topic> is *not* specified, the current topic will be displayed. + +cmd.tabstrip.label = Tab Strip +cmd.tabstrip.key = accel shift T + +cmd.tabstrip.help = Toggles the visibility of the channel tab strip. + +cmd.unignore.help = Removes someone from your ignore list for the current network. A nickname will suffice for <mask>, but you can also use a hostmask. + +cmd.unstalk.help = Remove word from list of terms for which you would like to see alerts. + +cmd.urls.help = Displays the last few URLs seen by ChatZilla. Specify <number> to change how many it displays, or omit to display the default 10. + +cmd.userhost.help = Requests the hostmask of every <nickname> given. + +cmd.userip.help = Requests the IP-address of every <nickname> given. + +cmd.disable-plugin.help = This command calls the plugin's disablePlugin function, if it exists. There are no guarantees that the plugin will properly disable itself. + +cmd.usermode.help = Changes or displays the current user mode. + +cmd.user-motif.help = Sets the CSS file used for the message tab for the user <user>. <motif> can be a URL to a .css file, or the shortcut "default", "light", or "dark". If <motif> is a minus ('-') character, the motif will revert to the network motif. If <user> is not provided, the current user is assumed. See the ChatZilla homepage at <http://www.mozilla.org/projects/rt-messaging/chatzilla/> for more information on how to style ChatZilla. See also |motif|. + +cmd.user-pref.help = Sets the value of the preference named <pref-name> to the value of <pref-value> on the current user. If <pref-value> is not provided, the current value of <pref-name> will be displayed. If both <pref-name> and <pref-value> are omitted, all preferences will be displayed. If <pref-value> is a minus ('-') character, then the preference will revert back to its default value. + +cmd.version.label = Get Version Information +cmd.version.help = Asks <nickname> what irc client they're running. Their IRC client may or may not show them that you've asked for this information. ChatZilla currently does not. If you do not specify <nickname>, ChatZilla will ask the server for the version of the IRCserver software it is running. + +cmd.voice.label = Give Voice Status +cmd.voice.help = Gives voice status to <nickname> on current channel. Requires operator (or half-operator) status. + +cmd.who.help = List users who have name, host, or description information matching <rest>. + +cmd.whois.label = Who is +cmd.whois.help = Displays information about the user <nickname>, including 'real name', server connected to, idle time, and signon time. Note that some servers will lie about the idle time. The correct idle time can usually be obtained by using |wii| instead of |whois|. + +cmd.wii.help = Displays the same information as |whois|, but asks the server to include the user's real idle time. + +cmd.whowas.label = Who was +cmd.whowas.help = Displays the last known information about the user <nickname>, including 'real name', for a user that has left the server. + +msg.err.internal.dispatch = Internal error dispatching command ``%1$S''. +msg.err.internal.hook = Internal error processing hook ``%1$S''. +msg.err.invalid.param = Invalid value for parameter %1$S (%2$S). +msg.err.disabled = Sorry, ``%1$S'' is currently disabled. +msg.err.notimplemented = Sorry, ``%1$S'' has not been implemented. +msg.err.required.param = Missing required parameter %1$S. +msg.err.ambigcommand = Ambiguous command, ``%1$S'', %2$S commands match [%3$S]. +msg.err.required.nr.param = Missing %1$S parameters. This alias requires at least %2$S parameters. +msg.err.max.dispatch.depth = Reached max dispatch depth while attempting to dispatch ``%1$S''. + +msg.err.invalid.regex = Invalid Regular Expression. For help with regular expressions, see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression#Syntax. +msg.err.invalid.pref = Invalid value for preference %1$S (%2$S). +msg.err.invalid.file = Няспраўны файл <%1$S> перайменаваны ў <%2$S>. +msg.err.failure = Operation Failed: %1$S. +msg.err.scriptload = Error loading subscript from <%1$S>. +msg.err.pluginapi.noid = Plugin <%1$S> does not have an id. +msg.err.pluginapi.faultyid = Plugin <%1$S> does not have a valid id. Plugin ids may only contain alphanumeric characters, underscores (_) and dashes (-). +msg.err.pluginapi.noenable = Plugin <%1$S> does not have an enable() method. +msg.err.pluginapi.nodisable = Plugin <%1$S> does not have a disable() method. +msg.err.invalid.scheme = Invalid scheme in url <%1$S>. +msg.err.item.not.found = Startup script item <%1$S> does not exist or is inaccessible. +msg.err.unknown.pref = Unknown pref name ``%1$S''. +msg.err.unknown.network = Unknown network ``%S''. +msg.err.unknown.channel = Unknown channel ``%S''. +msg.err.unknown.user = Unknown user ``%S''. +msg.err.unknown.command = Unknown command ``%S''. +msg.err.unknown.stalk = Not stalking %S. +msg.err.unknown.motif = Unknown motif ``%S''. +msg.err.invalid.charset = Invalid character encoding mode ``%S''. +msg.err.improper.view = ``%S'' cannot be used from this view. +msg.err.not.connected = Не злучана. +msg.err.last.view = Cannot delete last view. +msg.err.last.view.hide = Cannot hide last view. +msg.err.bad.ircurl = Invalid IRC URL ``%S''. +msg.err.need.network = Command ``%1$S'' must be run in the context of a network. +msg.err.need.server = Command ``%1$S'' must be run in the context of an attached server. +msg.err.need.channel = Command ``%1$S'' must be run in the context of a channel. +msg.err.need.user = Command ``%1$S'' must be run in the context of a user. +msg.err.need.recip = Command ``%1$S'' must be run in the context of a user or a channel. +msg.err.no.default = Please do not just type into this tab, use an actual command instead. +msg.err.no.match = No match for ``%S''. +msg.err.no.socket = Error creating socket. +msg.err.no.secure = The network ``%S'' has no secure servers defined. +msg.err.cancelled = Connection process canceled. +msg.err.offline = &brandShortName; зараз у рэжыме ``па-за сеткай''. Немагчыма ўсталяваць сеткавыя злучэнні ў гэтым рэжыме. +msg.err.badalias = Malformed alias: %S" +msg.err.no.ctcp.cmd = %S is not a valid CTCP function for this client +msg.err.no.ctcp.help = %S does not have any help information +msg.err.unable.to.print = The current view does not support printing. +msg.err.unsupported.command = The server does not support the ``%S'' command. +msg.err.invalid.mode = The mode string you entered (``%S'') is invalid. A valid mode string consists of one or more sequences of a + or - followed by one or more alphabetical characters. +msg.err.away.save = Saving the list of away messages failed (%S). +msg.err.invalid.url = ``%S'' is not a valid url nor an alias for a url, and therefor could not be loaded. +msg.err.no.channel = When running the ``%S'' command, you should either provide a channel name, or run the command in the context of a channel. +msg.err.no.idleservice = ЧатЗіла не можа вызначыць, ці вы зніклы, у гэтай версіі &brandShortName;. Самавызначэнне знікнення будзе зараз забаронена. + +msg.need.oper.password = Please enter a password for obtaining IRC Operator privileges. + +msg.irc.381 = You are now an IRC Operator. +msg.irc.464 = Incorrect password, please try again with the correct password. +msg.irc.464.login = Please specify your password using the "/pass" command to continue connecting. +msg.irc.471 = This channel has reached its set capacity; you cannot join it. +msg.irc.473 = This channel is invite-only. You must have an invite from an existing member of the channel to join. +msg.irc.474 = You are banned from this channel. +msg.irc.475 = This channel needs a key. You must provide the correct key to join the channel. See "/help join" for details on joining a channel with a key. +msg.irc.476 = You provided a channel mask which the server considers to be invalid. +msg.irc.477 = This channel requires that you have registered and identified yourself with the network's nickname registration services (e.g. NickServ). Please see the documentation of this network's nickname registration services that should be found in the MOTD (/motd to display it). +msg.irc.491 = Only few of mere mortals may try to enter the twilight zone (your host did not match any configured 'O-lines'). + +msg.irc.471.knock = %S You might be able to use "/knock %S" to ask the channel operators to invite you in. [[Knock][Asks the channel operators to let you in][%S]] +msg.irc.473.knock = %S Use "/knock %S" to ask the channel operators to invite you in. [[Knock][Asks the channel operators to let you in][%S]] +msg.irc.475.knock = %S You might be able to use "/knock %S" to ask the channel operators to invite you in. [[Knock][Asks the channel operators to let you in][%S]] + +msg.val.on = на +msg.val.off = off + +msg.plugin.enabled = Plugin ``%S'' is now enabled. +msg.plugin.disabled = Plugin ``%S'' is now disabled. + +msg.leave.inputbox = There is nothing to tab-complete. Use F6 to cycle through the user list, input box and the chat output. + +msg.fmt.usage = "%1$S %2$S" +msg.fmt.jsexception = "%1$S: %2$S @ <%3$S> %4$S" +msg.fmt.pref = Preference ``%1$S'' is ``%2$S''. +msg.fmt.netpref = Network preference ``%1$S'' is ``%2$S''. +msg.fmt.chanpref = Channel preference ``%1$S'' is ``%2$S''. +msg.fmt.userpref = User preference ``%1$S'' is ``%2$S''. +msg.fmt.pluginpref = Plugin preference ``%1$S'' is ``%2$S''. + +msg.fmt.plugin1 = Plugin at index %S, loaded from <%S>. +msg.fmt.plugin2 = id: %S, version: %S, enabled: %S, status: %S. +msg.fmt.plugin3 = Description: %S. + +msg.fmt.usercount = "%S, %S@, %S%%, %S+" +msg.fmt.alias = "%S = %S" +msg.fmt.seconds = "%S seconds + +msg.fmt.matchlist = "%S matches for ``%S'': [%S] +msg.fmt.ctcpreply = CTCP %S reply ``%S'' from %S" +msg.fmt.chanlist = "%S %S %S" +msg.fmt.logged.on = "%S is logged in as %S" + +msg.fmt.status = "%S %S" + +msg.unknown = <невядома> +msg.none = <няма> +msg.na = <не прыдатна> + +msg.always = always +msg.and = and +msg.primary = primary +msg.secondary = secondary +msg.you = you +msg.network = Сетка +msg.server = Паслугач +msg.channel = Канал +msg.user = Карыстальнік +msg.client = Спажывец +msg.view = Від +msg.tab = Устаўка +msg.loading = Загрузка +msg.error = Памылка +msg.here = here +msg.gone = gone +msg.connecting = Connecting +msg.connected = Connected +msg.disconnected = Disconnected + +msg.days = "%S дзён +msg.hours = "%S hours +msg.minutes = "%S minutes +msg.seconds = "%S seconds +msg.day = 1 дзень +msg.hour = 1 hour +msg.minute = 1 minute +msg.second = 1 second + + +msg.rsp.hello = [HELLO] +msg.rsp.help = [HELP] +msg.rsp.usage = [USAGE] +msg.rsp.error = [ERROR] +msg.rsp.warn = [WARNING] +msg.rsp.info = [INFO] +msg.rsp.evin = [EVAL-IN] +msg.rsp.evout = [EVAL-OUT] +msg.rsp.disconnect = [QUIT] + +msg.mnu.chatzilla = &ChatZilla +msg.mnu.irc = &IRC +msg.mnu.edit = &Edit +msg.mnu.help = &Help +msg.mnu.view = &View +msg.mnu.motifs = Co&lor Scheme +msg.mnu.opcommands = &Operator Commands +msg.mnu.usercommands = &User Commands +msg.mnu.fonts = &Font Family and Size + +msg.client.name = *client* +msg.cant.disable = Unable to disable plugin %S. +msg.cant.enable = Unable to enable plugin %S. +msg.is.disabled = Plugin %S is already disabled. +msg.is.enabled = Plugin %S is already enabled. +msg.no.help = Help not available. +msg.no.cmdmatch = No commands match ``%1$S''. +msg.no.plugins = There are no plugins loaded. +msg.cmdmatch = Commands matching ``%1$S'' are [%2$S]. +msg.default.alias.help = This command is an alias for |%1$S|. +msg.extra.params = Extra parameters ``%1$S'' ignored. +msg.version.reply = ChatZilla %S [%S] +msg.source.reply = http://chatzilla.hacksrus.com/ +msg.nothing.to.cancel = No connection or /list in progress, nothing to cancel. +msg.cancelling = Cancelling connection to ``%S''… +msg.cancelling.list = Cancelling /list request… +msg.current.charset = Using ``%S'' as default character encoding. +msg.current.charset.view = Using ``%S'' as character encoding for this view. +msg.current.css = Using <%S> as default motif. +msg.current.css.net = Using <%S> as default motif for this network. +msg.current.css.chan = Using <%S> as motif for this channel. +msg.current.css.user = Using <%S> as motif for this user. +msg.no.dynamic.style = Sorry, but your version of &brandShortName; doesn't support styling the entire application with a motif. This functionality will now be disabled. +msg.subscript.loaded = Subscript <%1$S> loaded with result ``%2$S''. +msg.user.info = Default nickname, ``%S'', username ``%S'', and description ``%S''. +msg.connection.info = "%S: User %S connected via %S:%S (%S server). +msg.server.info = "%S: Connected for %S, last ping: %S, server roundtrip (lag): %S seconds. +msg.connect.via = Connected via %S" +msg.user.mode = User mode for %S is now %S" +msg.not.connected = "%S: Not connected. +msg.insecure.server = Your connection to the server ``%S'' is not secure. +msg.secure.connection = Signed by %S" +msg.security.info = Displays security information about the current connection +msg.going.offline = &brandShortName; is trying to go into offline mode. This will disconnect you from ALL the networks and channels you're connected to. +msg.really.go.offline = Go Offline +msg.dont.go.offline = Don't Go Offline +msg.offlinestate.offline = Вы па-за сеткай. Пстрыкніце гэты значок, каб пачаць працу ў сетцы. +msg.offlinestate.online = You are online. Click the icon to go offline. +msg.member = Member +msg.operator = Operator member +msg.voiced = Voiced member +msg.voiceop = Operator and voiced member +msg.no.mode = no mode +msg.topic.info = "%S, %S: Topic, ``%S'' +msg.notopic.info = "%S, %S: No topic. +msg.channel.info = "%S: %S of %S (%S) <%S> +msg.channel.details = "%S/%S: %S users total, %S operators, %S voiced. +msg.nonmember = "%S: No longer a member of %S. +msg.end.status = End of status. +msg.networks.heada = Available networks are [ +msg.messages.cleared = Messages Cleared. +msg.match.unchecked = (%S users were not checked) +msg.matching.nicks = The following users matched your query: %S. %S +msg.no.matching.nicks = There were no users matching your query. %S +msg.commands.header = Type /help <command-name> for information about a specific command. +msg.matching.commands = Currently implemented commands matching the pattern ``%S'' are [%S].\nType /help <command-name> for information about a specific command. +msg.all.commands = Currently implemented commands are [%S]. +msg.help.intro = Help is available from many places:\n - |/commands| lists all the built-in commands in ChatZilla. Use |/help <command-name>| to get help on individual commands.\n - The IRC Help website <http://www.irchelp.org/> provides introductory material for new IRC users. \n - The ChatZilla FAQ <http://chatzilla.hacksrus.com/faq> answers many common questions about using ChatZilla.\n - The ChatZilla Support Channel <irc://moznet/chatzilla> is always available to answer any further questions about ChatZilla. +msg.newnick.you = YOU are now known as %S +msg.newnick.notyou = "%S is now known as %S + +msg.localeurl.homepage = http://chatzilla.hacksrus.com/ +msg.localeurl.faq = http://chatzilla.hacksrus.com/faq/ + +msg.no.notify.list = Your notify list is empty. +msg.notify.addone = "%S has been added to your notify list. +msg.notify.addsome = "%S have been added to your notify list. +msg.notify.delone = "%S has been removed from your notify list. +msg.notify.delsome = "%S have been removed from your notify list. + +msg.not.an.alias = No such alias: %S. +msg.alias.removed = Removed alias: %S. +msg.alias.created = Created alias: %S = %S. +msg.no.aliases = No aliases are defined. + +msg.no.stalk.list = No stalking victims. +msg.stalk.list = Currently stalking [%S]. +msg.stalk.add = Now stalking %S. +msg.stalk.del = No longer stalking %S. +msg.stalking.already = Already stalking %S. + +msg.status = Статус +msg.title.net.on = User %S on ``%S'' (%S:%S) +msg.title.net.off = User %S, not connected to network ``%S'' +msg.title.nonick = <unregistered-user> +msg.title.no.topic = No Topic +msg.title.no.mode = No Mode +msg.title.channel = "%S on %S (%S): %S" +msg.title.user = Conversation with %S %S" +msg.title.dccchat = DCC Conversation with %S" +msg.title.dccfile.send = "%S%% of ``%S'' sent to %S" +msg.title.dccfile.get = "%S%% of ``%S'' received from %S" +msg.title.unknown = ChatZilla! +msg.title.activity = "%S -- Activity [%S] + +msg.output.url = URL +msg.output.knownnets = Known Networks +msg.output.connnets = Connected Networks +msg.output.notconn = Not Connected +msg.output.lag = Lag +msg.output.mode = Рэжым +msg.output.users = Карыстальнікі +msg.output.topic = Тэма +msg.output.via = Connected via +msg.output.to = Connected to +msg.output.file = Файл +msg.output.progress = Развіццё +msg.output.cancel = Скасаваць + +msg.logging.off = Logging is off. +msg.logging.on = Logging is on. Log output is going to file <%S>. +msg.logfile.closed = Logfile closed. +msg.logfile.error = Unable to open file <%S>. Logging disabled. +msg.logfile.opened = Now logging to <%S>. +msg.logfile.closing = Closing log file <%S>. +msg.logfile.write.error = Unable to write to file <%S>. Logging disabled. + +msg.already.connected = You are already connected to ``%S''. +msg.enter.nick = Please select a nickname +msg.network.connecting = Attempting to connect to ``%S''. Use /cancel to abort. + +msg.jumpto.button = [[%1$S][Скокнуць да гэтага паведамлення ў %1$S][%2$S]] +msg.jumpto.err.nochan = ``%S'' больш не адкрыты. +msg.jumpto.err.noanchor = Немагчыма адшукаць якар. + +msg.banlist.item = "%S banned %S from %S on %S. +msg.banlist.button = [[Remove][Remove this ban][%S]] +msg.banlist.end = End of %S ban list. +msg.exceptlist.item = "%S excepted %S from bans in %S on %S. +msg.exceptlist.button = [[Remove][Remove this ban exception][%S]] +msg.exceptlist.end = End of %S exception list. + +msg.channel.needops = You need to be an operator in %S to do that. + +msg.ctcphelp.clientinfo = CLIENTINFO gives information on available CTCP commands +msg.ctcphelp.action = ACTION performs an action at the user +msg.ctcphelp.time = TIME gives the local date and time for the client +msg.ctcphelp.version = VERSION returns the client's version +msg.ctcphelp.source = SOURCE returns an address where you can obtain the client +msg.ctcphelp.os = OS returns the client's host's operating system and version +msg.ctcphelp.host = HOST returns the client's host application name and version +msg.ctcphelp.ping = PING echos the parameter passed to the client +msg.ctcphelp.dcc = DCC requests a direct client connection +msg.dccchat.sent.request = Sent DCC Chat offer to ``%S'' from YOU (%S:%S) %S. +msg.dccchat.got.request = Got DCC Chat offer from ``%S'' (%S:%S) %S. +msg.dccchat.accepting = Auto-accepting DCC Chat offer from ``%S'' (%S:%S) in %S seconds %S. +msg.dccchat.accepting.now = Auto-accepting DCC Chat offer from ``%S'' (%S:%S). +msg.dccchat.accepted = Accepted DCC Chat with ``%S'' (%S:%S). +msg.dccchat.declined = Declined DCC Chat with ``%S'' (%S:%S). +msg.dccchat.aborted = Aborted DCC Chat with ``%S'' (%S:%S). +msg.dccchat.failed = Failed DCC Chat with ``%S'' (%S:%S). +msg.dccchat.opened = DCC Chat with ``%S'' (%S:%S) connected. +msg.dccchat.closed = DCC Chat with ``%S'' (%S:%S) disconnected. + +msg.dccfile.sent.request = Sent DCC File Transfer offer to ``%S'' from YOU (%S:%S) of ``%S'' (%S) %S. +msg.dccfile.got.request = Got DCC File Transfer offer from ``%S'' (%S:%S) of ``%S'' (%S) %S. +msg.dccfile.accepting = Auto-accepting DCC File Transfer offer from ``%S'' (%S:%S) of ``%S'' (%S) in %S seconds %S. +msg.dccfile.accepting.now = Auto-accepting DCC File Transfer offer from ``%S'' (%S:%S) of ``%S'' (%S). +msg.dccfile.accepted = Accepted DCC File Transfer of ``%S'' %S ``%S'' (%S:%S). +msg.dccfile.declined = Declined DCC File Transfer of ``%S'' %S ``%S'' (%S:%S). +msg.dccfile.aborted = Aborted DCC File Transfer of ``%S'' %S ``%S'' (%S:%S). +msg.dccfile.failed = Failed DCC File Transfer of ``%S'' %S ``%S'' (%S:%S). +msg.dccfile.opened = DCC File Transfer of ``%S'' %S ``%S'' (%S:%S) started. +msg.dccfile.closed.sent = DCC File Transfer of ``%S'' %S ``%S'' (%S:%S) finished. +msg.dccfile.closed.saved = DCC File Transfer of ``%S'' %S ``%S'' (%S:%S) finished. File saved to ``%S''. + +msg.dccfile.progress = %S%% complete, %S of %S, %S. +msg.dccfile.send = Pick file to send +msg.dccfile.save.to = Save incoming file (%S) +msg.dccfile.err.notfound = The file specified could not be found. +msg.dccfile.err.notafile = The path specified is not a normal file. +msg.dccfile.err.notreadable = The file specified cannot be read. + +msg.dcc.pending.matches = "%S pending incoming DCC offers matched. +msg.dcc.accepted.matches = "%S DCC connections matched. +msg.dcc.matches.help = You must specify enough of the user's nickname to uniquely identify the request, or include the request type and even the filename if necessary. + +msg.dcc.not.enabled = DCC is disabled. If you need DCC functionality, you may turn it on from the Preferences window. +msg.dcc.err.nouser = Must specify |nickname| or run the command from a query view. +msg.dcc.err.accept.time = You cannot use the short form of |/dcc-accept| within the first 10 seconds of receiving a DCC request. + +msg.dcclist.dir.in = incoming +msg.dcclist.dir.out = outgoing (offer) +msg.dcclist.to = да +msg.dcclist.from = з +msg.dcclist.line = %S: %S %S DCC %S %S %S (%S:%S) %S +msg.dcclist.summary = DCC sessions: %S pending, %S connected, %S finished. + +msg.dccaccept.disabled = Currently not auto-accepting DCC on this network. +msg.dccaccept.list = Currently auto-accepting DCC on this network from [%S]. +msg.dccaccept.add = Now auto-accepting DCC on this network from %S. +msg.dccaccept.del = No longer auto-accepting DCC on this network from %S. +msg.dccaccept.adderr = You are already auto-accepting DCC on this network from %S. +msg.dccaccept.delerr = %S not found on your DCC auto-accept list for this network. + +msg.dcc.command.accept = [[Accept][Accept this DCC offer][%S]] +msg.dcc.command.decline = [[Decline][Decline (refuse) this DCC offer][%S]] +msg.dcc.command.cancel = [[Cancel][Cancels this DCC offer][%S]] +msg.dcc.command.close = [[Close][Close (disconnect) this DCC offer][%S]] + +msg.dcc.state.abort = Aborted +msg.dcc.state.request = Requested +msg.dcc.state.accept = Accepted +msg.dcc.state.connect = Connected +msg.dcc.state.connectPro = Connected (%S%% complete, %S of %S, %S) +msg.dcc.state.disconnect = Гатова +msg.dcc.state.decline = Declined +msg.dcc.state.fail = Няўдача + +msg.si.size = %1$S %2$S +msg.si.speed = %1$S %2$S + +msg.si.size.0 = B +msg.si.size.1 = KiB +msg.si.size.2 = MiB +msg.si.size.3 = GiB +msg.si.size.4 = TiB +msg.si.size.5 = PiB +msg.si.size.6 = EiB + +msg.si.speed.0 = B/s +msg.si.speed.1 = KiB/s +msg.si.speed.2 = MiB/s +msg.si.speed.3 = GiB/s +msg.si.speed.4 = TiB/s +msg.si.speed.5 = PiB/s +msg.si.speed.6 = EiB/s + +msg.host.password = Enter a password for the server %S: +msg.url.key = Enter key for url %S: + +msg.startup.added = <%1$S> will now open at startup. +msg.startup.removed = <%1$S> will no longer open at startup. +msg.startup.exists = <%1$S> is currently opened at startup. +msg.startup.notfound = <%1$S> is not currently opened at startup. + +msg.test.hello = Sample HELLO message, <http://testurl.com/foo.html>. +msg.test.info = Sample INFO message, <http://testurl.com/foo.html>. +msg.test.error = Sample ERROR message, <http://testurl.com/foo.html>. +msg.test.help = Sample HELP message, <http://testurl.com/foo.html>. +msg.test.usage = Sample USAGE message, <http://testurl.com/foo.html>. +msg.test.status = Sample STATUS message, <http://testurl.com/foo.html>. +msg.test.privmsg = Normal message from %S to %S, <http://testurl.com/foo.html>. +msg.test.action = Action message from %S to %S, <http://testurl.com/foo.html>. +msg.test.notice = Notice message from %S to %S, <http://testurl.com/foo.html>. +msg.test.url = Sample URL <http://www.mozilla.org> message. +msg.test.styles = Sample text styles *bold*, _underline_, /italic/, |teletype| message. +msg.test.emoticon = Sample emoticon :) :( :~( :0 :/ :P :| (* message. +msg.test.rheet = Sample Rheeeeeeeeeet! message. +msg.test.topic = Sample Topic message, <http://testurl.com/foo.html>. +msg.test.join = Sample Join message, <http://testurl.com/foo.html>. +msg.test.part = Sample Part message, <http://testurl.com/foo.html>. +msg.test.kick = Sample Kick message, <http://testurl.com/foo.html>. +msg.test.quit = Sample Quit message, <http://testurl.com/foo.html>. +msg.test.stalk = "%S : Sample /stalk match, <http://testurl.com/foo.html>. +msg.test.ctlchr = Sample control char >%01<\1 -- >%05<\5 -- >%10<\10 +msg.test.color = Sample color %033c%034o%034l%033o%033r%034%20%036t%036e%032s%034t%0f message. +msg.test.quote = Sample ``double quote'' message. + +msg.welcome = Welcome to ChatZilla…\nBelow is a short selection of information to help you get started using ChatZilla. +msg.welcome.url = Because ChatZilla was launched from a URL, the target has been opened for you. You can find it on the tab bar, next to this view. +msg.tabdnd.drop = Would you like to use the file ``%S'' as your new motif? +msg.default.status = Welcome to ChatZilla! + +msg.closing = Disconnecting from IRC. Click close again to exit now. +msg.confirm.quit = You are still connected to some networks, are you sure you want to quit ChatZilla?\nConfirming will close the window, and disconnect from all the networks and channels you're connected to. +msg.quit.anyway = &Quit Anyway +msg.dont.quit = &Don't Quit +msg.warn.on.exit = Warn me when quitting while still connected + +msg.whois.name = "%S <%S@%S> ``%S'' +msg.whois.channels = "%S: member of %S" +msg.whois.server = "%S: attached to %S ``%S'' +msg.whois.idle = "%S: idle for %S (on since %S) +msg.whois.away = "%S: away with message ``%S'' +msg.whois.end = End of WHOIS information for %S. + +msg.ignore.list.1 = Currently not ignoring anyone. +msg.ignore.list.2 = Currently ignoring [%S]. +msg.ignore.add = You are now ignoring %S. +msg.ignore.adderr = You are already ignoring %S. +msg.ignore.del = You are no longer ignoring %S. +msg.ignore.delerr = "%S not found in your ignore list. + +msg.you.invite = You have invited %S to %S. +msg.invite.you = "%S (%S@%S) has invited you to [[%S][Accept invitation to channel %S][goto-url %S]]. + +msg.nick.in.use = The nickname ``%S'' is already in use, use the /nick command to pick a new one. +msg.retry.nick = The nickname ``%S'' is already in use, trying ``%S''. +msg.nick.prompt = Enter a nickname to use: + +msg.list.rerouted = List reply will appear on the ``%S'' view. +msg.list.end = Displayed %S of %S channels. +msg.list.chancount = This server has %S channels. Listing them all will probably take a long time, and may lead to ChatZilla becoming unresponsive or being disconnected by the server. [[List Channels][List all channels][%S]] + +msg.who.end = End of WHO results for ``%S'', %S user(s) found. +msg.who.match = User %S, (%S@%S) ``%S'' (%S), member of %S, is connected to <irc://%S/>, %S hop(s). + +msg.connection.attempt = Connecting to %S (%S)… [[Cancel][Cancel connecting to %S][%S]] +msg.connection.refused = Connection to %S (%S) refused. [[Help][Get more information about this error online][faq connection.refused]] +msg.connection.abort.offline = The connection to %S (%S) was aborted because you went into offline mode. +msg.connection.abort.unknown = The connection to %S (%S) was aborted with error %S. +msg.connection.timeout = Connection to %S (%S) timed out. [[Help][Get more information about this error online][faq connection.timeout]] +msg.unknown.host = Unknown host ``%S'' connecting to %S (%S). [[Help][Get more information about this error online][faq connection.unknown.host]] +msg.connection.closed = Connection to %S (%S) closed. [[Help][Get more information about this error online][faq connection.closed]] +msg.connection.reset = Connection to %S (%S) reset. [[Help][Get more information about this error online][faq connection.reset]] +msg.connection.quit = Disconnected from %S (%S). [[Reconnect][Reconnect to %S][%S]] +msg.close.status = Connection to %S (%S) closed with status %S. + +msg.proxy.connection.refused = The proxy server you configured is refusing the connection. +msg.unknown.proxy.host = Unknown proxy host connecting to %S (%S). + +msg.connection.exhausted = "%S Connection attempts exhausted, giving up. +msg.reconnecting.in = "%S Reconnecting in %S. [[Cancel][Cancel reconnecting to %S][%S]] +msg.reconnecting.in.left = "%S %S attempts left, reconnecting in %S. [[Cancel][Cancel reconnecting to %S][%S]] +msg.reconnecting.in.left1 = "%S 1 attempt left, reconnecting in %S. [[Cancel][Cancel reconnecting to %S][%S]] + +msg.reconnecting = Reconnecting… +msg.confirm.disconnect.all = Are you sure you want to disconnect from ALL networks? +msg.no.connected.nets = You are not connected to any networks. +msg.no.reconnectable.nets = There are no networks to reconnect to. + +msg.ping.reply = Ping reply from %S in %S. +msg.ping.reply.invalid = Malformed ping reply from %S. +msg.prefix.response = "%S, your result is, + +msg.topic.changed = "%S has changed the topic to ``%S'' +msg.topic = Topic for %S is ``%S'' +msg.no.topic = No topic for channel %S" +msg.topic.date = Topic for %S was set by %S on %S" + +msg.you.joined = YOU (%S) have joined %S" +msg.someone.joined = "%S (%S@%S) has joined %S" +msg.you.left = YOU (%S) have left %S" +msg.you.left.reason = У вас (%S) засталося %S (%S) +msg.someone.left = "%S has left %S" +msg.someone.left.reason = "%S has left %S (%S) +msg.youre.gone = YOU (%S) have been booted from %S by %S (%S) +msg.someone.gone = "%S was booted from %S by %S (%S) + +msg.mode.all = Mode for %S is %S" +msg.mode.changed = Mode %S by %S" + +msg.away.on = You are now marked as away (%S). Click the nickname button or use the |/back| command to return from being away. +msg.idle.away.on = Вы былі самастойна пазначаны зніклым (%S) пасля %S хвілінаў бяздзейнасці. +msg.away.off = You are no longer marked as away. +msg.away.prompt = Enter an away message to use: +msg.away.default = Мяне няма тут зараз. +msg.away.idle.default = Мяне няма тут зараз. + +msg.you.quit = YOU (%S) have left %S (%S) +msg.someone.quit = "%S has left %S (%S) + +msg.unknown.ctcp = Unknown CTCP %S (%S) from %S" + +msg.fonts.family.fmt = Font family is ``%S'' +msg.fonts.family.pick = Enter the font family you wish to use: +msg.fonts.size.fmt = Font size is %Spt +msg.fonts.size.default = Font size is default +msg.fonts.size.pick = Enter the font size you wish to use: + +msg.supports.chanTypes = Supported channel types: %S" +msg.supports.chanModesA = Supported channel modes (A: lists): %S" +msg.supports.chanModesB = Supported channel modes (B: param): %S" +msg.supports.chanModesC = Supported channel modes (C: on-param): %S" +msg.supports.chanModesD = Supported channel modes (D: boolean): %S" +msg.supports.userMode = "%S (%S) +msg.supports.userModes = Supported channel user modes: %S" +msg.supports.flagsOn = This server DOES support: %S" +msg.supports.flagsOff = This server DOESN'T support: %S" +msg.supports.miscOption = "%S=%S" +msg.supports.miscOptions = Server settings/limits: %S" + +msg.conf.mode.on = Conference Mode has been enabled for this view; joins, leaves, quits and nickname changes will be hidden. +msg.conf.mode.stayon = Conference Mode is enabled for this view; joins, leaves, quits and nickname changes are hidden. +msg.conf.mode.off = Conference Mode has been disabled for this view; joins, leaves, quits and nickname changes will be shown. + +msg.cd.create = <create new channel> +msg.cd.filtering = Filtered %S of %S channels… +msg.cd.showing = Showing %S of %S channels. +msg.cd.wait.list = Waiting for current list operation to finish... +msg.cd.fetching = Fetching channel list… +msg.cd.fetched = Fetched %S channels… +msg.cd.error.list = There was an error loading the channel list. +msg.cd.loaded = Loaded %S channels… + + +msg.urls.none = There are no stored URLs. +msg.urls.header = Listing the %S most recent stored URLs (most recent first): +msg.urls.item = URL %S: %S" + +msg.save.completeview = View, Complete +msg.save.htmlonlyview = View, HTML Only +msg.save.plaintextview = View, Plain Text +msg.save.files.folder = %S_files +msg.save.dialogtitle = Save View ``%S'' As… +msg.save.err.no.ext = You must specify either a normal extension or <savetype>. Nothing was saved. +msg.save.err.invalid.path = The path ``%S'' is not a valid path or URL to save to. Only local file paths and file:/// urls are accepted. +msg.save.err.invalid.ext = The extension ``%S'' cannot be used without supplying a <savetype>. Use either |.xhtml|, |.xhtm|, |.html|, |.htm| or |.txt| as a file extension, or supply <savetype>. +msg.save.err.invalid.savetype = The savetype ``%S'' is not a valid type of file to save to. Use either |complete|, |htmlonly| or |text|. +msg.save.err.failed = Saving the view ``%1$S'' to ``%2$S'' failed:\n ``%3$S'' +msg.save.fileexists = The file ``%S'' already exists.\n Click OK to overwrite it, click Cancel to keep the original file. +msg.save.successful = The view ``%1$S'' has been successfully saved to ``%2$S''. + +munger.mailto = Mailto +munger.link = URLs +munger.channel-link = IRC channel +munger.bugzilla-link = Bugzilla link +munger.face = Face +munger.ear = Ear +munger.quote = Double Quotes +munger.rheet = Rheet +munger.bold = Выразны +munger.italic = Рукапісны +munger.talkback-link = Talkback link +munger.teletype = Teletype +munger.underline = Падкрэслены +munger.ctrl-char = Control Chars + + +# Date/Time representations for strftime + +datetime.day.long = Sunday^Monday^Tuesday^Wednesday^Thursday^Friday^Saturday +datetime.day.short = Sun^Mon^Tue^Wed^Thu^Fri^Sat +datetime.month.long = January^February^March^April^May^June^July^August^September^October^November^December +datetime.month.short = Jan^Feb^Mar^Apr^May^Jun^Jul^Aug^Sep^Oct^Nov^Dec + +datetime.uam = AM +datetime.lam = am +datetime.upm = PM +datetime.lpm = pm + +datetime.presets.lc = %Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S +datetime.presets.lr = %I:%M:%S %p +datetime.presets.lx = %Y-%m-%d +datetime.presets.ux = %H:%M:%S + + +# Messages used in config.js, part of the pref window. + +msg.prefs.alreadyOpen = ChatZilla's preferences are already open; you may not open a second copy. + +msg.prefs.err.save = An exception occurred trying to save the preferences: %S. + +msg.prefs.browse = Агляд… +msg.prefs.browse.title = ChatZilla Browse +msg.prefs.move.up = Move up +msg.prefs.move.down = Move down +msg.prefs.add = Дадаць… +msg.prefs.edit = Правіць +msg.prefs.delete = Выдаліць + +msg.prefs.list.add = Enter item to add: +msg.prefs.list.edit = Edit the item as needed: +msg.prefs.list.delete = Are you sure you want to remove the item ``%S''? + +msg.prefs.object.delete = Are you sure you want to remove the object ``%S'' and all its preferences? +msg.prefs.object.reset = Are you sure you want to reset all the preferences for ``%S'' to their defaults? + +msg.prefs.fmt.header = "%S" +msg.prefs.fmt.display.network = Network %S" +msg.prefs.fmt.display.channel = Network %S, channel %S" +msg.prefs.fmt.display.user = Network %S, user %S" + +msg.prefs.global = Global Settings + +pref.activityFlashDelay.label = Activity flash delay +pref.activityFlashDelay.help = When a tab that has had activity gets more activity, the tab is flashed. This preference is the length of the flash in milliseconds: 0 disables it. +pref.aliases.label = Мянушкі загадаў +pref.aliases.help = Allows you to make shortcuts to various commands or sequences of commands. Each item is of the form "<name> = <command-list>". The command-list is a list of commands (without the leading "/") along with their parameters, each separated by ";". The name of the alias will automatically be turned into a command when ChatZilla starts. +pref.autoAwayCap.label = Auto away-check user limit +pref.autoAwayCap.help = ChatZilla automatically checks which users are here and which are away in each channel you are a member of, however, this causes significant lag on larger channels. Any channel bigger than this limit won't be checked. +pref.autoAwayPeriod.label = Auto away-check period length +pref.autoAwayPeriod.help = ChatZilla automatically checks which users are here and which are away in each channel you are a member of. This specifies how many minutes should pass between checks. +pref.autoRejoin.label = Rejoin when kicked +pref.autoRejoin.help = If this is turned on, ChatZilla will try (only once) to rejoin a channel you got kicked from. Note, some channels dislike auto-rejoin, and will ban you, so be careful. +pref.away.label = Away status +pref.away.help = +pref.awayIdleTime.label = Часаспын самазнікнення +pref.awayIdleTime.help = Пасля колькіх хвілінаў бяздзейнасці ЧатЗіла ўсталюе ваш стан як "зніклы". Гэта працуе толькі ў навейшых версіях &brandShortName;. Прызначце 0, каб забараніць. +pref.awayIdleMsg.label = Паведамленне самазнікнення +pref.awayIdleMsg.help = Паведамленне знікнення ЧатЗіла будзе выстаўляць, калі вы адыдзеце. +pref.awayNick.label = Nickname (away) +pref.awayNick.help = This nickname will automatically be used when you mark yourself away, if different from 'Nickname'. You may leave this blank to not change nickname when going away. +pref.bugURL.label = Bugzilla URL +pref.bugURL.help = The URL used for links to bugs. "%s" is replaced with the bug number or alias. The text "bug " followed by a number or "#" and a 1-20 letter word (bug alias) will get turned into a link using this URL. +pref.bugURL.comment.label = Bugzilla URL for Comments +pref.bugURL.comment.help = The URL or suffix used for links to specific comments within bugs. With a full URL, "%1$s" is replaced with the bug number or alias and "%2$s" with the comment number, respectively. With a suffix, "%s" is replaced with the comment number. The text "bug " followed by a number or "#" and a 1-20 letter word (bug alias) followed by " comment " followed by another number will get turned into a link using this URL or suffix. +pref.charset.label = Character encoding +pref.charset.help = For multiple clients to correctly read messages with non-ASCII characters on IRC, they need to use the same character encoding. +pref.collapseMsgs.label = Collapse messages +pref.collapseMsgs.help = Makes multiple messages from one person only show their nickname against the first, which can look cleaner than having the nickname repeated. +pref.collapseActions.label = Collapse actions when collapsing messages +pref.collapseActions.help = Makes multiple actions from one person only show their nickname against the first, which can look cleaner than having the nickname repeated. +pref.conference.limit.label = Conference mode limit +pref.conference.limit.help = When the number of users in a channel sufficiently exceeds this limit, ChatZilla switches the channel into "conference mode", during which JOIN, PART, QUIT and NICK messages for other users are hidden. When the user count drops sufficiently below the limit, normal operation is resumed automatically. Setting this to 0 will never use conference mode, likewise setting this to 1 will always use it. +pref.connectTries.label = Connection attempts +pref.connectTries.help = The number of times ChatZilla attempts to connect to a server or network. Set to -1 for unlimited attempts. +pref.copyMessages.label = Copy important messages +pref.copyMessages.help = Any message marked as "important" will be copied to the network view. It allows you to quickly see messages that were addressed to you when you were away from the computer. +pref.dcc.enabled.label = DCC Enabled +pref.dcc.enabled.help = When disabled, no DCC-related commands will do anything, and all DCC requests from other users will be ignored. +pref.dcc.autoAccept.list.label = Auto-accept list +pref.dcc.autoAccept.list.help = List of nicknames to automatically accept DCC chat/file offers from. Hostmasks are also accepted, using "*" as a wildcard. If this list is empty, all DCC requests must be manually accepted or declined. +pref.dcc.downloadsFolder.label = Downloads folder +pref.dcc.downloadsFolder.help = Specifies the default destination for files received via DCC. +pref.dcc.listenPorts.label = Listen Ports +pref.dcc.listenPorts.help = List of ports that other users can connect to remotely. Each item may be a single port number, or a range specified as "lower-upper". Leave empty to use a random, OS-picked port. Each time you offer a DCC connection to someone, the next port listed is picked. +pref.dcc.useServerIP.label = Get local IP from server +pref.dcc.useServerIP.help = When turned on, ChatZilla will ask the server for your IP address when connecting. This allows DCC to obtain the correct IP address when operating behind a gateway or NAT-based system. +pref.debugMode.label = Debug mode +pref.debugMode.help = This preference is for debugging ChatZilla and can generate a lot of debug output (usually to the console). It is a list of letters, signifying what you want debug messages about. "c" for context menus (dumps data when opening a context menu), "d" for dispatch (dumps data when dispatching commands), and "t" for trace/hook (dumps data about hooks and the event queue processing) debugging. +pref.defaultQuitMsg.label = Default quit message +pref.defaultQuitMsg.help = Specifies a default quit message to use when one is not explicitly specified. Leave blank to use the basic ChatZilla one, which simply states what version you have. +pref.desc.label = Апісанне +pref.desc.help = Sets the "description" (aka "real name") field shown in your /whois information. It is commonly used to include one's real name, but you are not required to enter anything. +pref.deleteOnPart.label = Delete channel views on part +pref.deleteOnPart.help = Causes /leave and /part to also close the channel view. +pref.displayHeader.label = Show header +pref.displayHeader.help = Display the chat header on this view. This contains information like the URL of the current view, and the topic and modes for a channel view. +pref.font.family.label = Font Family +pref.font.family.help = Selects the font in which ChatZilla will display messages. The value "default" will use your global font family; "serif", "sans-serif" and "monospace" will use your global font settings; other values will be treated as font names. +pref.font.size.label = Font Size (pt) +pref.font.size.help = Selects the font size you want ChatZilla to display messages with. The value 0 will use your global font size, and other values will be interpreted as the size in points (pt). +pref.guessCommands.label = Guess unknown commands +pref.guessCommands.help = If you enter a command (starts with "/") that ChatZilla doesn't understand, then it can try "guessing" by sending the command to the server. You can turn this off if you don't want ChatZilla to try this. +pref.hasPrefs.label = Object has prefs +pref.hasPrefs.help = Indicates the object has preferences saved. Never shown in preferences window. :) +pref.identd.enabled.label = Enable Identification Server during connection process +pref.identd.enabled.help = Allows ChatZilla to connect to servers that require an ident response. +pref.initialURLs.label = Самазлучацца з URL(-і) +pref.initialURLs.help = A list of IRC URLs to which ChatZilla should connect when starting. These will not be processed if ChatZilla was started by clicking on a hyperlink to an irc host. +pref.initialScripts.label = Самазагружаць сцэнары +pref.initialScripts.help = When ChatZilla starts, it loads all the scripts listed here. If an item is a directory, however, it loads "init.js" from that directory, and any subdirectory. +pref.inputSpellcheck.label = Spellcheck the inputbox +pref.inputSpellcheck.help = Whether or not the inputbox will be spellchecked. Only works on recent &brandShortName; builds. +pref.log.label = Log this view +pref.log.help = Makes ChatZilla log this view. The log file is usually stored in your profile, which can be overridden with "Profile path" (for the base path) or "Log file name" for a specific view's log. +pref.logFileName.label = Log file name +pref.logFileName.help = The log file used for this view. If the view is currently open and logging, changing this option won't take effect until the next time it starts logging. +pref.logFile.client.label = Log file for client +pref.logFile.client.help = Specifies the name of the log file for the client view. This is appended to the 'log folder' to create a full path. +pref.logFile.network.label = Log file for networks +pref.logFile.network.help = Specifies the name of the log file for network views. This is appended to the 'log folder' to create a full path. +pref.logFile.channel.label = Log file for channels +pref.logFile.channel.help = Specifies the name of the log file for channel views. This is appended to the 'log folder' to create a full path. +pref.logFile.user.label = Log file for users +pref.logFile.user.help = Specifies the name of the log file for user/query views. This is appended to the 'log folder' to create a full path. +pref.logFile.dccuser.label = Log file for DCC +pref.logFile.dccuser.help = Specifies the name of the log file for DCC chat/file views. This is appended to the 'log folder' to create a full path. +pref.logFolder.label = Log folder +pref.logFolder.help = Specifies the base location for all logs. The various "Log file for" preferences specify the exact names for the different types of log file. +pref.motif.dark.label = Dark motif +pref.motif.dark.help = The dark motif selectable from the View > Color Scheme menu. +pref.motif.light.label = Light motif +pref.motif.light.help = The light motif selectable from the View > Color Scheme menu. +pref.motif.current.label = Current motif +pref.motif.current.help = The currently selected motif file. A Motif is a CSS file that describes how do display the chat view, and can be used to customize the display. +pref.multiline.label = Multiline input mode +pref.multiline.help = Sets whether ChatZilla is using the multiline input box or the single-line one. +pref.munger.bold.label = Выразны +pref.munger.bold.help = Makes ChatZilla display text between astersks (e.g. *bold*) in an actually bold face. +pref.munger.bugzilla-link.label = Bugzilla links +pref.munger.bugzilla-link.help = Makes ChatZilla hyperlink "bug <number>" to the specified bug, using the "Bugzilla URL" as the base link. +pref.munger.channel-link.label = Channel links +pref.munger.channel-link.help = Makes ChatZilla convert "#channel" into a link to the channel. +pref.munger.colorCodes.label = mIRC colors +pref.munger.colorCodes.help = Enables the display of colors on the chat text, as well as other mIRC codes (bold and underline). When disabled, ChatZilla will simply hide mIRC codes. +pref.munger.ctrl-char.label = Control characters +pref.munger.ctrl-char.help = Makes ChatZilla display control characters it doesn't understand. +pref.munger.face.label = Faces (emoticons) +pref.munger.face.help = Makes ChatZilla display images for common smilies, such as :-) and ;-). +pref.munger.italic.label = Рукапісны +pref.munger.italic.help = Makes ChatZilla italicize text between forward slashes. (e.g. /italic/) +pref.munger.link.label = Web links +pref.munger.link.help = Makes ChatZilla hyperlink text that looks like a URL. +pref.munger.mailto.label = Mail links +pref.munger.mailto.help = Makes ChatZilla hyperlink text that looks like an e-mail address. +pref.munger.quote.label = Neater quotes +pref.munger.quote.help = Makes ChatZilla replace `` with “ and '' with ”. +pref.munger.rheet.label = Rheet +pref.munger.rheet.help = Makes ChatZilla hyperlink "rheet": a very Mozilla.org-centric feature. +pref.munger.talkback-link.label = Talkback links +pref.munger.talkback-link.help = Makes ChatZilla hyperlink "TB<numbers><character>" to the specified talkback stack trace. +pref.munger.teletype.label = Teletype +pref.munger.teletype.help = Makes ChatZilla display |teletype| actually in teletype (a fixed-width font). +pref.munger.underline.label = Падкрэслены +pref.munger.underline.help = Makes ChatZilla underline text between underscores. (e.g. _underline_) +pref.munger.word-hyphenator.label = Hyphenate long words +pref.munger.word-hyphenator.help = Makes ChatZilla insert "hyphenation points" into long words and URLs so they can wrap to the screen size. +pref.newTabLimit.label = Max auto-created views +pref.newTabLimit.help = Sets the number of views (such as query views) that may be created automatically by ChatZilla. Once the limit is reached, private messages will show up on the current view instead. Set this to 0 for unlimited or 1 to disallow all auto-created views. +pref.nickCompleteStr.label = Nickname completion string +pref.nickCompleteStr.help = This string is appended to a nickname when tab-completed at the start of a line. +pref.nickname.label = Мянушка +pref.nickname.help = This is the name seen by everyone else when on IRC. You can use anything you like, but it can't contain particularly "weird" characters, so keep to alpha-numeric characters. +pref.nicknameList.label = Спіс мянушак +pref.nicknameList.help = This is a list of nicknames you want ChatZilla to try if the one you were using happens to be already in use. Your normal nickname need not be listed. +pref.notify.aggressive.label = Aggressive notify +pref.notify.aggressive.help = When someone sends you a private message, says your nickname, or mentions one of your "stalk words", ChatZilla considers the message to be worth getting your attention. This preference sets whether it's allowed to flash the window or bring it to the front (varies by OS) in order to get your attention. +pref.notifyList.label = Абвяшчальны спіс +pref.notifyList.help = A list of nicknames to periodically check to see if they are on-line or not. Every 5 minutes, ChatZilla will check this list, and inform you if anyone is now on-line or has gone off-line. +pref.outgoing.colorCodes.label = Enable sending color codes +pref.outgoing.colorCodes.help = Allows you to send color and other mIRC codes, such as bold and underline, using special %-sequences. When enabled, simply type "%" to see a popup of the various choices. +pref.outputWindowURL.label = Акно вываду +pref.outputWindowURL.help = You probably don't want to change this. The chat view loads this URL to display the actual messages, header, etc., and the file must correctly define certain items or you'll get JavaScript errors and a blank chat window! +pref.profilePath.label = Profile path +pref.profilePath.help = This is the base location for ChatZilla-related files. By default, ChatZilla loads scripts from the "scripts" subdirectory, and stores log files in the "logs" subdirectory. +pref.proxy.typeOverride.label = Тып пасярэднікаў +pref.proxy.typeOverride.help = Override the normal proxy choice by specifying "http" to use your browser's HTTP Proxy or "none" to force no proxy to be used (not even the SOCKS proxy). Note that this usually only works when the browser is set to use a manual proxy configuration. +pref.reconnect.label = Reconnect when disconnected unexpectedly +pref.reconnect.help = When your connection is lost unexpectedly, ChatZilla can automatically reconnect to the server for you. +pref.showModeSymbols.label = Show user mode symbols +pref.showModeSymbols.help = The userlist can either show mode symbols ("@" for op, "%" for half-op, "+" for voice), or it can show colored dots (green for op, dark blue for half-op, cyan for voice, and black for normal). Turn this preference on to show mode symbols instead of colored dots. +pref.sortUsersByMode.label = Sort users by mode +pref.sortUsersByMode.help = Causes the userlist to be sorted by mode, op first, then half-op (if supported on the server), then voice, followed by everyone else. +pref.sound.enabled.label = Дазволена +pref.sound.enabled.help = Tick this preference to allow sound, or untick to turn off all sounds. Provides nothing more than a global toggle. +pref.sound.overlapDelay.label = Overlap Delay +pref.sound.overlapDelay.help = Sets the period of time during which the same event will not trigger the sound to be played. For example, the default value of 2000ms (2 seconds) means if two stalk matches occur within 2 seconds of each other, only the first will cause the sound to be played. +pref.sound.channel.start.label = Channel: Start session +pref.sound.channel.start.help = +pref.sound.channel.event.label = Channel: Non-chat event +pref.sound.channel.event.help = +pref.sound.channel.chat.label = Channel: Normal chat +pref.sound.channel.chat.help = +pref.sound.channel.stalk.label = Channel: Stalk match +pref.sound.channel.stalk.help = +pref.sound.user.start.label = User: Start session +pref.sound.user.start.help = +pref.sound.user.stalk.label = User: Normal chat +pref.sound.user.stalk.help = +pref.stalkWholeWords.label = Stalk whole words only +pref.stalkWholeWords.help = This preferences toggles ChatZilla's handling of stalk words between finding matching words, or simple substrings. For example, "ChatZilla is cool" will match the stalk word "zilla" only if this preferences is off. +pref.stalkWords.label = Stalk words +pref.stalkWords.help = A list of words that will cause a line to be marked "important" and will try to get your attention if "Aggressive notify" is turned on. +pref.urls.store.max.label = Max stored URLs +pref.urls.store.max.help = Sets the maximum number of URLs collected and stored by ChatZilla. The "/urls" command displays the last 10 stored, or more if you do "/urls 20", for example. +pref.userlistLeft.label = Display the userlist on the left +pref.userlistLeft.help = Display the userlist on the left. Uncheck to display the userlist on the right instead. +pref.username.label = Імя карыстальніка +pref.username.help = Your username is used to construct your "host mask", which is a string representing you. It includes your connection's host name and this username. It is sometimes used for setting auto-op, bans, and other things specific to one person. +pref.usermode.label = Usermode +pref.usermode.help = Your usermode is an option string that is sent to the IRC network. It is composed of a plus sign ("+") followed by one or more letters, each of which represents an option. The letter "i" represents "invisible mode". When you are are invisible, your nickname will not appear in channel userlists for people who are not in the channel with you. The letter "s" allows you to see server messages like nickname collisions. For a more complete list of available options, look up usermode on www.irchelp.org. +pref.warnOnClose.label = Warn me when quitting while still connected +pref.warnOnClose.help = When quitting while still connected to networks, a message appears asking you if you are sure you want to quit. Uncheck this to disable it. + +# Preference group labels # + +pref.group.general.label = Агульныя +pref.group.general.connect.label = Злучэнне +pref.group.general.ident.label = Вызначэнне +pref.group.general.log.label = Запіс у метрыку +pref.group.appearance.label = Выгляд +pref.group.appearance.misc.label = Разнастайныя +pref.group.appearance.motif.label = Motifs +pref.group.appearance.timestamps.label = Часаадзнакі +pref.group.appearance.timestamps.help = The Format preference uses strftime replacements. For example, "%A %l:%M:%S%P" might become "Thursday 1:37:42pm". +pref.group.appearance.userlist.label = Спіс карыстальнікаў +pref.group.dcc.label = DCC +pref.group.dcc.ports.label = Парты +pref.group.dcc.autoAccept.label = Auto-accept +pref.group.munger.label = Фарматаванне +pref.group.startup.label = Запуск +pref.group.startup.initialURLs.label = Самазлучацца з URL(-і) +pref.group.startup.initialScripts.label = Самазагружаць сцэнары +pref.group.lists.label = Спісы +pref.group.lists.stalkWords.label = Stalk words +pref.group.lists.aliases.label = Мянушкі загадаў +pref.group.lists.notifyList.label = Абвяшчальны спіс +pref.group.lists.nicknameList.label = Спіс мянушак +pref.group.lists.autoperform.label = Самавыкананне +pref.group.global.label = Агульныя +pref.group.global.header.label = Загалоўкі +pref.group.global.header.help = Прызначае змоўчную бачнасць загалоўкаў праяваў. Пры неабходнасці яе можна перапрызначыць асобна для кожнай праявы. +pref.group.global.log.label = Запісваць метрыку для гэтых тыпаў праяваў +pref.group.global.log.help = Прызначае змоўчны стан метрыкі для праяваў. Пры неабходнасці яго можна перапрызначыць асобна для кожнай праявы. +pref.group.global.maxLines.label = Памер пракруткі +pref.group.global.maxLines.help = Колькасць радкоў тэксту для гэтага тыпу праяваў. Пры дасягненні абмежавання старэйшыя радкі выдаляюцца пры даданні новых радкоў. +pref.group.global.sounds.label = Гукавыя наладкі + +# These are the prefs that get grouped # + +pref.autoperform.label = Самавыкананне +pref.autoperform.help = When connecting to a server, you might want to send some commands automatically. Simply enter each command in this list (without the leading "/"), with parameters, and ChatZilla will do it all for you. The commands are run in the order listed. + +pref.networkHeader.label = Сеткі +pref.networkHeader.help = +pref.channelHeader.label = Каналы +pref.channelHeader.help = +pref.userHeader.label = Карыстальнікі +pref.userHeader.help = +pref.dccUserHeader.label = DCC +pref.dccUserHeader.help = + +pref.networkLog.label = Сеткі +pref.networkLog.help = +pref.channelLog.label = Каналы +pref.channelLog.help = +pref.userLog.label = Карыстальнікі +pref.userLog.help = +pref.dccUserLog.label = DCC +pref.dccUserLog.help = + +pref.clientMaxLines.label = Спажывец +pref.clientMaxLines.help = +pref.networkMaxLines.label = Сеткі +pref.networkMaxLines.help = +pref.channelMaxLines.label = Каналы +pref.channelMaxLines.help = +pref.userMaxLines.label = Карыстальнікі +pref.userMaxLines.help = +pref.dccUserMaxLines.label = DCC +pref.dccUserMaxLines.help = + +pref.timestamps.display.label = Фармат +pref.timestamps.display.help = +pref.timestamps.label = Дазволена +pref.timestamps.help = + +pref.msgBeep.label = Прагляд новага запыту. +pref.msgBeep.help = +pref.queryBeep.label = Паведамленне-запыт +pref.queryBeep.help = +pref.stalkBeep.label = Важнае паведамленне +pref.stalkBeep.help = diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chatzilla/chrome/chatzillaOverlay.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chatzilla/chrome/chatzillaOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dd7cba5b86 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chatzilla/chrome/chatzillaOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY ircCmd.label "Гутарка IRC"> +<!ENTITY ircCmd.accesskey "i"> +<!ENTITY ircCmd.commandkey "6"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chatzilla/chrome/config.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chatzilla/chrome/config.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f0de79fc52 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chatzilla/chrome/config.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY window.title "Перавагі ЧатЗіла"> + +<!ENTITY loading.label "Пачакайце, калі ласка, ідзе загрузка…"> + +<!ENTITY homepage.url "http://chatzilla.hacksrus.com/"> +<!ENTITY homepage.label "Хатняя старонка ЧатЗіла"> + +<!ENTITY object.add.label "Дадаць…"> +<!ENTITY object.add.hint "Дадаць новую сетку, канал або карыстальніка, каб прызначыць перавагі для"> +<!ENTITY object.add.accesskey "Д"> + +<!ENTITY object.del.label "Выдаліць"> +<!ENTITY object.del.hint "Прыняць гэтачасовы аб'ект, ачысціць усе яго перавагі"> +<!ENTITY object.del.accesskey "В"> + +<!ENTITY object.reset.label "Узнавіць"> +<!ENTITY object.reset.hint "Скінуць перавагі аб'екту, прызначыць змоўчныя"> +<!ENTITY object.reset.accesskey "У"> + +<!ENTITY dialog.apply "Ужыць"> + +<!ENTITY network "Сетка"> +<!ENTITY channel "Канал"> +<!ENTITY user "Карыстальнік"> + +<!ENTITY config.add.title "Дадаць аб'ект перавагаў"> + +<!ENTITY config.type.label "Тып:"> +<!ENTITY config.type.hint "Тып аб'екту для дадання перавагаў"> +<!ENTITY config.type.accesskey "Т"> +<!ENTITY config.network.label "Сетка:"> +<!ENTITY config.network.hint "Вядомая назва сеткі або назва паслугача"> +<!ENTITY config.network.accesskey "н"> +<!ENTITY config.target.label "Мэта:"> +<!ENTITY config.target.hint "Цэлявы канал або імя карыстальніка"> +<!ENTITY config.target.accesskey "М"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chatzilla/chrome/pref-irc.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chatzilla/chrome/pref-irc.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f46eabb1dc --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chatzilla/chrome/pref-irc.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref-irc.window.title "ЧатЗіла"> + +<!ENTITY pref-irc.open.title "Перавагі ЧатЗіла"> +<!ENTITY pref-irc.open.desc "Перавагі ЧатЗіла занадта вялізныя, каб памясціцца ў вакне перавагаў, таму вы можаце адкрыць іх акно перавагаў тут."> +<!ENTITY pref-irc.open.label "Адкрыць перавагі ЧатЗіла"> +<!ENTITY pref-irc.open.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY startup.chat.label "ЧатЗіла"> +<!ENTITY startup.chat.accesskey "Ч"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chatzilla/defines.inc b/l10n-be/suite/chatzilla/defines.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e97534248d --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chatzilla/defines.inc @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +#filter emptyLines + +#define MOZ_LANGPACK_CREATOR The ChatZilla Team + +#define MOZ_LANGPACK_HOMEPAGE http://chatzilla.hacksrus.com/ + +# If non-English locales wish to credit multiple contributors, uncomment this +# variable definition and use the format specified. +# #define MOZ_LANGPACK_CONTRIBUTORS <em:contributor>Joe Solon</em:contributor> <em:contributor>Suzy Solon</em:contributor> +#define MOZ_LANGPACK_CONTRIBUTORS <em:contributor>mozilla by</em:contributor> + +#unfilter emptyLines diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/branding/aboutRights.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/branding/aboutRights.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c94f0dccee --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/branding/aboutRights.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE This file is very similar to the one in Firefox from browser/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/aboutRights.dtd so you can use that file as a starting point --> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE This file is very similar to the one in Firefox from browser/locales/en-US/chrome/browser/aboutRights.dtd so you can use that file as a starting point --> +<!ENTITY rights.locale-direction "ltr"> +<!ENTITY rights.pagetitle "Пра правы"> +<!ENTITY rights.intro-header "Пра вашы правы"> +<!ENTITY rights.intro "&brandFullName; свабоднае праграмнае забеспячэнне з адкрытымі зыходнікамі, створанае шматлюднай сусветнай грамадой. Вам будзе цікава ведаць:"> + +<!ENTITY rights.intro-point1a "&brandShortName; даступны вам згодна умовам"> +<!ENTITY rights.intro-point1b "Прылюднай Ліцэнзіі Mozilla"> +<!ENTITY rights.intro-point1c ". Яна дазваляе вам ужываць, капіяваць і распаўсюджваць &brandShortName;. Вы таксама можаце змяняць зыходны код &brandShortName; дзеля задавальнення вашых патрэбаў. Прылюдная Ліцэнзія Mozilla дазваляе вам распаўсюджваць вашы змененыя версіі."> + +<!ENTITY rights.intro-point2b "тут"> +<!ENTITY rights.intro-point2c "."> + +<!ENTITY rights.intro-point3a "З палітыкамі прыватнасці прадуктаў &vendorShortName; можна пазнаёміцца "> +<!ENTITY rights.intro-point3b "тут"> +<!ENTITY rights.intro-point3c "."> + +<!ENTITY rights.intro-point4b "умовах пагаднення службаў"> +<!ENTITY rights.intro-point4c "."> + +<!ENTITY rights.webservices-header "Службы пляцовак Сеціва &brandFullName;"> + +<!-- Note that this paragraph references entities from extensions.dtd, + preferences.dtd, pref-smartupdate.dtd, and pref-security.dtd, + so that we can refer to text the user sees in the UI, without + this page being forgotten every time those strings are updated. --> + +<!ENTITY rights.webservices-term1 "&vendorShortName; можа спыніць дзеянне ці змяніць Службы па свайму одуму."> +<!ENTITY rights.webservices-term3 "Службы прадастаўляюцца "як ёсць." &vendorShortName;, яго ўкладчыкі, ліцэнзіяты і размеркавальнікі выракаюцца ўсякіх зарукаў, выказаных яўна або тых, што падразумяваюцца, у тым ліку зарукаў таго, што службы ходкія і прыдатныя для задавальнення вашых асабістых патрэбаў. Вы бераце на сябе ўсю рызыку за выбар і адпаведнасць якасці і хуткасці службаў для задавальнення сваіх патрэбаў. Асобныя юрысдыкцыі не дазваляюць выключэнне або абмежавання зарукаў, якія падразумяваюцца, таму гэты вырак можа не тычыцца вас."> +<!ENTITY rights.webservices-term4 "Except as required by law, &vendorShortName;, its contributors, licensors, and distributors will not be liable for any indirect, special, incidental, consequential, punitive, or exemplary damages arising out of or in any way relating to the use of &brandShortName; and the Services. The collective liability under these terms will not exceed $500 (five hundred dollars). Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of certain damages, so this exclusion and limitation may not apply to you."> +<!ENTITY rights.webservices-term5 "&vendorShortName; можа абнаўляць гэтыя ўмовы пагаднення час ад часу, калі гэта будзе неабходна. Гэтыя ўмовы не могуць быць зменены або скасованы без пісьмовага дазволу &vendorShortName;."> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/branding/aboutRights.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/branding/aboutRights.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f87f747927 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/branding/aboutRights.properties @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +buttonLabel = Вашы правы… +buttonAccessKey = В diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/browser/linkToolbar.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/browser/linkToolbar.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a074d0ab64 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/browser/linkToolbar.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY linkToolbar.label "Прыладапаліца навігацыі"> +<!ENTITY linkToolbar.accesskey "а"> +<!ENTITY linkToolbar.tooltip "Прыладапаліца навігацыі"> + +<!ENTITY linkToolbarAlways.label "Паказваць заўсёды"> +<!ENTITY linkToolbarAlways.accesskey "ў"> +<!ENTITY linkToolbarAsNeeded.label "Паказваць, калі патрэбна"> +<!ENTITY linkToolbarAsNeeded.accesskey "К"> +<!ENTITY linkToolbarNever.label "Хаваць заўсёды"> +<!ENTITY linkToolbarNever.accesskey "Х"> + +<!ENTITY topButton.label "Верх"> +<!ENTITY upButton.label "Уверх"> +<!ENTITY firstButton.label "Першы"> +<!ENTITY prevButton.label "Папярэдні"> +<!ENTITY nextButton.label "Наступны"> +<!ENTITY lastButton.label "Апошні"> + +<!ENTITY documentButton.label "Дакумент"> + +<!ENTITY tocButton.label "Табліца з зместам"> +<!ENTITY chapterButton.label "Главы"> +<!ENTITY sectionButton.label "Раздзелы"> +<!ENTITY subSectionButton.label "Падраздзелы"> +<!ENTITY appendixButton.label "Дадаткі"> +<!ENTITY glossaryButton.label "Слоўнік"> +<!ENTITY indexButton.label "Паказальнік"> + +<!ENTITY moreButton.label "Болей"> + +<!ENTITY helpButton.label "Даведка"> +<!ENTITY searchButton.label "Пошук"> + +<!ENTITY authorButton.label "Аўтар(ы)"> +<!ENTITY copyrightButton.label "Аўтарскае права"> + +<!ENTITY bookmarkButton.label "Закладкі"> + +<!ENTITY alternateButton.label "Іншыя версіі"> + +<!ENTITY feedButton.label "Падпісацца"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/browser/mailNavigatorOverlay.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/browser/mailNavigatorOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2929c27a67 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/browser/mailNavigatorOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY newMessageCmd.label "Ліст"> +<!ENTITY newMessageCmd.accesskey "Л"> +<!ENTITY newMessageCmd.key "M"> + +<!ENTITY newContactCmd.label "Сувязь…"> +<!ENTITY newContactCmd.accesskey "С"> + +<!ENTITY sendPage.label "Даслаць старонку…"> +<!ENTITY sendPage.accesskey "Д"> + +<!ENTITY contextSendThisPage.label "Даслаць гэтую старонку…"> +<!ENTITY contextSendThisPage.accesskey "с"> +<!ENTITY contextSendThisLink.label "Даслаць гэтую спасылку…"> +<!ENTITY contextSendThisLink.accesskey "у"> +<!ENTITY contextSendImage.label "Даслаць выяву…"> +<!ENTITY contextSendImage.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY contextSendVideo.label "Даслаць відэя…"> +<!ENTITY contextSendVideo.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY contextSendAudio.label "Даслаць гук…"> +<!ENTITY contextSendAudio.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY contextSendFrame.label "Даслаць рамку…"> +<!ENTITY contextSendFrame.accesskey "ц"> + +<!ENTITY sendLinkCmd.label "Даслаць спасылку…"> +<!ENTITY sendLinkCmd.accesskey "п"> + diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/browser/metadata.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/browser/metadata.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b917b07004 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/browser/metadata.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY no-properties.label "Уласцівасці не вызначаны."> + +<!ENTITY caption.label "Уласцівасці адзінкі"> +<!ENTITY image-sec.label "Уласцівасці выявы"> +<!ENTITY image-url.label "Месцазнаходжанне:"> +<!ENTITY image-desc.label "Апісанне:"> +<!ENTITY image-alt.label "Дадатковы тэкст:"> +<!ENTITY image-width.label "Шырыня:"> +<!ENTITY image-height.label "Вышыня:"> +<!ENTITY image-filesize.label "Памер файла:"> +<!ENTITY image-filesize.value "Невядомы"> +<!ENTITY insdel-sec.label "Уласцівасці Ўстаўлення/Выдалення"> +<!ENTITY insdel-cite.label "Звесткі:"> +<!ENTITY insdel-date.label "Дата:"> +<!ENTITY link-sec.label "Уласцівасці спасылкі"> +<!ENTITY link-url.label "Адрас:"> +<!ENTITY link-target.label "Адчыніцца ў:"> +<!ENTITY link-type.label "Тып мэты:"> +<!ENTITY link-lang.label "Мова мэты:"> +<!ENTITY link-rel.label "Дачыненне:"> +<!ENTITY link-rev.label "Адваротнае дачыненне:"> +<!ENTITY misc-sec.label "Разнастайныя ўласцівасці"> +<!ENTITY misc-lang.label "Мова тэксту:"> +<!ENTITY misc-title.label "Загаловак:"> +<!ENTITY misc-tblsummary.label "Зводка табліцы:"> +<!ENTITY quote-sec.label "Уласцівасці вытрымкі"> +<!ENTITY quote-cite.label "Звесткі:"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/browser/metadata.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/browser/metadata.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d5946d6387 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/browser/metadata.properties @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +sameWindowText = У тым жа акне +newWindowText = У новым акне +parentFrameText = У рамцы продка +sameFrameText = У той жа рамцы +embeddedText = Убудаваны +unableToShowProps = Няма даступных уласцівасцей. +altTextMissing = Адсутнічае +altTextBlank = Пусты +imageSize = %S КБ (%S байтаў) +imageSizeUnknown = Невядомы (не з запасніка) +imageWidth = %Sпкс +imageHeight = %Sпкс +languageRegionFormat = %1$S (%2$S) diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/browser/navigator.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/browser/navigator.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3eaf69296b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/browser/navigator.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from content/navigator.xul --> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE This file contains the browser main menu items --> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE Do not translate commandkeys --> + +<!ENTITY mainWindow.title "&brandShortName;"> +<!ENTITY mainWindow.titlemodifier "&brandShortName;"> +<!ENTITY mainWindow.titlemodifiermenuseparator " - "> + +<!ENTITY mainWindow.titleprivate "Адасобленае азіранне"> + +<!ENTITY editPageCmd.label "Рэдагаваць старонку"> +<!ENTITY editPageCmd.accesskey "Р"> +<!ENTITY editPageCmd.commandkey "e"> + +<!ENTITY navbarCmd.label "Паліца з прыладамі Навігацыі"> +<!ENTITY navbarCmd.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY bookmarksToolbarCmd.label "Прыладапаліца закладак"> +<!ENTITY bookmarksToolbarCmd.accesskey "з"> + +<!ENTITY closeWindow.label "Зачыніць акно"> +<!ENTITY closeWindow.accesskey "а"> + +<!ENTITY minimizeButton.tooltip "Мінімізаваць"> +<!ENTITY restoreButton.tooltip "Аднавіць"> + +<!ENTITY feedsMenu.label "Падпісацца на гэтую старонку"> +<!ENTITY feedsMenu.accesskey "П"> + +<!ENTITY menuBar.tooltip "Паліца з меню"> +<!ENTITY bookmarksToolbar.tooltip "Прыладапаліца закладак"> +<!ENTITY navigationToolbar.tooltip "Паліца з прыладамі навігацыі"> + +<!ENTITY backButton.label "Назад"> +<!ENTITY backButton.tooltip "Папярэдняя старонка"> +<!ENTITY forwardButton.label "Наперад"> +<!ENTITY forwardButton.tooltip "Наступная старонка"> +<!ENTITY reloadButton.label "Абнавіць"> +<!ENTITY reloadButton.tooltip "Абнавіць гэтую старонку"> +<!ENTITY stopButton.label "Спыніць"> +<!ENTITY stopButton.tooltip "Прыпыніць загрузку гэтай старонкі"> +<!ENTITY searchButton.label "Пошук"> +<!ENTITY searchButton.tooltip "Увядзіце слова ў поле злева і пстрыкніце Пошук"> +<!ENTITY goButton.label "Пайсці"> +<!ENTITY goButton.tooltip "Увядзіце адрас месца ў поле злева і пстрыкніце Пайсці"> +<!ENTITY printButton.label "Друкаваць"> +<!ENTITY printButton.tooltip "Друкаваць гэту старонку"> + +<!ENTITY locationBar.tooltip "Увядзіце тэрмін, ключавое слова для пошуку ці адрас у сеціве"> +<!ENTITY locationBar.accesskey "в"> +<!ENTITY locationBar.title "Месцазнаходжанне"> +<!ENTITY proxyIcon.tooltip "Перацягніце і ўпусціце гэты значок, каб стварыць спасылку на гэту старонку"> + +<!ENTITY searchItem.title "Пошук"> + +<!ENTITY bookmarksButton.label "Закладкі"> +<!ENTITY bookmarksButton.tooltip "Спіс закладак"> +<!ENTITY homeButton.label "Дадому"> +<!ENTITY bookmarksToolbarItem.label "Адзінкі прыладапаліцы закладак"> +<!ENTITY bookmarksToolbarChevron.tooltip "Паказаць больш закладак"> + +<!ENTITY statusText.label "Гатова"> + +<!ENTITY popupIcon.tooltiptext "Не затрымліваць вынырцы з гэтай сеціўнай пляцоўкі"> + +<!ENTITY viewSecurityInfo.label "Праглядзець звесткі пра бяспеку"> +<!ENTITY viewSecurityInfo.accesskey "б"> +<!ENTITY viewCertificate.label "Пабачыць пасведчанне"> +<!ENTITY viewCertificate.accesskey "п"> +<!ENTITY viewCertManager.label "Адчыніць кіраўнік пасведчанняў"> +<!ENTITY viewCertManager.accesskey "к"> + diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/browser/navigator.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/browser/navigator.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..80085d4932 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/browser/navigator.properties @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +nv_done = Гатова +nv_timeout = Па-за часам +nv_stopped = Прыпынены +openFile = Адчыніць файл +uploadFile = Загрузіць файл + +droponhomebutton = Упусціце спасылку ці файл, каб зрабіць іх вашай хатняй старонкай +droponhometitle = Зрабіць хатняй старонкай +droponhomemsg = Вы жадаеце, каб гэты дакумент стаў вашай хатняй старонкай? +droponhomeokbutton = Зрабіць хатняй старонкай + +jserror = Здарылася памылка на гэтай старонцы. Двойчы пстрыкніце тут дзеля падрабязнага апісання. + +nothingAvailable = (Няма даступных) + +securityButtonTooltipSecure = Падпісана %S +securityButtonTooltipMixedContent = Увага: змяшчае неапознанае змесціва +securityButtonTooltipInsecure = Адлюстроўвае звесткі пра бяспеку цяперашняй старонкі + +tabs.closeTab.label = Зачыніць устаўку +tabs.closeTab.accesskey = З +tabs.close.label = Зачыніць +tabs.close.accesskey = З + +tabs.recentlyClosed.format = %1$S %2$S + +windows.recentlyClosed.format = %1$S %2$S + +tabs.historyItem = Група ўставак + +menuOpenAllInTabs.label = Адчыніць усе ў устаўках + +searchFor = Пошук на %S дзеля "%S" + +starButtonOn.tooltip = Правіць закладку +starButtonOff.tooltip = Закласці старонку + +editBookmarkPanel.pageBookmarkedTitle = Закладзеная старонка +editBookmarkPanel.pageBookmarkedDescription = %S назаўсёды запомніць гэтую старонку для вас. +editBookmarkPanel.bookmarkedRemovedTitle = Закладка выдалена +editBookmarkPanel.editBookmarkTitle = Праўка закладкі + +editBookmark.removeBookmarks.label = Выдаліць #1 закладку;Выдаліць #1 закладкі;Выдаліць #1 закладак + +# bookmark dialog strings + +addKeywordTitleAutoFill = Пошук %S + +extensions.{972ce4c6-7e08-4474-a285-3208198ce6fd}.name = Змоўчная тэма SeaMonkey +extensions.{972ce4c6-7e08-4474-a285-3208198ce6fd}.description = Гэтая тэма ўжывае сістэмныя стылі і колеры, каб адпавядаць іншым прыстасаванням. + +extensions.modern@themes.mozilla.org.name = Сучасная тэма SeaMonkey +extensions.modern@themes.mozilla.org.description = Існая тэма для ўсіх частак. + diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/browser/navigatorOverlay.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/browser/navigatorOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..216666edc2 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/browser/navigatorOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,123 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY tabCmd.label "Устаўку азіральніка"> +<!ENTITY tabCmd.accesskey "т"> +<!ENTITY tabCmd.commandkey "t"> +<!ENTITY openCmd.label "Адчыніць месца ў Сеціве…"> +<!ENTITY openCmd.accesskey "М"> +<!ENTITY openCmd.commandkey "l"> +<!ENTITY openFileCmd.label "Адчыніць файл…"> +<!ENTITY openFileCmd.accesskey "Ф"> +<!ENTITY openFileCmd.commandkey "o"> + +<!ENTITY closeOtherTabs.label "Зачыніць іншыя ўстаўкі"> +<!ENTITY closeOtherTabs.accesskey "і"> + +<!ENTITY uploadFile.label "Загрузіць файл…"> +<!ENTITY uploadFile.accesskey "Ф"> + +<!ENTITY findOnCmd.label "Знайсці на гэтай старонцы…"> + +<!ENTITY toolbarsCmd.label "Паказаць/Схаваць"> +<!ENTITY toolbarsCmd.accesskey "ц"> +<!ENTITY tabbarCmd.label "Паліца з устаўкамі"> +<!ENTITY tabbarCmd.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY taskbarCmd.label "Паліца з статусам"> +<!ENTITY taskbarCmd.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY componentbarCmd.label "Паліца з часткамі"> +<!ENTITY componentbarCmd.accesskey "Ч"> + +<!ENTITY fullScreenCmd.label "Увесь экран"> +<!ENTITY fullScreenCmd.accesskey "У"> + +<!ENTITY useStyleSheetMenu.label "Карыстацца стылем"> +<!ENTITY useStyleSheetMenu.accesskey "К"> +<!ENTITY useStyleSheetNone.label "Няма"> +<!ENTITY useStyleSheetNone.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY useStyleSheetPersistentOnly.label "Змоўчны стыль"> +<!ENTITY useStyleSheetPersistentOnly.accesskey "з"> +<!ENTITY bidiSwitchPageDirectionItem.label "Пераключыць кірунак старонкі"> +<!ENTITY bidiSwitchPageDirectionItem.accesskey "к"> +<!ENTITY pageSourceCmd.label "Зыходнік старонкі"> +<!ENTITY pageSourceCmd.accesskey "ы"> +<!ENTITY pageSourceCmd.commandkey "u"> +<!ENTITY pageInfoCmd.label "Звесткі пра старонку"> +<!ENTITY pageInfoCmd.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY pageInfoCmd.commandkey "i"> + +<!ENTITY goMenu.label "Рух"> +<!ENTITY goMenu.accesskey "р"> +<!ENTITY goHomeCmd.label "Дадому"> +<!ENTITY goHomeCmd.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY historyCmd.label "Гісторыя"> +<!ENTITY historyCmd.accesskey "і"> +<!ENTITY history.commandKey "h"> +<!ENTITY recentTabs.label "Нядаўна зачыненыя ўстаўкі"> +<!ENTITY recentTabs.accesskey "ў"> +<!ENTITY recentTabs.commandkey "t"> +<!ENTITY recentWindows.label "Нядаўна закрытыя вокны"> +<!ENTITY recentWindows.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY recentWindows.commandkey "y"> +<!ENTITY historyRestoreLastSession.label "Аднавіць папярэднюю сэсію"> +<!ENTITY historyRestoreLastSession.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY syncTabsMenu.label "Устаўкі з іншых кампутараў"> +<!ENTITY syncTabsMenu.accesskey "і"> + +<!ENTITY bookmarksMenu.label "Закладкі"> +<!ENTITY bookmarksMenu.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY addCurPageCmd.label "Дадаць закладку да гэтай старонкі"> +<!ENTITY addCurPageCmd.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY addCurPageAsCmd.label "Дадаць закладку ў папку…"> +<!ENTITY addCurPageAsCmd.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY addCurPageAsCmd.commandkey "d"> +<!ENTITY addCurTabsAsCmd.label "Дадаць закладку да гэтай групы ўставак…"> +<!ENTITY addCurTabsAsCmd.accesskey "Г"> +<!ENTITY manBookmarksCmd.label "Уладкаваць закладкі…"> +<!ENTITY manBookmarksCmd.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY manBookmarksCmd.commandkey "b"> + +<!ENTITY searchInternetCmd.label "Пошук у Сеціве"> +<!ENTITY searchInternetCmd.accesskey "ш"> +<!ENTITY searchInternet.commandKey "s"> +<!ENTITY translateMenu.label "Перакласці старонку"> +<!ENTITY translateMenu.accesskey "к"> + +<!ENTITY cookieMessageTitle.label "Зменены дазволы бірак"> +<!ENTITY cookieDisplayCookiesCmd.label "Уладкаваць захаваныя біркі"> +<!ENTITY cookieDisplayCookiesCmd.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY cookieAllowCookiesCmd.label "Дазволіць біркі з гэтай сеціўнай пляцоўкі"> +<!ENTITY cookieAllowCookiesCmd.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY cookieAllowCookiesMsg.label "Біркі з гэтай сеціўнай пляцоўкі заўсёды будуць дазволены."> +<!ENTITY cookieAllowSessionCookiesCmd.label "Дазволіць сэсійныя біркі з гэтай сеціўнай пляцоўкі"> +<!ENTITY cookieAllowSessionCookiesCmd.accesskey "с"> +<!ENTITY cookieAllowSessionCookiesMsg.label "Гэтая пляцоўка Сеціва будзе здольна прызначаць біркі толькі для гэтачасовай сэсіі."> +<!ENTITY cookieCookiesDefaultCmd.label "Ужываць змоўчныя дазволы бірак"> +<!ENTITY cookieCookiesDefaultCmd.accesskey "з"> +<!ENTITY cookieCookiesDefaultMsg.label "Біркі з гэтай сеціўнай пляцоўкі будуць набывацца або адхіляцца згодна змоўчным наладжванням."> +<!ENTITY cookieBlockCookiesCmd.label "Затрымліваць біркі з гэтай сеціўнай пляцоўкі"> +<!ENTITY cookieBlockCookiesCmd.accesskey "т"> +<!ENTITY cookieBlockCookiesMsg.label "Біркі з гэтай сеціўнай пляцоўкі будуць заўсёды адхіляцца."> + +<!ENTITY cookieImageMessageTitle.label "Зменены дазволы выяваў"> +<!ENTITY cookieDisplayImagesCmd.label "Уладкаваць дазволы выяваў"> +<!ENTITY cookieDisplayImagesCmd.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY cookieAllowImagesCmd.label "Дазволіць выявы з гэтай сеціўнай пляцоўкі"> +<!ENTITY cookieAllowImagesCmd.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY cookieAllowImagesMsg.label "Выявы з гэтай сеціўнай пляцоўкі будуць заўсёды загружацца."> +<!ENTITY cookieImagesDefaultCmd.label "Ужываць змоўчныя дазволы выяваў"> +<!ENTITY cookieImagesDefaultCmd.accesskey "з"> +<!ENTITY cookieImagesDefaultMsg.label "Выявы з гэтай сеціўнай пляцоўкі будуць загружацца згодна змоўчным наладжванням."> +<!ENTITY cookieBlockImagesCmd.label "Затрымліваць выявы з гэтай сеціўнай пляцоўкі"> +<!ENTITY cookieBlockImagesCmd.accesskey "т"> +<!ENTITY cookieBlockImagesMsg.label "Выявы з гэтай сеціўнай пляцоўкі ніколі не будуць загружацца."> + +<!ENTITY cookieCookieManager.label "Кіраўнік бірак"> +<!ENTITY cookieCookieManager.accesskey "б"> +<!ENTITY cookieImageManager.label "Кіраўнік выяваў"> +<!ENTITY cookieImageManager.accesskey "в"> + +<!ENTITY clearPrivateDataCmd.label "Ачысціць асабістыя здаткі…"> +<!ENTITY clearPrivateDataCmd.accesskey "ч"> + diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/browser/pageInfo.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/browser/pageInfo.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..04d9d90fc3 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/browser/pageInfo.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +<!-- +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +--> + +<!ENTITY pageInfoWindow.dimensions "width: 100ch; height: 42em;"> + +<!ENTITY copy.key "C"> +<!ENTITY copy.label "Капіяваць"> +<!ENTITY copy.accesskey "К"> +<!ENTITY selectall.key "A"> +<!ENTITY selectall.label "Вылучыць усё"> +<!ENTITY selectall.accesskey "у"> +<!ENTITY openHelpMac.key "?"> +<!ENTITY closeWindow.key "w"> +<!ENTITY copyLinks.label "Скапіяваць спасылку(-і)"> +<!ENTITY copyLinks.accesskey "с"> +<!ENTITY openInNewTab.label "Адчыніць у новай устаўцы"> +<!ENTITY openInNewTab.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY openInNewWindow.label "Адкрыць у новым акне"> +<!ENTITY openInNewWindow.accesskey "А"> + +<!ENTITY generalTab "Агульныя"> +<!ENTITY generalTab.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY generalURL "Адрас:"> +<!ENTITY generalType "Тып:"> +<!ENTITY generalMode "Рэжым адлюстравання:"> +<!ENTITY generalSize "Памер:"> +<!ENTITY generalReferrer "Спасылальны URL:"> +<!ENTITY generalSource "Крыніца ў запасніку:"> +<!ENTITY generalModified "Зменена:"> +<!ENTITY generalMetaName "Назва"> +<!ENTITY generalMetaContent "Змест"> +<!ENTITY generalSecurityDetails "Падрабязнасці"> +<!ENTITY generalSecurityDetails.accesskey "П"> + +<!ENTITY formsTab "Формы"> +<!ENTITY formsTab.accesskey "Ф"> +<!ENTITY formAction "Дзеянне формы"> +<!ENTITY formMethod "Сродак"> +<!ENTITY formName "Назва"> +<!ENTITY formEncoding "Кадаванне:"> +<!ENTITY formTarget "Мэта:"> +<!ENTITY formFields "Палі:"> +<!ENTITY formLabel "Метка"> +<!ENTITY formFName "Назва поля"> +<!ENTITY formType "Тып"> +<!ENTITY formCValue "Цяперашняе значэнне"> + +<!ENTITY linksTab "Спасылкі"> +<!ENTITY linksTab.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY linkName "Назва"> +<!ENTITY linkAddress "Адрас"> +<!ENTITY linkType "Тып"> +<!ENTITY linkTarget "Мэта"> +<!ENTITY linkAccessKey "Ключ доступу"> + +<!ENTITY mediaTab "Медыя"> +<!ENTITY mediaTab.accesskey "М"> +<!ENTITY mediaAltHeader "Дадатковы тэкст"> +<!ENTITY mediaAddress "Адрас"> +<!ENTITY mediaType "Тып"> +<!ENTITY mediaSize "Памер"> +<!ENTITY mediaCount "Колькасць"> +<!ENTITY mediaLongdesc "Пашыранае апісанне:"> +<!ENTITY mediaBlockImage.accesskey "т"> +<!ENTITY mediaSaveAs "Захаваць як…"> +<!ENTITY mediaSaveAs.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY mediaSaveAs2.accesskey "я"> +<!ENTITY mediaPreview "Перадпрагляд медыя:"> + +<!ENTITY feedTab "Жывільнікі"> +<!ENTITY feedTab.accesskey "Ж"> +<!ENTITY feedSubscribe "Падпісацца"> +<!ENTITY feedSubscribe.accesskey "П"> + +<!ENTITY permTab "Дазволы"> +<!ENTITY permTab.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY permissionsFor "Дазволы для:"> + +<!ENTITY securityTab "Бяспека"> +<!ENTITY securityTab.accesskey "Б"> +<!ENTITY securityHeader "Звесткі бяспекі для гэтай старонкі"> +<!ENTITY securityView.certView "Прагляд пасведчання"> +<!ENTITY securityView.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY securityView.unknown "Невядомы"> + + +<!ENTITY securityView.identity.header "Адмета пляцоўкі сеціва"> +<!ENTITY securityView.identity.owner "Уласнік:"> +<!ENTITY securityView.identity.domain "Пляцоўка сеціва:"> +<!ENTITY securityView.identity.verifier "Пацверджана:"> + +<!ENTITY securityView.privacy.header "Адасабленне і гісторыя"> +<!ENTITY securityView.privacy.history "Наведваў я гэтую пляцоўку сеціва напярэдадні?"> +<!ENTITY securityView.privacy.cookies "Гэтая пляцоўка сеціва захоўвае звесткі (біркі) на маім кампутары?"> +<!ENTITY securityView.privacy.viewCookies "Прагляд бірак"> +<!ENTITY securityView.privacy.viewCookies.accessKey "б"> +<!ENTITY securityView.privacy.passwords "Захоўваў я якія паролі для гэтай пляцоўкі сеціва?"> +<!ENTITY securityView.privacy.viewPasswords "Прагляд захованых пароляў"> +<!ENTITY securityView.privacy.viewPasswords.accessKey "п"> + +<!ENTITY securityView.technical.header "Тэхнічныя падрабязнасці"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/browser/pageInfo.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/browser/pageInfo.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9ca108310b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/browser/pageInfo.properties @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +pageInfo.page.title = Звесткі пра старонку - %S +pageInfo.frame.title = Звесткі пра рамку - %S + +noPageTitle = Старонка без загалоўку: +unknown = Невядомы +default = Першапачатковы +notSet = Не вызначаны +yes = Так +no = Не + +mediaImg = Выява +mediaVideo = Відэя +mediaAudio = Гук +mediaBGImg = Фон +mediaObject = Аб'ект +mediaEmbed = Убудаваны +mediaLink = Значок +mediaInput = Увод +mediaFileSize = %S КБ +mediaSize = %Sпкс × %Sпкс +mediaSelectFolder = Выберыце папку для захавання выяваў +mediaBlockImage = Затрымліваць выявы з %S +mediaImageType = Выява %S + +generalQuirksMode = Рэжым выдумак +generalStrictMode = Рэжым адпаведнасці стандартам +generalNotCached = Не з запасніка +generalDiskCache = Запаснік на дыску +generalMemoryCache = З запасніку ў памяці +generalSize = %S КБ (%S байтаў) +generalMetaTag = Мета (1 метка) +generalMetaTags = Мета (%S метак) +generalSiteIdentity = Уладальнік гэтай пляцоўкі сеціва - %S\nПацверджана %S + +formTitle = Форма %S: +formUntitled = Форма без назвы: +formDefaultTarget = Няма (адчыняе ў тым жа акне) +formChecked = Адзначаны +formUnchecked = Не адзначаны +formPassword = •••••••• + +linkAnchor = Якар +linkArea = Плошча +linkSubmission = Падача формы +linkSubmit = Падаць запыт +linkRel = Дачыненая адзінка +linkStylesheet = Табліца стыляў +linkRev = Адваротная спасылка +linkX = Простая X спасылка +linkScript = Сцэнар +linkScriptInline = убудаваны + +feedRss = RSS +feedAtom = Atom +feedXML = XML + +securityNoOwner = Гэтая пляцоўка Сеціва не прадастаўляе звестак пра яе ўладальнікаў. + diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/browser/region.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/browser/region.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e7bc09bef5 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/browser/region.properties @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +browser.startup.homepage = http://www.seamonkey-project.org/start/ + +browser.translation.service = http://translate.google.com/translate?prev=/language_tools&u= +browser.translation.serviceDomain = translate.google.com +browser.validate.html.service = http://validator.w3.org/check?charset=%28detect+automatically%29&doctype=Inline&uri= + +startup.homepage_override_url = http://www.seamonkey-project.org/releases/seamonkey%VERSION%/ + +browser.contentHandlers.types.0.title = Feedly +browser.contentHandlers.types.0.uri = http://www.feedly.com/home#subscription/feed/%s +browser.contentHandlers.types.1.title = Мой Yahoo! +browser.contentHandlers.types.1.uri = http://add.my.yahoo.com/rss?url=%s +browser.contentHandlers.types.2.title = Чытач AOL +browser.contentHandlers.types.2.uri = http://reader.aol.com/#quickadd/%s diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/browser/tabbrowser.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/browser/tabbrowser.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e61b9de6d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/browser/tabbrowser.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY untitledTab "(Без загалоўка)"> +<!ENTITY newTab.label "Новая ўстаўка"> +<!ENTITY newTab.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY closeTab.label "Зачыніць устаўку"> +<!ENTITY closeTab.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY closeOtherTabs.label "Зачыніць другія ўстаўкі"> +<!ENTITY closeOtherTabs.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY reloadAllTabs.label "Абнавіць усе ўстаўкі"> +<!ENTITY reloadAllTabs.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY reloadTab.label "Абнавіць устаўку"> +<!ENTITY reloadTab.accesskey "в"> +<!ENTITY bookmarkGroup.label "Дадаць закладку да гэтай групы ўставак"> +<!ENTITY bookmarkGroup.accesskey "Г"> +<!ENTITY closeTabButton.tooltip "зачыніць гэтачасовую ўстаўку"> +<!ENTITY newTabButton.tooltip "Адчыніць новую ўстаўку"> +<!ENTITY listAllTabs.tooltip "Пералічыць усе ўстаўкі"> +<!ENTITY undoCloseTab.label "Адмяніць закрыццё ўстаўкі"> +<!ENTITY undoCloseTab.accesskey "А"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/browser/tabbrowser.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/browser/tabbrowser.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6800f47e61 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/browser/tabbrowser.properties @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +tabs.loading = Загрузка… +tabs.untitled = (Без загалоўка) +tabs.closeWarningTitle = Пацвярджэнне зачынення іншых уставак +tabs.closeButton = Зачыніць іншыя ўстаўкі +tabs.closeWarningPromptMe = Папярэджваць мяне, калі я спрабую зачыніць іншыя ўстаўкі. + diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/browser/taskbar.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/browser/taskbar.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..958417e4e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/browser/taskbar.properties @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +taskbar.tasks.newTab.label = Адкрыць новую ўстаўку +taskbar.tasks.newTab.description = Адкрыць новую ўстаўку азіральніка. +taskbar.tasks.newWindow.label = Адкрыць новае акно +taskbar.tasks.newWindow.description = Адкрыць новае акно азіральніка. +taskbar.tasks.newPrivate.label = Адчыніць адасобленае акно +taskbar.tasks.newPrivate.description = Адчыніць новае адасобленае акно. +taskbar.tasks.mailWindow.label = Адкрыць Пошту і Навінакупы +taskbar.tasks.mailWindow.description = Адкрыць акно Пошты і Навінакупаў +taskbar.tasks.composeMessage.label = Укласці новы ліст +taskbar.tasks.composeMessage.description = Укласці новы ліст. +taskbar.tasks.openAddressBook.label = Адкрыць адрасную кнігу +taskbar.tasks.openAddressBook.description = Адкрыць вашу адрасную кнігу. +taskbar.tasks.openEditor.label = Адкрыць новую старонку Укладальніка +taskbar.tasks.openEditor.description = Адкрыць новую старонку Укладальніка. +taskbar.frequent.label = Часты +taskbar.recent.label = Нядаўні + diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/browser/webDeveloper.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/browser/webDeveloper.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8c65dfc037 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/browser/webDeveloper.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY validatePage.label "Пацвердзіць правільнасць старонкі"> +<!ENTITY validatePage.accesskey "п"> + diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/about.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/about.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3222249900 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/about.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE the following declarations were copied from + mozilla/toolkit/locales/en-US/chrome/global/about.dtd which was removed + by bug 1408044. --> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE end of declarations that were copied from + mozilla/toolkit/locales/en-US/chrome/global/about.dtd --> + +<!ENTITY channel.description.start "Зараз вы на "> +<!ENTITY channel.description.end " канале абнаўленняў."> +<!ENTITY about.userAgent "Дзеяч карыстальніка:"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/aboutPrivateBrowsing.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/aboutPrivateBrowsing.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a769357cfc --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/aboutPrivateBrowsing.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: where ".private" and ".normal" variants exist, + - the former is shown in a private browsing window and the latter in + - a regular (non-private) browsing window. --> + +<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.title.private "Вы ў акне адасобленага азірання"> +<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.title.normal "Вы хочаце пачаць адасобленае азіранне?"> + +<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.status.private "&brandShortName; не будзе запамінаць гісторыю для гэтага акна."> +<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.status.normal "Вы зараз не ў адасобленым акне."> + +<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.common.description "У адасобленым вакне &brandShortName; не захоўвае ні гісторыі азірання, ні гісторыі пошуку, ні гісторыі сцягванняў, ні гісторыі формаў сеціва, ні бірак, ні часовых файлаў інтэрнэту. Тым не менш, сцягнутыя вамі файлы і зробленыя вамі закладкі будуць захованы."> +<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.track.warn "Нават калі гэты кампутар не мае запісу вашай гісторыі азірання, ваш наймальнік або дастаўшчык паслугаў Інтэрнэту могуць быць здольнымі адсочваць старонкі, якія вы наведваеце."> +<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.learnmore.label "Падрабязней"> +<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.learnmore.accesskey "П"> + +<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.close.info "Пасля завяршэння зачыніце гэтае акно, каб спыніць адасобленае азіранне."> +<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.close.label "Закрыць гэтае акно."> +<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.close.accesskey "к"> + +<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.start.info "Каб пачаць адасобленае азіранне, пстрыкніце кнопку ніжэй або выберыце Файл ▶ Стварыць ▶ Адасобленае акно ў меню."> +<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.private.label "Адчыніць новае акно адасобленага азірання."> +<!ENTITY privatebrowsingpage.private.accesskey "А"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/aboutSessionRestore.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/aboutSessionRestore.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6f56b140f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/aboutSessionRestore.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY restorepage.tabtitle "Аднаўленне сэсіі"> +<!ENTITY restorepage.pagetitle "Вы хочаце аднавіць вашу сэсію?"> +<!ENTITY restorepage.issueDesc "Ваша папярэдняя сэсія працы з &brandShortName; была нечакана спынена. Прабачце за нязручнасць. Вы можаце аднавіць устаўкі і вокны папярэдняй сэсіі ці пачаць новую сэсію, калі яны больш не патрэбныя."> +<!ENTITY restorepage.remedies "Калі &brandShortName; перарываецца неаднаразова:"> +<!ENTITY restorepage.dueToChrome "Паспрабуйце забараніць усе з нядаўна ўсталяваных пашырэнняў з дапамогаю Кіраўніка Дадаткаў."> +<!ENTITY restorepage.dueToContent "Паспрабуйце аднавіць вашу сэсію без старонак Сеціва, якія, на вашу думку, маглі выклікаць праблему:"> + +<!ENTITY restorepage.restoreButton "Аднавіць папярэднюю сэсію"> +<!ENTITY restorepage.restore.access "А"> +<!ENTITY restorepage.cancelButton "Пачаць новую сэсію"> +<!ENTITY restorepage.cancel.access "П"> + +<!ENTITY restorepage.restoreHeader "Аднавіць"> +<!ENTITY restorepage.listHeader "Вокны і ўстаўкі"> +<!ENTITY restorepage.windowLabel "Акно %S"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/aboutSyncTabs.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/aboutSyncTabs.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d3c32b45df --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/aboutSyncTabs.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY tabs.otherComputers.label "Устаўкі з іншых кампутараў"> + +<!ENTITY tabs.searchText.label "Набярыце тэкст для шукання ўставак тут…"> + +<!ENTITY tabs.context.openTab.label "Адчыніць гэтую ўстаўку"> +<!ENTITY tabs.context.openTab.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY tabs.context.openMultipleTabs.label "Адчыніць вылучаныя ўстаўкі"> +<!ENTITY tabs.context.openMultipleTabs.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY tabs.context.bookmarkSingleTab.label "Закласці гэтую ўстаўку…"> +<!ENTITY tabs.context.bookmarkSingleTab.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY tabs.context.bookmarkMultipleTabs.label "Закласці вылучаныя ўстаўкі…"> +<!ENTITY tabs.context.bookmarkMultipleTabs.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY tabs.context.refreshList.label "Паднавіць спіс"> +<!ENTITY tabs.context.refreshList.accesskey "н"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/askViewZoom.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/askViewZoom.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8d35ac6e2f --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/askViewZoom.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY askViewZoom.title "Павялічэнне тэксту"> +<!ENTITY selectZoom.label "Выберыце павялічэнне тэксту (%):"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/certError.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/certError.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..77b41e7219 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/certError.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- These strings are used by SeaMonkey's custom about:certerror page, +a replacement for the standard security certificate errors produced +by NSS/PSM via netError.xhtml. --> + +<!ENTITY certerror.pagetitle "Злучэнне, якому няма даверу"> +<!ENTITY certerror.longpagetitle "Гэтаму злучэнню няма даверу"> + +<!ENTITY certerror.introPara2 "Звычайна, калі вы намагаецеся злучыцца бяспечна, +пляцоўкі Сеціва прадастаўляюць давернае вызначэнне, каб даказаць, што вы +патрапілі ў патрэбнае месца. Аднак адмету гэтай пляцоўкі нельга пацвердзіць."> + +<!ENTITY certerror.whatShouldIDo.heading "Што я мушу рабіць?"> +<!ENTITY certerror.whatShouldIDo.content "Калі вы звычайна злучаецеся +з гэтай сеціўнай пляцоўкай без праблемаў, гэтая памылка можа значыць, што нехта +спрабуе выдаць сябе за гэтую пляцоўку, і вы не павінны працягваць."> +<!ENTITY certerror.getMeOutOfHere.label "Гэта гучыць кепска, перакіньце мяне на маю хатнюю старонку"> + +<!ENTITY certerror.expert.heading "Я ўсведамляю рызыку"> +<!ENTITY certerror.expert.content "Калі вы ведаеце, што вы робіце, вы +вы можаце загадаць &brandShortName; пачаць давяраць адмеце гэтай сеціўнай пляцоўкі. +<b>Нават калі вы давяраеце пляцоўцы, гэта памылка можа сведчыць пра тое, +што хтосьці ўблытваецца ў ваша злучэнне.</b>"> +<!ENTITY certerror.expert.contentPara2 "Не дадавайце выключэнне, калі +вы не ведаеце, што існуе прычына, згодна якой гэтая сеціўная пляцоўка не ўжывае давернай адметы."> +<!ENTITY certerror.addException.label "Дадаць выключэнне…"> + +<!ENTITY certerror.technical.heading "Тэхнічныя падрабязнасці"> + diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/contentAreaCommands.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/contentAreaCommands.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f273b287e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/contentAreaCommands.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,142 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY openLinkCmdInTab.label "Адчыніць спасылку ў новай устаўцы"> +<!ENTITY openLinkCmdInTab.accesskey "й"> +<!ENTITY openLinkCmd.label "Адчыніць спасылку ў новым акне"> +<!ENTITY openLinkCmd.accesskey "п"> +<!ENTITY openLinkCmdInPrivateWindow.label "Адчыніць спасылку ў новым адасобленым акне"> +<!ENTITY openLinkCmdInPrivateWindow.accesskey "д"> +<!ENTITY openLinkInWindowCmd.label "Адчыніць"> +<!ENTITY openLinkInWindowCmd.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY openFrameCmd.label "Адчыніць рамку ў новым акне"> +<!ENTITY openFrameCmd.accesskey "ч"> +<!ENTITY openFrameCmdInTab.label "Адчыніць рамку ў новай устаўцы"> +<!ENTITY openFrameCmdInTab.accesskey "ў"> +<!ENTITY keywordfield.label "Дадаць ключавое слова для гэтага пошуку…"> +<!ENTITY keywordfield.accesskey "к"> +<!ENTITY showOnlyThisFrameCmd.label "Паказваць толькі гэтую рамку"> +<!ENTITY showOnlyThisFrameCmd.accesskey "Г"> +<!ENTITY goBackCmd.label "Назад"> +<!ENTITY goBackCmd.accesskey "з"> +<!ENTITY goForwardCmd.label "Наперад"> +<!ENTITY goForwardCmd.accesskey "п"> +<!ENTITY goUpCmd.label "Угору"> +<!ENTITY goUpCmd.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY reloadCmd.label "Абнавіць"> +<!ENTITY reloadCmd.accesskey "в"> +<!ENTITY reloadCmd.commandkey "r"> +<!ENTITY stopCmd.label "Спыніць"> +<!ENTITY stopCmd.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY reloadFrameCmd.label "Абнавіць рамку"> +<!ENTITY reloadFrameCmd.accesskey "ь"> +<!ENTITY viewPartialSourceForSelectionCmd.label "Праглядзець зыходнік вылучэння"> +<!ENTITY viewPartialSourceForMathMLCmd.label "Праглядзець зыходнік MathML"> +<!ENTITY viewPartialSourceCmd.accesskey "л"> +<!ENTITY viewPageSourceCmd.label "Праглядзець зыходнік старонкі"> +<!ENTITY viewPageSourceCmd.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY viewFrameSourceCmd.label "Праглядзець зыходнік рамкі"> +<!ENTITY viewFrameSourceCmd.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY viewPageInfoCmd.label "Праглядзець звесткі пра старонку"> +<!ENTITY viewPageInfoCmd.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY viewFrameInfoCmd.label "Праглядзець звесткі пра рамку"> +<!ENTITY viewFrameInfoCmd.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY fitImageCmd.label "Расцягнуць выяву ў вакне"> +<!ENTITY fitImageCmd.accesskey "ц"> +<!ENTITY reloadImageCmd.label "Абнавіць выяву"> +<!ENTITY reloadImageCmd.accesskey "б"> +<!ENTITY viewImageCmd.label "Праглядзець выяву"> +<!ENTITY viewImageCmd.accesskey "г"> +<!ENTITY viewVideoCmd.label "Пабачыць відэя"> +<!ENTITY viewVideoCmd.accesskey "в"> +<!ENTITY viewBGImageCmd.label "Праглядзець выяву фону"> +<!ENTITY viewBGImageCmd.accesskey "ф"> +<!ENTITY setDesktopBackgroundCmd.label "Прызначыць фон працоўнага стала…"> +<!ENTITY setDesktopBackgroundCmd.accesskey "ф"> +<!ENTITY bookmarkPageCmd.label "Закласці старонку…"> +<!ENTITY bookmarkPageCmd.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY bookmarkLinkCmd.label "Закласці спасылку…"> +<!ENTITY bookmarkLinkCmd.accesskey "с"> +<!ENTITY bookmarkFrameCmd.label "Закласці рамку…"> +<!ENTITY bookmarkFrameCmd.accesskey "р"> +<!ENTITY savePageAsCmd.label "Захаваць старонку як…"> +<!ENTITY savePageCmd.label "Захаваць старонку"> +<!ENTITY savePageCmd.accesskey "а"> +<!ENTITY savePageCmd.commandkey "s"> +<!ENTITY saveFrameAsCmd.label "Захаваць рамку як…"> +<!ENTITY saveFrameCmd.label "Захаваць рамку"> +<!ENTITY saveFrameCmd.accesskey "к"> +<!ENTITY saveLinkAsCmd.label "Захаваць мэту спасылкі як…"> +<!ENTITY saveLinkCmd.label "Захаваць мэту спасылкі"> +<!ENTITY saveLinkCmd.accesskey "т"> +<!ENTITY saveImageAsCmd.label "Захаваць выяву як…"> +<!ENTITY saveImageCmd.label "Захаваць выяву"> +<!ENTITY saveImageCmd.accesskey "я"> +<!ENTITY saveVideoCmd.label "Захаваць відэя як…"> +<!ENTITY saveVideoCmd.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY saveAudioCmd.label "Захаваць гук як…"> +<!ENTITY saveAudioCmd.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY copyLinkCmd.label "Капіяваць месцазнаходжанне спасылкі"> +<!ENTITY copyLinkCmd.accesskey "М"> +<!ENTITY copyImageCmd.label "Капіяваць выяву"> +<!ENTITY copyImageCmd.accesskey "я"> +<!ENTITY copyVideoURLCmd.label "Капіяваць месцазнаходжанне відэя"> +<!ENTITY copyVideoURLCmd.accesskey "К"> +<!ENTITY copyAudioURLCmd.label "Капіяваць месцазнаходжанне гуку"> +<!ENTITY copyAudioURLCmd.accesskey "К"> +<!ENTITY metadataCmd.label "Уласцівасці"> +<!ENTITY metadataCmd.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY copyEmailCmd.label "Капіяваць адрас э-пошты"> +<!ENTITY copyEmailCmd.accesskey "э"> +<!ENTITY thisFrameMenu.label "Гэтая рамка"> +<!ENTITY thisFrameMenu.accesskey "Р"> +<!ENTITY mediaPlay.label "Граць"> +<!ENTITY mediaPlay.accesskey "Г"> +<!ENTITY mediaPause.label "Прыпыніць"> +<!ENTITY mediaPause.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY mediaMute.label "Заглушыць"> +<!ENTITY mediaMute.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY mediaUnmute.label "Уключыць гук"> +<!ENTITY mediaUnmute.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY mediaPlaybackRate.label "Хуткасць грання"> +<!ENTITY mediaPlaybackRate.accesskey "г"> +<!ENTITY mediaPlaybackRate050.label "Нізкая хуткасць (0.5×)"> +<!ENTITY mediaPlaybackRate050.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY mediaPlaybackRate100.label "Звычайная хуткасць"> +<!ENTITY mediaPlaybackRate100.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY mediaPlaybackRate150.label "Высокая хуткасць (1.5×)"> +<!ENTITY mediaPlaybackRate150.accesskey "В"> +<!ENTITY mediaPlaybackRate200.label "Двайная хуткасць"> +<!ENTITY mediaPlaybackRate200.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY mediaShowControls.label "Паказаць медыя-кіроўцы"> +<!ENTITY mediaShowControls.accesskey "а"> +<!ENTITY mediaHideControls.label "Схаваць медыя-кіроўцы"> +<!ENTITY mediaHideControls.accesskey "а"> +<!ENTITY videoFullScreen.label "Увесь экран"> +<!ENTITY videoFullScreen.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY videoSaveImage.label "Захаваць здымак як…"> +<!ENTITY videoSaveImage.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY videoShowStats.label "Паказаць статыстыку"> +<!ENTITY videoShowStats.accesskey "с"> +<!ENTITY videoHideStats.label "Схаваць статыстыку"> +<!ENTITY videoHideStats.accesskey "с"> +<!ENTITY search.accesskey "ш"> +<!ENTITY bidiSwitchPageDirectionItem.label "Пераключыць кірунак старонкі"> +<!ENTITY bidiSwitchPageDirectionItem.accesskey "р"> +<!ENTITY bidiSwitchTextDirectionItem.label "Пераключыць кірунак тэксту"> +<!ENTITY bidiSwitchTextDirectionItem.accesskey "т"> +<!ENTITY spellAddToDictionary.label "Дадаць у слоўнік"> +<!ENTITY spellAddToDictionary.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY spellUndoAddToDictionary.label "Адмяніць даданне ў слоўнік"> +<!ENTITY spellUndoAddToDictionary.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY spellIgnoreWord.label "Ігнараваць слова"> +<!ENTITY spellIgnoreWord.accesskey "с"> +<!ENTITY spellCheckEnable.label "Правяраць правапіс"> +<!ENTITY spellCheckEnable.accesskey "п"> +<!ENTITY spellNoSuggestions.label "(няма прапановаў)"> +<!ENTITY spellDictionaries.label "Мовы"> +<!ENTITY spellDictionaries.accesskey "М"> +<!ENTITY spellAddDictionaries.label "Загрузіць іншыя слоўнікі…"> +<!ENTITY spellAddDictionaries.accesskey "З"> + diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/contentAreaCommands.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/contentAreaCommands.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c440cab016 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/contentAreaCommands.properties @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# context menu strings + +searchSelected = Шукаць "%2$S" на %1$S +searchSelected.accesskey = ш + +blockImage = Затрымліваць выявы з %S +blockImage.accesskey = т +unblockImage = Не затрымліваць выявы з %S +unblockImage.accesskey = т diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/dataman/dataman.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/dataman/dataman.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f8fc2b22f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/dataman/dataman.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY dataman.windowTitle "Кіраўнік здаткаў"> + +<!ENTITY selectAll.key "a"> + +<!ENTITY select.all.label "Усе тыпы здаткаў"> +<!ENTITY select.cookies.label "Толькі біркі"> +<!ENTITY select.permissions.label "Толькі дазволы"> +<!ENTITY select.preferences.label "Толькі перавагі"> +<!ENTITY select.passwords.label "Толькі паролі"> +<!ENTITY select.storage.label "Толькі сховішча"> + +<!ENTITY domain.search.placeholder "Пошук даменаў"> +<!ENTITY domain.search.key "f"> + +<!ENTITY domain.tree.domain.label "Дамен"> + +<!ENTITY domain.ctx.forgetdomain.label "Забыць пра гэты дамен"> +<!ENTITY domain.ctx.forgetdomain.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY domain.ctx.forgetglobal.label "Забыць агульныя здаткі"> +<!ENTITY domain.ctx.forgetglobal.accesskey "З"> + +<!ENTITY data.search.key "k"> + +<!ENTITY tab.cookies.label "Біркі"> +<!ENTITY tab.permissions.label "Дазволы"> +<!ENTITY tab.preferences.label "Перавагі"> +<!ENTITY tab.passwords.label "Паролі"> +<!ENTITY tab.storage.label "Сховішча"> +<!ENTITY tab.formdata.label "Здаткі формаў"> +<!ENTITY tab.forget.label "Забыць"> + +<!ENTITY cookies.description "Гэты дамен захаваў наступныя звесткі на вашым кампутары:"> + +<!ENTITY cookies.tree.host.label "Пляцоўка Сеціва"> +<!ENTITY cookies.tree.name.label "Назва біркі"> +<!ENTITY cookies.tree.expires.label "Высільваецца"> + +<!ENTITY cookies.infobox.label "Звесткі аб вылучанай бірцы"> + +<!ENTITY cookies.info.name.label "Назва:"> +<!ENTITY cookies.info.value.label "Змесціва:"> +<!ENTITY cookies.info.host.label "Трымальнік:"> +<!ENTITY cookies.info.domain.label "Дамен:"> +<!ENTITY cookies.info.path.label "Шлях:"> +<!ENTITY cookies.info.sendtype.label "Дасылаецца праз:"> +<!ENTITY cookies.info.expires.label "Высільваецца:"> + +<!ENTITY cookies.ctx.remove.label "Выдаліць"> +<!ENTITY cookies.ctx.remove.accesskey "д"> +<!ENTITY cookies.ctx.selectAll.label "Вылучыць усё"> +<!ENTITY cookies.ctx.selectAll.accesskey "у"> + +<!ENTITY cookies.button.remove.label "Выдаліць"> +<!ENTITY cookies.button.remove.accesskey "д"> + +<!ENTITY cookies.blockOnRemove.label "Пасля выдалення забараніць пералічаным сеціўныя пляцоўкам усталёўваць біркі ізноў"> +<!ENTITY cookies.blockOnRemove.accesskey "П"> + +<!ENTITY perm.UseDefault "Ужываць змоўчныя"> +<!ENTITY perm.AskAlways "Заўсёды пытаць"> +<!ENTITY perm.NeverSave "Ніколі не захоўваць"> +<!ENTITY perm.Allow "Дазволіць"> +<!ENTITY perm.AllowSameDomain "Дазволіць для дамену"> +<!ENTITY perm.AllowSession "Дазволіць на час сэсіі"> +<!ENTITY perm.Block "Блакаваць"> + +<!ENTITY perm.host.placeholder "Увядзіце назву трымальніка"> +<!ENTITY perm.button.add.label "Дадаць"> +<!ENTITY perm.button.add.accesskey "Д"> + +<!ENTITY prefs.description "Перавагі змесціва ўжываюцца &brandShortName; для захавання яго наладжванняў, такіх як узровень павялічэння, асабліва для сеціўных пляцовак."> + +<!ENTITY prefs.tree.host.label "Пляцоўка Сеціва"> +<!ENTITY prefs.tree.name.label "Назва перавагі"> +<!ENTITY prefs.tree.value.label "Значэнне"> + +<!ENTITY prefs.ctx.remove.label "Выдаліць"> +<!ENTITY prefs.ctx.remove.accesskey "д"> +<!ENTITY prefs.ctx.selectAll.label "Вылучыць усё"> +<!ENTITY prefs.ctx.selectAll.accesskey "у"> + +<!ENTITY prefs.button.remove.label "Выдаліць"> +<!ENTITY prefs.button.remove.accesskey "д"> + +<!ENTITY pwd.description "Вы маеце наступныя паролі, захаваныя для гэтага дамену:"> + +<!ENTITY pwd.tree.host.label "Пляцоўка Сеціва"> +<!ENTITY pwd.tree.username.label "Імя карыстальніка"> +<!ENTITY pwd.tree.password.label "Пароль"> + +<!ENTITY pwd.ctx.remove.label "Выдаліць"> +<!ENTITY pwd.ctx.remove.accesskey "д"> +<!ENTITY pwd.ctx.copyPasswordCmd.label "Скапіяваць пароль"> +<!ENTITY pwd.ctx.copyPasswordCmd.accesskey "к"> +<!ENTITY pwd.ctx.selectAll.label "Вылучыць усё"> +<!ENTITY pwd.ctx.selectAll.accesskey "у"> + +<!ENTITY pwd.button.remove.label "Выдаліць"> +<!ENTITY pwd.button.remove.accesskey "д"> + +<!ENTITY storage.description "Гэты дамен ужывае наступныя сеціўныя сховішчы на вашым кампутары:"> + +<!ENTITY storage.tree.host.label "Пляцоўка Сеціва"> +<!ENTITY storage.tree.type.label "Тып"> +<!ENTITY storage.tree.size.label "Памер"> + +<!ENTITY storage.ctx.remove.label "Выдаліць"> +<!ENTITY storage.ctx.remove.accesskey "д"> +<!ENTITY storage.ctx.selectAll.label "Вылучыць усё"> +<!ENTITY storage.ctx.selectAll.accesskey "у"> + +<!ENTITY storage.button.remove.label "Выдаліць"> +<!ENTITY storage.button.remove.accesskey "д"> + +<!ENTITY fdata.search.placeholder "Шукаць здаткі поля"> + +<!ENTITY fdata.tree.fieldname.label "Назва поля"> +<!ENTITY fdata.tree.value.label "Уведзенае значэнне"> +<!ENTITY fdata.tree.usecount.label "Колькасць ужыванняў"> +<!ENTITY fdata.tree.firstused.label "Першае ўжыванне"> +<!ENTITY fdata.tree.lastused.label "Апошняе ўжыванне"> + +<!ENTITY fdata.ctx.remove.label "Выдаліць"> +<!ENTITY fdata.ctx.remove.accesskey "д"> +<!ENTITY fdata.ctx.selectAll.label "Вылучыць усё"> +<!ENTITY fdata.ctx.selectAll.accesskey "у"> + +<!ENTITY fdata.button.remove.label "Выдаліць"> +<!ENTITY fdata.button.remove.accesskey "д"> + +<!ENTITY forget.cookies.label "Біркі"> +<!ENTITY forget.cookies.accesskey "Б"> +<!ENTITY forget.permissions.label "Дазволы"> +<!ENTITY forget.permissions.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY forget.preferences.label "Перавагі змесціва"> +<!ENTITY forget.preferences.accesskey "з"> +<!ENTITY forget.passwords.label "Паролі"> +<!ENTITY forget.passwords.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY forget.storage.label "Сховішча"> +<!ENTITY forget.storage.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY forget.formdata.label "Здаткі формаў"> +<!ENTITY forget.formdata.accesskey "ф"> + +<!ENTITY forget.button.label "Забыць гэтыя здаткі"> +<!ENTITY forget.button.accesskey "З"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/dataman/dataman.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/dataman/dataman.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b8eb10a79e --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/dataman/dataman.properties @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +cookies.expireAtEndOfSession = напрыканцы сэсіі + +cookies.secureOnly.httponly = Толькі тайнапісныя злучэнні і без доступу сцэнараў +cookies.secureOnly.all = Толькі тайнапісныя злучэнні +cookies.anyConnection.httponly = Любы тып злучэнняў, без доступу сцэнараў +cookies.anyConnection.all = Любы тып злучэнняў + +cookies.deleteSelected = Вы сапраўды хочаце выдаліць вылучаныя біркі? +cookies.deleteSelectedTitle = Выдаленне вылучаных бірак +cookies.deleteSelectedYes = &Выдаліць + +perm.allowXULXBL.label = Ужываць разметку XUL/XBL +perm.cookie.label = Усталёўваць біркі +perm.geo.label = Дзяліцца месцазнаходжаннем +perm.image.label = Загружаць выявы +perm.indexedDB.label = Захаваць мясцовыя базы здаткаў +perm.install.label = Усталёўваць дадаткі +perm.offline-app.label = Пазасеткавыя сеціўныя прыстасаванні +perm.object.label = Запусціць убудовы +perm.plugins.label = Задзейнічаць убудовы +perm.popup.label = Адкрываць вокны-вынырцы +perm.script.label = Запусціць сцэнары +perm.stylesheet.label = Загрузіць табліцы стыляў + +perm.type.default = Выберыце тып + +pwd.hidePasswords = Схаваць паролі +pwd.hidePasswords.accesskey = п +pwd.showPasswords = Паказаць паролі +pwd.showPasswords.accesskey = п +pwd.noMasterPasswordPrompt = Вы сапраўды хочаце паказаць вашы паролі? + +pwd.deleteSelected = Вы сапраўды хочаце выдаліць вылучаныя паролі? +pwd.deleteSelectedTitle = Выдаленне вылучаных пароляў +pwd.deleteSelectedYes = &Выдаліць + +prefs.deleteSelected = Вы сапраўды хочаце выдаліць вылучаныя перавагі? +prefs.deleteSelectedTitle = Выдаленне вылучаных перавагаў +prefs.deleteSelectedYes = &Выдаліць + +# storage + +storageUsage = %1$S %2$S + +storage.deleteSelected = Вы сапраўды хочаце выдаліць вылучаныя сеткавыя сховішчы? +storage.deleteSelectedTitle = Выдаленне вылучаных сховішчаў +storage.deleteSelectedYes = &Выдаліць + +fdata.deleteSelected = Вы сапраўды хочаце выдаліць вылучаныя запісы гісторыі формаў? +fdata.deleteSelectedTitle = Выдаленне вылучаных здаткаў формаў +fdata.deleteSelectedYes = &Выдаліць + +forget.desc.domain.pre = Забыць усе здаткі наступных тыпаў, спалучаных з даменам "%S": +forget.desc.domain.post = Выдалены ўсе здаткі наступных тыпаў, спалучаныя з даменам "%S": +forget.desc.global.pre = Забыць усе агульныя здаткі наступных тыпаў: +forget.desc.global.post = Выдалены ўсе агульныя здаткі наступных тыпаў: diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/defaultClientDialog.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/defaultClientDialog.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b7b60ce626 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/defaultClientDialog.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY defaultClient.title "Змоўчны спажывец"> +<!ENTITY defaultClient.intro "Ужываць &brandShortName; як змоўчны спажывец:"> + +<!ENTITY browser.label "Азіральнік"> +<!ENTITY email.label "Э-Пошты"> +<!ENTITY newsgroups.label "Навінакупы"> +<!ENTITY feeds.label "Жывільнікі"> + +<!ENTITY checkOnStartup.label "Заўсёды рабіць гэтую праверку падчас запуску &brandShortName;"> +<!ENTITY checkOnStartup.accesskey "З"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/downloads/downloadmanager.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/downloads/downloadmanager.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dff49c7988 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/downloads/downloadmanager.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY downloadManager.title "Кіраўнік загрузак"> + +<!ENTITY menuBar.tooltip "Паліца меню"> +<!ENTITY searchBar.tooltip "Паліца пошуку"> + +<!ENTITY search.placeholder "Пошук загрузак"> +<!ENTITY search.label "Пошук загрузак"> +<!ENTITY search.accesskey "ш"> +<!ENTITY search.key "f"> + +<!ENTITY cmd.clearList.label "Ачысціць спіс"> +<!ENTITY cmd.clearList.tooltip "Выдаляе выкананыя, скасаваныя і няўдачныя загрузкі з спіса"> +<!ENTITY cmd.clearList.accesskey "А"> + +<!ENTITY col.name.label "Назва"> +<!ENTITY col.name.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY col.name.tooltip "Назва файла"> +<!ENTITY col.status.label "Статус"> +<!ENTITY col.status.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY col.status.tooltip "Статус"> +<!ENTITY col.actionPlay.label "Прыпыніць/Працягнуць/Паўтарыць"> +<!ENTITY col.actionPlay.accesskey "ы"> +<!ENTITY col.actionPlay.tooltip "Прыпыніць/Працягнуць/Паўтарыць"> +<!ENTITY col.actionStop.label "Скасаваць/Выдаліць"> +<!ENTITY col.actionStop.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY col.actionStop.tooltip "Скасаваць/Выдаліць"> +<!ENTITY col.progress.label "Развіццё"> +<!ENTITY col.progress.accesskey "Р"> +<!ENTITY col.progress.tooltip "Развіццё"> +<!ENTITY col.timeremaining.label "Засталося:"> +<!ENTITY col.timeremaining.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY col.timeremaining.tooltip "Засталося:"> +<!ENTITY col.transferred.label "Сцягнута"> +<!ENTITY col.transferred.accesskey "ц"> +<!ENTITY col.transferred.tooltip "Сцягнута"> +<!ENTITY col.transferrate.label "Хуткасць"> +<!ENTITY col.transferrate.accesskey "Х"> +<!ENTITY col.transferrate.tooltip "Хуткасць"> +<!ENTITY col.timeelapsed.label "Мінула:"> +<!ENTITY col.timeelapsed.accesskey "М"> +<!ENTITY col.timeelapsed.tooltip "Мінула:"> +<!ENTITY col.starttime.label "Час пачатку"> +<!ENTITY col.starttime.accesskey "а"> +<!ENTITY col.starttime.tooltip "Час пачатку"> +<!ENTITY col.endtime.label "Час канца"> +<!ENTITY col.endtime.accesskey "к"> +<!ENTITY col.endtime.tooltip "Час канца"> +<!ENTITY col.progresstext.label "%"> +<!ENTITY col.progresstext.accesskey "%"> +<!ENTITY col.progresstext.tooltip "Развіццё (%)"> +<!ENTITY col.source.label "Зыходнік"> +<!ENTITY col.source.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY col.source.tooltip "Зыходнік"> + +<!ENTITY view.columns.label "Паказаць слупкі"> +<!ENTITY view.columns.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY view.sortBy.label "Размеркаваць па"> +<!ENTITY view.sortBy.accesskey "Р"> + +<!ENTITY view.unsorted.label "Неразмеркаваныя"> +<!ENTITY view.unsorted.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY view.sortAscending.label "Размеркаваць ад А да Я"> +<!ENTITY view.sortAscending.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY view.sortDescending.label "Размеркаваць ад Я да А"> +<!ENTITY view.sortDescending.accesskey "Я"> + +<!ENTITY cmd.pause.label "Прыпыніць"> +<!ENTITY cmd.pause.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY cmd.resume.label "Працягнуць"> +<!ENTITY cmd.resume.accesskey "а"> +<!ENTITY cmd.retry.label "Паўтарыць"> +<!ENTITY cmd.retry.accesskey "ў"> +<!ENTITY cmd.cancel.label "Скасаваць"> +<!ENTITY cmd.cancel.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY cmd.remove.label "Выдаліць з спіса"> +<!ENTITY cmd.remove.accesskey "В"> +<!ENTITY cmd.open.label "Адчыніць"> +<!ENTITY cmd.open.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY cmd.show.label "Адчыніць змяшчальную папку"> +<!ENTITY cmd.show.accesskey "м"> +<!ENTITY cmd.goToDownloadPage.label "Паказаць старонку загрузкі"> +<!ENTITY cmd.goToDownloadPage.accesskey "з"> +<!ENTITY cmd.copyDownloadLink.label "Капіяваць спасылку загрузкі"> +<!ENTITY cmd.copyDownloadLink.accesskey "К"> +<!ENTITY cmd.properties.label "Уласцівасці…"> +<!ENTITY cmd.properties.accesskey "У"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/downloads/downloadmanager.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/downloads/downloadmanager.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2aaec89163 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/downloads/downloadmanager.properties @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +fileExecutableSecurityWarning = "%S" выканальны файл. Выканальныя файлы могуць змяшчаць вірусы ці іншы зламысны код, які можа пашкодзіць ваш кампутар. З абачлівасцю адчыняйце гэты файл. Вы сапраўды жадаеце запусціць "%S"? +fileExecutableSecurityWarningTitle = Адчыніць выканальны файл? +fileExecutableSecurityWarningDontAsk = Не пытаць мяне аб гэтым зноў + +downloadsTitleFiles = %1$S файл - Кіраўнік загрузак;%1$S файлы - Кіраўнік загрузак;%1$S файлаў - Кіраўнік загрузак +downloadsTitlePercent = %2$S%% of %1$S файла - Кіраўнік загрузак;%2$S%% ад %1$S файлаў - Кіраўнік загрузак;%2$S%% ад %1$S файлаў - Кіраўнік загрузак + +progressTitle = %1$S - %2$S +progressTitlePercent = %1$S%% ад %2$S - %3$S + +percentFormat = %1$S%% + +speedFormat = %1$S %2$S/сек + +timeSingle = %1$S %2$S +timeDouble = %1$S %2$S, %3$S %4$S + +sizeSpeed = %1$S (%2$S) + +statusActive = %1$S — %2$S + +fromSource = З %S +toTarget = Да %S diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/downloads/progressDialog.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/downloads/progressDialog.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..222bd1a26f --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/downloads/progressDialog.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY progress.title "Здзяйсняюцца загрузкі…"> +<!ENTITY closeWindow.key "w"> +<!ENTITY cmd.pause.tooltip "Прыпыніць"> +<!ENTITY cmd.resume.tooltip "Працягнуць"> +<!ENTITY cmd.retry.tooltip "Паўтарыць"> +<!ENTITY cmd.cancel.tooltip "Скасаваць"> +<!ENTITY cmd.open.label "Адчыніць"> +<!ENTITY cmd.open.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY cmd.show.label "Адчыніць змяшчальную папку"> +<!ENTITY cmd.show.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY cmd.goToDownloadPage.label "Паказаць старонку загрузкі"> +<!ENTITY cmd.goToDownloadPage.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY cmd.copyDownloadLink.label "Капіяваць спасылку загрузкі"> +<!ENTITY cmd.copyDownloadLink.accesskey "К"> +<!ENTITY closeWhenDone.label "Закрыць гэтае акно пасля здзяйснення загрузак."> +<!ENTITY closeWhenDone.accesskey "а"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/feeds/subscribe.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/feeds/subscribe.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..989c99f13d --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/feeds/subscribe.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY feedPage.title "Прагляд жывільніка"> +<!ENTITY feedSubscribeNow "Падпісацца зараз"> +<!ENTITY feedMessenger "Навіны і дзённікі"> +<!ENTITY feedLiveBookmarks "Жывыя закладкі"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/feeds/subscribe.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/feeds/subscribe.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..697d5e1f8b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/feeds/subscribe.properties @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +linkTitleTextFormat = Перайсці да %S +addHandler = Дадаць "%S" (%S) як чытач жывільнікаў? +addHandlerAddButton = Дадаць чытач жывільнікаў +addHandlerAddButtonAccesskey = Д +handlerRegistered = "%S" ужо зарэгістраваны як чытач жывільнікаў +subscribeNow = Падпісацца зараз +chooseApplicationMenuItem = Выбраць прыстасаванне… +chooseApplicationDialogTitle = Выбраць прыстасаванне +alwaysUse = Заўсёды выкарыстоўваць %S для падпіскі на жывільнікі +mediaLabel = Файлы медыя + +enclosureSizeText = %1$S %2$S + +bytes = байтаў +kilobytes = RБ +megabytes = МБ +gigabytes = ГБ + +alwaysUseForFeeds = Заўсёды выкарыстоўваць %S для падпіскі на жывільнікі. +alwaysUseForAudioPodcasts = Заўсёды выкарыстоўваць %S для падпіскі на вяшчальнікі. +alwaysUseForVideoPodcasts = Заўсёды выкарыстоўваць %S для падпіскі на відэявяшчальнікі. + +subscribeFeedUsing = Падпісацца на гэты жывільнік з дапамогаю +subscribeAudioPodcastUsing = Падпісацца на гэты вяшчальнік з дапамогаю +subscribeVideoPodcastUsing = Падпісацца на гэты відэявяшчальнік з дапамогаю + +feedSubscriptionFeed1 = Гэта "жывільнік" змесціва, якое часта змяняецца на гэтай сеціўнай пляцоўцы. +feedSubscriptionAudioPodcast1 = Гэта "вяшчальнік" змесціва, якое часта змяняецца на гэтай сеціўнай пляцоўцы. +feedSubscriptionVideoPodcast1 = Гэта "відэяжывільнік" змесціва, якое часта змяняецца на гэтай сеціўнай пляцоўцы. + +feedSubscriptionFeed2 = Вы можаце падпісацца на гэты жывільнік, каб атрымоўваць абнаўленні, калі змесціва змяняецца. +feedSubscriptionAudioPodcast2 = Вы можаце падпісацца на гэты вяшчальнік, каб атрымоўваць абнаўленні, калі змесціва змяняецца. +feedSubscriptionVideoPodcast2 = Вы можаце падпісацца на гэты відэявяшчальнік, каб атрымоўваць абнаўленні, калі змесціва змяняецца. + +addProtocolHandler = Дадаць %S (%S) як прыстасаванне для спасылак %S? +addProtocolHandlerAddButton = Дадаць прыстасаванне +protocolHandlerRegistered = %S ужо было дададзена як прыстасаванне для спасылак %S. diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/gopherAddon.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/gopherAddon.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..08ae6f9127 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/gopherAddon.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY loadError.label "Памылка загрузкі старонкі"> +<!ENTITY gopherAddon.title "Пратакол Gopher"> +<!ENTITY gopherAddon.shortDesc "gopher – не зарэгістраваны пратакол."> +<!ENTITY gopherAddon.longDesc "Адрас прызначае пратакол gopher, які больш не падтрымліваецца, таму азіральнік не можа злучыцца з пляцоўкай. Вы можаце ўсталяваць дадатак сумяшчальнасці з Дадаткаў Mozilla, каб даступіцца да паслугача."> +<!ENTITY goToAddOn.label "Перайсці на старонку дадатка"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/cert_dialog_help.xhtml b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/cert_dialog_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8eb9542c69 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/cert_dialog_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,491 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Certificate Information and Decisions</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<div class="boilerPlate">This document is provided for your information only. + It may help you take certain steps to protect the privacy and security of + your personal information on the Internet. This document does not, however, + address all online privacy and security issues, nor does it represent a + recommendation about what constitutes adequate privacy and security + protection on the Internet.</div> + +<h1 id="certificate_information_and_decisions">Certificate Information and + Decisions</h1> + +<p>This section describes how to use various windows displayed at different times by + Certificate Manager. The additional information given here appears when you click + the Help button in one of those windows.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#certificate_viewer">Certificate Viewer</a></li> + <li><a href="#choose_security_device">Choose Security Device</a></li> + <li><a href="#encryption_key_copy">Encryption Key Copy</a></li> + <li><a href="#certificate_backup">Certificate Backup</a></li> + <li><a href="#user_identification_request">User Identification Request</a></li> + <li><a href="#new_certificate_authority">New Certificate Authority</a></li> + <li><a href="#website_certificates">Website Certificates</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="certificate_viewer">Certificate Viewer</h2> + +<p>The Certificate Viewer displays information about a certificate you selected + in one of the Certificate Manager tabs. The General tab summarizes + information about who issued the certificate, its verification status, what + the certificate can be used for, and so on. The Details tab provides complete + details on the certificate's contents.</p> + +<p>If you are not currently viewing the Certificate Viewer, follow these + steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Certificates. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>Click Manage Certificates.</li> + <li>Click the tab for the type of certificate whose details you want to + view.</li> + <li>Select the certificate whose details you want to view.</li> + <li>Click View.</li> +</ol> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#general_tab">General Tab</a></li> + <li><a href="#details_tab">Details Tab</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="general_tab">General Tab</h3> + +<p>When you first open the Certificate Viewer, the General tab displays several + kinds of information about the selected certificate:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>This certificate has been verified for the following + uses</strong>: See + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_verification">certificate verification</a> + for a discussion of how the Certificate Manager verifies certificates. Uses + can include any of the following: + <ul> + <li><strong>SSL Client Certificate</strong>: Certificate used to identify + you to websites.</li> + <li><strong>SSL Server Certificate</strong>: Certificate used to identify + a website server to browsers.</li> + <li><strong>Email Signer Certificate</strong>: Certificate used to + identify you for the purposes of digitally signing email messages.</li> + <li><strong>Email Recipient Certificate</strong>: Certificate used to + identify someone else, for example so you can send that person + encrypted email.</li> + <li><strong>Status Responder Certificate</strong>: Certificate used to + identify an online status responder that uses the Online Certificate + Status Protocol (OCSP) to check the validity of certificates. For more + information about OCSP, see + <a href="certs_prefs_help.xhtml">Certificates Settings</a>.</li> + <li><strong>SSL Certificate Authority</strong>: Certificate used to + identify a certificate authority—that is, a service that issues + certificates for use as identification over computer networks.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Issued To</strong>: Summarizes the following information about + the certificate: + <ul> + <li><strong>Common Name</strong>: The name of the person or other entity + that the certificate identifies.</li> + <li><strong>Organization</strong>: The name of the organization to which + the entity belongs (such as the name of a company).</li> + <li><strong>Organizational Unit</strong>: The name of the organizational + unit to which the entity belongs (such as Accounting Department).</li> + <li><strong>Serial Number</strong>: The certificate's serial + number.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Issued By</strong>: Summarizes information (similar to that + provided under <q>Issued To</q>; see above) about the certificate authority + (CA) that issued the certificate.</li> + <li><strong>Validity</strong>: Indicates the period during which the + certificate is valid.</li> + <li><strong>Fingerprints</strong>: Lists the certificate's fingerprints. + A fingerprint is a unique number produced by applying a mathematical + function to the certificate contents. A certificate's fingerprint can + be used to verify that the certificate has not been tampered with.</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="details_tab">Details Tab</h3> + +<p>Click the Details tab at the top of the Certificate Viewer to see more + detailed information about the selected certificate. To examine information + for any certificate in the Certificate Hierarchy area, select its name, + select the field under Certificate Fields that you want to examine, and + read the field's value under Field Value:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Certificate Hierarchy</strong>: Displays the certificate chain, + with the certificate you originally selected at the bottom. A certificate + chain is a hierarchical series of certificates signed by successive + certificate authorities (CAs). A CA certificate identifies a + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority</a> + and is used to sign certificates issued by that authority. A CA certificate + can in turn be signed by the CA certificate of a parent CA and so on up to + a <a href="glossary.xhtml#root_ca">root CA</a>.</li> + <li><strong>Certificate Fields</strong>: Displays the fields of the + certificate selected under Certificate Hierarchy.</li> + <li><strong>Field Value</strong>: Displays the value of the field selected + under Certificate Fields.</li> +</ul> + +<p>The Certificate Viewer displays basic ANSI types in human-readable form + wherever possible. For fields whose contents the Certificate Manager cannot + interpret, it displays the actual values contained in the certificate.</p> + +<h2 id="choose_security_device">Choose Security Device</h2> + +<p>A security device (sometimes called a token) is a hardware or software + device that provides cryptographic services such as encryption and decryption + and stores certificates and keys. The Choose Security Device window appears + when Certificate Manager needs help deciding which security device to use + when importing a certificate or performing a cryptographic operation, such as + generating keys for a new certificate. This window allows you to select one + of two or more security devices that Certificate Manager has detected on your + machine.</p> + +<p>A smart card is one example of a security device. For example, if a smart + card reader connected to your computer has a smart card inserted in it, the + name of the smart card will show up in the drop-down menu. In this case, you + must choose the name of the smart card from the menu to let Certificate + Manager know that you want to use it.</p> + +<p>The Certificate Manager also supplies its own default, built-in security + device, which can always be used no matter what additional devices are or + aren't available.</p> + +<h2 id="encryption_key_copy">Encryption Key Copy</h2> + +<p><a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">Certificate authorities (CAs)</a> + that issue separate signing and encryption email certificates typically make + backup copies of your private + <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption_key">encryption key</a> during the + certificate enrollment process.</p> + +<p>The Encryption Key Copy dialog box allows you to approve the creation of + such a backup or cancel the certificate request. A CA that has archived a + backup copy of your encryption key has the potential capability of + decrypting any messages you receive that were encrypted with your + corresponding public key.</p> + +<p>You can take these actions from the Encryption Key Copy dialog box:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>View Certificate</strong>: To view the certificate identifying + the CA that is requesting the backup copy, click View Certificate.</li> + <li><strong>OK</strong>: If you trust the CA identified by the CA certificate + to decrypt encrypted messages that you receive, click OK. + + <p>If you are not sure whether to trust the CA that is requesting the + backup copy, talk to your system administrator.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Cancel</strong>: If you don't trust the CA that is + requesting the backup copy, don't request a certificate from it. Click + Cancel to stop both the backup procedure and the request for a + certificate.</li> +</ul> + +<p>After your CA makes a backup copy of the encryption key, you will be able to + use that key to access your encrypted mail even if you lose your password or + lose your own copy of the key. If no backup copy of your encryption key + exists and you lose your password or the key, you will have no way of reading + email messages that were encrypted with that key.</p> + +<h2 id="certificate_backup">Certificate Backup</h2> + +<p>When you receive a certificate, make a backup copy of the certificate and + its private key, then store the copy in a safe place. For example, you can + put the copy on a floppy disk and store it with other valuable items under + lock and key. That way, even if you have hard disk or file corruption + problems, you can easily restore the certificate.</p> + +<p>It can be inconvenient, at best, and in some situations catastrophic to lose + your certificate and its associated private key, depending on what you use it + for. For example:</p> + +<ul> + <li>If you lose a certificate that identifies you to important websites, you + will not be able to access those websites until you obtain a new + certificate. </li> + <li>If you lose a certificate used to encrypt email messages, you will not + be able to read any of your encrypted email—including both encrypted + messages that you have sent and encrypted messages that you have received. + In this case, if you cannot obtain a backup of the private encryption key + associated with the certificate, you will never be able to read any of the + messages encrypted with that key.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Like any other valuable data, certificates should be backed up to avoid + future trouble and expense. Do it now so you don't forget.</p> + +<h2 id="user_identification_request">User Identification Request</h2> + +<p>Some websites require that you identify yourself with a certificate rather + than a name and password, because certificates provide a more reliable form + of identification. This method of identifying yourself over the Internet is + sometimes called + <a href="glossary.xhtml#client_authentication">client authentication</a>.</p> + +<p>However, Certificate Manager may have more than one certificate on file that + can be used for the purposes of identifying yourself to a website. In this + case, Certificate Manager presents the User Identification Request dialog + box, which displays two kinds of information:</p> + +<p><strong>This site has requested that you identify yourself with a + certificate</strong>: This section of the dialog box lists the following + information:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Host name</strong>: The name of the server requesting + identification, used as part of its URL. For example, the host name for the + Netscape website is <tt>home.netscape.com</tt>.</li> + <li><strong>Organization</strong>: The name of the organization that runs the + website.</li> + <li><strong>Issued under</strong>: The name of the + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a> + that issued the certificate.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Choose a certificate to present as identification</strong>: The + certificates you have available for the purposes of identifying yourself to a + website are listed in the drop-down list in this section of the dialog box. + Choose the certificate that seems most likely to be recognized by the website + you want to visit.</p> + +<p>To help you decide, the following details of the selected certificate are + displayed:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Issued to</strong>: Lists information about the person identified + by the certificate (for example, your name and email address) and the + certificate's serial number and validity dates.</li> + <li><strong>Issued by</strong>: Summarizes information about the CA that + issued the certificate, such as its name, location, and state.</li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="new_certificate_authority">New Certificate Authority</h2> + +<p>The certificates that the Certificate Manager has on file, whether stored on + your computer or on an external security device such as a smart card, include + certificates that identify + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authorities (CAs)</a>. + To be able to recognize any other certificates it has on file, Certificate + Manager must have certificates for the CAs that issued or authorized issuance + of those certificates.</p> + +<p>When you decide to trust a CA, Certificate Manager downloads that CA's + certificate and can then recognize the kinds of certificates you trust that + CA to issue.</p> + +<p>Before downloading a new CA certificate, Certificate Manager allows you to + specify the purposes for which you trust the certificate, if at all. You can + select any of the following options:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Trust this CA to identify websites</strong>: Website certificates + for some websites, such as those that handle financial transactions, can be + extremely important, and inappropriate or false identification can have + negative consequences.</li> + <li><strong>Trust this CA to identify email users</strong>: If you intend to + send email users confidential information in encrypted form, or if accurate + identification of email users is important to you for any other reason, you + should consider carefully the CA's procedures for identifying + prospective certificate owners and whether they are appropriate for your + purposes before selecting this option.</li> + <li><strong>Trust this CA to identify software developers</strong>: Selecting + this option means that you trust the CA to issue certificates that identify + the origin of Java applets and JavaScript scripts requesting special access + to your computer, such as the ability to change files. Since such access + privileges can be misused, for example to destroy data stored on your hard + disk, be very careful about selecting this option unless you are certain + that you trust the CA for this purpose.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Before you decide to trust a new CA, make sure that you know who is + operating it. Make sure the CA's policies and procedures are + appropriate for the kinds of certificates it issues. For example, if the CA + issues certificates identifying websites you use for financial transactions, + make sure you are comfortable with the level of assurance the CA + provides.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>View</strong>: Click this button to view the CA certificate you + are about to download. If you decide you don't want to download this + certificate, click Cancel.</li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="website_certificates">Website Certificates</h2> + +<p>When you attempt to go to a website that supports the use of + <a href="glossary.xhtml#ssl">SSL</a> for + <a href="glossary.xhtml#authentication">authentication</a> and + <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption">encryption</a>, you may be faced with an + error page. There are two types, one called + <a href="#secure_connection_failed_page">Secure Connection Failed</a> and one + called <a href="#untrusted_connection_page">Untrusted Connection</a>.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#secure_connection_failed_page">Secure Connection Failed + Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#untrusted_connection_page">Untrusted Connection Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#secure_connection_failed_dialog">Secure Connection Failed + Dialog</a></li> + <li><a href="#certificate_expired">Server Certificate Expired</a></li> + <li><a href="#certificate_not_yet_valid">Server Certificate Not Yet + Valid</a></li> + <li><a href="#domain_name_mismatch">Domain Name Mismatch</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="secure_connection_failed_page">Secure Connection Failed Page</h3> + +<p>In the case where you have disabled the SSL protocol (e.g. through + <a href="ssl_help.xhtml#ssl_settings">SSL Settings</a>) or the website that + you are accessing is using an older, insecure version of the SSL protocol then + you will be presented with a page titled "Secure Connection Failed". + That page contains some basic background information (including the + <strong>Error code</strong> that uniquely identifies the type of problem + &brandShortName; detected with the website) and a <strong>Try Again</strong> + button that triggers a page reload.</p> + +<h3 id="untrusted_connection_page">Untrusted Connection Page</h3> + +<p>If SSL itself is enabled then the error page that you will be presented with + will be titled "This Connection is Untrusted". There are many + different reasons why a connection can appear untrusted. Here are some of the + most common ones:</p> + +<ul> + <li>the certificate of the website is <a href="#certificate_expired">no longer + valid (expired)</a></li> + <li>the certificate of the website is + <a href="#certificate_not_yet_valid">not yet valid</a></li> + <li>the certificate of the website is only valid for another website + (<a href="#domain_name_mismatch">domain name mismatch</a>)</li> + <li>the certificate of the website is self-signed (thus the identity of the + website cannot be verified).</li> + <li>the issuer certificate is not trusted (&brandShortName; cannot + verify the identity of the website because it doesn't + recognize the <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate + authority (CA)</a> that issued the website's certificate)</li> +</ul> + +<p>The page displayed in the above cases is meant to help you understand why + &brandShortName; was unable to establish a secure connection to the website. + It starts by telling you that the website's identity could not be + verified, then offers you to leave the page by clicking the <strong>This + sounds bad, take me to my home page instead</strong> button. If you are unsure + what to do it is recommended that you follow this advice.</p> + +<p>If you want to know a little bit more about the actual problem at hand you + may expand the corresponding section by clicking the chevron in front of + <strong>Technical Details</strong>. That section also contains the + <strong>Error code</strong> that uniquely identifies the type of problem + &brandShortName; detected with the website.</p> + +<h4 id="add_security_exception">Adding a Security Exception</h4> + +<p>The <strong>I Understand the Risks</strong> section of the Untrusted + Connection page allows you to tell &brandShortName; to explicitly override the + security checks for this website by adding an exception. If you expand the + section by clicking the chevron in front of it you will see an <strong>Add + Exception</strong> button that will take you to a dialog allowing you to get + and view the website's certificate and optionally add a Security + Exception for it (either permanently or just for the current session). Those + exceptions can be administered through the Certificate Manager's + <a href="certs_help.xhtml#servers">Servers</a> tab.</p> + +<h3 id="secure_connection_failed_dialog">Secure Connection Failed Dialog</h3> + +<p>In cases where &brandShortName; cannot determine the actual cause of the + problem a dialog titled "Secure Connection Failed" is shown in + addition to the <a href="#untrusted_connection_page">Untrusted Connection + page</a>. That dialog includes a <strong>View Certificate</strong> button + that allows you to examine the website's certificate more closely.</p> + +<h3 id="certificate_expired">Certificate Expired</h3> + +<p>Like a credit card, a driver's license, and many other forms of + identification, a <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificate</a> is + valid for a specified period of time. When a certificate expires, the owner + of the certificate needs to get a new one.</p> + +<p>&brandShortName; <a href="#untrusted_connection_page">warns</a> you when you + attempt to visit a website whose server certificate has expired. The first + thing you should do is make sure the time and date displayed by your computer + is correct. If your computer's clock is set to a date that is after the + expiration date, &brandShortName; treats the website's certificate as + expired.</p> + +<p>If your computer's clock is set correctly, you need to make a decision + about whether to trust the website. This decision depends on what you intend + to do at the website and what else you know about it. Most commercial sites + will make sure that they replace their certificates before they expire. If you + choose to continue you need to <a href="#add_security_exception">add a + security exception</a>.</p> + +<h3 id="certificate_not_yet_valid">Certificate Not Yet Valid</h3> + +<p>Like a credit card, a driver's license, and many other forms of + identification, a <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificate</a> is + valid for a specified period of time.</p> + +<p>&brandShortName; <a href="#untrusted_connection_page">warns</a> you when you + attempt to visit a website whose server certificate's validity period has + not yet started. The first thing you should do is make sure the time and date + displayed by your own computer is correct. If your computer's clock is + set to the wrong date, &brandShortName; may treat the server certificate as + not yet valid even if this is not the case.</p> + +<p>If your computer's clock is set correctly, you need to make a decision + about whether to trust the website. This decision depends on what you intend + to do at the website and what else you know about it. Most commercial sites + will make sure that the validity period for their certificates has begun + before beginning to use them. If you choose to continue you need to + <a href="#add_security_exception">add a security exception</a>.</p> + +<h3 id="domain_name_mismatch">Domain Name Mismatch</h3> + +<p>A server <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificate</a> specifies the + name of the server in the form of the website's domain name. For example, + the domain name for the Mozilla website is <tt>www.mozilla.org</tt>. If the + domain name in a server's certificate doesn't match the actual + domain name of the website, it may be a sign that someone is attempting to + intercept your communication with the website.</p> + +<p>&brandShortName; <a href="#untrusted_connection_page">warns</a> you when you + attempt to visit a website whose server certificate's domain does not + match the domain of the website you are trying to visit. The decision whether + to trust the website anyway depends on what you intend to do at the site and + what else you know about it. Most commercial sites will make sure that the + host name for a website certificate matches the website's actual host + name. If you choose to continue you need to + <a href="#add_security_exception">add a security exception</a>.</p> + +<p>If you decide to accept the certificate anyway (either for this session or + permanently), you should be cautious about what you do on the website, and you + should treat any information you find there as potentially suspect.</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/certs_help.xhtml b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/certs_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..26e3aeaa43 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/certs_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,423 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Certificate Manager</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<div class="boilerPlate">This document is provided for your information only. + It may help you take certain steps to protect the privacy and security of + your personal information on the Internet. This document does not, however, + address all online privacy and security issues, nor does it represent a + recommendation about what constitutes adequate privacy and security + protection on the Internet.</div> + +<h1 id="certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</h1> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Certificate Manager. For more + information on using certificates, see <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml">Using + Certificates</a>.</p> + +<p>If you are not currently viewing the Certificate Manager window, follow + these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Certificates. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>Click Manage Certificates.</li> +</ol> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#your_certificates">Your Certificates</a></li> + <li><a href="#people">People</a></li> + <li><a href="#servers">Servers</a></li> + <li><a href="#authorities">Authorities</a></li> + <li><a href="#others">Others</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="your_certificates">Your Certificates</h2> + +<p>The Your Certificates tab in the <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate + Manager</a> displays the certificates on file that identify you. Your + certificates are listed under the names of the organizations that issued + them. If you can't see certificate names under an organization's + name, double-click the name to expand it.</p> + +<p>Use the following buttons to view and manage your certificates (most actions + require one or more certificates to be selected):</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>View</strong>: Display detailed information about the selected + certificates.</li> + <li><strong>Backup</strong>: Initiate the process of saving the selected + certificates. A window appears that allows you to choose a password to + protect the backup. You can then save the backup in a directory of your + choice.</li> + <li><strong>Backup All</strong>: Initiate the process of saving all the + certificates stored in the + <a href="glossary.xhtml#software_security_device">Software Security + Device</a>. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Certificates on smart cards cannot be backed up. + Whether you select some of your certificates and click Backup, or click + Backup All, the resulting backup file will not include any certificates + stored on smart cards or other external security devices. You can only + back up certificates that are stored on the built-in Software Security + Device.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Import</strong>: Import a file containing one or more + certificates that were previously backed up. When you click Import, + Certificate Manager first asks you to locate the file that contains the + backup. The names of certificate backup files typically end in + <tt>.p12</tt>; for example, <tt>MyCert.p12</tt>. After you select the file + to be imported, Certificate Manager asks you to enter the password that you + set when you backed up the certificate.</li> + <li><strong>Delete</strong>: Delete the selected certificates.</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="choose_a_certificate_backup_password">Choose a Certificate Backup + Password</h3> + +<p>A certificate backup password protects one or more certificates that you are + backing up from the <a href="#your_certificates">Your Certificates</a> tab in + the Certificate Manager.</p> + +<p>The Certificate Manager asks you to set this password when you back up + certificates, and requests it when you attempt to import certificates that + have previously been backed up.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Certificate backup password</strong>: Type your backup password + into this field.</li> + <li><strong>Certificate backup password (again)</strong>: Type your backup + password again. If you don't type it the second time exactly as you + did the first time, the OK button remains inactive. If this happens, try + typing the new password again.</li> +</ul> + +<p>If someone obtains the file containing a certificate that you have backed up + and successfully imports the certificate, that person can send messages or + access websites while pretending to be you. This can be a problem, for + example, if you digitally sign important email messages or manage your bank + or investment accounts over the Internet.</p> + +<p>Therefore, it's important to select a certificate backup password that + is difficult to guess. The <strong>password quality meter</strong> gives you + a rough idea of the quality of your password as you type it based on factors + such as length and the use of uppercase letters, lowercase letters, numbers, + and symbols. It does not guarantee that your password cannot be guessed, + however.</p> + +<p>For further guidelines, see + <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#choosing_a_good_password">Choosing a Good + Password</a>.</p> + +<p>It's also important to record the password in a safe place—and + not anywhere that's easily accessible to someone else. If you forget + this password, you can't import the backup of your certificate.</p> + +<h3 id="delete_your_certificates">Delete Your Certificates</h3> + +<p>Before deleting one of your own expired certificates from the + <a href="#your_certificates">Your Certificates</a> tab in the Certificate + Manager, make sure you won't need it again some day for reading old + email messages that you may have encrypted with the corresponding private + key.</p> + +<h2 id="people">People</h2> + +<p>The People tab in the <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</a> + displays email certificates you have on file that identify other people.</p> + +<p>When people send you digitally signed email messages, Certificate Manager + imports their certificates automatically. You can use these certificates to + send encrypted messages to those people.</p> + +<p>Certificates that identify people are listed under the names of the + organizations that issued them. If you can't see certificate names under + an organization's name, double-click the name to expand it.</p> + +<p>Use the following buttons to view and manage your certificates (most actions + require one or more certificates to be selected):</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>View</strong>: Display detailed information about the selected + certificates.</li> + <li><strong>Edit</strong>: View or change the trust settings that Certificate + Manager associates with the selected certificates. You can use these + settings to designate an email certificate as one that you trust or + don't trust for identification purposes.</li> + <li><strong>Import</strong>: Import a file containing one or more + certificates. When you click Import, Certificate Manager first asks you + to locate the file that contains the certificate(s).</li> + <li><strong>Export</strong>: Export the selected certificates. You can + choose among various formats.</li> + <li><strong>Delete</strong>: Delete the selected certificates.</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="delete_email_certificates">Delete Email Certificates</h3> + +<p>Before deleting someone else's certificate from the + <a href="#people">People</a> tab in the Certificate Manager, make sure you + won't need it again some day to send encrypted email to that person or + to verify digital signatures on messages from that person.</p> + +<h2 id="servers">Servers</h2> + +<p>The Servers tab in the Certificate Manager displays certificates you have + on file that identify servers (websites, mail servers).</p> + +<p>Certificates that identify servers are grouped under the names of the + organizations that issued them. If you can't see certificate names under + an organization's name, double-click the name to expand it.</p> + +<p>Use the following buttons to view and manage your certificates (most actions + require one or more certificates to be selected):</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>View</strong>: Display detailed information about the selected + certificates.</li> + <li><strong>Edit</strong>: View or change the trust settings that Certificate + Manager associates with the selected certificates. You can use these + settings to designate a website certificate as one that you trust or + don't trust for identification purposes.</li> + <li><strong>Import</strong>: Import a file containing one or more + certificates. When you click Import, Certificate Manager first asks you + to locate the file that contains the certificate(s).</li> + <li><strong>Export</strong>: Export the selected certificates. You can + choose among various formats.</li> + <li><strong>Delete</strong>: Delete the selected certificates.</li> + <li><strong>Add Exception</strong>: Add a security exception for a server + (website, mail server) that identifies itself with invalid information. + This is an advanced feature, act with caution.</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="edit_website_certificate_trust_settings">Edit Website Certificate + Trust Settings</h3> + +<p>When you select a website certificate from the + <a href="#servers">Servers</a> tab in the Certificate Manager and click Edit, + you see a window entitled <q>Edit website certificate trust settings</q>. + Here you specify whether you want to trust the selected certificate for + identifying the website and setting up an encrypted connection.</p> + +<p>The dialog box contains these elements:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>The certificate <q><em>name of certificate</em></q> was + issued by</strong>: Provides information about the + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority</a> + that issued this certificate.</li> + <li><strong>Edit certificate trust settings</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Trust the authenticity of this certificate</strong>: If you + select this option, Certificate Manager will henceforth trust this + certificate for the purposes of identifying this website or setting up + an encrypted connection. If you select this option and then attempt to + visit the website, your browser will access the site with few, if any, + warnings.</li> + <li><strong>Do not trust the authenticity of this certificate</strong>: + If you select this option, Certificate Manager will no longer trust + this certificate for the purposes of identifying this website or + setting up an encrypted connection. If you select this option and + then attempt to visit the website, you will see one or more warning + messages before you can access the site.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Edit CA Trust</strong>: Click this button to specify trust + settings for the certificate authority (CA) that issued the website + certificate. These settings allow you to trust or not to trust different + kinds of certificates issued by that certificate authority. For example, + you can choose to trust all website certificates issued by the + authority.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Click OK to confirm your choice.</p> + +<h3 id="delete_website_certificates">Delete Website Certificates</h3> + +<p>Before deleting a server certificate from the + <a href="#servers">Servers</a> tab in the Certificate Manager, make sure that + you won't need it again for the purposes of identifying a website or + mail server and setting up an encrypted connection.</p> + +<h2 id="authorities">Authorities</h2> + +<p>The Authorities tab in the <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate + Manager</a> displays the certificates you have on file that identify + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authorities + (CAs)</a>.</p> + +<p>CA certificates are grouped under the names of the organizations that issued + them. If you can't see certificate names under an organization's + name, double-click the name to expand it.</p> + +<p>Use the following buttons to view and manage your certificates (most actions + require one or more certificates to be selected):</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>View</strong>: Display detailed information about the selected + certificates.</li> + <li><strong>Edit</strong>: View or change the settings that Certificate + Manager associates with the selected certificates. You can use these + settings to designate what kinds of certificates, if any, you trust that + are issued by the corresponding CAs.</li> + <li><strong>Import</strong>: Import a file containing one or more + certificates. When you click Import, Certificate Manager first asks you + to locate the file that contains the certificate(s).</li> + <li><strong>Export</strong>: Export the selected certificates. You can + choose among various formats.</li> + <li><strong>Delete</strong>: Delete the selected certificates.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To ensure that an entire + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_chain">certificate chain</a> of CAs are + all trusted, you need to edit the root CA certifiate only.</p> + +<p>To import the chain, you click a link on a web page provided by the CA. You + can then use the authorities tab to locate the root certificate and edit its + trust settings.</p> + +<p>The root and intermediate CAs all appear under the same organization. The + root certificate is the one that lists itself as the issuer.</p> + +<p><strong>If you download an intermediate CA</strong>: If you download an + intermediate CA certificate that chains to a root certificate already marked + as trusted in your browser, you don't have to indicate what purposes you + trust it for. Intermediate certificates automatically inherit the trust + settings of their roots.</p> + +<h3 id="edit_ca_certificate_trust_settings">Edit CA Certificate Trust + Settings</h3> + +<p>When you select a CA certificate from the + <a href="#authorities">Authorities</a> tab in the Certificate Manager and + click Edit, you see a window entitled <q>Edit CA certificate trust + settings</q>. Here you specify the kinds of certificates you trust this CA + to certify. If you deselect all the checkboxes, Certificate Manager will not + trust any certificates issued by this CA.</p> + +<p>The settings have these effects:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>This certificate can identify websites</strong>: Certificate + Manager will trust certificates issued by this CA for the purpose of + identifying websites and encrypting website connections. If you deselect + this checkbox, Certificate Manager will not trust website certificates + issued by this CA.</li> + <li><strong>This certificate can identify mail users</strong>: Certificate + Manager will trust certificates issued by this CA for the purpose of + signing or encrypting email. If you deselect this checkbox, Certificate + Manager will not trust email certificates issued by this CA.</li> + <li><strong>This certificate can identify software makers</strong>: + Certificate Manager will trust certificates issued by this CA for the + purpose of identifying software makers. If you deselect this checkbox, + Certificate Manager will not trust such certificates issued by this + CA.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Click OK to confirm the settings you have selected.</p> + +<h3 id="delete_ca_certificates">Delete CA Certificates</h3> + +<p>Before deleting a CA certificate from the + <a href="#authorities">Authorities</a> tab in the Certificate Manager, + make sure that you won't need it again to validate certificates issued + by that CA. If you delete the only valid certificate you have for a CA, + Certificate Manager will no longer trust any certificates issued by that + CA.</p> + +<h2 id="others">Others</h2> + +<p>The Others tab in the Certificate Manager displays certificates you have + on file that do not fit in any of the other categories, i.e. certificates + that neither belong to you, other people, servers or CAs.</p> + +<p>Other certificates are grouped under the names of the organizations that + issued them. If you can't see certificate names under an + organization's name, double-click the name to expand it.</p> + +<p>Use the following buttons to view and manage your certificates:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>View</strong>: Display detailed information about the selected + certificates.</li> + <li><strong>Export</strong>: Export the selected certificates. You can + choose among various formats.</li> + <li><strong>Delete</strong>: Delete the selected certificates.</li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="device_manager">Device Manager</h2> + +<p>This section describes the options available in the Device Manager window. + For background information and step-by-step instructions on the use of the + Device Manager, see + <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Managing + Smart Cards and Other Security Devices</a>.</p> + +<p>If you are not currently viewing the Device Manager window, follow these + steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Certificates. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>In the Certificates panel, click Manage Security Devices.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Device Manager lists each available PKCS #11 module, and the security + devices managed by each module below the module's name.</p> + +<p>When you select a module or device, information about the selected item + appears in the middle of the window, and some of the buttons on the right + side of the window become available. In general, you perform an action on + a module or device by selecting its name and clicking the appropriate + button:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Log In</strong>: Log into the selected security device. After you + have logged in to the device, the frequency with which you will be asked to + enter the master password for the device depends on the + <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#master_password_timeout">Master Password + Timeout</a> settings.</li> + <li><strong>Log Out</strong>: Log out of the selected security device. After + you have logged out of the device, the device and the certificates it + contains will not be available until you log in again.</li> + <li><strong>Change Password</strong>: Change the master password for the + selected security device.</li> + <li><strong>Load</strong>: Displays a dialog box that allows you to specify + the name and location of a new PKCS #11 module. Before adding a new module, + you should first install the module software on your computer and if + necessary connect any associated hardware device. Follow the instructions + provided by the vendor.</li> + <li><strong>Unload</strong>: Unload the selected module. If you unload a + module, both the module and its security devices are no longer available + for use by the browser.</li> + <li><strong>Enable FIPS</strong>: Turns the FIPS mode on and off. For more + information, see + <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#enable_fips_mode">Enable FIPS + Mode</a>.</li> +</ul> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/certs_prefs_help.xhtml b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/certs_prefs_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a6aae1b376 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/certs_prefs_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Privacy & Security Preferences - Certificates</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="certificate_settings">Certificate Settings</h1> + +<p>This section describes how to set your certificate preferences and how to + use the Certificate Manager, Device Manager, and other dialog boxes related + to certificates.</p> + +<p>For step-by-step descriptions of various tasks related to certificates, see + <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml">Using Certificates</a>.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates">Certificate + Preferences</a></li> + <li><a href="certs_help.xhtml">Certificate Manager</a></li> + <li><a href="certs_help.xhtml#device_manager">Device Manager</a></li> + <li><a href="cert_dialog_help.xhtml">Certificate Information and + Decisions</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates">Privacy & Security + Preferences - Certificates</h2> + +<p>This section describes use the Certificates preferences panel. To view + Certificates preferences, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Certificates. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<h3 id="client_certificate_selection">Client Certificate Selection</h3> + +<p>Some websites require you to identify yourself with a certificate. The + option you select here determines how the browser identifies the certificate + to present among those you may have on file:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Select Automatically:</strong> Click this option if you want + the browser to select a certificate without asking you.</li> + <li><strong>Ask Every Time:</strong> Click this option if you want the browser + to ask you which certificate to use each time a website requests one.</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="manage_certificates">Manage Certificates</h3> + +<p>Certificates are the digital equivalent of ID cards—they help other + people identify you, and they help you identify other people, websites, and + organizations.</p> + +<p>To examine or configure the certificates you have on file, click Manage + Certificates. See <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates">Managing + Certificates</a> for further information on this dialog.</p> + +<h3 id="manage_security_devices">Manage Security Devices</h3> + +<p>A security device is a hardware or software device that stores your + certificates and keys. For example, a smart card is a security device. Your + browser has its own built-in software security device, and you can use + additional security devices, such as smart cards, at the same time.</p> + +<p>To examine or configure your security devices, click Manage Security + Devices. See <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Managing + Smart Cards and Other Security Devices</a> for further information on + this dialog.</p> + +<h3 id="ocsp">OCSP</h3> + +<p>A certificate revocation list (CRL) is a list of revoked certificates that + is generated and signed by a + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority + (CA)</a>. The Online Certificate Status Protocol (OCSP) makes it possible for + Certificate Manager to perform an online check of a certificate's + validity each time the certificate is viewed or used. This process involves + checking the certificate against a CRL maintained at a server specified by + the CA of that certificate. Your computer must be online for OCSP to work.</p> + +<p>The following settings in the OCSP section of the Certificates preferences + panel determine how Certificate Manager uses OCSP:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Use the Online Certificate Status Protocol (OCSP) to confirm the + current validity of certificates</strong>: Select this if you want + Certificate Manager to perform an online status check each time it verifies + a certificate. Certificate Manager makes sure that the certificate is + listed as valid at the URL and checks validity period and trust settings. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: If this setting is not selected, Certificate + Manager will only confirm the certificate's validity period and that + it is correctly signed by a CA whose own CA certificate is both listed + under the CA Certificates tab (in the main Certificate Manager window) + and marked as trusted for issuing that kind of certificate.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>When an OCSP server connection fails, treat the certificate as + invalid</strong>: Select this if you want the validation to fail if a + connection to the OCSP server can't be established, thus enforcing + that a certificate always must be positively validated for each use.</li> +</ul> + +<p>For more detailed information on certificate validation, see + <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#controlling_validation">How Certificate + Validation Works</a>.</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/composer_help.xhtml b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/composer_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c0eabe63f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/composer_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,2494 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Creating Web Pages with &brandShortName; Composer</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="creating_web_pages_with_mozilla_composer">Creating Web Pages with + &brandShortName; Composer</h1> + +<p>&brandShortName; Composer lets you create your own web pages and publish + them on the web. You don't have to know HTML to use Composer; it is as + easy to use as a word processor.</p> + +<p>Toolbar buttons let you add lists, tables, images, links to other pages, + colors, and font styles. You can see what your document will look like on + the Web as you create it, and you can easily share your document with + other users, no matter what type of browser or HTML-capable email program + they use.</p> + +<p>To start using &brandShortName; Composer:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the Composer icon in the lower-left corner of any + &brandShortName; window.</li> +</ul> + +<div><img src="images/composer_icon.png" width="128" height="23" + alt="" /></div> +<div style="-moz-margin-start: 80px;"><strong>Composer icon</strong></div> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#starting_a_new_page">Starting a New Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Formatting Your Web Pages</a></li> + <li><a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Adding Tables to Your Web + Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#adding_images_to_your_web_page">Adding Pictures (Images) to + Your Web Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#setting_page_properties">Setting Page Properties</a></li> + <li><a href="#creating_links_in_composer">Creating Links in + Composer</a></li> + <li><a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Publishing Your Pages on + the Web</a></li> + <li><a href="#composer_preferences">Composer Preferences</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h1 id="starting_a_new_page" style="margin-top: 50px;">Starting a New Page</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#creating_a_new_page">Creating a New Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#saving_and_browsing_your_new_page">Saving and Browsing Your + New Page</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="creating_a_new_page">Creating a New Page</h2> + +<p>&brandShortName; Composer is an HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) editor that + allows you to create and edit web pages. Composer is a <em>WYSIWYG</em> (What + You See Is What You Get) editor, so you can display how your page will look + to the reader as you're creating it. It is not necessary for you to know + HTML, since most of the basic HTML functions are available as commands from + the toolbars and menus.</p> + +<p>Composer also lets you edit the HTML source if you want. To view or edit the + HTML source code, open the View menu, and choose HTML Source, or click the + <HTML> Source tab in the Edit Mode toolbar at the bottom of the + Composer window.</p> + +<p>To create a web page, use one of the methods described below. Once + you've started a page, you can add and edit text just as you would + in a word processor.</p> + +<p><strong>To create a new page from the browser</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the File menu, choose New, and then Composer Page. A Composer + window containing a blank page opens.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>To edit a page you're currently viewing in the + browser</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li>In the browser window of the page you're viewing, open the File + menu and choose Edit Page. You see a Composer window that contains the + page you're viewing.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>To create a new page in Composer</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the New button in Composer's toolbar.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>To start from an HTML file stored on your local drive</strong>:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Window menu and choose Composer. You see the Composer + window.</li> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Open File. You see the Open HTML File + dialog box.</li> + <li>On your local drive, locate the file that you want to edit.</li> + <li>Click Open to display the specified file in a Composer window.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>To edit a web page</strong>:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Window menu and choose Browser.</li> + <li>Go to a web page: type the URL of the page (for example, + <tt>http://www.mozilla.org</tt>) in the Location Bar and press + <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>.</li> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Edit Page.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: In the Composer window you can quickly open the most + recent file you've been working on by opening the File menu, choosing + Recent Pages, and then selecting the file you want from the list.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#starting_a_new_page">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="saving_and_browsing_your_new_page">Saving and Browsing Your New + Page</h2> + +<p>You can save Composer documents in HTML or text-only format. Saving a + document in HTML format preserves the document's formatting, such + as text styles (for example, bold or italic), tables, links, and images. + Saving a document in text-only format removes all the HTML tags but + preserves the document's text.</p> + +<p>To save a document as an HTML file:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Save or click the Save button on the + Composition toolbar. + + <p>If you haven't already given your page a title, Composer prompts + you to do so. Composer displays the page title in the browser + window's title bar when you view the page in the browser. The + document's page title also appears in your list of bookmarks + if you bookmark the page.</p> + + <p>Composer then prompts you to enter a filename and specify the location + where you want to save the file. Make sure you preserve the .html + extension in the filename.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>To change the filename or location of an existing HTML file:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Choose Save As and select a different filename or location.</li> +</ul> + +<p>When you save a page in Composer, all parts of the page (the HTML, images + and other files, such as sound files and style sheets), are saved locally + on your hard drive. If you only want to save the HTML part of the page, you + must change the Composer preference for saving pages. See + <a href="#composer">Composer Preferences - Composer</a> for more information + on changing Composer's setting for saving pages.</p> + +<p>If an image location is absolute (starts with <q>http://</q>) and you are + connected to the Internet, you will still see that image in the document in + Composer and the browser. However, if the image location is relative to the + page location (starts with <q>file:///</q>), then you won't see the + image in the local version of the document.</p> + +<p>To save a document as a text-only file:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Export to Text.</li> + <li>Enter the filename and specify the location where you want to save the + file.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Images do not appear in documents saved in the + text-only format.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can choose Revert to Last Saved from the File + menu to retrieve the most recently saved copy of the document in which + you're working. Keep in mind that your current changes will be lost.</p> + +<p>To view your page in a browser window in order to test your links:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Browse Page (or click Browse in the + Composition toolbar). If you have not yet saved your document, Composer + prompts you to enter a page title, filename, and location. The Composer + window remains open behind the new browser window.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#starting_a_new_page">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="formatting_your_web_pages">Formatting Your Web Pages</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists">Formatting + Paragraphs, Headings, and Lists</a></li> + <li><a href="#working_with_lists">Working with Lists</a></li> + <li><a href="#changing_text_color_style_and_font">Changing Text Color, + Style, and Font</a></li> + <li><a href="#removing_or_discontinuing_text_styles">Removing or + Discontinuing Text Styles</a></li> + <li><a href="#finding_and_replacing_text">Finding and Replacing + Text</a></li> + <li><a href="#inserting_horizontal_lines">Inserting Horizontal + Lines</a></li> + <li><a href="#inserting_special_characters">Inserting Special + Characters</a></li> + <li><a href="#inserting_html_elements_and_attributes">Inserting HTML + Elements and Attributes</a></li> + <li><a href="#validating_the_html">Validating the HTML</a></li> + <li><a href="#choosing_the_right_editing_mode">Choosing the Right Editing + Mode</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists">Formatting Paragraphs, + Headings, and Lists</h2> + +<p>To apply a format to a paragraph, begin from the Composer window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the format to begin, + or select the text you want to format.</li> + <li>Choose a paragraph format using the drop-down list in the Format toolbar: + <ul> + <li><strong>Body Text</strong>: Applies the application default font and + style for regular text, without affecting the spacing before or after + the text.</li> + <li><strong>Paragraph</strong>: Inserts a paragraph tag (use this to + begin a new paragraph). The paragraph includes top and bottom + margins.</li> + <li><strong>Heading 1</strong> - <strong>Heading 6</strong>: Formats the + paragraph as a heading. Heading 1 is the highest-level heading, while + Heading 6 is the lowest-level heading.</li> + <li><strong>Address</strong>: Can be used for a web page <q>signature</q> + that indicates the author of the page and the person to contact for + more information, for example: <tt>user@example.com</tt> + + <p>You might want to include the date and a copyright notice. This + format usually appears at the bottom of the web page under a + horizontal line. The browser displays the address format in + italics.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Preformat</strong>: This is useful for elements such as code + examples, column data, and mail messages that you want displayed in a + fixed-width font. In normal text, most browsers remove extra spaces, + tabs, and paragraph returns. However, text that uses the Preformatted + style is displayed with the white space intact, preserving the layout + of the original text.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>To format text as a heading:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point anywhere within the text that you + want to format.</li> + <li>Using the drop-down list in the Format toolbar, choose the level of + heading you want, from 1 (largest) to 6 (smallest). Choose <q>Heading 1</q> + for your main heading, <q>Heading 2</q> for the next level, and so + forth.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To apply a list item format:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point within the line of text that you want + to format.</li> + <li>Open the Format menu and choose List.</li> + <li>Choose the list style: + <ul> + <li><strong>Bulleted</strong>: Each item has a bullet (dot) next to it + (as in this list).</li> + <li><strong>Numbered</strong>: Items are numbered.</li> + <li><strong>Term</strong> and <strong>Definition</strong>: These two + styles work together, creating a glossary-style appearance. Use the + Term tag for the word being defined, and the Definition tag for the + definition. The Term text appears flush left, and the Definition + text appears indented.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can quickly apply a list style to a block of + text by selecting the text and clicking the Numbered List + <img src="images/numbers.gif" width="21" height="21" alt="" /> + or Bulleted List + <img src="images/bullets.gif" width="20" height="20" alt="" /> + buttons on the Format toolbar.</p> + +<p>To change the style of bullets or numbers:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point within the text of the list item you + want to change, or select one or more items in the list if you want to + apply a new style to the entire list.</li> + <li>Open the Format menu and choose List Properties.</li> + <li>Select a bullet or number style from the drop-down list. For numbered + lists, you can specify a starting number. For bulleted lists, you can + change the bullet style.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can also double-click on a bullet or number in a + list to display the List Properties dialog box.</p> + +<p>To align a paragraph or text in your page, for example, centering or + aligning to the left or right:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point within the paragraph or line of text + you want to align.</li> + <li>Open the Format menu and choose Align; then choose an alignment + option.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: You can also use the Format toolbar to align + text.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="working_with_lists">Working with Lists</h2> + +<p>To end a list and continue typing body text:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click to place the insertion point at the end of the last list item and + press <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> twice to + end the list.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To change one or more list items to body text:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point within the list item, or select the + list items.</li> + <li>In a numbered list, click the numbered list button (or in a bulleted + list, click the bulleted list button) in the Format toolbar.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To position indented text below a list item:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point within the list item.</li> + <li>Press <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd + class="noMac">Enter</kbd>to create the hanging indent.</li> + <li>Type the text you want to indent.</li> + <li>Press <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd + class="noMac">Enter</kbd> to create another indented paragraph, or press + <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> to create the + next list item.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can increase or decrease the indentation of list + items by clicking anywhere in a list item and then clicking the Indent or + Outdent button on the Format toolbar. Alternatively, click anywhere in a + list item and press <kbd>Tab</kbd> to indent one level. Press + <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>Tab</kbd> to outdent one level.</p> + +<p>To merge two adjacent lists:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the two lists that you want to merge. Be sure to select all of + the elements in both lists. Note that any text in between the two lists + will also become part of the merged list.</li> + <li>Click the bulleted or numbered list button in the Format toolbar to + merge the lists.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="changing_text_color_style_and_font">Changing Text Color, Style, and + Font</h2> + +<p>To change the style, color, or font of selected text:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the text you want to format.</li> + <li>Open the Format menu and choose one of the following: + <ul> + <li><strong>Font</strong>: Use this to choose a font. If you prefer to + use fonts specified by the reader's browser, select Variable + Width or Fixed Width. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: The fonts Helvetica, Arial, Times, and + Courier generally look the same when viewed on different computers. + If you select a different font, it may not look the same when viewed + using a different computer.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Size</strong>: Use this to choose a <em>relative</em> font + size or select an option to increase or decrease text size (relative + to the surrounding text).</li> + <li><strong>Text Style</strong>: Use this to select a style, such as + italic, bold, or underline, or to apply a structured style, for + example, Code.</li> + <li><strong>Text Color</strong>: Use this to choose a color from the + color picker. If you are familiar with HTML hexadecimal color codes, + you can type a specific code or you can just type a color name (for + example, <q>blue</q>). You'll find the official W3C list of CSS + supported color names + <a href="http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/syndata.html#color-units">here</a>, + and another list of commonly supported color names + <a href="http://www.w3schools.com/html/html_colornames.asp">here</a>. + </li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>To change the background color of the page:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click anywhere in the page.</li> + <li>Click the background color block in the Format toolbar.</li> + <li>Choose a background color from the Block Background Color dialog + box.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly change the color of text to the color + last used, select the text, then press Shift and click on the text color + block in the Format toolbar. This is useful when you want to use one + color for separate lines of text.</p> + +<p>You can also use an image as a background. See + <a href="#setting_page_colors_and_backgrounds">Setting Page Colors and + Backgrounds</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="removing_or_discontinuing_text_styles">Removing or Discontinuing Text + Styles</h2> + +<p>To remove all text styles (bold, italic, and so on) from selected text:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the text.</li> + <li>Open the Format menu and choose Remove All Text Styles.</li> + <li>Continue typing.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To continue typing text with all text styles removed:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Place the insertion point where you want to discontinue the text + styles.</li> + <li>Open the Format menu and choose Discontinue Text Styles.</li> + <li>Continue typing.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="finding_and_replacing_text">Finding and Replacing Text</h2> + +<p>To find text in the page you're currently working on:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want to begin your + search.</li> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Find and Replace. You see the Find and + Replace dialog box.</li> + <li>Type the text you want to locate in the <q>Find what</q> field. To narrow + the search, check one or more of the following options: + <ul> + <li><strong>Match exact case</strong>: Use this to specify whether + the search is for case-sensitive text.</li> + <li><strong>Wrap around</strong>: Use this to search to the end of the + page and then start again from the top or bottom, depending on whether + you are searching forward or backwards.</li> + <li><strong>Search backwards</strong>: Use this to search back from the + insertion point to the beginning of the page.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click Find Next to begin searching. When Composer locates the first + occurrence of the text, click Find Next to search for the next + occurrence.</li> + <li>Click Close when you are done.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To find and replace text in the page you're currently working on:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want to begin your + search.</li> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Find and Replace. You see the Find and + Replace dialog box.</li> + <li>Type the text you want to find and then type the replacement text.</li> + <li>To narrow the search, check one or more of the following options: + <ul> + <li><strong>Match exact case</strong>: Use this to specify whether + the search is for case-sensitive text. If you don't select this + option, the search will find matching text in both upper and lower + case.</li> + <li><strong>Wrap around</strong>: Use this to search to the end of the + page and then start again from the top.</li> + <li><strong>Search backwards</strong>: Use this to search from the end + to the beginning of the page.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click Find Next to search for the next occurrence. Composer selects the + next occurrence of the text.</li> + <li>Click Replace to replace the selected text with the replacement text. + Click Replace and Find to replace the selected text and find the next + occurrence. Click Replace All to replace every occurrence in the document + with the replacement text.</li> + <li>Click Close when you are done.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="inserting_horizontal_lines">Inserting Horizontal Lines</h2> + +<p>Horizontal lines are typically used to separate different sections of a + document visually. To insert a horizontal line (also called a <em>rule</em>) + in your page, begin from the Composer window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the line to + appear.</li> + <li>Open the Insert menu and choose Horizontal Line.</li> +</ol> + +<h3 id="setting_horizontal_line_properties">Setting Horizontal Line + Properties</h3> + +<p>You can customize a line's height, length, width, alignment, and + shading.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Double-click the line to display the Horizontal Line Properties dialog + box.</li> + <li>Edit any of these properties: + <ul> + <li><strong>Width</strong>: Enter the width and then choose <q>% of + window</q> or <q>pixels</q>. If you specify width as a percentage, + the line's width changes whenever the Composer window's + or browser window's width changes.</li> + <li><strong>Height</strong>: Type a number for the line's height + (in pixels).</li> + <li><strong>3-D Shading</strong>: Select this to add depth to the line + by adding a bevel shading.</li> + <li><strong>Alignment</strong>: Specify where you want to place the + line (left, center, or right).</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click Use as Default to use these settings as the default the next time + you insert a horizontal line.</li> + <li>To edit the properties of a horizontal line manually, click Advanced + Edit. See the section, + <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property Editor</a>, + for details.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can select <q>HTML Tags</q> from the View menu to + show all the HTML elements in yellow boxes. Click any yellow box to select + everything within that HTML tag or element. Double-click any yellow box to + display the + <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property Editor</a> + dialog box for that HTML tag or element.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="inserting_special_characters">Inserting Special Characters</h2> + +<p>To insert special characters such as accent marks, copyrights, or currency + symbols:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the special character + to appear.</li> + <li>Open the Insert menu and choose Characters and Symbols. You see the + Insert Character dialog box.</li> + <li>Select a category of characters. + <ul> + <li>If you choose Accent Uppercase or Accent Lowercase, then open the + Letter drop-down list and select the letter you wish to apply an + accent to. (Note: not all letters have accented forms.) Select + Common Symbols to insert special characters such as copyright symbols + or fractions.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>From the Character drop-down list, select the character you want to + insert.</li> + <li>Click Insert. + + <p>You can continue typing in your document (or in a mail compose window) + while you keep this dialog box open, in case you want to use it + again.</p> + </li> + <li>Click Close when you are done inserting special characters.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="inserting_html_elements_and_attributes">Inserting HTML Elements and + Attributes</h2> + +<p>If you understand how to work with HTML source code, you can insert + additional tags, style attributes, and JavaScript into your page. If you are + not sure how to work with HTML source code, it's best not to change it. + To work with HTML code, use one of these methods:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Place the insertion point where you want to insert the HTML code, or + select the text you want to edit, and then open the Insert menu and choose + HTML. In the Insert HTML dialog box, enter HTML tags and text, and then + click Insert.</li> + <li>Select an element such as a table, named anchor, image, link, or + horizontal line. Double-click the element to open the associated properties + dialog box for that item. Click Advanced Edit to open the Advanced Property + Editor. You can use the Advanced Property Editor to add HTML attributes, + JavaScript, and CSS to objects.</li> + <li>Open the View menu, and choose HTML Source, or click the <HTML> + Source tab in the Edit Mode toolbar at the bottom of the Composer window. + (If you don't see the Edit Mode toolbar, open the View menu and choose + Show/Hide; then make sure the Edit Mode Toolbar is checked.)</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="using_the_advanced_property_editor">Using the Advanced Property + Editor</h3> + +<p>To add HTML attributes and JavaScript to objects such as tables, images, + and horizontal lines, you can use the Advanced Property Editor.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Unless you clearly understand how to add, delete, or + modify HTML attributes and their associated values, it's best not to do + so.</p> + +<p>If you are not currently viewing the Advanced Property Editor dialog box, + follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>From the View menu (or the Edit Mode toolbar), choose HTML Tags.</li> + <li>Double-click the object that you want to modify to open its Properties + dialog box.</li> + <li>Click Advanced Edit to open the object's Advanced Property Editor. + The Advanced Property Editor has three tabs, each of which lists the + current properties for the selected object: + <ul> + <li><strong>HTML Attributes</strong>: Click this tab to view or enter + additional HTML attributes.</li> + <li><strong>Inline Style</strong>: Click this tab to view or enter + additional CSS (cascading style sheet) properties through the + <style> attribute. For more information on using CSS styles + in Composer, see + <a href="#composer">Composer Preferences -Composer</a>.</li> + <li><strong>JavaScript Events</strong>: Click this tab to view or enter + JavaScript events.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>To edit a property or attribute in any of the three lists, select the + attribute you want to edit. You can then edit the attribute's name + or value using the editable Attribute and Value fields at the bottom of + the dialog box. To add a new attribute, type it in the Attribute field + at the bottom of the dialog box. The new attribute is automatically added + when you click in the Value field. To remove an attribute, select it in + the list, and click Remove Attribute. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Required attributes are highlighted in the + Attribute list.</p> + </li> + <li>Click OK to apply your changes to the Advanced Property Editor dialog + box.</li> + <li>Click OK again to exit the Properties dialog box.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Composer automatically places quotation marks around any attribute text.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="validating_the_html">Validating the HTML</h2> + +<p>Before you put your document on a web server so that others can see it, you + should first check the document's HTML formatting to make sure it + conforms to web standards. Documents containing validated HTML are less + likely to cause problems when viewed by different browsers. Just visually + checking your web pages in the browser doesn't ensure that your document + will appear correctly when viewed in other web browsers.</p> + +<p>Composer provides a convenient way for you to check that your document + conforms to W3C (World Wide Web Consortium) HTML standards. Composer uses + the W3C HTML Validation Service, which checks your document's HTML + syntax for compliance with HTML 4.01 standards. This service also provides + information on how to correct errors.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: You must be connected to the Internet to use this + feature.</p> + +<p>To validate your document's HTML syntax:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu, and choose Validate HTML. If you have unsaved + changes, Composer asks you to save them before proceeding.</li> + <li>When the W3C HTML Validation Service page appears, click <q>Browse</q> + and locate the file on your hard disk that you want to validate.</li> + <li>Click <q>Check</q>.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="choosing_the_right_editing_mode">Choosing the Right Editing Mode</h2> + +<p>Typically, you won't need to change the editing mode from the default + (Normal). However, if you want to work with the document's HTML source + code, you may want to change editing modes.</p> + +<p>Composer allows you to quickly switch between four editing modes or views. + Each editing mode allows you to continue working on your document, but + displays varying levels of HTML tags (and tag icons).</p> + +<p>Before you choose an editing mode:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the View menu, choose Show/Hide, and then make sure there is a + checkmark next to Edit Mode Toolbar.</li> +</ul> + +<p>The Edit Mode toolbar has four tabs:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Normal</strong>: Choose this editing mode to see how the document + will look online while you are creating it. Choose this mode to + show table borders and named anchor icons. All other HTML tag icons + are hidden.</li> + <li><strong>HTML Tags</strong>: Choose this mode to show all HTML tag + icons.</li> + <li><strong><HTML> Source</strong>: Choose this mode to view and edit + the document as unformatted HTML source code. When you save the + document, the Normal mode reappears.</li> + <li><strong>Preview</strong>: Choose this mode to display and edit the + document exactly as it would appear in a browser window, except + that links and JavaScript functions will not be active.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: JavaScript functions, frames, links, Java, + embedded objects and animated GIF files are not active in any of + the editing modes. To display these items in their active + state, click the Browse button on the Composition toolbar to + load the page into a browser window.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#formatting_your_web_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Adding Tables to Your Web Page</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#inserting_a_table">Inserting a Table</a></li> + <li><a href="#changing_a_tables_properties">Changing a Table's + Properties</a></li> + <li><a href="#adding_and_deleting_rows_columns_and_cells">Adding and + Deleting Rows, Columns, and Cells</a></li> + <li><a href="#selecting_table_elements">Selecting Table Elements</a></li> + <li><a href="#moving_copying_and_deleting_tables">Moving, Copying, and + Deleting Tables</a></li> + <li><a href="#converting_text_into_a_table">Converting Text into a + Table</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="inserting_a_table">Inserting a Table</h2> + +<p>Tables are useful for organizing text, pictures, and data into formatted + rows and columns. To insert a table:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the table to appear.</li> + <li>Click the Table button + <img src="images/table.gif" width="25" height="26" alt="" /> on the + Composition toolbar. The Insert Table dialog box appears.</li> + <li>Type the number of rows and columns you want. + <ul> + <li>(Optional) Enter a size for the table width, and select either + percentage of the window or pixels.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Enter a number for the border thickness (in pixels); enter zero for no + border. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Composer uses a red dotted line to indicate + tables with a zero border; the dotted line disappears when the page + is viewed in a browser.</p> + </li> + <li>To apply additional table attributes or JavaScript, click Advanced Edit + to display the + <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property Editor</a>. + </li> + <li>Click OK to confirm your settings and view your new table.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To change additional properties for your new table, see + <a href="#changing_a_tables_properties">Changing a Table's + Properties</a>. +</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To insert a table within a table, open the + Insert menu and choose Table.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="changing_a_tables_properties">Changing a Table's Properties</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to modify properties that apply to an entire + table as well as the rows, columns, or individual cells within a table. If + you are not currently viewing the Table Properties dialog box, follow these + steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the table, or click anywhere inside it.</li> + <li>Click the Table button + <img src="images/table.gif" width="25" height="26" alt="" /> on the + toolbar, or open the Table menu and choose Table Properties. The Table + Properties dialog box contains two tabs: Table and Cells.</li> + <li>Click the Table tab to edit these properties: + <ul> + <li><strong>Size</strong>: Use this to specify the number of rows and + columns. Enter the width of the table and then choose <q>% of + window</q> or <q>pixels</q>. If you specify width as a percentage, the + table's width changes whenever the Composer window's or + browser window's width changes.</li> + <li><strong>Borders and Spacing</strong>: Use this to specify, in pixels, + the border line width, the space between cells, and the cell padding + (the space between the contents of the cell and its border). + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Composer uses a dotted outline to display + tables with a zero border; the dotted line disappears when the page + is viewed in a browser.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Table Alignment</strong>: Use this to align the table within + the page. Choose an option from the drop-down list.</li> + <li><strong>Caption</strong>: Choose the caption placement from the + drop-down list.</li> + <li><strong>Background Color</strong>: Use this to choose a color for + the table background, or leave it as transparent.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>To apply additional attributes or JavaScript events, click Advanced Edit + to display the <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced + Property Editor</a>. + </li> + <li>Click Apply to preview your changes without closing the dialog box, or + click OK to confirm them.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To view, change, or add properties for one or more cells:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the row, column, or cell, then open the Table menu and choose + Table Properties. The Table Properties dialog box appears.</li> + <li>Click the Cells tab to edit the following properties: + <ul> + <li><strong>Selection</strong>: Choose Cell, Row, or Column from the + drop-down list. Click Previous or Next to move through rows, columns, + or cells.</li> + <li><strong>Size</strong>: Type a number for Height and Width, and then + choose <q>% of table</q> or <q>pixels</q>.</li> + <li><strong>Content Alignment</strong>: Select a vertical and horizontal + alignment type for the text or data inside each cell.</li> + <li><strong>Cell Style</strong>: Select Header from the drop-down list + for column or row headers (which centers and bolds the text in the + cell); otherwise choose Normal.</li> + <li><strong>Text Wrap</strong>: Select <q>Don't wrap</q> from the + drop-down list to keep text from wrapping to the next line unless you + insert a paragraph break. Otherwise, choose Wrap.</li> + <li><strong>Background Color</strong>: Select a color for the cell + background or leave it as transparent. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: To apply additional attributes or JavaScript + events, click Advanced Edit to display the + <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property + Editor</a> + </p> + </li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click Apply to preview your changes without closing the dialog box, or + click OK to confirm them.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To change the text color or background color of one + or more selected cells or the entire table, select the cells or click + anywhere in the table and then click the text color or background color + icon in the Format toolbar.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To change the color of cells to the color last used, + select the cell, then press Shift and click on the background color picker. + This is useful when you want to use one color for individual cells.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="adding_and_deleting_rows_columns_and_cells">Adding and Deleting Rows, + Columns, and Cells</h2> + +<p>Composer allows you to quickly add or delete one or more cells, columns, + or rows in a table. In addition, you can set options that allow you to + maintain the original rectangular structure or layout of the table while + you perform editing tasks.</p> + +<p>To add a cell, row, or column to your table:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click inside the table where you want to add a cell (or cells).</li> + <li>Open the Table menu and then choose Insert.</li> + <li>Choose one of the cell groupings. (You can also insert a new table + within a table cell.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>To delete a cell, row, or column:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click a row, column, or cell to place the insertion point. Or, + select neighboring cells to delete more than one row at a time. To + select neighboring cells, drag over the cells you want to select. + To select individual cells in a table, hold down the + <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd> key and click + on the cells you want to select.</li> + <li>Open the Table menu and choose Delete.</li> + <li>Choose the item you want to delete.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To join (or merge) a cell with the cell on its right:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click inside the cell on the left, open the Table menu, and + choose Join with Cell to the Right.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To join (or merge) adjacent cells:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Select adjacent cells by dragging over them.</li> + <li>Open the Table menu, and choose Join Selected Cells.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To split a joined cell back into two or more cells:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click inside the joined cell, open the Table menu, and then + choose Split Cell. Composer puts the entire contents of the joined + cell into the first of the two cells.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Refer to <a href="#selecting_table_elements">Selecting Table Elements</a> + for information on how to select non-adjacent cells, rows, and + columns.</p> + +<h3 id="changing_the_default_table_editing_behavior">Changing the Default Table + Editing Behavior</h3> + +<p>By default, when you delete one or more cells, Composer preserves the + table's structure by adding cells at the end of a row, wherever + needed. This allows you to delete one or more cells but still maintain + the table's original rectangular layout, or structure. Otherwise, + deleting cells can result in a table with empty spaces, or whose outline + appears irregular due to an uneven number of cells.</p> + +<p>To change the default table editing behavior, begin from the Composer + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu, choose Preferences, and then choose + Composer.</li> + <li>Under Editing, set the following preference: + <ul> + <li>Make sure that <q>Maintain table layout when inserting or + deleting cells</q> is checked to ensure that you don't get an + irregularly shaped table.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li class="win">Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="selecting_table_elements">Selecting Table Elements</h2> + +<p>You can use one of two ways to quickly select a table, cell, or group of + cells:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click in the table, open the Table menu, choose Select, and then choose + an item from the submenu. For example, to select a table, click anywhere + inside the table, open the Table menu, choose Select, and then choose + Table.</li> + <li>Or, you can use the mouse as a selection tool: + <ul> + <li>To select a group of adjacent cells: click in a cell, and then + drag to select the cells you want. Drag the mouse left or right to + select a row; up or down to select a column.</li> + <li>To select non-adjacent cells: press <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd> + <kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd> and then click inside a cell. Keep + pressing <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd> <kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd> + as you click to select additional cells.</li> + <li>To extend a selection to include adjacent cells: click inside a + cell and then drag over additional cells to extend the selection.</li> + <li>To select one or more adjacent columns or rows: drag up or down + to select the first column or row, and then drag left or right to + select additional adjacent columns or rows. Press <kbd>Shift</kbd> + and drag to the right to select an entire row. Press <kbd>Shift</kbd> + and drag up or down to select an entire column.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="moving_copying_and_deleting_tables">Moving, Copying, and Deleting + Tables</h2> + +<p>To move a table:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click inside the table.</li> + <li>Open the Table menu, choose Select, and then choose Table.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li>To copy or move the table: Use the Edit menu's cut, copy, and + paste options.</li> + <li>To delete the table: Open the Table menu again, choose Delete, and + then choose Table.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="converting_text_into_a_table">Converting Text into a Table</h2> + +<p>To convert text into a table:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the text that you want to convert into a table. Keep in mind that + Composer creates a new table row for each paragraph in the selection.</li> + <li>Open the Table menu and choose Create Table from Selection. You see the + Convert to Table dialog box.</li> + <li>Choose the character Composer uses to separate the selection into + columns, or specify a different character to use. If you choose Space as + the separator for columns, choose whether or not you want Composer to + ignore multiple space and treat them as one space.</li> + <li>Leave <q>Delete separator character</q> checked to have Composer remove + the separator character when it converts the text into a table. If you + don't want Composer to delete the separator character, uncheck this + option.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Text formatting is removed when the selected text + is converted to a table.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#adding_tables_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="adding_images_to_your_web_page">Adding Pictures (Images) to Your Web + Page</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#inserting_an_image_into_your_page">Inserting an Image into + Your Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#editing_image_properties">Editing Image Properties</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="inserting_an_image_into_your_page">Inserting an Image into Your + Page</h2> + +<p>You can insert GIF, JPEG, BMP, and PNG (Portable Network Graphics) images + into your web page. You can also use them to + <a href="#using_images_as_links">create links</a>. When you insert an image, + Composer saves a reference to the image in your page.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you plan to publish your pages to the web, + it's best not to use BMP images in your pages.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: It's best to first save or publish your page + before you insert images into it. This allows Composer to automatically + use relative references to images once you insert them.</p> + +<p>To insert an image:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the image to + appear.</li> + <li>Click the Image button + <img src="images/image.gif" width="23" height="25" alt="" /> + on the toolbar, or open the Insert menu and choose Image. You see the + Image Properties dialog box.</li> + <li>Type the location and filename of the image file, or click Choose File + to search for an image file on your hard drive or network.</li> + <li>Type a simple description of your image as the alternate text that will + appear in text-only browsers (as well as other browsers) when an image is + loading or when image loading is disabled. + + <p>Alternatively, you can choose not to include alternate text.</p> + </li> + <li>If needed, click other tabs so you can adjust the settings (for + example, alignment) in the + <a href="#editing_image_properties">Image Properties</a> dialog box.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly insert an image: Drag and drop it onto + your page.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To insert a line break after all images in a + paragraph, choose Break Below Images from the Insert menu.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#adding_images_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="editing_image_properties">Editing Image Properties</h2> + +<p>Once you've inserted an image into your page, you can edit its + properties and customize the layout in your page, such as the height, + width, spacing, and text alignment. If you are not currently viewing + the Image Properties dialog box, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Double-click the image, or select it and click the Image button + <img src="images/image.gif" width="23" height="25" alt="" /> on the toolbar + to display the Image Properties dialog box.</li> + <li>Click the Location tab to edit these properties: + <ul> + <li><strong>Image Location</strong>: Type the filename and location of + the image file. Click Choose File to search for an image file on your + hard drive or network.</li> + <li><strong>URL is relative to page location</strong>: If checked, + Composer converts the URL to be relative to the page's location. + This is especially useful if you plan to publish your pages on a web + server so that others can view them. Using relative URLs allows you + to keep all your linked files in the same place relative to each other, + regardless of their location on your hard disk or a web server. + + <p>Unchecking this box causes Composer to convert the URL to a full + (absolute) URL. You typically use absolute URLs when linking to + images on other web servers (not stored locally on your hard + disk).</p> + + <p>If you have never saved or published the page, you must first save + the page in order to enable this checkbox. (This checkbox is not + available if you open the Image Properties dialog box in a message + compose window.)</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Attach this image to the message</strong>: If checked, + the image is attached to the message you are sending. If unchecked, a + link to the image location is inserted instead. (This checkbox is only + available if you open the Image Properties dialog box in a message + compose window.)</li> + <li><strong>Alternate Text</strong>: Enter text that will display in + place of the original image; for example, a caption or a brief + description of the image. It's a good practice to specify + alternate text for readers who use text-only web browsers or who have + image loading turned off.</li> + <li><strong>Don't use alternate text</strong>: Choose this option + if the image does not require alternate text or if you don't want + to include it.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click the Dimensions tab to edit these properties: + <ul> + <li><strong>Actual Size</strong>: Select this option to undo any changes + you've made to the dimensions and return the image to its original + size.</li> + <li><strong>Custom Size</strong>: Select this option and specify the new + height and width, in pixels or as a percentage. This setting + doesn't affect the original image file, just the image inserted + in your page.</li> + <li><strong>Constrain</strong>: If you change the image size, it's + a good idea to select this in order to maintain the image's aspect + ratio (so that it doesn't appear distorted). If you choose this + option, then you only need to change the height or width, but not + both.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click the Appearance Tab to edit these properties: + <ul> + <li><strong>Spacing</strong>: Specify the amount of space surrounding + the image; between the image and adjoining text. You can also put a + solid black border around the image and specify its width in pixels. + Specify zero for no border.</li> + <li><strong>Align Text to Image</strong>: If you've placed your + image next to any text, select an alignment icon to indicate how you + want text positioned relative to the image.</li> + <li><strong>Image Map</strong>: Click Remove to remove any image map + settings.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click the Link tab to edit these properties: + <ul> + <li><strong>Enter a web page location</strong>: If you want to define + a link for this image, enter the URL of a remote or local page, or + select a named anchor or heading from the drop-down list. Click Choose + File to search for a file on your hard drive or network.</li> + <li><strong>URL is relative to page location</strong>: If checked, + Composer converts the URL to be relative to the page's location. + This is especially useful if you plan to publish your pages to a web + server so that others can view them. Using relative URLs allows you to + keep all your linked files in the same place relative to each other, + regardless of their location on your hard disk or a web server. + + <p>Unchecking this box causes Composer to convert the URL to a full + (absolute) URL. You typically use absolute URLs when linking to files + on other web servers (not stored locally on your hard disk).</p> + + <p>If you have unsaved changes, you must first save the page in order + to enable this checkbox. (This checkbox is not available if you open + the Image Properties dialog box in a message compose window.)</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Show border around linked image</strong>: If checked, + displays the link highlight color around the image.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>To apply additional attributes or JavaScript events, click Advanced Edit + to display the + <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property Editor</a>. + </li> + <li>Click OK to confirm your changes.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#adding_images_to_your_web_page">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="setting_page_properties">Setting Page Properties</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#setting_page_properties_and_meta_tags">Setting Page + Properties and Meta Tags</a></li> + <li><a href="#setting_page_colors_and_backgrounds">Setting Page Colors and + Backgrounds</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="setting_page_properties_and_meta_tags">Setting Page Properties and Meta + Tags</h2> + +<p>Use the Page Properties dialog box to enter properties such as the title, + author, and description of the document you're currently working on. + This information is useful if you plan to use the page on a website, since + search engines use this type of information to index your page. You can view + this information from the browser window by opening the View menu and + choosing Page Info.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Format menu and choose Page Title and Properties.</li> + <li>Edit any of the following properties: + <ul> + <li><strong>Title</strong>: Type the text you want to appear as the + window title when someone views the page through a browser. This + is how most web search tools locate web pages, so choose a title + that conveys what your page is about.</li> + <li><strong>Author</strong>: Type the name of the person who created the + document. This information is helpful to readers who locate the + document by using a web search tool to search on name. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you enter the Author name in + Composer's <a href="#new_page_settings">preferences</a>, then + you won't have to enter it each time you create a new page.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Description</strong>: Enter a brief description of the + document's contents.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#setting_page_properties">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="setting_page_colors_and_backgrounds">Setting Page Colors and + Backgrounds</h2> + +<p>You can change the background color or specify a background + image for the page you're currently working on. These choices + affect the way text and links in your page appear to people viewing + the page through a browser.</p> + +<p>To set the colors and background for the current page, begin + from the Composer window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Format menu and choose Page Colors and Background.</li> + <li>Edit any of the following properties: + <ul> + <li><strong>Reader's default colors</strong>: Select this if you + want your page to use the color settings from the viewer's browser + for text and links.</li> + <li><strong>Use custom colors</strong>: Select this if you want to + specify the colors of text and links. For each element, select a color + from the Color selection dialog. Sample output for each type of link + appears in the pane on the right.</li> + <li><strong>Background image</strong>: Select this if you want the + background of your page to be an image. Type the name of the image + file or click Choose File to locate the image file on your hard + drive or network. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Background images are tiled and override + background color selections.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>URL is relative to page location</strong>: If checked, + Composer converts the URL to be relative to the page's location. + This is especially useful if you plan to publish your pages on a web + server so that others can view them. + + <p>Using relative URLs allows you to keep all your linked files in + the same place relative to each other, regardless of their location + on your hard disk or a web server.</p> + + <p>Deselecting this option causes Composer to convert the URL to a + full (absolute) URL. You typically use absolute URLs when linking + to images on other web servers (not stored locally on your hard + disk).</p> + + <p>If you have unsaved changes, you must first save the page in + order to enable this checkbox.</p> + </li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: To apply additional attributes or JavaScript events, + click Advanced Edit to display the + <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property + Editor</a>.</p> + +<p>You can also set the <a href="#new_page_settings">default page + background and colors</a> for every new page you create in Composer.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#setting_page_properties">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="creating_links_in_composer">Creating Links in Composer</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#creating_links_within_the_same_page">Creating Links Within + the Same Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#creating_links_to_other_pages">Creating Links to Other + Pages</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_images_as_links">Using Images as Links</a></li> + <li><a href="#removing_or_discontinuing_links">Removing or Discontinuing + Links</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="creating_links_within_the_same_page">Creating Links Within the Same + Page</h2> + +<p>To create a link within the same page, for example a link that the reader + can use to jump from one section to another, you must create an + <em>anchor</em> (target location), and then create a link that points to the + anchor. Anchors are also called <em>named anchors</em>. To create an anchor, + follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point at the beginning of a line where you + want to create an anchor, or select some text.</li> + <li>Open the Insert menu and choose Named Anchor. You see the Named Anchor + Properties dialog box.</li> + <li>Type a unique name for the anchor in the Anchor Name field (up to 30 + characters). If you include spaces, they will be converted to underscores + ( _ ). If you selected some text in step 1, this box already contains a + name.</li> + <li>Click OK. An anchor icon appears in your document to mark the + anchor's location: + <img src="images/anchor-in-doc.gif" width="20" height="17" alt="" /></li> +</ol> + +<p>To create the link on which readers can click to jump to the object:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the text or image that you want to link to the anchor.</li> + <li>Click the Link button or open the Insert menu and choose Link. You see + the Link Properties dialog box. + <ul> + <li>If you're creating a link to an HTML file on your computer, + click Choose File to locate it.</li> + <li>If you're creating a link to a named anchor (target), select + it from the list of the anchors currently available in the page.</li> + <li>If you're creating a link to a level heading (for example, + Heading 1 - Heading 6), select it from the list of headings currently + available in the page.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: To test the link you just created, open the File + menu and choose Browse Page, then click the link.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you did not first create named anchors, you can + use the Link dialog box to create links to headings that already occur in + the page.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#creating_links_in_composer">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="creating_links_to_other_pages">Creating Links to Other Pages</h2> + +<p>You can create links from your page to local pages on your own computer or + on your workplace's network, or to remote pages on the Internet.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: It's best to first save or publish your page + before you create links to other pages. This allows Composer to automatically + use relative references for links once you create them.</p> + +<p>To create a link to another page:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want to create a link, or + select the text or image that you want to link to the anchor.</li> + <li>Click the Link button. You see the Link Properties dialog box.</li> + <li>Define your link: + <ul> + <li><strong>Link text</strong>: If you've already selected an image + file or text before clicking the Link button, the selected text or + file will be entered here. Otherwise, you must enter the text that you + want to use as the link.</li> + <li><strong>Link Location</strong>: Type the local path and filename or + remote URL of the page you want to link to. If you're not sure of + the path and filename for a local file, click Choose File to look for + it on your hard disk or network. For remote URLs, you can copy the URL + from the browser's Location Bar. Alternatively, you can select a + named anchor or a heading in the current page that you want to link + to.</li> + <li><strong>URL is relative to page location</strong>: If checked, + Composer converts the URL to be relative to the page's location. + This is especially useful if you plan to publish your pages to a web + server so that others can view them. Using relative URLs allows you to + keep all your linked files in the same place relative to each other, + regardless of their location on your hard disk or a web server. + + <p>Deselecting this option causes Composer to convert the URL to a full + (absolute) URL. You typically use absolute URLs when linking to pages + on other web servers (not stored locally on your hard disk).</p> + + <p>If you have unsaved changes, you must first save the page in order + to enable this checkbox. (This checkbox is not available if you open + the Link Properties dialog box in a message compose window.)</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Attach the source of this link to the message</strong>: If + checked, the source of the specified link is added as an attachment to + the message you are sending. If unchecked, just a link to the location + is inserted instead. (This checkbox is only available if you open the + Link Properties dialog box in a message compose window.)</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>To apply additional attributes or JavaScript events, click Advanced Edit + to display the + <a href="#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Advanced Property Editor</a>. + </li> + <li>Click OK.</li> + <li>To test the link you just created, click the Browse button and then click + the link to make sure it works as expected.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can copy a link quickly by clicking and dragging + the link from another window and then dropping it onto your page. For + example, you can click and drag a link from a web page, bookmark, or Mail + window and drop it onto your page. You can also right-click<span class="mac"> + or, if you have a one-button mouse, <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span> a link on a + web page and choose Copy Link Location from the menu. Then you can paste the + link location into the Link Location field in the Link Properties dialog + box.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#creating_links_in_composer">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="using_images_as_links">Using Images as Links</h2> + +<p>You can make images, such as JPEG, GIF, or PNG files, behave like links in + your pages. When the reader clicks a linked image, the browser window + displays the page that the image is linked to.</p> + +<p>To make an image behaving like a link:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select an image on your page.</li> + <li>Click the Link button + <img src="images/link.gif" width="22" height="20" alt="" /> + on the toolbar, or open the Insert menu and choose Link.</li> + <li>Use the Link Properties dialog box to link the image to a + <a href="#creating_links_within_the_same_page">named anchor or heading + within the page</a>, or to a + <a href="#creating_links_to_other_pages">separate local or remote page</a>. + </li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Drag and drop a linked image from the browser window + into a Composer window to copy both the image and the link.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: To remove the blue border that can appear around + images used as links:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the linked image.</li> + <li>Open the Format menu and choose Image and Link Properties.</li> + <li>In the dialog box, select the Link tab.</li> + <li>Uncheck <q>Show border around linked image</q>.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#creating_links_in_composer">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="removing_or_discontinuing_links">Removing or Discontinuing Links</h2> + +<p>To remove a link:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the linked text (normally blue and underlined) or image.</li> + <li>Open the Format menu and choose Remove Links.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To discontinue a link, so that text you type after the link is not included + as part of the link:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to place the insertion point where you want the link to end.</li> + <li>Open the Format menu and choose Discontinue Link.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#creating_links_in_composer">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Publishing Your Pages on the Web</h1> + +<p>If your pages exist only on your local hard disk, you can browse your pages, + but no one else can. Composer lets you publish your pages to a remote + computer called a web server.</p> + +<p>When you publish your pages to a web server, Composer copies (uploads) your + pages to a computer that lets others browse your pages. Most ISPs provide + space on their web servers for web page publishing. To find a web server + where you can publish your pages, ask your ISP, help desk, or system + administrator.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#publishing_a_document">Publishing a Document</a></li> + <li><a href="#updating_a_published_document">Updating a Published + Document</a></li> + <li><a href="#changing_the_filename_or_publishing_location">Changing the + Filename or Publishing Location</a></li> + <li><a href="#creating_a_new_publishing_site">Creating a New Publishing + Site</a></li> + <li><a href="#choosing_the_default_publishing_site">Choosing the Default + Publishing Site</a></li> + <li><a href="#deleting_a_publishing_site">Deleting a Publishing + Site</a></li> + <li><a href="#solving_common_publishing_problems">Solving Common Publishing + Problems</a></li> + <li><a href="#publishing_settings">Publishing Settings</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="publishing_a_document">Publishing a Document</h2> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: It's best to first save or publish your page + before you insert links or images into it. This allows Composer to + automatically use relative references for links and images once you insert + them.</p> + +<p>To publish a document:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the HTML document that you want to publish, or create a new Composer + document.</li> + <li>When you're ready to publish the document remotely, click the + Publish button. + + <p>If you have published this document before, Composer remembers the + document's publishing settings and starts publishing the document. + While publishing is in progress, Composer displays a publishing status + dialog box.</p> + <ul> + <li>If you have never published this document before, Composer displays + the Settings tab in the Publish Page dialog box so you can enter + information about the document's remote publishing location. See + <a href="#publish_page_settings">Publish Page - Settings</a> for more + information. When you're done entering information, click Publish. + </li> + <li>If you have never saved the document, Composer displays the Publish + tab in the Publish Page dialog box, so you can enter the + document's filename. See + <a href="#publish_page_publish">Publish Page - Publish</a> for more + information. After entering the filename, click Publish.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>To browse your published page, click the Browse button. Test the + page's links and make sure there are no missing images.</li> + <li>Continue editing the page as necessary. When you're ready to update + the remote page with your changes, click the Publish button.</li> +</ol> + +<p>When you publish a document for the first time, Composer changes the + document's <tt>file:///</tt> URL to an <tt>http://</tt> URL to indicate + that you are now editing the published document. If you want to save the + document locally (on your computer's hard disk), click the Save button. + You'll be prompted to choose a filename and location on your hard disk + for the document.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="tips_for_avoiding_broken_links_or_missing_images">Tips for Avoiding + Broken Links or Missing Images</h3> + +<ul> + <li>Make sure your Composer filenames end with the .html or .htm file + extension. Make sure your image filenames end with the .JPG, .GIF, or .PNG + file extension. Don't use spaces or other special symbols in your + filenames. Keep your filenames short and only use lowercase or uppercase + letters and numbers.</li> + <li>If your images appear as broken links when you browse a document on the + web server, you may have forgotten to include the images when you + published. Open the File menu, and choose Publish As to display the Publish + Page dialog box. In the Publish tab, make sure you check <q>Include images + and other files</q> and then click Publish.</li> +</ul> + +<p>For more troubleshooting tips, see + <a href="#solving_common_publishing_problems">Solving Common Publishing + Problems</a>. +</p> + +<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="updating_a_published_document">Updating a Published Document</h2> + +<p>To update a published document:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In a Composer window, open the File menu, and choose Recent Pages, then + select the document from the list. <p>Alternatively, browse to the location + of the document you want to update by entering the document's HTTP + address (the document's web address) in the browser's + Location Bar.</p></li> + <li>Edit the document as necessary.</li> + <li>When you're ready to update the remote page with your changes, click + Publish in Composer's toolbar.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To delete a page or image you've published on a + web server, you must use an <a href="glossary.xhtml#ftp">FTP (File Transfer + Protocol)</a> program. You also must use an FTP program if you want to create + subdirectories or to rename files on the web server. Ask your service + provider if they recommend a particular FTP program. You can usually find + information on FTP programs in the Help or Support sections of your service + provider's website. FTP programs are also available from shareware sites + such as ZDNet Downloads.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="changing_the_filename_or_publishing_location">Changing the Filename or + Publishing Location</h2> + +<p>To change a document's filename or publishing location:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In a Composer window, open the File menu, and choose Recent Pages, then + select the document from the list. + + <p>Alternatively, browse to the location of the document you want to update + by entering the document's HTTP address (the document's web + address) in the browser's Location Bar.</p> + </li> + <li>Edit the document as necessary.</li> + <li>Open Composer's File menu and choose Publish As. Composer displays + the Publish tab in the Publish Page dialog box.</li> + <li>Enter a different page title, if necessary.</li> + <li>Enter a different filename for the page, if necessary.</li> + <li>From the Site Name list, choose the publishing location you want to use. + To set up a new publishing location, click New Site. See + <a href="#publish_page_settings">Publish Page - Settings</a> for more + information.</li> + <li>Click Publish to save the document to the new location.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="creating_a_new_publishing_site">Creating a New Publishing Site</h2> + +<p>If you plan to publish documents to more than one remote location, you can + set up Composer to save the publishing information for each remote site you + use, so that you don't have to enter it each time you want to + publish.</p> + +<p>To create a new publishing site, begin from a Composer window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Publishing Site Settings. Composer + displays the Publish Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Click New Site.</li> + <li>For <q>Site Name</q>, enter the nickname by which you want to refer to + this publishing site. + + <p>For example, if you will use the new site to publish documents + related to the <q>Meteor</q> project, you might want to use the site + name <q>Meteor</q>. Site names remind you about the types of documents + you publish at each site.</p> + </li> + <li>For <q>Publishing address</q>, enter the complete URL provided to + you by your ISP, system administrator, or web hosting service. This + URL must begin with either <tt>ftp://</tt> or <tt>http://</tt>. + + <p>The publishing address specifies the location where documents are + published (uploaded) at this site. If you are not sure what to enter, + ask your ISP or system administrator.</p> + </li> + <li>For <q>HTTP address of your home page</q>, enter the complete URL + that you would enter in the browser to view pages at this + site. Do not include a filename or subdirectory as part of the URL. + + <p>This URL must always begin with <tt>http://</tt>. In some cases, + this URL is the same as the publishing address. If you are not sure + what to enter, ask your ISP or system administrator, or else leave + it blank.</p> + </li> + <li>For <q>user name</q>, enter the user name you use to log in to your ISP + or web hosting service.</li> + <li>For <q>password</q>, enter the password for your user name.</li> + <li>Select <q>Save Password</q> to save your password securely using + Password Manager so that you don't have to enter it each time you + publish pages at this site.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="choosing_the_default_publishing_site">Choosing the Default Publishing + Site</h2> + +<p>If you have set up more than one publishing site, but you typically use + only one site for most of your publishing needs, you can designate the site + you use most often as the default publishing site. Composer will use the + default publishing site for all documents that you publish, unless you + specifically choose an alternate site.</p> + +<p>Regardless of how many sites you've set up, you can always publish a + document to a different site by choosing Publish As from Composer's + File menu. See + <a href="#changing_the_filename_or_publishing_location">Changing the Filename + or Publishing Location</a> for more information.</p> + +<p>To choose the default publishing site, begin from a Composer + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Publishing Site Settings. + Composer displays the Publish Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select a publishing site from the list. + + <p>If you only have one publishing site set up, Composer uses that + one as the default site.</p> + </li> + <li>Click Set as Default.</li> + <li>Click OK to confirm your changes.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="deleting_a_publishing_site">Deleting a Publishing Site</h2> + +<p>Deleting a publishing site removes the site's settings from Composer. + If you later wish to publish to the site, you must re-enter the site's + settings.</p> + +<p>To delete a publishing site's settings, begin from a Composer + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Publishing Site Settings. Composer + displays the Publish Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select a publishing site from the list.</li> + <li>Click Remove Site. + + <p>Composer only removes the site's settings; the remote site itself + is not affected.</p> + </li> + <li>Click OK to confirm your changes.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="solving_common_publishing_problems">Solving Common Publishing + Problems</h2> + +<p>If one or more of your files fail to publish, the Publishing + Status dialog box displays an error message that can help you + determine what went wrong and how to fix it.</p> + +<p>If you are still unable to publish a file, save the file to your + hard disk by opening Composer's File menu, and choosing Save. You + can then open the file at a later time to try to publish it. To + quickly locate the file later, open Composer's File menu, and + choose Recent Pages.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#verifying_your_publishing_settings">Verifying Your Publishing + Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="#checking_your_filenames">Checking Your Filenames</a></li> + <li><a href="#fixing_publishing_errors">Fixing Publishing Errors</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="verifying_your_publishing_settings">Verifying Your Publishing + Settings</h3> + +<p>To verify your publishing settings:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Close the Publishing Status dialog box, if it is open.</li> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Publishing Site Settings.</li> + <li>In the Publish Settings dialog box, confirm that the site settings are + correct for the site you are trying to publish to. If you're not + sure, check with your ISP or web hosting service. + <ul> + <li><strong>Verify that you correctly entered the publishing + settings</strong>: You may have accidentally mis-typed one of the + settings.</li> + <li><strong>Verify that you entered the correct publishing + address</strong>: Web hosting services or ISPs may refer to the + publishing address as the <q>server name</q>, the <q>hostname</q>, or + the <q>server/host</q>. They often specify the publishing location as + <tt>ftp.myisp.com/username</tt>, where <tt>username</tt> is your + user name. + + <p>For the publishing address to be correct, you must precede the + publishing location with either <tt>ftp://</tt> or <tt>http://</tt>. + For example, the correct publishing address for the above-mentioned + site would be <tt>ftp://ftp.myisp.com/username</tt>.</p> + </li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<h3 id="checking_your_filenames">Checking Your Filenames</h3> + +<p>Examine the names of any files that failed to publish. Make sure that the + filenames:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Use only numbers or lowercase or uppercase letters. While it's + acceptable to create filenames that use uppercase letters, you can avoid + potential errors in later locating the published file if you only use + lowercase letters in your filenames. + + <p>When you publish files to a web server, filenames become + case-sensitive on the web server. It may be harder for you to remember + files names that use only uppercase letters or that use a mix of + uppercase and lowercase letters.</p> + + <p>For example, when you try to locate a published file by typing the + filename's web address into the browser's Location Bar, you + must enter the filename exactly as you created it, using the same + combination of uppercase and lowercase letters.</p> + </li> + <li>Don't use punctuation characters or spaces. Underscores ( _ ) + or hyphens ( - ) are OK.</li> + <li>End with .html or .htm (for Composer filenames).</li> + <li>Use less than 32 characters.</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="fixing_publishing_errors">Fixing Publishing Errors</h3> + +<p>If one or more of your files fails to publish, look at the messages + Composer displays in the Publishing Status area of the Publishing dialog box. + You can use these error messages to help determine what went wrong and what + to do to fix the problem.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;"> + <p>Error Messages:</p> + <p><a href="#file_not_found"><tt><var>Filename</var> not found.</tt></a></p> + <p><a href="#file_not_found"><tt><var>X</var> of <var>Y</var> files failed to + publish.</tt></a></p> + <p><a href="#subdir_not_found"><tt>The subdirectory <var>directory name</var> + doesn't exist on this site or the filename <var>filename</var> is + already in use by another subdirectory.</tt></a></p> + <p><a href="#subdir_not_found"><tt>The filename <var>filename</var> is + already in use by another subdirectory.</tt></a></p> + <p><a href="#server_not_found"><tt>The server is not available. Check your + connection and try again later.</tt></a></p> + <p><a href="#no_permission"><tt>You do not have permission to publish to this + location.</tt></a></p> + <p><a href="#offline_error"><tt>You are currently offline. Click the icon + near the lower-right corner of any window to go online.</tt></a></p> + <p><a href="#no_disk_space"><tt>There is not enough disk space available to + save the file <var>filename</var>.</tt></a></p> + <p><a href="#name_too_long"><tt>The filename or subdirectory name is too + long.</tt></a></p> +</div> + +<div class="errorMessage"> + <p id="file_not_found"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p> + + <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;"> + <tt><var>Filename</var> not found.</tt> + <p>or</p> + <tt><var>X</var> of <var>Y</var> files failed to publish.</tt> + </div> + + <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: One or more image files or CSS files + failed to publish because Composer could not find them. Some typical + reasons might be:</p> + + <ul> + <li>The file location you typed is incorrect.</li> + <li>The file's location on the web is not accessible.</li> + <li>The file's location was changed or the file was deleted or + moved to another location.</li> + </ul> + + <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p> + + <ul> + <li>Look for broken images in the page you are trying to publish. Broken + images will appear with this icon + <img src="images/broken.gif" width="20" height="20" alt="" /> in the + page. To correct the image's address, double-click the broken + image to display the Image Properties dialog box so you can enter the + correct address.</li> + <li>Remove the broken image from the page by selecting it (click once on + the image), and then pressing <kbd>Backspace</kbd> or <kbd>Delete</kbd> + on your keyboard.</li> + <li>If the image is unavailable because the server where the image resides + is inaccessible, try publishing the page at a later time.</li> + <li>If the missing file is a CSS file, you must first verify the correct + location of the CSS file. To fix the file's address in Composer, + click the HTML Source tab and edit the file's location in the HTML + source code. You should only edit the HTML source if you are familiar + with HTML tags.</li> + </ul> +</div> + +<div class="errorMessage"> + <p id="subdir_not_found"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p> + + <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;"> + <tt>The subdirectory <var>directory name</var> doesn't exist on this + site or the filename <var>filename</var> is already in use by another + subdirectory</tt> + <p>or</p> + <tt>The filename <var>filename</var> is already in use by another + subdirectory</tt> + </div> + + <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: You specified the name of a remote + subdirectory that does not exist at the publishing site. Composer can only + publish to a remote subdirectory that already exists at the publishing + location. Or, you specified a filename that is identical to the name of an + existing subdirectory at the publishing site.</p> + + <p>For example, in the Publish Page dialog box, under the Publish tab:</p> + + <ul> + <li>for <q>Site subdirectory for this page</q>, you may have typed the name + of a subdirectory that does not exist at the publishing location.</li> + <li>you checked <q>Include images and other files</q>, and then you typed + the name of a subdirectory that does not exist at the publishing + location.</li> + <li>one of the files you are attempting to publish has the same name as a + subdirectory at the publishing site.</li> + </ul> + + <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p> + + <ul> + <li>Use a separate FTP program if you want to create, rename, or delete + subdirectories at the publishing site. Ask your service provider if they + recommend a particular FTP program. You can usually find information on + FTP programs in the Help or Support sections of your service + provider's website. FTP programs are also available from shareware + sites such as ZDNet Downloads.</li> + <li>Don't use subdirectory names that end with <q>.html</q> or + <q>.htm</q>. Only your Composer filenames should end with <q>.html</q> + or <q>.htm</q>.</li> + <li>Subdirectory names are case-sensitive, so be sure to enter a + subdirectory name exactly as it appears at the publishing location.</li> + </ul> +</div> + +<div class="errorMessage"> + <p id="server_not_found"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p> + + <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;"> + <tt>The server is not available. Check your connection and try again + later.</tt> + </div> + + <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: This error can have many causes. For + example:</p> + + <ul> + <li>Your publishing site settings may not be correct.</li> + <li>Your Internet connection may have been lost.</li> + <li>Your modem or other equipment that you use to connect to the Internet + might not be functioning correctly.</li> + <li>The web server that you are trying to publish to might be unavailable + due to a technical problem or to an unknown circumstance.</li> + <li>Your ISP or web hosting service may be experiencing technical + problems.</li> + </ul> + + <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p> + + <ul> + <li>Verify that your publishing settings are correct and that you entered + them correctly. See + <a href="#verifying_your_publishing_settings">Verifying Your Publishing + Settings</a> for more information.</li> + <li>Make sure your Internet connection is working by attempting to view a + web page using the browser. For example, confirm that you can + successfully view the page <tt>http://www.mozilla.org</tt>.</li> + <li>If your Internet connection is not working, verify that all hardware, + telephone connections, modems, and network connections are functioning + properly.</li> + <li>Use the browser to try to view a page at the website you are + attempting to publish to. If you can successfully view other websites but + cannot view a page at the publishing site, your ISP or web hosting + service may be experiencing technical problems.</li> + <li>Try publishing again later. Your ISP, web hosting service, or the web + server may be experiencing temporary technical difficulties.</li> + </ul> +</div> + +<div class="errorMessage"> + <p id="no_permission"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p> + + <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;"> + <tt>You do not have permission to publish to this location.</tt> + </div> + + <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: You are attempting to publish to a + location that you are not authorized to use. You can only publish to sites + where you have been granted access by your ISP or web hosting service.</p> + + <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p> + + <ul> + <li>Verify that you entered the correct user name and password in the + Publishing Site Settings dialog box, or in the Publish tab of the + Publish dialog box.</li> + <li>Contact your ISP to find out where you can publish your pages at their + site.</li> + <li>Find a web hosting service that you can use to publish your pages. In + the browser, search for <q>web hosting</q>.</li> + </ul> +</div> + +<div class="errorMessage"> + <p id="offline_error"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p> + + <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;"> + <tt>You are currently offline. Click the icon near the lower-right corner + of any window to go online.</tt> + </div> + + <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: You are attempting to publish, but + your &brandShortName; Internet connection is currently in the + <q>offline</q> state. Your Internet connection must be in the <q>online</q> + state (connected to the Internet) in order to publish your pages.</p> + + <p>Verify that your Internet connection is currently offline by looking at + the online/offline icon in the lower right corner of any &brandShortName; + window. If you are currently offline, the icon appears as + <img src="images/offline.png" width="32" height="21" alt="" />.</p> + + <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p> + + <ul> + <li>Click the online/offline icon to go online. In the online state, the + icon should look like this: + <img src="images/online.png" width="32" height="20" alt="" />.</li> + <li>Make sure your Internet connection is working by attempting to view a + web page using the browser. For example, confirm that you can + successfully view the page <tt>http://www.mozilla.org</tt>.</li> + </ul> +</div> + +<div class="errorMessage"> + <p id="no_disk_space"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p> + + <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;"> + <tt>There is not enough disk space available to save the file + <var>filename</var>.</tt> + </div> + + <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: The remote web server's hard + disk is full, or you may have exceeded the amount of disk space allocated + to you by your ISP or web hosting service.</p> + + <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p> + + <ul> + <li>Use a separate FTP program to delete unnecessary files at your + publishing site. Ask your service provider if they recommend a + particular FTP program. You can usually find information on FTP programs + in the Help or Support sections of your service provider's website. + FTP programs are also available from shareware sites such as ZDNet + Downloads.</li> + <li>Find out from your ISP or web hosting service about increasing your + disk space allocation, or switch to a different service that can satisfy + your needs.</li> + <li>If the web server is located at your company or school, contact the + network administrator to find out if you can publish to a different + location that has more disk space, or if you can request that + additional disk space be allocated to your current publishing + location.</li> + </ul> +</div> + +<div class="errorMessage"> + <p id="name_too_long"><strong>Error Message</strong>:</p> + + <div class="contentsBox" style="background-color: #ebebeb;"> + <tt>The filename or subdirectory name is too long.</tt> + </div> + + <p><strong>Error Description</strong>: The number of characters in the + filename or the subdirectory name is not supported by the web server + computer that you are trying to publish to.</p> + + <p><strong>Possible Solutions</strong>:</p> + + <ul> + <li>Limit the length of your filenames and subdirectory names to less than + 32 characters. Some operating systems do not support names longer than 32 + characters.</li> + </ul> +</div> + +<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="publishing_settings">Publishing Settings</h2> + +<p>This section describes Composer's publishing settings. For + information on Composer's general and new page settings, see + <a href="#composer_preferences">Composer Preferences</a>.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#publish_page_publish">Publish Page - Publish</a></li> + <li><a href="#publish_page_settings">Publish Page - Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="#publish_settings">Publish Settings</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="publish_page_publish">Publish Page - Publish</h3> + +<p>The Publish Page - Publish tab lets you specify where you want + to publish a document. These settings apply to the current + document.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Publish Page - Publish tab, + follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Publish As. The Publish Page + dialog box appears.</li> + <li>Click the Publish tab.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Site Name</strong>: Lists all the publishing sites you've + created, so you can choose the site that you want to publish to. To + create a new site, click New Site.</li> + <li><strong>Page Title</strong>: Specifies the document's page title as + it appears in the browser window's title bar when you view the page in + the browser. The document's page title also appears in your list of + bookmarks if you bookmark the page.</li> + <li><strong>Filename</strong>: Specifies the document's filename. Make + sure you include the .html or .htm extension in the filename. + + <p><strong>Warning</strong>: If a file on the remote site you're + publishing to has the same filename as one you're uploading, the + newly uploaded file will replace the existing one. You will not be + asked to confirm the action.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Site subdirectory for this page</strong>: If you leave this + blank, Composer publishes the page to the main (root) publishing + directory at this site. If you want to publish the page to a remote + subdirectory that resides underneath the main publishing directory + at this site, enter the name of the subdirectory or choose it from + the list. Composer keeps track of the locations you type here, so + you can select from a list of remote locations you've previously + used. Keep in mind that subdirectory names are case-sensitive. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: The site subdirectory you choose must + already exist at the remote server.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Include images and other files</strong>: If checked, + Composer publishes any images and other files referenced by this + page. You can choose to publish these files to the same location as + the page, or else you can choose to publish these files into a + remote subdirectory that exists underneath the main publishing + directory.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To create remote subdirectories or delete + published pages or images, you must use an FTP (File Transfer + Protocol) program. Ask your service provider if they recommend a + particular FTP program. You can usually find information on FTP + programs in the Help or Support sections of your service provider's + website. FTP programs are also available from shareware sites such + as ZDNet Downloads.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="publish_page_settings">Publish Page - Settings</h3> + +<p>The Publish Page - Settings tab lets you specify your login information for + the remote publishing site, as well as the publishing settings for the remote + site. These settings apply to the current document and any other files you + publish to this location.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Publish Page - Settings tab, follow + these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Publish As. The Publish Page dialog box + appears.</li> + <li>Click the Settings tab.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Site Name</strong>: Specifies the nickname you want to use for + this publishing site. Enter a short name that will help you identify this + publishing site.</li> + <li><strong>Publishing address</strong>: Specifies the complete URL provided + to you by your ISP or system administrator. This URL should begin with + either <tt>ftp://</tt> or <tt>http://</tt>. This name is often referred to + as the <q>host name</q> or the <q>host server name</q>. + + <p>The publishing address specifies the location where documents are + published (uploaded) at this site. If you are not sure what to enter, + ask your ISP or system administrator.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>HTTP address of your home page</strong>: Specifies the complete + address of your publishing home directory. This is the web address of the + home page at your website. Do not include a filename or subdirectory as + part of the URL. + + <p>This URL must always begin with <tt>http://</tt>. In some cases, this + URL is the same as the publishing address. If you are not sure what to + enter, ask your ISP or system administrator, or else leave it blank.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>User name</strong>: Specifies the user name you use to log into + your ISP or network.</li> + <li><strong>Password</strong>: Specifies the password for your user + name.</li> + <li><strong>Save Password</strong>: Select this to encrypt and save your + password securely using Password Manager so that you don't have to + enter it each time you publish pages at this site.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="publish_settings">Publish Settings</h3> + +<p>The Publish Settings dialog box lets you create, edit, and + delete publishing site settings, and also lets you set the default + publishing site.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Publish Settings dialog box, + follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Publishing Site Settings. + Composer displays the Publish Settings dialog box.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>New Site</strong>: Lets you specify settings for a new publishing + site. Composer adds the name of the new publishing site to the list + of available publishing sites.</li> + <li><strong>Set as Default</strong>: Sets the selected publishing site as the + default publishing site. Typically, the default publishing site is + the remote location that you most often use for publishing + documents. All documents you create or edit will be published to + the default publishing site, unless you specifically choose an + alternate site in the Publish Page dialog box. + + <p>To publish a document to a different remote location, open the + File menu and choose Publish As to choose a different publishing + destination.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Remove Site</strong>: Removes the selected site and its settings + from Composer.</li> + <li><strong>Site Name</strong>: Specifies the name by which you want to refer + to this publishing site.</li> + <li><strong>Publishing address</strong>: Specifies the complete URL provided + to you by your ISP or system administrator. This URL should begin + with either <tt>ftp://</tt> or <tt>http://</tt>. + + <p>The publishing address specifies the location where documents + are published (uploaded) at this site. If you are not sure what to + enter, ask your ISP or system administrator.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>HTTP address of your homepage</strong>: Specifies the HTTP + address of your publishing home directory. Do not include a + filename or subdirectory as part of the URL. + + <p>This URL must always begin with <tt>http://</tt>. In some cases, + this URL is the same as the publishing address. If you are not sure + what to enter, ask your ISP or system administrator, or else leave + it blank.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>User name</strong>: Specifies the user name you use to log in to + your ISP or network.</li> + <li><strong>Password</strong>: Specifies the password for your user + name.</li> + <li><strong>Save Password</strong>: Select this to save your + password securely using Password Manager so you don't have to enter + it each time you publish pages at this site.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="composer_preferences">Composer Preferences</h1> + +<p>This section describes the settings in the Composer preferences panel. If + you are not currently viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Double-click the Composer category to expand the list.</li> +</ol> + +<p>For information on Composer's publishing settings, see + <a href="#publishing_settings">Publishing Settings</a>.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#composer">Composer</a></li> + <li><a href="#new_page_settings">New Page Settings</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="composer">Composer Preferences - Composer</h2> + +<p>Composer preferences allow you to specify settings for saving files and for + table editing. These settings apply to every document you create.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Composer preferences, follow these + steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Click the Composer category.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Maximum number of pages listed</strong>: Specify the maximum + number of pages that are listed under Recent Pages in the File menu.</li> + <li><strong>Preserve original source formatting</strong>: Select this if you + want to preserve the original white space (extra lines, tabs, etc.) in the + HTML source code. Deselect this if you prefer Composer to indent and add + linebreaks to the code in order to make it more readable. <em>This + preference does not affect how your pages appear in a browser + window.</em></li> + <li><strong>Save images and other associated files when saving + pages</strong>: If checked, all images, JavaScript (JS), Cascading Style + Sheet (CSS), and other associated files are saved in the same location as + the document when the document is saved for the first time or when the + document is saved to a new location. If unchecked, only the HTML file is + saved. + + <p>For example, when editing a remote page, this setting ensures that all + related files associated with the remote page will be saved locally when + you save the page to your hard disk.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Always show Publish dialog when publishing pages</strong>: If + checked, Composer always displays the Publish Page dialog box when you + click the Publish button or choose Publish from the File menu. If not + checked, Composer only displays the Publish Page dialog box if it needs + more information in order to publish the page.</li> + <li><strong>Maintain table layout when inserting or deleting cells</strong>: + Select this if you want Composer to always preserve the table's + layout (that is, keep it in a rectangular shape) by adding cells where + needed. If you deselect this option, when you delete one or more cells, + Composer removes the cell border as well, which can result in a table with + empty spaces, or an outline that appears irregular due to an uneven number + of cells.</li> + <li><strong>Use CSS styles instead of HTML elements and attributes</strong>: + Enables the use of Cascading Style Sheet (CSS) formatting in your Composer + documents. With this preference enabled, Composer generates HTML 4.01 + formatting with CSS inline styles for elements. + + <p>If this preference is not enabled, Composer generates HTML 4.01 + formatting, but does not use CSS styles.</p> + + <p>Compared to HTML, HTML with CSS formatting is more portable, more + maintainable, and more compatible when viewed with different browsers. + If you enable this preference and then edit a document created without + CSS, Composer replaces the edited elements with CSS styles.</p> + + <p>If you enable CSS styles, you can choose a text highlight color for + selected text using the text highlight color button on the Format + toolbar. You can also choose a color background for any element on the + page. (These features are not available if this preference is not + enabled.)</p> + </li> + <li><strong><kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> in a + paragraph always creates a new paragraph</strong>: If selected, a new + paragraph will be added everytime you press the <kbd class="mac">Return + </kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> key inside a paragraph. If + deselected, a linebreak will be added when you press the <kbd + class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> key.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#composer_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="new_page_settings">Composer Preferences - New Page Settings</h2> + +<p>New page preferences allow you to specify settings for colors and + background images that apply to every document you create.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the New Page Settings, follow these + steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Double-click the Composer category and click New Page Settings.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Author</strong>: Enter your name. This will add your name to the + HTML source code for each new page you create.</li> + <li><strong>Reader's default colors</strong>: Select this if you always + want your pages to use the color settings from the viewer's browser + for text and link elements.</li> + <li><strong>Use custom colors</strong>: Select this if you always want to + specify the colors that are applied to text and link elements. Then for + each element, select a color by clicking the color button next to each + element.</li> + <li><strong>Background image</strong>: Type the location and name of an image + file, or click Choose File to locate the image file on your hard disk or + network. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Background images are tiled and override + background color.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>To change the author name for an individual page: Open the Format menu and + choose Page Title and Properties.</p> + +<p>To change the page colors and background image for an individual page: Open + the Format menu and choose Page Colors and Background.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#composer_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7dbad30462 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,696 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>&brandShortName; Advanced Preferences Help</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="advanced_preferences">Advanced Preferences</h1> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Advanced preferences panel. If you are + not already viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Click the Advanced category.</li> +</ol> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#advanced">Advanced</a></li> + <li><a href="#scripts_and_plugins">Scripts & Plugins</a></li> + <li><a href="#keyboard_navigation">Keyboard Navigation</a></li> + <li><a href="#fayt">Find As You Type</a></li> + <li><a href="#cache">Cache</a></li> + <li><a href="#offline_apps">Offline Apps</a></li> + <li><a href="#proxies">Proxies</a></li> + <li><a href="#http_networking">HTTP Networking</a></li> + <li><a href="#software_installation">Software Installation</a></li> + <li><a href="#mouse_wheel">Mouse Wheel</a></li> + <li><a href="#dom_inspector">DOM Inspector</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="advanced">Advanced Preferences - Advanced</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the main Advanced preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Click the Advanced category.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The main Advanced preferences panel allows you to:</p> + +<ul> + <li class="unix"><strong>Use Preferences from System</strong>: Select this to + use the already set system preferences, overriding &brandShortName;'.</li> + <li class="win"><strong>Check default application settings on startup</strong>: + Select this to have &brandShortName; check whether it is the default + application for tasks like browsing and mail. If &brandShortName; detects + on startup that it is not the default application for any of these tasks, + a dialog will appear that allows you to choose which tasks &brandShortName; + should handle by default.</li> + <li><strong>Submit crash reports</strong>: Select this to enable the Mozilla + Crash Reporter. If &brandShortName; crashes, you will be asked in each case + whether to report the issue.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="scripts_and_plugins">Advanced Preferences - Scripts & + Plugins</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Scripts & Plugins preferences + panel. If you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click Scripts & Plugins. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Scripts & Plugins preferences panel allows you to control how + JavaScript and plugins are used:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Enable JavaScript for</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Browser</strong>: Select this to turn on JavaScript for web + pages opened in the browser.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Allow scripts to</strong>: Select these checkboxes to control + how JavaScript can be used: + <ul> + <li><strong>Move or resize existing windows</strong>: Allows open windows + to be resized or moved.</li> + <li><strong>Raise or lower windows</strong>: Allows windows to be placed + under or on top of other windows.</li> + <li><strong>Hide the status bar</strong>: Allows the status bar to be + hidden.</li> + <li><strong>Change status bar text</strong>: Allows status bar text to be + changed, such as in scrolling text in the status bar.</li> + <li><strong>Change images</strong>: Allows images to be changed or + animated, such as in image rollovers (images that change when the mouse + cursor is placed over them).</li> + <li><strong>Disable or replace context menus</strong>: Allows right-click + menus<span class="mac"> or, if you're using a one-button mouse, + <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click menus</span> to be replaced or disabled by + webpages.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Enable Plugins for</strong>: Use these checkboxes to control how + plugins are used: + <ul> + <li><strong>Suite</strong>: Globally enables or disables plugins.</li> + <li><strong>Mail & Newsgroups</strong>: Allows plugins to be used in + Mail & Newsgroups.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>When a page requires plugins</strong>: Select these + checkboxes to control what &brandShortName; should do if a web page requires + plugins: + <ul> + <li><strong>Activate all plugins by default</strong>: If you select this, + &brandShortName; will load and run all plugins found on the web page. + Otherwise, if the page requires plugins, &brandShortName; will show a + notification (plugin icon in the location bar or notification bar), plus + a placeholder for every plugin instance found on the page (unless the + website is whitelisted, see below). + You can activate individual visible plugin instances with a left mouse + click or use the notification to activate all the plugins on the page. + From the notification you have the option to either temporarily activate + the plugins or remember the choice for the current website. Remembered + choices can be edited using the Data Manager (Permissions tab).</li> + <li><strong>Warn me if additional plugins need to be installed</strong>: + When a website requires a plugin which is not installed, + a notification bar will be displayed above the website content area. + From the bar you will be able to download and install the missing + plugin.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>For more information about plugins, see + <a href="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and Downloads</a>. +</p> + +<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="keyboard_navigation">Advanced Preferences - Keyboard Navigation</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Keyboard Navigation preferences + panel. If you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click Keyboard Navigation. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Keyboard Navigation preferences panel allows you to control how you use + the keyboard to navigate in web pages:</p> + +<ul> + <li class="noMac"><strong>Tab Key Navigation</strong>: Select which elements + should be taken into account when using the Tab key on a page: + <ul> + <li><strong>Links</strong>: If checked, pressing <kbd>Tab</kbd> or + <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>Tab</kbd> moves between links.</li> + <li><strong>Buttons, radio buttons, checkboxes, and selection + lists</strong>: If checked, pressing <kbd>Tab</kbd> or + <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>Tab</kbd> moves between buttons, radio buttons, + check boxes, and selection lists.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Browse With Caret</strong>: Select if and how <a + href="glossary.xhtml#caret_browsing">caret browsing</a> should be used: + <ul> + <li><strong>Use caret browsing</strong>: If checked, caret browsing will + be enabled by default when you load a web page.</li> + <li><strong>Use the F7 shortcut to toggle caret browsing</strong>: If + checked, the F7 shortcut will toggle caret browsing on or off. Otherwise + &brandShortName; will not use the shortcut and the below option will + have no effect.</li> + <li><strong>Warn me before turning on caret browsing</strong>: If checked, + &brandShortName; will issue a warning dialog if the caret browsing mode + is about to be entered, allowing you to choose whether to proceed or + not. (There is no warning when leaving caret browsing mode.)</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="fayt">Advanced Preferences - Find As You Type</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Find As You Type references + panel. If you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click Find As You Type. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Find As You Type preferences panel allows you to control how you use + the keyboard to search for text in web pages:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Find automatically when typing within a web page</strong>: If + checked, typing text in a web page automatically activates Find As You Type + and locates the text you typed (if it exists in the page). Choose whether + you want typing to find any text in the page or links only. If unchecked, + you must choose Find Links As You Type or Find Text As You Type from the + Edit menu before typing the text you want to find.</li> + <li><strong>Play a sound when typed text isn't found</strong>: If + checked, Find As You Type plays a sound when the typed text isn't + found in the web page.</li> + <li><strong>Clear the current search after a few seconds of + inactivity</strong>: If checked, the search will be cancelled after a few + seconds of keyboard inactivity.</li> + <li><strong>Show the find toolbar during find as you type</strong>: If + checked, the find toolbar will open when Find As You Type is activated and + what you type will be entered into the toolbar search field. If unchecked, + the find toolbar will not be opened and the search string will be displayed + in the status bar. Note that international text entry will not work in this + mode.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="cache">Advanced Preferences - Cache</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Cache preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click Cache. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Cache preferences panel allows you to adjust the &brandShortName; memory + and disk cache:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Let &brandShortName; manage the size of my cache</strong>: Select + this to let &brandShortName; apply a heuristic based on the space available + on your hard disk in order to determine your cache size. (This is the + default.)</li> + <li><strong>Use up to [__] MB of disk space for the cache</strong>: Type in + the amount of disk cache you want to allocate for &brandShortName;. The disk + cache is saved to your hard disk (drive) and can be used again, even if you + have restarted your computer. (The default is 1024 MB. This preference is + ignored if the above checkbox is selected.)</li> + <li><strong>Clear Cache</strong>: Click this to clear the disk cache.</li> + <li><strong>Cache Folder Location</strong>: Shows the current location of the + disk cache folder + <ul> + <li><strong>Choose Folder</strong>: Click this to choose a folder + location for the disk cache.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Compare the page in the cache to the page on the + network</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Every time I view the page</strong>: Select this if you want + &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache every time you view + it.</li> + <li><strong>When the page is out of date</strong>: Select this if you + want &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache when the page + is determined by the server to have expired.</li> + <li><strong>Once per session</strong>: Select this if you want + &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache once for each time + you start &brandShortName;.</li> + <li><strong>Never</strong>: Select this if you do not want + &brandShortName; to compare cached information to the network.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Prefetch web pages when idle, so that links in web pages + designed for prefetching can load more quickly</strong>: Select this to + decrease the time it takes to load web pages when you click a link in a web + page that uses prefetching. For more information about Link Prefetching, see + the online + <a href="http://www.mozilla.org/projects/netlib/Link_Prefetching_FAQ.html">Link + Prefetching FAQ</a>.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="offline_apps">Advanced Preferences - Offline Apps</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Offline Web Applications preferences + panel. If you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click Offline Apps. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Offline Web Applications panel allows you to control and monitor how + websites use &brandShortName;'s offline storage. Websites can provide + complex functionality beyond just the presentation of content, implementing + <a href="glossary.xhtml#web_application">web applications</a>. In general, + such web applications require you to stay online in order to use them, thus + won't function when you are disconnected from the network (offline). + If permitted, websites can store their content and any data you entered + locally in &brandShortName;. In this way, web applications can be used even + without a network connection.</p> + +<p>The <strong>Offline Web Content and User Data</strong> section provides the + following functions:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Your application cache is currently using [__] of disk + space</strong>: This entry is informational and provides you with an + estimate of the offline data currently used by all web applications + combined.</li> + <li><strong>Clear</strong>: Immediately clears data that has been saved + by all websites for use when you are offline.</li> + <li><strong>Notify me when a website wants to store data for offline + use</strong>: Check this box if you want to be notified when a website + wants to utilize the offline feature but does not currently have the + permissions to do so. An information bar will appear for this site with + the following options: + <ul> + <li><strong>Allow</strong>: Permanently allow this site the use of the + offline storage for this and future accesses.</li> + <li><strong>Never for This Site</strong>: Permanently deny this site + the use of the offline storage for this and future accesses.</li> + <li><strong>Not Now</strong>: Deny this site the use of the offline + storage for this request but ask again for future accesses.</li> + </ul> + <p><strong>Note</strong>: If the notification box is <em>not</em> checked, + &brandShortName; will proceed as if <q>Not Now</q> was selected.</p> + </li> + <!-- NOTE: link "Data Manager" below once bug 599097 has been fixed --> + <li><strong>Manage Permissions</strong>: Opens the Data Manager in a new + tab or window where you can modify the Offline Web Applications permissions + for each domain: + <ul> + <li><strong>Use Default</strong>: Check this box to return to the default + behavior, thus presenting the information bar with the next request + from a site within each domain if the notification option is chosen + (effectively removes the entry from this listing).</li> + <li><strong>Allow</strong>: Select this option to allow this site + the use of the offline storage for all accesses.</li> + <li><strong>Block</strong>: Select this option to deny this site + the use of the offline storage for all accesses.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>The following websites are allowed to store data for offline + use</strong>: Lists the domains of all websites which have stored offline + data, along with the amount of data currently used by this domain.</li> + <li><strong>Clear data</strong>: Select a website domain and click this + button to delete all offline data for the specified domain. Click <q>Remove + offline data</q> after being prompted for confirmation to do so.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="proxies">Advanced Preferences - Proxies</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Proxies preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click Proxies. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Proxies preferences panel allows you to set up &brandShortName; to use a + <a href="glossary.xhtml#proxy">proxy</a>:</p> + +<p><strong>Before you start</strong>: Ask your network administrator if you + have a proxy configuration file or for the names and port numbers of the + proxy.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Direct connection to the Internet</strong>: Choose this if you + don't want to use a proxy.</li> + <li><strong>Automatically discover the proxy configuration</strong>: Choose + this if you want &brandShortName; to automatically detect and configure the + proxy settings, using the <a href="glossary.xhtml#wpad">WPAD protocol</a>.</li> + <li><strong>Automatic proxy configuration URL</strong>: Choose this if you + have a proxy configuration file or URL, then enter the configuration + URL. + <ul> + <li><strong>Reload</strong>: Click this to reload the configuration file. + + <p>For more information about Automatic Proxy Configuration, see the + online + <a href="http://www.mozilla.org/catalog/end-user/customizing/enduserPAC.html">End + User Guide to Proxy AutoConfiguration</a>.</p> + </li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Manual proxy configuration</strong>: Choose this if you + don't have a proxy location (URL), or the automatic proxy discovery + was unable to setup the proxy settings correctly. + <ul> + <li><strong>Proxy</strong>: Enter the name or numeric IP address of + the proxy server.</li> + <li><strong>Port</strong>: Enter the port number in the Port field. Click + on <q>Advanced</q> to set + <a href="#advanced_proxy_preferences">Advanced Proxy Preferences</a></li> + <li><strong>No Proxy for</strong>: Type the domains and/or IP addresses + that you do not want to use a proxy for. Separate each entry with a + comma. (Example: <kbd>.mozilla.org, .net.nz, 192.168.1.0/24</kbd>.) + </li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="advanced_proxy_preferences">Advanced Proxy Preferences</h3> + +<p>If you want to use different proxies for different protocols or need to use + a SOCKS proxy:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>HTTP Proxy</strong>, <strong>SSL Proxy</strong>, + <strong>FTP Proxy</strong>: Enter the name or numeric IP address + of the proxy server. Type the port in the Port fields. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you're using the same settings + for all types of proxies, click on <q>Use HTTP Proxy settings + for all protocols</q>.</p> + + </li> + <li><strong>SOCKS Proxy</strong>: Enter the name or numeric IP address + of the proxy server. Enter the port number in the Port field. + <ul> + <li><strong>SOCKS v4, SOCKS v5</strong>: When entering a SOCKS Proxy, + select <q>SOCKS v4</q> or <q>SOCKS v5</q>, depending on what version + of <a href="glossary.xhtml#socks">SOCKS</a> is used for the proxy.</li> + <li><strong>Use for resolving hostnames</strong>: Select this to + use the SOCKS Proxy for resolving hostnames. This is + recommended for SOCKS v5 proxies.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="http_networking">Advanced Preferences - HTTP Networking</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the HTTP Networking preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click HTTP Networking. (If no subcategories + are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The HTTP Networking preferences panel is used to configure HTTP-based + networking:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Direct Connection Options, Proxy Connection Options</strong>: + Choose the HTTP version and options for direct and proxy connections. + <ul> + <li><strong>Use HTTP 1.0</strong>: Choose this to use the original + version of HTTP, standardized in 1996.</li> + <li><strong>Use HTTP 1.1</strong>: Choose this to use the new version of + HTTP, which offers performance enhancements, including more efficient + use of HTTP connections, better support for client-side caching, + multiple HTTP requests (pipelining), and more refined control over + cache expiration and replacement policies.</li> + <li><strong>Enable Pipelining</strong>: Select this to + enable pipelining, which allows for more than one HTTP request to be + sent to the server at once, reducing delays loading web pages. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Pipelining is only available with + HTTP 1.1.</p></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>User Agent String</strong>: + The identifier sent by &brandShortName; to all websites is used for + statistics about website usage but also sometimes to expose certain features + only to known browsers (a practice known as "sniffing"). + <ul> + <li><strong>Advertise Firefox compatibility</strong>: If this is enabled, + &brandShortName; will identify itself as both &brandShortName; and also + compatible with Firefox. This allows websites that check for certain + browsers rather than certain functionality to work with &brandShortName;.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="software_installation">Advanced Preferences - Software + Installation</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Software Installation preferences + panel. If you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click Software Installation. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Software Installation preferences panel is used to enable add-on + installation and updates. The Add-ons Manager allows you to view and manage + all your installed extensions and themes.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Add-ons</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Allow websites to install add-ons and updates</strong>: + Select this if you want to allow websites to install add-ons and + updates to be used with &brandShortName;. You will be prompted before + each installation. + <ul> + <li><strong>Allowed Websites</strong>: Click this link to open the + Data Manager tab, where you can view and edit the list of websites + that you want to allow to install software</li> + <li><strong>Automatically check for updates</strong>:Select this to + be notified when a new version of one of your installed add-ons is + available. Choose whether you want &brandShortName; to do a + <strong>daily</strong> or a <strong>weekly</strong> check for new + versions.</li> + <li><strong>Automatically download and install the update</strong>: + Select this if you want &brandShortName; to automatically download + and install updates for you when they become available. The download + will happen in the background, with low priority. After the download + has finished the update to the add-on will be installed + automatically the next time you start &brandShortName;.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Personalize Add-on recommendations</strong>: Select this to + be offered suggestions for add-ons in the "Get Add-ons" tab + of the manager: + <ul> + <li>Note that this function involves sending a list of your + currently installed add-ons to the add-on website.</li> + <li>Disabling this option will also suppress contacting the add-on + site periodically for any new information about installed add-ons, + but won't affect automated updates.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Manage Add-ons</strong>: Click this link to open the Add-ons + Manager in a new browser tab.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>&brandShortName;</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Automatically check for updates</strong>:Select this to be + notified when a new version of &brandShortName; is available. Choose + whether you want &brandShortName; to do a <strong>daily</strong> or + a <strong>weekly</strong> check for new versions. + <ul> + <li><strong>Automatically download and install the update</strong>: + Select this if you want &brandShortName; to automatically download + and install updates for you when they become available. The download + will happen in the background, with low priority. After the download + has finished the update to &brandShortName; will be installed + automatically the next time you start it.</li> + <li><strong>Warn me if this will disable any of my add-ons</strong>: + Select this to be notified if an automatic update will disable any + of your installed add-ons. In that case you will be shown a list + of incompatible add-ons and you can choose whether you want to + download and install the update or not.</li> + </ul> + <p><strong>Note</strong>: You can use Check for Updates from the + <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span><span class="noMac">Help</span> + menu to manually initiate the search for a &brandShortName; update. + <span class="noMac">The label of the menu item will change when an + update is being downloaded or ready to be applied.</span></p> + </li> + <li><strong>Show Update History…</strong>: Click this to open the Update + History dialog box which shows a list of &brandShortName; updates that + have been installed, including the update type (e.g. Security Update), + time of installation and installation status. The Details link next to + each update takes you to a web page that contains further information + regarding the update.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="mouse_wheel">Advanced Preferences - Mouse Wheel</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Mouse Wheel preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click Mouse Wheel. (If no subcategories + are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Mouse Wheel preferences panel allows you to control how the mouse wheel + on your mouse (in between your mouse buttons) is used in &brandShortName;. + Modern mice may have two wheels or a button that can be used to switch the + scroll direction of the wheel. The behaviour for the vertical wheel function + is set in the upper panel <strong>Vertical scrolling</strong> while the + horizontal mode is controlled by the lower panel <strong>Horizontal + scrolling</strong>.</p> + +<ul> + <li>Select <q>No modifier key</q> or select a key that you want to use + along with the mouse wheel. Use the checkboxes below to configure mouse + wheel behavior: + + <ul> + <li><strong>Same as vertical scrolling</strong>: Choose this when your + mouse has a single control that provides both vertical and horizontal + scrolling. If your mouse has a separate horizontal scrolling control + then you can choose to assign a different function to it.</li> + <li><strong>Do nothing</strong>: Choose this to disable the scroll wheel + when used with the specified modifier key.</li> + <li><strong>Scroll the document</strong>: Choose this to scroll the + document by the system default number of lines or characters.</li> + <li><strong>Move back and forward in the browsing history</strong>: + Choose this to use the mouse wheel to navigate back or forward to + previous pages you've visited.</li> + <li><strong>Zoom the page in or out</strong>: Choose this to use + the mouse wheel to increase or decrease the size of a web page. + This setting can help you better read a page, or make text fit on the + screen.</li> + </ul> + + <p>Use the <strong>Mouse wheel speed</strong> option to adjust the + responsiveness of the wheel. To reverse the scroll direction, use negative + numbers or select <strong>Reverse direction</strong>.</p> + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Each modifier key can be assigned to a different + function.</p> + </li> + <li>If your mouse does not have a mode for horizontal scrolling, any setting + in the lower panel <strong>Horizontal scrolling</strong> will be ignored. + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#advanced_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="dom_inspector">Advanced Preferences - DOM Inspector</h2> + +<p>DOM Inspector is an optional <a href="developer_tools.xhtml">Web development + component</a>. This section describes how to use its preferences panel. + If you are not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click DOM Inspector. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>When you select an element, DOM Inspector can automatically highlight it by + flashing it or its border:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Blink Selected Element</strong>: Check this option to enable the + highlighting of an element that you select. By default, a flashing border + will appear around the element. + <ul> + <li><strong>Border Color</strong>: Select the color of the border around + the element.</li> + <li><strong>Border Width</strong>: Enter the width of the border around + the element.</li> + <li><strong>Blink Duration</strong>: Enter the length of time + (in milliseconds) for which you want the flashing to occur.</li> + <li><strong>Blink Speed</strong>: Enter the time interval + (in milliseconds) between the flashes.</li> + <li><strong>Invert Color</strong>: Check this option to paint the + selected element with the inverted border color. This will cause the + whole element—including its border—to flash.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..02631e0bb4 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,300 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>&brandShortName; Appearance Preferences Help</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="appearance_preferences">Appearance Preferences</h1> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Appearance preference panel. If you + are not already viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Double-click Appearance to expand the list, then click the name for the + preferences you want to view.</li> +</ol> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#appearance">Appearance</a></li> + <li><a href="#content">Content</a></li> + <li><a href="#fonts">Fonts</a></li> + <li><a href="#colors">Colors</a></li> + <li><a href="#spelling">Spelling</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="appearance">Appearance Preferences - Appearance</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Appearance preferences panels. If + you're not already viewing one of these panels, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Click the Appearance category.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Appearance preferences panel allows you to set &brandShortName; startup + options and customize the user interface:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>When &brandShortName; starts up, open</strong>: Select the + components you want to use when you start up &brandShortName;</li> + <li>Show toolbars as: + <ul> + <li><strong>Pictures and text</strong>: Select this to see text + underneath each of the toolbar buttons.</li> + <li><strong>Pictures only</strong>: Select this to show the toolbar + buttons only.</li> + <li><strong>Text only</strong>: Select this to show text buttons + only.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Show Tooltips</strong>: Select this if you want to have + <a href="glossary.xhtml#tooltip">tooltips</a> appear when the cursor + is placed over parts of the &brandShortName; user interface and some + websites.</li> + <li><strong>User Interface Language</strong>: This setting allows you to + change the language used in the user interface of &brandShortName;. + Additional languages can be installed from the &brandShortName; home page. + <strong>Note</strong>: You must restart &brandShortName; for a new language + setting to take effect. + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#appearance_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="content">Appearance Preferences - Content</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Content preferences panel. + If you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Appearance category, click Content. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Appearance to expand the + list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Content preferences panel allows you to change settings that influence + how website and message content appears in &brandShortName;.</p> + +<ul> + <li>Website Icons: + <ul> + <li><strong>Show website icons</strong>: Select this if you want see + site-specific icons, if available, in place of the bookmark icon + <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.png" + alt="Bookmark item icon"/>. Website icons are shown to the left of the + Location Bar and Browser tabs.</li> + <li><strong>Aggressively look for website icons when the page does not + define one</strong>: If the page itself does not define a website + icon, turning on this setting makes &brandShortName; look for a + "favicon" on the server and use that instead.</li> + <li>Display website icons in bookmarks menu and toolbar: + <ul> + <li><strong>Never show icons for bookmarks</strong>: Select this if + you only want to see the default icons but not the website's + own icon in the bookmarks menu or the personal toolbar.</li> + <li><strong>Only when website was loaded recently</strong>: Select + this to show the website's own icon only if the website has + been recently loaded and the icon is currently in the + browser's cache.</li> + <li><strong>Always load website icons for bookmarks</strong>: Select + this to always load website icons to be displayed in the bookmarks + menu or personal toolbar, even if it's not in the cache.</li> + </ul> + </li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Use smooth scrolling</strong>: Select this to enable smooth + scrolling. Pressing the Page Down key when this is enabled + will—instead of an immediate jump—smoothly scroll the content + down to the next page.</li> + <li><strong>Use hardware acceleration when available</strong>: Select this to + let &brandShortName; use hardware acceleration (if available) to render web + sites. If you experience problems with the visual presentation of web + content, disabling hardware acceleration may solve the issue.</li> + <li><strong>Resize large images to fit in the browser window</strong>: Select + this if you want &brandShortName; to automatically shrink large stand-alone + images so they will fit in the browser window. Clicking on the resized + image will make it appear at full size.</li> + <li><strong>Zoom only text instead of full pages</strong>: Select this if you + want &brandShortName; to only resize text of websites when using the + "Zoom" function. If this is not selected, the whole page, + including images, will be zoomed.</li> + <li><strong>Warn me when websites try to redirect or reload the + page</strong>: Select this to let &brandShortName; block automatic meta + redirection (HTTP-EQUIV=refresh) requests by default. When a redirect is + supposed to be executed, a notification bar is shown instead which allows + you to permit the redirect on a case-by-case basis.</li> + <li><strong>Remember zoom levels on a per-site basis</strong>: Select + this if you want the system to remember the specific zoom level for + each website you visit.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: See the separate preferences panels for colors, fonts + and languages to further customize content appearance and the Privacy & + Security section for privacy-related settings that also might influence how + content appears to you.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#appearance_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="fonts">Appearance Preferences - Fonts</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Fonts preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Appearance category, click Fonts. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Appearance to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Fonts preferences panel allows you to set page font type and size.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Some font styles may not be selectable because the + selected language does not have fonts available for that style.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Fonts for</strong>: Choose a language group/script. For instance, + to set default fonts for West European languages/script (Latin), choose + <q>Western.</q> For Unicode or a language/script not yet in the list, choose + <q>Unicode.</q> For more information, including <q>User Defined</q>, + see <a href="nav_help.xhtml#selecting_character_encodings_and_fonts">Selecting + Character Encodings and Fonts</a>.<br/> + All settings below, except for the checkbox, are stored per language group; + each can have its own set of font definitions. + <ul> + <li><strong>Proportional</strong>: Select whether proportional text + should be serif (like Times Roman) or sans-serif (like Arial). You can + also specify what font size you want for proportional text. + Proportional text is variable in width, so characters and letters vary + in width.</li> + <li><strong>Serif</strong>: Select a serif font you want to use for + web pages.</li> + <li><strong>Sans-serif</strong>: Select a sans-serif font you want to use + for web pages.</li> + <li><strong>Cursive</strong>: Select a cursive font you want to use for + web pages.</li> + <li><strong>Fantasy</strong>: Select a fantasy font you want to use for + web pages.</li> + <li><strong>Monospace</strong>: Select a monospace font (like Courier) + and size you want to use for web pages. Monospace text is fixed in + width, so each character or letter takes the same amount of space.</li> + <li><strong>Minimum font size</strong>: Select the smallest font size you + want to be shown on web pages.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Allow documents to use other fonts</strong>: Select + this checkbox to keep a web page's font and size settings instead of + your own preferences.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#appearance_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="colors">Appearance Preferences - Colors</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Colors preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Appearance category, click Colors. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Appearance to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Colors preferences panel allows you to set the background and text + colors on web pages:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Text and Background</strong>: Click the colored blocks to select + a color for displaying text and backgrounds on web pages. + <ul> + <li><strong>Use system colors</strong>: Select this to use your system + color settings.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Link Colors</strong>: Click the colored blocks to select a color + for displaying unvisited, active, and visited links on web pages. + <ul> + <li><strong>Underline links</strong>: Select this to display underlined + links on web pages.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>When a web page provides its own colors and + backgrounds</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Always use the colors and background specified by the web + page</strong>: Allows the web page to choose displayed colors and + backgrounds.</li> + <li><strong>Use my chosen colors, ignoring the colors and background + image specified</strong>: Allow you to choose displayed colors, + ignoring the web page colors and background image.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#appearance_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="spelling">Appearance Preferences - Spelling</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Spelling preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Appearance category, click Spelling. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Appearance to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Spelling preferences panel allows you to determine how spelling is + handled throughout &brandShortName;:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>General</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Language</strong>: Use the drop-down list to select the language + you want to use to check the spelling in your messages or to download more + dictionaries.</li> + <li><strong>When typing, check my spelling</strong>: Use the drop-down + list to select if and how your typing is spell checked.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Mail & Newsgroups</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Check spelling before sending</strong>: Select this option to + have Mail & Newsgroups always check the spelling of your message before + you send it.</li> + <li><strong>Check spelling as you type</strong>: Select this option to have + Mail & Newsgroups always check the spelling of your message as you type + it.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#appearance_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a00fb4dbef --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,692 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>&brandShortName; Browser Preferences Help</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="navigator_preferences">Browser Preferences</h1> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Browser preference panel. If + you're not already viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Choose Browser.</li> +</ol> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#navigator">Browser</a></li> + <li><a href="#history">History</a></li> + <li><a href="#languages">Languages</a></li> + <li><a href="#helper_applications">Helper Applications</a></li> + <li><a href="#location_bar">Location Bar</a></li> + <li><a href="#internet_search">Internet Search</a></li> + <li><a href="#tabbed_browsing">Tabbed Browsing</a></li> + <li><a href="#link_behavior">Link Behavior</a></li> + <li><a href="#downloads">Downloads</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="navigator">Browser Preferences - Browser</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the main browser preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Click the Browser category.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Browser preferences panel allows you to customize certain aspects of + the browser.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Display on</strong>: Use the drop-down list in combination with + the checkboxes to control what will be displayed at startup or when you + open a new window or tab: + <ol> + <li> + <ul> + <li>Select <strong>Browser Startup</strong> to set what the browser + will display at startup.</li> + <li>Select <strong>New Window</strong> to set what will be displayed + when opening a new browser window.</li> + <li>Select <strong>New Tab</strong> to set what will be displayed + when opening a new tab.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Select one of the following checkboxes: + <ul> + <li><strong>Blank page</strong>: Causes the browser to display a blank + page.</li> + <li><strong>Home page</strong>: Causes the browser to load your home + page (specified below).</li> + <li><strong>Last page visited</strong>: Causes the browser to load the + page you were viewing right before you last exited + &brandShortName;.</li> + <li><strong>Restore Previous Session</strong>: Causes the browser to + restore the windows and tabs you were viewing right before you last + exited &brandShortName;, including form data and browsing + history. This option is only available in connection with + <strong>Display on Browser Startup</strong>.</li> + </ul> + </li> + </ol> + </li> + <li class="win"><strong>Default Browser</strong>: Allows you to set + &brandShortName; as the default browser or shows you that it is. + <ul> + <li><strong>Set Default Browser</strong>: Unless it is greyed out, click + this to set &brandShortName; as your default browser.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>When restoring sessions and windows</strong>: Choose how many + (if any) browser tabs should be restored at a time upon startup. + <ul> + <li><strong>Restore all tabs immediately</strong>: All the tabs you had + open the last time will be restored and loaded at once. This can affect + startup performance negatively if a large amount of tabs needs to be + restored in parallel.</li> + <li><strong>Restore [__] tab(s) at a time</strong>: If you choose this, + only the specified amount of tabs will be restored at a time. If you + had more tabs open than specified here, any extra tabs will only be + loaded once the loading of one of the other tabs has finished.</li> + <li><strong>Only restore tabs when I need them</strong>: This disables + automatic restoring of tabs, i.e. tabs will only be loaded if you + switch to or reload them.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Home button preferences: In the field, type the web page you want as + your home page or do one of the following: + <ul> + <li><strong>Choose File</strong>: Click this to locate a file on disk + that you want to load as your home page.</li> + <li><strong>Use Current Page</strong>: Click this to use the web page + currently displayed in the browser as your home page.</li> + <li><strong>Use Current Group</strong>: If you have two or more browser + tabs open, click this to set them as your Home Page Group (a group of + tabs that are opened as your home page). After clicking this button, + the message <q>Home Page Group is Set</q> appears in the location + field. + + <p><strong>Caution</strong>: If you edit the field after clicking Use + Current Group, your Home Page Group will be lost.</p> + + </li> + <li><strong>Restore Default</strong>: Click this to revert to the + default home page.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="history">Browser Preferences - History</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the History preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span>menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Browser category, click History. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The History preferences panel allows you to configure the history settings + for the browser.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Browsing History</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Clear History</strong>: Click this to delete the list of + websites visited.</li> + <li><strong>Remember visited pages</strong>: Select this to make + &brandShortName; remember pages you visit within the browsing history. + For example, you need that to be able to search for pages you have + already visited from the location bar or history window.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Location Bar History</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Clear Location Bar</strong>: Click this to clear the list of + websites in the Location bar menu.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Form and Search History</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Enable form and search history</strong>: Select this to let + &brandShortName; keep a history of the forms you fill in and the + searches you do.</li> + <li><strong>Remember form and search history for up to [__] days</strong>: + Type the maximum number of days you want &brandShortName; to keep track + of forms you fill in and searches you do. For example, if you set this + number to 180 days, forms and searches 180 days old or less will be + kept.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>For more information about history in &brandShortName;, see + <a href="nav_help.xhtml#retracing_your_steps">Retracing Your Steps</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="languages">Browser Preferences - Languages</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Languages preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Browser category, click Languages. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Languages preferences panel allows you to choose the languages and + character encoding for displaying web pages:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Languages for Web Pages</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Move Up / Move Down</strong>: Click one of these buttons to + move a selected language up or down, which sets the order of preference + for the listed languages.</li> + <li><strong>Add</strong>: Click this to add additional languages for + displaying web pages. In the dialog, select a language from the list. + If you want to add a language that is not in the list, type a language + code (both two- and three-letter codes can be used) in the field below + the list. See the online document + <a href="http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2/php/code_list.php">Codes + for the Representation of Names of Languages</a> for a complete list of + language codes. Click OK to close the dialog and save your + changes.</li> + <li><strong>Remove</strong>: Click this to remove a selected + language.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Character Encoding for Legacy Content</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Fallback Character Encoding</strong>: Web pages are supposed + to declare the character encoding in which they are to be displayed, + but legacy content may not do so. Use the drop-down list to select the + default character encoding to be used for such web pages. This setting + does not affect any web pages which properly declare their encoding. + </li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="helper_applications">Browser Preferences - Helper Applications</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Helper Applications preferences panel. + If you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Browser category, click Helper Applications. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Helper Applications preferences panel lets you choose applications and + other handlers to handle different types of content (e.g. PDF documents). + It shows you a list of content types and lets you select a handler for each + type. To filter the list, use the search field. Text entered in there will + narrow the list to entries containing that text either in the type description + or the currently selected action.</p> +<p>You can choose a local application to handle any type. For some types, you + can also choose a <a href="glossary.xhtml#web_application">web application</a> + to handle the type, choose a <a href="glossary.xhtml#plugin">plugin</a> in + &brandShortName; to handle the type, or save the type on your computer.</p> +<p>To choose a handler for a type, select the type from the list. The current + handler for the type will turn into a menu. Open the menu and select the + handler you want to handle the type. Depending on the actual type, you can:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Choose an application by selecting it from the menu. If you want a local + application that is not in the menu to handle the type, select + <strong>Use other…</strong> from the menu and navigate to its location.</li> + <li>Choose a <!-- feature or --> plugin by selecting it from the menu.</li> + <li>Save files of this type on your computer by selecting + <strong>Save File</strong> from the menu. If you have selected the + <strong>Automatically download files to specified download folder</strong> + preference in the <strong>Downloads</strong> panel, &brandShortName; will + save content of this type on your computer automatically. Otherwise, when + you encounter this type, &brandShortName; will prompt you for a location on + your computer to save it to.</li> + <li>Tell &brandShortName; to <strong>always ask</strong> what to do when + encountering this type. When you choose this option, a dialog will always be + shown when files of this type are accessed, and you can choose how to handle + that specific file from there.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Note:</strong> When a plugin is available to handle a type, and you + choose another handler for that type, &brandShortName; will only use your + chosen handler when you access the type directly. When the type is embedded + inside a web page, &brandShortName; will continue to use the plugin to handle + it. See also + <a href="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and Downloads</a>. +</p> + +<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="location_bar">Browser Preferences - Location Bar</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Location Bar preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Browser category, click Location Bar. (If no subcategories + are visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Location Bar Preferences panel lets you fine-tune the behavior of the + Location Bar.</p> + +<ul> + <li id="location_bar_autocomplete"><strong>Autocomplete</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Autocomplete from your browsing history as you type</strong>: + Select this to let &brandShortName; automatically show suggestions from + your browsing history when you type in the Location Bar. + <ul> + <li><strong>Match only websites you've typed previously</strong>: + Shows only websites that you've typed in the Location Bar and + not websites that were opened in other ways, such as clicking a link + on a web page.</li> + <li><strong>Only match locations, not website titles</strong>: Shows + only websites where the location matches what you typed. Websites + where the title matches what you typed will not show up as + autocomplete suggestions unless their location matches, too.</li> + <li><strong>Match</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Anywhere in the location or title</strong>: The + autocomplete suggestions will include all websites where what + you typed matches any part of the website's location or + title.</li> + <li><strong>Anywhere but preferring word boundaries</strong>: The + autocomplete suggestions will include all websites where what + you typed matches any part of the website's location or + title but matches at word boundaries (see next point) are + preferred. This is the default setting.</li> + <li><strong>Only on word boundaries</strong>: The autocomplete + suggestions will include all websites where what you typed + matches the beginning of any word contained in the + website's location or title. Matches may also be found + inside a word if it contains medial capital letters (as in + CamelCase) since all non-lowercase characters are treated as + word boundaries.</li> + <li><strong>Only at the beginning of the location or + title</strong>: The autocomplete suggestions will include all + websites where what you typed matches the beginning of the + website's location or title.</li> + </ul></li> + <li><strong>Automatically prefill the best match</strong>: As you + type in the Location Bar, &brandShortName; will automatically + complete your web address using the visited website it most closely + matches. <span class="unix"><strong>Note</strong>: Having this + option on will prefill local addresses (like paths to files on your + hard drive) even if you have turned off <q>Autocomplete from your + browsing history as you type</q>.</span></li> + <li><strong>Show list of matching results</strong>: As you type in + the Location Bar, &brandShortName; will show a drop-down list of + matching visited web addresses. + <span class="unix"><strong>Note</strong>: If you have turned off + <q>Autocomplete from your browsing history as you type</q> + matching results from locations on your hard drive will still be + shown in the drop-down list.</span></li> + </ul></li> + <li><strong>Show default Internet search engine</strong>: Shows a drop-down + list item, allowing you to search with the default search engine for + words you enter.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Formatting</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Highlight the effective domain for websites and FTP + servers</strong>: Grays out all of the URL except for the effective + domain, so that it is clear which site you are visiting.</li> + <li><strong>Highlight web pages with a high level of connection + security</strong>: Colorizes the location bar for the next page + loaded if all of its components are fully encrypted.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Unknown Locations</strong> + <ul> + <li><strong>Add <q>www.</q> and <q>.com</q> to the location if a web page + is not found</strong>: Select this if you want &brandShortName; to + automatically add <tt>www.</tt> to the beginning and <tt>.com</tt> to + the end of a web page location that can't be found. For more + detailed information about this feature, see the online document + <a href="http://www.mozilla.org/docs/end-user/domain-guessing.html"> + Domain Guessing</a>.</li> + <li><strong>Perform a web search when entered text is not a web + location</strong>: Select this to let &brandShortName; automatically + search the web for text entered in the Location Bar. If the text + you've typed is not a web location, &brandShortName; will do a web + search when you press <kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> + <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd> in the Location Bar.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="internet_search">Browser Preferences - Internet Search</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Internet Search preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Browser category, click Internet Search. (If no subcategories + are visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Internet Search preferences panel allows you to configure how you search + using &brandShortName;:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Default Search Engine</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Search using</strong>: Use the drop-down list to select the + search engine you want use for web searching.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Search Results</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Open the Search tab in the Sidebar when search results are + available</strong>: Select this to have &brandShortName; open the + Sidebar and show your search results.</li> + <li><strong>Open tab instead of window for a context menu web + search</strong>: Select this to have &brandShortName; show your search + results in a new tab rather than a new window when you search on + selected words in a web page.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Sidebar Search Tab Preference</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Basic</strong>: Choose this to use one search engine when + searching in &brandShortName;.</li> + <li><strong>Advanced</strong>: <strong></strong>Choose this to select one + or more search engines from a list when searching in + &brandShortName;.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="tabbed_browsing">Browser Preferences - Tabbed Browsing</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Tabbed Browsing preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Browser category, click Tabbed Browsing. (If no subcategories + are visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Tabbed Browsing preferences panel allows you to set up Tabbed + Browsing:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Tab Display</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Hide the tab bar when only one tab is open</strong>: Select + this to display the Tabbed Browsing bar only when more then one + browser tab is open.</li> + <li><strong>Switch to new tabs opened from links</strong>: Select this to + make &brandShortName; switch to the new tab when using <q>Open in a + New Tab</q> to open a link.</li> + <li><strong>Warn me when closing a window with multiple tabs</strong>: + Select this to make &brandShortName; warn you when you try to close a + browser window which has multiple tabs open in it.</li> + <li><strong>Open related tabs after current tab</strong>: + Select this to make new tabs open next to the tab from which they have + been opened. When unchecked, new tabs open after the last tab on the + tab bar.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>When opening a bookmark group</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Add tabs</strong>: Select this if you want a bookmark group + to be opened in new tabs.</li> + <li><strong>Replace existing tabs</strong>: Select this if you want a + bookmark group to replace your existing tabs.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Open tabs instead of windows for</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong><span class="mac"><kbd>Cmd</kbd>+click or + <kbd>Cmd</kbd>+<kbd>Return</kbd></span> + <span class="noMac">Middle-click, <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>+click or + <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>Enter</kbd> on links in a Web + page</span></strong>: Select this to open Web page links in a new tab + when clicking a link <span class="mac">and holding down the + <kbd>Command</kbd> key or holding down the <kbd>Command</kbd> key and + pressing <kbd>Return</kbd> on links</span> <span class="noMac">with the + middle mouse button, <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-clicking on links, and pressing + <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>Enter</kbd> on links</span>. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: Use Find Links as You Type to navigate to the + link you want to open with the keyboard commands above.</p> + </li> + + <li><strong> + <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd + class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd> in the Location + bar</strong>: Select this to open a Web page in a new tab when you type + the URL of the page in the Location Bar and press + <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd + class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="link_behavior">Browser Preferences - Link Behavior</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Link Behavior preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Browser category, click Link Behavior. (If no subcategories + are visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Link Behavior preferences panel allows you to configure how links are + opened in &brandShortName;:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Link open behavior</strong>: If a webpage is designed so that + certain links open in a new window by default, you may want to override + this. You can define the behavior separately for links with a target + attribute and windows opened using JavaScript: + <ul> + <li><strong>Open links meant to open a new window in</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>The current tab/window</strong>: Open the linked page in + the current tab of the active window.</li> + <li><strong>A new tab in the current window</strong>: Open the linked + page in a new tab instead of a new window.</li> + <li><strong>A new window</strong>: Open the linked page in a new + window. (This does not override the webpage design and disables + the below options for pages opened from scripts.)</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>When scripts want to open a new window</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Always divert windows into tabs</strong>: Open the page to + be loaded in a tab according to the above settings.</li> + <li><strong>Don't divert custom windows into tabs</strong>: Open + the page to be loaded in a popup window if the script explicitly + specifies features of the new window (such as size or position), + else open the page in a tab according to the above settings.</li> + <li><strong>Always open new windows</strong>: Open the page to be + loaded in a new window. (This does not override the webpage + design.)</li> + </ul> + </li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Links from other applications</strong>: If &brandShortName; is + called from another application with a webpage address as an argument (like + a click on a link in an external email program), you can control where the + page will be loaded: + <ul> + <li><strong>The current tab/window</strong>: Open the linked page in the + current tab of the active window.</li> + <li><strong>A new tab in the current window</strong>: Open the linked + page in a new tab instead of a new window.</li> + <li><strong>A new window</strong>: Open the linked page in a new + window.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<div class="win"> + <p>To ensure that &brandShortName; opens a new window, select the Browser + option in <a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">Appearance + Preferences - Appearance</a>.</p> + + <p>If you want &brandShortName; to open a new tab instead of a new window when + you launch it and it is already running, ensure the following:</p> + + <ul> + <li>If &brandShortName; is launched from the command line, no command line + parameters that open windows (like <kbd>-new-window</kbd>) are used.</li> + <li>No <q>When &brandShortName; starts up, open</q> option is set in + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">Appearance Preferences + - Appearance</a>.</li> + <li>The <q>Links from other applications</q> preference is set to <q>A new + tab in the current window</q>.</li> + </ul> +</div> + +<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="downloads">Browser Preferences - Downloads</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Downloads preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Browser category, click Downloads. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Downloads preferences panel allows you to set up how &brandShortName; + handles files you download from web pages:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>When starting a download</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Flash the download manager if it is already open</strong>: + Select this to change focus to the Download Manager if it is currently + open. It displays the status for current and previous downloads in a + single window. This option only takes effect if the Download Manager + is already open and overrides the other settings.</li> + <li><strong>Open the download manager</strong>: Select this to display + the Download Manager when starting a new download. It will be opened + if the window isn't currently shown.</li> + <li><strong>Open a progress dialog</strong>: Select this to display a + progress dialog box, which display the status for your current + download. The status of each download is kept in a separate + window.</li> + <li><strong>Don't open anything</strong>: Select this if you want to + download files invisibly. No status is given for all your + downloads.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<ul> + <li><strong>When saving a file</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Save files to</strong>: Select this if you want files to be + saved to the specified folder without &brandShortName; prompting you + for the download location.</li> + <li><strong>Always ask me where to save files</strong>: Select this if + you always want to be able to choose a folder for the file to be saved. + The default will be the folder you last downloaded a file to.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Download history</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Remove download entries</strong>: This determines when + a completed entry is removed from the Download Manager listing + (the downloaded file itself will <em>not</em> be affected): + <ul> + <li><strong>When they have completed</strong>: Select this to + remove an entry immediately once the download is successfully + completed.</li> + <li><strong>When quitting &brandShortName;</strong>: Select this + to retain all entries until closing the program, the list will + be empty upon restarting &brandShortName;.</li> + <li><strong>Never</strong>: Select this to not remove <em>any</em> + entry automatically, even after &brandShortName; is restarted. + You can remove them manually in the Download Manager.</li> + </ul> + </li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<ul> + <li><strong>When a download completes</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Play a sound</strong>: Select this if you want + &brandShortName; to play a custom sound (typically in WAV format) when + a download is completed. Use the Browse button to select the sound file + in the file locator. To listen to the sound you've chosen, click + Play.</li> + <li><strong>Show an alert</strong>: Select this if you want + &brandShortName; to show an alert on the screen when a download is + completed.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>For more information about downloading files from web pages, see + <a href= "nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and + Downloads</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#navigator_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..42046f17a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>&brandShortName; Popup Blocking Help</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<div class="boilerPlate">This document is provided for your information only. + It may help you take certain steps to protect the privacy and security of + your personal information on the Internet. This document does not, however, + address all online privacy and security issues, nor does it represent a + recommendation about what constitutes adequate privacy and security + protection on the Internet.</div> + +<h1 id="controlling_popups">Controlling Popups</h1> + +<p><strong>What are Popups?</strong></p> + +<p>Pop-up windows, or popups, are windows that appear automatically and without + your permission. They vary in size, but usually don't cover the whole + screen. Some popups open on top of the current browser window, thus popping + up, while others appear underneath the browser (popunders).</p> + +<p>&brandShortName; allows you to control both popups and popunders through the + <a href="#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows">Popup Windows + preferences panel</a>. Since popup blocking is turned off by default, you + must enable it to prevent popups from appearing in the browser.</p> + +<p>When blocking a popup, &brandShortName; can be set up to play a sound or + display an icon + <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/icons/popup-blocked.png" alt="Popup control + icon"/> in the status bar or a notification bar at the top of the website + content area, or any combination of the above. You can use the icon or the + bar to add a website you're viewing to an exceptions list so that the + website is allowed to again display popups.</p> + +<p><strong>Blocking popups may interfere with some websites</strong>: Some + websites, including some banking sites, use popups for important features. + Blocking all popups disables such features. To allow specific websites to + use popups, while blocking all others, you can add specific websites to the + list of allowed websites. For more information, see + <a href="#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows">Privacy & + Security Preferences - Popup Windows</a>.</p> + +<p><strong>Blocking popups doesn't always work</strong>: Although + &brandShortName; blocks most popups, some websites, even when blocked, may + use other methods to show popups.</p> + +<p><strong>Allowing popups from certain websites</strong>: After you've + enabled popup blocking, you can still allow specific websites to display + popups. Browse to the website, and then from the Tools menu, choose Popup + Manager, and then choose Allow Popups From This Website.</p> + +<p>The next section describes how to control popups through preferences and + through the popup control icon.</p> + +<h2 id="privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows">Privacy & Security + Preferences - Popup Windows</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Popup Windows preferences panel. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the + <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security Preferences category, click Popup + Windows. (If no subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & + Security to expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Block unrequested popup windows</strong>: Select this to prevent + popups from appearing in the browser.</li> + <li><strong>Allowed Websites</strong>: Click this to view and edit the list of + websites that you want to allow to display popups. + <ul> + <li><strong>Allowed Websites - Popups</strong>: The list of allowed + websites appears when you click <q>Allowed Sites</q>. You can add or + remove websites that should be allowed to show popups.</li> + <li><strong>Allow</strong>: Click this after typing in a website that you + want to add to the list.</li> + <li><strong>Remove Website</strong>: Click this to remove a selected + website.</li> + <li><strong>Remove All Websites</strong>: Click this to remove all of the + websites in the current list.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<h3>When a popup window has been blocked</h3> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Play a sound</strong>: If you want a sound to play each time + the browser blocks a popup, select this option and choose System beep + or Custom sound file. Selecting Custom sound file enables the following two + buttons: + <ul> + <li><strong>Browse</strong>: Click this to choose a sound file.</li> + <li><strong>Play</strong>: Click this to listen to the chosen + sound.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Display an icon in the browser status bar</strong>: Select this + to display an icon + <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/icons/popup-blocked.png" alt="Popup control + icon"/> in the browser status bar to indicate that a popup is blocked. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: After the popup control icon + <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/icons/popup-blocked.png" alt="Popup + control icon"/> appears, it remains visible until you visit another + website.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Display a notification bar at the top of the content area</strong>: + Select this to display a notification bar above the website content area + whenever a popup is blocked. In the bar, use the Preferences button to choose + how to handle popups from that website. + </li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Using the popup control icon or notification bar to add allowed + websites</strong>: You can use the popup control icon or notification bar to + quickly add a website to the list of allowed websites. Click the icon + <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/icons/popup-blocked.png" alt="Popup control + icon"/> to open the list of allowed websites. The current website is + already filled in. Click Allow and then click OK to confirm your addition. + Similarly you can use the notification bar to allow popups from the current + website or open the list of allowed websites through Manage Popups. Just + click the Preferences button at the right end of the notification bar.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Blocking popups may not always work and may interfere + with some websites. For more information about blocking popups, see + <a href="#controlling_popups">Controlling Popups</a>.</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/customize_help.xhtml b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/customize_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e32e92c392 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/customize_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,1464 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Customizing &brandShortName;</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<div class="boilerPlate">This document is provided for your information + only. It may help you take certain steps to protect the privacy and security + of your personal information on the Internet. This document does not, + however, address all online privacy and security issues, nor does it + represent a recommendation about what constitutes adequate privacy and + security protection on the Internet.</div> + +<h1 id="customizing_mozilla">Customizing &brandShortName;</h1> + +<p>You can customize &brandShortName; to better suit your needs using features + like Sidebar, bookmarks, Tabbed Browsing, and Add-ons.</p> + +<p>This section describes the customizable aspects of &brandShortName;'s + browser component.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#sidebar">Sidebar</a></li> + <li><a href="#tabbed_browsing">Tabbed Browsing</a></li> + <li><a href="#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes">Changing Fonts, Colors, and + Themes</a></li> + <li><a href="#toolbars">Toolbars</a></li> + <li><a href="#bookmarks">Bookmarks</a></li> + <li><a href="#add-ons">Add-ons</a></li> + <li><a href="#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Specifying How + &brandShortName; Starts Up</a></li> + <li><a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml">Appearance + Preferences</a></li> + <li><a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml">Browser + Preferences</a></li> + <li><a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml">Advanced Preferences</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="sidebar">Sidebar</h2> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#what_is_sidebar">What is Sidebar?</a></li> + <li><a href="#opening_closing_and_resizing_sidebar">Opening, Closing and + Resizing Sidebar</a></li> + <li><a href="#viewing_sidebar_tabs">Viewing Sidebar Tabs</a></li> + <li><a href="#adding_sidebar_tabs">Adding Sidebar Tabs</a></li> + <li><a href="#customizing_individual_sidebar_tabs">Customizing Individual + Sidebar Tabs</a></li> + <li><a href="#reorganizing_sidebar_tabs">Reorganizing Sidebar Tabs</a></li> + <li><a href="#removing_sidebar_tabs">Removing Sidebar Tabs</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="what_is_sidebar">What is Sidebar?</h3> + +<p>Sidebar is a customizable area in your browser where you can keep items + that you need to use all the time—the latest news and weather, your + address book, stock quotes, a calendar—and many other available + options. Sidebar presents these items to you in tabs that are continually + updated.</p> + +<p>&brandShortName; comes with some Sidebar tabs already set up, but you can + customize Sidebar by adding, removing, and rearranging tabs.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="opening_closing_and_resizing_sidebar">Opening, Closing and Resizing + Sidebar</h3> + +<p>To open Sidebar, <span class="noMac">press <kbd>F9</kbd> or</span> open the + View menu in the browser, choose Show/Hide, and then Sidebar from the + submenu.</p> + +<p>Once Sidebar is opened, you can use its handle to close, open and resize + Sidebar's frame. Move the mouse pointer up and down along the left edge + of the &brandShortName; window. The pointer changes to a hand when it touches + the <q>handle</q> for Sidebar, as shown in the picture.</p> + +<table summary="Image table"> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"></td> + </tr> + <tr style="vertical-align: top;"> + <td><img src="images/sidebar.png" alt="image of sidebar with + handle"/></td> + <td style="vertical-align: middle;"> + <p><strong>Sidebar<br/>Handle</strong></p> + </td> + </tr> +</table> + +<ul> + <li>Click the handle to close/open Sidebar's frame</li> + <li>Click and drag the handle to resize Sidebar's frame</li> +</ul> + +<p>To close Sidebar with its handle, do one of the following:</p> + +<ul> + <li class="noMac">Press <kbd>F9</kbd></li> + <li>Click the X in the upper-right corner of Sidebar</li> + <li>Open the View menu, choose Show/Hide, and then Sidebar from the + submenu</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="viewing_sidebar_tabs">Viewing Sidebar Tabs</h3> + +<p>To view a tab:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click a tab's title; for instance, click the word <q>Search</q>. The + Search tab opens, which allows you to search for web pages.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To reload a Sidebar tab, right-click on the tab title + and choose Reload from the pop-up menu.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="adding_sidebar_tabs">Adding Sidebar Tabs</h3> + +<p>To add a new tab:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar, and select Customize + Sidebar from the menu</li> + <li>In the Customize Sidebar dialog box, select a tab from the list on the + left. Double-click the folders to open or close folders.</li> + <li>Click Add.</li> + <li>Continue adding as many tabs as you want.</li> + <li>Click OK to finish.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you add more than eight tabs to Sidebar, + &brandShortName; hides the remaining tabs to reduce clutter. To scroll + through the hidden tabs, click the down arrow button at the bottom of Sidebar + until you see the desired tab. Click the up arrow button to once again scroll + up.</p> + +<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li>To preview a Sidebar tab before adding it, select a tab from the list + on the left side of the Customize Sidebar dialog box and click Preview. + After a few seconds, the tab displays in the Tab Preview pop-up + window.</li> + <li>To view an extensive and categorized list of tabs available for Sidebar, + click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar, and select Sidebar + Directory.</li> +</ul> + +<p>You can also turn Sidebar tabs on and off.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar. Current tabs are listed in + the lower part of the menu.</li> + <li>Select the tabs you want displayed in Sidebar. Remove the checkmark + (deselect) to turn a tab off (it will still be available from the + menu).</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly turn off a Sidebar tab, right-click on its + name and choose Hide Tab.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="customizing_individual_sidebar_tabs">Customizing Individual Sidebar + Tabs</h3> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Not all tabs can be customized.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar and select Customize Sidebar + from the menu.</li> + <li>Select an available tab from the list on the right.</li> + <li>Click Customize Tab if it is enabled. A window appears with information + and options for customizing the tab. + + <p>The instructions vary depending on the source of the tab—in + addition to &brandShortName;, tab providers can be any company, + organization, or individual who uses the Internet.</p> + </li> + <li>After you follow the tab provider's instructions, close the + customization window (or follow the provider's instructions to close + it).</li> + <li>Click OK to finish.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="reorganizing_sidebar_tabs">Reorganizing Sidebar Tabs</h3> + +<ol> + <li>Click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar and select Customize Sidebar from + the menu.</li> + <li>Select a tab from the list on the right.</li> + <li>Click Up and Down to change the tab's placement.</li> + <li>Repeat steps 1 and 2 to continue reorganizing as many tabs as you + like.</li> + <li>Click OK to finish.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="removing_sidebar_tabs">Removing Sidebar Tabs</h3> + +<ol> + <li>Click <q>Tabs</q> at the top of Sidebar and select Customize Sidebar from + the menu.</li> + <li>Select a tab from the list on the right.</li> + <li>Click Remove.</li> + <li>Continue removing as many tabs as you like.</li> + <li>Click OK to finish.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#sidebar">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="tabbed_browsing">Tabbed Browsing</h2> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#what_is_tabbed_browsing">What is Tabbed Browsing?</a></li> + <li><a href="#setting_up_tabbed_browsing">Setting up Tabbed Browsing</a></li> + <li><a href="#opening_tabs">Opening Tabs</a></li> + <li><a href="#moving_tabs">Moving Tabs</a></li> + <li><a href="#bookmarking_tabs">Bookmarking Tabs</a></li> + <li><a href="#closing_tabs">Closing Tabs</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="what_is_tabbed_browsing">What is Tabbed Browsing?</h3> + +<p>Tabbed Browsing lets you open more than one web page in a single window. + Each web page has its own tab across the top of a single browser window. + Each tab appears on the Tab Bar. For example, you can visit mozilla.org, + icq.com, and cnn.com within one window instead of three windows.</p> + +<table summary="Image table"> + <tr> + <td>Click this to open a new tab.</td> + <td></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"> + <img src="images/tabbed_browsing_bar.png" alt="tab bar"/> + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="text-align: left;">Tab being viewed.</td> + <td style="text-align: right;">Click this to close the tab being + viewed.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"><strong>Tab Bar</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p>You don't need to have several windows open to visit several web pages; + thus, freeing up more space on your desktop. Instead, you can open, close, + and reload web pages conveniently in one place without having to switch to + another window.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="setting_up_tabbed_browsing">Setting up Tabbed Browsing</h3> + +<p>There are several ways to customize Tabbed Browsing. For example, you can + change your preferences to open new browser tabs from the Location Bar. You + can set up Tabbed Browsing in other ways too, such as loading new browser + tabs in the background so the first page is kept on top while the second page + is loading. To learn more about setting up Tabbed Browsing in + &brandShortName;, see + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing">Browser Preferences + - Tabbed Browsing</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="opening_tabs">Opening Tabs</h3> + +<p>You can open a browser tab in the following ways:</p> + +<p><strong>Opening a New Blank Browser Tab</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>From the File menu</strong>: Open the File menu, choose New, and + then Browser Tab.</li> + <li><strong>From the Tab Bar</strong>: If visible, click the <q>new + tab</q> icon + <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/icons/tab-new.gif" alt="new tab icon"/> + on the left side of the Tab Bar.</li> + <li><strong>From a pop-up menu</strong>: If the Tab Bar is visible, + right-click on it, and choose New Tab from the pop.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Opening a Web Page Link in a Browser Tab</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>From a pop-up menu</strong>: Right-click<span class="mac"> or, if + you have a one-button mouse, <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span> on a web page + link and choose Open Link in New Tab.</li> + <li><strong>From the Location Bar</strong>: Type a web page location in the + Location Bar and press <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac"> + Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: You must set your Tabbed Browsing preferences to + open a browser tab from the Location Bar. See + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing">Browser + Preferences - Tabbed Browsing</a> for more information.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li>To quickly open a new browser tab, press + <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd> + <kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>T</kbd>.</li> + <li>To reload one or all browser tabs, right-click<span class="mac"> or, if + you have a one-button mouse, <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span> anywhere on the + Tab Bar and select Reload Tab or Reload All Tabs, respectively.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="moving_tabs">Moving Tabs</h3> + +<p>Tabs are displayed in the order you open them, which may not always be what + you want. To move a tab to a different location within a &brandShortName; + window, simply drag it there using your mouse. While you are dragging the + tab, &brandShortName; displays an indicator to show where the tab will be + moved. Alternately, you can use + <a href="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing_shortcuts">keyboard + shortcuts</a> to move tabs within a window if desired.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: The keyboard shortcuts don't work when a text + box has focus.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="bookmarking_tabs">Bookmarking Tabs</h3> + +<p>A bookmarked group of tabs is called a Groupmark. To bookmark the group of + browser tabs in the current window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose <q>Bookmark This Group of + Tabs</q>.</li> + <li>Type a name for the bookmark group in the Name field.</li> + <li>Choose a folder in which to create your Groupmark, or click New Folder to + create a new folder for your Groupmark.</li> + <li>Click OK to add the Groupmark.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To learn how to use a group of tabs as your home page, + see <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator">Browser Preferences - + Browser</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="closing_tabs">Closing Tabs</h3> + +<p>You can close browser tabs in several ways:</p> + +<p><strong>Closing the Browser Tab Being Viewed</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Close Tab.</li> + <li>Click the <q>X</q> button on the right side of the Tab Bar.</li> +</ul> + +<table summary="Image table"> + <tr> + <td> Click this to open a new tab.</td> + <td></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"> + <img src="images/tabbed_browsing_bar.png" alt="tab bar"/> + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="text-align: left;">Tab being viewed.</td> + <td style="text-align: right;">Click this to close the tab being + viewed.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td colspan="2" style="text-align: center;"><strong>Tab Bar</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li>To close any browser tab, even if hidden, right-click on the tab and + choose Close Tab from the pop-up menu.</li> + <li>To keep only one browser tab open, while closing all other tabs, + right-click on the browser tab and choose Close Other Tabs.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#tabbed_browsing">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="changing_fonts_colors_and_themes">Changing Fonts, Colors, and + Themes</h2> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#changing_the_default_fonts">Changing the Default Fonts</a></li> + <li><a href="#changing_the_default_colors">Changing the Default + Colors</a></li> + <li><a href="#changing_the_theme">Changing the Theme</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="changing_the_default_fonts">Changing the Default Fonts</h3> + +<p>Normally, web pages are displayed in the default font set by your browser + or in a font chosen by the web pages' authors.</p> + +<p>To change the default fonts:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Appearance category, choose Fonts. (If no options are visible + in this category, double-click Appearance to expand the list.)</li> + <li>From the "Fonts for" drop-down list, choose a language group/script. + For instance, to set default fonts for West European languages/script + (Latin), choose <q>Western</q>.</li> + <li>Select whether proportional text should be serif (like Times Roman) or + sans-serif (like Arial). Then specify the font size you want for + proportional text.</li> + <li>If an appropriate font is available for your language/script, select + fonts for Serif, Sans-Serif, Cursive, Fantasy, and Monospace. You can also + specify what font size you want for monospace text.</li> + <li>Specify whether the default font should be serif or sans serif.</li> + <li>Select a fixed-width font and size. Certain types of text, such as + equations and formulas, are displayed in a fixed-width font.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Many web page authors choose their own fonts and font sizes. To allow fonts + other than the ones specified in your preferences, check <q>Allow + documents to use other fonts</q>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="changing_the_default_colors">Changing the Default Colors</h3> + +<p>Normally, the background and text colors on web pages are determined by the + default colors set by your browser or by the pages' authors.</p> + +<p>To change the default colors:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Appearance category, choose Colors. (If no options are visible + in this category, click to expand the list.)</li> + <li>Click the colored blocks next to Text, Background, Unvisited Links, and + Visited Links. Choose a color for each from the color chart. You can also + specify that links should be underlined.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Most web page authors choose their own colors. You can override the + authors' intentions by selecting <q>Use my chosen colors, ignoring + the colors specified</q>.</p> + +<p>When viewing the source of a web page, you can see the HTML syntax of the + source of a web page highlighted in specific colors by selecting <q>Enable + syntax highlighting</q>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="changing_the_theme">Changing the Theme</h3> + +<p>You can change the look and feel of &brandShortName; by using a different + theme. Changing the theme can be done either from the View menu or from the + Add-ons Manager.</p> + +<p>From the View menu:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Choose Apply Theme, and then select a theme from the menu.</li> + <li>Quit and restart &brandShortName;.</li> +</ol> + +<p>You can get new themes by selecting Get More Themes. This will open a new + tab or window and load the Themes webpage. Here you can download the latest + themes and apply them. Another way to install new themes is through the + Add-ons Manager (see below). Lightweight themes are applied immediately when + you select "Add to &brandShortName;".</p> + +<p>From the Add-ons Manager:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Add-ons Manager.</li> + <li>Click the Appearance button in the toolbar.</li> + <li>Select a theme from the list, and then click the Enable button.</li> + <li>Restart &brandShortName; by clicking <q>Restart Now</q> in the + Theme's entry.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="toolbars">Toolbars</h2> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#navigation_toolbar">Navigation Toolbar</a></li> + <li><a href="#personal_toolbar">Personal Toolbar</a></li> + <li><a href="#status_bar">Status Bar</a></li> + <li><a href="#component_bar">Component Bar</a></li> + <li><a href="#hiding_a_toolbar">Hiding a Toolbar</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="navigation_toolbar">Navigation Toolbar</h3> + +<p>The Navigation Toolbar, pictured here, helps you move around the Web.</p> + +<table summary="Image table"> + <tr> + <td colspan="4"> + <img src="images/reload.gif" alt="navigation toolbar"/> + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><strong>Back</strong></td> + <td><strong>Forward</strong></td> + <td><strong>Reload</strong></td> + <td><strong>Stop</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="personal_toolbar">Personal Toolbar</h3> + +<p>The Personal Toolbar is completely customizable—you decide what you + want to keep there.</p> + +<table summary="Image table"> + <tr> + <td><img src="images/personalbar.png" alt="Personal Toolbar"/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="text-align: center;"><strong>Personal Toolbar</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p>You can easily add, delete, and rearrange items in the Personal Toolbar.</p> + +<h4 id="adding_personal_toolbar_bookmarks">Adding Personal Toolbar + Bookmarks</h4> + +<p>You can add buttons for your favorite bookmarks, or folders containing + groups of bookmarks. To create a new bookmark to add to the Personal + Toolbar:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open a web page you want to bookmark.</li> + <li>Drag the bookmark icon + <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.png" + alt="image of bookmark icon"/>(located to the left of URL in the + Location Bar) to a desired place on the Personal Toolbar. You can drag the + icon directly to the Personal Toolbar, or to a folder on the Personal + Toolbar. For more information, see + <a href="#adding_bookmark_folders_to_the_personal_toolbar">Adding Bookmark + Folders to the Personal Toolbar</a>.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: The bookmark icon + <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.png" alt="image + of bookmark icon"/> may appear as another page-specific icon if you have + checked Show Website Icons in preferences. See + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">Appearance Preferences - + Appearance</a> for more information on changing this preferences.</p> + +<p>Each item in the Personal Toolbar folder appears as a toolbar button. You + may need to enlarge the browser window to see them all.</p> + +<p id="adding_bookmark_folders_to_the_personal_toolbar"><strong>Adding + Bookmark Folders to the Personal Toolbar</strong></p> + +<p>You can add bookmark folders to the Personal Toolbar to sort your favorite + bookmarks into categories. For example, you can have one folder on the + Personal Toolbar for hobby-related bookmarks and another folder for + work-related bookmarks. To add a new bookmark to the Personal Toolbar:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li> + <li>Select your designated <q>Personal Toolbar Folder</q>.</li> + <li>Click New Folder on the toolbar.</li> + <li> Type a name for your new bookmark folder. By default, the name is + <q>New Folder</q>.</li> + <li>Click OK to confirm your new bookmark folder name.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The new bookmark folder will appear at the end of the Personal Toolbar.</p> + +<h4>Designating a Bookmark Folder as Your Personal Toolbar Folder</h4> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li> + <li>Select the bookmark folder whose items you want to appear on the + toolbar.</li> + <li>From the View menu, choose Set as Personal Toolbar Folder.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The buttons in your Personal Toolbar now correspond to the bookmarks in the + folder you designated.</p> + +<h4>Removing Bookmarks from the Personal Toolbar</h4> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li> + <li>Click the Personal Toolbar Folder.</li> + <li>Select the bookmark or folder you want to delete.</li> + <li>Press Delete on your keyboard.</li> + <li>Close the Manage Bookmarks window.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly remove a bookmark placed on the Personal + Toolbar (not in a folder), right-click on the bookmark and select Delete.</p> + +<h4>Rearranging the Personal Toolbar</h4> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li> + <li>In your Bookmarks window, click the Personal Toolbar Folder.</li> + <li>Select a bookmark or folder and drag it to a new location.</li> + <li>When you are finished rearranging items, close your Bookmarks + window.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To move a bookmark placed on the Personal Toolbar + quickly, click and drag the bookmark to another location on the Personal + Toolbar or to a folder.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="status_bar">Status Bar</h3> + +<p>The Status Bar is located at the bottom of any &brandShortName; window. It + includes the following:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Component Bar: Allows you to switch between components. For more + information, see <a href="#component_bar">Component Bar</a>.</li> + <li>Status information: Displays information like the web-page URL and load + status information.</li> + <li>Work Offline + <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/offline.png" + alt="work offline icon"/> or Work Online + <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/online.png" + alt="work online icon"/> icon: Click the icon to toggle working + offline or online. Working offline prevents &brandShortName; from + attempting to connect to the Internet, for example to load images on web + pages or automatically check email.</li> + <li>Lock icon (Example: + <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/lock-insecure.png" + alt="lock icon"/>): Indicates whether the entire contents of the page + was encrypted while it was being received by your computer. For more + information, see + <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page">Checking + Security for a Web Page</a>.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="component_bar">Component Bar</h3> + +<p>Use the Component Bar at the bottom left of any &brandShortName; window to + switch between tasks (such as browsing or mail).</p> + +<p><img src="images/taskbar.png" alt="component bar"/></p> + +<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="hiding_a_toolbar">Hiding a Toolbar</h3> + +<p>There are two ways to hide the toolbars.</p> + +<p>To minimize a toolbar:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the small triangle at the left of the toolbar. To show the toolbar, + click the triangle again. (Note: You cannot hide the Component Bar using + this method.)</li> +</ul> + +<p>To completely hide a toolbar, including its triangle:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the View menu.</li> + <li>Choose Show/Hide and uncheck the toolbars you want to hide.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To reverse this action, open the View menu, choose Show, and then select + the toolbars you want to show.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#toolbars">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="bookmarks">Bookmarks</h2> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#what_are_bookmarks">What Are Bookmarks?</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_bookmarks">Using Bookmarks</a></li> + <li><a href="#creating_new_bookmarks">Creating New Bookmarks</a></li> + <li><a href="#organizing_your_bookmarks">Organizing Your Bookmarks</a></li> + <li><a href="#changing_individual_bookmarks">Changing Individual + Bookmarks</a></li> + <li><a href="#searching_your_bookmarks">Searching Your Bookmarks</a></li> + <li><a href="#exporting_or_importing_a_bookmark_list">Exporting or + Importing a Bookmark List</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="what_are_bookmarks">What Are Bookmarks?</h3> + +<p>Bookmarks are shortcuts to your favorite and most-visited web pages. Rather + than typing in long URLs (web addresses), you can create bookmarks that take + you directly to the pages you want to see.</p> + +<p>You access your bookmarks through the Bookmarks menu, the Bookmarks tab on + Sidebar, and the Manage Bookmarks window. You can control what's listed + in the Bookmarks menu by adding bookmarks for your favorite web pages and + organizing your list of bookmarks any way you want.</p> + +<h3 id="using_bookmarks">Using Bookmarks</h3> + +<p>&brandShortName; comes with some bookmarks already available. To use a + bookmark:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Bookmarks menu.</li> + <li>Choose a bookmark from the list or from a folder in the list.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="creating_new_bookmarks">Creating New Bookmarks</h3> + +<p>You can bookmark your favorite websites to make it easy to return to + them.</p> + +<p>To bookmark the current page, perform one of these steps:</p> + +<ul> + <li>To add a bookmark to the Bookmarks menu, open the Bookmarks menu and + choose Bookmark This Page.</li> + <li>To add a bookmark to a specific folder on the Bookmarks menu, or to + provide a specific name or URL for your bookmark: + <ol> + <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose File Bookmark. Choose from any of + these options: + <ul> + <li><strong>Name</strong>: Enter a name for the bookmark if you want + a different name.</li> + <li><strong>Location</strong>: Enter a URL for the bookmark if you + want a different URL.</li> + <li><strong>Keyword</strong>: Enter a keyword for the bookmark if you + want to be able to open the bookmarked page from the Location + Bar (see + <a href="nav_help.xhtml#custom_keywords">Using Custom Bookmark + Keywords</a>).</li> + <li><strong>Destination</strong>: Choose a folder in which to create + your bookmark.</li> + <li><strong>New Folder</strong>: Click this to create a new folder in + which to create your bookmark.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click OK to add the bookmark.</li> + </ol> + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you have multiple browser tabs open in a + window, you can select <q>Bookmark this groups of tabs</q> to add a + single bookmark that will open all of the open tabs in the current + window.</p> + </li> + <li>To add a bookmark to the Personal Toolbar, drag the bookmark icon + <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.png" + alt="image of bookmark icon"/> next to the Location Bar to a place on + the Personal Toolbar. You can drag a bookmark to the following places: + <ul> + <li>In the Bookmarks folder on the Personal Toolbar.</li> + <li>In a bookmarks folder you've created on the Personal + Toolbar.</li> + <li>To the Personal Toolbar itself, on the right side of all bookmarks + folders. + <p>For more information about adding bookmarks to the Personal Toolbar, + see <a href="#adding_personal_toolbar_bookmarks">Adding Personal + Toolbar bookmarks</a>.</p> + </li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<table summary="Image table"> + <tr> + <td><img src="images/personalbar.png" alt="Personal Toolbar"/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><strong>Personal Toolbar</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<ul> + <li>To add a bookmark to the Bookmarks tab in Sidebar, open Sidebar, select + the Bookmarks tab, and drag the bookmark icon + <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.png" + alt="image of bookmark icon"/> next to the Location Bar to a place on + the bookmark list in the Bookmarks tab. + </li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Notes</strong>:</p> +<ul> + <li>The bookmark icon + <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.png" + alt="image of bookmark icon"/> may appear as another page-specific + icon if you have checked Show Website Icons in preferences. See + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">Appearance Preferences - + Appearance</a> for more information on changing this preferences.</li> + <li>After adding a bookmark using any of the methods listed above, it can be + accessed using the Sidebar Bookmarks tab, the Manage Bookmarks window, and + the Bookmarks menu.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="organizing_your_bookmarks">Organizing Your Bookmarks</h3> + +<p>To organize your bookmarks, open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage + Bookmarks. Perform any of the following tasks in your Manage Bookmarks + window.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can open the Manage Bookmarks window from the + Bookmarks tab in Sidebar. Click on Manage at the top of the Bookmarks + tab.</p> + +<p>To view bookmarks inside of folders:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Double-click a folder to view its contents.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To move a bookmark or a folder to another location in the list:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Drag the bookmark or folder that you want to move to the new location. To + put a bookmark in a folder, drag it to the folder.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To create a new folder or separator:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click New Folder or New Separator at the top of the Bookmarks window. The + new folder or separator appears below the current selection.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To remove a bookmark or a folder from the list:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click to highlight the bookmark or folder that you want to remove.</li> + <li>Press the Delete key on your keyboard, or click Delete in the Bookmarks + window.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To sort your bookmarks in the Manage Bookmarks window:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Select the folder you want to sort.</li> + <li>To sort bookmarks by Name, open the Edit menu and select Sort Folder by + Name.</li> + <li>To sort bookmarks in other ways, open the Edit menu and select Sort + Folder. In the dialog, choose how you want the list sorted. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To add more columns, open the View menu, open + <q>Show columns</q>, and select a column header in the list.</p></li> +</ul> + +<h4>Designating a New Bookmark Folder</h4> + +<p>When you create a new bookmark, &brandShortName; normally adds it to the + bottom of your bookmarks list. If you prefer to file your bookmarks in a + folder, you can designate a new bookmarks folder.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li> + <li>In your Bookmarks window, select a folder to hold new bookmarks.</li> + <li>Open the View menu and choose Set as New Bookmark Folder.</li> +</ol> + +<p> [<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="changing_individual_bookmarks">Changing Individual Bookmarks</h3> + +<p>You can change the information for any individual bookmark.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li> + <li>In your Bookmarks window, click a bookmark.</li> + <li>Click Properties.</li> + <li>In the bookmark Properties dialog box window, click the Info tab.</li> +</ol> + +<p>You can rename the bookmark (the name appears in your bookmark list), + add descriptive information, or set a + <a href="nav_help.xhtml#custom_keywords">keyword</a>.</p> + +<p>You can also set &brandShortName; to check bookmarked websites for + changes.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li> + <li>In your Bookmarks window, click a bookmark.</li> + <li>Click Properties.</li> + <li>Use the pull down lists and the textfield under <q>Check this location + for updates</q> to specify how often you want &brandShortName; to check the + bookmarked page for changes.</li> + <li>To be notified when the bookmarked page changes, choose from the options + in the <q>Notification</q> section.</li> +</ol> + +<p> [<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="searching_your_bookmarks">Searching Your Bookmarks</h3> + +<p>To search the bookmarks list:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li> + <li>In your Bookmarks window, open the Tools menu and choose Search + Bookmarks. You see the Find Bookmarks dialog box.</li> + <li>In the drop-down lists, choose options to define your search, and then + click Find. Bookmarks that match your search criteria are displayed. Choose + from the following Search options: + <ul> + <li>Choose "contains," "starts with," or "ends with" if you know only + part of the word or phrase for which you're searching.</li> + <li>Choose "is" if you know exactly what you're searching for.</li> + <li>Choose "is not" or "doesn't contain" to exclude pages.</li> + <li>Click the fill-in field and type all or part of name or URL + (web address) for the bookmarks or history listings that you want to + find or exclude.</li> + <li>Select <q>Save query in bookmarks</q> to save this search for + later use.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Double-click a bookmark in the list to go to that page.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: If the list is hard to read, try expanding the search + results window.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="exporting_or_importing_a_bookmark_list">Exporting or Importing a + Bookmark List</h3> + +<p>Your bookmarks are stored in a file named bookmarks.html. You can export a + copy of this file and save it in a folder of your choosing. You can then edit + it and treat it as you would any HTML file.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li> + <li>In your Bookmarks window, open the Tools menu, and choose Export.</li> + <li>In the <q>Export Bookmarks File</q> dialog box, choose a folder. + Your bookmarks.html file will be copied into the folder you designate.</li> + <li>Click Save.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Your &brandShortName; bookmarks are not altered by this procedure.</p> + +<p>You can also import bookmarks from other sources. For example, you can + import bookmarks from earlier &brandShortName; versions, other browsers, or + from bookmarks files that your friends send you.</p> + +<p>Before you start, make sure that the bookmarks file you want to import is an + HTML file.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li> + <li>In your Bookmarks window, open the Tools menu and choose Import.</li> + <li>In the dialog that appears, choose whether you want to import bookmarks + from earlier versions of &brandShortName;, or from a bookmarks file on your + computer.</li> + <li>Click Continue.</li> + <li>If you have chosen to import bookmarks from an earlier version of + &brandShortName;, select the profile you want to import bookmarks from, + then click Continue. If you have chosen to import bookmarks from a + file, navigate to and select the bookmarks file you want to import, then + click Open.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The imported bookmarks are treated as a group of new bookmarks and added to + the bottom of your bookmarks list. If you have designated a new bookmark + folder, the imported bookmarks are added to that folder.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Importing a bookmarks file imports the bookmarks and + folders from that file. It does not create two bookmarks files.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#bookmarks">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="add-ons">Add-ons</h2> + +<p>One of the most exciting ways to customize &brandShortName; is through the + addition of Add-ons. In this section, you will learn what Add-ons are, how + to install them, and how to use the Add-ons Manager.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#about_add-ons">About Add-ons</a></li> + <li><a href="#installing_add-ons">Installing Add-ons</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_the_add-ons_manager">Using the Add-ons Manager</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="about_add-ons">About Add-ons</h3> + +<p>An Add-on is a piece of software that can be added to &brandShortName; to + change its appearance, behavior, or to add new features. It can also change + the language shown in the user interface. Add-ons can be classified in four + types:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Extensions</strong>: This type of Add-on either changes the way + &brandShortName; behaves or adds new features to it. For instance, there + are extensions that provide you with weather forecasts, that add a + full-featured FTP client, or that block advertisements in web pages. Some + extensions are designed to work only with specific websites.</li> + <li><strong>Themes</strong>: Themes change the appearance and design of + &brandShortName;, but don't add or change features. They act as a + skin. &brandShortName; ships with two themes, Default Theme and Modern + Theme, but you can add more to fit your style.</li> + <li><strong>Plugins</strong>: Plugins act as connectors between + &brandShortName; and other programs. They enable you to see special + content (like Flash movies, or Adobe PDF documents) directly inside the + &brandShortName; browser window, instead of opening the target program + in a separate window.</li> + <li><strong>Languages</strong>: While you can download &brandShortName; in + a number of languages, you may add additional languages to it in the form + of language packs. This way, different users may use &brandShortName; in + their own language without having to install the program for everyone. + This is specially useful if you are going to install &brandShortName; on a + computer that is shared by different users in, for example, a computer lab. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Language packs only change the user interface + language. Web pages, messages, newsgroup and news & blog posts will + still be shown in the original language in which they were written.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>Add-ons always come as packages. Each Add-on is a single file with the XPI + extension, except in the case of plugins which usually are binaries specific + to the target operating system.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#add-ons">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="installing_add-ons">Installing Add-ons</h3> + +<p>There are a number of ways to install Add-ons:</p> + +<ul> + <li>By clicking a link or a button for an Add-on on a web page. This will + trigger a &brandShortName; dialog asking you to confirm or cancel the + installation, with the Install button disabled for some seconds in + order to avoid accidentally clicking it just as the dialog shows up.</li> + <li>By opening a previously saved Add-on package, just like you open a + regular file that you previously saved on your hard drive: Select Open file + from the File menu, or press <span class="mac"><kbd>Cmd</kbd></span><span + class="noMac"><kbd>Ctrl</kbd></span>+<kbd>O</kbd>; you can also open the + Tools menu in the Add-ons Manager (next to the search box) and select + <q>Install Add-on from File</q>, or just drag-and-drop the installer file + into the Add-ons Manager tab or window.</li> + <li>By using the Search functionality or the Get Add-ons panel of the + Add-ons Manager, as described in the next section.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Notes</strong>:</p> +<ul> + <li>For security, &brandShortName; only allows installing Add-ons from + a list of permitted websites in the + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#software_installation">Software + Installation preferences panel</a>.</li> + <li>Also, if you unchecked <q>Allow websites to install add-ons and + updates</q> there, you will be prompted to enable that function before + anything else happens. This is <em>not</em> a temporary change, you would + have to uncheck that box again to disallow installations and updates in + the future.</li> + <li>Plugins are usually installed as a separate program while + &brandShortName; is closed so both the external program and the + corresponding plugin for &brandShortName; get installed correctly.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#add-ons">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="using_the_add-ons_manager">Using the Add-ons Manager</h3> + +<p>The Add-ons Manager enables you to install and uninstall Add-ons, enable and + disable them and, in some cases, set preferences for them.</p> + +<p id="accessing_the_add-ons_manager">To access the Add-ons Manager, follow any + of these steps:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the Tools menu, then select Add-ons Manager.</li> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span><span + class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences, expand the Advanced + category, click Software Installation, then Manage Add-ons.</li> +</ul> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#searching_for_add-ons">Searching for Add-ons</a></li> + <li><a href="#the_get_add-ons_panel">The Get Add-ons panel</a></li> + <li><a href="#the_extensions_panel">The Extensions panel</a></li> + <li><a href="#the_appearance_panel">The Appearance panel</a></li> + <li><a href="#the_plugins_panel">The Plugins panel</a></li> + <li><a href="#the_languages_panel">The Languages panel</a></li> + <li><a href="#updating_add-ons">Updating Add-ons</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h4 id="searching_for_add-ons">Searching for Add-ons</h4> + +<p>After <a href="#accessing_the_add-ons_manager">accessing the Add-ons + Manager</a>, you can search all available Mozilla Add-ons directly from + the Add-ons Manager and install them as desired:</p> + +<ul> + <li>To search for Add-ons based on name, description or tags, type a + word or phrase into the Search box and press + <span class="mac"><kbd>Return</kbd></span><span + class="noMac"><kbd>Enter</kbd></span>. The search panel will open and + display a list of matching Add-ons that are compatible with your current + version of &brandShortName;. You can sort the results by name or date of + the most recent release. You can also search your installed Add-ons by + clicking <q>My Add-ons</q>.</li> + <li>To get additional information about a specific Add-on in the list, + click <q>More</q> for that entry.</li> + <li>To install an Add-on in the list, click its Install button.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_add-ons_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h4 id="the_get_add-ons_panel">The Get Add-ons panel</h4> + +<p>The Get Add-ons panel in the Add-ons Manager uses web services provided by + the Mozilla Add-ons website to present a list of recommended Add-ons, as + well as giving you the option to browse the available Mozilla Add-ons. After + <a href="#accessing_the_add-ons_manager">accessing the Add-ons Manager</a>, + click the Get Add-ons button to show the Get Add-ons panel:</p> + +<ul> + <li>To get more information about one of the recommended Add-ons in the list + displayed by default, click that entry. The entry will expand to use the + full tab, showing screenshots, a description of the Add-on, and reviews + as available. You will also be able to directly install the Add-on by + clicking the Add to &brandShortName; button inside the expanded entry. + <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you disallowed websites to install add-ons + and updates in the <a + href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#software_installation">Software + Installation preferences panel</a>, you will be prompted to enable + that function before anything else happens. This is <em>not</em> a + temporary change, you would have to uncheck that box again to + disallow installations and updates in the future.</p> + </li> + <li>The Get Add-ons panel also allows you to open the Mozilla Add-ons website + in a new browser window (or a new browser tab, depending on your preference + settings) to browse extensions and themes.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Personalized Add-on recommendations require a list of + your currently installed Add-ons to be sent to the Mozilla Add-ons website. + If you have privacy concerns, this function can be switched off in the + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#software_installation">Software + Installation preferences panel</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_add-ons_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h4 id="the_extensions_panel">The Extensions panel</h4> + +<p>The Extensions panel in the Add-ons Manager lists the installed extensions. + After <a href="#accessing_the_add-ons_manager">accessing the Add-ons + Manager</a>, click the Extensions button to show the Extensions panel. There, + you can perform the following actions:</p> + +<ul> + <li>To get more information about any of the installed extensions, click + <q>More</q> for the entry in the list. The entry will expand into the full + tab and show the description of the extension along with its update + options. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Disabled extensions will appear greyed out. + Incompatible extensions will appear greyed out, since they are also + disabled, and with a forbidden sign over the extension icon (incompatible + extensions are those which define themselves as not compatible for the + version of &brandShortName; you are using).</p> + </li> + <li>To access options of an extension (if the extension features a + preferences panel), click the Options button for the entry corresponding + to the desired extension. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: If the extension does not feature a preferences + panel, the Options button will be hidden. You can't access + preferences of disabled or incompatible extensions.</p> + </li> + <li>To disable an extension, click the Disable button for the entry + corresponding to the desired extension. An info bar appears if + the changes will apply only once you restart &brandShortName;. + The info bar features a <q>Restart Now</q> option.</li> + <li>To enable an extension, click the Enable button for the entry + corresponding to the desired extension. An info bar appears if + the changes will apply only once you restart &brandShortName;. + The info bar features a <q>Restart Now</q> option.</li> + <li>To uninstall an extension, click the Remove button for the entry + corresponding to the desired extension. An info bar appears if + the changes will apply only once you restart &brandShortName;. + The info bar features a <q>Restart Now</q> option.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_add-ons_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h4 id="the_appearance_panel">The Appearance panel</h4> + +<p>The Appearance panel in the Add-ons Manager lists the installed themes. After + <a href="#accessing_the_add-ons_manager">accessing the Add-ons Manager</a>, + click the Appearance button to show the Appearance panel. There, you can + perform the following actions:</p> + +<ul> + <li>To get more information about any of the installed themes, click + <q>More</q> for the entry in the list. The entry will expand into the + full tab and show the description of the theme along with its version + information.</li> + <li>To use a theme, click the Enable button for the entry corresponding + to the desired theme. An info bar appears if the changes will apply only + once you restart &brandShortName;. The info bar features a <q>Restart + Now</q> option. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Contrary to extensions, you can use only one + theme at a time.</p> + </li> + <li>To uninstall a theme, click the Remove button for the entry corresponding + to the desired theme. An info bar appears if the changes will apply only + once you restart &brandShortName;. The info bar features a <q>Restart + Now</q> option.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_add-ons_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h4 id="the_plugins_panel">The Plugins panel</h4> + +<p>The Plugins panel in the Add-ons Manager lists the plugins found. After + <a href="#accessing_the_add-ons_manager">accessing the Add-ons Manager</a>, + click the Plugins button to show the Plugins panel. There, you can perform + the following actions:</p> + +<ul> + <li>To get more information about any of the plugins found, click <q>More</q> + for the entry in the list. The entry will expand into the full tab and show + the description of the plugin along with its version information.</li> + <li>Click <q>Check to see if your plugins are up to date</q> to open a new + tab or window connecting to a Mozilla website to check for status and + update information on all of your enabled plugins.</li> + <li>To disable a plugin, click the Disable button for the entry corresponding + to the desired plugin.</li> + <li>To enable a plugin, click the Enable button for the entry corresponding + to the desired plugin.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Notes</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Contrary to other types of Add-ons, enabling and disabling plugins + doesn't require restarting &brandShortName;.</li> + <li>Info bars may appear for any plugins which are determined to be outdated, + incompatible, or blocked for security reasons.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_add-ons_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h4 id="the_languages_panel">The Languages panel</h4> + +<p>The Languages panel in the Add-ons Manager lists the installed language + packs. This panel only appears if you have installed a language pack.</p> + +<p>After <a href="#accessing_the_add-ons_manager">accessing the Add-ons + Manager</a>, click the Languages button to show the Languages panel. There, + you can perform the following actions:</p> + +<ul> + <li>To get more information about any of the language packs, click <q>More</q> + for the entry in the list. The entry will expand into the full tab and show + the description of the language pack along with its update options.</li> + <li>To disable a language pack, click the Disable button for the entry + corresponding to the desired language pack.</li> + <li>To enable a language pack, click the Enable button for the entry + corresponding to the desired language pack.</li> + <li>To uninstall a language pack, click the Remove button for the entry + corresponding to the desired language pack.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Enabling a language pack in the Language panel + doesn't change the language shown in &brandShortName;'s user + interface, it only makes the language available for selection in the + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">Appearance Preferences + panel</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_add-ons_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h4 id="updating_add-ons">Updating Add-ons</h4> + +<p>Updates are by default performed automatically for any Add-ons installed + through the Search or Get Add-ons panels if such updates are offered through + the Mozilla Add-ons website. The global settings can be found in the + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#software_installation">Software + Installation preferences panel</a>. You can override those for individual + Add-ons by clicking <q>More</q> and then selecting the desired option. +</p> + +<p>Update functions are also offered in the Add-ons Manager's Tools menu, + found next to the search box:</p> + +<ul> + <li>You can check for updates for all installed Add-ons manually and set or + reset automated updates for all Add-ons.</li> + <li>If new updates are found for one or more Add-ons, an Update Now button + appears for each Add-on. They are also listed in a new Available Updates + panel. Rather than updating each Add-on separately, the Include in Update + checkbox can be used to select the updates to be performed, then click the + Install Updates button.</li> + <li>View Recent Updates opens a Recent Updates panel which lists Add-ons of + all types for which updates have been performed, along with the date of + that update.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_add-ons_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Specifying How &brandShortName; + Starts Up</h2> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#specifying_a_starting_page">Specifying a Starting Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#session_restore">Session Restore</a></li> + <li><a href="#changing_your_home_page">Changing Your Home Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#specifying_which_components_open_at_launch">Specifying Which + Components Open at Launch</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="specifying_a_starting_page">Specifying a Starting Page</h3> + +<p>You can specify the page that loads when the browser starts:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under "Display on Browser Startup" choose whether you want a + blank page, your home page, or the last web page visited to open + automatically when you launch your browser. Alternatively you can + tell &brandShortName; to restore the previous session, i.e. the + windows and tabs you had open when you last exited &brandShortName;. + <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you selected Home Page, type the URL in the + Location Bar.</p></li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="session_restore">Session Restore</h3> + +<p>&brandShortName; periodically saves your browsing session (open windows + and tabs, including form data) to disk. When you start &brandShortName; with + Session Restore enabled, the windows and tabs from your previous session + will be restored. This is especially useful if your previous browsing session + ended unexpectedly (e.g. your computer crashed or a website you visited forced + &brandShortName; to terminate). &brandShortName; will automatically restore + the previous session if "Restore Previous Session" under "Display on Browser + Startup" has been selected. If you chose to not be warned when you close a + browser window with multiple tabs open (see <a href="#tabbed_browsing">Tabbed + Browsing</a> preference panel), &brandShortName; will open a page from + where you can choose which windows/tabs from the previous session you want to + restore. The same will happen if &brandShortName; crashes repeatedly.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="changing_your_home_page">Changing Your Home Page</h3> + +<p>Your home page is the page that opens when you click the Home button in the + Personal Toolbar. Depending on how your preferences are set, it may also be + the page that opens automatically when you launch &brandShortName;.</p> + +<p>To specify your home page:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Click the Browser category.</li> + <li>In the Home page section, perform one of the following: + <ul> + <li>Type your home page's URL (web address) in the Location + field.</li> + <li>Click Use Current Page to make the page currently displayed in the + browser window your home page.</li> + <li>Click Choose File to select a file from your computer's hard + drive.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To specify your home page quickly, drag the bookmark + icon <img src="chrome://communicator/skin/bookmarks/bookmark-item.png" + alt="image of bookmark icon"/> from the Location Bar to the Home Page + button on the Personal Toolbar.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="specifying_which_components_open_at_launch">Specifying Which Components + Open at Launch</h3> + +<p>You can choose components (such as Mail & Newsgroups and Composer) to + launch when you start &brandShortName;:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Click the Appearance category.</li> + <li>Select the components you want opened automatically each time you start + &brandShortName;.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/developer_tools.xhtml b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/developer_tools.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..492f9972e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/developer_tools.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>&brandShortName; Tools and Development</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="web_development_tools">Web Development Tools</h1> + +<p>For web developers, &brandShortName; provides several tools to aid in + developing and debugging <a href="glossary.xhtml#web_application">web + applications</a>. Some of these are optional installs. To access these + tools, open the Tools menu and choose Web Development.</p> + +<ul class="separate"> + <li id="js_console"> + <strong>Error Console</strong>: a console window that reports problems + with <a href="glossary.xhtml#javascript">JavaScript</a> and CSS code in + web applications and the &brandShortName; application itself. By default, + CSS parsing errors and JavaScript errors are displayed. The console can + also be used to display logged messages from <a href="glossary.xhtml#xul"> + XUL</a> and JavaScript code. + </li> + <li id="inspector"> + <strong>DOM Inspector</strong>: a tool that can be + used to inspect and edit the DOM of any web document or XUL + application. + + <p>Online resources:</p> + + <ul> + <li><a href="http://www.brownhen.com/DI/">Introduction to the DOM + Inspector</a> (Ian Oeschger)</li> + <li><a href="http://www.mozilla.org/projects/inspector/faq.html">DOM + Inspector FAQ</a> (mozilla.org)</li> + <!-- 2006-01-27: Removed link (404). + <li><a href="http://gr.ayre.st/moz/evangelism/tutorials/dominspectortutorial.shtml">grayrest's + Guide to the DOM Inspector</a></li> + --> + <li>Creating Applications with Mozilla - Appendix B3: + <a href="http://books.mozdev.org/html/mozilla-app-b-sect-3.html">The + DOM Inspector</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li id="venkman"> + <strong>JavaScript Debugger</strong>: also known as Venkman, this utility + allows you to debug JavaScript in &brandShortName;. It supports stepping, + breakpoints and many other features. + + <p>Online resources:</p> + + <ul> + <li><a href="http://www.mozilla.org/projects/venkman/">Venkman JavaScript + Debugger Homepage</a></li> + <li><a href="http://www.svendtofte.com/code/learning_venkman/">Learning + the JavaScript debugger Venkman</a> (Svend Tofte)</li> + <li><a href="http://www.webreference.com/programming/javascript/venkman/">Debugging + JavaScript Using Venkman</a> (webreference.com, article series)</li> + <li><a href="http://www.hacksrus.com/~ginda/venkman/">Venkman Development + Homepage</a></li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/forieusers.xhtml b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/forieusers.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..11520a6f4b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/forieusers.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>For Microsoft Internet Explorer Users</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="for_internet_explorer_users">For Internet Explorer Users</h1> + +<p>If you've been using Microsoft® Internet Explorer, you'll find + that it's easy to begin using &brandShortName; for + <a href="nav_help.xhtml#browsing_the_web">browsing the web</a>, + <a href="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml">managing your mail</a>, and much + more.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#mozilla_and_internet_explorer_terminology_differences">&brandShortName; + and Internet Explorer Terminology Differences</a></li> + <li><a href="#about_your_ie_favorites">About Your IE Favorites</a></li> + <li><a href="#browser_features">Browser Features</a></li> + <li><a href="#other_features">Other Features</a></li> + <li><a href="#keyboard_shortcuts">Keyboard Shortcuts</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="mozilla_and_internet_explorer_terminology_differences">&brandShortName; + and Internet Explorer Terminology Differences</h2> + +<table class="defaultTable"> + <thead> + <tr> + <th>Internet Explorer</th> + <th>&brandShortName;</th> + </tr> + </thead> + <tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Internet Options</td> + <td><a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml">Preferences</a></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Temporary Internet Files</td> + <td><a href="nav_help.xhtml#changing_cache_settings">Cache</a></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Favorites</td> + <td><a href="customize_help.xhtml#bookmarks">Bookmarks</a></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Address Bar</td> + <td><a href="nav_help.xhtml#moving_to_another_page">Location Bar</a></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Refresh</td> + <td><a href="nav_help.xhtml#stopping_and_reloading">Reload</a></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Links Bar</td> + <td><a href="customize_help.xhtml#personal_toolbar">Personal Toolbar</a></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Copy Shortcut</td> + <td>Copy Link Location</td> + </tr> + </tbody> +</table> + +<h2 id="about_your_ie_favorites">About Your IE Favorites</h2> + +<p>Your IE Favorites are imported automatically. To access them, open the + Bookmarks menu and choose Imported IE Favorites.</p> + +<h2 id="browser_features">Browser Features</h2> + +<ul> + <li><strong><a href="nav_help.xhtml#using_tabbed_browsing">Tabbed + Browsing</a></strong>: Instead of opening a separate browser window for + each website you want to visit, you can open multiple websites within the + same window and tab between them. You can also + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator">set a group of tabs as + your home page</a>.</li> + <li><strong><a href="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml">Pop-up Window + Controls</a></strong>: Lets you allow or suppress both popup and popunder + windows.</li> + <li><strong><a href="customize_help.xhtml#sidebar">Sidebar</a></strong>: + Customize &brandShortName; with frequently accessed content and tools such + as news, stock quotes, your bookmarks, browser history, and many other + options.</li> + <li><strong><a href="profiles_help.xhtml#managing_profiles">Profile + Manager</a></strong>: Create different profiles, each with its own + bookmarks, preferences, mail settings, and so on. This is useful if you + must share &brandShortName; on the same computer with other people, or + if you want to keep your work and personal settings separate.</li> + <li><strong><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml">Cookie Manager</a></strong>: Lets + you view detailed information about each cookie and remove cookies you + don't want to be stored on your computer. You can also control which + websites are allowed to store cookies on your computer.</li> + <li><strong><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_images">Image + Manager</a></strong>: Enables you to disable images from certain websites, + or disable them all together. This is useful if you wish to decrease the + amount of time it takes for websites to load.</li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="other_features">Other Features</h2> + +<p>In the lower left-hand corner of your browser, a component bar gives you + quick access to several useful features:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong><a href="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml">Mail & + Newsgroups</a></strong>: Conveniently manage all your Internet + communications. You can set up and maintain multiple business and personal + mail accounts and Internet newsgroups, all from one window. You can + <a href="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#importing_mail_from_other_programs">import</a> + mail and settings from other popular email programs.</li> + <li><strong><a href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#using_address_books">Address + Books</a></strong>: Create an address book or + <a href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#importing_address_books">import</a> + contact information from other popular mail programs.</li> + <li><strong><a href="composer_help.xhtml">Composer</a></strong>: + Create, edit, and publish your pages on the web with this built-in web page + editor.</li> + <li><strong>ChatZilla</strong>: Built-in IRC client that lets you chat with + other people over IRC networks.</li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="keyboard_shortcuts">Keyboard Shortcuts</h2> + +<p>You will notice that Microsoft Internet Explorer and &brandShortName; + share many of the same shortcut keys. For a full list of shortcut keys, see + the List of <a href="shortcuts.xhtml">&brandShortName; Keyboard + Shortcuts</a>.</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/glossary.xhtml b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/glossary.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b1b6214f2a --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/glossary.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,847 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Glossary</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<div class="boilerPlate">This glossary is provided for your information only, + and is not meant to be relied upon as a complete or authoritative description + of the terms defined below or of the privacy and/or security ramifications of + the technologies described.</div> + +<h1 id="glossary">Glossary</h1> + +<dl> + +<dt id="add-on">add-on</dt><dd>A piece of software that can be added to + &brandShortName; to change its appearance, behavior, or to add new features. + It can also change the language shown in the user interface. See also + <a href="#extension">extension</a>, <a href="#language_pack">language + pack</a>, <a href="#plugin">plugin</a>, and <a href="#theme">theme</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="authentication">authentication</dt><dd>The use of a password, + certificate, personal identification number (PIN), or other information to + validate an identity over a computer network. See also + <a href="#password-based_authentication">password-based authentication</a>, + <a href="#certificate-based_authentication">certificate-based + authentication</a>, <a href="#client_authentication">client + authentication</a>, <a href="#server_authentication">server + authentication</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="bookmark">bookmark</dt><dd>A stored <a href="#web_page">web page</a> + address (<a href="#url">URL</a>) that you can go to easily by clicking a + bookmark icon in the <a href="#personal_toolbar">Personal Toolbar</a> or + choosing the bookmark's name from the Bookmarks menu.</dd> + +<dt id="ca">CA</dt><dd>See <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate + authority (CA)</a></dd> + +<dt id="ca_certificate">CA certificate</dt><dd>A certificate that + identifies a certificate authority. See also + <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a>, + <a href="#subordinate_ca">subordinate CA</a>, <a href="#root_ca">root + CA</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="cache">cache</dt><dd>A collection of web page copies stored + on your computer's hard disk or in its random-access memory (RAM). The + browser accumulates these copies as you browse the Web. When you click a link + or type a <a href="#url">URL</a> to fetch a particular web page for which the + cache already contains a copy, the browser compares the cached copy to the + original. If there have been no changes, the browser uses the cached copy + rather than refetching the original, saving processing and download + time.</dd> + +<dt id="caret_browsing">caret browsing</dt><dd>A &brandShortName; feature that + allows you to navigate through text in Web pages and email messages (or this + Help window) with a caret. Using your keyboard, you can navigate and select + text like you do in a text editor. You can turn caret browsing mode on or off + by pressing the <kbd>F7</kbd> key. Caret browsing mode can also be enabled or + disabled in Advanced Preferences - Keyboard Navigation.</dd> + +<dt id="certificate">certificate</dt><dd>The digital equivalent of an ID card. + A certificate specifies the name of an individual, company, or other entity + and certifies that a public key, which is included in the certificate, + belongs to that entity. When you digitally sign a message or other data, the + digital signature for that message is created with the aid of the private key + that corresponds to the public key in your certificate. A certificate is + issued and digitally signed by a <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate + authority (CA)</a>. A certificate's validity can be verified by checking + the CA's <a href="#digital_signature">digital signature</a>. Also called + digital ID, digital passport, public-key certificate, X.509 certificate, and + security certificate. See also <a href="#public-key_cryptography">public-key + cryptography</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</dt><dd>A service + that issues a certificate after verifying the identity of the person or + entity the certificate is intended to identify. A CA also renews and revokes + certificates and generates a list of revoked certificates at regular + intervals. CAs can be independent vendors or a person or organization using + certificate-issuing server software (such as &brandShortName; Certificate + Management System). See also <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>, + <a href="#crl">CRL (certificate revocation list)</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="certificate_backup_password">certificate backup password</dt><dd>A + password that protects a certificate that you are backing up or have + previously backed up. Certificate Manager asks you to set this password when + you back up a certificate, and requests it when you attempt to restore a + certificate that has previously been backed up.</dd> + +<dt id="certificate-based_authentication">certificate-based + authentication</dt><dd>Verification of identity based on certificates and + public-key cryptography. See also + <a href="#password-based_authentication">password-based + authentication</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="certificate_chain">certificate chain</dt><dd>A hierarchical series of + certificates signed by successive certificate authorities. A CA certificate + identifies a <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a> + and is used to sign certificates issued by that authority. A CA certificate + can in turn be signed by the CA certificate of a parent CA and so on up to a + <a href="#root_ca">root CA</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="certificate_fingerprint">certificate fingerprint</dt><dd> + A unique number associated with a certificate. The number is not part of + the certificate itself but is produced by applying a mathematical function to + the contents of the certificate. If the contents of the certificate change, + even by a single character, the function produces a different number. + Certificate fingerprints can therefore be used to verify that certificates + have not been tampered with.</dd> + +<dt id="certificate_manager">Certificate + Manager</dt><dd>The part of the browser that allows you to view and manage + certificates. To view the main Certificate Manager window: Open the + <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span> + menu, choose Preferences, click Privacy and Security, and then click Manage + Certificates.</dd> + +<dt id="certificate_renewal">certificate renewal</dt><dd>The process of + renewing a <a href="#certificate">certificate</a> that is about to + expire.</dd> + +<dt id="certificate_verification">certificate verification</dt><dd>When + <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</a> verifies a + certificate, it confirms that the digital signature was created by a CA whose + own CA certificate is both on file with Certificate Manager and marked as + trusted for issuing that kind of certificate. It also confirms that the + certificate being verified has not itself been marked as untrusted. Finally, + if the <a href="#ocsp">OCSP (Online Certificate Status Protocol)</a> has been + activated, Certificate Manager also performs an online check. It does so by + looking up the certificate in a list of valid certificates maintained at a + <a href="#url">URL</a> that is specified either in the certificate itself or + in the browser's Validation preferences. If any of these checks fail, + Certificate Manager marks the certificate as unverified and won't + recognize the identity it certifies.</dd> + +<dt id="cipher">cipher</dt><dd>See + <a href="#cryptographic_algorithm">cryptographic algorithm</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="client">client</dt><dd>Software (such as browser software) that sends + requests to and receives information from a <a href="#server">server</a>, + which is usually running on a different computer. A computer on which client + software runs is also described as a client.</dd> + +<dt id="client_authentication">client authentication</dt><dd>The process of + identifying a <a href="#client">client</a> to a <a href="#server">server</a>, + for example with a name and password or with a + <a href="#client_ssl_certificate">client SSL certificate</a> and some + digitally signed data. See also <a href="#ssl">SSL (Secure + Sockets Layer)</a>, <a href="#server_authentication">server + authentication</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="client_ssl_certificate">client SSL certificate</dt><dd>A certificate + that a <a href="#client">client</a> (such as browser software) presents to a + <a href="#server">server</a> to authenticate the identity of the client + (or the identity of the person using the client) using the + <a href="#ssl">SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)</a> protocol. See + also <a href="#client_authentication">client authentication</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="component_bar">Component Bar</dt><dd>The toolbar located at the bottom + left of any &brandShortName; window. The Component Bar allows you to switch + between &brandShortName; components by clicking icons for Browser, + Mail & Newsgroups, Composer, and so on.</dd> + +<dt id="cookie">cookie</dt><dd>A small bit of information stored on your + computer by some <a href="#website">websites</a>. When you visit such a + website, the website asks your browser to place one or more cookies on your + hard disk. Later, when you return to the website, your browser sends the + website the cookies that belong to it. Cookies help websites keep track of + information about you, such as the contents of your shopping cart. You can set + your cookie preferences to control how cookies are used and how much + information you are willing to let websites store on them. See also + <a href="#third-party_cookie">third-party cookie</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="cookie_manager">Cookie Manager</dt><dd>The part of the browser + that you can use to control <a href="#cookie">cookies</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="crl">CRL (certificate revocation list)</dt><dd>A list of revoked + certificates that is generated and signed by a + <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a>. You can + download the latest CRL to your browser or to a server, then check against it + to make sure that certificates are still valid before permitting their use + for authentication.</dd> + +<dt id="cryptographic_algorithm">cryptographic algorithm</dt><dd>A set of + rules or directions used to perform cryptographic operations such as + <a href="#encryption">encryption</a> and + <a href="#decryption">decryption</a>. Sometimes called a + <em>cipher.</em></dd> + +<dt id="cryptography">cryptography</dt><dd>The art and practice of scrambling + (encrypting) and unscrambling (decrypting) information. For example, + cryptographic techniques are used to scramble an unscramble information + flowing between commercial websites and your browser. See also + <a href="#public-key_cryptography">public-key cryptography</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="decryption">decryption</dt><dd>The process of unscrambling data that + has been encrypted. See also <a href="#encryption">encryption</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="digital_id">digital ID</dt><dd> + See <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="digital_signature">digital signature</dt><dd>A code created from both + the data to be signed and the private key of the signer. This code is unique + for each new piece of data. Even a single comma added to a message changes + the digital signature for that message. Successful validation of your digital + signature by appropriate software not only provides evidence that you + approved the transaction or message, but also provides evidence that the data + has not changed since you digitally signed it. A digital signature has + nothing to do with a handwritten signature, although it can sometimes be used + for similar legal purposes. See also + <a href="#nonrepudiation">nonrepudiation</a>, + <a href="#tamper_detection">tamper detection</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="distinguished_name">distinguished name (DN)</dt><dd>A specially + formatted name that uniquely identifies the subject of a + <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="do_not_track">Do Not Track</dt><dd>A mechanism that allows users + to inform <a href="#website">websites</a> that they do not want to be + <a href="#user_tracking">tracked</a> by third-party websites and + <a href="#web_application">web applications</a>. A user' tracking + preferences is included in the <a href="#http">HTTP</a> header and sent + to the website. &brandShortName; supports sending <q>Do Not Track</q> + requests, but websites are not obligated to honor those.</dd> + +<dt id="dual_key_pairs">dual key pairs</dt><dd>Two public-private key + pairs—four keys altogether—corresponding to two separate + certificates. The private key of one pair is used for signing operations, and + the public and private keys of the other pair are used for encryption and + decryption operations. Each pair corresponds to a separate + <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>. See also + <a href="#public-key_cryptography">public-key cryptography</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="eavesdropping">eavesdropping</dt><dd>Surreptitious interception of + information sent over a network by an entity for which the information is not + intended.</dd> + +<dt id="encryption">encryption</dt><dd>The process of scrambling information in + a way that disguises its meaning. For example, encrypted connections between + computers make it very difficult for third-parties to unscramble, or + <em>decrypt</em>, information flowing over the connection. Encrypted + information can be decrypted only by someone who possesses the appropriate + key. See also <a href="#public-key_cryptography">public-key + cryptography</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="encryption_certificate">encryption certificate</dt><dd>A + <a href="#certificate">certificate</a> whose public key is used for + encryption only. Encryption certificates are not used for signing operations. + See also <a href="#dual_key_pairs">dual key pairs</a>, + <a href="#signing_certificate">signing certificate</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="encryption_key">encryption key</dt><dd>A private key used for + encryption only. An encryption key and its equivalent private key, plus a + <a href="#signing_key">signing key</a> and its equivalent public key, + constitute a <a href="#dual_key_pairs">dual key pairs</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="extension">extension</dt><dd>A type of <a href="#add-on">add-on</a> + that changes the behavior of &brandShortName; or adds new features to + it.</dd> + +<dt id="feed">feed</dt><dd>A frequently updated source of references to web + pages, usually blog articles or news. Technically it is an XML document + available through a public well-known URL, comprising of several items inside, + each one containing some metadata (possibly including a summary) and an URL + to the full blog or news article. The XML document is regenerated at fixed + intervals, or whenever a new article is published to the website. Web + applications can subscribe to the URL serving the feed and present the new + articles as they are updated in the underlying XML document. There are + specific XML formats for feeds, most common of which are + <a href="#rss">RSS</a> and Atom.</dd> + +<dt id="fingerprint">fingerprint (certificate)</dt><dd>See + <a href="#certificate_fingerprint">certificate fingerprint</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="fingerprinting">fingerprinting (browser)</dt><dd>A method of + <a href="#user_tracking">user tracking</a> by which a user is identified + based on browser characteristics like browser and operating system versions, + stated language preferences, or <a href="#plugin">plugins</a> installed.</dd> + +<dt id="fips_pubs_140-1">FIPS PUBS 140-1</dt><dd>Federal Information Processing + Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) 140-1 is a US government standard for + implementations of cryptographic modules—that is, hardware or software + that encrypts and decrypts data or performs other cryptographic operations + (such as creating or verifying digital signatures). Many products sold to the + US government must comply with one or more of the FIPS standards.</dd> + +<dt id="foreign_cookie">foreign cookie</dt><dd>See + <a href="#third-party_cookie">third-party cookie</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="frame">frame</dt><dd>Frames are <a href="#web_page">web pages</a> + contained inside of an all-encompasssing <q>meta</q> page.</dd> + +<dt id="ftp">FTP (File Transfer Protocol)</dt><dd>A + standard that allows users to transfer files from one computer to another + over a network. You can use your browser to fetch files using FTP.</dd> + +<dt id="helper_application">helper application</dt><dd>Any application that is + used to open or view a file downloaded by the browser. A + <a href="#plugin">plugin</a> is a special kind of helper application that + installs itself into the Plugins directory of the main browser installation + directory and can typically be opened within the browser itself (internally). + Microsoft Word, Adobe Photoshop, and other external applications are + considered helper applications but not plugins, since they don't + install themselves into the browser directory, but can be opened from the + download dialog box.</dd> + +<dt id="home_page">home page</dt><dd>The page your browser is set to display + every time you launch it or when you click the Home button. Also used to + refer to the main page for a website, from which you can explore the rest of + the website.</dd> + +<dt id="html">HTML (HyperText Markup Language)</dt><dd>The document format used + for web pages. The HTML standard defines tags, or codes, used to define the + text layout, fonts, style, images, and other elements that make up a web + page.</dd> + +<dt id="http">HTTP (HyperText Transfer Protocol)</dt><dd>The protocol used to + transfer <a href="#web_page">web pages</a> (HyperText documents) between + browsers and <a href="#server">servers</a> over the + <a href="#world_wide_web">World Wide Web</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="https">HTTPS (HyperText Transfer Protocol Secure)</dt><dd>The secure + version of the HTTP protocol that uses <a href="#ssl">SSL</a> to ensure the + privacy of customer data (such as credit card information) while en route + over the <a href="#internet">Internet</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="imap">IMAP (Internet Message Access Protocol)</dt><dd>A standard mail + server protocol that allows you to store all your messages and any changes to + them on the server rather than on your computer's hard disk. Using IMAP + rather than <a href="#pop">POP</a> saves disk space and allows you to access + your entire mailbox, including sent mail, drafts, and custom folders, from + any location. Using an IMAP server over a modem is generally faster than + using a POP mail server, since you initially download message headers only. + Not all <a href="#isp">ISPs</a> support IMAP.</dd> + +<dt id="implicit_consent">implicit consent</dt><dd>Also known as implied or + <q>opt-out</q> consent. Used to describe privacy settings that may allow + websites to gather information about you (for example by means of + <a href="#cookie">cookies</a> and online forms) unless you explicitly choose + to withhold your consent by selecting an option on a page that the website + provides for that purpose. Your consent may not be requested when the + information is actually gathered. See also <a href="#user_tracking">user + tracking</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="internet">Internet</dt><dd>A worldwide network of millions of computers + that communicate with each other using standard protocols such as + <a href="#tcp_ip">TCP/IP</a>. Originally developed for the US military in + 1969, the Internet grew to include educational and research institutions and, + in the late 1990s, millions of businesses, organizations, and individuals. + Today the Internet is used for email, browsing the + <a href="#world_wide_web">World Wide Web (WWW)</a>, instant messaging, + usegroups, and many other purposes.</dd> + +<dt id="ip_address">IP address (Internet protocol address)</dt><dd>The address + of a computer on a <a href="#tcp_ip">TCP/IP</a> network. Every computer on + the <a href="#internet">Internet</a> has an IP address. + <a href="#client">Clients</a> have either a permanent IP address or one that + is dynamically assigned to them each time they connect with the network. IP + addresses are written as four sets of numbers, like this: 204.171.64.2.</dd> + +<dt id="irc">IRC (Internet Relay Chat)</dt><dd>A protocol used to chat with + other people in real-time using an IRC <a href="#client">client</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="isp">ISP (Internet Service Provider)</dt><dd>A company/institution + that provides <a href="#internet">Internet</a> connections.</dd> + +<dt id="java">Java</dt><dd>A programming language developed by Sun + Microsystems. A single Java program can run on many different kinds of + computers, thus avoiding the need for programmers to create a separate + version of each program for each kind of computer. Your browser can + automatically download and run Java programs (also called applets).</dd> + +<dt id="javascript">JavaScript</dt><dd>A scripting language commonly used to + construct <a href="#web_page">web pages</a>. Programmers use JavaScript to + make web pages more interactive; for example, to display forms and buttons. + JavaScript can be used with <a href="#java">Java</a>, but is technically a + separate language. Java is not required for JavaScript to work + correctly.</dd> + +<dt id="key">key</dt><dd>A large number used by a + <a href="#cryptographic_algorithm">cryptographic algorithm</a> to encrypt or + decrypt data. A person's public key, for example, allows other people to + encrypt messages to that person. The encrypted messages must be decrypted + with the corresponding private key. See also + <a href="#public-key_cryptography">public-key cryptography</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="language_pack">language pack</dt><dd>A type of + <a href="#add-on">add-on</a> that adds a new language to the user interface + of &brandShortName;.</dd> + +<dt id="ldap">LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol)</dt><dd>A standard + protocol for accessing directory services, such as corporate address books, + across multiple platforms. You can set up your browser to access LDAP + directories from the Address Book. You can also set up Mail & Newsgroups + to use an LDAP directory for email address autocompletion.</dd> + +<dt id="location_bar">Location Bar</dt><dd>The field (and associated buttons) + near the top of a browser window where you can type a + <a href="#url">URL</a> or search terms.</dd> + +<dt id="malware">Malware</dt><dd>Short for <q><u>Mal</u>icious + Soft<u>ware</u></q> and a general term for a variety of software designed + to disrupt computer operation, gather sensitive information, or gain access + to your computer. They can be distributed by infected <a href="#web_page">web + pages</a> or as attachments to email messages. Examples include viruses, + worms, trojans, spyware, or adware. Malware may redistribute itself by + sending out email messages to infect other computers.</dd> + +<dt id="master_key">master key</dt><dd>A symmetric key used by + <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</a> to encrypt + information. For example, <a href="#password_manager">Password Manager</a> + uses Certificate Manager and your master key to encrypt email passwords, + website passwords, and other stored sensitive information. See also + <a href="#symmetric_encryption">symmetric encryption</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="master_password">master password</dt><dd>A password used by + Certificate Manager to protect the master key and/or private keys stored on a + <a href="#security_device">security device</a>. Certificate Manager needs to + access your private keys, for example, when you sign email messages or use + one of your own certificates to identify yourself to a website. It needs to + access your master key when Password Manager or Form Manager reads or adds to + your personal information. You can set or change your master password from + the Master Passwords preferences panel. Each security device requires a + separate master password. See also <a href="#private_key">private key</a>, + <a href="#master_key">master key</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="misrepresentation">misrepresentation</dt><dd>Presentation of an entity + as a person or organization that it is not. For example, a website might + pretend to be a furniture store when it is really just a website that takes + credit card payments but never sends any goods. See also + <a href="#spoofing">spoofing</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="navigation_toolbar">Navigation Toolbar</dt><dd>The toolbar near the top + of the browser window that includes the Back and Forward buttons.</dd> + +<dt id="nonrepudiation">nonrepudiation</dt><dd>The inability, of the sender of + a message, to deny having sent the message. A regular hand-written signature + provides one form of nonrepudiation. A + <a href="#digital_signature">digital signature</a> provides another.</dd> + +<dt id="notification_bar">notification bar</dt><dd>A bar that appears at the + top of the content area to inform you about something that needs your + attention, e.g. when the Password Manager can save a password for you, a + popup has been blocked or an additional plugin is required.</dd> + +<dt id="object_signing">object signing</dt><dd>A technology that allows + software developers to sign Java code, JavaScript scripts, or any kind of + file, and that allows users to identify the signers and control access by + signed code to local system resources.</dd> + +<dt id="object-signing_certificate">object-signing certificate</dt><dd>A + certificate whose corresponding private key is used to sign objects such as + code files. See also <a href="#object_signing">object signing</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="ocsp">OCSP (Online Certificate Status Protocol)</dt><dd>A set of rules + that <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</a> follows to + perform an online check of a certificate's validity each time the + certificate is used. This process involves checking the certificate against a + list of valid certificates maintained at a specified website. Your computer + must be online for OCSP to work.</dd> + +<dt id="opml">OPML (Outline Processor Markup Language)</dt><dd>An XML format + used to list <a href="#feed">feed</a> collections. Although broader in its + specification, it is mainly used nowadays to export and import feed + collections between different feed aggregators or readers, like + &brandShortName;.</dd> + +<dt id="password-based_authentication">password-based + authentication</dt><dd>Confident identification by means of a name and + password. See also <a href="#authentication">authentication</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="password_manager">Password Manager</dt><dd>The part of the + browser that can help you remember some or all of your names and passwords by + storing them on your computer's hard disk, and entering them for you + automatically when you visit such websites.</dd> + +<dt id="personal_toolbar">Personal Toolbar</dt><dd>The customizable toolbar + that appears just below the location bar by default in the browser. It + contains standard buttons such as Home, Bookmarks, and so on that you can add + or remove. You can also add buttons for your favorite bookmarks, or folders + containing groups of bookmarks.</dd> + +<dt id="phishing">Phishing</dt><dd>Phishing is a fraudulent business scheme in + which a party creates counterfeit websites, hijacking brand names of banks, + e-retailers and credit card companies, trying to collect victims' + personal information.</dd> + +<dt id="pkcs_11">PKCS #11</dt><dd>The public-key cryptography standard that + governs security devices such as smart cards. See also + <a href="#security_device">security device</a>, <a href="#smart_card">smart + card</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="pkcs_11_module">PKCS #11 module</dt><dd>A program on your computer + that manages cryptographic services such as encryption and decryption using + the PKCS #11 standard. Also called <em>cryptographic modules</em>, + <em>cryptographic service providers</em>, or <em>security modules</em>, + PKCS #11 modules control either hardware or software devices. A PKCS #11 + module always controls one or more slots, which may be implemented as some + form of physical reader (for example, for reading smart cards) or in + software. Each slot for a PKCS #11 module can in turn contain a + <a href="#security_device">security device</a> (also called <em>token</em>), + which is the hardware or software device that provides cryptographic services + and stores certificates and keys. <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate + Manager</a> provides two built-in PKCS #11 modules. You may install + additional modules on your computer to control smart card readers or other + hardware devices.</dd> + +<dt id="pki">PKI (public-key infrastructure)</dt><dd>The standards and services + that facilitate the use of public-key cryptography and certificates in a + networked environment.</dd> + +<dt id="plugin">plugin</dt><dd>A type of + <a href="#helper_application">helper application</a> that adds new + capabilities to your browser, such as the ability to play audio or video + clips. Unlike other kinds of helper applications, a plugin application + installs itself into the Plugins directory within the main browser + installation directory and typically can be opened within the browser itself + (internally). For example, an audio plugin lets you listen to audio files on + a <a href="#web_page">web page</a> or in an email message. Macromedia Flash + Player and Java are both examples of plugin applications.</dd> + +<dt id="pop">POP (Post Office Protocol)</dt><dd>A standard mail server protocol + that requires you to download new messages to your local + computer—although you can choose to leave copies on the server. With + POP, you can store all your messages, including sent mail, drafts, and custom + folders, on one computer only. By contrast, + <a href="#imap">IMAP</a> allows you to permanently store all your messages + and any changes to them on the server, where you can access them from any + computer. Most <a href="#isp">ISPs</a> currently support POP.</dd> + +<dt id="private_browsing">private browsing</dt><dd>Browsing in a session in + which no private data (like browsing history, <a href="#cookie">cookies</a>, + and <a href="#cache">cached</a> content) are retained beyond the duration of + the private session. Private browsing should not be confused with anonymous + browsing and does not prevent <a href="#user_tracking">user tracking</a> or + monitoring of web activity by an internet provider or employer.</dd> + +<dt id="private_key">private key</dt><dd>One of a pair of + <a href="#key">keys</a> used in public-key cryptography. The private key is + kept secret and is used to decrypt data that has been encrypted with the + corresponding public key.</dd> + +<dt id="proxy">proxy</dt><dd>An intermediary or <q>go-between</q> program that + acts as both a <a href="#server">server</a> and a + <a href="#client">client</a> for the purpose of making requests on behalf of + other clients.</dd> + +<dt id="public_key">public key</dt><dd> + One of a pair of <a href="#key">keys</a> used in public-key cryptography. + The public key is distributed freely and published as part of a + <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>. It is typically used to encrypt data + sent to the public key's owner, who then decrypts the data with the + corresponding private key.</dd> + +<dt id="public-key_cryptography">public-key cryptography</dt><dd>A set of + well-established techniques and standards that allow an entity (such as a + person, an organization, or hardware such as a router) to verify its identity + electronically or to sign and encrypt electronic data. Two keys are involved: + a <a href="#public_key">public key</a> and a <a href="#private_key">private + key</a>. The public key is published as part of a + <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>, which associates that key with a + particular identity. The corresponding private key is kept secret. Data + encrypted with the public key can be decrypted only with the private key. + </dd> + +<dt id="root_ca">root CA</dt><dd>The + <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a> with a + self-signed certificate at the top of a + <a href="#certificate_chain">certificate chain</a>. See also + <a href="#subordinate_ca">subordinate CA</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="rss">RSS (Really Simple Syndication)</dt><dd>An <a href="#xml">XML</a> + data format for web <a href="#feed">feeds</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="safe_browsing">safe browsing</dt><dd>Protection against common threats + from <a href="#malware">Malware</a> and <a href="#phishing">Phishing</a> by + checking each <a href="#web_page">web page</a> against a list of reported + websites. If the web page you are about to visit has been reported as + containing malicious content, &brandShortName; prevents it from loading + and shows a warning instead.</dd> + +<dt id="search_engine">search engine</dt><dd>A web-based program that allows + users to search for and retrieve specific information from the + <a href="#world_wide_web">World Wide Web (WWW)</a>. The search engine may + search the full text of web documents or a list of keywords, or use + librarians who review web documents and index them manually for retrieval. + Typically, the user types a word or phrase, also called a query, into a + search box, and the search engine displays links to relevant web pages.</dd> + +<dt id="secure_authentication">secure authentication</dt><dd>A type of + <a href="#authentication">authentication</a> which uses a + <a href="#secure_connection">secure connection</a> so the communication + between client and server is encrypted.</dd> + +<dt id="secure_connection">secure connection</dt><dd>A connection between a + client and a server which uses some type of encryption (usually, + <a href="#ssl">SSL</a>) to ensure it can't be intercepted by + third-parties. Most of the time, the server is the one providing the + certificate to identify itself.</dd> + +<dt id="security_certificate">security certificate</dt><dd>See + <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="security_device">security device</dt><dd>Hardware or software that + provides cryptographic services such as encryption and decryption and can + store certificates and keys. A <a href="#smart_card">smart card</a> is one + example of a security device implemented in hardware. + <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</a> contains its own + built-in security device, called the + <a href="#software_security_device">software security device</a>, that is + always available while the browser is running. Each security device is + protected by its own <a href="#master_password">master password</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="security_module">security module</dt><dd>See + <a href="#pkcs_11_module">PKCS #11 module</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="security_token">security token</dt><dd>See + <a href="#security_device">security device</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="server">server</dt><dd>Software (such as software that serves up web + pages) that receives requests from and sends information to a + <a href="#client">client</a>, which is usually running on a different + computer. A computer on which server software runs is also described as a + server.</dd> + +<dt id="server_authentication">server authentication</dt><dd>The process of + identifying a <a href="#server">server</a> to a <a href="#client">client</a> + by using a <a href="#server_ssl_certificate">server SSL certificate</a>. See + also <a href="#client_authentication">client authentication</a>, + <a href="#ssl">SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="server_ssl_certificate">server SSL certificate</dt><dd>A + certificate that a <a href="#server">server</a> presents to a + <a href="#client">client</a> to authenticate the server's identity using + the <a href="#ssl">SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)</a> protocol.</dd> + +<dt id="signing_certificate">signing certificate</dt><dd>A certificate whose + corresponding <a href="#private_key">private key</a> is used to sign + transmitted data, so that the receiver can verify the identity of the sender. + Certificate authorities (CAs) often issue a signing certificate that will be + used to sign email messages at the same time as an + <a href="#encryption_certificate">encryption certificate</a> that will be + used to encrypt email messages. See also <a href="#dual_key_pairs">dual key + pairs</a>, <a href="#digital_signature">digital signature</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="signing_key">signing key</dt><dd>A private key used for signing only. + A signing key and its equivalent public key, together with an + <a href="#encryption_key">encryption key</a> and its equivalent private key, + constitute <a href="#dual_key_pairs">dual key pairs</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="slot">slot</dt><dd>A piece of hardware, or its equivalent in software, + that is controlled by a <a href="#pkcs_11_module">PKCS #11 module</a> and + designed to contain a <a href="#security_device">security device</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="smart_card">smart card</dt><dd>A small device, typically about the size + of a credit card, that contains a microprocessor and is capable of storing + cryptographic information (such as keys and certificates) and performing + cryptographic operations. Smart cards use the <a href="#pkcs_11">PKCS #11</a> + standard. A smart card is one kind of <a href="#security_device">security + device</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="smtp">SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol)</dt><dd>A protocol that + sends email messages across the <a href="#internet">Internet</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="socks">SOCKS</dt><dd>A protocol that a <a href="#proxy">proxy</a> + server can use to accept requests from client users in an internal network + so that it can forward them across the <a href="#internet">Internet</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="software_security_device">software security device</dt><dd>The default + <a href="#security_device">security device</a> used by + <a href="#certificate_manager">Certificate Manager</a> to store private keys + associated with your certificates. In addition to private keys, the software + security device stores the master key used by + <a href="#password_manager">Password Manager</a> to encrypt email passwords, + website passwords, and other sensitive information. See also + <a href="#private_key">private key</a> and <a href="#master_password">master + key</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="spoofing">spoofing</dt><dd>Pretending to be someone else. For example, + a person can pretend to have the email address <tt>jdoe@mozilla.com</tt>, or + a computer can identify itself as a website called <tt>www.mozilla.com</tt> + when it is not. Spoofing is one form of + <a href="#misrepresentation">misrepresentation</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="ssl">SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)</dt><dd>A protocol that allows mutual + authentication between a <a href="#client">client</a> and a + <a href="#server">server</a> for the purpose of establishing an authenticated + and encrypted connection. SSL runs above <a href="#tcp_ip">TCP/IP</a> and + below <a href="#http">HTTP</a>, <a href="#ldap">LDAP</a>, + <a href="#imap">IMAP</a>, NNTP, and other high-level network protocols. + The new Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) standard called Transport + Layer Security (TLS) is based on SSL. See also + <a href="#authentication">authentication</a>, + <a href="#encryption">encryption</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="starttls">STARTTLS</dt><dd>An extension to common standard TCP + protocols (like SMTP, POP or IMAP) so the client can tell the server to + use <a href="#tls">TLS</a> on the same TCP port as for non-secure + connections.</dd> + +<dt id="status_bar">Status Bar</dt><dd>The toolbar that appears at the bottom + of any &brandShortName; window. It includes the + <a href="#component_bar">Component Bar</a> on the left and status icons on + the right.</dd> + +<dt id="subject">subject</dt><dd>The entity (such as a person, organization, + or router) identified by a <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>. In + particular, the subject field of a certificate contains the certified + entity's <a href="#subject_name">subject name</a> and other + characteristics.</dd> + +<dt id="subject_name">subject name</dt><dd>A + <a href="#distinguished_name">distinguished name (DN)</a> that uniquely + describes the <a href="#subject">subject</a> of a + <a href="#certificate">certificate</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="subordinate_ca">subordinate CA</dt><dd>A + <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a> whose + certificate is signed by another subordinate CA or by the root CA. See also + <a href="#certificate_chain">certificate chain</a>, <a href="#root_ca">root + CA</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="symmetric_encryption">symmetric encryption</dt><dd>An encryption method + that uses a single cryptographic key to both encrypt and decrypt a given + message.</dd> + +<dt id="tamper_detection">tamper detection</dt><dd>A mechanism ensuring that + data received in electronic form has not been tampered with; that is, that + the data received corresponds entirely with the original version of the same + data.</dd> + +<dt id="tcp">TCP</dt><dd>See <a href="#tcp_ip">TCP/IP</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="tcp_ip">TCP/IP (Transmission Control Protocol/Internet + Protocol)</dt><dd>A Unix protocol used to connect computers running a variety + of operating systems. TCP/IP is an essential Internet protocol and has become + a global standard.</dd> + +<dt id="theme">theme</dt><dd>A type of <a href="#add-on">add-on</a> that changes + the appearance of &brandShortName;.</dd> + +<dt id="third-party_cookie">third-party cookie</dt><dd>A + <a href="#cookie">cookie</a> from one <a href="#website">website</a> that + gets stored on your computer when you visit a different website. Sometimes a + website displays content that is hosted on another website. That content can + be anything from an image to text or an advertisement. The second website + that hosts such elements also has the ability to store a cookie in your + browser, even though you don't visit it directly. Also known as + <q>foreign cookie</q>.</dd> + +<dt id="tls">TLS</dt><dd>Transport Layer Security (TLS) is the new Internet + Engineering Task Force (IETF) standard based on SSL (Secure Sockets Layer). + See also <a href="#ssl">SSL</a> and + <a href="#encryption">encryption</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="token">token</dt><dd>See <a href="#security_device">security + device</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="tooltip">tooltip</dt><dd>A small box with text that appears when + you hover your mouse's cursor over certain items. It usually contains + information regarding the item being hovered over.</dd> + +<dt id="trust">trust</dt><dd>Confident reliance on a person or other entity. In + the context of <a href="#pki">PKI (public-key infrastructure)</a>, trust + usually refers to the relationship between the user of a certificate and the + <a href="#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a> that issued + the certificate. If you use Certificate Manager to specify that you trust a + CA, Certificate Manager trusts valid certificates issued by that CA unless + you specify otherwise in the settings for individual certificates. You use + the Authorities tab in Certificate Manager to specify the kinds of + certificates you do or don't trust specific CAs to issue.</dd> + +<dt id="url">URL (Uniform Resource Locator)</dt><dd>The standardized address + that tells your browser how to locate a file or other resource on the Web. + For example: <tt>http://www.mozilla.org.</tt> You can type URLs into the + browser's <a href="#location_bar">Location Bar</a> to access + <a href="#web_page">web pages</a>. URLs are also used in the links on web + pages that you can click to go to other web pages. Also known as an Internet + address or Web address.</dd> + +<dt id="user_tracking">user tracking</dt><dd>Methods that some + <a href="#website">websites</a>, including advertisers and analytics services, + employ to determine patterns in how you browse the web (e.g., what websites + you have visited, which preferences you have voiced using buttons embedded by + social networks, and your purchase history). This information is mostly used + to show you specifically targeted offers or advertisements for products or + services. Mechanisms for user tracking include <a href="#cookie">cookies</a> + and <a href="#fingerprinting">browser fingerprinting</a>. See also + <a href="#do_not_track">Do Not Track</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="web_application">web application</dt><dd>An application that is not + running on your computer but remotely on a <a href="#website">website</a>. + Examples include web-mail systems or web-based systems where you enter + information into a form and receive a response as a <a href="#web_page">web + page</a>. An <i>offline</i> web application can work without a current + connection to the <a href="#internet">Internet</a> by saving the relevant + pages locally before running the application.</dd> + +<dt id="web_page">web page</dt><dd>A single document on the World Wide Web that + is specified by a unique address or <a href="#url">URL</a> and that may + contain text, hyperlinks, and graphics.</dd> + +<dt id="website">website</dt><dd>A group of related web pages linked by + hyperlinks and managed by a single company, organization, or individual. A + website may include text, graphics, audio and video files, and links to + other websites.</dd> + +<dt id="world_wide_web">World Wide Web (WWW)</dt><dd>Also known as the Web. A + portion of the <a href="#internet">Internet</a> that is made up of web pages + stored by web <a href="#server">servers</a> and displayed by + <a href="#client">clients</a> called web browsers (such as + &brandShortName;).</dd> + +<dt id="wpad">WPAD (Web Proxy AutoDiscovery)</dt><dd>A proposed Internet + protocol that allows a Web browser to automatically locate and interface + with <a href="#proxy">proxy</a> services in a network.</dd> + +<dt id="xml">XML (Extensible Markup Language)</dt><dd>An open standard for + describing data. Unlike <a href="#html">HTML</a>, XML allows the developer of + a web page to define special tags. For more information, see the online W3C + document + <a href="http://www.w3.org/XML/">Extensible Markup Language (XML)</a>.</dd> + +<dt id="xslt">XSLT (Extensible Stylesheet Language Transformation)</dt><dd>A + language used to convert an XML document into another XML document or into + some other format.</dd> + +<dt id="xul">XUL (XML User Interface Language)</dt><dd>A XML markup language + for creating user interfaces in applications.</dd> + +</dl> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/help-glossary.rdf b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/help-glossary.rdf new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..51621c1191 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/help-glossary.rdf @@ -0,0 +1,151 @@ +<?xml version="1.0"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#" + xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#"> + +<!-- HELP Glossary SECTION --> + <rdf:Description about="urn:root"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="add-on" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#add-on"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="authentication" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#authentication"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="bookmark" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#bookmark"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="CA" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ca"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="CA certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ca_certificate"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="cache" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cache"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="caret browsing" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#caret_browsing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate authority (CA)" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate backup password" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_backup_password"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate-based authentication" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate-based_authentication"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate chain" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_chain"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate fingerprint" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_fingerprint"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Certificate Manager" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_manager"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate renewal" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_renewal"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="certificate verification" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#certificate_verification"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="cipher" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cipher"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="client" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#client"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="client authentication" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#client_authentication"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="client SSL certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#client_ssl_certificate"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Component Bar" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#component_bar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="cookie" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cookie"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Cookie Manager" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cookie_manager"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="CRL" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#crl"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="cryptographic algorithm" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cryptographic_algorithm"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="cryptography" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#cryptography"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="decryption" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#decryption"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="digital ID" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#digital_id"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="digital signature" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#digital_signature"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="distinguished name (DN)" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#distinguished_name"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Do Not Track" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#do_not_track"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="dual key pairs" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#dual_key_pairs"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="eavesdropping" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#eavesdropping"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="encryption" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#encryption"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="encryption certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#encryption_certificate"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="encryption key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#encryption_key"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="extension" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#extension"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="feed" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#feed"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="fingerprint (certificate)" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#fingerprint"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="fingerprinting (browser)" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#fingerprinting"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="FIPS PUBS 140-1" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#fips_pubs_140-1"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="foreign cookie" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#foreign_cookie"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="frame" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#frame"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="FTP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ftp"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="helper application" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#helper_application"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="home page" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#home_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="HTML" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#html"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="HTTP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#http"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="HTTPS" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#https"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="IMAP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#imap"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="implicit consent" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#implicit_consent"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Internet" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#internet"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="IP address" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ip_address"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="IRC" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#irc"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="ISP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#isp"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Java" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#java"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="JavaScript" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#javascript"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#key"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="LDAP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ldap"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="language pack" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#language_pack"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Location Bar" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#location_bar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Malware" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#malware"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="master key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#master_key"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="master password" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#master_password"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="misrepresentation" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#misrepresentation"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Navigation Toolbar" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#navigation_toolbar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="nonrepudiation" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#nonrepudiation"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="notification bar" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#notification_bar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="object signing" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#object_signing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="object-signing certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#object-signing_certificate"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="OCSP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ocsp"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="OPML" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#opml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="password-based authentication" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#password-based_authentication"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Password Manager" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#password_manager"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Personal Toolbar" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#personal_toolbar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="phishing" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#phishing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="PKCS #11" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#pkcs_11"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="PKCS #11 module" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#pkcs_11_module"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="PKI" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#pki"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="plugin" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#plugin"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="POP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#pop"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="private browsing" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#private_browsing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="private key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#private_key"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="proxy" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#proxy"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="public key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#public_key"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="public-key cryptography" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#public-key_cryptography"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="root CA" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#root_ca"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="RSS" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#rss"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="safe browsing" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#safe_browsing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="search engine" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#search_engine"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="secure authentication" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#secure_authentication"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="secure connection" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#secure_connection"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="security certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#security_certificate"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="security device" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#security_device"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="security module" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#security_module"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="security token" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#security_token"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="server" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#server"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="server authentication" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#server_authentication"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="server SSL certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#server_ssl_certificate"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="signing certificate" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#signing_certificate"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="signing key" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#signing_key"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="slot" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#slot"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="smart card" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#smart_card"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="SMTP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#smtp"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="SOCKS" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#socks"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="software security device" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#software_security_device"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="spoofing" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#spoofing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="SSL" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#ssl"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="STARTTLS" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#starttls"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="Status Bar" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#status_bar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="subject" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#subject"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="subject name" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#subject_name"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="subordinate CA" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#subordinate_ca"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="symmetric encryption" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#symmetric_encryption"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="tamper detection" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#tamper_detection"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="TCP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#tcp"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="theme" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#theme"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="TCP/IP" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#tcp_ip"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="third-party cookie" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#third-party_cookie"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="TLS" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#tls"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="token" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#token"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="tooltip" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#tooltip"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="trust" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#trust"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="URL" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#url"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="user tracking" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#user_tracking"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="web application" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#web_application"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="web page" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#web_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="website" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#website"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="World Wide Web (WWW)" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#world_wide_web"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="WPAD" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#wpad"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="XML" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#xml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="XSLT" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#xslt"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description nc:name="XUL" nc:link="glossary.xhtml#xul"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +</rdf:RDF> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/help-index1.rdf b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/help-index1.rdf new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4c25cf24ba --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/help-index1.rdf @@ -0,0 +1,2256 @@ +<?xml version="1.0"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#" + xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#"> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#a"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Account_Settings" + nc:name="Account Settings" + nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#changing_the_settings_for_an_account"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="adding" + nc:name="adding"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="add-ons" + nc:name="add-ons" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#add-ons"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="address_books" + nc:name="address books" + nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#about_address_books"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="appearance_panel" + nc:name="appearance panel" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#the_appearance_panel"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="attaching_files_to_messages" + nc:name="attaching files to messages" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#attaching_a_file_or_web_page"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#adding"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="adding:images_to_web_pages" + nc:name="inserting images to web pages" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_an_image_into_your_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="adding:blog_account" + nc:name="creating a new blog account" + nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="adding:mail_account" + nc:name="creating a new mail account" + nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="adding:newsgroup_account" + nc:name="adding a new newsgroup account" + nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="adding:table_elements" + nc:name="inserting table elements" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#adding_and_deleting_rows_columns_and_cells"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#address_books"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="address_books:adding_entries" + nc:name="adding address book entries" + nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_entries_to_your_address_books"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="address_books:creating" + nc:name="creating a new address book" + nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#creating_a_new_address_book"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="address_books:creating_mailing_lists" + nc:name="creating mailing lists" + nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#creating_a_mailing_list"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="address_books:exporting" + nc:name="exporting address books" + nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#exporting_address_books"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="address_books:importing" + nc:name="importing address books" + nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#importing_address_books"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="address_books:LDAP_directories" + nc:name="LDAP directories" + nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="address_books:searching" + nc:name="searching your address book" + nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#searching_address_books_and_directories"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#add-ons"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:about" + nc:name="about" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#about_add-ons"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:installing" + nc:name="installing" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#installing_add-ons"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:manager" + nc:name="Add-ons Manager" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#using_the_add-ons_manager"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#add-ons:manager"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:searching_for_add-ons" + nc:name="Searching for Add-ons" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#searching_for_add-ons"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:get_add-ons" + nc:name="Get Add-ons Panel" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#the_get_add-ons_panel"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:extensions_panel" + nc:name="Extensions Panel" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#the_extensions_panel"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:appearance_panel" + nc:name="Appearance Panel" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#the_appearance_panel"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:plugins_panel" + nc:name="Plugins Panel" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#the_plugins_panel"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:languages_panel" + nc:name="Languages Panel" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#the_languages_panel"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="add-ons:updating_add-ons" + nc:name="Updating Add-ons" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#updating_add-ons"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#b"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="backing_up_certificates" + nc:name="backing up certificates" + nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks" + nc:name="bookmarks" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#visiting_bookmarked_pages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser" + nc:name="browser" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browsing_anonymously" + nc:name="browsing anonymously" + nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#how_can_i_make_sure_unauthorized_people_dont_use_information_about_me"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#bookmarks"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:changing_bookmarks" + nc:name="changing bookmarks" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_individual_bookmarks"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:creating_bookmarks" + nc:name="creating bookmarks" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#creating_new_bookmarks"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:exporting_bookmarks" + nc:name="exporting bookmarks" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#exporting_or_importing_a_bookmark_list"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:organizing_bookmarks" + nc:name="organizing bookmarks" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#organizing_your_bookmarks"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:searching_bookmarks" + nc:name="searching bookmarks" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#searching_your_bookmarks"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:using_bookmarks" + nc:name="using bookmarks" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#using_bookmarks"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:visiting" + nc:name="visiting bookmarked pages" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#visiting_bookmarked_pages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="bookmarks:what_are_bookmarks" + nc:name="what are bookmarks" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_are_bookmarks"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#browser"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:changing_your_home_page" + nc:name="changing your home page" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_your_home_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:controlling_popups" + nc:name="controlling popups" + nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#controlling_popups"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:Download_Manager" + nc:name="Download Manager" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:full_screen_mode" + nc:name="Full screen mode" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#full_screen_mode"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:helper_applications" + nc:name="helper applications" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#helper_applications"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:home_page" + nc:name="home page" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#viewing_your_home_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:keyboard_shortcuts" + nc:name="keyboard shortcuts" + nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:opening_pages" + nc:name="opening pages" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#moving_to_another_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:preferences" + nc:name="Browser Preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator_preferences"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:set_as_wallpaper" + nc:name="set as wallpaper" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#setting_image_as_wallpaper"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:start_page" + nc:name="start page" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_a_starting_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:session_restore" + nc:name="session restore" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#session_restore"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:crash_recovery" + nc:name="crash recovery" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#session_restore"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:start_up_components" + nc:name="start up components" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_which_components_open_at_launch"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#c"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="cache" + nc:name="cache" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#changing_cache_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="caret_browsing" + nc:name="caret browsing" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Certificates" + nc:name="Certificates" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#using_certificates"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer" + nc:name="Composer" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Cookie_Manager" + nc:name="Cookie Manager" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="cookies" + nc:name="cookies" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="copy web pages" + nc:name="copy" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_saving_and_printing_pages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Customizing" + nc:name="Customizing Fonts and Colors" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#cache"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="cache:changing_settings" + nc:name="changing cache settings" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#changing_cache_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="cache:preferences" + nc:name="cache preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#cache"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#Certificates"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:certificate_authority" + nc:name="certificate authority" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_certificate_authorities"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:getting" + nc:name="getting certificates" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#getting_your_own_certificate"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:managing" + nc:name="Managing Certificates" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:preferences" + nc:name="Certificate Preferences" + nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:selecting_for_client_authentication" + nc:name="Selecting for client authentication" + nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#client_certificate_selection"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:server" + nc:name="server identity" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_servers"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:using" + nc:name="Using Certificates" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#using_certificates"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:validation" + nc:name="certificate validation" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#controlling_validation"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:website" + nc:name="website identity" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_servers"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Certificates:your_own" + nc:name="Your own identity" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_you"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#Composer"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:adding_tables" + nc:name="adding tables" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#adding_tables_to_your_web_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:Advanced_Property_Editor" + nc:name="Advanced Property Editor" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#using_the_advanced_property_editor"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:changing_text_color" + nc:name="changing text color" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_text_color_style_and_font"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:changing_text_font" + nc:name="changing text font" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_text_color_style_and_font"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:checking_html" + nc:name="checking html" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#validating_the_html"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:creating_links" + nc:name="creating links" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_links_in_composer"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:creating_new_pages" + nc:name="creating new pages" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:editing_image_properties" + nc:name="editing image properties" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#editing_image_properties"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:editing_modes" + nc:name="editing modes" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#choosing_the_right_editing_mode"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:finding_replacing_text" + nc:name="finding replacing text" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#finding_and_replacing_text"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:formatting_lists" + nc:name="formatting lists" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:formatting_paragraphs" + nc:name="formatting paragraphs" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:general_preferences" + nc:name="general preferences" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#composer_preferences"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:inserting_horizontal_lines" + nc:name="inserting horizontal lines" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_horizontal_lines"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:inserting_images" + nc:name="inserting images" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_an_image_into_your_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:keyboard_shortcuts" + nc:name="keyboard shortcuts" + nc:link="shortcuts_composer.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:removing_text_styles" + nc:name="removing text styles" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#removing_or_discontinuing_text_styles"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:saving_pages" + nc:name="saving pages in composer" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#saving_and_browsing_your_new_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:setting_page_colors" + nc:name="setting page colors" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_page_colors_and_backgrounds"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:setting_page_properties" + nc:name="setting page properties" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_page_properties_and_meta_tags"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:special_characters" + nc:name="special characters" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_special_characters"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Composer:working_with_lists" + nc:name="working with lists" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#working_with_lists"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#Cookie_Manager"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Cookie_Manager:cookies_stored_by" + nc:name="stored cookies" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#stored_cookies"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Cookie_Manager:using" + nc:name="using cookies" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#cookies"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="cookies:about" + nc:name="about cookies" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="cookies:email_and" + nc:name="e-mail and cookies" + nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#how_can_i_control_web_pages_in_email_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="cookies:managing_per_site" + nc:name="managing cookies per website" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_cookies_site-by-site"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="cookies:preferences" + nc:name="cookie preferences" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="cookies:removing" + nc:name="removing cookies" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#removing_cookies"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="cookies:third-party" + nc:name="third-party cookies" + nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_third-party_cookies"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="cookies:viewing" + nc:name="viewing cookies" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#viewing_cookies"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#d"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="default_account" + nc:name="default account" + nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#set_as_default"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="device_manager" + nc:name="Device Manager" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#about_security_devices_and_modules"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="DOM_Inspector" + nc:name="DOM Inspector" + nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#inspector"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Download_Manager" + nc:name="Download Manager" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#Download_Manager"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Download_Manager:preferences" + nc:name="download manager preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#downloads"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#e"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="email_addresses" + nc:name="e-mail addresses"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="encryption" + nc:name="encryption" + nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="JSConsole" + nc:name="error console" + nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#js_console"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="extensions_panel" + nc:name="extensions panel" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#the_extensions_panel"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#email_addresses"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="email_addresses:address_books_and" + nc:name="adding e-mail addresses to address books" + nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_entries_to_your_address_books"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="email_addresses:in_mail_messages" + nc:name="e-mail address in messages" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#addressing_a_message"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#encryption"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="encryption:about" + nc:name="about encryption and signing" + nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#about_digital_signatures_and_encryption"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="encryption:of_email_messages" + nc:name="encrypted e-mail messages" + nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="encryption:of_stored_sensitive_information" + nc:name="storing sensitive information" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="encryption:settings_for_email" + nc:name="encryption settings" + nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#configuring_security_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="encryption:status_of_web_page" + nc:name="security of a web page" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#f"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="feeds" + nc:name="Feeds" + nc:link="glossary.xhtml#feed"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="file_types" + nc:name="file types" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Filing_messages" + nc:name="Filing messages" + nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#filing_messages_in_folders"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Find_Links_As_You_Type" + nc:name="Find Links As You Type" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#fayt"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Find_Text_As_You_Type" + nc:name="Find Text As You Type" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#fayt"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="FIPS_mode" + nc:name="FIPS mode" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#enable_fips_mode"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="font_changing_in_composer" + nc:name="Font changing in Composer" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_text_color_style_and_font"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#feeds"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="feeds:subscribing" + nc:name="subscribing to a feed" + nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="feeds:reading" + nc:name="Reading a feed" + nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#reading_blogs_and_news_feed_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="feeds:exporting_importing" + nc:name="exporting and importing feeds" + nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#exporting_and_importing_feeds"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#g"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="GIF" + nc:name="GIF, inserting" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_an_image_into_your_page"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#h"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="helper_applications" + nc:name="helper applications" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="home_page" + nc:name="home page" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="HTML" + nc:name="HTML"/> + </rdf:li><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="HTTP_Networking" + nc:name="HTTP Networking" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#http_networking"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#HTML"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="HTML:editing_in_mail_messages" + nc:name="editing HTML in mail messages" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#editing_or_inserting_html_elements"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="HTML:using_in_Composer" + nc:name="inserting HTML in Composer" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_html_elements_and_attributes"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="HTML:using_in_mail_messages" + nc:name="using HTML in mail messages" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_html_in_your_messages"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#i"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="images" + nc:name="images"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="IMAP" + nc:name="IMAP" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#about_internet_message_access_protocol"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="import" + nc:name="import"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + + +<rdf:Description about="#images"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="images:email_and" + nc:name="e-mail and images" + nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#how_can_i_control_web_pages_in_email_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="images:managing" + nc:name="managing images" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_images"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="images:preferences" + nc:name="image preferences" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#images"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="images:set_as_wallpaper" + nc:name="set as wallpaper" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#setting_image_as_wallpaper"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#IMAP"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="IMAP:about" + nc:name="about IMAP" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#about_internet_message_access_protocol"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="IMAP:advanced_mail_settings" + nc:name="advanced IMAP mail settings" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#advanced_imap_server_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="IMAP:server_settings" + nc:name="IMAP server settings" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#imap_server_settings"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#import"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="import:address_book" + nc:name="import address books" + nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#importing_address_books"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="import:bookmark_list" + nc:name="import bookmarks" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#exporting_or_importing_a_bookmark_list"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="import:certificates" + nc:name="import certificates" + nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="import:feeds" + nc:name="import feeds" + nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#exporting_and_importing_feeds"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="import:mail" + nc:name="import mail or settings from other programs" + nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#importing_mail_from_other_programs"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#j"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="java" + nc:name="Java" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="JavaScript" + nc:name="JavaScript"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Venkman" + nc:name="JavaScript Debugger" + nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#venkman"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#JavaScript"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="JavaScript:preferences" + nc:name="JavaScript Preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#scripts_and_plugins"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#k"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_preferences" + nc:name="keyboard preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts" + nc:name="keyboard shortcuts" + nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="keywords" + nc:name="keywords" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#custom_keywords"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#keyboard_shortcuts"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts:Composer" + nc:name="Composer keyboard shortcuts" + nc:link="shortcuts_composer.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts:general" + nc:name="general keyboard shortcuts" + nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml#general_mozilla_shortcuts"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts:help" + nc:name="help keyboard shortcuts" + nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml#using_shortcuts"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts:Mail_and_Newsgroups" + nc:name="Mail and Newsgroups keyboard shortcuts" + nc:link="shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="keyboard_shortcuts:Navigator" + nc:name="Browser keyboard shortcuts" + nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#l"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="languages" + nc:name="languages" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_languages_and_international_content"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="languages_panel" + nc:name="languages panel" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#the_languages_panel"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="LDAP" + nc:name="LDAP" + nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="lock_icon" + nc:name="lock icon" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#languages"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="languages:and_international_content" + nc:name="language and international content" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_languages_and_international_content"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="languages:Appearance_preferences" + nc:name="User interface languages" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#LDAP"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="LDAP:adding_to_address_book" + nc:name="adding directories to address book" + nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="LDAP:directory_server_settings" + nc:name="directory server settings" + nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#directory_server_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="LDAP:global_settings" + nc:name="LDAP settings" + nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#addressing_preferences"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#m"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="mail" + nc:name="mail security settings" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups" + nc:name="Mail and Newsgroups" + nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="master_password" + nc:name="Master Password" + nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#change_master_password"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="mouse_wheel" + nc:name="mouse wheel" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_a_mouse_wheel"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#Mail_and_Newsgroups"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:Account_Setup_Wizard" + nc:name="Account Setup Wizard" + nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#using_the_mail_account_setup_wizard"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:adding_accounts" + nc:name="adding accounts" + nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:address_autocompletion" + nc:name="address autocompletion" + nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#address_autocompletion"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:addressing_messages" + nc:name="addressing messages" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#addressing_a_message"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:addressing_preferences" + nc:name="addressing preferences" + nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#addressing_preferences"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:Advanced_IMAP_settings" + nc:name="Advanced IMAP settings" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#advanced_imap_server_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:attaching_files" + nc:name="attaching files" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#attaching_a_file_or_web_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:changing_account_settings" + nc:name="changing account settings" + nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#changing_the_settings_for_an_account"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:Character_Encoding" + nc:name="Character Encoding" + nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#character_encoding"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:Compose_window" + nc:name="Compose window" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_the_message_composition_window"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:composing_messages" + nc:name="composing messages" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:copies_and_folder_settings" + nc:name="copies and folder settings" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#copies_and_folders"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:copying_folders" + nc:name="copying folders" + nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#moving_or_copying_a_folder"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:creating_filters" + nc:name="creating filters" + nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_message_filters"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:creating_folders" + nc:name="creating folders" + nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_a_folder"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:creating_HTML_mail_messages" + nc:name="creating HTML mail messages" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#creating_html_mail_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:disk_space_and_storage_settings" + nc:name="disk space and storage settings" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:filing_messages" + nc:name="filing messages" + nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#filing_messages_in_folders"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:forwarding_messages" + nc:name="forwarding messages" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#forwarding_a_message"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:general_preferences" + nc:name="general mail preferences" + nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:getting_new_messages" + nc:name="getting new messages" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#getting_new_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:HTML_mail_recipients" + nc:name="HTML mail recipients" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#specifying_recipients_for_html_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:HTML_mail_sending_options" + nc:name="HTML mail sending options" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#choosing_html_mail_sending_options"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:HTML_Message_Source" + nc:name="HTML Message Source" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#viewing_the_message_source_for_html_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:identity_settings" + nc:name="identity settings" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#account_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:mail_window_layout" + nc:name="mail window layout" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#choosing_how_you_view_the_mail_window"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:message_searching" + nc:name="message searching" + nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#searching_through_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:network_preferences" + nc:name="Mail and Newsgroups Network preferences" + nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#network_and_storage_preferences"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:offline_synchronization_settings" + nc:name="offline synchronization settings" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:POP_settings" + nc:name="POP settings" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#pop_server_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:renaming_folders" + nc:name="renaming folders" + nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#renaming_a_folder"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:replying_to_messages" + nc:name="replying to messages" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#replying_to_a_message"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:saving_and_printing_messages" + nc:name="saving and printing messages" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#saving_and_printing_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:saving_attachments" + nc:name="saving attachments" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#saving_attachments"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:saving_messages_drafts" + nc:name="saving messages drafts" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#saving_and_editing_a_message_draft"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:sending_messages" + nc:name="sending messages" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#sending_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:sending_options" + nc:name="sending options" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#selecting_message_sending_options"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:SMTP_settings" + nc:name="SMTP settings" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#outgoing_server"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:sorting_and_threading_messages" + nc:name="sorting and threading messages" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#sorting_and_threading_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:using_address_books" + nc:name="using address books" + nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#using_address_books"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:using_attachments" + nc:name="using attachments" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_attachments"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:using_HTML_in_messages" + nc:name="using HTML in messages" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_html_in_your_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:viewing_attachments" + nc:name="viewing attachments" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#viewing_and_opening_attachments"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Mail_and_Newsgroups:working_offline" + nc:name="working offline" + nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#working_offline"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#master_password"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="master_password:changing" + nc:name="Changing master password" + nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#change_master_password"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="master_password:forgetting" + nc:name="Forgetting your master password" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#what_to_do_if_you_forget_your_master_password"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="master_password:preferences" + nc:name="Master Password Preferences" + nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#master_passwords"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="master_password:timeout" + nc:name="Master Password Timeout" + nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#master_password_timeout"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#n"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="navigation" + nc:name="navigation" + nc:link="help_help.xhtml#finding_the_topic_you_want"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Newsgroups" + nc:name="Newsgroups" + nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#getting_started_with_newsgroups"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#Newsgroups"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Newsgroups:getting_started" + nc:name="getting started with newsgroups" + nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#getting_started_with_newsgroups"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Newsgroups:server_settings" + nc:name="newsgroup server settings" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#server_settings"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#o"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Offline" + nc:name="Offline"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="OPML" + nc:name="OPML" + nc:link="glossary.xhtml#opml"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#Offline"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Offline:general_preferences" + nc:name="offline preferences" + nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#network_and_storage_preferences"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Offline:offline_apps" + nc:name="Offline Web Applications" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#offline_apps"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Offline:Mail_and_Newsgroups" + nc:name="Offline Mail and News" + nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#working_offline"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#p"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="page_info" + nc:name="page info" + nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#viewing_page_info"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="password_manager" + nc:name="Password Manager" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="phishing" + nc:name="phishing" + nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#phishing_detection"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="plugins" + nc:name="plugins" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="plugins_panel" + nc:name="plugins panel" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#the_plugins_panel"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="POP" + nc:name="POP" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#about_post_office_protocol"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="passwords" + nc:name="Passwords" + nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#passwords"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="popup_windows" + nc:name="popup windows" + nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#controlling_popups"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="popups" + nc:name="popups" + nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#controlling_popups"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences" + nc:name="preferences"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="print" + nc:name="print" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_saving_and_printing_pages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="privacy" + nc:name="privacy" + nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#privacy_on_the_internet"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="profiles" + nc:name="profiles" + nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="proxies" + nc:name="proxies" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#proxies"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="publishing_pages" + nc:name="publishing pages" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + + +<rdf:Description about="#password_manager"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="password_manager:encrypting_stored_passwords" + nc:name="Encrypting Stored Passwords" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="password_manager:master_password" + nc:name="Master Password" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#setting_a_master_password"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="password_manager:preferences" + nc:name="Password Preferences" + nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#password_manager"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#passwords"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="passwords:choosing" + nc:name="Choosing a Good Password" + nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#choosing_a_good_password"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="passwords:preferences" + nc:name="Password Preferences" + nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#passwords"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="passwords:remembering_automatically" + nc:name="Remembering Automatically" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="passwords:timeout_for_master_password" + nc:name="Timeout for Master Password" + nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#master_password_timeout"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#POP"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="POP:server_settings" + nc:name="POP server settings" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#pop_server_settings"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#popup_windows"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="popup_windows:preferences" + nc:name="popup window preferences" + nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#preferences"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:advanced" + nc:name="advanced preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#advanced_preferences"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:appearance" + nc:name="appearance preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:cache" + nc:name="cache preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#cache"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:certificates" + nc:name="certificates preferences" + nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:colors" + nc:name="colors preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#colors"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:content" + nc:name="content preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#content"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:cookies" + nc:name="cookies preferences" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:Downloads" + nc:name="Downloads preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#downloads"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:fonts" + nc:name="fonts preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#fonts"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:helper_applications" + nc:name="helper application preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#helper_applications"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:history" + nc:name="history preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#history"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:images" + nc:name="image preferences" + nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#images"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:internet_search" + nc:name="internet search preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#internet_search"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:JavaScript" + nc:name="JavaScript preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#scripts_and_plugins"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:keyboard" + nc:name="keyboard preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:languages" + nc:name="languages preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#languages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:Link_Behavior" + nc:name="Link Behavior preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#link_behavior"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:Navigator" + nc:name="Browser preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator_preferences"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:passwords" + nc:name="passwords preferences" + nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#passwords"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:popup_windows" + nc:name="popup windows preferences" + nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:privacy" + nc:name="privacy preferences" + nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:proxies" + nc:name="proxies preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#proxies"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:security" + nc:name="security preferences" + nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:SSL" + nc:name="SSL preferences" + nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_ssl"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:Tabbed_Browsing" + nc:name="Tabbed Browsing preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#privacy"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="privacy:about" + nc:name="about privacy" + nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#privacy_on_the_internet"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="privacy:cookies_and" + nc:name="cookies and privacy" + nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="privacy:IP_address" + nc:name="IP address" + nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#internet_address"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="privacy:preferences" + nc:name="privacy preferences" + nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="privacy:protecting" + nc:name="protecting your privacy" + nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#using_privacy_features"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="privacy:viewing_site_policy" + nc:name="viewing website policy" + nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#profiles"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="profiles:creating" + nc:name="creating a profile" + nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_profile"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="profiles:deleting" + nc:name="deleting a profile" + nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#deleting_or_renaming_a_profile"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="profiles:managing" + nc:name="managing profiles" + nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#managing_profiles"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="profiles:renaming" + nc:name="renaming a profile" + nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#deleting_or_renaming_a_profile"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#proxies"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="proxies:advanced" + nc:name="advanced proxy preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#advanced_proxy_preferences"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="proxies:preferences" + nc:name="proxy preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#proxies"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="proxies:setting" + nc:name="setting proxy values" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#proxies"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#publishing_pages"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="publishing_pages:settings" + nc:name="publish page settings" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="publishing_pages:tips" + nc:name="publish page tips" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#tips_for_avoiding_broken_links_or_missing_images"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#r"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="resetting_master_password" + nc:name="resetting master password" + nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#reset_master_password"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="return_receipts" + nc:name="return receipts" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#return_receipts"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#return_receipts"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="return_receipts:general_preferences" + nc:name="return receipts preferences" + nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences"/> + </rdf:li><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="return_receipts:using" + nc:name="using return receipts" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#confirming_that_your_message_was_opened"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#s"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="safe_browsing" + nc:name="safe browsing preferences" + nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml#safe_browsing"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="save" + nc:name="save"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="security" + nc:name="security"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="security_devices" + nc:name="security devices" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#about_security_devices_and_modules"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="settings" + nc:name="settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="security_modules" + nc:name="security modules" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#about_security_devices_and_modules"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="search" + nc:name="search" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_the_web"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="searching_for_add-ons" + nc:name="searching for add-ons" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#searching_for_add-ons"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar" + nc:name="Sidebar" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_is_sidebar"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="signing_email_messages" + nc:name="signing e-mail messages" + nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="smart_cards" + nc:name="smart cards" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="SSL" + nc:name="SSL" + nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="SMTP" + nc:name="SMTP"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="software_installation" + nc:name="software installation" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#software_installation"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + + +<rdf:Description about="#save"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="save:web_pages" + nc:name="saving and printing web pages" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_saving_and_printing_pages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="save:messages" + nc:name="saving and printing messages" + nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#saving_and_printing_messages"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#search"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="search:Advanced_mode" + nc:name="Sidebar Advanced Search Mode" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#sidebar_advanced_search_mode"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="search:bookmarks" + nc:name="search bookmarks" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_the_bookmarks_or_history_list"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="search:setting_preferences" + nc:name="search preferences" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#setting_search_preferences"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#security"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="security:checking_before_sending_message" + nc:name="checking security before sending message" + nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#message_security_compose_window"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="security:checking_for_a_web_page" + nc:name="checking security for a web page" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="security:checking_for_received_messages" + nc:name="checking security for received messages" + nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#reading_signed_and_encrypted_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="security:preferences" + nc:name="security preferences" + nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#security_devices"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="security_devices:managing" + nc:name="Managing security devices" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#security_modules"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="security_modules:managing" + nc:name="Managing security modules" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#settings"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="settings:certificate" + nc:name="certificate settings" + nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#certificate_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="settings:signed_and_encrypted mail" + nc:name="signed and encrypted mail settings" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="settings:SSL" + nc:name="SSL settings" + nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#ssl_settings"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#Sidebar"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:adding_tabs" + nc:name="adding sidebar tabs" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#adding_sidebar_tabs"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:customizing_tabs" + nc:name="customizing sidebar tabs" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#customizing_individual_sidebar_tabs"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:description" + nc:name="what is Sidebar?" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_is_sidebar"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:opening_closing_resizing" + nc:name="opening, closing, and resizing sidebar" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#opening_closing_and_resizing_sidebar"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:removing_tabs" + nc:name="removing sidebar tabs" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#removing_sidebar_tabs"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:reorganizing_tabs" + nc:name="reorganizing sidebar tabs" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#reorganizing_sidebar_tabs"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:search_categories" + nc:name="search categories" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#customizing_search_categories"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:searching_from" + nc:name="searching from Sidebar" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_from_sidebar"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Sidebar:viewing_tabs" + nc:name="viewing sidebar tabs" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#viewing_sidebar_tabs"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#SMTP"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="SMTP:choosing_a_different" + nc:name="choosing a different SMTP server" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#account_settings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="SMTP:server_settings" + nc:name="SMTP server settings" + nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#outgoing_server"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#SSL"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="SSL:preferences" + nc:name="SSL preferences" + nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_ssl"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="SSL:protocols" + nc:name="SSL protocols" + nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#ssl_protocol_versions"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="SSL:warnings" + nc:name="SSL warnings" + nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#ssl_warnings"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="SSL:mixed_content" + nc:name="mixed content" + nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#mixed_content"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#t"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Tab_Key_Navigation" + nc:name="Tab Key Navigation" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing" + nc:name="Tabbed Browsing" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#tabbed_browsing"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Tags" + nc:name="Tags" + nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#tagging_messages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="themes" + nc:name="themes" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_the_theme"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="toolbar" + nc:name="toolbar"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#Tabbed_Browsing"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:bookmarking_tabs" + nc:name="bookmarking tabs" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#bookmarking_tabs"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:closing_tabs" + nc:name="closing tabs" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#closing_tabs"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:introduction" + nc:name="using tabbed browsing" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_tabbed_browsing"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:moving_tabs" + nc:name="moving tabs" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#moving_tabs"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:opening_tabs" + nc:name="opening tabs" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#opening_tabs"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:setting_up" + nc:name="setting up tabbed browsing" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#setting_up_tabbed_browsing"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Tabbed_Browsing:what_is" + nc:name="what is tabbed browsing" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_is_tabbed_browsing"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#Tags"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Tags:general_preferences" + nc:name="tag preferences" + nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#tags"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#toolbar"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="toolbar:hiding_a_toolbar" + nc:name="hiding a toolbar" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#hiding_a_toolbar"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="toolbar:navigation_toolbar" + nc:name="navigation toolbar" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#navigation_toolbar"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="toolbar:personal_toolbar" + nc:name="personal toolbar" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#personal_toolbar"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#u"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="updating_add-ons" + nc:name="updating add-ons" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#updating_add-ons"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="uploading_pages" + nc:name="uploading pages" + nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="user_tracking" + nc:name="user tracking preferences" + nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#v"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="validation" + nc:name="validation" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#how_validation_works"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#validation"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="validation:about" + nc:name="about validation" + nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#how_validation_works"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="validation:OCSP" + nc:name="OCSP" + nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#ocsp"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="validation:settings" + nc:name="validation settings" + nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#w"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="web_pages" + nc:name="web pages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="Working_Offline" + nc:name="Working Offline" + nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#working_offline"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#web_pages"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:copying" + nc:name="copying web pages" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_saving_and_printing_pages"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:customizing_fonts" + nc:name="customizing fonts" + nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:finding_within" + nc:name="finding text within a web page" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_within_a_page"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:history" + nc:name="web page history" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#about_history_lists"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:navigating" + nc:name="navigating web pages" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#browsing_the_web"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:searching" + nc:name="searching web pages" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_the_web"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="web_pages:stopping" + nc:name="stopping" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#stopping_and_reloading"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +</rdf:RDF> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/help-indexAZ.rdf b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/help-indexAZ.rdf new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..22cae57917 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/help-indexAZ.rdf @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +<?xml version="1.0"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#" + xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#"> + + <rdf:Description about="urn:root"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="a" nc:name="A"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="b" nc:name="B"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="c" nc:name="C"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="d" nc:name="D"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="e" nc:name="E"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="f" nc:name="F"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="g" nc:name="G"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="h" nc:name="H"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="i" nc:name="I"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="j" nc:name="J"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="k" nc:name="K"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="l" nc:name="L"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="m" nc:name="M"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="n" nc:name="N"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="o" nc:name="O"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="p" nc:name="P"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="q" nc:name="Q"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="r" nc:name="R"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="s" nc:name="S"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="t" nc:name="T"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="u" nc:name="U"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="v" nc:name="V"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="w" nc:name="W"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="x" nc:name="X"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="y" nc:name="Y"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="z" nc:name="Z"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> +</rdf:RDF> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/help-win.rdf b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/help-win.rdf new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d511b56cb2 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/help-win.rdf @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +<?xml version="1.0"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE rdf:RDF SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + +<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#" + xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#"> + +<rdf:Description about="suite-toc.rdf#ieusers" + nc:name="For Internet Explorer Users" + nc:link="forieusers.xhtml"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="terms" + nc:name="Terminology Differences" + nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#mozilla_and_internet_explorer_terminology_differences"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="favorites" + nc:name="About Your IE Favorites" + nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#about_your_ie_favorites"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="key-features" + nc:name="Browser Features" + nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#browser_features"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="more-features" + nc:name="Other Features" + nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#other_features"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="keyboard-shortcuts" + nc:name="Keyboard Shortcuts" + nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#keyboard_shortcuts"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="suite-toc.rdf#nav-doc-ses"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-default" + nc:name="Making &brandShortName; Your Default Browser" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#making_mozilla_your_default_browser"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-index1.rdf#browser"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="browser:default" + nc:name="default browser" + nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#making_mozilla_your_default_browser"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#d"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="default_browser_preferences" + nc:name="default browser preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-indexAZ.rdf#i"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="ieusers" + nc:name="Internet Explorer User Help" + nc:link="forieusers.xhtml"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#ieusers"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="ieusers:terminology-differences" + nc:name="Terminology Differences" + nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#mozilla_and_internet_explorer_terminology_differences"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="ieusers:your-favorites" + nc:name="About Your IE Favorites" + nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#about_your_ie_favorites"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="ieusers:additional-software" + nc:name="Other Features" + nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#other_features"/> + </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="ieusers:keyboard-shortcuts" + nc:name="Keyboard Shortcuts" + nc:link="forieusers.xhtml#keyboard_shortcuts"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="help-index1.rdf#preferences"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq><rdf:li> + <rdf:Description ID="preferences:default_browser" + nc:name="default browser preferences" + nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator"/> + </rdf:li></rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +</rdf:RDF> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/helpFileLayout.css b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/helpFileLayout.css new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f4442c3601 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/helpFileLayout.css @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */ +@import url("chrome://help/content/platformClasses.css"); + +body { + margin: 2ex; + font-family: sans-serif; + font-size: 0.75em; + max-width: 120ex; +} + +dd { -moz-margin-start: 0px; margin-bottom: 1em; } +dt { font-size: 10pt; font-weight: bold; } +tt { font-size: 10pt; } + +:link:hover, +:visited:hover { color: -moz-activehyperlinktext; } + +h1 { font-size: 20pt; } +h2 { border-top: 1px solid black; font-size: 16pt; padding-top: 0.2em; } +h3 { color: #009; font-size: 10pt; margin-bottom: 0px; margin-top: 35px; } + +kbd { font-family: sans-serif; } + +.defaultTable { border-collapse: collapse; border: 1px solid grey; + width: 100%; } + +.defaultTable td { border: 1px solid grey; padding: 4px; } + +.defaultTable th { background-color: #99ccff; + border: 1px solid grey; font-size: 10pt; padding: 4px; text-align: left; } + +.tbody-default > tr:nth-child(2n) { + background-color: #eeeeee; +} + +.boilerPlate { font-size: 7pt; } + +.commandColumn { width: 40%; } +.osFirstColumn { width: 20%; } +.osSecondColumn { width: 20%; } +.osThirdColumn { width: 20%; } + +p:first-child { padding-top: 0; margin-top: 0; } + +.separate > li { margin-bottom: 0.5em; } + +.contentsBox { + margin-top: 12px; + background-color: #cccccc; + border: 1px solid black; + width: 300px; + padding: 1em; +} + +.contentsBox > ul { + list-style-type: none; +} + +a[href^="http://"]:after, a[href^="https://"]:after, a[href^="x-moz-url-link:"]:after { + content: url("images/web-links.png"); +} diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/help_help.xhtml b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/help_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9cb475a3d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/help_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Using the Help Window</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="help_window_top">Using the Help Window</h1> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Help window (the entire window in + which this text and the sidebar on the left are displayed).</p> + +<p>For additional sources of support and information, click the links displayed + in the bottom portion of the <a href="welcome_help.xhtml">Help and Support + Center</a>.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#finding_the_topic_you_want">Finding the Topic You Want</a></li> + <li><a href="#retracing_your_steps">Retracing Your Steps and Printing</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_help_buttons">Using Help Buttons</a></li> + <li><a href="#search_tips">Search Tips</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="finding_the_topic_you_want">Finding the Topic You Want</h2> + +<ul> + <li>Main topics are listed in the left sidebar. Click a topic to read about + it. To see its subtopics, double-click or click the plus-sign/triangle to + the left.</li> + <li>Type a word or phrase in the search field to display a list of related + topics.<br/> + If your search doesn't return anything, try typing fewer words or a + different combination of words. + </li> + <li>To search inside a page, use the <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd + class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>F</kbd> shortcut. Enter the word or phrase + you would like to find into the text field of the bar that will open at the + bottom and press <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>, + or use the <q>Next</q> and <q>Previous</q> buttons to find the next match in + the chosen direction. Use <q>Highlight all</q> to highlight your search + phrase within the whole page. If you want to do a case-sensitive search, + check the <q>Match case</q> box.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To see information related to the Help topic you are reading, click + links in the Help window just as you would in a regular web page.</p> + +<h2 id="retracing_your_steps">Retracing Your Steps and Printing</h2> + +<p>To retrace your steps in Help, click the buttons near the top left corner of + the Help window:</p> + +<p><img src="images/help_nav.png" alt="" width="124" height="38"/></p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the Back button to move back through pages you have previously + visited. It works just like the Back button in the main &brandShortName; + window.</li> + <li>Click the Forward button to move forward through pages you have + previously visited. It works just like the Forward button in the main + &brandShortName; window.</li> + <li>Click the Home button to see the Help and Support Center, which includes + links to support options and web-based resources.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Alternatively, print the instructions you want to follow:</p> + +<ul> + <li>To print the whole page that's currently displayed in the Help + window, click the Print button near the top-right corner of the Help + window: + + <p><img src="images/help_print.gif" alt="" width="37" height="31"/></p> + </li> + <li>To print just a portion of the page, first click and drag to select the + area you want to print and then click the Print button.</li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="using_help_buttons">Using Help Buttons</h2> + +<p>Many specialized &brandShortName; windows and dialog boxes include a help + button.</p> + +<p>Click any help button to see detailed information about the window in + which it appears.</p> + +<h2 id="search_tips">Search Tips</h2> + +<p>If you don't find what you want in your search, here are a few helpful + tips:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Be sure that you are searching for something that relates to + &brandShortName;; this is not a general Internet search.</li> + <li>Try to broaden your search—don't be too specific; terms + could be worded differently than your search.</li> + <li>At the same time, you should avoid being too broad with your + search terms: a word like <q>web</q> will probably return far too + many hits.</li> +</ul> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/anchor-in-doc.gif b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/anchor-in-doc.gif Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7b401120e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/anchor-in-doc.gif diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/broken.gif b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/broken.gif Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e0c46300df --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/broken.gif diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/bullets.gif b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/bullets.gif Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a8457a591b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/bullets.gif diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/columns.png b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/columns.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1b3cb63189 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/columns.png diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/composer_icon.png b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/composer_icon.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4788c78474 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/composer_icon.png diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/help_nav.png b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/help_nav.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b28ccf061f --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/help_nav.png diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/help_print.gif b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/help_print.gif Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..73b523d02d --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/help_print.gif diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/image.gif b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/image.gif Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d5236e7f45 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/image.gif diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/link.gif b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/link.gif Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4a40004b2c --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/link.gif diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/locationbar.png b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/locationbar.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c1c385cc5b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/locationbar.png diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag.png b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..32de2f4c75 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag.png diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag_column.png b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag_column.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d10c0b214f --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_flag_column.png diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_junk_column.png b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_junk_column.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..34c64a5d8e --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_junk_column.png diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_alert.png b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_alert.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7c49c4b612 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_alert.png diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_balloon.png b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_balloon.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9a2e180bcc --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_balloon.png diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_trayicon.png b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_trayicon.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e385cc4792 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_newmail_trayicon.png diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_quicksearch.png b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_quicksearch.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b8e2a49873 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_quicksearch.png diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read.png b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..48d43202d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read.png diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read_column.png b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read_column.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..060c82adc9 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_read_column.png diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_unread.png b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_unread.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..37baf810ec --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/mail_unread.png diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/numbers.gif b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/numbers.gif Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2721565883 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/numbers.gif diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/offline.png b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/offline.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b32f903850 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/offline.png diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/online.png b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/online.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6756ead790 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/online.png diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/personalbar.png b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/personalbar.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..63943a78b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/personalbar.png diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/reload.gif b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/reload.gif Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f0c23aca63 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/reload.gif diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/search.png b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/search.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..29e32aeb44 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/search.png diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/search_personal_toolbar.gif b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/search_personal_toolbar.gif Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..945dd4fed4 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/search_personal_toolbar.gif diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/sidebar.png b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/sidebar.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b0b9af9091 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/sidebar.png diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/tabbed_browsing_bar.png b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/tabbed_browsing_bar.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6fe0dddedf --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/tabbed_browsing_bar.png diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/table.gif b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/table.gif Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d0e0add2a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/table.gif diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/task_mail.png b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/task_mail.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..60a8126325 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/task_mail.png diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/task_newmail.png b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/task_newmail.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ce912d26d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/task_newmail.png diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar-ab.png b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar-ab.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..170b581362 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar-ab.png diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar.png b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b4f73645e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/taskbar.png diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/threadbutton.png b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/threadbutton.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..62bdcaa1bf --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/threadbutton.png diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/web-links.png b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/web-links.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fd7913734c --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/images/web-links.png diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_account_settings.xhtml b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_account_settings.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..08474d4569 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_account_settings.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,1122 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Mail & Newsgroups Account + Settings</h1> + +<p>This section describes the settings in the Mail & Newsgroups Account + Settings dialog box. Unlike the Preferences dialog box, which applies + settings to all accounts, the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog + box lets you specify settings on a per-account basis.</p> + +<p>If you are not currently viewing the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings + dialog box, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Begin from the Mail window.</li> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account + Settings.</li> + <li>Select the name of the account whose settings you want to view or + change.</li> +</ol> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#account_settings">Account Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="#server_settings">Server Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="#copies_and_folders">Copies & Folders</a></li> + <li><a href="#addressing">Composition & Addressing</a></li> + <li><a href="#synchronization_and_storage">Synchronization & Storage</a></li> + <li><a href="#junk_settings">Junk Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="#return_receipts">Return Receipts</a></li> + <li><a href="#security">Security</a></li> + <li><a href="#local_folders">Local Folders</a></li> + <li><a href="#outgoing_server">Outgoing Server (SMTP)</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="account_settings">Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Account + Settings</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to view or change your Account Settings, such as + your user name, reply-to address, and signature. If you are not already + viewing the Account Settings, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select the name of the account to display the Account Settings + panel.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Account Name</strong>: The name for this account.</li> + <li>For any type of account but Blogs & News Feeds: + <ul> + <li><strong>Identity</strong>: Stores your name, email address, reply-to + address (only if different from your email address), and organization + (optional).</li> + <li><strong>Signature text</strong>: If you want to attach a signature to + all outgoing messages, type its text into this box. Check <strong>Use + HTML</strong> to enable HTML code, e.g., <b>bold</b> + (optional).</li> + <li><strong>Attach the signature from a file instead</strong>: Lets you + choose to attach the signature from a file (in text, HTML, or image + format) rather than entering its text. Checking this option overrides + any text entered into the signature box. Click Choose to locate the + signature file (optional). + + <p>More signature options are located in + <a href="#addressing">Composition & Addressing</a>.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Attach my vCard to messages</strong>: Lets you choose if your + vCard should be attached to your outgoing messages. Click Edit Card to + edit the card information (optional).</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>For Blogs & News Feeds accounts: + <ul> + <li><strong>Check for new articles at startup</strong>: Select this + checkbox if you want to check this account automatically for new blogs + & news messages whenever you start Mail & Newsgroups.</li> + <li><strong>Check for new articles every [__] minutes</strong>: Select + this checkbox if you want to specify the number of minutes between feed + checks. You can also check for new blogs & news messages at any time + by clicking Get Msgs in the Mail window.</li> + <li><strong>By default, show the article summary instead of loading the + web page</strong>: Select this checkbox if you want &brandShortName; + to display a brief summary of the article (bundled inside the feed) + instead of loading the full web page. Showing the article summary is + slightly faster than the full web page, but you may miss part of the + article content.</li> + <li><strong>Empty Trash on Exit</strong>: Empties the Trash folder + whenever you quit Mail & Newsgroups.</li> + <li><strong>Manage Subscriptions...</strong>: Shows the Feed Subscriptions + dialog, that allows you to add, edit and remove feeds to this blogs + & news feeds account.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="server_settings">Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Server + Settings</h2> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups can work with two types of mail + servers: IMAP and POP. If you are not sure which server type your Internet + service provider supports, ask your service provider. If your Internet + service provider supports both, the following descriptions may help you + choose which one to use.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#about_internet_message_access_protocol">About Internet + Message Access Protocol (IMAP)</a></li> + <li><a href="#about_post_office_protocol">About Internet Post Office + Protocol (POP)</a></li> + <li><a href="#imap_server_settings">IMAP Server Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="#advanced_imap_server_settings">Advanced IMAP Server + Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="#pop_server_settings">POP Server Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="#news_server_settings">News Server Settings</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="about_internet_message_access_protocol">About Internet Message Access + Protocol (IMAP)</h3> + +<p><strong>Advantages</strong>: Your messages and any changes to them stay on + your server, saving local disk space. Also, you always have access to an + updated mailbox, and you can get your mail from multiple locations. + Performance on a modem is faster, since you initially download message + headers only.</p> + +<p><strong>Disadvantages</strong>: Not all ISPs support IMAP.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="about_post_office_protocol">About Post Office Protocol (POP)</h3> + +<p><strong>Advantages</strong>: Your messages are downloaded to your local + computer all at once, but you can also specify whether to keep copies of the + messages on the server and delete messages on the server when they are + deleted locally. Most ISPs currently support POP.</p> + +<p><strong>Disadvantages</strong>: If you use more than one computer, messages + might reside on one or the other, but not both. POP doesn't work as well + as IMAP over a slow link connection. Also, you can't access all mail + folders from multiple locations.</p> + +<p>Note that more recent POP servers have features that allow retrieving only + the headers instead of the full message, like IMAP allows. Using these + features allows performance with POP to be nearly as fast as with IMAP.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="imap_server_settings">IMAP Server Settings</h3> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the IMAP server settings, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select the account name and click the Server Settings category. (If you + chose an IMAP server when you set up this account, you see your IMAP server + settings.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Server Type</strong>: The server type (IMAP Mail Server) that you + specified when you created this account. To change the server type + associated with this account, you must delete the account and then + re-create it.</li> + <li><strong>Server Name</strong>: The server name that you specified when you + created this account. If you are having problems getting mail from this + account, verify with your service provider or system administrator that the + server name you entered is correct.</li> + <li><strong>User Name</strong>: The user name that you specified when you + created this account.</li> + <li><strong>Port</strong>: Unless otherwise instructed to do so by your + service provider or system administrator, leave this setting + unchanged.</li> + <li><strong>Connection security</strong>: Choose one of the available options + to establish a <a href="glossary.xhtml#secure_connection">secure + connection</a> to your incoming IMAP server. You can choose one of these: + <ul> + <li><strong>None</strong>: &brandShortName; will use a plain connection, + without encryption at all. You should choose this <strong>only</strong> + if your incoming server doesn't support any type of security.</li> + <li><strong>STARTTLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the + <a href="glossary.xhtml#starttls">STARTTLS</a> method. This mechanism + will usually run on the standard IMAP port 143.</li> + <li><strong>SSL/TLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the + IMAP-over-SSL method. The default port for this is 993. + </li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Use secure authentication</strong>: Choose this setting if you + want to use secure mechanisms for logging in like CRAM-MD5. If you are + unsure if your service supports this, contact your service provider or + system administrator.</li> + <li><strong>Check for new messages at startup</strong>: Choose this setting + if you want Mail & Newsgroups to automatically check this account for + new messages whenever you start Mail & Newsgroups.</li> + <li><strong>Check for new messages every [__] minutes</strong>: Choose this + setting to automatically check for new messages, and then specify the + number of minutes between mail checks. If you do not select this setting, + you can check for new messages at any time by clicking Get Msgs in the Mail + window.</li> + <li id="when_i_delete_a_message"><strong>When I delete a message</strong>: + Choose the behavior you want for deleted messages. <q>Move it to this + folder</q>, where you can choose the specific folder to use, is recommended + unless you are instructed to use a different setting by your system + administrator or service provider. Messages marked as deleted are removed + only when you compact folders.</li> + <li><strong>Clean up (Expunge) Inbox on Exit</strong>: Removes deleted + messages from the Inbox when you exit Mail & Newsgroups. Choose this + if you chose to mark messages as deleted.</li> + <li><strong>Empty Trash on Exit</strong>: Empties the Trash folder whenever + you quit Mail & Newsgroups.</li> + <li><strong>Advanced</strong>: Lets you choose a different outgoing server + (SMTP) for outgoing messages from this account. You can also reach the + <a href="#advanced_imap_server_settings">Advanced IMAP Server Settings</a> + through this button.</li> + <li><strong>Local directory</strong>: The location on your hard disk where + mail for this account is stored.</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="advanced_imap_server_settings">Advanced IMAP Server Settings</h3> + +<p>In most cases, advanced IMAP server settings are automatically supplied by + the server. If you are unsure about the settings for this dialog box, + contact your ISP or system administrator.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the advanced IMAP server settings, begin + from the Mail window.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select the account name and click the Server Settings category.</li> + <li>If the mail server type is an IMAP server, you can click Advanced to set + additional IMAP options, such as: + <ul> + <li>the IMAP server directory path</li> + <li>showing only <q>subscribed folders</q></li> + <li>support for subfolders</li> + <li>any personal and public (shared folder) namespaces for this + directory</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>For more information, see + <a href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories">Adding + and Removing LDAP Directories</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="pop_server_settings">POP Server Settings</h3> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the POP server settings, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select the account name and click the Server Settings category name. (If + you chose a POP server when you set up this account, you see your POP + server settings.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Server Type</strong>: The server type (POP Mail Server) that you + specified when you created this account. To change the server type + associated with this account, you must delete the account and then + re-create it.</li> + <li><strong>Server Name</strong>: The server name that you specified when you + created this account. If you are having problems getting mail from this + account, verify with your service provider or system administrator that the + server name you entered is correct.</li> + <li><strong>User Name</strong>: The user name that you specified when you + created this account.</li> + <li><strong>Port</strong>: Unless otherwise instructed to do so by your + service provider or system administrator, leave this setting + unchanged.</li> + <li><strong>Connection security</strong>: Choose one of the available options + to establish a <a href="glossary.xhtml#secure_connection">secure + connection</a> to your incoming POP server. You can choose one of these: + <ul> + <li><strong>None</strong>: &brandShortName; will use a plain connection, + without encryption at all. You should choose this <strong>only</strong> + if your incoming server doesn't support any type of security.</li> + <li><strong>STARTTLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the + <a href="glossary.xhtml#starttls">STARTTLS</a> method. This mechanism + will usually run on the standard POP port 110.</li> + <li><strong>SSL/TLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the + POP-over-SSL method. The default port for this is 995. + </li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Use secure authentication</strong>: Choose this setting if you + want to use secure mechanisms for logging in like CRAM-MD5 and APOP. If you + are unsure if your server supports this, contact your service provider or + system administrator.</li> + <li><strong>Check for new messages at startup</strong>: Choose this setting + if you want Mail & Newsgroups to automatically check this account for + new messages whenever you start Mail & Newsgroups. For POP accounts, + Mail & Newsgroups doesn't download the new messages until you + click Get Msgs on the Mail toolbar.</li> + <li><strong>Check for new messages every [__] minutes</strong>: Choose this + setting to automatically check for new messages, and then specify the + number of minutes between mail checks. If you do not select this setting, + you can check for new messages at any time by clicking Get Msgs in the Mail + window.</li> + <li><strong>Automatically download any new messages</strong>: Choose this + setting if you want Mail & Newsgroups to retrieve messages immediately + each time it checks the server.</li> + <li><strong>Fetch headers only</strong>: Choose this setting if you want to + only download the headers instead of entire messages when downloading new + mail. This option requires your POP server to support the <q>TOP</q> + command. Most recent POP servers support it, but if you are unsure about + your server, contact your service provider or system administrator.</li> + <li><strong>Leave messages on server</strong>: Choose this setting to store a + copy of messages on the mail server in addition to downloading them to your + computer. + <ul> + <li><strong>For at most [__] days</strong>: Choose this setting to remove + messages from the server automatically after the number of days you + enter here.</li> + <li><strong>Until I delete them</strong>: Choose this setting to remove + messages from the server once you delete them.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Empty Trash on Exit</strong>: Choose this setting to empty the + Trash folder whenever you quit Mail & Newsgroups.</li> + <li><strong>Advanced</strong>: Lets you choose where new messages should be + put. You can also set the server to be queried when checking for new + messages.</li> + <li><strong>Local directory</strong>: The location on your hard disk where + mail for this account is stored.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="news_server_settings">News Server Settings</h3> + +<p>This section describes how to change news server settings. If you are not + already viewing news server settings, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select the account name and click the Server Settings category. (If you + chose a newsgroup server when you set up this account, you see your + newsgroup server settings.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Server Type</strong>: The server type (NNTP) that you specified + when you created this account.</li> + <li><strong>Server Name</strong>: The server name that you specified when you + created this account. If you are having problems receiving messages from + this account, verify with your service provider or system administrator + that the server name you entered is correct.</li> + <li><strong>Port</strong>: Unless otherwise instructed to do so by your + service provider or system administrator, leave this setting + unchanged.</li> + <li><strong>Connection security</strong>: Choose "SSL/TLS" if your + news server is configured to send and receive encrypted messages, or + "None" if it doesn't support it. If you are unsure, contact + your service provider or system administrator.</li> + <li><strong>Check for new messages at startup</strong>: Choose this setting + to automatically check for new messages when you first open the Mail & + Newsgroup component of &brandShortName;.</li> + <li><strong>Check for new messages every [__] minutes</strong>: Choose this + setting to automatically check for new messages, and then specify the + number of minutes between mail checks. If you do not select this setting, + you can check for new messages at any time by clicking Get Msgs in the Mail + window.</li> + <li><strong>Ask me before downloading more than [__] messages</strong>: + Choose this setting to conserve disk space and download time, by setting a + limit for the number of messages you can retrieve at one time.</li> + <li><strong>Always request authentication when connecting to this + server</strong>: Some servers allow you to talk to them without logging in, + but will silently hide all the <em>private</em> groups/postings unless you + are logged in. Choose this setting to force &brandShortName; to + authenticate each time it connects to this server even when the server + doesn't ask (also called <q>Pushed Authentication</q>).</li> + <li><strong>newsrc file</strong>: The path to the newsrc file is mostly + displayed for your information. The newsrc file stores information about + the newsgroups to which you are subscribed and the messages you have read + in each newsgroup.</li> + <li><strong>Local directory</strong>: The location on your hard disk where + mail for this account is stored.</li> + <li><strong>Default Character Encoding</strong>: Click this drop-down list to + select the character encoding you want Mail & Newsgroups to use as the + default for incoming newsgroup messages. This is recommended if it's + likely you might receive messages in which the character encoding (MIME + charset) is not indicated, such as when reading messages in international + newsgroups.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="copies_and_folders">Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Copies + & Folders</h2> + +<p>This section describes the settings for sending automatic copies, for + storing copies of outgoing messages, for storing message drafts and message + templates, and where to move archived messages.</p> + +<p>By default, &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups stores copies of your + outgoing messages in the Sent folder for the current account. + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups also stores message drafts in the + Drafts folder, message templates in the Templates folder, and moves archived + messages into the Archives folder for the current account.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the settings for Copies & Folders, begin + from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select the account, and click Copies & Folders. You see the Copies + & Folders panel.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Place a copy in</strong>: Select this option to store copies of + your outgoing mail and newsgroup messages after they have been sent. By + default, the copies are placed in the Sent folder of this account. + <ul> + <li><strong>"Sent" Folder on</strong>: Select the Sent folder + of an account or the Local Folders to place the copy in.</li> + <li><strong>Other Folder</strong>: Select any folder of any account or + the Local Folders to place the copy in.</li> + <li><strong>Place replies in the folder of the message replied + to</strong>: Select this option for a different handling of replies + in mail accounts. If the message sent is a reply to another message, + the copy is put into the folder of the original message rather than + following the selections made above.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Cc these email addresses</strong>: Select whether you want to + always send a carbon copy (cc) to another addressee, and enter the address. + If you want to always send a carbon copy to yourself, just add your address + to this list. Separate addresses with commas (,).</li> + <li><strong>Bcc these email addresses</strong>: Select whether you want to + always send a blind carbon copy (bcc) to another addressee, and enter the + address. If you want to always send a blind carbon copy to yourself, just + add your address to this list. Separate addresses with commas (,).</li> + <li><strong>Keep message drafts in</strong>: Select where to store message + drafts. If you don't want to use the default Drafts folder for the + current account, select the Drafts folder of a different account or the + Local Folders, or click Other Folder and then choose any account and folder + for storing drafts.</li> + <li><strong>Keep message archives in</strong>: Select where to move archived + messages to. If you don't want to use the default Archives folder for + the current account, select the Archives folder of a different account or + the Local Folders, or click Other Folder and then choose any account and + folder for archiving messages.</li> + <li><strong>Keep message templates in</strong>: Select where to store + message templates. If you don't want to use the default Templates + folder for the current account, select the Templates folder of a different + account or the Local Folders, or click Other Folder and then choose any + account and folder for storing templates.</li> + <li><strong>Show confirmation dialog when messages are saved</strong>: Choose + this option if you want Mail & Newsgroups to display a confirmation + dialog box when you save a draft message or a template. If checked, a + dialog box will appear when you save a draft or template to remind you + where &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups is saving the draft or + template.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="addressing">Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Composition & + Addressing</h2> + +<p>You use Composition settings to choose how to format text, handle replies, + and how a signature you defined is included.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Composition settings, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select the account and click the Composition & Addressing + category.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Compose messages in HTML format</strong>: Use the HTML editor as + the default editor for writing mail and newsgroup messages. Leave this item + unchecked to use the plain-text editor by default. HTML messages can + include formatted text, links, images, and tables, just like a web page. + However, some recipients may not be able to receive HTML messages. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you only want to use an editor occasionally, + you can hold down the Shift key while clicking the Compose or the Reply + button to switch to the non-default on an as-needed basis.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Automatically quote the original message when replying</strong>: + Select this to include the original message text in your reply. Use the + drop-down list to select if the cursor should be positioned below or above + the quoted text. You can also choose the quoting to be automatically + selected. + <ul> + <li><strong>and place my signature</strong>: This drop-down list lets you + choose where you want your signature to be placed. It's only + applicable if you decided to <a href="#account_settings">attach a + signature</a> and to place the cursor above the quoted text.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Include signature for replies</strong>: If you have created a + signature, select this option to include it in your reply to a message. + The signature is added according to your settings for quote and signature + placement.</li> + <li><strong>Include signature for forwards</strong>: If you have created a + signature, select this option to include it when you forward a message. + The signature is placed according to your reply settings when + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#composition">forwarding inline</a>.</li> +</ul> + +<p>You use Addressing settings to override the global LDAP server settings + specified for all <a + href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#addressing_preferences">address books</a> in + the Preferences dialog box. LDAP server settings affect the behavior of + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#address_autocompletion">address + autocompletion</a>, and you can change these settings for each account if + necessary.</p> + +<p>Address autocompletion uses your address books to find matching entries when + you type email addresses in the addressing area of the Compose window.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Addressing settings, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select the account and click the Composition & Addressing + category.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Automatically append my domain to addresses</strong>: Select + this if you want Mail & Newsgroups to automatically complete + addresses you type with the domain from your account's address.</li> + <li><strong>Use my global LDAP server preferences for this account</strong>: + This is the default. Select this if you don't want to override the + global LDAP server preferences for this account.</li> + <li><strong>Use a different LDAP server</strong>: Select this option and then + choose another LDAP server from the list if you want to use a different + LDAP directory server for address autocompletion with this account. If + necessary, click Edit Directories to edit individual directory server + settings, add a directory server, or delete a directory server. For more + information, see <a + href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories">Adding + and Removing LDAP Directories</a>.</li> +</ul> + +<p>The directory you select will also be searched for matching certificates + when you attempt to send an encrypted message to one or more recipients for + whom you don't have certificates on file.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="synchronization_and_storage">Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - + Synchronization & Storage</h2> + +<p>Synchronization & Storage settings let you conserve disk space or set + up an account so that you can use it while offline (disconnected from the + Internet). The settings available depend on the mail server type (IMAP, POP, + or News) associated with the account.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox"> + <ul> + <li><a href="#synchronization_and_storage_settings_imap">Synchronization + & Storage Settings (IMAP)</a></li> + <li><a href="#disk_space_settings_pop">Disk Space Settings (POP)</a></li> + <li><a href="#disk_space_settings_blogs">Disk Space Settings + (Blogs)</a></li> + <li><a href="#synchronization_and_storage_settings_nntp">Synchronization + & Storage Settings (News)</a></li> + <li><a href="#retention_policy">Common Retention Policy Settings</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="synchronization_and_storage_settings_imap">Synchronization & + Storage Settings (IMAP)</h3> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the synchronization and storage preferences + for an IMAP account, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Choose the Synchronization & Storage category for an IMAP + account.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Keep messages for this account on this computer</strong>: Select + this option so that messages in your folders will be available when you + are working offline. This setting also applies to any new folders + created or subscribed to.</li> + <li><strong>Advanced</strong>: Click to open a dialog to select the + folders that you want to make available for offline use. See <a + href="mailnews_offline.xhtml#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting + Items for Offline Viewing</a> for more information. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: While the default setting can be overridden for + an individual folder, those per-folder settings are <em>removed</em> + whenever the <q>Keep messages for this account</q> box is toggled.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Synchronize all messages locally regardless of age</strong>: + When synchronization is enabled for an account or a folder, <em>all</em> + messages are downloaded and local copies of them kept on disk, unless + a size limit is specified.</li> + <li><strong>Synchronize the most recent [__] [days]</strong>: Only copies of + messages younger than the specified number of days (weeks, months, years) + are kept locally for synchronization, after that they are removed from the + offline storage. This does <em>not</em> affect the originals on the server, + only the local copies are removed if the given age is reached.</li> + <li><strong>Don't download messages larger than [__] KB</strong>: Select this + option to conserve disk space by preventing large messages from being + downloaded. Enter the maximum size for downloaded messages. Changing + this option does <em>not</em> affect messages that have already been + downloaded.</li> + <li>The <a href="#retention_policy">retention settings</a> can be used to + free up space by deleting old messages. Note that these settings apply + to <em>both</em> local copies and their originals on the server.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="disk_space_settings_pop">Disk Space Settings (POP)</h3> + +<p>Messages from POP accounts are fully downloaded to your local machine unless + you have enabled the <q>Fetch headers only</q> setting. This section + describes how you can save disk space for a POP account. If your account has + the <q>Fetch headers only</q> setting enabled, then these Disk Space + preferences are ignored. If you are not already viewing the Disk Space + preferences for a POP account, follow these steps:</p> + +<p>Begin from the Mail window.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu, choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Click the Disk Space category for a POP account.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Messages larger than [__] KB</strong>: Select this option to + conserve disk space by preventing large messages from being downloaded. + Enter the maximum size for downloaded messages.</li> + <li>The <a href="#retention_policy">retention settings</a> can be used to + free up space by deleting old messages. Note that these settings apply + to <em>both</em> local copies and their originals on the server. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: If your POP account is set up to use a Global + Inbox, the retention period settings of the target Inbox apply.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="disk_space_settings_blogs">Disk Space Settings (Blogs)</h3> + +<p>Messages from blogs & news feeds accounts are only stored in your local + machine in their short form, ie. the article summary, regardless of whether + your settings are to show the full articles by default. Still, there are + options to control how much disk space is used by your blogs & news feeds + account. If you are not already viewing the Disk Space preferences for a + blogs & news feeds account, follow these steps:</p> + +<p>Begin from the Mail window.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu, choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Click the Disk Space category for a blogs & news feeds account.</li> +</ol> + +<p>There, you can specify which messages should be deleted to recover disk + space:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Don't delete any messages</strong>: Select this option to + keep all messages forever. Keep in mind that, if you are subscribed to very + high-traffic blogs, this will increase the occupied disk space steadily and + could eventually fill up your hard disk.</li> + <li><strong>Delete all but the most recent [____] messages</strong>: Select this + option to keep in each feed only a maximum number of messages. Enter the + maximum number of messages (being 1,000 by default).</li> + <li><strong>Delete messages more than [__] days old</strong>: Select this + option to keep in each feed only messages that are not older than the number + of days you enter here (being 30 days by default).</li> + <li><strong>Always keep flagged messages</strong>: Check this option to + save (not delete) flagged messages, regardless of its age.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="synchronization_and_storage_settings_nntp">Synchronization & + Storage Settings (News)</h3> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the offline and disk space settings for a + News account, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. + You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Choose the Synchronization & Storage category for a News account.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Select newsgroups for offline use</strong>: Click to select the + newsgroups that you want to make available for offline use. See <a + href="mailnews_offline.xhtml#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting + Items for Offline Viewing</a> for more information.</li> +</ul> + +<p>The following settings help to save disk space and download time. Specify + which messages you don't want to download locally:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Read messages</strong>: Select this option to only download + message bodies from messages you haven't already read.</li> + <li><strong>Messages larger than [__] KB</strong>: Select this option to + conserve disk space by preventing large messages from being downloaded. + Enter the maximum size for downloaded messages.</li> + <li><strong>Messages more than [__] days old</strong>: Select this option to + only download messages that are not older than the number of days you enter + here.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="retention_policy">Common Retention Policy Settings</h3> + +<p>&brandShortName; can automatically delete old messages for you. You + can configure this process with the options listed below + <strong>To recover disk space, old messages can be permanently + deleted</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Don't delete any messages</strong>: Keep all messages. Never + delete messages automatically based on their age.</li> + <li><strong>Delete all but the most recent [__] messages</strong>: Enter the + number of messages to keep. With this setting only messages older than these + messages are deleted.</li> + <li><strong>Delete messages more than [__] days old </strong>: + Keep all messages that arrived within the given number of days.</li> +</ul> + +<p>With the following settings you can further constrain the three options to + delete messages automatically. This is especially useful in combination with + the option to keep all messages.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Always keep flagged messages</strong>: Use this option to deny + &brandShortName; to delete any messages you have flagged.</li> + <li><strong>Remove bodies from message more than [__] days old</strong>: + Select this option to retain all headers but to delete message bodies that + are older than the number of days you specify here (news accounts only). + Any option to delete the entire message based on age still applies.</li> +</ul> + +<p>This policy can be overridden for an individual folder in the Folder + Properties, Retention Policy tab.</p> + +<p><strong>Note:</strong> If message synchronization is enabled (for IMAP), or + messages are left on the server (for POP accounts), the settings apply to + <em>both</em> local copies and their originals on the server.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="junk_settings">Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Junk + Settings</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the account junk settings. If + you are not currently viewing the Junk Settings, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. + You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Click the Junk Settings category for your mail account.</li> +</ol> + +<p>You use the Junk Settings panel to define your account-specific settings + for the adaptive mail filter. Global junk settings are changed under + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#junk_and_suspect_preferences">Mail & + Newsgroups Preferences - Junk & Suspect Mail</a>.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Enable adaptive junk mail controls for this account</strong>: + Toggle this option to activate or deactivate junk mail classification.</li> + <li><strong>Do not mark mail as junk if the sender is in [the address + book chosen from all your address books available in the drop down + box]</strong>: + Choose this option to prevent messages from people you know inadvertently + classified as junk mail.</li> + <li><strong>Trust junk mail headers set by [an external junk filter + like Spam Assassin or Spam Pal]</strong>: Choose this option if you want to + trust the junk classification of external filter programs.</li> + <li><strong>Move new junk messages to</strong>: + Check this option to automatically move messages flagged as Junk to a + special folder. + <ul> + <li><strong><q>Junk</q> folder on [account]</strong>: Select this to use + the default Junk folder.</li> + <li><strong>Other: [account]</strong>: Select this to choose your own + custom-named junk folder.</li> + <li><strong>Automatically delete junk messages older than [__] days from + this folder</strong>: If you are confident old messages classified as + junk are indeed junk mail, check this option to automatically delete + old junk messages after a grace period.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="return_receipts">Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Return + Receipts</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Return Receipts account settings. If + you are not currently viewing the Return Receipts settings, follow these + steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. + You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Click the Return Receipts category for your mail account.</li> +</ol> + +<p>You use the Return Receipts settings to define return receipt settings for + outgoing messages from this mail account. You also use the Return Receipt + settings to specify how to manage requests you receive for return receipts. + These settings override global return receipt preferences you specified using + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Mail & + Newsgroups Preferences - Return Receipts</a>.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Use my global return receipt preferences for this + account</strong>: By default, this account uses the return receipt + preferences specified by <a + href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Mail & + Newsgroups Preferences - Return Receipts</a>.</li> + <li><strong>Customize return receipts for this account</strong>: Lets you + change the return receipt preferences for this account. + <ul> + <li><strong>When sending messages, always request a return + receipt</strong>: Enables automatic return receipt requests for all + outgoing messages from this mail account.</li> + <li><strong>Leave it in my Inbox</strong>: Return receipt + confirmation messages are delivered to the Inbox for this account. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: Choose this option if you want to use a + filter that automatically moves return receipt confirmation + messages to a folder you specify. For information on creating and + using filters, see <a + href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_message_filters">Creating + Message Filters</a>.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Move it to my Sent Mail folder</strong>: Incoming return + receipt confirmation messages are moved to the Sent mail folder for + this account.</li> + <li><strong>Never send a return receipt</strong>: Choose this option if + you do not want to send a return receipt in response to requests for + return receipts from others.</li> + <li><strong>Allow return receipts for some messages</strong>: Choose how + you want to respond to requests you receive for return receipts.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="security">Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Security</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to configure the Mail & Newsgroups Account + Settings that control mail message security. Before you do so, however, you + must obtain one or more mail certificates. For details, see + <a href="mailnews_security.xhtml">Signing & Encrypting + Messages</a>.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Security settings for your mail account, + begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account + Settings.</li> + <li>Click Security under the name of the mail account whose security settings + you want to configure.</li> +</ol> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#about_certificates">About Certificates</a></li> + <li><a href="#digital_signing">Digital Signing</a></li> + <li><a href="#encryption">Encryption</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="about_certificates">About Certificates</h3> + +<p>The main purpose of the Security panel in Mail & Newsgroups Account + Settings is to select two certificates:</p> + +<ul> + <li>The email certificate you want to use for signing mail messages you send + to other people.</li> + <li>The email certificate you want other people to use when they encrypt + messages they send to you.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Depending on the policies of the + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority (CA)</a> + that issues your certificate(s), you can use one certificate for both + purposes or two different certificates. Even if you use just one, you must + specify it twice, once for digital signing and once for encryption.</p> + +<p>The certificates you select here are included with every signed message you + send. These certificates allow your recipients to verify your digital + signature and to encrypt messages that they send to you.</p> + +<h3 id="digital_signing">Digital Signing</h3> + +<p>You use the Digital Signing area in the <a href="#security">Security + panel</a> to specify how you want to sign your email messages:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Use this certificate to digitally sign messages you + send</strong>: If this field is empty or if it displays the wrong + certificate, click Select to choose from the certificates you have on + file.</li> + <li><strong>Digitally sign messages</strong>: Select this checkbox if you + want to digitally sign all the messages you send. (A personal certificate + must be specified below before you can select this checkbox.)</li> +</ul> + +<p>Regardless of whether the <q>Digitally sign messages</q> checkbox is + selected here, you can change your mind before you send an individual + message.</p> + +<p>To change the digital signature setting for a message you are writing in + the Compose window, click the arrow below the Security icon near the top of + the window and select or deselect <q>Digital Sign This Message</q>. For + details, see <a + href="mailnews_security.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message">Signing + & Encrypting a New Message.</a></p> + +<h3 id="encryption">Encryption</h3> + +<p>You use the Encryption area in the <a href="#security">Security panel</a> to + specify how you routinely want to use encryption when sending your + messages:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Use this certificate to encrypt & decrypt messages sent to + you</strong>: If this field is empty or if it displays the wrong + certificate, click Select to choose from the certificates you have on + file.</li> + <li><strong>Never</strong>: Select this option if you never want to use + encryption, or only occasionally.</li> + <li><strong>Required</strong>: Select this option if you always want to use + encryption. If you don't have all the necessary certificates, the + message won't be sent unless you explicitly turn off encryption for + that message only.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Regardless of which encryption option you select, you can change your mind + before you send an individual message.</p> + +<p>To change the encryption setting for a message you are writing in the + Compose window, click the arrow below the Security icon near the top of the + window and choose the encryption setting you want. For details, see <a + href="mailnews_security.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message">Signing + & Encrypting a New Message.</a></p> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="local_folders">Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Local + Folders</h2> + +<p>Local Folders is the account where &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups + saves any messages that you send while working offline. Messages you send + while working offline are saved in the Unsent Messages folder under Local + Folders. Any folders you create under the Local Folders account reside on + your hard disk, so Local Folders is a good place to save messages that you + want to keep.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Local Folders settings, begin from the + Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select the Local Folders category.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Account Name</strong>: The name associated with the Local Folders + account.</li> + <li><strong>Local directory</strong>: The location on your hard disk where + mail for this account is stored.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning + of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="outgoing_server">Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - Outgoing + Server (SMTP)</h2> + +<p>The outgoing server will transport your outgoing mail to the intended + recipients.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Outgoing Server (SMTP) settings, begin + from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click on any Mail window.</li> + <li>From the Edit menu, choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings.</li> + <li>Select Outgoing Server (SMTP) and either edit an existing server or + add a new one. If you are not sure which option to choose, check with + your ISP or system administrator)<br/> + You can choose from these servers via the Outgoing Server dropdown in + the <a href="#account_settings">Identity Settings</a>.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Description</strong>: A short freetext description of that server + configuration. This will show up as first part in the server list.</li> + <li><strong>Server name</strong>: The SMTP server that will deliver your + outgoing mail. To use a different SMTP server, change this field.</li> + <li><strong>Port</strong>: The port on which the SMTP server will be + connected. By default it holds the standard port for the specified + encryption. Change it if the mail server is listening for connections + on a non-standard port.</li> + <li><strong>Use name and password</strong>: If your SMTP server requires + authentication to send mail, select this option and enter your user name. + The first time you send mail, you will be prompted for your password. At + that time you can instruct &brandShortName; to save your password for + future sessions.</li> + <li><strong>Use secure authentication</strong>: Choose this setting if you + want to use secure mechanisms for logging in like CRAM-MD5. If you are + unsure if your service supports this, contact your service provider or + system administrator.</li> + <li><strong>Use secure connection</strong>: There are two methods for + establishing a <a href="glossary.xhtml#secure_connection">secure + connection</a> to your outgoing server. Pick the one your server supports + (if you make a choice for which your server is not configured, you will + get an error message when sending mail). + <ul> + <li><strong>STARTTLS, if available</strong>: &brandShortName; will try to + negotiate encryption using the + <a href="glossary.xhtml#starttls">STARTTLS</a> method. If the server + doesn't support it, an unencrypted connection is used.</li> + <li><strong>STARTTLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the + <a href="glossary.xhtml#starttls">STARTTLS</a> method. This mechanism + will usually run on the standard SMTP port 25.</li> + <li><strong>SSL/TLS</strong>: Require an encrypted connection, use the + SMTP-over-SSL (also known as SMTPS) method. The default port for this + is 465.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0c3e04de32 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,572 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Using Address Books</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> +<h1 id="using_address_books">Using Address Books</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#about_address_books">About Address Books</a></li> + <li><a href="#adding_entries_to_your_address_books">Adding Entries to Your + Address Books</a></li> + <li><a href="#creating_a_new_address_book">Creating a New Address + Book</a></li> + <li><a href="#creating_a_new_address_book_card">Creating a New Address Book + Card</a></li> + <li><a href="#creating_a_mailing_list">Creating a Mailing List</a></li> + <li><a href="#editing_a_mailing_list">Editing a Mailing List</a></li> + <li><a href="#searching_address_books_and_directories">Searching Address + Books and Directories</a></li> + <li><a href="#importing_address_books">Importing Address Books</a></li> + <li><a href="#exporting_address_books">Exporting Address Books</a></li> + <li><a href="#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories">Adding and Removing + LDAP Directories</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="about_address_books">About Address Books</h2> + +<p>Address books store email addresses and contact information for people you + typically send mail to, such as colleagues, friends, and family. + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups provides you with two address books: + the Personal Address Book and the Collected Addresses—and you can + create additional address books as well. You can also import address books + from other mail programs and previous versions of &brandShortName;. The + contents of these address books are stored locally on your hard disk.</p> + +<p>Your address book may also list email addresses from an LDAP directory, + which is located on an LDAP directory server. The directory server stores + email addresses of people that are not included in your locally-stored + address books. The Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is an + industry-standard method for accessing Internet or intranet directory + services such as corporate address books.</p> + +<h4>Personal Address Book</h4> + +<p>Use the Personal Address Book to add specific names of your choice. You can + create mailing lists and edit individual address entries.</p> + +<h4>Collected Addresses</h4> + +<p>By default, the Collected Addresses automatically collects the email + addresses contained in outgoing mail messages. Addresses from outgoing + messages are stored in the Collected Addresses as soon as you click Send.</p> + +<h4>LDAP Directory (if available)</h4> + +<p>An LDAP directory (also known as an address lookup service) stores email + addresses of recipients who are not in your locally-stored address books. + LDAP directories offer you access to large, centrally maintained databases + of email addresses, which is especially useful with + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#address_autocompletion">address + autocompletion</a>.</p> + +<p>Automatic address collection is enabled by default. To change automatic + address collection settings, begin in the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Addressing. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand the + list.)</li> + <li>Under Email Address Collection, select <q>Add email addresses to my</q> + and choose whether you want: + <ul> + <li>Personal Address Book.</li> + <li>Collected Addresses.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<h4>Opening the Address Book Window</h4> + +<p>To open the Address Book window:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the Window menu and choose Address Book, or click the Address Book + icon in the lower-left corner of any &brandShortName; window. + + <table> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"><img src="images/taskbar-ab.png" alt=""/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="width: 80px;"></td> + <td><strong>Address Book icon</strong></td> + </tr> + </table> + </li> +</ul> + +<h4>Changing the Address Book Window Display</h4> + +<p>To customize how the Address Book window and the cards are displayed:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Window menu and choose Address Book. You see the Address Book + window.</li> + <li>In the Address Book window, open the View menu and choose from the + following display options: + <ul> + <li>Choose Show/Hide, and then select the item you wish to uncheck (hide) + or check (show).</li> + <li>Choose Show Name As, and then select how you want card names + displayed (first/last, last/first, or Display Name).</li> + <li>Choose Sort by, and then select a sort option.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="adding_entries_to_your_address_books">Adding Entries to Your Address + Books</h2> + +<p>You can use any of the following ways to add entries to your address + books:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click a name in the From or recipient fields (for example, To or Cc) in a + message you've received, and then select <q>Add to Address Book</q> + from the drop-down list.</li> + <li>In the Address Book window, click New Card to create a new address book + card.</li> + <li>Send a message, which automatically adds the recipient's address + to your address book (if enabled).</li> + <li>In the Address Book window, copy entries to another address book by + selecting the entries and dragging them over the name of the address book + you want to copy them to.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="creating_a_new_address_book">Creating a New Address Book</h2> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups provides a default personal address + book, but you can create additional address books.</p> + +<p>To create a new address book:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click the Address Book icon in the lower-left corner of any + &brandShortName; window, or open the Window menu and choose Address Book. + You see the Address Book window. + + <table> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"><img src="images/taskbar-ab.png" alt=""/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="width: 80px;"></td> + <td><strong>Address Book icon</strong></td> + </tr> + </table> + </li> + <li>In the Address Book window, open the File menu, choose New, and choose + Address Book. You see the New Address Book dialog box.</li> + <li>Type the name of the new address book, and click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="creating_a_new_address_book_card">Creating a New Address Book Card</h2> + +<p>Address book cards can be used to store names, postal addresses, email + addresses, phone numbers, and information such as whether the addressee + prefers to receive plain-text or HTML-formatted messages.</p> + +<p>To create an address book card for an individual:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click the Address Book icon on the status bar or open the Window menu and + choose Address Book.</li> + <li>Click New Card. (If you have multiple address books, select the one to + which you want to add a card.)</li> + <li>Each New Card dialog box has three tabs: + <ul> + <li><strong>Contact</strong>: Enter the following information: + <ul> + <li>First and Last (first and last name of person as you want it to + appear in the address book).</li> + <li>Display name (the name that appears in the <q>To</q> field of the + Compose window).</li> + <li>Nickname (a shortcut or alias for the real name).</li> + <li>Email address (primary and additional address).</li> + <li>Prefers to receive messages formatted as: If you know this + recipient can read HTML-formatted messages (such as messages that + include links, images, or tables), choose HTML. If this recipient + can only read messages sent as plain text (no formatting), then + choose Plain Text. If you don't know or are not sure, choose + Unknown. If you choose Unknown, &brandShortName; Mail & + Newsgroups determines the sending format based on the Mail & + Newsgroups Send Format settings in the Preferences dialog box. If + Mail & Newsgroups still can't determine the correct + format, Mail & Newsgroups will prompt you to choose a sending + format when you send the message.</li> + <li>Allow remote images in HTML mail: If you want to allow this + sender to have remote content they send you displayed in your + message window.</li> + <li>Screen name (the AIM contact name).</li> + <li>Phones (enter phone numbers for this person)</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Address</strong>: Type additional information such as street + address, phone number, and URL. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you enter address information, + &brandShortName; displays a Get Map button next to the address when + you view this entry's address book card in your address book. + Clicking the Get Map button displays a web page that contains a map + to the address.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Other</strong>: Store any additional information you + want.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly add entries to your address book, click any + email address in messages you receive and select Add to Address Book from the + drop-down list. The New Card dialog box appears where you can complete the + information.</p> + +<h3 id="viewing_or_editing_card_properties">Viewing or Editing Card + Properties</h3> + +<p>To view or edit the properties for an individual card:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the card from the list of entries in the Address Book window.</li> + <li>Click Properties.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="creating_a_mailing_list">Creating a Mailing List</h2> + +<p>If you regularly send messages to a group of recipients, you can quickly + address a message by using a mailing list that contains the names you + want.</p> + +<p>To create a mailing list and add it to your address book:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the Address Book window, click New List.</li> + <li>Enter the following information in the Mailing List dialog box: + <ul> + <li>Click the drop-down list at <q>Add to</q> to choose an address book + in which to store the list.</li> + <li>List name: When you enter the list name in the <q>To</q> field of a + message, everyone on the list receives your message.</li> + <li>List nickname: Alias (or shortcut) for the list name.</li> + <li>Description: Appears after the list name in the address line of + the Compose window.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Type email addresses to add them to the mailing list.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>In the left side of the Address Book window, the mailing list appears + underneath the address book you added it to.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="editing_a_mailing_list">Editing a Mailing List</h2> + +<p>Mailing lists are stored in the address book in which you created them.</p> + +<p>To remove a member from the list, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Window menu and choose Address Book.</li> + <li>Expand the address book containing your mailing list by clicking the + small triangle beside the address book title.</li> + <li>Highlight the mailing list by clicking its name. The list members appear + to the right of the mailing list name.</li> + <li>Click the entry you wish to delete.</li> + <li>Click the Delete button.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To add members to a mailing list:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open Window menu and choose Address Book.</li> + <li>Expand the address book containing your mailing list by clicking the + small triangle beside the address book title.</li> + <li>Highlight the mailing list by clicking its name.</li> + <li>Click Properties.</li> + <li>Add or remove entries as necessary.</li> + <li>Click OK when you are done.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="searching_address_books_and_directories">Searching Address Books and + Directories</h2> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups lets you quickly search an address + book or directory by name or email address, or use a combination of criteria + to perform a more specific search through an address book or directory.</p> + +<p>To quickly search an address book or directory for a name or email address, + begin from the Address Book window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the Address Book window, in the list of address books, select the + address book or directory that you want to search.</li> + <li>In the <q>Name or Email contains</q> field, type the name or email + address that you want to find. You can type only part of the name or email + address, or you can type the exact text that you want to find. + + <p>As soon as you stop typing, &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups + displays only those entries where the name or email address contains the + search text you entered.</p> + </li> + <li>Click Clear to erase the search text and show all entries.</li> +</ol> + +<h3 id="searching_for_specific_entries">Searching for Specific Entries</h3> + +<p>You can search address books or directories for specific entries. If you are + not already viewing the Advanced Address Book Search dialog box, begin from + the Address Book window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Search Addresses. You see the Advanced + Address Book Search dialog box.</li> + <li>Next to <q>Search in</q>, choose the address book or directory through + which you want to search.</li> + <li>Select the matching option Mail & Newsgroups uses to search for + entries either that match all or at least one of the conditions (criteria) + that you choose.</li> + <li>Click More to add criteria and Fewer to remove them.</li> + <li>Click Search to begin, or click Clear to reset your entries. The search + results appear in lower part of the dialog box.</li> + <li>To sort the entries in a different order, click the column that you want + to sort by.</li> + <li>To view the card for an entry, select the entry and click + Properties.</li> + <li>To compose a message to selected recipients, select one or more entries + and click Compose.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="importing_address_books">Importing Address Books</h2> + +<p>If you have a &brandShortName; address book from another user profile or + computer, or if you have an address book from another mail program, you can + import its entries into the Address Book window as a new address book. Keep + in mind that when you upgrade a user profile from an earlier version of + &brandShortName;, your address books are automatically included, so + there's no need to import them.</p> + +<p>You can import address books from Netscape 6, Netscape 7, Eudora, Outlook, + Outlook Express, or text files (LDIF, tab-delimited (.tab), comma-separated + (.csv), or text (.txt) formats). When you import an address book, Mail & + Newsgroups creates a new address book with the imported entries.</p> + +<p>You can also + <a href="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#importing_mail_from_other_programs">import + mail messages and settings</a> from Communicator, Eudora, Outlook, and + Outlook Express.</p> + +<p>To import an address book, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu, and choose Import. You see the Mail Import + Wizard.</li> + <li>Follow the instructions to import address books.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="exporting_address_books">Exporting Address Books</h2> + +<p>You can export a &brandShortName; address book if you later want to import + it into another user profile, move it to another computer, or use it with + another program that can import address books. You can export an address + book to one of these file formats: &brandShortName; (.ldif), tab-delimited + (.tab), comma-separated (.csv), or text (.txt) formats.</p> + +<p>To export an address book, begin from the Address Book window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the address book that you want to export.</li> + <li>Open the Tools menu, and choose Export.</li> + <li>In the Export Address Book dialog box, browse to the location where you + want to save the address book file.</li> + <li>Choose the file format for the exported address book (.ldif, + comma-separated, or tab-delimited).</li> + <li>Enter a name for the address book file. Be sure to include the + appropriate file extension (.ldif, .csv, .tab, or .txt).</li> + <li>Click Save.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="adding_and_removing_ldap_directories">Adding and Removing LDAP + Directories</h2> + +<p>Adding an LDAP directory to your address book allows you to search the + directory for email addresses and other contact information. You can also use + the directory for address autocompletion when addressing mail messages.</p> + +<p>You typically add or remove LDAP directories using instructions provided by + your system administrator. Check with your system administrator for the + information you will need in order to add a new directory to your address + book.</p> + +<p>To add a new directory, begin from the Address Book window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the File menu, and choose New, and then choose LDAP Directory. You + see the Directory Server Properties dialog box.</li> + <li>Type the following information in the Directory Server Properties dialog + box General tab: + <ul> + <li><strong>Name</strong>: Enter the name of the directory service (for + example, InfoSpace Directory).</li> + <li><strong>Host Name</strong>: Enter the name of the host name server, + such as ldap.infospace.com.</li> + <li><strong>Base DN</strong>: This setting is used to set the Base + distinguished name. Enter codes to restrict searching to a specific + country or organization. For example, c=JP restricts the search to + Japan only. Base DN also specifies the organization to search on + within the directory (for instance, o=Netscape Communications + Corporation, c=US).</li> + <li><strong>Port Number</strong>: Enter the port number for the LDAP + server. The default is 389.</li> + <li><strong>Bind DN</strong>: The distinguished name that is used to + authenticate (log in) to the LDAP server. If left blank, the LDAP + server binds anonymously.</li> + <li><strong>Use secure connection (SSL)</strong>: Choose this setting + if your LDAP server supports secure (encrypted) connections. If you are + unsure, contact your system administrator.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click the Advanced tab to configure LDAP directory server settings.</li> + <li>Type the following information: + <ul> + <li><strong>Don't return more than _ results</strong>: This setting + lets you limit the number of autocompletion matches returned by the + directory server. Enter the maximum number of email address matches + to display for autocompletion.</li> + <li><strong>Scope</strong>: Defines the limits of the search. Choose one + of the following: + <ul> + <li><strong>One Level</strong>: Retrieves matching entries by + searching the base DN and one level below the base DN.</li> + <li><strong>Subtree</strong>: Retrieves matching entries by searching + the base DN in addition to all levels below the base DN. This is + the least restrictive search.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Search filter</strong>: Enter the search filter to apply to + matching results that are within the specified scope of the + search.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click OK to close the Directory Server Properties dialog box.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The directory you added appears in the list of address books in the Address + Book window.</p> + +<p>To delete a directory:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the + Preferences dialog box.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, select Addressing. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>Under Address Autocompletion on the right side of the dialog box, click + Edit Directories.</li> + <li>In the LDAP Directory Servers dialog box, select the directory that you + want to delete and click Delete.</li> + <li>Click OK, then click OK again to close the Preferences dialog box.</li> +</ol> + +<p>For information on downloading or synchronizing a directory for offline use + so that you can search it or use it for address book autocompletion while + working offline, see + <a href="mailnews_offline.xhtml#downloading_directory_entries_for_offline_use">Downloading + Directory Entries for Offline Use</a>.</p> + +<h3 id="directory_server_settings">Directory Server Settings</h3> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Directory Server Settings dialog box, + begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Window menu, and choose Address Book.</li> + <li>In the list of address books, select a directory.</li> + <li>Click Properties.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>General Tab</strong></p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Name</strong>: The name of the directory service (for example, + InfoSpace Directory).</li> + <li><strong>Host Name</strong>: The name of the host name server, such as + ldap.infospace.com.</li> + <li><strong>Base DN</strong>: The Base Distinguished Name. Codes entered here + restrict searching to a specific country or organization. For example, c=JP + restricts the search to Japan only. Base DN also specifies the organization + to search on within the directory (for instance, o=Netscape Communications + Corporation, c=US).</li> + <li><strong>Port Number</strong>: Enter the port number for the LDAP server. + The default is 389.</li> + <li><strong>Bind DN</strong>: The distinguished name that is used to + authenticate (log in) to the LDAP server. If left blank, the LDAP server + binds anonymously.</li> + <li><strong>Use secure connection (SSL)</strong>: Choose this setting if your + LDAP server supports secure (encrypted) connections. If you are unsure, + contact your system administrator.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Advanced Tab</strong></p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Don't return more than _ results</strong>: This setting lets + you limit the number of autocompletion matches returned by the directory + server. Specify the maximum number of email address matches to display for + autocompletion.</li> + <li><strong>Scope</strong>: Defines the limits of the search: + <ul> + <li><strong>One Level</strong>: Retrieves matching entries by searching + the base DN and one level below the base DN.</li> + <li><strong>Subtree</strong>: Retrieves matching entries by searching the + base DN in addition to all levels below the base DN. This is the least + restrictive search.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Search filter</strong>: Specifies the search filter to apply to + matching results that are within the specified scope of the search.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#using_address_books">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d96199b4e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,388 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Getting started with Blogs & News Feeds</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> +<h1 id="getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Getting + started with Blogs & News Feeds</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds">Subscribing to blogs + & news feeds</a></li> + <li><a href="#subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds_from_browser">Subscribing + to blogs & news feeds from a browser window</a></li> + <li><a href="#reading_blogs_and_news_feed_messages">Reading blogs & + news feeds messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#posting_blog_messages">Posting blog messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#adding_comments_to_a_blog_post">Adding comments to a blog + post</a></li> + <li><a href="#exporting_and_importing_feeds">Exporting and importing + feeds</a></li> + <li><a href="#editing_a_feed">Editing a feed</a></li> + <li><a href="#removing_a_feed">Removing a feed</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_different_blogs_and_news_feeds_accounts">Using + different blogs & news feeds accounts</a></li> + <li><a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Organizing your feeds</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds">Subscribing to blogs & news + feeds</h2> + +<p>If you have set up a + <a href="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts">Blogs + & News account</a>, you can subscribe to Blogs & News feeds.</p> + +<p>To subscribe to a feed, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li id="getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">Get into the Feed + Subscriptions dialog. There are several ways to do this: + <ul> + <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs & News Feeds + account to manage, then click in the Manage Subscriptions in the right + pane.</li> + <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs & News Feeds + account to manage, or a feed inside it, then open the File menu and + choose Subscribe.</li> + <li>In the accounts pane, <strong>right click</strong> your desired Blogs + & News Feeds account to manage and choose Subscribe...</li> + <li>Open the Edit menu and select the Mail & Newsgroups Account + Settings option. In the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog, + click on a Blogs & News Feeds account main section, and then + click the Manage Subscriptions... button.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Once in the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click the Add button. The Feed + properties dialog will appear.</li> + <li>Type (or copy and paste) the feed URL into the Feed URL field.</li> + <li>Click <q>Store articles in</q> dropdown list to choose the item list + where you want the articles to be stored. This allows you to merge + multiple feeds in one list item.</li> + <li>Set <q>Show the article summary instead of loading the web page</q> to + display a brief summary that blog feeds usually include for each article. + + <p><strong>Tip:</strong> Showing the article summary reduces the bandwidth + traffic and is faster, since the summary is already downloaded when the + feed is checked for new items. However, if you usually are interested in + the full article, you will save time by unchecking this option.</p> + </li> + <li>Click OK to confirm the feed addition.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds_from_browser">Subscribing to blogs + & news feeds from a browser window</h2> + +<p>While browsing the web using &brandShortName;, you may find the Feed + discovery icon (<img src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/feedIcon.png" + style="width: 16px; height: 16px;" />) while visiting a web page. You + can click on it to see a list of available feeds and choose one to get it + added to your first Blogs & News Feeds account.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="reading_blogs_and_news_feed_messages">Reading blogs & news feeds + messages</h2> + +<p>When you open your Blogs & News account, you see the list of feeds to + which you subscribed. &brandShortName; checks and downloads every feed for + new messages.</p> + +<p>To read blogs & news messages, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Double-click a blogs & news account to see its feeds. (If there are + no feeds, you may need to subscribe to one.)</li> + <li>Click a feed name to see its messages.</li> + <li>Click a message to read it. The header will show the original URL of the + article, which you can click to open a browser window with the + corresponding webpage.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Depending on your settings for the Blogs & News account and each + individual feed, the message will be shown in its summarized view or the + full view. You can change it by choosing the menu option View, and then Feed + Message Body As. You can then select one of these options:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Web Page</strong>: Select this to show the full web page of this + message.</li> + <li><strong>Summary</strong>: Select this to show the summarized, short + version of this message.</li> + <li><strong>Default format</strong>: Select this to show the article in its + default format, as specified in the feed options or, otherwise, the Blogs + & News account.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="posting_blog_messages">Posting blog messages</h2> + +<p>To post a blog message, you need an account in the corresponding blog. Also, + there is no standardized way to post blog messages, so you won't + normally be able to post messages from &brandShortName; Mail component. + Instead, you will need to open a browser window, log in to your blog account + and use the web interface.</p> + +<p>Some blog systems, however, allow posting blog messages by sending an email + message to a specific address. You will need to find out if your blog service + implements this feature, and the correct email address to use.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="adding_comments_to_a_blog_post">Adding comments to a blog post</h2> + +<p>Since there is no standardized way to add comments to a blog post, you will + usually need to open a browser window and use the web interface.</p> + +<p>Some blog systems, however, allow adding comments by sending an email + message to a specific address. You will need to find out if the blog service + implements this feature, and the correct email address to use.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="exporting_and_importing_feeds">Exporting and importing feeds</h2> + +<p>If you have set up a + <a href="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts">Blogs + & News account</a>, you can export or import Blogs & News feed + collections using the OPML format (Outline Processor Markup Language).</p> + +<p>To export the feeds in your selected blogs & news account, begin from + the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs & News account to + manage, or a feed inside it.</li> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe (or use any other of the + <a href="#getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">available methods</a>. + to access to the Feed Subscriptions dialog box).</li> + <li>In the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click the Export button. The Export + feeds as an OPML file dialog will appear.</li> + <li>Select the directory and filename to save the OPML file, and click + Save.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To import the feeds in your selected blogs & news account, begin from + the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs & News account to + manage, or a feed inside it.</li> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe (or use any other of the + <a href="#getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">available methods</a>. + to access to the Feed Subscriptions dialog box).</li> + <li>In the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click the Import button. The Select + OPML file to import dialog will appear.</li> + <li>Select the directory and filename to load the OPML file, and click + Save.</li> + <li>All the feeds defined in the OPML file will be added to your blogs & + feeds account.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="editing_a_feed">Editing a feed</h2> + +<p>If you want to change the properties of one of the feeds in your blogs & + news account, you can edit it.</p> + +<p>To edit a feed in your selected blogs & news account, begin from the + Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs & News account to + manage, or a feed inside it.</li> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe (or use any other of the + <a href="#getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">available methods</a>. + to access to the Feed Subscriptions dialog box).</li> + <li>In the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click on a feed in the feed list. You + may need to expand the folders in the feed list to see each individual + feed.</li> + <li>Click the Edit button. The Feed properties dialog will appear.</li> + <li>You can change where you want the articles to be stored clicking the + <q>Store articles in</q> dropdown list.</li> + <li>You may mark <q>Show the article summary instead of loading the web + page</q> to display a brief summary that blog feeds usually include for + each article. + + <p><strong>Tip:</strong> Showing the article summary reduces the bandwidth + traffic and is faster, since the summary is already downloaded when the + feed is checked for new items. However, if you usually are interested in + the full article, you will save time by unchecking this option.</p> + </li> + <li>Click OK to confirm the changes.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="removing_a_feed">Removing a feed</h2> + +<p>If you no longer want to follow one of the feeds in your blogs & news + account, you can remove it.</p> + +<p>To remove a feed in your selected blogs & news account, begin from the + Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs & News account to + manage, or a feed inside it.</li> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe (or use any other of the + <a href="#getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">available methods</a>. + to access to the Feed Subscriptions dialog box).</li> + <li>In the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click on a feed in the feed list. You + may need to expand the folders in the feed list to see each individual + feed.</li> + <li>Click the Remove button. You will be asked to confirm the deletion of the + feed.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note:</strong> don't confuse a feed with a folder in a Blogs + & News account. Removing a feed doesn't delete the folder in which + the feed articles are stored, and thus, such articles will stay in the folder + until you delete either the whole folder or the articles themselves. To get + a better understanding, see <a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Organizing your + feeds</a> later in this section.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="using_different_blogs_and_news_feeds_accounts">Using different blogs + & news feeds accounts</h2> + +<p>A single blogs & news feeds account can contain any number of feeds in + it, so you don't strictly need more than one blogs & news feeds + account. However, you may want to create several blogs & news feeds + accounts. Some reasons to do that are:</p> + +<ul> + <li>You can use different accounts to categorize your feeds. For example, you + can create an account named <q>Mozilla News</q> to put in it all your + feeds related to Mozilla, and another one named <q>Today Headlines</q> to + put in it all your feeds with general news.</li> + <li>If you have several accounts, each one can have different settings. This + way, you can choose, for example, different time intervals for each account + (and, therefore, their feeds.)</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="organizing_your_feeds">Organizing your feeds</h2> + +<p>The default operation mode when adding a feed to a Blogs & News Feeds + account in &brandShortName; is to create a folder and a feed inside it. + However, &brandShortName; allows you a great deal of flexibility. This section + helps you to better organize your feeds:</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#feeds_vs_folders">Feeds versus folders</a></li> + <li><a href="#organizing_folders_in_blogs_and_news_feeds_accounts">Organizing + folders in Blogs & News Feeds accounts</a></li> + <li><a href="#downloading_multiple_feeds_in_a_single_folder">Downloading + multiple feeds in a single folder</a></li> + <li><a href="#moving_a_feed_to_another_folder">Moving a feed to another + folder</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h3 id="feeds_vs_folders">Feeds versus folders</h3> + +<p>Blogs & News Feeds accounts are organized through two main concepts: + <strong>feeds</strong> and <strong>folders</strong>.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Feeds</strong> are sources for articles/posts. They provide + the means to get new articles from blogs. You subscribe to feeds.</li> + <li><strong>Folders</strong> in Blogs & News Feeds accounts work pretty + much like in any other account type. Folders store articles/posts you got + through the feeds.</li> +</ul> + +<p>You use the Feed Subscriptions dialog to tell &brandShortName; which feed + messages are downloaded in which folders. As feeds provide new articles and + folders provide the store to put such articles, you will want to have them + connected, usually linking a feed to a folder. However, keep in mind that + removing a feed will not automatically delete the associated folder, nor + will remove the articles/posts from the removed feed, since they are + stored into the folder.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="organizing_folders_in_blogs_and_news_feeds_accounts">Organizing folders + in Blogs & News Feeds accounts</h3> + +<p>You can create, rename, move or copy folders in Blogs & News Feeds + accounts just like with any other account type. See + <a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_a_folder">Creating a folder</a>, + <a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#renaming_a_folder">Renaming a folder</a> + and <a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#moving_or_copying_a_folder">Moving or + copying a folder</a> for more details.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="downloading_multiple_feeds_in_a_single_folder">Downloading multiple + feeds in a single folder</h3> + +<p>You may want to use a single folder to store articles/items coming from + more than one feed. To do this, you just need to add additional feeds in + that folder. Begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the accounts pane, click your desired Blogs & News Feeds account + to manage, or a feed inside it.</li> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe (or use any other of the + <a href="#getting_into_the_feed_subscriptions_dialog">available methods</a>. + to access to the Feed Subscriptions dialog box).</li> + <li>In the Feed Subscriptions dialog, click in the desired folder, then click + the Add button. The Feed properties dialog will appear.</li> + <li>Type (or copy and paste) the feed URL in the Feed URL field.</li> + <li>Click OK to confirm the feed addition.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="moving_a_feed_to_another_folder">Moving a feed to another folder</h3> + +<p>You can move a feed from a folder to another one using any of these + methods:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Drag & drop a feed while inside the Feed Subscriptions window.</li> + <li><a href="#editing_a_feed">Edit the feed</a> to change in what folder it + downloads articles/items.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Remember that moving the feed doesn't move + existing articles from the folder in which they have been + downloaded.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_feeds">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_getting_started.xhtml b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_getting_started.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1bf3aee643 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_getting_started.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,391 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Using &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<div class="boilerPlate">This document is provided for your information only. + It may help you take certain steps to protect the privacy and security of + your personal information on the Internet. This document does not, however, + address all online privacy and security issues, nor does it represent a + recommendation about what constitutes adequate privacy and security + protection on the Internet.</div> + +<h1 id="using_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Using &brandShortName; Mail & + Newsgroups</h1> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups lets you conveniently manage all your + Internet communications from one place. You can set up and maintain multiple + business and personal mail accounts and Internet newsgroups, all from one + window — the Mail & Newsgroups window.</p> + +<p>To start using &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the Mail & Newsgroups icon in the lower-left corner of the + &brandShortName; browser window.</li> +</ul> + +<table> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"><img src="images/task_mail.png" alt=""/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="width: 20px;"></td> + <td><strong>Mail & Newsgroups icon</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Getting + Started with &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups</a></li> + <li><a href="#importing_mail_from_other_programs">Importing Mail from Other + Programs</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#reading_messages">Reading + Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#sending_messages">Sending + Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#creating_html_mail_messages">Creating + HTML Mail Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_attachments">Using + Attachments</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#deleting_messages">Deleting + Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml">Using Address Books</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml">Organizing Your Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#controlling_junk_mail">Controlling + Junk Mail</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml">Getting Started with + Newsgroups</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml">Getting Started + with Blogs & News Feeds</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_offline.xhtml">Working Offline</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_security.xhtml">Signing & Encrypting + Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml">Mail & Newsgroups + Account Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml">Mail & Newsgroups + Preferences</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h1 id="getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Getting Started with + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#using_the_mail_account_setup_wizard">Using the Mail Account + Setup Wizard</a></li> + <li><a href="#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts">Setting Up + Additional Mail and News Accounts</a></li> + <li><a href="#changing_the_settings_for_an_account">Changing the Settings + for an Account</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="using_the_mail_account_setup_wizard">Using the Mail Account Setup + Wizard</h2> + +<p>To set up a mail, newsgroup or blogs & news feeds account, first open + the Window menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups. If you haven't + already set up an account, the Account Wizard appears automatically, enabling + you to set up an account.</p> + +<p>The Account Wizard guides you through the process of creating a new account. + If you don't know a setting, click Cancel and ask your Internet service + provider (ISP) or help desk.</p> + +<p>If an account already exists, the Account Wizard doesn't appear + automatically when the Mail window opens. Instead, after opening the Mail + window, open the File menu and choose New, then Account. For more details, + see <a href="#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts">Setting Up + Additional Mail, News & Blogs & News Feeds Accounts</a>.</p> + +<h3 id="setting_up_mail_accounts_with_an_isp_or_email_provider">Setting Up Mail + Accounts with an ISP or Email Provider</h3> + +<p>Before you set up a mail account, your ISP or email provider should give you + the following information:</p> + +<ul> + <li>your user name</li> + <li>your email address</li> + <li>the incoming and outgoing mail server names</li> + <li>the incoming server type (<a href="glossary.xhtml#imap">IMAP</a> or + <a href="glossary.xhtml#pop">POP</a>)</li> +</ul> + +<p>Before you set up a newsgroup account, your ISP or email provider should + give you the following information:</p> + +<ul> + <li>your email address</li> + <li>newsgroup server name</li> + <li>account name</li> +</ul> + +<p>To set up a new mail, newsgroup or blogs & news feeds account, begin + from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Click Add Account to start the Account Wizard. + + <p>The information requested by the Account Wizard depends on the type of + new account you specify in its first window. The boldface headings that + follow correspond to the windows you'll see when you're setting + up an ISP or email provider account.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>New Account Setup</strong>: Choose the type of account you want + to set up, then click the right arrow.</li> + <li><strong>Identity</strong>: Enter the name and email address appropriate + for this account, then click the right arrow. This window is not available + for the Blogs & News Feeds account type.</li> + <li><strong>Server Information</strong>: This window is not available for + for the Blogs & News Feeds account type. + <ul> + <li>Indicate whether you want a POP account or an IMAP account. Not all + service providers can support both options. For more information, see + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#server_settings">Mail & + Newsgroups Account Settings - Server Settings</a>.</li> + <li>Enter the name of your incoming mail server.</li> + <li>Check the <q>Leave messages on server</q> checkbox if you want to + leave messages on the server so that when you download messages, + &brandShortName; does not remove the messages from the server.</li> + <li>If you want this account to be a part of the Local Folders Global + Inbox account, check the <q>Use Global Inbox</q> box. Mail for + this account will then be stored in your Local Folders. Otherwise, if + the checkbox is unchecked, mail will be stored in its own + directory.</li> + <li>Enter the name of your outgoing mail server (SMTP). + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: You need to specify only one outgoing mail + server (SMTP), even if you have several mail accounts. The name of + your <a href="glossary.xhtml#smtp">SMTP</a> host may not have been + explicitly listed in the account setup information provided to you. + For example, your SMTP host may be the same as your POP or IMAP host. + If in doubt, contact your ISP or system administrator.</p> + </li> + <li>Click the right arrow to continue.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>User Names</strong>: Enter the incoming and outgoing user names + provided by your ISP or email provider, then click the right arrow. This + window is not available for the Blogs & News Feeds account type.</li> + <li><strong>Account Name</strong>: Enter whatever name you want to use to + refer to this account, then click the right arrow.</li> + <li><strong>Congratulations!</strong> Verify that the information you entered + is correct. If necessary, verify the information you entered with your ISP + or system administrator. When you are sure that it's correct, click + Finish to set up your account.</li> + <li>You see your new account listed in the left side of the Mail & + Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box. Click OK to start using your new + account.</li> +</ol> + +<p>You are now ready to get messages from your account. &brandShortName; Mail + & Newsgroups will prompt you for your password when you retrieve mail for + the first time every session. For detailed instructions on how to retrieve + mail, see <a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#getting_new_messages">Getting + New Messages</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Return to + beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts">Setting Up Additional + Mail and News Accounts</h2> + +<p>You use the Account Settings dialog box to add a new account or to change + information for an existing account, including:</p> + +<ul> + <li>mail and newsgroup server settings (for example, message deletion and + download preferences)</li> + <li>storage settings for message copies and folders</li> + <li>your reply-to address, organization name, and signature</li> +</ul> + +<p>To add a new account or change settings for an existing account, begin from + the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box. You can perform + these tasks: + <ul> + <li><strong>Add Account</strong>: Click this button to set up a new mail, + news or blogs & news feeds account. Be sure to type the account + information exactly as it is given to you. Move through the screens + with the arrows, or click Cancel to stop account creation.</li> + <li id="set_as_default"><strong>Set as Default</strong>: Select an + account, then click this button to make the selected account the + default one. The default account will appear at the top of your list + of accounts in the Mail window. The change takes effect the next time + you open Mail & Newsgroups. + + <p>The default account determines which address is filled into the + From: field when you compose a new mail with either no other mail or + news account active (i.e. Local Folders or a blogs & news feeds + account is selected), through an external application request, or by + following a mailto: link.</p> + + <p><strong>Note:</strong> You can't set a blogs & news feeds + account as default.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Remove Account</strong>: Select an account, then click this + button to remove it completely from your Mail window.</li> + <li><strong>Outgoing Server (SMTP)</strong>: Click this (at the bottom of + the list of accounts) to modify information about the outgoing mail + server. See + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#outgoing_server">Mail & + Newsgroups Account Settings - Outgoing Server (SMTP)</a> for more + information.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click headings under any account's name and modify the corresponding + settings in the panel on the right.</li> + <li>Click OK to save your changes.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Return to + beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="changing_the_settings_for_an_account">Changing the Settings for an + Account</h2> + +<p>To view or change information for an existing mail or newsgroup account, + begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Click the account name in the left-hand side of the Account Settings + dialog box. You see information about the account, such as your email + address and signature, in the right side of the dialog box.</li> + <li>Click any of these items beneath the name of an account to see the + corresponding settings: + <ul> + <li><strong>Server Settings</strong>: The settings available depend on + the type of server (IMAP, POP, or newsgroup server). For more + information, see + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#server_settings">Mail & + Newsgroups Account Settings - Server Settings</a>. + + <p><strong>Important</strong>: If you need to change the server type + (for example, from POP to IMAP) you must first remove the existing + account. Next, you must exit &brandShortName; and restart it. You can + then reopen the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box and + recreate an account with the new server type by clicking Add + Account.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Copies & Folders</strong>: These settings determine + whether to send automatic messages (blind carbon copies) and where you + want to store copies of outgoing messages, message drafts, and message + templates. For more information, see + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#copies_and_folders">Mail + & Newsgroups Account Settings - Copies & Folders</a>.</li> + <li><strong>Composition & Addressing</strong>: These settings allow + you to choose your default format and quoting behavior when composing a + message. You can also override the global directory server settings + specified for all address books in the Preferences dialog box. For more + information, see + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">Mail & + Newsgroups Account Settings - Composition & Addressing</a>.</li> + <li><strong>Synchronization & Storage (IMAP and News accounts + only)</strong>: These settings apply when you are working offline + (disconnected from the Internet) or need to save download time and + conserve disk space. For more information, see + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage_settings_imap">Synchronization + & Storage Settings (IMAP)</a> or + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage_settings_nntp">Synchronization + & Storage Settings (News)</a>.</li> + <li><strong>Disk Space (POP and blogs & news feeds accounts + only)</strong>: This setting helps you manage the amount of disk + space that downloaded messages take up on your hard disk. For more + information, see + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#disk_space_settings_pop">Disk + Space Settings (POP)</a> or + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#disk_space_settings_blogs">Disk + Space Settings (Blogs)</a>.</li> + <li><strong>Security</strong>: These settings determine which + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificates</a> are used to + digitally sign and encrypt mail messages that you send. Digital + signatures allow you to identify yourself reliably to others in + mail messages that you send. Encryption helps ensure that your + messages remain private while they are in transit over the + Internet. For more information, see + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security">Mail & + Newsgroups Account Settings - Security</a>.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click OK to save your changes.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups">Return to + beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="importing_mail_from_other_programs">Importing Mail from Other + Programs</h1> + +<p>This section describes how to import mail messages and settings from + Netscape Communicator, Outlook, Outlook Express, and Eudora. To import + address books from these programs, see + <a href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#importing_address_books">Importing + Address Books</a>.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#importing_mail_messages">Importing Mail Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#importing_mail_settings">Importing Mail Settings</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="importing_mail_messages">Importing Mail Messages</h2> + +<p>To import mail messages from Netscape Communicator, Outlook, Outlook + Express, or Eudora, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu, and choose Import. You see the Import Wizard.</li> + <li>Follow the instructions to import mail messages.</li> +</ol> + +<p>For Netscape Communicator, the wizard imports a copy of all Communicator + mail folders included under Local Folders. Imported mail is added as a new + folder under Local Folders in the Mail window. (The Communicator mail + folders still remain in their original location).</p> + +<p>[<a href="#importing_mail_from_other_programs">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="importing_mail_settings">Importing Mail Settings</h2> + +<p>To import mail settings from Outlook, Outlook Express, or Eudora, begin from + the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu, and choose Import. You see the Import Wizard.</li> + <li>Follow the instructions to import mail settings.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#importing_mail_from_other_programs">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6c790958d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,203 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Getting Started With Newsgroups</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> +<h1 id="getting_started_with_newsgroups">Getting Started With Newsgroups</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#subscribing_to_newsgroups">Subscribing to Newsgroups</a></li> + <li><a href="#reading_newsgroup_messages">Reading Newsgroup + Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#posting_newsgroup_messages">Posting Newsgroup + Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#contributing_to_ongoing_discussions">Contributing to Ongoing + Discussions</a></li> + <li><a href="#monitoring_threads">Monitoring Threads</a></li> + <li><a href="#removing_a_newsgroup">Removing a Newsgroup</a></li> + <li><a href="#adding_a_newsgroup_server">Adding a Newsgroup Server</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="subscribing_to_newsgroups">Subscribing to Newsgroups</h2> + +<p>If you have set up an <a href="#adding_a_newsgroup_server">account</a> on a + newsgroup server, you can join (subscribe) to newsgroups (also called + discussion groups).</p> + +<p>To subscribe to a newsgroup, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe. You see the Subscribe dialog + box.</li> + <li>If necessary, click the Account drop-down list to choose another + newsgroup account.</li> + <li>Select a newsgroup. To select more than one newsgroup, + <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>-click additional + newsgroup.</li> + <li>Click Subscribe or click in the Subscribe column next to the newsgroup. + You see a checkmark next to each newsgroup to which you subscribe. Click + Unsubscribe to cancel a selection.</li> + <li>Click OK. The list of your subscribed newsgroups appears in the Mail + window.</li> +</ol> + +<p>If you are an IMAP mail user, you can also subscribe to message folders + located on an IMAP server. (Your Inbox is a type of message folder.) Follow + the instructions above for subscribing, but select an IMAP account from the + Account drop-down list. For more information on sharing folders and + subscribing to folders, see + <a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#sharing_folders_with_other_users">Sharing + Folders With Other Users (IMAP Only)</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="reading_newsgroup_messages">Reading Newsgroup Messages</h2> + +<p>When you open your newsgroup server, you see the list of newsgroups to which + you subscribe. The server downloads the <em>headers</em> of new messages in + each newsgroup.</p> + +<p>To read newsgroup messages, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Double-click a newsgroup server icon to see its newsgroups. (If there are + no newsgroups, you may need to subscribe to one.)</li> + <li>Click a newsgroup name to see its messages.</li> + <li>Click a message to read it. Click the thread button to display all the + responses below the original message. You can click any header to display + its message. You can <a href="#posting_newsgroup_messages">start a new + thread</a> or <a href="#contributing_to_ongoing_discussions">post a + message</a> in response.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="posting_newsgroup_messages">Posting Newsgroup Messages</h2> + +<p>To start new threads (discussions):</p> + +<ol> + <li>From the list of your subscribed newsgroups in the Mail window, select a + newsgroup.</li> + <li>Click Compose.</li> + <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages">Compose</a> + your message, and click Send to post it.</li> + <li>Click Get Msgs to see your posting on the newsgroup.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="contributing_to_ongoing_discussions">Contributing to Ongoing + Discussions</h2> + +<p>To post a response to the newsgroup:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the message list, select a message to reply to.</li> + <li>Click Reply.</li> + <li><a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages">Compose</a> + your message, and click Send to post it.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To reply to an individual as well as post a response to the group:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the message list, select a message to reply to.</li> + <li>Click Reply All.</li> + <li>Compose your message, and click Send to post it.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To redirect a posting to another newsgroup:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click Reply and choose <q>Followup-To</q> from the <q>Newsgroup</q> + drop-down list. Subsequent responses will be posted to the newsgroup you + enter.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="monitoring_threads">Monitoring Threads</h2> + +<p>To monitor unread messages in threads that are of interest to you:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select a message in a thread.</li> + <li>Open the Message menu, and choose Watch Thread.</li> + <li>If you want to monitor additional threads, repeat steps 1 and 2 for + messages in additional threads.</li> + <li>When you're ready to monitor messages in these threads, open the + View menu, choose Messages, and then choose Watched Threads with Unread. + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups only displays the watched threads + that contain unread messages.</li> + <li>Open the View menu, choose Messages, and then choose All to return to + viewing all messages in the newsgroup.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To ignore a message thread:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select a message in the thread.</li> + <li>Open the Message menu, and choose Ignore Thread. &brandShortName; Mail + & Newsgroups marks all messages in the thread as read, and new replies + posted to the thread will appear as read.</li> + <li>To view ignored threads, open the View menu, choose Messages, and then + choose Ignored Threads.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="removing_a_newsgroup">Removing a Newsgroup</h2> + +<p>To remove a newsgroup from your list:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Select the newsgroup icon and press Delete.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="adding_a_newsgroup_server">Adding a Newsgroup Server</h2> + +<p>If the newsgroup you want to subscribe to is on a different server, you must + first set up access to that server.</p> + +<p>To set up an additional newsgroup server, open the File menu in the Mail + window and choose New, then Account.</p> + +<ul> + <li>Using the Account Wizard, indicate that the new account you want to set + up is a newsgroup account.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Once you've set up access to the new server, you can + <a href="#subscribing_to_newsgroups">subscribe</a> to newsgroups on that + server. In the Mail window, open the File menu, and choose Subscribe.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#getting_started_with_newsgroups">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_offline.xhtml b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_offline.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2c958051af --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_offline.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,504 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Working Offline</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="working_offline">Working Offline</h1> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups includes advanced features to help + you manage your messaging needs when you are not connected to the Internet. + You can download mail and news messages before going offline for later + reading, and you can defer sending mail messages and newsgroup posts until + you get back online. All of these features are explained in this + document.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#setting_up_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups_to_work_offline">Setting + Up &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups to Work Offline</a></li> + <li><a href="#downloading_all_messages_for_offline_use">Downloading All + Messages for Offline Use</a></li> + <li><a href="#downloading_an_individual_folder_for_offline_use">Downloading + an Individual Folder for Offline Use</a></li> + <li><a href="#downloading_selected_or_flagged_messages_for_offline_use">Downloading + Selected or Flagged Messages for Offline Use</a></li> + <li><a href="#downloading_directory_entries_for_offline_use">Downloading + Directory Entries for Offline Use</a></li> + <li><a href="#setting_up_your_accounts_for_working_offline">Setting Up Your + Accounts for Working Offline</a></li> + <li><a href="#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting Items for + Offline Viewing</a></li> + <li><a href="#downloading_and_synchronizing_your_messages">Downloading and + Synchronizing Your Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#working_offline_and_reconnecting_later">Working Offline and + Reconnecting Later</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="setting_up_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups_to_work_offline">Setting Up + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups to Work Offline</h2> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups' offline feature lets you + download your mail and read it offline (while disconnected from the + Internet). If you use a dial-up (modem) connection to access your mail and + you want to reduce the time you are connected, or, if you need to temporarily + disconnect from your company's network while traveling or switching + locations, you can download your mail so that you can read it offline. The + offline feature can automatically download incoming messages and then later + send all your outgoing messages when you reconnect.</p> + +<p>Note that for POP accounts your mail is already downloaded by default, so + most of these offline features aren't relevant for POP accounts.</p> + +<p>If you occasionally want to work offline, &brandShortName; Mail & + Newsgroups lets you easily:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Download your Inbox for offline use.</li> + <li>Download an individual folder for offline use.</li> + <li>Download only selected or flagged messages for offline use.</li> + <li>Download directory entries in your address book for offline use.</li> +</ul> + +<p>If you frequently work offline, &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups also + lets you:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Set up one or more of your accounts for offline use.</li> + <li>Set offline and disk space preferences for each account.</li> + <li>Select the folders and newsgroups that you want to view offline.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="downloading_all_messages_for_offline_use">Downloading All Messages for + Offline Use</h2> + +<p>You can tell &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups to automatically + download your messages for offline use. Later, when you go back online, + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups automatically synchronizes your + messages with the server.</p> + +<p>Note that the Inbox for POP accounts is downloaded by default, so this + section does not apply for POP accounts.</p> + +<p>To automatically download your messages for offline use, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>In the left side of the dialog box, under the name of the account you + want to use offline, select Synchronization & Storage. (This category + is not available for POP accounts.)</li> + <li>Check the box labeled <q>Keep messages for this account on this + computer</q>.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> + <li>Click the Online/Offline indicator <img src="images/online.png" alt=""/> + in the lower right corner of the Mail window (to the left of the Cookie + icon) to go offline. You will be asked to download messages for them to be + available while offline. Click on <q>Download</q> to proceed.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: This setting also applies to any new folders + created. While the per-account setting can be overridden for an + <a href="#downloading_an_individual_folder_for_offline_use">individual + folder</a>, those per-folder settings are <em>removed</em> when the + <q>Keep messages</q> box is toggled.</p> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups automatically downloads all messages + in your Inbox so you can read and respond to them while working offline. + After disconnecting, &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups remains open so + you can continue to work with your messages.</p> + +<p>To reconnect to the Internet so you can work online:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the Online/Offline indicator <img src="images/offline.png" + alt=""/> in the lower right corner of the Mail window (to the left of the + Cookie icon) to go back online.</li> +</ul> + +<p>When you go back online, &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups + automatically synchronizes your Inbox messages with the server, by + replicating any changes you made while working offline.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups saves any + messages that you send while working offline in the Unsent Messages folder + under Local Folders. To have &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups + automatically send your unsent messages when you reconnect, use the + Preferences command on the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu to change the + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#network_and_storage_preferences">offline + preferences</a> for all your accounts.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="downloading_an_individual_folder_for_offline_use">Downloading an + Individual Folder for Offline Use</h2> + +<p>Note that POP accounts don't allow you to manage folders on the POP + server, so this section does not apply to POP accounts.</p> + +<p>To download a specific folder for offline use, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the left side of the Mail window, select the folder that you want to + download for offline use.</li> + <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Folder Properties. You see the Properties + dialog box.</li> + <li>Click the Synchronization tab.</li> + <li>Check <q>Select this folder for offline use</q>.</li> + <li>Click Download Now if you want to immediately begin downloading the + folder's messages. Alternatively, you can continue working, and when + you are ready to go offline, proceed to the next step.</li> + <li>Click the Online/Offline indicator <img src="images/online.png" alt=""/> + in the lower right corner of the Mail window to go offline.</li> + <li>In the Work Offline dialog box, click Download.</li> +</ol> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups automatically downloads all messages + in the selected folder so you can read and respond to them while working + offline. After disconnecting, &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups remains + open so you can continue to work with your messages.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Message headers that have been downloaded for reading + offline display a darker gray envelope or newsgroup icon.</p> + +<p>To reconnect to the Internet so you can work online:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the Online/Offline indicator <img src="images/offline.png" + alt=""/> in the lower right corner of the Mail window (to the left of the + Cookie icon) to go back online.</li> +</ul> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups automatically synchronizes the + offline folders with the server, by replicating any changes you made while + working offline.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups saves any + messages that you sent while working offline in the Unsent Messages folder + under Local Folders. When you reconnect, choose Send Unsent Messages from the + File menu to send all your saved messages at once. To have &brandShortName; + Mail & Newsgroups automatically send your unsent messages when you + reconnect, use the Preferences command on the + <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span> + menu to change your <a + href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#network_and_storage_preferences">offline + preferences</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="downloading_selected_or_flagged_messages_for_offline_use">Downloading + Selected or Flagged Messages for Offline Use</h2> + +<p>Note that messages are downloaded by default for POP accounts. However, if + you have enabled the <q>Fetch headers only</q> setting in the POP account + settings, then only the headers will be downloaded, and you will need to use + the commands in this section to download the complete messages.</p> + +<p>To download selected messages for offline use, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select a Mail or Newsgroup folder to display its messages.</li> + <li>Select the messages you want to download, as follows: + <ul> + <li>To select a group of adjacent messages, click the first message, and + then Shift-click to select the last message in the group.</li> + <li>To select messages anywhere in the message list, hold down the + <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd> key and click + each message.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose Get Selected Messages + from the submenu. &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups downloads the + selected messages.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To download flagged messages for offline use, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select a Mail or Newsgroup folder to display its messages.</li> + <li>Click in the flag column of each message you want to download. A flag + appears where you clicked to indicate that the message has been marked. If + the flag column is not visible, click the Show/Hide Columns icon + <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/> and select Flag from the list.</li> + <li>Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose Get Flagged Messages. + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups downloads the flagged messages.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Once downloading is complete, click the Online/Offline indicator in the + lower right corner of the Mail window (to the left of the Cookie icon) to go + offline. After you disconnect, &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups remains + open so you can continue to work with your messages.</p> + +<p>Note that the <q>Get Selected Messages</q> and <q>Get Flagged Messages</q> + menu items are also available in the pop-up thread context menu, for faster + access.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Message headers that have been downloaded for reading + offline display a darker gray envelope or newsgroup icon.</p> + +<p>To reconnect to the Internet so you can work online:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the Online/Offline indicator <img src="images/offline.png" + alt=""/> in the lower right corner of the Mail window to go online.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups saves any + messages that you sent while working offline in the Unsent Messages folder + under Local Folders. When you reconnect, choose Send Unsent Messages from the + File menu to send all your saved messages at once. To have &brandShortName; + Mail & Newsgroups automatically send your unsent messages when you + reconnect, use the Preferences command on the + <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span> + menu to change your <a + href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#network_and_storage_preferences">offline + preferences</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="downloading_directory_entries_for_offline_use">Downloading + Directory Entries for Offline Use</h2> + +<p>You can download (replicate) the entries in a directory server to your + computer so that they are available when you work offline. Once you've + downloaded directory entries, you can use the same procedure to update your + local copy of the entries with the latest entries on the directory + server.</p> + +<p>To download or update an address book LDAP directory for offline use:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Make sure you're online.</li> + <li>Open the Window menu, and choose Address Book.</li> + <li>In the Address Book window, select the directory that you want to + download (replicate).</li> + <li>Click Properties in the Address Book toolbar. The Directory Server + Properties dialog box appears.</li> + <li>Click the Offline tab.</li> + <li>Click Download Now to start copying the entries to your computer.</li> + <li>If prompted, enter your network user name and password, and click OK to + start the download. + + <p>Depending on the number of directory entries, the download process may + take a while, so please be patient.</p> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>After the download finishes, you can work offline and search the directory + or use it for address autocompletion when composing messages. After + you've been using your local copy of the directory for a while, you may + wish to update it to get the latest entries from the directory server. To + update your local copy, use the procedure described above.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="setting_up_your_accounts_for_working_offline">Setting Up Your Accounts + for Working Offline</h2> + +<p>To set up one or more accounts for working offline, you use the Offline and + Disk Space preferences in the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog + box. Once set, you don't need to change these preferences each time you + want to work offline. The offline and disk space preferences you can set for + an account depend on the type of account (IMAP, POP, or Newsgroup).</p> + +<p>Here's a summary of the steps you will follow to set up your accounts + for offline use:</p> + +<ol> + <li>For each account that you want to work with while offline, use the Mail + & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box to set the Synchronization + & Storage preferences for that account. You must select the items + (folders and newsgroups) that you want to download for offline use. See + <a href="#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting Items for Offline + Viewing</a> for more information. + + <p>Once set, you don't need to change these settings. See the sections + below for information on setting offline and disk space preferences for + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage_settings_imap">IMAP</a>, + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#disk_space_settings_pop">POP</a>, + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#disk_space_settings_blogs">Blogs</a>, and + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage_settings_nntp">Newsgroup</a> + accounts.</p> + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To set the Synchronization & Storage + preferences for the current account, open the File menu, choose Offline, + and then choose Offline Settings.</p> + </li> + <li>Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose Download/Sync Now + from the submenu.</li> + <li>Select the type of messages (mail or newsgroup or both) that you want to + download. + + <p><strong>Important</strong>: You must select at least one category (mail + messages or newsgroup messages) in order for the download to work.</p> + </li> + <li>Select <q>Work offline once download and/or sync is complete</q>.</li> + <li>Click OK to download the selected items and then go offline. See + <a href="#downloading_and_synchronizing_your_messages">Downloading and + Synchronizing Your Messages</a> for more information.</li> +</ol> + +<p>For subsequent offline sessions, you can skip step 1.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting Items for Offline + Viewing</h2> + +<p>Before you can read mail and newsgroup messages while offline, you must + first select them for downloading. You can set up an entire account for + offline use. You can also choose which folders and newsgroups that you + want to use offline.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Keep in mind that selecting more items may increase + download time and disk space used.</p> + +<p>To select accounts, folders, and newsgroups for offline viewing, begin from + the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu, choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Choose the Synchronization & Storage category for the account you + want to change.</li> + <li>Click <q>Advanced</q> to see your IMAP folders, or <q>Select newsgroups + for offline use</q> for your subscribed newsgroups. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: You see only the newsgroups and folders that + you've already <a + href="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#subscribing_to_newsgroups">subscribed</a> + to. POP accounts and local mail folders don't appear in the + list.</p> + </li> + <li>Select the items (folders, newsgroups) that you want to make available + for offline use.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Once set, you don't need to change these settings each time you want to + go offline. However, if you do want to change them, you can easily do so + before going offline, since the same Select button is available when using + the <a href="#downloading_and_synchronizing_your_messages">Download and + Sync</a> command.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="downloading_and_synchronizing_your_messages">Downloading and + Synchronizing Your Messages</h2> + +<p>If you have already selected mail folders and newsgroups for offline use, + you are now ready to download and synchronize them. If you haven't yet + selected items to download, you can choose them before you go offline.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Download/Sync Now dialog box, follow + these steps:</p> + +<p>To download and synchronize your messages, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose Download/Sync + Now.</li> + <li>Select the categories (mail messages or newsgroup messages) that you want + to download. + + <p><strong>Important</strong>: You must select at least one category (Mail + messages, Newsgroup messages) in order for the download to work. If the + checkboxes are disabled, it means that you haven't yet selected + items to download. Use the Select button to select items to download.</p> + </li> + <li>To send messages in your Unsent Messages folder before going offline, + check <q>Send Unsent Messages</q>.</li> + <li>To go offline immediately after &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups + finishes downloading, select <q>Work offline once download and/or sync is + complete</q>.</li> + <li>To set or change the items to download, click Select. See + <a href="#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing">Selecting Items for Offline + Viewing</a> for more information. You can skip this step if you've + already selected items for download.</li> + <li>Click OK. &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups begins downloading the + selected items.</li> +</ol> + +<p>If you chose to work offline once the download completes, then + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups immediately switches to offline mode. + Otherwise, when you are ready to go offline, click the Online/Offline + indicator <img src="images/online.png" alt=""/> in the lower right corner of + the Mail window to go offline.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="working_offline_and_reconnecting_later">Working Offline and + Reconnecting Later</h2> + +<p>To work offline and reconnect later, begin from the Mail window.</p> + +<p>When you are ready to work offline:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click the online/offline indicator <img src="images/online.png" alt=""/> + in the lower-right corner of the Mail window. Mail & Newsgroups prompts + you to download messages, if you want, before going offline.</li> + <li>Click Download to download messages before going offline. If you want to + work offline without downloading messages, click Don't Download.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Message headers that have been downloaded for reading + offline display a darker gray envelope or newsgroup icon.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To set &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups' + download behavior when going offline, open the + <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span> + menu, choose Preferences, and then under the Mail & Newsgroups category, + select Network & Storage (if no subcategories are visible, double-click + Mail & Newsgroups to expand the list). You can choose to have + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups prompt you to download messages when + going offline, to automatically download messages, or to not download any + messages.</p> + +<p>To reconnect and synchronize your messages:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click the online/offline indicator <img src="images/offline.png" + alt=""/> in the lower-right corner of any &brandShortName; window.</li> + <li>Open the File menu, choose Offline, and then choose Download/Sync + Now.</li> +</ol> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups synchronizes your messages with the + server by replicating any changes you made while working offline.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To set &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups' + behavior when going online, open the + <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span> + menu, choose Preferences, and then choose the Synchronization & Storage + category. You can choose to have &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups + prompt you to send unsent messages, to automatically send unsent messages, + or to not send unsent messages.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#working_offline">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_organizing.xhtml b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_organizing.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6a1c08f32d --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_organizing.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,848 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Organizing Your Messages and Controlling Junk</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> +<h1 id="organizing_your_messages">Organizing Your Messages</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox"> + <ul> + <li><a href="#creating_a_folder">Creating a Folder</a></li> + <li><a href="#renaming_a_folder">Renaming a Folder</a></li> + <li><a href="#moving_or_copying_a_folder">Moving or Copying a + Folder</a></li> + <li><a href="#filing_messages_in_folders">Filing Messages in + Folders</a></li> + <li><a href="#sharing_folders_with_other_users">Sharing Folders With Other + Users (IMAP Only)</a></li> + <li><a href="#tagging_messages">Tagging Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#marking_or_flagging_messages">Marking or Flagging + Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_message_views">Using Message Views</a></li> + <li><a href="#creating_message_filters">Creating Message Filters</a></li> + <li><a href="#searching_through_messages">Searching Through + Messages</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="creating_a_folder">Creating a Folder</h2> + +<p>To create a message folder, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the File menu, choose New, and then Folder. You see the New Folder + dialog box.</li> + <li>Type the name of the folder.</li> + <li>Click the drop-down list and choose a folder location and click OK. Your + new folder appears in your Mail Folders list.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="renaming_a_folder">Renaming a Folder</h2> + +<p>To rename an existing folder, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the folder you want to rename.</li> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Rename Folder. You see the Rename Folder + dialog box.</li> + <li>Type the new name and click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you rename a folder that you've been using to + store <a href="#creating_message_filters">filtered messages</a>, the filter + will automatically update to use the renamed folder.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="moving_or_copying_a_folder">Moving or Copying a Folder</h2> + +<p>You can copy a folder and its contents to another mail account, or move a + folder within the same mail account.</p> + +<p>To move or copy a folder, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the folder you want to move or copy.</li> + <li>Do one of the following: + <ul> + <li>To move the folder under another folder within the same account, drag + the folder over the name of the other folder. The folder you moved + becomes a subfolder of the other folder.</li> + <li>To copy the folder to another account, drag the folder over the name + of another account.</li> + <li>To copy the folder under another folder in another account, drag the + folder over the name of another folder in another account. The folder + you copied becomes a subfolder of the other folder.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="filing_messages_in_folders">Filing Messages in Folders</h2> + +<p>You can move messages from one folder to another by using either of these + methods:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Select the message, click the File button on the toolbar, and choose the + destination folder.</li> + <li>Drag and drop messages into the desired folder. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you drag and drop a message from an IMAP or + POP mail server folder to a local folder on your hard drive, the message + is moved to the local folder and removed from the server folder.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>To copy a message from one folder to another:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the message and right-click to display the pop-up menu.</li> + <li>Select <q>Copy To</q> and then select the destination account and folder + from the drop-down list.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Alternatively, you can copy a message between folders + by holding down the Shift key while dragging the message from the message + list over another folder.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="sharing_folders_with_other_users">Sharing Folders With Other Users + (IMAP Only)</h2> + +<p>Users with IMAP mail accounts can share mail folders with other users on the + same network. Sharing folders allows several users to see and work with the + same messages, similar to a newsgroup. To use shared folders, your IMAP mail + server must support Access Control List (ACL) management. Check with your + system administrator or help desk if you are not sure that shared folders + are supported by your IMAP mail server.</p> + +<p>To share a mail folder with other users on your network, or to view sharing + information for a folder, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Within an IMAP account, select a folder that you want to share, or select + a folder whose sharing privileges you want to view. + + <p>Folders listed under Local Folders, or folders listed under a POP mail + account cannot be shared.</p> + </li> + <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Folder Properties.</li> + <li>Click the Sharing tab.</li> + <li>Click Privileges. You may be prompted to enter your network user name and + password. + + <p>The Privileges button is only available if the IMAP mail server allows + you to set folder sharing privileges. If this button is not available, + you can view the folder sharing privileges for this folder but cannot + change them.</p> + </li> + <li>Follow the instructions on the screen to add users and to set their + folder access privileges. + <ul> + <li><strong>Read privileges</strong>: Users can read messages and copy + their contents, but they cannot modify or delete messages, or copy + messages into the folder. Users can flag messages as read or unread. + See <a href="#marking_or_flagging_messages">Marking or Flagging + Messages</a> for instructions on flagging messages.</li> + <li><strong>Read and Write privileges</strong>: In addition to Read + privileges, users can modify and delete messages. Users can also copy + or move messages into the folder.</li> + <li><strong>Manage privileges</strong>: In addition to Read and Write + privileges, users can add and remove users and change their folder + permissions.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click OK to confirm your changes.</li> + <li>Click OK to close the Folder Properties dialog box.</li> +</ol> + +<p>In the list of folders for your mail account, a shared folder displays a + distinctive folder icon to indicate that it is shared.</p> + +<p>To send a message that tells others how they can subscribe to your shared + folder, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the shared folder.</li> + <li>Right-click to display a pop-up menu, and choose Copy Folder + Location.</li> + <li>Click Compose to display a Mail compose window.</li> + <li>Click in the message body, open the Edit menu, and choose Paste.</li> + <li>Address the message, type a subject, and type the message text. Tell + message recipients that they can subscribe to the shared folder by clicking + the link you pasted into the message. + + <p>Only message recipients who share the same network will be able to + subscribe to your shared folder.</p> + </li> + <li>Click Send.</li> +</ol> + +<h3 id="subscribing_to_a_shared_folder">Subscribing to a Shared Folder</h3> + +<p>Subscribing to a shared folder is similar to subscribing to a newsgroup. To + subscribe to a shared folder, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Subscribe. You see the Subscribe dialog + box.</li> + <li>If necessary, click the Account drop-down list to choose another IMAP + mail account.</li> + <li>Select the folder that you want to subscribe to.</li> + <li>Click Subscribe or click in the Subscribe column next to the folder. You + see a checkmark next to each folder to which you subscribe. Click + Unsubscribe to cancel a selection.</li> + <li>Click OK. The list of your subscribed folders appears in the Mail + window.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="tagging_messages">Tagging Messages</h2> + +<p>You can apply tags to messages to help you organize and prioritize them. + You can apply a standard color and tag text to messages, or you can create + your own color and tag text to suit your needs.</p> + +<p>One powerful way to use tags is to set up a message filter to + automatically tag incoming messages from a specific sender. For example, + you can set up a message filter so that incoming messages from your boss are + tagged <q>Important</q> and appear in red. See + <a href="#creating_message_filters">Creating Message Filters</a> for more + information.</p> + +<h3 id="applying_a_tag">Applying a Tag</h3> + +<p>To apply a tag to a message, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the message you want to tag.</li> + <li>Open the Message menu, and choose Tag.</li> + <li>Choose the tag you want to apply from the list.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The message summary row changes to the color of the tag with the topmost + priority. To see the tag text, you must display the Tags column in the Mail + window.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly tag messages or remove a tag, select + one or more messages and press one of the number keys 1-9 on your keyboard. + Press 0 to remove all tags.</p> + +<p>To display the Tags column, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the Show/Hide Columns icon <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/> + and select Tags from the list.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Message tags apply on a per-account basis. For + example, if you move or copy a tagged message to another mail account, the + tags are not preserved. Similarly, if you forward a tagged message to + another recipient, the tags are not preserved. For IMAP mail accounts, if + your IMAP server supports user-defined keywords, message tags will persist + when you log in to your mail account from a different location.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="customizing_tags">Customizing Tags</h3> + +<p>You can customize tag colors and text and their order to suit your needs.</p> + +<p>To customize tags, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the + Preferences dialog box.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Tags. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand the + list.)</li> + <li>Edit the tag text, or replace it with your own tag text. The tag + can be up to 32 characters long.</li> + <li>To change the tag color, click the color block next to that tag and + select a new color.</li> + <li>Click the Move Up and Move Down buttons to reorder the tags. Tags at + the top will have higher priority when coloring messages.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Your changes are immediately applied to all tagged messages in all your + mail accounts.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To undo all customizations and restore just the + default tags' text and colors, follow the steps above to display the tag + settings, and click Restore Defaults.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="sorting_messages_by_tags">Sorting Messages by Tags</h3> + +<p>To sort messages by tags, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>To display the Tags column if it is hidden, click the Show/Hide Columns + icon <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/> and select Tags from the + list.</li> + <li>Click the Tags column to sort messages by tags, and within each tag + type, to sort messages by date.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="removing_tags">Removing Tags</h3> + +<p>To remove a message tag, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select one or more tagged messages.</li> + <li>Open the Message menu, and choose Tag.</li> + <li>Choose the tag you want to remove or <q>None</q> to remove all tags + from this message.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="marking_or_flagging_messages">Marking or Flagging Messages</h2> + +<p>You might want to mark a message you've read as unread if you later + want to re-read the message or respond to it.</p> + +<p>To mark a message as unread, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select a Mail or Newsgroup folder to display its messages.</li> + <li>Click in the Read column of each message you want to mark as unread. + Messages marked as unread display a <img src="images/mail_unread.png" + alt=""/> symbol in the Read column. Messages marked as read display a + <img src="images/mail_read.png" alt=""/> symbol in the Read column. If the + Read column is not visible, click the Show/Hide Columns icon + <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/> and select Read from the list.</li> +</ol> + +<table> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"><img src="images/mail_read_column.png" alt=""/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><strong>Read column</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p>You can flag messages that you later want to download for + <a href="mailnews_offline.xhtml#downloading_selected_or_flagged_messages_for_offline_use">offline + use</a>.</p> + +<p>To flag messages, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select a Mail or Newsgroup folder to display its messages.</li> + <li>Click in the Flag column of each message you want to download. A flag + <img src="images/mail_flag.png" alt=""/> appears where you clicked to + indicate that the message has been flagged. If the Flag column is not + visible, click the Show/Hide Columns icon <img src="images/columns.png" + alt=""/> and select Flag from the list.</li> +</ol> + +<table> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"><img src="images/mail_flag_column.png" alt=""/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><strong>Flag column</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="using_message_views">Using Message Views</h2> + +<p>You can apply preset or custom message views to help you manage messages by + filtering displayed messages.</p> + +<p>To use a message view, open the View menu and choose Messages. Choose an + option from the submenu.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>All</strong>: Choose this option to view all messages.</li> + <li><strong>Unread</strong>: Choose this option to view only unread + messages.</li> + <li><strong>Tags</strong>: Choose a <a href="#tagging_messages">tag</a> + to view tagged messages.</li> + <li><strong>Custom Views</strong>: Choose a custom view. By default you have + five preset views: <q>People I Know</q>, <q>Recent Mail</q>, <q>Last 5 + Days</q>, <q>Not Junk</q>, and <q>Has Attachments</q>.</li> + <li><strong>Customize</strong>: Choose this option to view or modify + settings for custom views or create your own custom view.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can quickly change the message view from the View + box in the Search Bar. If you do not see the Search Bar, open the View menu, + choose Show/Hide, and then choose Search Bar.</p> + +<table> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"><img src="images/mail_quicksearch.png" alt=""/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="width: 80px;"></td> + <td><strong>Quick mail search bar</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<h3 id="creating_a_custom_view">Creating a Custom View</h3> + +<p>You can create custom message views to only display messages matching + certain criteria.</p> + +<p>To change or create a custom message view:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the View menu, choose Messages, and then choose Customize.</li> + <li>To create a new view, click New. To modify a view, select a view and + click Edit.</li> + <li>Type a name for the message view.</li> + <li>Select the matching option you want Mail to use: <q><em>all</em> of the + following</q> conditions (criteria) you choose, or <q><em>any</em> of the + following</q>.</li> + <li>Use the drop-down lists to choose the search criteria (for example, + <q>Subject</q>, <q>Sender</q>, <q>contains</q>, <q>doesn't + contain</q>) and then type the text or phrase you want to match. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To search for messages that contain a header not + listed in the first drop-down menu (for example, if you want to search + for messages that include the header Resent-From), choose Customize and + type the header you want to search for. &brandShortName; Mail & + Newsgroups adds your custom header to the drop-down list, so you can then + choose it to search for matching entries. Make sure you enter the custom + header correctly, since Mail will only find entries that exactly match + what you type.</p> + </li> + <li>Click More to add criteria and Fewer to remove them.</li> + <li>Click OK to confirm your settings.</li> + <li>Click OK in the Customize Message Views dialog box. The selected view + setting applies automatically.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="creating_message_filters">Creating Message Filters</h2> + +<p>Message filters allow you to manage and organize your messages. You can + create message filters that &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups uses to + automatically perform certain actions on incoming messages based on criteria + you specify. For example, you can create a message filter that automatically + moves incoming messages to a particular folder. Message filters operate on a + per-account basis.</p> + +<p>If you are not already viewing the Message Filters dialog box, begin from + the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Message Filters. You see the Message + Filters dialog box.</li> + <li>If you have multiple mail accounts, choose the one to which you want to + apply the filter.</li> + <li>Click New. You use the Filter Rules dialog box to specify the types of + messages to act on, and the actions you want the filter to perform.</li> + <li>Type a name for the filter.</li> + <li>Select when you want the filter to be applied. This setting enables you + to define some filters to be applied in an automatic way (when checking + mail), on demand (manually run), or both. <q>After classification</q> means + that junk and phishing controls will be run before applying the + filter.</li> + <li>Select the matching option you want Mail to use: <q><em>all</em> of the + following</q> conditions (criteria) you choose, <q><em>any</em> of the + following</q> conditions you choose, or <q><em>all messages</em></q>.</li> + <li>Use the drop-down lists to choose the search criteria (for example, + <q>Subject</q>, <q>Sender</q>, <q>contains</q>, <q>doesn't + contain</q>) and then type the text or phrase you want to match. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To search for messages that contain a header not + listed in the first drop-down menu (for example, if you want to search + for messages that include the header Resent-From), choose Customize and + type the header you want to search for. &brandShortName; Mail & + Newsgroups adds your custom header to the drop-down list, so you can then + choose it to search for matching entries. Make sure you enter the custom + header correctly, since Mail will only find entries that exactly match + what you type.</p> + </li> + <li>Click <q>+</q> to add criteria and <q>-</q> to remove them.</li> + <li>Use the list to choose the action you want the filter to perform on the + messages (for example, Move Message To). Use <q>+</q> and <q>-</q> to add + or remove additional actions. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To automatically tag incoming messages, choose + <q>Tag Message</q> from the drop-down list.</p> + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: Message filters are applied one after another. It + could be that you don't want all filters to be run if one or more + messages match some conditions. For instance, you may want to tag all + messages from your boss's email address as <q>Important</q>, and + you may want all messages containing the word <q>Memorandum</q> in their + subject to be moved to a folder named <q>Pending Reads</q>, but you + don't want any message from your boss to be moved to another folder, + even if it contains <q>Memorandum</q> in the subject. So the first + message filter you define should match your boss's email address, + and would contain two actions: <q>Tag Message</q> as <q>Important</q> and + <q>Stop Filter Execution</q>.</p> + </li> + <li>If you have chosen <q>Move</q> or <q>Copy</q> message to a folder, then + select a destination folder in which to store the messages, or create a + new folder.</li> + <li>Click OK to confirm your settings.</li> + <li>To run filters on existing messages in a folder, select the folder + in the bottom dropdown list and click the <q>Run Now</q> button.</li> + <li>Click OK in the Message Filters dialog box. The filter begins filtering + incoming messages as soon as you click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: You can also run message filters manually at any + time. In the Mail window, choose Tools, and then select Run Filters on Folder + to apply filters to the current folder, or Run Filters on Message to apply + filters to the selected message (if any).</p> + +<p>To manage your filters, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Message Filters. You see the Message + Filters dialog box.</li> + <li>If you have multiple mail accounts, choose the one to which you want to + apply the filter.</li> + <li>Choose from the following: + <ul> + <li><strong>To turn a filter on or off</strong>: Click the checkbox to + the right of the filter name to enable it, or click it again to turn it + off.</li> + <li><strong>To edit a filter</strong>: Select the filter name and click + Edit (or double-click the filter name). Use the Filter Rules dialog box + to make your changes.</li> + <li><strong>To delete a filter</strong>: Select the filter name and click + Delete.</li> + <li><strong>To change the order in which filters are applied</strong>: In + the filter list, click a filter's name, and click <q>Move Up</q> + or <q>Move Down</q> to move it. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Filters are applied to each incoming message + in the order you choose, until a filter action results in the message + being deleted or moved from the Inbox folder.</p> + </li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click OK when you are done managing your filters. If you created a new + filter, it begins filtering incoming messages as soon as you click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you delete a folder that you've been using to + store filtered messages, the filter will no longer work. Incoming messages + that match the filter criteria will appear in your Inbox. If you rename or + move the folder, the filter will automatically update to use the renamed or + moved folder.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: If you have existing messages that you want to move to + another folder, use the Run Filters on Messages option in the Tools menu.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="filtering_messages_from_a_specific_sender">Filtering Messages From a + Specific Sender</h3> + +<p>You can quickly create a filter for messages from a particular sender. For + example, if you want to automatically move all incoming messages from your + child's teacher into a folder called <q>School</q>, you can quickly set + up a filter to do this.</p> + +<p>To create a filter for messages from a specific sender, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select a message from a specific sender.</li> + <li>Open the Message menu and choose Create Filter From Message. Or, in the + message header pane, right click the sender name and choose Create Filter + From.</li> + <li>You see the Filter Rules dialog box. Using the sender's email + address, &brandShortName; prefills the filter matching criteria and the + filter action (Move Message to). You can change or add new rules to the + matching criteria.</li> + <li>Choose a destination folder in which to store the incoming messages from + the specified sender, or create a new folder. You can also choose other + actions for this filter, or change the default one.</li> + <li>Note that, if you leave the filter name empty, &brandShortName; will + provide a name for it based on the first criterion.</li> + <li>Click OK to confirm your settings. You see the + <a href="#creating_message_filters">Message Filters</a> dialog box, where + you can create, delete, or edit message filters.</li> + <li>Click OK. The filter begins filtering incoming messages from the + specified sender as soon as you click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="searching_through_messages">Searching Through Messages</h2> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups lets you quickly find text in a + single message, search messages by subject or sender, or use a combination of + criteria to perform a thorough search through all messages in a specific mail + folder, newsgroup, or account.</p> + +<p>To locate text in a single message, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the message, open the Edit menu, and choose Find in This + Message.</li> + <li>Type the text that you want to locate in the dialog box.</li> + <li>Click Find to locate the first occurrence of the text.</li> + <li>Continue clicking Find to locate additional occurrences, or click Cancel + when you are done.</li> + <li>Choose Find Again from the Edit menu to continue searching for the text + throughout the rest of the message.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To quickly search for messages in a selected folder by subject or sender, + begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>To the right of <q>Subject or Sender contains:</q>, type the subject text + or sender name that you want to find. You can type only part of the subject + or sender, or you can type the exact word or name that you want to find. + + <p>As soon as you stop typing, &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups + displays only those messages in the selected folder where the subject or + sender contains the search text you entered.</p> + </li> + <li>Click Clear to erase the search text and show all messages in the + selected folder.</li> +</ol> + +<h3 id="searching_for_specific_messages">Searching for Specific Messages</h3> + +<p>You can search mail folders or newsgroups for specific messages. If you are + not already viewing the Search Messages dialog box, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Search Messages. You see the Search + Messages dialog box.</li> + <li>Next to <q>Search for messages in</q>, choose the account, newsgroup, or + folder through which you want to search.</li> + <li>Select <q>Search subfolders</q> to include all subfolders in the + search.</li> + <li>Next to <q>Perform search operations on</q>, select an option where to + search for messages in newsgroups or IMAP accounts: + <ul> + <li>Choose <q>Local system</q> to use only the information stored locally + for the search without any network activity. This mode includes all + major message headers. You can't search the message body locally + unless the account and its folders have been set up for + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage">synchronization</a>. + </li> + <li>Choose <q>Remote server</q> to perform all searches on the server + where the messages are located. This will allow you to also search for + contents in message bodies which have not been synchronized.</li> + </ul> + <p><strong>Note</strong>: This menu will be disabled if it's not + possible to search remotely on the server (e.g., for POP accounts).</p> + </li> + <li>Select which matching option Mail & Newsgroups will use to search for + messages that match all or at least one of the conditions (criteria) that + you choose.</li> + <li>Use the drop-down lists to indicate the search criteria (for example, + <q>Subject</q> and <q>contains</q>) and then type the text or phrase that + you want to match. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To search for messages that contain a header not + listed in the first drop-down menu (for example, if you want to search + for messages that include the header Resent-From), choose Customize and + type the header you want to search for. &brandShortName; Mail & + Newsgroups adds your custom header to the drop-down list, so you can then + choose it to search for matching entries. Make sure you enter the custom + header correctly, since Mail will only find entries that exactly match + what you type.</p> + </li> + <li>Click More to add criteria and Fewer to remove them.</li> + <li>Click Search to begin, or click Clear to reset your entries. The search + results appear in lower part of the Search Messages dialog box. + <ul> + <li>To open a message so you can read it, select the message and click + Open, or double-click the message.</li> + <li>To sort the messages in a different order, click the column that you + want to sort by.</li> + <li>To move or copy a message in the Results area to another folder, + select the message and then choose the destination folder from the File + drop-down list. If the destination folder is within the same account, + the message is moved to that folder. If the destination folder is + within a different account, the message is copied to that folder.</li> + <li>To delete a message in the Results area, select the message and then + click Delete.</li> + <li>To open the folder where the message is stored, select the message + and click Open Message Folder.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#organizing_your_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="controlling_junk_mail">Controlling Junk Mail</h1> + +<p>This section describes how to use &brandShortName;'s Junk Mail Controls +to filter unwanted mail, and how phishing detection works.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#using_junk_mail_controls">Using Junk Mail Controls</a></li> + <li><a href="#junk_controls_options">Junk Mail Controls Options</a></li> + <li><a href="#junk_controls_and_filters">Junk Mail Controls and + Filters</a></li> + <li><a href="#phishing_detection">Phishing Detection</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + + +<h2 id="using_junk_mail_controls">Using Junk Mail Controls</h2> + +<p>&brandShortName;'s Junk Mail Controls feature can evaluate your + incoming messages and identify possible junk (or unsolicited) messages. The + feature uses the Bayesian classification method. You first train + &brandShortName; by showing it a bunch of mail that is junk, and a bunch of + mail that is not. Then, you let it auto-classify new mail for you. If + &brandShortName; makes any mistakes, you can correct them.</p> + +<p>To use Junk Mail Controls:</p> + +<ol> + <li>First, train &brandShortName; to recognize Junk messages and Non-Junk + messages. There are three ways to toggle junk status of the selected + message(s): + <ul> + <li>Open the Message menu, select <q>Mark</q> and choose <q>As Junk</q> + or <q>As Not Junk</q>.</li> + <li>Click on the Junk toolbar button.</li> + <li><img src="images/mail_junk_column.png" style="float:right" alt=""/> + + <p>Click to toggle the Junk Status column in the message list. (If you + do not see it, click the right-most button ( + <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/>) in the list header bar and + select Junk Status from the pop-up menu.)</p> + </li> + </ul> + + <p>When you toggle junk status, a trash-can icon will appear or disappear + in the Junk status column to indicate the junk status of the selected + message.</p> + </li> + + <li>Open the Edit menu, and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. + You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Click the Junk Settings category for your mail account.</li> + <li>Enable the feature and &brandShortName; will automatically classify + incoming messages. (See + <a href="#junk_controls_options">Junk Mail Controls Options</a>. + Details on the other settings there can be found in the + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#junk_settings">Junk Settings</a> + preference panel description.) + </li> + <li>If you have trained it on virus mail, consider disabling the white + listing (many mail viruses send bulk messages to people in the address book + of the infected computer).</li> + <li>Make sure to correct the Junk Mail Controls when it incorrectly labels + messages either as junk or not junk.</li> + <li>To analyze existing messages, select messages, open the Tools menu + and choose <q>Run Junk Mail Controls</q>.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: &brandShortName; will only run Junk Mail Controls + when the training database has information on non-Junk messages. If Junk Mail + Controls do not work, select some messages and explicitly mark them as Not + Junk.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#controlling_junk_mail">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="junk_controls_options">Junk Mail Controls Options</h2> + +<p>To fine-tune how Junk Mail Controls work, use the + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#junk_and_suspect_preferences">Junk & + Suspect Mail preference panel</a> for account-independent settings and the + account manager's <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#junk_settings">Junk + Settings</a> for settings of a specific mail account.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#controlling_junk_mail">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="junk_controls_and_filters">Junk Mail Controls and Filters</h2> + +<p>Junk Mail Controls run after mail filters (unless you set the filter to run + after classification, where <q>classification</q> includes junk and phishing + scanning) and apply only to the Inbox folder and its sub-folders. Use this to + your advantage, for example, you can filter mail you are sure not to be Junk + to a special folder outside of Inbox so that the messages will not be + classified as Junk (especially useful if you subscribe to newsletters or if + you are on a moderated mailing list).</p> + +<p>[<a href="#controlling_junk_mail">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="phishing_detection">Phishing Detection</h2> + +<p>Phishing is a particularly common fraudulent business scheme in which + a party creates counterfeit websites designed to trick recipients into + divulging personal data such as credit card numbers, account usernames, + passwords and social security numbers. Hijacking brand names of banks, + e-retailers and credit card companies, phishers often convince + recipients to respond.</p> + +<p>In many cases, you'll receive a link to a phishing page via an email + which claims to come from an official-looking address. You can also end up + at these pages by following links that you find on the Web or in IM + messages.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Since a forged <a href="glossary.xhtml#url">URL</a> + can look very similar to a genuine one, it's safer to use a bookmark + you've created or to type the URL into the location bar by hand instead + of following a link in an email message. Always consider the risk of a forged + URL if you're asked to log in or provide private information on a + website.</p> + +<p>&brandShortName; Mail phishing detector is enabled by default. When it + encounters a mail which seems to be scam, it will show a warning bar in the + message window.</p> + +<p>If you think that the email is a valid one, you can click on the <q>Not + Scam</q> button, and the warning bar will disappear.</p> + +<p>When a user clicks on a link in an email that appears to be a phishing URL, + &brandShortName; will prompt the user with a dialog box before the website + is opened.</p> + +<p>This prompt will appear if either of the following is true: the host name of + the actual URL is an <a href="glossary.xhtml#ip_address">IP address</a>, or + the link text is a URL whose host name does not match the host name of the + actual URL.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Phishing detection has a higher precedence than Junk + Mail detection.</p> + +<p>For more technical details on this subject, see the online document + <a href="http://www.honeynet.org/papers/phishing/">Know your Enemy: + Phishing</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#controlling_junk_mail">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_preferences.xhtml b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_preferences.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e737f356ff --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_preferences.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,742 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Mail & Newsgroups Preferences</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences</h1> + +<p>The sections listed below describe the Mail & Newsgroups preferences + that apply to all your mail and newsgroup accounts. To see these + preferences:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand the list.</li> +</ol> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#mail_and_newsgroups">Mail & Newsgroups</a></li> + <li><a href="#message_display">Message Display</a></li> + <li><a href="#notifications">Notifications</a></li> + <li><a href="#composition">Composition</a></li> + <li><a href="#send_format">Send Format</a></li> + <li><a href="#addressing_preferences">Addressing</a></li> + <li><a href="#junk_and_suspect_preferences">Junk & Suspect Mail</a></li> + <li><a href="#tags">Tags</a></li> + <li><a href="#return_receipts_preferences">Return Receipts</a></li> + <li><a href="#character_encoding">Character Encoding</a></li> + <li><a href="#network_and_storage_preferences">Network & Storage + Preferences</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="mail_and_newsgroups">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Mail & + Newsgroups</h2> + +<p>This section describes the main Mail & Newsgroups preferences. If you + are not already viewing the Mail & Newsgroups main preferences, follow + these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the + Preferences dialog box.</li> + <li>Click the Mail & Newsgroups category.</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Confirm when moving folders to the Trash</strong>: Choose to + allow Mail & Newsgroups to prompt you before deleting folders.</li> + <li><strong>Remember the last selected message</strong>: Choose this option + if you want &brandShortName; to select the message you had selected last + before leaving a folder when you reenter a folder.</li> + <li><strong>Preserve threading when sorting messages</strong>: Select this + option if you want &brandShortName; to preserve the threaded message + grouping + <a href="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#sorting_and_threading_messages">when + sorting messages</a>. If it is not selected, &brandShortName; automatically + displays the messages unthreaded when you sort them by clicking on the + column headers.</li> + <li><strong>Only check for new mail after opening Mail & + Newsgroups</strong>: By default, &brandShortName; checks for new messages + even if only a browser window is open. Choose this option if you want to + delay checking for new messages until after the Mail & Newsgroups window + has been opened at least once (be it automatically <a + href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">on startup</a> or + manually).</li> + <li class="win"><strong>Make &brandShortName; the default application + for</strong>: Select &brandShortName; as the default mail, news or feeds + application for Windows and from within other applications such as Microsoft + Word. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Setting &brandShortName; as the default + mail, news or feeds application may remove the connection that other + applications had with these tasks. Refer to the documentation of the + respective applications in order to find how to restore the defaults.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>When Mail launches, show the Start Page in the message + area</strong>: Select this to enable the Start Page. The Start Page + appears in the message area when you first open &brandShortName; Mail & + Newsgroups. This page is the default page, but you can enter a different + web page or URL of your choice. To disable the Start Page, deselect this + option. Click Restore Default to return to the original page provided by + &brandShortName;.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="message_display">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Message + Display</h2> + +<p>Message Display preferences allow you to choose how messages are displayed + in all accounts. If you are not already viewing the Message Display settings, + follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the + Preferences dialog box.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Message Display. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>When opening messages, display them in</strong>: These options + control the behavior when opening messages in a separate window, e.g., by + double-clicking on it in the message list of a folder: + <ul> + <li><strong>A new message window</strong>: Choose this if you want to + open each message in a new window.</li> + <li><strong>An existing message window</strong>: Choose this if you want + to reuse an already opened message window for the next mail.</li> + <li><strong>Close message window when deleting a message</strong>: Check + this if you want the message window to be closed automatically when + the message you are viewing in it is deleted.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Block images and other content from remote sources</strong>: + Select this checkbox if you do not want to display remote images and other + content in received messages, except from senders in your address books + whom you have allowed. (This checkbox is selected by default.)</li> + <li><strong>Show only display name for people in my address book</strong>: + Check this if you want to save some space in the message headers where + email addresses are shown. If selected, known senders and recipients are + only listed with their display names, their email addresses are hidden. + You can see the full email addresses when hovering over such entries with + the mouse.</li> + <li><strong>Automatically mark messages as read</strong>: Check this option + to mark messages as read once they are opened. (This checkbox is selected + by default.) + <ul> + <li><strong>Only after displaying for [__] seconds</strong>: Check this + option if you do not want a message to be marked as read when you are + only taking a brief look at it. Enter the number of seconds you want a + message to be displayed before it gets marked as read automatically. + If this box is not checked, messages are marked as read as soon as + they are opened.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Plain Text Messages</strong>: These settings control how + plain-text messages are displayed. These options do not have any effect + when viewing HTML (rich-text) messages, or when writing new messages. + <ul> + <li><strong>Font</strong>: Select the font you prefer for viewing + plain-text messages: fixed width or variable width.</li> + <li><strong>Wrap text to fit window width</strong>: Select this so that + incoming messages are word-wrapped to fit the width of your Mail + window.</li> + <li><strong>Display emoticons as graphics</strong>: Select this so that + when you receive messages that contain emoticons (also called smiley + faces) Mail & Newsgroups can convert them to graphics, for example: + <table border="1"> + <tr align="center"> + <td><strong>This</strong>:</td> + <td><strong>Converts to</strong>:</td> + </tr> + <tr align="center"> + <td>:-)</td> + <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s1"/></td> + </tr> + <tr align="center"> + <td>:)</td> + <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s1"/></td> + </tr> + <tr align="center"> + <td>:-(</td> + <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s2"/></td> + </tr> + <tr align="center"> + <td>:(</td> + <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s2"/></td> + </tr> + <tr align="center"> + <td>;-)</td> + <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s3"/></td> + </tr> + <tr align="center"> + <td>;-p</td> + <td><span class="smiley moz-smiley-s4"/></td> + </tr> + </table> + This option also controls some common plain-text formatting conventions: + <table border="1"> + <tr align="center"> + <td><strong>This</strong>:</td> + <td><strong>Displays as</strong>:</td> + </tr> + <tr align="center"> + <td>mm^2</td> + <td>mm<sup>2</sup></td> + </tr> + <tr align="center"> + <td>+/-1</td> + <td>±1</td> + </tr> + </table> + </li> + <li><strong>Settings for quoted messages</strong>: Choose a different + font style, size, and/or color for quoted plain-text messages to more + easily distinguish quoted text (usually the content of a message for + which the sender replied to you, or quoted parts of a message you + replied to).</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="notifications">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Notifications</h2> + +<p>Notification preferences allow you to select different methods for informing + you on arrival of a new message. So you don't have to always look in the + folders.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Notifications. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Show an alert for [__] seconds</strong>: Select this if you want + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups to display an alert on your desktop + when new messages arrive. This alert is usually located above your system + tray in the lower right corner of your screen. The alert only appears once + when new messages arrive, stays for the specified amount of time, and + won't appear again until you have visited one of your folders with new + mail, read one of the new messages, or checked for new messages manually. + <table> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"><img src="images/mail_newmail_alert.png" alt=""/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="width: 20px;"></td> + <td><strong>New mail desktop alert</strong></td> + </tr> + </table> + The following options determine which message-specific items are shown in + the alert for each new message: + <ul> + <li><strong>Show a preview of the message text</strong>: Check this to + show the first few words of the message received in the alert.</li> + <li><strong>Show the subject</strong>: Check this to show the subject + line of the message in the alert.</li> + <li><strong>Show the sender</strong>: Check this to show the sender's + name or email address in the alert.</li> + </ul> + <p>When the alert appears, clicking an entry for a message will take you + to the respective folder and opens that message. You can close the alert + using the <strong>x</strong> button. + </p> + + <p>The new message alert will continue to work even after you close the + Mail window (as long as another &brandShortName; window is open). + </p> + </li> + + <li class="win"><strong>Show a tray icon</strong>: Select this if you want + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups to display an icon in your system + tray (which is usually found in the lower right corner of your screen) when + new messages arrive. This icon will stay in the system tray until you have + visited one of your folders with new mail, read one of the new messages, + or checked for new messages manually. + <p style="text-indent: 20px"><img src="images/mail_newmail_trayicon.png" + alt=""/> <strong>New mail tray icon</strong></p> + <p>When the icon appears, double-clicking it will open the &brandShortName; + Mail & Newsgroups main window.</p> + <p><strong>Note</strong>: On Windows 7 and above, the Notification Area + Icons settings for &brandShortName; must read <q>Show icon and + notifications</q> for the icon to stay visible. Otherwise, it may be + hidden after a short period of time.</p> + <ul> + <li><strong>Show a balloon alert</strong>: As an alternative to the + desktop alert described above, you can use the operating system's + balloon notification. When new mail arrives, this will show the icon + along with a balloon indicating the number of new messages available + for the account. + <p style="text-indent: 20px"><img src="images/mail_newmail_balloon.png" + alt=""/><strong>Balloon alert</strong></p> + <p>When the balloon appears, clicking into it will open the Main & + Newsgroup main window. The duration of the balloon alert depends on + the respective setting in your operating system. You can close the + balloon using the <strong>x</strong> button.</p> + + <p>The new message alert will continue to work even after you close the + Mail window (as long as another &brandShortName; window is open).</p> + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: <q>Show an alert for [__] seconds</q> and + <q>Show a balloon alert</q> cannot be selected at the same time. + Checking one option will uncheck the other.</p> + </li> + </ul> + </li> + + <li class="mac"><strong>Animate the Dock icon</strong>: Select this if you + want Mail & Newsgroups to bounce the &brandShortName; Dock icon when + new messages arrive.</li> + <li><strong>Play a sound</strong>: Select this if you want &brandShortName; + Mail & Newsgroups to play a sound when new messages arrive. You can + choose between the default system sound and a custom sound in WAV format. + If you choose the latter, use the Browse button to select the sound file in + the file locator. Click on the Play button to listen to the chosen sound + file. + + <p>Once &brandShortName; Mail has been started, the new messages sound will + continue to work even after you close the Mail window (as long as another + &brandShortName; window is open).</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="composition">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Composition</h2> + +<p>Composition preferences affect how you create messages (for example, + forwarding options and address autocompletion) in all accounts. If you are + not already viewing the Composition settings, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Composition. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Forward Messages</strong>: Choose how you want forwarded + message text to appear: as an attachment or inline (in the body of your + message).</li> + <li><strong>Quote attachments viewed inline in replies</strong>: If this + option is checked, then attachments (such as images, text, or messages) + viewed inline are included in the quote when replying to an email.</li> + <li><strong>Automatically save the message every [__] minutes</strong>: + Choose this option if you want Mail & Newsgroups to save the message + you are currently composing automatically at the given interval. After a + computer crash or program failure you can find the latest saved version of + the message in your Drafts folder.</li> + <li><strong>Confirm when using keyboard shortcut to send message</strong>: + Check this option if want to be asked if you're sure to be ready to + send the message when you're pressing Ctrl+Return in message editor. + This may help you avoid accidentally sending the message if you enter the + keyboard shortcut by mistake when composing a message.</li> + <li><strong>Select reply header type</strong>: + Select the type of reply header you wish to use. There are four choices + available: + <ol> + <li>No Reply Header</li> + <li>[Author] wrote:<br/> + This setting is based on the mailnews.reply_header_authorwrotesingle + preference.</li> + <li>On [date], [Author] wrote:<br/> + This setting is based on the mailnews.reply_header_ondateauthorwrote + preference.</li> + <li>[Author] wrote on [date]:<br/> + This setting is based on the mailnews.reply_header_authorwroteondate + preference.</li> + </ol> + </li> + <li><strong>Wrap plain text messages at [__] characters</strong>: Enter a + number to set the right margin for text in the message area.</li> + <li><strong>Defaults for HTML Messages</strong>: Here you can define what the + defaults are for font, size, text and background color if you choose to + send mails in HTML format.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="send_format">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Send Format</h2> + +<p>Send Format preferences allow you to specify how you want to format your + outgoing messages. If you are not already viewing the Send Format settings, + follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the + Preferences dialog box.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Send Format. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Ask me what to do</strong>: This option requires Mail & + Newsgroups to prompt you to choose a format before you send the + message.</li> + <li><strong>Convert the message to plain text</strong>: This option may + cause your message to lose formatting such as bold text.</li> + <li><strong>Send the message in HTML anyway</strong>: If you select this + option, keep in mind that some mail programs may have trouble displaying + the message.</li> + <li><strong>Send the message in both plain text and HTML</strong>: This + option uses more disk space. + + <p>You can always override these preferences for an individual message by + using the Options menu in the Mail Compose window.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>HTML and Plain Text Domains</strong>: Use the Add button to add + the domain names that you typically send mail to, if you know which domains + can display HTML-formatted mail messages, and which domains can only + display plain text.</li> +</ul> + +<p>For example, if you typically send mail to multiple recipients that have the + same domain name (for example, your colleagues all have email addresses that + end in <q>netscape.net</q>), and you know that this domain name is capable of + displaying HTML messages, then you can add the netscape.net domain to the + list of HTML Domains so that Mail & Newsgroups will automatically send + messages in HTML format to these recipients.</p> + +<p>Similarly, if you typically send mail to recipients at a domain that you + know can only receive Plain Text messages, you can add that domain name to + the list of Plain Text domains, so that Mail & Newsgroups automatically + sends messages to that domain in plain-text format.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you regularly compose HTML (formatted) mail + messages, keep in mind that sometimes not all recipients use mail programs + that can display HTML formatting properly. Send Format preferences allow you + to specify how you want to format messages that go to recipients who cannot + display HTML-formatted mail. You can convert messages to plain text, format + them only as HTML, or format them as both HTML and plain text. These + preferences apply to all your mail accounts, but only to mail messages and + not to newsgroup messages.</p> + +<p>Whenever you add a person or address card to your address book, you can + specify whether that addressee can receive HTML-formatted messages. However, + when this information is unknown, you can set Send Format preferences for how + Mail & Newsgroups formats these messages.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="addressing_preferences">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - + Addressing</h2> + +<p>Addressing preferences allow you to control the settings for + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups address books (for example, email + address collection and address autocompletion). If you are not already + viewing the Addressing settings, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the + Preferences dialog box.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, select Addressing. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Email Address Collection</strong>: Select this if you want Mail + & Newsgroups to automatically collect recipients' email addresses. + Use the drop-down list to choose between having the addresses added to your + Collected Addresses or your Personal Address Book.</li> + <li id="address_autocompletion"><strong>Address Autocompletion</strong>: + Address autocompletion allows you to quickly address mail without having to + search for names or type names completely. Select from which location Mail + & Newsgroups will search for matching addresses: <q>Local Address + Books</q> (Personal Address Book, Collected Addresses, or any other local + address book) or <q>Directory Server</q> (an available LDAP directory + server) or both. If you want Mail & Newsgroups to highlight addresses + that do not autocomplete, then select that option. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: If while addressing mail, multiple email address + matches are found, Mail & Newsgroups displays a list of all possible + choices.</p> + + <p>If you select Directory Server, choose a directory server from the list. + A directory server lets you look up addresses that are not stored in one + of your local address books. The directory you select will also be + searched for matching certificates when you attempt to send an encrypted + message to one or more recipients for whom you don't have + certificates on file.</p> + + <p>See <a + href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories">Adding + and Removing LDAP Directories</a> for information on setting LDAP + directory server settings.</p> + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Directory server settings you enter from the + Preferences dialog box apply to all your mail accounts. You can override + these settings for individual accounts by specifying different LDAP + directory servers or server settings using the Addressing settings for an + account in the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box. To set + different addressing options for a specific account, open the Edit menu + and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="junk_and_suspect_preferences">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - + Junk & Suspect Mail</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Junk & Suspect Mail preferences + panel. If you are not currently viewing the Junk & Suspect Mail panel, + follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, select Junk & Suspect Mail. + (If no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to + expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>When I mark messages as junk</strong>: Choose this to + set what you want &brandShortName; to do when you manually mark messages + as Junk. + <ul> + <li><strong>Move them to the account's <q>Junk</q> folder</strong>: + Choose this to move manually-marked Junk messages to the Junk folder. + </li> + <li><strong>Delete them</strong>: Choose this to move manually-marked + Junk messages to the trash folder.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Mark messages as read</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>When &brandShortName; determines that they are junk</strong>: + Select this option to mark junk messages as read, so they will not show + up as new.</li> + <li><strong>When I manually mark them as junk</strong>: Select this + option to mark messages as read when you manually mark them as junk. + </li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Enable junk filter logging</strong>: Select this option to allow + logging the history of Junk mail detections. Click the <strong>Show log + </strong> button to open a dialog showing this log.</li> + <li><strong>Reset training data</strong>: Click this button to clear the + training data of the adaptive junk filter. Since this will effectively + destroy your personal junk profile, you will be asked for confirmation. + </li> + <li><strong>Tell me if the message I'm reading is a suspected email + scam</strong>: Choose this to make &brandShortName; analyze messages for + suspected email scams by looking for common techniques used to deceive + people.</li> + <li><strong>Allow anti-virus clients to scan incoming messages more + easily</strong>: Choose this to let &brandShortName; make it easier for + anti-virus software to analyze incoming mail messages for viruses before + they are stored locally.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + + +<h2 id="tags">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Tags</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Tags preferences panel. You use the + Tags preferences to define the tag text, colors and order for message tags. + If you are not currently viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, select Tags. (If no options + are visible, double-click the Mail & Newsgroups category to expand the + list.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Customize Tags</strong>: Specifies the tag text and the color + for each tag. You can edit or replace the default tag text with your + own text (up to 32 characters). To change the tag color, click the color + chip next to that tag and select a new color. Use the Move Up and Move Down + buttons to order your tags by descending importance. Messages with + multiple tags will be colored according to their most important tag.</li> + <li><strong>Restore Defaults</strong>: Removes all customized tags and + restores just the default tags' text and colors.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="return_receipts_preferences">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Return + Receipts</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Return Receipts preferences panel. If + you are not currently viewing the Return Receipts panel, follow these + steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, select Return Receipts. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand the + list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>You use the Return Receipts preferences to define return receipt settings + for outgoing messages from all your mail accounts. You also use the Return + Receipt preferences to specify how to manage requests you receive for return + receipts.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>When sending messages, always request a return receipt</strong>: + Enables automatic return receipt requests for all outgoing messages in all + your mail accounts.</li> + <li><strong>Leave it in my Inbox</strong>: Return receipt confirmation + messages are delivered to your Inbox. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: Choose this option if you want to use a filter + that automatically moves return receipt confirmation messages to a folder + you specify. For information on creating and using filters, see + <a href="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_message_filters">Creating + Message Filters</a>.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Move it to my Sent Mail folder</strong>: Incoming return receipt + confirmation messages are moved to your Sent mail folder.</li> + <li><strong>Never send a return receipt</strong>: Choose this option if you + do not want to send a return receipt in response to requests for return + receipts from others.</li> + <li><strong>Allow return receipts for some messages</strong>: Choose how you + want to respond to requests you receive for return receipts.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To override these global preferences for individual accounts, see + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#return_receipts">Mail & + Newsgroups Account Settings - Return Receipts</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="character_encoding">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - Character + Encoding</h2> + +<p>Character encoding preferences allow you to choose how messages are encoded + when being displayed or created in all accounts. If you are not already + viewing the Character Encoding settings, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences. You see the + Preferences dialog box.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Character Encoding. (If + no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Fallback Character Encoding</strong>: Click this drop-down list + to select the character encoding you want Mail & Newsgroups to use as + the fallback for incoming mail and newsgroup messages. Senders are supposed + to declare the character encoding in which they are to be displayed, but + legacy content (e.g., from mailing lists or in international newsgroups) + may not do so. This encoding is used for such messages you've received + in which the character encoding (MIME charset) is not specified. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Individual folders may override this setting in + the General Information tab of the Folder Properties. This dialog can be + accessed from the Edit menu of a Mail & Newsgroup window when a + folder is selected.</p> + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can later view or change the character + encoding for a specific message. Select a folder, then the message to + display. Open the View menu, and choose Character Encoding.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>For messages that contain 8-bit characters, use 'quoted + printable' MIME encoding</strong>: Choose to have Mail & + Newsgroups use <q>quoted printable</q> MIME encoding when sending regular + messages that use an 8-bit character encoding (for example, Latin + ISO-8859-3). This is usually only necessary when communicating via a legacy + server that doesn't process 8-bit encoding correctly.</li> + <li><strong>Default Character Encoding</strong>: Select the character + encoding you want Mail & Newsgroups to use as the default for outgoing + mail and newsgroup messages.</li> + <li><strong>When possible, use this default character encoding in + replies.</strong>: By default, the selected character encoding is + <strong>not</strong> used when replying to a message. Instead, the + character encoding of the message being replied to is used. Choose this + option to use the default character encoding for outgoing messages even + when replying, as long as the quoted characters can be represented in the + selected encoding.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="network_and_storage_preferences">Mail & Newsgroups Preferences - + Network & Storage</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Network & Storage preferences + panel. If you are not currently viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, select Network & Storage. + (If no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to + expand the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Network & Storage preferences allow you to set preferences for + working offline, going online, mail connections and disk space.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Offline</strong>: Select how you want Mail & Newsgroups to + handle messages when going online or offline.</li> + <li><strong>Mail Connections</strong>: Choose how long you want Mail & + Newsgroups to keep trying to contact the server before timing out.</li> + <li><strong>Disk Space</strong>: Select this to conserve disk space by + automatically compacting message folders when it will save the amount + of disk space you enter.</li> +</ul> + +<p>See <a href="mailnews_offline.xhtml#working_offline">Working Offline</a> for + information on working offline.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_security.xhtml b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_security.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..86781bbb24 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_security.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,463 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Signing & Encrypting Messages</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="signing_and_encrypting_messages">Signing & Encrypting Messages</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#about_digital_signatures_and_encryption">About Digital + Signatures & Encryption</a></li> + <li><a href="#getting_other_peoples_certificates">Getting Other + People's Certificates</a></li> + <li><a href="#configuring_security_settings">Configuring Security + Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="#signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message">Signing & + Encrypting a New Message</a></li> + <li><a href="#reading_signed_and_encrypted_messages">Reading Signed & + Encrypted Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#message_security_compose_window">Message Security - + Compose Window</a></li> + <li><a href="#message_security_received_message">Message Security - + Received Message</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="about_digital_signatures_and_encryption">About Digital Signatures & + Encryption </h2> + +<p>When you compose a mail message, you can choose to attach your digital + signature to it. A <a href="glossary.xhtml#digital_signature">digital + signature</a> allows recipients of the message to verify that the message + really comes from you and hasn't been tampered with since you sent + it.</p> + +<p>When you compose a mail message, you can also choose to encrypt it. + <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption">Encryption</a> makes it very difficult + for anyone other than the intended recipient to read the message while it is + in transit over the Internet.</p> + +<p>Signing and encryption are not available for newsgroup messages.</p> + +<p>Before you can sign or encrypt a message, you must take these preliminary + steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Obtain one or more <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificates</a> + (the digital equivalents of ID cards). For details, see + <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#getting_your_own_certificate">Getting Your + Own Certificate</a>.</li> + <li>Configure the security settings for your email account. For details, see + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security">Configuring Your + Security Settings</a>. + </li> +</ol> + +<p>Once you have completed these steps, you can complete the instructions in + <a href="#signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message">Signing & Encrypting a + New Message</a>.</p> + +<p>The sections that follow provide a brief overview of how digital signatures + and encryption work. For more technical details on this subject, see the + online document + <a href="http://developer.mozilla.org/en/Introduction_to_Public-Key_Cryptography">Introduction + to Public-Key Cryptography</a>.</p> + +<h3 id="how_digital_signatures_work">How Digital Signatures Work</h3> + +<p>A digital signature is a special code, unique to each message, created by + means of <a href="glossary.xhtml#public-key_cryptography">public-key + cryptography</a>.</p> + +<p>A digital signature is completely different from a handwritten signature, + although it can sometimes be used for similar legal purposes, such as signing + a contract.</p> + +<p>To create a digital signature for an email message that you are sending, you + need two things:</p> + +<ul> + <li>A <a href="glossary.xhtml#signing_certificate">signing certificate</a> + that identifies you for this purpose. Every time you sign a message, your + signing certificate is included with the message. The certificate includes + a <a href="glossary.xhtml#public_key">public key</a>. The presence of the + certificate in the message permits the recipient to verify your digital + signature. + + <p>Your certificate is a bit like your name and phone number in the + phonebook—it is public information that helps other people + communicate with you.</p> + </li> + <li>A <a href="glossary.xhtml#private_key">private key</a>, which is created + and stored on your computer when you first obtain a certificate. + + <p>Your private key for a signing certificate is protected by your + <a href="glossary.xhtml#master_password">Master Password</a>, and the + &brandShortName; program does not disclose it to anyone else. The Mail + & Newsgroup software uses your private key to create a unique, + verifiable digital signature for every message you choose to sign.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="how_encryption_works">How Encryption Works</h3> + +<p>To encrypt an email message, you must have an + <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption_certificate">encryption certificate</a> + for each of the message's recipients. The public key in each certificate + is used to encrypt the message for that recipient.</p> + +<p>If you don't have a certificate for even a single recipient, the + message cannot be encrypted.</p> + +<p>The recipient's software uses the recipient's private key, which + remains on that person's computer, to decrypt the message.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="getting_other_peoples_certificates">Getting Other People's + Certificates</h2> + +<p>Every time you send a digitally signed message, your encryption certificate + is automatically included with the message. Therefore, one of the easiest + ways to obtain someone else's certificate is for that person to send you + a digitally signed message.</p> + +<p>When you receive such a message, the person's certificate is + automatically stored by the <a href="certs_help.xhtml">Certificate + Manager</a>, which is the part of the browser that keeps track of + certificates. This is useful because you need to have a certificate for each + recipient of any email message that you want to send in encrypted form.</p> + +<p>Another way to obtain certificates is to look them up in a public directory, + such as the <q>phonebook</q> directories maintained by many companies.</p> + +<p>It's also possible to look up certificates automatically. This feature + is controlled by + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#addressing_preferences">Mail & + Newsgroups Preferences - Addressing</a> or + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">Mail & Newsgroups + Account Settings - Addressing</a>, which can be configured to look up + recipients' email addresses in a directory.</p> + +<p>When you are using any account that is configured to look up addresses in a + directory, the same directory will be searched for matching certificates when + you attempt to send an encrypted message to one or more recipients for whom + you don't have certificates on file.</p> + +<p>The directory will also be searched for missing certificates when you open + the drop-down menu below the Security icon in the Compose window and choose + View Security Info.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="configuring_security_settings">Configuring Security Settings</h2> + +<p>Once you have obtained an email certificate (or certificates), you must + specify the certificates you want to use for signing and encrypting + messages.</p> + +<p>For information about obtaining email certificates, see + <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#getting_your_own_certificate">Getting Your + Own Certificate</a>.</p> + +<p>To specify which signing and encryption certificates to use with a + particular account, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings.</li> + <li>Click Security under the name of the mail account whose security settings + you want to configure.</li> + <li>Under Digital Signing, click Select. (You may be asked to provide your + <a href="glossary.xhtml#master_password">Master Password</a> before you can + proceed further.) + + <p>A dialog box appears that allows you to select from among your available + signing certificates.</p> + </li> + <li>Choose the signing certificate you want to use, then click OK.</li> + <li>Follow the same steps under Encryption: click the Select button, select + the encryption certificate you want to use, and click OK.</li> + + <p>In some cases you may be able to specify the same certificate under + Encryption that you specified under Digital Signing; check with your system + administrator to find out for sure.</p> +</ol> + +<p>Optionally, you can also indicate that you normally want to sign or encrypt + all messages sent from a particular account. These account-specific settings + are for convenience only; you can override the default settings for + individual messages.</p> + +<p>To configure your default signing and encryption settings, start from the + Security panel for the account (described above) and select your settings as + follows:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Under Digital Signing: + <ul> + <li><strong>Digitally sign messages</strong>: When this checkbox is + selected, all the messages you send from this account will be digitally + signed unless you indicate otherwise before you send the message. To + turn off this default setting, deselect the checkbox.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Under Encryption (choose one): + <ul> + <li><strong>Never</strong>: When this option is selected, messages you + send from this account will be not be encrypted unless you indicate + otherwise before you send them.</li> + <li><strong>Required</strong>: When this option is selected, all the + messages you send from this account will be encrypted—but only if + you have valid certificates for each of the message's recipients. + If you don't have all the necessary certificates, the message + can't be sent unless you turn off encryption for that message.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>When you have finished configuring your mail security settings, click OK to + confirm them.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message">Signing & Encrypting a New + Message</h2> + +<p>Before you can digitally sign or encrypt any message, you must obtain at + least one email certificate and configure your mail security settings + correctly. For background information on these tasks, see + <a href="#about_digital_signatures_and_encryption">About Digital Signatures + & Encryption</a>.</p> + +<p>The settings specified in + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security">Mail & Newsgroups + Account Settings - Security</a> determine the default settings for each new + Compose window you open when you set out to write an email.</p> + +<p>To open a Compose window, start from the Mail window and click Compose. You + can immediately identify the default security settings from the presence or + absence of these icons near the lower-right corner of the window:</p> + +<table> + <tr> + <td><img src="chrome://messenger/skin/smime/icons/hdrSignOk.gif" + alt="digital signature icon"/></td><td>The message will be digitally + signed (assuming you have a valid email certificate that + identifies you).</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><img src="chrome://messenger/skin/smime/icons/hdrCryptoOk.gif" + alt="encryption icon"/></td><td>The message will be encrypted + (assuming you have valid certificates for all recipients).</td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p>To turn these settings off or on, click the arrow just below the Security + icon in the Mail toolbar near the top of the window. Then select the item you + want from the drop-down list:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Do Not Encrypt This Message</strong>: Choose this to turn off + encryption for this message. The message will not be encrypted when it is + sent over the Internet.</li> + <li><strong>Encrypt This Message</strong>: Choose this to turn on encryption + for this message. The message will be sent in encrypted form. However, it + can't be sent unless you have valid certificates for all + recipients.</li> + <li><strong>Digitally Sign This Message</strong>: Choose this to turn digital + signing on or off for this message. A checkmark indicates the message will + be signed.</li> + <li><strong>View Security Info</strong>: Choose this to view detailed + information about the security status of this message—to help you + determine, for example, whether you need to obtain a certificate for one of + the recipients.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To view detailed information about the message's security status, you + can also click the key or lock icon as described in + <a href="#message_security_compose_window">Message Security - Compose + Window</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="reading_signed_and_encrypted_messages">Reading Signed & Encrypted + Messages</h2> + +<p>When you view a signed or encrypted message in the Mail window, these icons + near the upper-right corner of the message header indicate the security + status of the message:</p> + +<table> + <tr> + <td><img src="chrome://messenger/skin/smime/icons/hdrSignOk.gif" + alt="digital signature icon"/></td><td>The message is digitally + signed and has been validated. If there is a problem with the signature, + the pen is broken.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><img src="chrome://messenger/skin/smime/icons/hdrSignUnknown.gif" + alt="unknown icon"/></td><td>The message is signed, but it has a + large attachment that has not yet been downloaded from the IMAP server. + As a result, the signature cannot be validated. Click the icon to + download the attachment and validate the signature.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><img src="chrome://messenger/skin/smime/icons/hdrCryptoOk.gif" + alt="encryption icon"/></td><td>The message is encrypted. If there + is a problem with the encryption, the key is broken.</td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p>For information about certificate validation, see + <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#controlling_validation">Controlling + Validation</a>.</p> + +<p>To see more detailed information about the message's security, click + the key or lock icon, or follow the instructions in + <a href="#message_security_received_message">Message Security - Received + Message</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="message_security_compose_window">Message Security - Compose Window</h2> + +<p>This section describes the Message Security window that you can open for any + message you are composing. If you're not already viewing Message + Security, click the Security icon in the toolbar of the Compose window.</p> + +<p>The Message Security window describes how your message will be sent:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Digitally Signed</strong>: This line describes whether your + message will be signed. There are three possibilities: + <ul> + <li><strong>Yes</strong>: Digital signing has been enabled for this + message, you have a valid certificate identifying you, and the message + can be signed.</li> + <li><strong>No</strong>: Digital signing has been disabled for this + message.</li> + <li><strong>Not possible</strong>: Digital signing has been enabled for + this message. However, a valid + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificate</a> identifying you + for this purpose is not available, or there is some other problem that + makes signing impossible.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Encrypted</strong>: This line describes whether your message will + be encrypted. There are three possibilities: + <ul> + <li><strong>Yes</strong>: Encryption has been enabled for this message, + valid certificates for all listed recipients are available, and the + message can be encrypted.</li> + <li><strong>No</strong>: Encryption has been disabled or is not possible + for this message.</li> + <li><strong>Not possible</strong>: Encryption has been enabled for this + message. However, a valid certificate for at least one of the listed + recipients is not available, or no recipients are listed, or there is + some other problem that makes encryption impossible.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>When you compose a message and select a different account, the signing + and encryption preferences are updated to reflect the settings of + the newly selected account.</p> + +<p>The Message Security window also lists the certificates available for the + recipients of your message:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>View</strong>: To view the details for any certificate in the + list, select its name, then click View.</li> +</ul> + +<p>For more information about obtaining certificates and configuring message + security settings, see <a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Signing + & Encrypting Messages</a>.</p> + +<p>To indicate your signing or encryption choices for an individual message, + click the arrow beside the Security button in the Compose window, then select + the options you want.</p> + +<p>To indicate your default signing and encryption preferences for all + messages, see <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security">Mail & + Newsgroups Account Settings - Security</a></p> + +<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="message_security_received_message">Message Security - Received + Message</h2> + +<p>This section describes the Message Security window that you can open for any + message you have received. If you're not already viewing Message + Security for a received message, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the Mail window, select the message for which you want to view + security information.</li> + <li>Open the View menu and choose Message Security Info.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Message Security window displays the following information:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Digital Signature</strong>: The top section describes whether the + message is digitally signed and if so, whether the signature is valid.</li> + + <p>If validation failed while OCSP was enabled, check the OCSP settings in + <a href="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates">Privacy + & Security Preferences - Certificates</a>. If you are not familiar with + OCSP, confirm the settings with your system administrator. If your settings + are correct, there may be a problem with the OCSP service or the + certificate used to create the signature is no longer valid.</p> + + <p>If the signature is invalid because of a problem with a certificate's + trust settings, you can use the <a href="certs_help.xhtml">Certificate + Manager</a> to view or edit those settings.</p> + + <li><strong>View Signature Certificate</strong>: If the message is signed, + click this button to view the certificate that was used to sign it.</li> + <li><strong>Encryption</strong>: The bottom section reports whether the + message is encrypted and any decrypting problems. + <ul> + <li>If the message's contents have been altered during transit, you + should ask the sender to resend it. The changes may have been caused by + network problems.</li> + <li>If a copy of your own certificate (used by the sender to encrypt the + message) is not available on your computer, the private key required to + decrypt the message cannot be retrieved. The only solution is to import + a backup copy of your certificate and its private key (see + <a href="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates">Your Certificates</a> for + details.) If you don't have access to a backup certificate, you + will not be able to decrypt the message.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#signing_and_encrypting_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_using_mail.xhtml b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_using_mail.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f40dc49913 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/mailnews_using_mail.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,1188 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Using &brandShortName; Mail</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" type="text/css"/> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="chrome://communicator/skin/smileys.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> +<h1 id="reading_messages">Reading Messages</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#getting_new_messages">Getting New Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#choosing_how_you_view_the_mail_window">Choosing How You View + the Mail Window</a></li> + <li><a href="#sorting_and_threading_messages">Sorting and Threading + Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#saving_and_printing_messages">Saving and Printing + Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#controlling_images_scripts_and_plugins">Controlling Images, + Scripts, and Plugins</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="getting_new_messages">Getting New Messages</h2> + +<p>For an IMAP account, you can retrieve new messages automatically and display + them in the Inbox by opening Mail & Newsgroups and selecting the Inbox + for the IMAP account.</p> + +<p>For a POP account, you must select the Inbox and click Get Msgs to retrieve + your messages. By default, messages from your POP account are downloaded in + full and deleted from the POP server when you retrieve them. You can + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#pop_server_settings">change your POP + server settings</a> to retrieve just the headers and/or store a copy of + messages on the server in addition to downloading them to your computer.</p> + +<p>For news accounts, expanding the account newsgroups list will automatically + check for new items, as it will by just selecting one of the newsgroups. + While reading a newsgroup, you can force checking for new items by clicking + Get Msgs.</p> + +<p>For blogs & feeds accounts, the first time you expand the account, it + will be checked for new items. Besides that, you can force checking for new + items at any time by clicking Get Msgs.</p> + +<p>You can also set up Mail & Newsgroups to get new messages at startup and + to check for new messages at timed intervals.</p> + +<table> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"><img src="images/task_mail.png" alt=""/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="width: 20px;"></td> + <td><strong>Mail & Newsgroups icon</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p>The Mail & Newsgroups icon on the status bar displays a green arrow to + notify you when new messages have arrived.</p> + +<table> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"><img src="images/task_newmail.png" alt=""/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="width: 20px;"></td> + <td><strong>New mail notification</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p>To set up a mail account to automatically check for new messages, begin from + the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>If you have multiple accounts, select an account and click the Server + Settings category for that account.</li> + <li>Select one or both of the following options in the Server Settings + section: + <ul> + <li><strong>Check for new mail at startup</strong>: Select this checkbox + if you want to check this account automatically for new messages + whenever you start Mail & Newsgroups. For POP accounts, Mail & + Newsgroups checks for new mail, but doesn't download new messages + until you click Get Msgs or unless you choose <q>Automatically download + any new messages</q>.</li> + <li><strong>Check for new messages every [__] minutes</strong>: Select + this checkbox if you want to specify the number of minutes between mail + checks. You can also check for new messages at any time by clicking Get + Msgs in the Mail window.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click OK. Your settings take effect the next time you start + &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To set up &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups to play a sound or display + an alert when new mail arrives, see <a + href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#notifications">Mail & Newsgroups + Preferences - Notifications</a>.</p> + +<p>You can always retrieve messages manually at any time. To get new messages + for the selected account or newsgroup, do one of the following:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click Get Msgs on the Mail toolbar.</li> + <li>Open the File menu (in the Mail window) and choose Get New Messages.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To get new messages for all your mail accounts, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click the triangle on the Get Msgs button in the Mail toolbar.</li> + <li>Choose Get All New Messages. &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups + retrieves new messages for all your mail accounts. + + <p>If you are not currently logged into one of your mail accounts, Mail + & Newsgroups first prompts you to enter your user name and password + before retrieving new messages for that account. (If you have already + stored your user name and password using the Password Manager, Mail & + Newsgroups doesn't prompt you for this information.)</p> + </li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: You can also open the File menu (in the Mail window) + and choose <q>Get New Messages for</q>.</p> + +<p>To get new messages for a specific mail account, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click the triangle on the Get Msgs button on the Mail toolbar.</li> + <li>Choose the account for which you want to retrieve mail.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Mail & Newsgroups prompts you for your password + the first time you retrieve messages for an account. You can choose to have + Mail & Newsgroups store your password in the Password Manager at that + time.</p> + +<p>Password Manager can save all your user names and passwords on your own + computer and enter them for you automatically. For more information, see + <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager">Using the Password + Manager</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#reading_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="choosing_how_you_view_the_mail_window">Choosing How You View the Mail + Window</h2> + +<p>You can customize the layout of the Mail window (the window you see when you + choose Mail & Newsgroups from the Window menu):</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the View menu and choose Show/Hide to show or hide the Mail toolbar, + search bar, or the status bar.</li> + <li>Open the View menu and choose Layout to select the type of three-pane + window layout to use.</li> + <li>Expand and collapse any pane to switch between a three-pane or two-pane + view.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#reading_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="sorting_and_threading_messages">Sorting and Threading Messages</h2> + +<p>To sort messages by categories such as subject, sender, date, or priority, + begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the appropriate column heading in the message list window. Or, open + the View menu, choose Sort by, and then select the column you want to sort + by.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To reorder column headings, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click and drag a column heading to the left or right to reposition the + column.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To change which columns are displayed, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the Show/Hide Columns icon <img src="images/columns.png" alt=""/> + and select the column to be added/removed from the list.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To group messages by threading (subject), so each message is grouped with + all its responses:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the thread button to the left of the Subject, Sender, and Date + column headings. Or, open the View menu, choose Sort by, and then select + Threaded.</li> +</ul> + +<table> + <tr> + <td colspan="2"><img src="images/threadbutton.png" alt=""/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="width: 20px;"></td> + <td><strong>Thread button</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: The thread button automatically sorts the threads by + the age of their parent messages. If you want to use another sort criterion + for the threads, open the View menu and select the desired option from the + Sort by submenu.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Select <q>Preserve threading when sorting messages</q> + in the <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#mail_and_newsgroups">Mail & + Newsgroups Preferences</a> if you want &brandShortName; to preserve the + threaded message grouping when sorting messages with column header clicks. The + thread button just toggles between threaded and unthreaded message grouping in + this mode. If <q>Preserve threading when sorting messages</q> is not selected, + &brandShortName; automatically displays the messages unthreaded when you sort + them by clicking on a column header.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To help you identify unread messages in a collapsed + thread where you've read the parent message, &brandShortName; Mail & + Newsgroups underlines the parent message.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#reading_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="saving_and_printing_messages">Saving and Printing Messages</h2> + +<p>To save a mail message as a plain-text, HTML, or Outlook Express file:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the Mail window, select the message.</li> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Save As, and then choose File.</li> + <li>For <q>Save as type</q>, choose a file type (HTML, Text, or Mail file). + Choose Mail file if you want to save the message so it can be opened by + Microsoft Outlook or Outlook Express.</li> + <li>Change the filename's extension to end in .html, .txt, or .eml, + depending on the file type you chose in step 3.</li> + <li>Choose a destination for the file and click Save.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To print a selected message:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click Print.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#reading_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="controlling_images_scripts_and_plugins">Controlling Images, Scripts, + and Plugins</h2> + +<p>By default, images and other content, that is hosted remotely, will not + display in messages you receive, except from senders in your address books + whom you have allowed. To change these settings:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Message Display. (If + no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to + expand the list.)</li> + <li>Uncheck <q>Block images and other content from remote sources</q>.</li> + <li>Click OK to have your change take effect.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: See <q>Allow remote images in HTML mail</q> in <a + href="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#creating_a_new_address_book_card">Creating + a New Address Book Card</a> for details of how to change which senders can + show remote content.</p> + +<p>By default, plugins are not enabled for mail messages you receive. To change + this setting:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click Scripts & Plugins. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Advanced to expand the + list.) + <ul> + <li>Under <q>Enable Plugins for</q>, check <q>Mail & Newsgroups</q> + to enable plugins.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click OK to have your changes take effect.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#reading_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="sending_messages">Sending Messages</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages">Composing Mail and + Newsgroup Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_the_message_composition_window">Using the Message + Composition Window</a></li> + <li><a href="#addressing_a_message">Addressing a Message</a></li> + <li><a href="#selecting_message_sending_options">Selecting Message + Sending Options</a></li> + <li><a href="#replying_to_a_message">Replying to a Message</a></li> + <li><a href="#forwarding_a_message">Forwarding a Message</a></li> + <li><a href="#confirming_that_your_message_was_opened">Confirming That Your + Message Was Opened</a></li> + <li><a href="#saving_and_editing_a_message_draft">Saving and Editing a + Message Draft</a></li> + <li><a href="#creating_and_using_templates">Creating and Using + Templates</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages">Composing Mail and Newsgroup + Messages</h2> + +<p>You can address, compose, reply to, or send a new message by doing one of + the following:</p> + +<ul> + <li>In any &brandShortName; window, open the File menu and choose New, then + Message.</li> + <li>Click Compose on the Mail toolbar.</li> + <li>While displaying a message, click Reply, Forward, or Reply All on the + Mail toolbar.</li> + <li>From the Address Book window, select an address and click Compose on the + Address Book.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: Use the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings - + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">Composition & + Addressing</a> dialog box to specify the HTML text editor to use for + composing messages sent from this account. (You can specify a different + editor for each of your accounts.) See + <a href="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#changing_the_settings_for_an_account">Changing + the Settings for an Account</a> for more information.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: It is generally not possible to compose messages for + them to be published in blogs & news feeds accounts. If you want to + publish posts in a blog (and you have the appropiate rights to do it), you + will need to use the mechanisms provided by the specific blog system. In some + cases, this can even include sending a mail message to a specific address.</p> + +<p>Composing messages in HTML format allows you to use different fonts, text + styles (such as bold or italic) and text colors, tables, numbered or bulleted + lists, and pictures in your messages. However, some recipients may only be + able to read messages composed in plain text format. If you want to use the + plain-text editor occasionally, you can hold down the Shift key while + clicking the Compose or the Reply button to use the plain-text editor on an + as-needed basis.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="using_the_message_composition_window">Using the Message Composition + Window</h2> + +<p>Use the Compose window to address, compose, and send mail and newsgroup + messages. First specify whether you want to compose messages in plain text or + HTML by default in the <a + href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">Composition & + Addressing</a> Preferences panel (open the Edit menu and choose Mail & + Newsgroups Account Settings).</p> + +<p>To view the Compose window, click the Compose button on the Mail + toolbar.</p> + +<p>The Compose window contains the following:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Mail Toolbar + + <p>You can click the following buttons:</p> + <ul> + <li><strong>Send</strong>: To send a completed message.</li> + <li><strong>Address</strong>: To search for names in your address + books.</li> + <li><strong>Attach</strong>: To attach a file to a message. See + <a href="#using_attachments">Using Attachments</a> for more + information.</li> + <li><strong>Spell</strong>: To check the spelling of your message + text.</li> + <li><strong>Security</strong>: To display information about whether + your message will be sent encrypted or digitally signed (or + both).</li> + <li><strong>Save</strong>: To save the message as a draft.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Addressing area: Where you enter the email addresses of recipients.</li> + <li>Attachments area: When you attach files to a message (by clicking in this + area or by clicking the Attach button), the filenames will be listed in the + Attachments area to the right of the Addressing area.</li> + <li>Message body area: Where you type the contents of your message.</li> +</ul> + +<p>If you've chosen to compose messages using the HTML editor, you see an + additional toolbar with text formatting buttons similar to those in + &brandShortName; Composer.</p> + +<p>For help using the HTML editor, see + <a href="composer_help.xhtml#formatting_your_web_pages">Formatting Your Web + Pages</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="addressing_a_message">Addressing a Message</h2> + +<p>To address a mail message:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Type the name in the addressing area. + + <p>If you have <a + href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#address_autocompletion">address + autocompletion</a> enabled (it's enabled by default), type the first + few letters of the recipient's name and wait for Mail & + Newsgroups to complete the address. (Or you can type part of the name and + immediately press <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd + class="noMac">Enter</kbd> to have Mail & Newsgroups try to complete + the address.)</p> + </li> + <li>If multiple addresses are displayed, select an address and press + <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Use a comma to separate multiple addresses on the + same line. Do not use a comma to separate first or last names. For + example, multiple entries might be:</p> + + <p><tt>user1@netscape.net,user2@netscape.net</tt></p> + </li> + <li>If you want this message to be sent from a different account, click the + <q>From</q> field to select the account you want. See + <a href="#changing_the_account_from_which_a_message_is_sent">Changing the + Account From Which a Message is Sent</a> for more information.</li> + <li>If necessary, click <q>To</q> to choose a different recipient type: + <ul> + <li><strong>To</strong>: For primary recipients of your message.</li> + <li><strong>Cc</strong>: For secondary recipients (carbon copy).</li> + <li><strong>Bcc</strong>: For secondary recipients not identified to the + other recipients, including those in the cc list (blind carbon + copy).</li> + <li><strong>Reply-To</strong>: For recipients to reply to a different + email address other than the one the message is sent from.</li> + <li><strong>Newsgroup</strong>: For posting to a newsgroup.</li> + <li><strong>Followup-To</strong>: For redirecting a newsgroup posting, so + that subsequent replies go directly to the redirected newsgroup instead + of the original newsgroup.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can quickly address a message by clicking the + email address contained in a message you're reading, and then selecting + Compose Mail To from the pop-up menu.</p> + +<p id="changing_the_account_from_which_a_message_is_sent"><strong>Changing the + Account From Which a Message is Sent</strong></p> + +<p>If you have multiple mail accounts, the account listed in the From field is + based on the account (or server) you selected when you choose to create a new + message. However, &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups also allows you to + change the account a message is sent from while you're composing a + message. Click the From field to view a list of your accounts and then select + the account you want. A copy of the message is saved in the Sent folder of + the account where you sent the message from.</p> + +<p><strong>About Address Autocompletion</strong></p> + +<p>Address autocompletion allows you to address mail easily from the Compose + window without having to search for names or type complete names. Mail & + Newsgroups automatically checks your address books and an + <a href="glossary.xhtml#ldap">LDAP</a> directory server (if available) and + completes the name if it finds a unique match. It also prevents mistakes by + showing all possible choices with additional information if it finds multiple + matches. Address autocompletion is enabled by default.</p> + +<p>If you don't want to use an address that Mail & Newsgroups + provides, press Backspace or Delete to remove characters and then enter an + alternate address.</p> + +<p>To disable address autocompletion:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click Addressing. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand + the list).</li> + <li>In the Address Autocompletion section, deselect <q>Local Address + Books</q> and <q>Directory Server</q>.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="selecting_message_sending_options">Selecting Message Sending + Options</h2> + +<p>While you're composing a message, you can select these additional + message sending options from the Options menu:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Select Addresses</strong>: The Select Addresses option lets you + choose the recipient's email address from your Address Books or a + remote directory. To look up an address in an address book or directory, + enter the first few letters of the recipient's first or last name to + start the search. Select an address and then click To:, Cc:, or Bcc: to + address your message.</li> + <li><strong>Quote Message</strong>: Choose this option to have the selection + of the message text shown as quoted text.</li> + <li><strong>Return Receipt</strong>: Choose this option to request a + confirmation message when the recipient displays (opens) the message. Keep + in mind that the recipient may choose not to send you a return receipt. + This option lets you enable or disable return receipt requests on a + per-message basis. To automatically request return receipts for all + messages you send, use the return receipts preferences. See + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Mail & + Newsgroups Preferences - Return Receipts</a> for more information.</li> + <li><strong>Format</strong>: Send the message as plain text, or HTML + (formatted), or both. If you choose <q>Auto-Detect</q>, Mail & + Newsgroups prompts you for the format to use if it's unknown whether + the recipient's mail program can display an HTML message. The format + you choose here overrides the send format you specified using the + Preferences command on the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu.</li> + <li><strong>Priority</strong>: Choose a priority to indicate whether the + message has lowest, low, normal, high, or highest priority.</li> + <li><strong>Character Encoding</strong>: Choose a character encoding used for + this message.</li> + <li><strong>Send a Copy To</strong>: Choose this if you want to file an + additional copy of the sent message in a different folder than your default + Sent folder. Then select the folder you want.</li> + <li><strong>Encrypt This Message</strong>: Choose this to have &brandShortName; + encrypt this message (without changing the default).</li> + <li><strong>Digitally Sign This Message</strong>: Choose this to have + &brandShortName; digitally sign this message (without changing the + default).</li> +</ul> + +<p>Additionally, the following options are available from the Edit menu:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Rewrap</strong>: If you are composing a message using the + plain-text editor, you can use the Rewrap command to rewrap long lines of + quoted text to fit the Compose window. This command rewraps selected quoted + text to the number of characters specified by the + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#composition">Composition</a> + preferences. This command is primarily useful when you are replying to a + message where the original message is quoted in your reply, and the original + message contains long lines. + + <p>You use the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings command on the Edit + menu to specify that you want to use the plain-text editor for composing + messages. Select the Composition & Addressing panel of the account + and uncheck <q>Compose messages in HTML format</q> to use the plain-text + editor for all messages. If you only want to use the plain-text editor + occasionally, you can hold down the Shift key while clicking the Compose + or the Reply button to use the plain-text editor on an as-needed + basis.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Check Spelling</strong>: Checks the spelling of the message text + before you send it. You can also click Spell.</li> + <li><strong>Spellcheck As You Type</strong>: Choose this option to have the + spelling of the message text checked as you type.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="replying_to_a_message">Replying to a Message</h2> + +<p>To reply to a mail message:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Select the message.</li> + <li>Click Reply to respond to the sender alone.</li> + <li>Click Reply All to respond to all addressees in the message.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To include the original message each time you reply to any message, and to + specify how to place the original message in the reply:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. + You see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>If you have multiple accounts, select an account and click the + <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">Composition & + Addressing</a> category for that account.</li> + <li>Select <q>Automatically quote the original message when + replying</q>.</li> + <li>Specify where in the message to place your reply. <q>Start my reply below + the quote</q> is the default.</li> + <li>If you have decided to <a + href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#account_settings">attach a + signature</a> to every outgoing message and selected to start your reply + above the quote here, you can additionally configure where your signature + is placed: + <ul> + <li>Select <q>below the quote (recommended)</q> to place your signature + at the very end of the message below the quoted text.</li> + <li>Select <q>below my reply (above the quote)</q> to place your + signature between your reply and the quoted text.</li> + </ul> + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you have created a signature, you can + optionally <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">omit + it</a> when replying to a message.</p> + </li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="forwarding_a_message">Forwarding a Message</h2> + +<p>When you forward a message, you can specify how its contents are included + in the new message: <em>inline</em> (in the body of the message), or as an + <em>attachment</em>.</p> + +<p>To forward a message:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the message and click Forward.</li> + <li>Type the name or email address of the recipient.</li> + <li>Click Send.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To set the default for forwarding messages:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#composition">Composition</a>. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand the + list.)</li> + <li>For forwarding messages, choose Inline (in the message body) or As + Attachment. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: If you have created a signature and forward + inline, its placement depends on the respective reply setting. You can + optionally <a href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing">omit the + signature</a> when forwarding a message.</p> + </li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To override the default for forwarding a message, + select the message, open the Message menu, and choose Forward As, then + choose Inline or Attachment.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="confirming_that_your_message_was_opened">Confirming That Your Message + Was Opened</h2> + +<p>You can use return receipts to notify you when a recipient has displayed + (opened) your message. The recipient must be using a mail program that + supports the Message Disposition Notification (MDN) standard. Keep in mind + that the recipient may choose not to send you a return receipt, even if + you've requested one. Messages you send to a newsgroup address will not + include a return receipt request, since news servers don't support this + feature.</p> + +<p>To request return receipts for all messages you send, you can use the global + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Return + Receipt</a> preferences to specify how to manage requests you receive for + return receipts. You can override these global preferences for individual + accounts.</p> + +<p>To request a return receipt on a per-message basis:</p> + +<ul> + <li>From a Mail Compose window, open the Options menu, and choose Return + Receipt.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To automatically request return receipts when sending messages from each of + your mail accounts:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Return + Receipts</a>. (If no subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & + Newsgroups to expand the list.)</li> + <li>Select <q>When sending messages, always request a return receipt</q>.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>For more information on setting return receipt preferences, see + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences">Mail & + Newsgroups Preferences - Return Receipts</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="saving_and_editing_a_message_draft">Saving and Editing a Message + Draft</h2> + +<p>To save a mail message as a draft so you can complete it later:</p> + +<ul> + <li>In the Compose window, click Save, or open the File menu and choose Save + as Draft. By default, the message is saved in the Drafts folder for the + current account. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Your mail message will stay open after you save + it as a draft.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>To edit or send a message draft, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click the Drafts folder for the account where you created the message + draft.</li> + <li>Click the message that you want to edit.</li> + <li>In the top-right corner of the message, click the Edit Draft + button.</li> + <li>Edit the message as necessary.</li> + <li>Click Send to send the message or click Save to save the message so you + can complete it later. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Sending the message removes it from the Drafts + folder.</p> + </li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can also double-click the message to open it for + editing. This is especially useful if the message pane is closed.</p> + +<p>To delete one or more unwanted message drafts, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click the Drafts folder for the account where you created the message + drafts.</li> + <li>Select the message drafts that you want to delete.</li> + <li>Click Delete in the Mail toolbar.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="creating_and_using_templates">Creating and Using Templates</h2> + +<p>Templates are useful for setting the default format for messages that you + send regularly, such as weekly status reports. You can save a message as a + template from any window in which it is displayed, including from within a + Mail compose window.</p> + +<p>To save a message to use as a template:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the Mail window, click Compose to create a new message and then set + the default font, text size, text color, background color, and any other + default formatting you want. + + <p>Alternatively, open an existing message that already has the formatting + you want.</p> + </li> + <li>While displaying the message, open the File menu, choose Save As, then + choose Template. The message is stored as a template in the Templates + folder for the current mail account.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To compose a message using a template:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the Mail window, select the Templates folder for the account where you + created the message template.</li> + <li>Double-click the message template to open it.</li> + <li>Edit the message, then save it (to put it in the Drafts folder) or send + it. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Sending the message does not remove the template + from the Templates folder. The template is preserved for future use.</p> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>To delete one or more unwanted message templates, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click the Templates folder for the account where you created the message + templates.</li> + <li>Select the message templates that you want to delete.</li> + <li>Click Delete in the Mail toolbar.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#sending_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="creating_html_mail_messages">Creating HTML Mail Messages</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#using_html_in_your_messages">Using HTML in Your + Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#choosing_html_mail_sending_options">Choosing HTML Message + Sending Options</a></li> + <li><a href="#specifying_recipients_for_html_messages">Specifying + Recipients for HTML Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#viewing_the_message_source_for_html_messages">Viewing the + Message Source for HTML Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_the_html_mail_question_dialog_box">Using the HTML Mail + Question Dialog Box</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="using_html_in_your_messages">Using HTML in Your Messages</h2> + +<p>HTML messages can include formatted text, links, images, and + tables—just like a web page. However, some recipients may not be able + to receive HTML messages. &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups allows you + to compose mail and newsgroup messages using either the HTML (rich-text) + formatting editor or the plain-text editor for each mail account you have. + In addition, you can choose whether your addressees should receive HTML or + plain-text messages by default, and how Mail & Newsgroups should handle + messages when it's not known if an addressee can receive HTML-formatted + mail.</p> + +<p>To specify whether to use the HTML editor as the default for composing + messages, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Select the mail or newsgroup account you want to use.</li> + <li>Go to the Composition & Addressing panel and select <q>Compose + messages in HTML format</q>. You see the Formatting toolbar in the Compose + window. Leave this box unchecked to use the plain-text editor for this + account.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h3 id="editing_or_inserting_html_elements">Editing or Inserting HTML + Elements</h3> + +<p>If you understand how to work with HTML source code, you can edit or insert + additional HTML tags, style attributes, and JavaScript in your mail message. + If you are not sure how to work with HTML source code, it's best not to + change it. To work with HTML code, use one of these methods:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Place the insertion point where you want to insert the HTML code, then + open the Insert menu and choose HTML. In the Insert HTML dialog box, enter + HTML tags and text, and then click Insert to insert your changes.</li> + <li>Select the HTML source code that you want to edit, then open the Insert + menu and choose HTML. In the Insert HTML dialog box, edit HTML tags and + text, and then click Insert to insert your changes.</li> + <li>Select an element such as a table, named anchor, image, link, or + horizontal line. Double-click the element to open the associated properties + dialog box for that item. Click Advanced Edit to open the Advanced Property + Editor. You can use the Advanced Property Editor to add HTML attributes and + JavaScript to objects.</li> +</ul> + +<p>For more information on editing HTML source code, see + <a href="composer_help.xhtml#using_the_advanced_property_editor">Using the + Advanced Property Editor</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="choosing_html_mail_sending_options">Choosing HTML Mail Sending + Options</h2> + +<p>By default, Mail & Newsgroups prompts you before sending HTML messages + when it's not known whether the recipient's mail program can + display HTML-formatted messages.</p> + +<p>To choose sending-format options for mail messages, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Mail & Newsgroups category, click + <a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#send_format">Send Format</a>. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Mail & Newsgroups to expand the + list). + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: This preference applies only to mail messages, + not to newsgroup messages.</p> + </li> + <li>Select the option you want and then click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>If while composing a message you realize that one or more recipients may not + be able to receive HTML-formatted mail, you can easily convert the message to + a different format when you click Send:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the Compose window, open the Options menu and choose Format.</li> + <li>Select the format you want to use for sending the message from the + submenu: + <ul> + <li><strong>Auto Detect</strong>: Mail & Newsgroups chooses the + appropriate format for the message text. If it can't determine the + format, it asks you to choose a format.</li> + <li><strong>Plain Text Only</strong>: The message may not display + formatting such as bold text, but all mail programs will be able to + display the message.</li> + <li><strong>Rich Text (HTML) Only</strong>: Some mail programs may have + trouble displaying an HTML-formatted message. Choose this option only + if you are sure the recipient's mail program can display + HTML-formatted mail.</li> + <li><strong>Plain and Rich (HTML) Text</strong>: This uses more disk + space, but may be the best choice if you are not sure whether the + recipient's mail program can display HTML-formatted mail.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>When you've finished composing the message, click Send.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="specifying_recipients_for_html_messages">Specifying Recipients for HTML + Messages</h2> + +<p>You can save time by indicating whether individuals in your address books + prefer to receive either HTML messages or plain text messages.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Window menu and choose Address Book.</li> + <li>Select the address book on the left and then select the individual's + card on the right.</li> + <li>Click Properties to display the <q>Card for</q> dialog box.</li> + <li>In the Contact tab, use the <q>Prefers to receive messages formatted + as</q> drop-down list to select HTML if you know this recipient can read + HTML-formatted messages (such as messages that include links, images, or + tables). + + <p>If this recipient can only read messages sent as plain text (no + formatting), then choose Plain Text. If you don't know or are not + sure, choose Unknown.</p> + + <p>If you choose Unknown, &brandShortName; Mail & Newsgroups determines + the sending format based on the Send Format settings for Mail & + Newsgroups in the Preferences dialog box. If Mail & Newsgroups still + can't determine the correct format, it will prompt you to choose a + sending format when you send the message.</p> + </li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="viewing_the_message_source_for_html_messages">Viewing the Message + Source for HTML Messages</h2> + +<p>You can quickly view the HTML and other code that generates an HTML message + you've received:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the message list window, open the message.</li> + <li>Open the View menu and choose Message Source.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="using_the_html_mail_question_dialog_box">Using the HTML Mail Question + Dialog Box</h2> + +<p>The HTML Mail Question dialog box appears when you try to send a message to + someone whose mail program may not be able to display HTML messages or when + Mail & Newsgroups cannot determine whether your recipient can display + HTML messages. If you are in doubt, send the message in both HTML and + plain-text formats.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#creating_html_mail_messages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="using_attachments">Using Attachments</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#attaching_a_file_or_web_page">Attaching a File or Web + Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#viewing_and_opening_attachments">Viewing and Opening + Attachments</a></li> + <li><a href="#saving_attachments">Saving Attachments</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="attaching_a_file_or_web_page">Attaching a File or Web Page</h2> + +<p>To attach a file to an outgoing mail message:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the Compose window, click Attach or open the File menu and choose + Attach File. You see the <q>Enter file to attach</q> dialog box. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can also click inside the Attachments area to + attach a file.</p> + </li> + <li>Type the name of the file you want to attach, or select a file from your + hard drive that you want to attach.</li> + <li>Click Open. The filename appears in the Attachments area.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: You can also drag and drop one or more files from your + desktop into the Attachments area in the Compose window.</p> + +<p>To attach a web page to an outgoing mail message:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the Compose window, open the File menu and choose Attach Web Page.</li> + <li>In the dialog box, enter the URL of the page and then click OK. The web + page URL appears in the Attachments area.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: When you are viewing a page in the browser, + you can send the page to someone by opening the File menu and choosing Send + Page.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_attachments">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="viewing_and_opening_attachments">Viewing and Opening Attachments</h2> + +<p>If you receive a mail attachment that consists of a file type that + &brandShortName; can display (such as graphic files and HTML files), you see + the attachment displayed inline (in the body of the message). For other file + types, Mail & Newsgroups lets you open the attachment using another + application, or you can save the attachment on your hard disk.</p> + +<p>To open the attachment, make sure you have a program on your computer that + can open files of the same type as the attachment's file format. For + example, if you want to open a .DOC file, make sure you have a program on + your computer that can open .DOC files.</p> + +<p>To open an attachment:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Double-click the attachment you want (if there is more than one).</li> + <li>In the Downloading dialog box, choose what you want &brandShortName; to + do with the attachment: + <ul> + <li>If &brandShortName; finds an application on your hard disk that can + open the attachment, you can open the attachment using that + application. Click <q>Choose</q> to use a different application to open + the attachment.</li> + <li>If &brandShortName; can't find an application on your hard disk + that can open the attachment, you can save the attachment. You + won't be able to open the attachment, but at least you can save + it on your hard disk until you can install an application that can open + it.</li> + <li>Click <q>Advanced</q> to add a new file type to the list of helper + applications. &brandShortName; uses helper applications to determine + how different file types are opened by other applications from within + &brandShortName;. For more information, see + <a href="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and + Downloads</a>.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: If you are viewing your mail using an IMAP mail + server, all attachments remain on the server.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_attachments">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="saving_attachments">Saving Attachments</h2> + +<p>To save an attachment:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the right side of the message envelope, under <q>Attachments</q>, + select the attachment that you want to save.</li> + <li>Right-click <span class="mac">or, if you have a one-button mouse, + <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span>the attachment and choose Save As from the + pop-up menu.</li> + <li>Choose a filename and location for the attachment on your hard disk and + then click OK. Mail & Newsgroups downloads the attachment and saves it + to the specified location.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To save all attachments, right-click + <span class="mac">or, if you have a one-button mouse, + <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span>the first one in the attachment list, and choose + Save All. You can then specify the location where you want all the + attachments to be saved.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_attachments">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="deleting_messages">Deleting Messages</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#deleting_pop_or_imap_messages">Deleting POP or IMAP + Messages</a></li> + <li><a href="#moving_messages_to_and_from_the_trash">Moving Messages to and + from the Trash</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="deleting_pop_or_imap_messages">Deleting POP or IMAP Messages</h2> + +<p>How you delete messages depends on your mail server type: POP or IMAP. + Deleted POP messages are automatically moved to the Trash folder. IMAP users + can set different options for deleting messages.</p> + +<p>To delete messages from your Inbox or other folders, begin from the Mail + window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the message list, select the messages and click Delete. By default, + Mail & Newsgroups moves the selected messages to the Trash folder.</li> + <li>To delete messages permanently, open the File menu and choose Empty + Trash.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To delete messages without opening them, begin from the Mail window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the View menu and choose Layout, and then uncheck Message Pane. + + <p>Alternatively, click the Message Pane handle (the ridged area centered + at the bottom of the message list) to close the message pane.</p> + </li> + <li>In the message list, select the messages and click Delete.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To set deletion preferences for IMAP messages:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings. You + see the Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings dialog box.</li> + <li>Locate the IMAP account you want, and then click the Server Settings + category under the account name.</li> + <li>Select the <a + href="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#when_i_delete_a_message">options</a> + you want for deleting messages and click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#deleting_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="moving_messages_to_and_from_the_trash">Moving Messages To and From the + Trash</h2> + +<p>If you use a POP server to deliver your mail, or if you set up IMAP to use + the Trash folder, follow these steps to delete messages from your Inbox or + other folders:</p> + +<ol> + <li>In the message list, select the messages you want to delete.</li> + <li>Click Delete. Mail & Newsgroups moves the messages to the Trash + folder.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To recover messages from the Trash:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click the Trash folder.</li> + <li>Select the messages you want to recover and drag them to another + folder.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To delete messages permanently:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Empty Trash.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#deleting_messages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/nav_help.xhtml b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/nav_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0d0a6ea08b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/nav_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,1525 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Browsing the Web</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="browsing_the_web">Browsing the Web</h1> + +<p>Welcome to &brandShortName;! One of the most popular ways people use + &brandShortName; is to browse the Web. The &brandShortName; browser + component that lets you visit web pages, offers many ways to visit web pages + and search the Web.</p> + +<p>This section introduces you to the browser, and how you can use it to + navigate, search, and save web pages.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#navigating_web_pages">Navigating Web Pages</a></li> + <li><a href="#searching_the_web">Searching the Web</a></li> + <li><a href="#copying_saving_and_printing_pages">Copying, Saving, and + Printing Pages</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_languages_and_international_content">Using Languages + and International Content</a></li> + <li><a href="#plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and Downloads</a></li> + <li><a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Improving Speed and + Efficiency</a></li> + <li><a href="#proxies">Proxies</a></li> + <li><a href="page_info_help.xhtml">Viewing Page Info</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h1 id="navigating_web_pages">Navigating Web Pages</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#viewing_your_home_page">Viewing Your Home Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#moving_to_another_page">Moving to Another Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#clicking_a_link">Clicking a Link</a></li> + <li><a href="#retracing_your_steps">Retracing Your Steps</a></li> + <li><a href="#reopening_closed_tabs_windows">Reopening Closed Tabs or Windows</a></li> + <li><a href="#stopping_and_reloading">Stopping and Reloading</a></li> + <li><a href="#visiting_bookmarked_pages">Visiting Bookmarked Pages</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_tabbed_browsing">Using Tabbed Browsing</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_sidebar">Using Sidebar</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="viewing_your_home_page">Viewing Your Home Page</h2> + +<p>After the first launch, you will normally see your home page when you launch + &brandShortName;. Unless you choose a home page yourself, your home page is + chosen by your network or Internet service provider, or you see + &brandShortName;'s home page.</p> + +<p>To choose your own home page, see + <a href="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up">Specifying + How &brandShortName; Starts Up</a>.</p> + +<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li class="noMac" id="full_screen_mode">To streamline the &brandShortName; + interface, you can use Full Screen mode to display web pages using almost + all of your screen. In the browser, open the View menu and choose Full + Screen. You can also press <kbd>F11</kbd>.</li> + <li>To go to your home page quickly, press <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd + class="noMac">Alt</kbd>+<kbd>Home</kbd>.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="moving_to_another_page">Moving to Another Page</h2> + +<p>You move to a new page by typing its URL—its location (address) on the + Web. URLs normally begin with <q>http://</q>, followed by one or more + names that identify the address. For instance, + <q>http://www.mozilla.org</q>.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Click the Location Bar to select the URL that is already there.</li> + <li>Type the URL of the page you want to visit. The URL you type replaces any + text already in the Location Bar.</li> + <li>Press <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Using the lock icon near the lower-right corner of the window, you can check + a web page's security status at any time. For details, see + <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page">Checking + Security for a Web Page</a>.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly select the URL in the Location Bar, press + <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>L</kbd>.</p> + +<table summary="table for images"> + <tr> + <td><img src="images/locationbar.png" + alt="Location Bar"/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="text-align: center;"><strong>Location Bar</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p><strong>Don't know a URL?</strong> You can type part of a URL, such as + <q>cnn</q> (for www.cnn.com); or you can type a general word, such as + <q>gifts</q> or <q>flowers</q>. The browser guesses what page you + want to view, or displays a page with a choice of links related to the word + you typed.</p> + +<p>If you are new to the Internet, see the + <a href="http://www.internet-guide.co.uk/help.html">Internet Guide</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="clicking_a_link">Clicking a Link</h2> + +<p>Most web pages contain links you can click to move to other pages.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Move the pointer until it changes to a pointing finger. This happens + whenever the pointer is over a link. Most links are underlined text, but + buttons and images can also be links.</li> + <li>Click the link once. While the network locates the page that the link + points to, status messages appear at the bottom of the window.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="retracing_your_steps">Retracing Your Steps</h2> + +<p>There are several ways to re-visit pages:</p> + +<ul> + <li>To go back or forward one page, click the Back or Forward arrow.</li> + <li>To go back or forward more than one page, click the small triangles on + the Back and Forward buttons. You'll see a list of pages you've + visited; to return to a page, choose it from the list.</li> +</ul> + +<table summary="table for images"> + <tr> + <td colspan="4"><img src="images/reload.gif" + alt="Navigation Buttons"/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="width: 8px;"></td> + <td style="width: 34px;"><strong>Back</strong></td> + <td style="width: 45px;"><strong>Forward</strong></td> + <td></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<ul> + <li>To see a list of any URLs you've typed into the Location Bar, click + the arrow at the right end of the Location Bar. To view a page, choose it + from the list.</li> +</ul> + +<table summary="table for images"> + <tr> + <td><img src="images/locationbar.png" alt="Location Bar"/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="text-align: center;"><strong>Location Bar</strong> </td> + </tr> +</table> + +<ul> + <li>To choose from pages you've visited during the current session, open + the Go menu and use the list in the bottom section of the menu.</li> + + <li>To choose from pages you've visited during the past several + sessions, open the Go menu and choose History. You see the history list. + The history list displays a list of folders. Double clicking the folders + displays subfolders or bookmarks to web pages. You can double-click the URL + next to the Bookmark icon to view that page.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: The Sidebar History tab also allows you to choose from + pages you've visited during the past several sessions. For + information, see + <a href="customize_help.xhtml#adding_sidebar_tabs">Adding Sidebar Tabs</a>. +</p> + +<h3 id="about_history_lists">About History Lists</h3> + +<p>The history list contains links to recently visited pages. The Location Bar + list contains links to pages you've typed into the Location Bar and then + visited.</p> + +<p>To access the history list from the browser, open the Go menu and choose + History. To access the Location Bar list, click the arrow at the right end of + the Location Bar.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly open the history list, press + <span class="mac"><kbd>Cmd</kbd>+<kbd>Shift</kbd></span><kbd + class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>H</kbd>.</p> + +<p>If you don't want the Location Bar or history list to display the pages + you've been visiting, you can clear the history list and Location Bar + history entirely or selectively.</p> + +<p>To delete all pages from the Location Bar or history list, begin from the + browser window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the + <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span><span class="noMac">Edit</span> + menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Browser category, click History. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li> + <li>Click Clear History and Clear Location Bar to remove all previously + visited web pages from the lists.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To selectively delete pages from the history list, do any of the + following:</p> + +<ul> + <li>To delete all pages from a domain, select a page within that domain + (folder) in the History list, open the Edit menu, and select <q>Delete + History for <em>*.[domain name]</em></q>. For example, use this command + if you want to delete all pages that end in <q>mozilla.org</q>.</li> + <li>To delete pages from a subdomain, select a page within that subdomain in + the History list, open the Edit menu, and select <q>Delete History for + <em>[subdomain]</em></q>. For example, use this command if you want to + delete all pages from <q>bugzilla.mozilla.org</q> but not + <q>mozilla.org</q>.</li> + <li>To delete a single page or folder, select it in the history list and + press Delete.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To sort the history list, click one of the categories + (Title, Location, or Last Visited). Click the title again to reverse the + order.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="reopening_closed_tabs_windows">Reopening Closed Tabs or Windows</h2> + +<p>&brandShortName; keeps track of your most recently closed tabs and + windows and allows you to get back to them easily.</p> + +<p>To reopen closed tabs:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the Go menu and expand the Recently Closed Tabs menu.</li> + <li>Select any of the previously closed tabs from the list. + Once selected, it will be restored and removed from the list.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Similarly, to reopen closed windows:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the Go Menu and expand the Recently Closed Windows menu.</li> + <li>Select any of the previously closed windows. Once selected, + it will be restored and removed from the list.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="stopping_and_reloading">Stopping and Reloading</h2> + +<p>If a page is taking too long to appear, or you change your mind and + don't want to view it, click the Stop button.</p> + +<p>To refresh the current page, or get the most up-to-date version, click the + Reload button, or press + <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>R</kbd>.</p> + +<table summary="table for images"> + <tr> + <td colspan="3"><img src="images/reload.gif" + alt="Navigation Buttons"/></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td style="width: 87px;"></td> + <td style="width: 45px;"><strong>Reload</strong></td> + <td style="width: 47px;"><strong>Stop</strong></td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p>To refresh the current page and reset all changes made (if the page contains + a form), hold down the <kbd>Shift</kbd> key and click the Reload button, or + press <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd + class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>R</kbd>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="visiting_bookmarked_pages">Visiting Bookmarked Pages</h2> + +<p>The addresses, or URLs, of web pages can be quite long and difficult to + remember. Fortunately, it's not necessary to memorize URLs in order to + browse the Web. Your browser has a list of bookmarks, which are pointers to + interesting web pages.</p> + +<p>To go to a bookmarked page, begin from the Browser window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Bookmarks menu. The menu contains bookmarks represented by a + bookmark icon, and folders that contain more bookmarks.</li> + <li>To visit a bookmarked page, choose a bookmark from the menu, or open a + folder and choose a bookmark.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To retrace your steps, click the Back arrow.</p> + +<p>You can save your own bookmarks to point to pages you frequently visit, or + to other interesting places on the Web. See + <a href="customize_help.xhtml#creating_new_bookmarks">Creating New + Bookmarks</a> for more information.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="using_tabbed_browsing">Using Tabbed Browsing</h2> + +<p>When you visit more then one web page at a time, you can use Tabbed Browsing + to navigate the Web faster and easier.</p> + +<p>Tabbed Browsing lets you open tabs, each displaying a web page, within a + single browser window. You don't have to have several windows open to + visit several different web pages. This frees up space on your desktop. You + can open, close, and reload web pages conveniently in one place without + having to switch to another window.</p> + +<p>You can manage your navigation tabs easily and control when tabs are opened + automatically. For more information about setting Tabbed Browsing + preferences, see + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing">Browser Preferences + - Tabbed Browsing</a>.</p> + +<p>To learn more about using Tabbed Browsing, see + <a href="customize_help.xhtml#tabbed_browsing">Tabbed Browsing</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="using_sidebar">Using Sidebar</h2> + +<p>In addition to navigating the Web with the browser, you can let the Web come + to you by using Sidebar.</p> + +<p>Sidebar is a customizable frame in your browser where you can keep items + that you need to use all the time—the latest news and weather, your + address book, stock quotes, a calendar—and many other available + options. Sidebar presents these items to you in tabs that it continually + updates.</p> + +<p>&brandShortName; comes with some Sidebar tabs already set up, but you can + customize Sidebar by adding, removing, and rearranging tabs. For details, + see <a href="customize_help.xhtml#sidebar">Sidebar</a>.</p> + +<p>To view an item in Sidebar, click its tab.</p> + +<table summary="table for images"> + <tr> + <td><img src="images/sidebar.png" + alt="Sidebar Handle"/></td> + <td style="vertical-align: + middle; -moz-padding-end: 20px;"><strong>Sidebar<br/>Handle</strong></td> + <td style="vertical-align: middle;">If it is not already open, open Sidebar + by clicking its handle. If the handle is missing, open the View menu in + the browser, choose Show/Hide, and then Sidebar from the submenu.</td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p class="noMac"><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly open or close the Sidebar, + press <kbd>F9</kbd>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#navigating_web_pages">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="searching_the_web">Searching the Web</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#fast_searches">Fast Searches</a></li> + <li><a href="#sidebar_advanced_search_mode">Sidebar Advanced Search + Mode</a></li> + <li><a href="#setting_search_preferences">Setting Search + Preferences</a></li> + <li><a href="#searching_within_a_page">Searching Within a Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_find_as_you_type">Using Find-as-you-type</a></li> + <li><a href="#searching_the_bookmarks_or_history_list">Searching the + Bookmarks or History List</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="fast_searches">Fast Searches</h2> + +<p>There are four ways to search quickly: from the Location Bar, from Sidebar, + from the Net Search page, and by selecting words in a web page.</p> + +<h3 id="searching_from_the_location_bar">Searching from the Location Bar</h3> + +<p>Searching for web pages on a particular topic is as easy as typing a + question, or just a word or two, into the browser's Location Bar, as + shown below.</p> + +<p><img src="images/search.png" width="305" height="40" alt= + "Location Bar with Search Term"/></p> + +<p>For example, if you want to find information about baby dolls:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Double-click in the Location Bar to select the current text.</li> + <li>Type the word <q>baby doll</q>. Your typing replaces the current + text.</li> + <li>Perform one of these steps: + <ul> + <li>Click the Search button.</li> + <li>Click <q>Search Google for <q>baby doll</q></q> at the bottom of the + drop-down list in the Location Bar. (Your default search engine may be + different.) + + <p>The default search engine you choose in the + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#internet_search">Internet + Search Preferences</a> is used. Search results for <q>baby doll</q> + appear in both the browser window and in Sidebar. Click the links to + visit web pages about baby dolls.</p> + </li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>After you perform a search, the results are saved in Sidebar's Search + tab until you do a new search. You don't have to click the Back button + to retrieve the search results.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: In the <q>Unknown Locations</q> section of the + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#location_bar">Location Bar + Preferences</a>, you can set up the Location Bar so a search is automatically + performed if the text you have typed is not a web location. Typing a word in + the Location Bar and pressing <kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd><kbd class="mac"> + Return</kbd> will then perform a search.</p> + +<h3 id="searching_from_sidebar">Searching from Sidebar</h3> + +<p>The Sidebar Search tab lets you quickly search and bookmark your search + results. For example, if you want to find information about toy cars:</p> + +<ol> + <li>If it is not already open, open Sidebar by clicking its handle. If the + handle is missing, <span class="noMac">press <kbd>F9</kbd> or </span>open + the View menu in the browser, choose Show/Hide, and then Sidebar from the + submenu.</li> + <li>Click the Search tab in Sidebar.</li> + <li>Open the <q>using</q> drop-down list, and choose a search + engine.</li> + <li>Type <q>toy car</q> in the search field.</li> + <li>Click Search. Search results for 'toy car' appear in both the + browser window and in Sidebar. Click the links to visit web pages about toy + cars.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: If the Sidebar Search tab contains a list of search + engines from which to choose, then it is set to search in + <a href ="#sidebar_advanced_search_mode">Advanced mode</a> and you will have + to choose one or more search engines before clicking Search. You can keep it + that way or change to a basic setting in Preferences.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To display the next or previous page of search results + quickly, click the Next and Previous buttons at the bottom of the Sidebar + Search tab.</p> + +<p>See <a href="customize_help.xhtml#sidebar">Sidebar</a> for more information + on how to use Sidebar.</p> + +<h3 id="searching_from_the_net_search_page">Searching from the Net + Search page</h3> + +<p>The Net Search page lets you type in a Search term or phrase, or explore + several categories (such as Arts & Entertainment, Business, and many + more) that may interest you. To visit the Net Search page, perform one of + these steps:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click on the Search button <img src="images/search_personal_toolbar.gif" + width="66" height="20" alt="search button"/> on the Navigation Toolbar.</li> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Search the Web.</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="searching_on_selected_words_in_a_web_page">Searching on Selected Words + in a Web Page</h3> + +<p>&brandShortName; allows you to search for words you select within a web + page:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select (highlight) any words in a web page.</li> + <li>Right-click<span class="mac"> or, if you have a one-button mouse, + <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span> and choose <q>Search Web for + [your selected words]</q> for the menu.</li> +</ol> + +<p>&brandShortName; opens a new window or tab (depending on your preferences) + and uses your default search engine to search for your selected words. To + learn how to change the search engine used to search for your selected words + and the way your search results are displayed, see + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#internet_search">Browser Preferences + - Internet Search</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="sidebar_advanced_search_mode">Sidebar Advanced Search Mode</h2> + +<p>You can set the Sidebar Search tab to Advanced mode, which lets you narrow a + search or choose one or more search engines.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the + <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span> + menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Browser category, click Internet Search. (If no subcategories + are visible, double-click Browser to expand the list.)</li> + <li>Under Sidebar Search Tab Preferences, click Advanced, and then OK.</li> + <li>If it is not already open, open Sidebar by clicking its handle. If the + handle is missing, <span class="noMac">press <kbd>F9</kbd> or</span>open + the View menu in the browser, choose Show/Hide, and then Sidebar from the + submenu.</li> + <li>Click the Search tab in Sidebar.</li> + <li>Open the <q>within</q> drop-down list, and choose a category.</li> + <li>Choose one or more search engines for the selected category (if + available).</li> + <li>In the search field, type the word for which you want to search.</li> + <li>Click Search.</li> +</ol> + +<p><img src="images/sidebar-advanced.png" alt="Sidebar Search"/></p> + +<h3 id="customizing_search_categories">Customizing Search Categories</h3> + +<p>You can specify which search engines should be used for different categories + of searches. For example, you can select one set of search engines to search + for travel, and select another set of search engines to search for + software.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Set Sidebar Search to Advanced Search Mode. See + <a href="#sidebar_advanced_search_mode">Sidebar Advanced Search Mode</a> + for details.</li> + <li>If it is not already open, open Sidebar by clicking its handle. If the + handle is missing, open the View menu in the browser, choose Show/Hide, and + then Sidebar from the submenu.</li> + <li>Click the Search tab in Sidebar.</li> + <li>Open the <q>within</q> drop-down list, click <q>Edit + Categories</q>. You see the Edit Categories dialog box.</li> + <li>From the Categories drop-down list, choose the category you want to + customize.<br/> + Or<br/> + To create a new category, click New and type a name for the category in the + dialog box. The drop-down list now displays the name of the selected + category.</li> + <li>Do one of the following: + <ul> + <li>To add a search engine for the selected category, highlight the + search engine in the list on the left, and click Add.</li> + <li>To remove a search engine for the selected category, highlight the + engine in the list on the right, and click Remove.</li> + <li>To rename the selected category, click Rename and type a new + name.</li> + <li>To delete the selected category, click Delete.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click OK when you are finished customizing.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="setting_search_preferences">Setting Search Preferences</h2> + +<p>You can choose a different search engine as the default. You can also + specify how you want search results displayed in Sidebar.</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the + <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span> + menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Browser category, click Internet Search. (If no subcategories + are visible, double-click the Browser to expand the list.)</li> + <li>Under Default Search Engine, choose a search engine you want to use for + web searching.</li> + <li>Under Search Results, select <q>Open the Search tab in the Sidebar + when search results are available</q> if you want the Sidebar search tab + to open and show your search results.</li> + <li>Under Sidebar Search Tab Preference, select Basic if you want to search + using a single search engine, or select Advanced to be able to search using + multiple search engines.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="searching_within_a_page">Searching Within a Page</h2> + +<p>To find text within the page you are currently viewing in the browser:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose <q>Find in This Page</q>. If the page + you are viewing contains frames, you may need to click within a frame + before you begin your search. You see the <q>Find bar</q>.</li> + <li>Type the text you want to find.</li> + <li>Click Next to begin the search from where the cursor is forwards + to the bottom of the page.</li> + <li>Click Previous to begin the search from the cursor backwards to + the top of the page.</li> + <li>With <strong>Highlight all</strong>, all words or phrases that + matched are highlighted on the page.</li> + <li>Use <strong>Match case</strong> to limit the search to words or + phrases that exactly match what you typed (taking case into + account).</li> +</ol> + +<p>If the search hits the bottom (or top) of the page, it will continue + from the other end and indicate on the Find bar that it wrapped.</p> + +<p>To find the same word or phrase again, keep pressing Enter while the + focus is on the search field, or use the Find Again shortcuts (see + the <q>Using Find-as-you-type</q> section below) when the focus + is on the page. In both cases, a forward search will be invoked, + no matter whether the Previous button was used the last time.</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Find Again.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="using_find_as_you_type">Using Find-as-you-type</h2> + +<p>Other than searching text through the Find bar, you can also search by + typing directly into a Web page.</p> + +<ol> + <li>To search for a link, type several characters into the active browser + window to navigate to any link with that text in it. + + <p>If you repeat the same character, it will start to cycle through all + the links that begin with that character. However, if it can find a + match with the exact string you've typed, such as + <q><tt>oo</tt></q> in <q><tt>woods</tt></q>, it will go there + first.</p> + </li> + <li>To search for all text (normal text and linked text), type <kbd>/</kbd> + before your search string. For example, type <q><kbd>/hello</kbd></q> to + search any text containing the string <q>hello</q>.</li> + <li>The status bar (at the bottom of your browser window) displays your + search string and whether or not the search was successful. Please note + that this happens only if the <q>Show the find toolbar during find as you + type</q> checkbox on the <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#fayt">Find + As You Type preferences panel</a> is not selected. If the checkbox is + selected, then the <q>Find bar</q> is used instead of changing the status + bar.</li> + <li>Use the backspace key to undo the last character typed.</li> + <li>To cancel a find, change focus or scroll, press Escape, or wait for the + timeout.</li> + <li>Press + <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>G</kbd> or + <kbd>F3</kbd> to find the same search text again. Press + <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd + class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>G</kbd> or + <kbd>Shift</kbd>+<kbd>F3</kbd> to find previous occurence of the search + text.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Type Ahead Find works with any window, such as this help file (try it!).</p> + +<p>This feature also works with international characters such as Chinese and + Japanese.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="searching_the_bookmarks_or_history_list">Searching the Bookmarks or + History List</h2> + +<p>To search the bookmarks list, begin from the browser window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks. You see your + Bookmarks window.</li> + <li>In the Bookmarks window, open the Tools menu and choose Search Bookmarks. + You see the Find Bookmarks dialog box.</li> + <li>Use the drop-down lists to select options to define your search. Choose + from the following search options: + <ul> + <li>Choose <q>name</q>, <q>location</q>, <q>description</q>, or + <q>keyword</q> to choose where you would like to search.</li> + <li>Choose <q>contains</q>, <q>starts with</q>, or <q>ends + with</q> if you know only part of the word or phrase for which + you're searching.</li> + <li>Choose <q>is</q> if you know exactly what you're searching + for.</li> + <li>Choose <q>is not</q> or <q>doesn't contain</q> to + exclude pages.</li> + <li>Click in the field and type all or part of search word or URL (web + address) for the bookmarks that you want to find or exclude.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click Find. Bookmarks that match your search criteria are displayed in + the Search Results-Bookmarks window.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: To quickly open the Bookmark Manager, press + <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>B</kbd>.</p> + +<p>To search the History list:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Go menu and choose History. You see the history list.</li> + <li>Above the actual list, you see a textbox titled <q>Search History</q>.</li> + <li>Click into this textbox and type parts of the URL or page title you are + searching for.</li> + <li>The History list is filtered for those search terms as you type them.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To use the search results:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Double-click a bookmark in the Search Results window to go to that web + page.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Tips</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li>To open the History list quickly, press <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd> + <kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>+<kbd>H</kbd>.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#searching_the_web">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="copying_saving_and_printing_pages">Copying, Saving, and Printing + Pages</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#copying_part_of_a_page">Copying Part of a Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#saving_all_or_part_of_a_page">Saving All or Part of a + Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#printing_a_page">Printing a Page</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="copying_part_of_a_page">Copying Part of a Page</h2> + +<p>To copy some text from a page, begin from the browser window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Select the text.</li> + <li>Open the Edit menu and choose Copy.</li> +</ol> + +<p>You can paste the text into other programs.</p> + +<p>To copy a link (URL) or an image link from a page:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Position the pointer over the link or image.</li> + <li>Right-click<span class="mac"> or, if you have a one-button mouse, + <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click,</span> the link or image to display a pop-up + menu.</li> + <li>Choose Copy Link Location or Copy Image Location. If an image is also a + link, you are offered both options.</li> +</ol> + +<p>You can paste the link into other programs or into browser's Location + Bar.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#copying_saving_and_printing_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="saving_all_or_part_of_a_page">Saving All or Part of a Page</h2> + +<p>To save an entire page, begin from the browser window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Save Page As. You see the Save As dialog + box.</li> + <li>Choose a folder in which to save this file.</li> + <li>Choose a format for the page you want to save: + <ul> + <li><strong>Web Page, Complete</strong>: Save the whole web page, along + with images and other supporting files. This option allows you to view + it as originally displayed with images. &brandShortName; creates a new + directory (where the page is saved) to save images and other files + necessary to show the whole web page.</li> + <li><strong>Web Page, HTML Only</strong>: Save the original page as-is + without images.</li> + <li><strong>Text file</strong>: Save the original page as a text file. + This option will not preserve the original HTML link structure, but + will allow you to see a text version of the web page in any text + editor.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Type a file name for the page and click Save.</li> +</ol> + +<p>When you view a page containing frames and a frame is currently selected, + the Save Frame As option is offered in the drop-down list in addition to Save + Page As. This lets you save only the page within the selected frame.</p> + +<p>Saving a file onto your hard drive lets you view the page (or its HTML code) + when you're not connected to the Internet.</p> + +<p>To save an image from a page:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Position the mouse pointer over the image.</li> + <li>Right-click<span class="mac"> or, if you have a one-button mouse, + <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span> the image to display a pop-up menu.</li> + <li>Choose Save Image As. You see the Save File dialog box.</li> + <li>Choose a folder in which to save this image.</li> + <li>Type a file name for the image and click Save.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To save a page without displaying it (which is useful for retrieving a + non-formatted page, like a data file, that's not intended for + viewing):</p> + +<ol> + <li>Position the mouse pointer over the page's link.</li> + <li>Right-click<span class="mac"> or, if you have a one-button mouse, + <kbd>Ctrl</kbd>-click</span> the hyperlink on the page to display a pop-up + menu.</li> + <li>Choose Save Link Target As. You see the Save File dialog box.</li> + <li>Choose a folder in which to save this file.</li> + <li>Type a file name for the page and click Save.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Important</strong>: Some links automatically download and save files + to your hard drive after you click them. The URLs for these links often begin + with <q>ftp</q> or end with a file-type extension such as <q>au</q> + or <q>mpeg</q>. These links might transmit software, sound, or movie + files, and can launch helper applications that support the files.</p> + +<p id="setting_image_as_wallpaper"><strong>Tip</strong>: To set an image as + your desktop wallpaper on Windows, right-click on an image and choose Set As + Wallpaper from the pop-up menu.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#copying_saving_and_printing_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="printing_a_page">Printing a Page</h2> + +<p>To print the current page, begin from the browser window:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Print.</li> +</ul> + +<p>To print selected text, begin from the browser window:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Select the text in the current page.</li> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Print. The print dialog box appears.</li> + <li>Under Print Range, click Selection.</li> +</ul> + +<p>The size of the printed page, not the size of the onscreen window, + determines placement of content on the printed page. Text is wrapped and + graphics are repositioned to accommodate paper size.</p> + +<div class="noMac"> + +<h3 id="print_preview">Using Print Preview</h3> + +<p>To have an early look at how a page will look before it is + printed, you can use Print Preview. Begin from the browser window:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the File menu and choose Print Preview.</li> +</ul> + +<p>In Print Preview, you have the following options:</p> + +<ul> + <li class="win"><strong>Print</strong>: Click this to print pages.</li> + <li class="win"><strong>Page Setup</strong>: Click to further customize pages + you want to print.</li> + <li><strong>Page [__] of X</strong>: Enter a page number (less than X) to + jump to its preview. Click the First + <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/btn1/first.gif" alt="first button"/>, + Previous <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/btn1/previous.gif" + alt="previous button"/>, Next + <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/btn1/next.gif" alt="next button"/>, + or Last + <img src="chrome://navigator/skin/btn1/last.gif" alt="last button"/> button + to move between pages.</li> + <li class="win"><strong>Scale</strong>: Changes the scale (size) of pages, + using the dropdown list. You can choose between a fixed percentage of the + original page and two special options: + <ul> + <li><strong>Shrink To Fit Page Width</strong>: Select this to + automatically resize the page to the width of the paper.</li> + <li><strong>Custom</strong>: Type in the percentage of the original size + and press Enter. For example, type <q>50</q> and press Enter to make + each page half the size of the original page.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li class="win"><strong>Portrait</strong>: Click on this to position the page + normally, with the shorter side facing up.</li> + <li class="win"><strong>Landscape</strong>: Click on this to position the + page sideways, with the longer side facing up.</li> + <li><strong>Close</strong>: Click on this to close the Print Preview + dialog.</li> +</ul> + +</div> + +<h3 id="using_page_setup">Using Page Setup</h3> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Some Page Setup functions are different or + unavailable on Mac OS, Linux or Unix.</p> + +<p>To customize how pages are printed in &brandShortName;, you can use Page + Setup. From the browser, open the File menu and choose Page Setup.</p> + +<p>In Page Setup, you can change the following settings for pages you want to + print:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Format & Options</strong>: Choose the orientation, scale, and + other options: + <ul> + <li><strong>Orientation</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Portrait</strong>: Choose this + <img src="chrome://global/skin/icons/Portrait.png" + alt="portrait button"/> to position the page normally, with the + shorter side facing up.</li> + <li><strong>Landscape</strong>: Choose this + <img src="chrome://global/skin/icons/Landscape.png" + alt="landscape button"/> to position the page sideways, with the + longer side facing up.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Scale</strong>: Type in a percentage of the original size. + For example, type <kbd>50</kbd> and to make each page half the size of + the original page. + <ul> + <li><strong>Shrink To Fit Page Width</strong>: Select this to + automatically resize the page to the width of the paper.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Options</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Print Background (colors and images)</strong>: Select + this to print background images and colors. If unselected, only + images and color in the foreground (in front) are printed.</li> + </ul> + </li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Margins & Header/Footer</strong>: Click this tab to set up + margins, headers, and footers: + <ul> + <li><strong>Margins</strong>: + <ul> + <li><strong>Top, Bottom, Left, Right</strong>: Type a margin in + inches for the top, bottom, left, and right margin.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Headers & Footers</strong>: Each drop-down list + represents either a header or a footer area. The top row of drop-down + lists are for the left, center, and right header areas. The bottom row + are for the left, center, and right footer areas. In each drop-dop + list, choose one of the following options: + <ul> + <li><strong>--blank--</strong>: Show nothing in this area.</li> + <li><strong>Title</strong>: Show the web page title.</li> + <li><strong>URL</strong>: Show the web page URL (URL's usually + start with <q>http://</q>).</li> + <li><strong>Date/Time</strong>: Show the date and time when the web + page is printed.</li> + <li><strong>Page #</strong>: Show the page number of each page.</li> + <li><strong>Page # of #</strong>: Show the page number along with the + total number of pages. For example, if you print a five page web + page, <q>3 of 5</q> would be shown on the third page.</li> + <li><strong>Custom</strong>: Type your own text. You can include any + of the following codes to print specific information: + <ul> + <li><strong>&PT</strong>: Page Number with Total (Example: + <q>3 of 5</q>)</li> + <li><strong>&P</strong>: Page Number</li> + <li><strong>&D</strong>: Date</li> + <li><strong>&U</strong>: URL</li> + <li><strong>&T</strong>: Page Title</li> + </ul> + </li> + </ul> + </li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p class="noMac"><strong>Tip</strong>: To see a preview of changes made to Page + Setup, use <a href="#print_preview">Print Preview</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#copying_saving_and_printing_pages">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="using_languages_and_international_content">Using Languages and + International Content</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#selecting_character_encodings_and_fonts">Selecting Character + Encodings and Fonts</a></li> + <li><a href="#setting_language_preferences">Setting Language + Preferences</a></li> + <li><a href="#finding_localized_version">Finding a &brandShortName; version + in your own language</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="selecting_character_encodings_and_fonts">Selecting Character Encodings + and Fonts</h2> + +<p>If you browse, compose, or send and receive email in more than one language, + you need to select the appropriate character encodings and fonts.</p> + +<p>A character encoding method is the way a document or message has been + converted to data to be used by your computer. All web documents and mail and + news messages use a character encoding method (also known as a character set, + character coding, or charset).</p> + +<p>The character encoding method for a document may depend on its language. + Some languages e.g. most West European languages, share the same encoding + method. Others such as Chinese, Japanese, and Russian use different methods. + In contrast, Unicode provides language-independent encoding methods. UTF-8, + for example, can be used for any language document.</p> + +<p>Your version of &brandShortName; is set to a default character encoding + appropriate for your region. However, if you use more than one language, you + may need to select appropriate character encoding methods and designate the + fonts you wish to use for your language/script.</p> + +<p>To select character encodings, begin from the browser window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the View menu, choose Character Encoding, and then choose More + Encodings.</li> + <li>Choose a region from the top section of the submenu.</li> + <li>Choose a character encoding within the region submenu. Repeat steps + 1-3 for each character encoding method you want.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The character encoding methods you select are added to the Character + Encoding menu. If you have more than one encoding method selected, the active + one has a bullet (dot) next to it.</p> + +<p>If the page, which you are viewing, shows wrong character glyphs with all + predefined character encodings, there is a chance that it requires special + fonts. Such websites should contain instructions on which fonts to download + and/or use in order to view the page correctly. When you have the necessary + fonts installed on your system, you can choose User Defined from the More + Encodings submenu. &brandShortName; will then use the fonts defined in the <a + href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#fonts">Fonts preferences</a> (Fonts for: + User Defined).</p> + +<p>&brandShortName; can detect which character encoding a document uses, and + can display it correctly on your screen. To take advantage of this + capability, begin from the browser window:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the View menu, choose Character Encoding, and then choose + Auto-Detect.</li> + <li>Choose one of the Auto-Detect options, or choose (Off) from the + submenu.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To make changes to your list of active character encodings:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the View menu, choose Character Encoding, and then choose Customize + List. You can see the Customize Character Encoding dialog box.</li> + <li>Choose from the following procedures: + <ul> + <li>To add to the list of active character encodings, choose a character + encoding from the list on the left and click Add.</li> + <li>To remove a character encoding from the active list, choose a + character encoding from the list on the right and click Remove.</li> + <li>To change the order in which active encodings appear in the Character + Encoding menu, highlight character encodings in the list on the right, + and use the Move Up and Move Down buttons to move the character + encodings up or down in the list.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>To change the default fonts within a language group:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the + <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span> + menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Appearance category, click Fonts. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Appearance to expand the list.)</li> + <li>From the <q>Fonts for</q> drop-down list, choose a language + group/script. For instance, to set default fonts for West European + languages/script, choose <q>Western</q>.</li> + <li>Select whether proportional text should be serif (like Times Roman) or + sans serif (like Arial). You can also specify what font size you want for + proportional text. Proportional text varies in width.</li> + <li>(If available) Select a font for Serif, Sans-Serif, Cursive, and + Fantasy.</li> + <li>Select the monospace font (like Courier) that you want to use for web + pages. Monospace text is fixed in width, so each character or letter takes + the same amount of space.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Many web page authors choose their own fonts and font sizes. You can use the + author's font settings by selecting <q>Allow documents to use other + fonts</q>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_languages_and_international_content">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="setting_language_preferences">Setting Language Preferences</h2> + +<p>The language you use for &brandShortName; affects the user + interface—text of buttons, dialog boxes, menus, tools, and other items. + You can download and install language packages from the + <a href="http://www.seamonkey-project.org/releases/">SeaMonkey Project + Releases</a> page and then use the + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#appearance">Appearance Preferences + panel</a> to switch user interface language.</p> + +<p>A web page can sometimes be available in several languages. In the + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#languages">Languages Preferences + panel</a>, you can configure &brandShortName; so the page is shown in the + language you prefer. You can have multiple languages and list them in order + of preference.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_languages_and_international_content">Return to beginning + of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="finding_localized_version">Finding a &brandShortName; version in your + own language</h2> + +<p>If you're looking for a version of &brandShortName; in a language other + than American English, you can download it from the + <a href="http://www.seamonkey-project.org/releases/">SeaMonkey + Project Releases</a> page.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_languages_and_international_content">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="plugins_and_downloads">Plugins and Downloads</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#plugins">Plugins</a></li> + <li><a href="#helper_applications">Helper Applications</a></li> + <li><a href="#download_manager">Download Manager</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<p>The browser can handle many types of files. However, for some files, such as + movies or music, &brandShortName; needs plugins or <q>helper</q> applications + that can handle those files. If the browser doesn't have the needed + helper application or plugin, it can still save the file to your hard disk. + When saving files, you can keep track of them using Download Manager.</p> + +<h2 id="plugins">Plugins</h2> + +<p>Plugins are helper applications that extend the functionality within the + browser and run within &brandShortName;. Plugins like Sun Java, Macromedia + Flash, and RealNetworks RealPlayer allow &brandShortName; to show multimedia + files and run small applications, such as movies, animations, and games.</p> + +<p>&brandShortName; comes with no additional plugins installed, so you have + to add them separately.</p> + +<p>To see a full list of &brandShortName; plugins you can install, see the + <a href="http://plugindoc.mozdev.org/">PluginDoc</a> page on MozDev.org.</p> + +<p>To see what plugins you currently have installed, do any of the following: +</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the Help menu and choose About Plugins.</li> + <li>Open the Tools menu, choose Add-ons Manager, and select the Plugins + panel. + + <p><strong>Tip</strong>: To learn more about the Add-ons Manager and its + features, see the section + <a href="customize_help.xhtml#using_the_add-ons_manager">Using the Add-ons + Manager</a>.</p> + </li> + <li>Click in the Location Bar, type <kbd>about:plugins</kbd> and press + <kbd class="mac">Return</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Enter</kbd>.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#plugins_and_downloads">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="helper_applications">Helper Applications</h2> + +<p>When files can not be used within &brandShortName;, you have the option to + launch helper applications that open outside of &brandShortName;. For + example, to play MP3 files, programs like Winamp can be opened outside of + &brandShortName;.</p> + +<p>The settings for this are explained in detail in + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#helper_applications">Preferences + - Helper Applications</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#plugins_and_downloads">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="download_manager">Download Manager</h2> + +<p>You can use Download Manager to keep track of files you download. Download + Manager shows the following information:</p> + +<ul> + <li>filename</li> + <li>time remaining before download is complete</li> + <li>transfer speed</li> + <li>percent complete</li> + <li>time elapsed</li> + <li>web location (source)</li> +</ul> + +<p>To open Download Manager, do the following:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Download Manager.</li> +</ul> + +<p>The following menu options are available in Download Manager:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Properties</strong>: Select a file being downloaded and click + Properties to show the progress dialog box.</li> + <li><strong>Cancel</strong>: Select a file being downloaded and click Cancel + to stop the download.</li> + <li><strong>Remove from List</strong>: Select a file and click Remove from + List to remove a canceled or finished download. This will not delete the + file from your hard disk.</li> + <li><strong>Launch File</strong>: Click this to open a selected file.</li> + <li><strong>Show in<span class="win"> Explorer</span><span class="unix"> + Browser</span><span class="mac"> Finder</span></strong>: Click this to show + the location of a selected file.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#plugins_and_downloads">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="improving_speed_and_efficiency">Improving Speed and Efficiency</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#automatic_loading">Automatic Loading</a></li> + <li><a href="#custom_keywords">Using Custom Bookmark Keywords</a></li> + <li><a href="#changing_cache_settings">Changing Cache Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="#getting_the_latest_software_automatically">Getting the Latest + Software Automatically</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_a_mouse_wheel">Using a Mouse Wheel</a></li> + <li class="win"><a href="#making_mozilla_your_default_browser">Making + &brandShortName; Your Default Browser</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="automatic_loading">Automatic Loading</h2> + +<p>When you bring a web page to your screen, &brandShortName; automatically + loads (starts up) several features that help interpret web pages. These + features, Java and JavaScript, can make web pages more lively, but they take + time to load.</p> + +<p>To learn how to turn off Java, see + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#advanced">Advanced Preferences - + Advanced</a>.</p> + +<p>To learn how to turn off JavaScript, see + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#scripts_and_plugins">Advanced + Preferences - Scripts & Plugins</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="custom_keywords">Using Custom Bookmark Keywords</h2> + +<p>Bookmark keywords allow you to create shorthand aliases for bookmarks and + Web searches. For example, if you give the bookmark to http://www.mozilla.org + the keyword <q>m.o</q>, you can enter <kbd>m.o</kbd> in the Location Bar and + the browser will load http://www.mozilla.org.</p> + +<p>To set a keyword, you must first create a bookmark for the URL. Then,</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Bookmarks menu and choose Manage Bookmarks.</li> + <li>In the Bookmarks window, click on the bookmark that you created.</li> + <li>Click Properties.</li> + <li>In the bookmark Properties dialog box window, enter a short string into + the Keyword field and close that dialog.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Now, you can enter the keyword in the Location Bar, and &brandShortName; + will load that URL.</p> + +<h3 id="search_with_keywords">Search with Keywords</h3> + +<p>Custom keywords can be used to create shortcuts for your favorite search + engines, too. For example, you can create a keyword so that entering + <kbd>g Lord of the Rings</kbd> will perform a Google I-Feel-Lucky search + on Lord of the Rings.</p> + +<p>To create a custom keyword for use with a Web search:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Go to your search form (e.g. <kbd>www.google.com</kbd>).</li> + <li>Enter a dummy search string (e.g. <kbd>ILoveMozilla</kbd>).</li> + <li>Submit the search query.</li> + <li>After the results have loaded, open the Bookmarks menu and choose File + Bookmark.</li> + <li>In the File Bookmark dialog, look the Location field. Replace the + dummy string (e.g. <tt>ILoveMozilla</tt>) with <kbd>%s</kbd>. + For example, the location might become + <kbd>http://www.google.com/search?q=<strong>%s</strong>&btnI=I'mFeelingLucky</kbd>.</li> + <li>Enter a keyword in the Keyword field.</li> + <li>Give the bookmark a name and choose the location for the bookmark.</li> + <li>Close the dialog.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Now you can search without going to the search page first by entering + <kbd><var>keyword</var> <var>search_words</var></kbd> in the Location Bar. +</p> + +<p>For more details and examples, see +<a href="http://www.mozilla.org/docs/end-user/keywords.html">How Cool are Custom Keywords?</a></p> + +<p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="changing_cache_settings">Changing Cache Settings</h2> + +<p>Your computer stores copies of frequently accessed pages in the cache. This + way, the computer doesn't have to retrieve the page from the network + each time you view it.</p> + +<p>To set the size of the cache or to clear it:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the + <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span> + menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click Cache. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li> + <li>Enter a number in the Size field to specify the size of the cache. 50 MB + is sufficient. To clear the cache immediately, click Clear Cache.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Important</strong>: A larger disk cache allows more pages to be + quickly retrieved, but more of your hard disk space is used.</p> + +<p>When you quit &brandShortName;, it performs cache maintenance. If + maintenance takes longer than you wish, try reducing the size of the disk + cache.</p> + +<p>To specify how often the browser checks the network for page revisions (so + that you don't keep <q>stale</q> pages in the cache too long):</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the + <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> <span class="noMac">Edit</span> + menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Advanced category, click Cache. (If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Advanced to expand the list.)</li> + <li>Choose from the following options: + <ul> + <li><strong>Every time I view the page</strong>: Select this if you want + &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache every time you view + it.</li> + <li><strong>When the page is out of date</strong>: Select this if you + want &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache when the page + is determined by the server to have expired.</li> + <li><strong>Once per session</strong>: Select this if you want + &brandShortName; to compare a web page to the cache once for each time + you start &brandShortName;.</li> + <li><strong>Never</strong>: Select this if you do not want + &brandShortName; to compare cached information to the network.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>If pages that should be in the cache are taking longer to appear than they + should, make sure the preference is not set to <q>Every time I view the + page</q>, because the verification requires a network connection that takes + time.</p> + +<p>To refresh a page at any time:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click the Reload button in the browser's Navigation Toolbar. The + computer checks the network to make sure you have the latest version of the + page.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="getting_the_latest_software_automatically">Getting the Latest Software + Automatically</h2> + +<p>&brandShortName; can notify you when updates for your software are + available, and it can install the updates automatically. &brandShortName; can + also inform you when new versions of &brandShortName; and installed add-ons + are available.</p> + +<p>To learn about setting up automatic software installation, see + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#software_installation">Advanced + Preferences - Software Installation</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="using_a_mouse_wheel">Using a Mouse Wheel</h2> + +<p>If your mouse has a mouse wheel, you can control how the mouse wheel + functions in &brandShortName;.</p> + +<p>To learn more about setting up a mouse wheel, see + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#mouse_wheel">Advanced Preferences - + Mouse Wheel</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + + +<div class="win"> + + <h2 id="making_mozilla_your_default_browser">Making &brandShortName; Your + Default Browser</h2> + + <p>&brandShortName; is best known for displaying web pages, both on the + Internet and on your computer. To easily open web pages, you can make + &brandShortName; your default browser.</p> + + <h3 id="common_internet_files_and_protocols">Common Internet Files and + Protocols</h3> + + <p>Making &brandShortName; your default browser allows it to automatically + open common file formats and protocols used on the Internet. Common + Internet file formats and protocols include the following:</p> + + <ul> + <li><strong>Image Files</strong>: + <ul> + <li>JPEG, GIF, PNG, BMP and ICO</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Internet Document and Language Files</strong>: + <ul> + <li><a href="glossary.xhtml#html">HTML</a>, XHTML, + <a href="glossary.xhtml#xml">XML</a>, and + <a href="glossary.xhtml#xul">XUL</a></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Internet Protocols</strong>: + <ul> + <li><a href="glossary.xhtml#http">HTTP</a>, + <a href="glossary.xhtml#https">HTTPS</a>, + <a href="glossary.xhtml#ftp">FTP</a>, Chrome</li> + </ul> + </li> + </ul> + + <h3 id="changing_default_browser_settings_automatically">Changing Default + Browser Settings Automatically</h3> + + <p>After installation is finished, &brandShortName; checks to see if it is + the default browser for any of the common Internet file formats or + protocols. If it isn't, you are asked, <q>&brandShortName; is not + currently set as your default browser. Would you like to make it your + default browser?</q></p> + + <p>Click Yes to make &brandShortName; the default browser. If you click No, + you will be prompted with this question each time &brandShortName; + starts, unless you deselect the checkbox <q>Check at startup next time, + too</q>.</p> + + <p>If you deselect the checkbox, <q>Check at startup next time, too</q>, + you can still make &brandShortName; the default browser by changing your + settings in Preferences. To learn how to set &brandShortName; as the + default browser through &brandShortName; preferences, see + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#navigator">Browser Preferences - + Browser</a>.</p> + + <p>[<a href="#improving_speed_and_efficiency">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> +</div> + +<h1 id="proxies">Proxies</h1> + +<p>Many organizations block access from the Internet to their networks. This + prevents outside parties from gaining access to sensitive information. The + protection is called a firewall.</p> + +<p>If your organization has a firewall, the browser may need to go through a + proxy server before connecting you to the Internet. The proxy server prevents + outsiders from breaking into your organization's private network.</p> + +<p>For information on setting your proxy preferences, see + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#proxies">Advanced Preferences - + Proxies</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#proxies">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/page_info_help.xhtml b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/page_info_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..355a9bfaf1 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/page_info_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,247 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Viewing Page Info</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="viewing_page_info">Viewing Page Info</h1> + +<p>The Page Info dialog box consists of several tabs that display different + kinds of information about the page you are viewing. This section provides a + brief overview of the information available in each tab.</p> + +<p>To view Page Info for the page currently displayed by the browser, open the + View menu and choose Page Info. You can then click the tab that corresponds + to the kind of information you want to view.</p> + +<p>Most of the information displayed by the General, Forms, Links and Media + tabs in Page Info is taken from the HTML source for the page. This + information is usually of interest only to web developers and other + specialists.</p> + +<p>For detailed information about HTML, including the tags displayed by Page + Info, see the <a href="http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/">HTML 4.01 + Specification</a>.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#general_tab">General Tab</a></li> + <li><a href="#forms_tab">Forms Tab</a></li> + <li><a href="#links_tab">Links Tab</a></li> + <li><a href="#media_tab">Media Tab</a></li> + <li><a href="#privacy_tab">Privacy Tab</a></li> + <li><a href="#security_tab">Security Tab</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="general_tab">General (Page Info Tab)</h2> + +<p>When you choose Page Info from the View menu, the General tab displays basic + information about the page that you are viewing in the browser.</p> + +<p>The top portion displays the name of the page (if it has one) and the + following information:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>URL</strong>: The + <a href="glossary.xhtml#url">Uniform Resource Locator</a> for the + page—that is, the standardized address that appears in the Location + Bar near the top of the browser window.</li> + <li><strong>Render mode</strong>: Indicates whether the browser is using + <strong>quirks mode</strong> or <strong>standards compliance mode</strong> + to lay out the page. Quirks mode takes account of nonstandard behavior that + may be used by some older web pages designed for older versions of web + browsers that are not fully standards compliant. Standards compliance mode + adheres strictly to standards specifications. Your browser chooses the + render mode automatically according to information contained in the web + page itself.</li> + <li><strong>Source</strong>: Indicates whether the source code for this page + has been cached.</li> + <li><strong>Encoding</strong>: The character encoding used for this HTML + document.</li> + <li><strong>Size</strong>: The size of the file, if available.</li> + <li><strong>Modified</strong>: The date the page was last modified, if + available.</li> + <li><strong>Expires</strong>: The date on which the information displayed by + the page expires.</li> +</ul> + +<p>The bottom portion displays the metatags specified by the page. Metatags + provide information about the type of content displayed by a page, such as a + general description of the page, keywords for search engines, copyright + information, and so on.</p> + +<h2 id="forms_tab">Forms (Page Info Tab)</h2> + +<p>When you choose Page Info from the View menu and click the Forms tab, you + see information about all the forms displayed by the page you are currently + viewing in the browser.</p> + +<p>The top portion lists basic information about the way each form in the page + is specified in the HTML source:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Name</strong>: The form's name, if any.</li> + <li><strong>Method</strong>: The HTML method used to send information + captured by the form back to the web server. <tt>GET</tt> appends your + filled-in values to the website address to which it submits the form. + <tt>POST</tt> sends the values to the website as parameters that can be + read by a program on the website.</li> + <li><strong>Form Action</strong>: The URL of the program to be invoked when + the form is submitted.</li> +</ul> + +<p>When you select a form listed in the top portion of the Forms tab, the + bottom portion displays detailed information about the way each of that + form's elements is specified in the HTML source:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Label</strong>: The element's label (if it is tagged as such + in the HTML).</li> + <li><strong>Field Name</strong>: The element's name.</li> + <li><strong>Type</strong>: The element's input type, such as + <tt>TEXT</tt> (for submitting text), <tt>RADIO</tt> (for a radio button), + or <tt>HIDDEN</tt> (for storing information that is submitted but not + displayed on the screen).</li> + <li><strong>Current Value</strong>: The current value of the element. For + example, the current value of a text element is the text it currently + contains.</li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="links_tab">Links (Page Info Tab)</h2> + +<p>When you choose Page Info from the View menu and click the Links tab, you + see a list of all the links available on that page. The following information + is displayed for each link:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Name</strong>: The text displayed in the browser as a link.</li> + <li><strong>Address</strong>: The <a href="glossary.xhtml#url">URL</a> for the + page to which the link points.</li> + <li><strong>Type</strong>: The type of link, such Anchor (for a link to a + specific place in an HTML document) or Form Submission.</li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="media_tab">Media (Page Info Tab)</h2> + +<p>When you choose Page Info from the View menu and click the Media tab, you + see a list of all the images and other media elements displayed by the + page.</p> + +<p>The top portion lists basic information about each element, including its + address (<a href="glossary.xhtml#url">URL</a>) and type.</p> + +<p>When you select a media element listed in the top portion of the Media tab, + the bottom portion displays available information about that element, such as + description, size, or dimensions.</p> + +<p>You can also see the selected element at the bottom of the dialog box. To + see larger images, you need to click the lower-right corner of the Page Info + dialog box and drag.</p> + +<p>To save a media element as a separate file:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Save As</strong>: Select the element you want to save, click Save + As, and navigate to the location where you want to save it.</li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="privacy_tab">Privacy (Page Info Tab)</h2> + +<p>When you choose Page Info from the View menu and click the Privacy tab, you + see a list of all the special elements that are part of the page.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Page Components</strong>: Under the page URL, there are many + categories. To see the list of items in any category, double-click on + the name: + <ul> + <li><strong>Links</strong>: Shows all of the links.</li> + <li><strong>Java Applets</strong>: Lists the Java applets (if any).</li> + <li><strong>Image Maps</strong>: Shows all of the image maps.</li> + <li><strong>Form Submissions</strong>: List the script names used to + gather used data on the page.</li> + <li><strong>Frames</strong>: Shows the frames which make up the page.</li> + <li><strong>Images</strong>: Displays all of the images used in the + page.</li> + <li><strong>External Loaded Documents</strong>: Contains the list of the + external documents loaded to display the page (such as css files or + images).</li> + <li><strong>Generic Objects</strong>: Shows a list of generic + objects.</li> + <li><strong>Scripts</strong>: Lists all of the scripts in the page.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Policy</strong>: This button will try to open the policy file for + the website whose page is currently shown.</li> + <li><strong>Summary</strong>: Select this if you want to view the Privacy + Policy Viewer, showing concise data about the privacy policy of the website + you are browsing.</li> + <li><strong>Options</strong>: This will try to open the page on the remote + website that allows the user to modify his/her own personal data stored on + the remote website.</li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="security_tab">Security (Page Info Tab)</h2> + +<p>When you choose Page Info from the View menu and click the Security tab, you + see information about + <a href="glossary.xhtml#authentication">authentication</a> and + <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption">encryption</a> for the web page you are + viewing. The top portion indicates whether the website's identity has + been verified, and the bottom portion describes whether the page was + encrypted when it was received by the browser.</p> + +<p>You can also open the Security tab directly by clicking the lock icon in the + lower-right corner of any browser window.</p> + +<p>The top portion of the Security tab can display any of these messages:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Website Identity Not Verified</strong>: The website you are + viewing did not present a certificate to authenticate itself. Therefore, + Certificate Manager cannot verify its identity. It is possible, though + unlikely, that the website is not what it claims to be.</li> + <li><strong>Website Identity Verified</strong>: The certificate that + Certificate Manager has used to verify this website's identity was + issued by a certificate authority (CA) marked as one that you trust. You + can be reasonably confident that the website is what it claims to be.</li> +</ul> + +<p>The bottom portion of the Security tab can display any of these + messages:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Connection Not Encrypted</strong>: It is possible that other + people can view information sent from your computer to the website or + information sent by the website to your computer, but it is unlikely that + someone is actually doing so.</li> + <li><strong>Connection Encrypted</strong>: In general, the strength of an + encrypted connection depends on the length of the keys used for encryption, + measured in bits. The longer the key, the stronger the + encryption—that is, the harder it is to for an unauthorized person to + unscramble the encrypted information.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Lack of any encryption or lack of strong encryption should be of concern + only if you are sending or viewing confidential information, such as your + credit card number.</p> + +<p>You can quickly check the encryption status of a web page by noting the + state of the lock icon at the bottom-right corner of the browser window. For + more details, see + <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page">Checking + Security for a Web Page</a>.</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/passwords_help.xhtml b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/passwords_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d96d124d8e --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/passwords_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,448 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Password Settings</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="password_settings">Password Settings</h1> + +<p>This section describes how to set your password preferences, set your Master + Password, and control other aspects of password handling.</p> + +<p>For step-by-step descriptions of various tasks related to passwords, see + <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager">Using the Password + Manager</a>.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#passwords">Privacy & Security Preferences - + Passwords</a></li> + <li><a href="#password_manager">Password Manager</a></li> + <li><a href="#master_passwords">Privacy & Security Preferences - + Master Passwords</a></li> + <li><a href="#change_master_password">Change Master Passwords</a></li> + <li><a href="#master_password_timeout">Master Password Timeout</a></li> + <li><a href="#reset_master_password">Reset Master Password</a></li> + <li><a href="#choosing_a_good_password">Choosing a Good Password</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="passwords">Privacy & Security Preferences - Passwords</h2> + +<p>This section describes the Passwords preferences panel. If you're not + already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Passwords. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<h3>Password Manager</h3> + +<p>Password Manager preferences allow you to</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Remember passwords</strong>: Select this checkbox to turn + Password Manager on, so that it asks to store your user names and passwords + at appropriate times and enters them for you automatically when + they're requested. To turn off Password Manager, deselect the same + checkbox.</li> + <li><strong>Manage Stored Passwords</strong>: Click this button to manage + information about your stored passwords and the websites whose user names + and passwords you don't want to be stored.</li> +</ul> + +<p>For detailed information about using Password Manager, including how to + override it for individual websites and how to view and manage stored + passwords,see <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager">Using + the Password Manager</a>.</p> + +<h3 id="encrypting_versus_obscuring">Encrypting Versus Obscuring</h3> + +<p>If you use Password Manager to save passwords and personal data, this + sensitive information is stored on your computer in a file that's + difficult, but not impossible, for an intruder to read. This way of storing + information is sometimes described as <q>obscuring</q>. This is the default + setting that applies to information stored by Password Manager.</p> + +<p>For improved protection, you may choose to protect the file with encryption. + Encryption makes it more difficult (but again, not impossible) for an + unauthorized person to view your stored sensitive information. To turn on + encryption you need to set a <a href="glossary.xhtml#master_password">master + password</a>.</p> + +<p>Using encryption versus obscuring for stored sensitive data is a tradeoff + between improved security and convenience:</p> + +<ul> + <li>If you use encryption, you will need to enter a master password + periodically, which can be inconvenient. (For information about controlling + how often it is requested, see the discussion of the Master Password + timeout at + <a href="#master_passwords">Privacy & Security Preferences - Master + Passwords</a>.)</li> + <li>If you use obscuring, you may not have to set a master password at all + (unless you're using certificates for identification purposes), but it + may be easier for a stranger who has access to your computer to steal your + passwords.</li> +</ul> + +<p>For more details, see + <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Encrypting + Stored Sensitive Information</a>.</p> + +<h2 id="password_manager">Password Manager</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Password Manager dialog box to control + your stored passwords. If you are not already viewing it, follow these + steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Passwords. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>Click Manage Stored Passwords.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Alternatively, open the Tools menu, choose Password Manager, and then choose + Manage Stored Passwords from the submenu.</p> + +<p>The Password Manager has two tabs:</p> + +<ol> + <li><strong>Passwords Saved</strong>: Click this tab to view the list of + websites for which Password Manager has saved your user name and + password—that is, the websites for which you selected <q>Yes</q> + in response to Password Manager's request to store logon + information. + + <p>The second column shows the user name for each website. If the password + is stored in encrypted form, <q>(encrypted)</q> appears after the user + name.</p> + + <p>By default, stored passwords are not displayed.</p> + + <ul> + <li>To see the list of stored passwords, click Show Passwords and confirm + your choice.</li> + <li>To hide the passwords, click Hide Passwords.</li> + </ul> + + <p>If you remove an entry from the list, the stored user name and password + will be discarded, and you will need to log in manually the next time you + visit that website.</p> + </li> + <li><strong>Passwords Never Saved</strong>: Click this tab to view the list + of websites for which you selected <q>Never for this site</q> in response + to Password Manager's request to store logon information. + + <p>If a website is included on this list, you will always have to type in + your user name and password manually when you log onto the website.</p> + + <p>If you remove an entry from this list, Password Manager will again ask + you, the next time you log onto the website, whether to store your user + name and password.</p> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>Regardless of which tab you are viewing, you can remove entries from the + list as follows:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Remove</strong>: Select one or more entries that you want to + remove, then click Remove.</li> + <li><strong>Remove All</strong>: Click this button to remove all the entries + listed in the tab you are viewing.</li> +</ul> + +<p>For more information about the Password Manager, see <a href= + "using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager">Using the Password + Manager</a>.</p> + +<h2 id="master_passwords">Privacy & Security Preferences - Master + Passwords</h2> + +<p>This section describes the Master Passwords preferences panel. If you are + not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Master Passwords. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>A master password protects a security device, which is a software or + hardware device that stores sensitive information associated with your + identity, such as keys or certificates.</p> + +<p>For example, the browser has a built-in Software Security Device, and you + can also use external security devices, such as smart cards, if your computer + is configured to use them.</p> + +<p>The master password for the browser's built-in Software Security Device + also protects stored sensitive information such as email passwords, website + passwords, and other data stored by the Password Manager.</p> + +<p>Each security device, whether it is software or hardware, has its own + separate Master Password.</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Change Password</strong>: Click this button to set or change any + of your master passwords. For information about using the Change Master + Password dialog box that appears when you click this button, see + <a href="#change_master_password">Change Master Password</a>.</li> + <li>You can control how often the browser requests your master password: + <ul> + <li><strong>The first time it is needed</strong>: This setting + (selected by default) causes the browser to request your master + password only the first time it needs access to the private key + database after launching. The browser will not request the master + password again until after you exit and relaunch it. This setting + provides the lowest level of protection.</li> + <li><strong>Every time it is needed</strong>: This setting ensures that + the browser will never access your saved personal information without + first requesting your master password. This setting provides the + highest level of protection.</li> + <li><strong>If it has not been used for [__] minutes or longer</strong>: + This setting causes the browser to request your master password if it + needs to access your personal information and the specified interval + has elapsed since the last time it did so.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Reset Master Password</strong>: Click this button to reset the + master password for the Software Security Device. For more information, + see <a href="#reset_master_password">Reset Master Password</a>.</li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="change_master_password">Change Master Password</h2> + +<p>You must remember your old master password to change it with the Change + Password button.</p> + +<p>This section describes the Change Master Password dialog box. If you're + not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Master Passwords. (If + no subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>Click Change Password.</li> +</ol> + +<p>A master password protects a security device, which is a software or + hardware device that stores sensitive information associated with your + identity, such as keys or certificates.</p> + +<p>For example, the browser has a built-in Software Security Device, and you + can also use external security devices, such as smart cards, if your computer + is configured to use them.</p> + +<p>The master password for the browser's built-in Software Security Device + also protects your master key. Your master key is used to encrypt sensitive + information such as email passwords, website passwords, and other data stored + by the Password Manager.</p> + +<p>You use the Change Master Password dialog box to provide the following + information:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Security Device</strong>: Each security device requires a + separate master password. For example, if you are using one or more smart + cards to store some of your certificates, you should set a separate master + password for each one. If more than one security device is available, a + drop-down list at the top of the Set Master Password dialog box allows you + to choose the device whose password you want to change.</li> + <li><strong>Current password</strong>: If you are changing an existing master + password, you must first type the current password. If you don't type + the current password correctly, you will see the message <q>You did not + enter the current correct Master Password</q> after you click OK. If this + happens, you must retype your current password.</li> + <li><strong>New password</strong>: Type your new password into this + field.</li> + <li><strong>New password (again)</strong>: Type your new password again. If + you don't type it the second time exactly as you did the first time, + the OK button remains inactive. If this happens, try typing the new + password again.</li> +</ul> + +<p>If someone uses your computer who knows or can guess your master password, + that person may be able to access websites while pretending to be you. This + can be dangerous—for example, if you manage your financial accounts + over the Internet.</p> + +<p>Therefore, it's important to select a master password that's + difficult to guess. The <strong>password quality meter</strong> gives you a + rough idea of the quality of your password as you type it based on factors + such as length and the use of uppercase letters, lowercase letters, numbers, + and symbols. It does not guarantee, however, that no one will be able to + guess your password.</p> + +<p>For further guidelines, see <a href="#choosing_a_good_password">Choosing + a Good Password</a>.</p> + +<p>It's also important to record your master password in a safe + place—and <strong>not</strong> anywhere that's easily accessible + to someone else. If you forget this password, you may not be able to access + important information, such as websites that require passwords or + certificates stored on your computer.</p> + +<h2 id="master_password_timeout">Master Password Timeout</h2> + +<p>After you first set a new master password, you will be asked to enter it + only when the newly launched browser first needs it to access personal + information, such as a user name and password or personal certificates.</p> + +<p>You can control how often the browser requests your master password:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>The first time it is needed</strong>: This setting + (selected by default) causes the browser to request your master password + only the first time it needs access to the private key database after + launching. The browser will not request the master password again until + after you exit and relaunch it. This setting provides the lowest level + of protection.</li> + <li><strong>Every time it is needed</strong>: This setting ensures that + the browser will never access your saved personal information without + first requesting your master password. This setting provides the highest + level of protection.</li> + <li><strong>If it has not been used for [__] minutes or longer</strong>: + This setting causes the browser to request your master password if it + needs to access your personal information and the specified interval + has elapsed since the last time it did so.</li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="reset_master_password">Reset Master Password</h2> + +<p><strong>Warning</strong>: If you reset your master password, you will + permanently erase all the encrypted web and email passwords, saved on your + behalf by Password Manager. You will also lose all your personal certificates + associated with the <a href="glossary.xhtml#software_security_device"> + Software Security Device</a>.</p> + +<p>To change your master password rather than resetting it, click the Change + Password button in the Master Passwords preferences panel.</p> + +<p>This section describes the Reset Master Password dialog box. If you're + not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Master Passwords. (If + no subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>Click Reset Password.</li> +</ol> + +<p><strong>Warning</strong>: If you reset your master password, you will + permanently erase all encrypted web and email passwords, saved on your behalf + by Password Manager You will also lose all your personal certificates + associated with the + <a href="glossary.xhtml#software_security_device">software security + device</a>.</p> + +<p>If you remember your master password and decide to change it, you can do so + without danger of losing any personal information. If you are viewing the + Reset Master Password alert and you decide you want to change your password + rather than resetting it, click Cancel to return to the Master Passwords + preferences panel, then click Change Password. For details, see + <a href="#change_master_password">Change Master Password</a>.</p> + +<p>Resetting your master password is a last resort that you should use only if + you are absolutely sure you've forgotten it. The seriousness of the + situation depends on how much personal data your forgotten master password + protects.</p> + +<p>Resetting your master password does not create a new password. Instead, it + removes all the data your old master password protects. You will be asked to + specify a new master password the next time the browser needs to store + personal information.</p> + +<p>After you reset your master password, you may also want to re-save personal + information that you want to have prefilled in the future. For example, as + you browse you may want Password Manager to save website and email passwords + again.In addition, any personal certificates associated with the software + security device will be permanently erased and you will need to apply for new + ones.</p> + +<p><strong>Note for smart card users</strong>: Each smart card has its own + master password. The master password for a smart card protects only the data + on that smart card (such as personal certificates). You can normally change + the master password for a smart card (assuming that you remember it), but you + cannot reset it.</p> + +<h2 id="choosing_a_good_password">Choosing a Good Password</h2> + +<p>Choosing a good password will help in keeping your personal information + safe and private. To improve the security of your password, follow some + or all of these suggestions:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Special and punctuation characters (*!$+) mixed with letters and + numbers.</li> + <li>Mixed upper and lower-case letters—putting capitals in random + locations throughout a password is effective.</li> + <li>Nonsense words that aren't found in dictionaries but are easy to + pronounce.</li> + <li>Eight or more characters.</li> +</ul> + +<p>You should avoid personal information that could be guessed. So the + following common items should be avoided:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Personal or family names, your initials or birthdays.</li> + <li>Your social security number.</li> + <li>Names of pets or famous places.</li> + <li>Phone numbers or addresses.</li> + <li>Words from any kind of dictionary.</li> + <li>Your username, login name or computer's name.</li> + <li>Repetition of the same letter or symbol.</li> + <li>Sequences of keyboard keys, such as <q>12345</q> or <q>qwerty</q>.</li> + <li>Any minor modification of the above, such as appending a character to the + end of your name or spelling backwards.</li> +</ul> + +<p>A good way to choose a secure but easily remembered password is to use the + first character of each word in a phrase. For instance, <q>StNh*nbsS</q> + stands for <q>Surfing the Net has never been so Suite</q>; the asterisk in + the middle is included for increased security. (Don't use this + password!)</p> + +<p>To further protect your personal data, you are advised to follow these + simple rules:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Never give the password out to anyone.</li> + <li>If someone has learnt your password, change it immediately.</li> + <li>Every few months, change your password.</li> + <li>Choose a password you can remember so you don't have to write it + down.</li> + <li>Avoid letting people observe you typing your password.</li> +</ul> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/privacy_help.xhtml b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/privacy_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e9977d5782 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/privacy_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,325 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Privacy on the Internet</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="using_privacy_features">Using Privacy Features</h1> + +<p>Your browser includes features you can use to enhance the privacy and + security of your personal information. The sections that follow describe how + your browser can help you control cookies, passwords, and images while you + are surfing the Internet.</p> + +<p>For information about related &brandShortName; security features, see + <a href="mailnews_security.xhtml">Signing & Encrypting Messages</a> and + <a href="using_certs_help.xhtml">Using Certificates</a>.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">Privacy topics: + <ul> + <li><a href="#privacy_on_the_internet">Privacy on the Internet</a></li> + <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager">Using the + Cookie Manager</a></li> + <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager">Using the + Password Manager</a></li> + <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#clearing_private_data">Clearing Private + Data</a></li> + <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#browsing_in_a_private_window">Browsing + in a Private Window</a></li> + <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Encrypting + Stored Sensitive Information</a></li> + <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_images">Managing Images</a></li> + <li><a href="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#controlling_popups">Controlling Popups</a></li> + <li><a href="privsec_help.xhtml">Privacy & Security Preferences</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h1 id="privacy_on_the_internet">Privacy on the Internet</h1> + +<p>This section summarizes some background information about privacy on the + Internet. It also describes several things you can do to help safeguard your + own privacy. It is not intended to provide a complete description of Internet + privacy issues.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#what_information_does_my_browser_give_to_a_website">What + Information Does My Browser Give to a Website?</a></li> + <li><a href="#what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work">What Are Cookies, and + How Do They Work?</a></li> + <li><a href="#why_and_how_are_websites_tracking_me">Why and How Are + Websites Tracking Me?</a></li> + <li><a href="#how_can_i_control_web_pages_in_email_messages">How Can I + Control Web Pages in Email Messages?</a></li> + <li><a href="#how_can_i_make_sure_unauthorized_people_dont_use_information_about_me">How + Can I Make Sure Unauthorized People Don't Use Information About + Me?</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="what_information_does_my_browser_give_to_a_website">What Information + Does My Browser Give to a Website?</h2> + +<p>When your browser displays a web page—for example, each time you click + a link or type a URL, or when a web page is displayed in an email + message—it gives certain kinds of information to the website. This + information may include (but is not limited to) your operating environment, + your Internet address, and the page you're coming from.</p> + +<h3>Operating Environment</h3> + +<p>The website is told something about your operating environment, such as your + browser type and operating system. This helps the website present the page in + the best way for your screen. For example, the website might learn that you + use &brandShortName; 2.19 on a Windows 7 computer.</p> + +<h3 id="internet_address">Internet Address</h3> + +<p>Your browser must tell the website your Internet address (also known as the + Internet Protocol, or IP address) so the website knows where to send the page + you are requesting. The website can't present the page you want to see + unless it knows your IP address.</p> + +<p>Your IP address can be either temporary or fixed (static).</p> + +<p>If you connect to the Internet through a standard modem that's attached + to your phone line, then your Internet service provider (ISP) may assign you + a temporary IP address each time you log on. You use the temporary IP address + for the duration of your Internet session—for example, until you sign + off or hang up your dial-up connection, or otherwise end your computer's + live connection with the Internet. Each ISP has many IP addresses, and they + assign the addresses at random to users.</p> + +<p>If you have DSL, a cable modem, or a fiber-optic connection, you may have a + fixed IP address that you use every time you connect.</p> + +<p>Your IP address is not the same as your email address.</p> + +<h3>Referring Page</h3> + +<p>The website is also told which page you were reading when you clicked a link + to see one of the website's pages. This allows the website to know which + website referred you. Or, as you traverse the website, it allows the website + to know which of its pages you came from.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#privacy_on_the_internet">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work">What Are Cookies, and How Do + They Work?</h2> + +<p>A cookie is a small bit of information used by some websites. When you + visit a website that uses cookies, the website might ask your browser to place + one or more cookies on your hard disk.</p> + +<p>Later, when you return to the website, your browser sends back the cookies + that belong to the website.</p> + +<p>When you are using the default cookie settings, this activity is invisible + to you, and you won't know when a website is setting a cookie or when + your browser is sending a website's cookie back. However, you can set + your preferences so that you will be asked before a cookie is set. For + information on how to do this, see + <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies">Privacy & Security Preferences - + Cookies</a>.</p> + +<h3>How Do Websites Use Cookie Information?</h3> + +<p>Cookies allow a website to know something about your previous visits. For + example, if you typically search for local weather or purchase books at a + website, the website may use cookies to remember what city you live in or what + authors you like, so it can make your next visit easier and more useful.</p> + +<p>Some websites publish privacy policies that describe how they use the + information they gather.</p> + +<h3 id="what_are_third-party_cookies">What Are Third-Party Cookies?</h3> + +<p>If your browser stores a website's cookie, it will return the cookie + only to that particular website. Your browser will not provide one website + with cookies set by another. Since a website can only receive its own cookies, + it can learn about your activities while you are at that website but not your + activities in general while surfing the Web.</p> + +<p>But sometimes a website displays content that is hosted on another website. + That content can be anything from an image to text or an advertisement. + The other website that hosts such elements also has the ability to store a + cookie in your browser, even though you don't visit the website directly. +</p> + +<p>Cookies that are stored by a website other than the one you are visiting are + called <strong>third-party cookies</strong> or <strong>foreign + cookies</strong>. Websites sometimes use third-party cookies with + <strong>transparent GIFs</strong>, which are special images that help websites + count users, track email responses, learn more about how visitors use the + website, or customize your browsing experience. (Transparent GIFs are also + known as web beacons or web bugs.)</p> + +<p>If you want, you can <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies">adjust your + cookie preferences</a> so that websites can store ordinary cookies but not + third-party ones, or only for those sites that you have previously visited. +</p> + +<p>[<a href="#privacy_on_the_internet">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="why_and_how_are_websites_tracking_me">Why and How Are Websites + Tracking Me?</h2> + +<p>Websites are frequently interested in how they are used and by whom. + Thus, they may perform analytics on your browsing behavior, either by + themselves, or by utilizing a third-party service.</p> + +<p>Motivations for such user tracking may be a more personalized browsing + experience, e.g., by offering you services or products corresponding to your + previous browsing pattern, thus making it more likely that you are interested + in those. Third-party services are mostly interested in placing advertisements + that match your interests, thus making it more likely that you would click on + those ads, which in turn generates revenue.</p> + +<p>Of course, this list isn't all inclusive, other reasons may exist to + track the user's browsing behavior. To summarize, the trade-off is:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Pros</strong>: Tracking of the user's browsing activity + allows the website to provide a more specific browsing experience, by + analyzing and matching your interests. You may even get offers you + wouldn't receive without prior knowledge of your usage pattern.</li> + <li><strong>Cons</strong>: In most cases, especially with third-party + tracking services, the information is gathered without the user's + consent, and its usage is not transparent. Comprehensive user profiling + across websites and over long periods of time may be considered intrusive + and a questionable practice violating the user's privacy.</li> +</ul> + +<h3>What Are the Mechanisms of User Tracking?</h3> + +<p>There isn't any single tracking mechanism, rather several methods + exist. For example, a website may employ one or more of these methods:</p> + +<ul> + <li><a href="#what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work">Cookies</a>: This is + the most direct form of user tracking. When visiting a website for the + first time, a random but unique identifier is created by that site and + stored as a cookie in &brandShortName;. When returning to the website, + this cookie associates you with any previous visit to that site. This is + especially effective for third-party tracking given that such a service + can collect data from multiple websites they have contracts with based on + just a single tracking cookie.</li> + <li><a href="#internet_address">Internet Address</a>: The IP address + identifies your location on your provider's network. It may also + serve as a reference to your geographical location. Even without cookies, + multiple accesses to one or more websites from the same location can be + associated with each other in this way.</li> + <li><a href="#what_information_does_my_browser_give_to_a_website">Browser + Fingerprinting</a>: This method attempts to identify specific users based + on the characteristics of the browser that they are using. Such + characteristics include browser type and version, platform used, language + preferences, and possibly installed plugins or add-ons.</li> +</ul> + +<h3>What Can I Do to Prevent User Tracking?</h3> + +<p>In general, there is no complete protection against unwanted tracking of + one's browsing activities. However, there are a couple of ways to make + it harder to get tracked:</p> + +<ul> + <li><a href="privsec_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security">Do Not Track</a>: + This is a method that allows users to explicitly opt out of (or consent + to) their browsing behavior being tracked. &brandShortName; supports + sending <q>Do Not Track</q> requests to websites, but they are not + obligated to honor such requests.</li> + <!-- NOTE: link "Data Manager" below once bug 599097 has been fixed --> + <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies">Cookies</a>: The power of + tracking cookies is their persistence across sessions. Thus, when you + restart &brandShortName;, the identifying cookie will still be sent to + the website performing the analytics. One measure against third-party + tracking is to prohibit third-party cookies altogether; another option is + the restriction of cookies to the current session only. Some websites may + no longer function correctly, but you can add exceptions to such sites in + the Data Manager or with the Cookie Manager options in the Tools menu.</li> + <li><a href="nav_help.xhtml#plugins">Plugins</a>: Obscure plugins make + browser fingerprinting easier. Thus, if you need such plugins for some + websites but not in general, disable them in the Add-ons Manager until + you need them, to avoid that they are disclosed to tracking sites.</li> + <li><a href="customize_help.xhtml#add-ons">Add-ons</a>: There is a variety + of extensions available for privacy & security support. Some of them + will block unwanted content from advertisers or tracking services, others + provide more control on private data collected by plugins (e.g., Flash + cookies), or when and how to run scripts or embedded content.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: The issues related to user tracking are complex. + This description is not intended to be complete but to provide you with some + basic information on this topic.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#privacy_on_the_internet">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="how_can_i_control_web_pages_in_email_messages">How Can I Control Web + Pages in Email Messages?</h2> + +<p>You can disable cookies, images, and plugins completely (JavaScript is + always disabled) for web pages that are received as part of email + messages.</p> + +<p>While it may be convenient to enable some or all of these capabilities when + you're browsing the web, they may not be necessary in single web pages + sent as attachments to messages.</p> + +<p>For information on enabling or disabling cookies, images, and plugins in + email messages, see the following sections:</p> + +<ul> + <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies">Privacy & Security + Preferences - Cookies</a></li> + <li><a href="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#message_display">Mail & Newsgroups + Preferences - Message Display</a></li> + <li><a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#scripts_and_plugins">Advanced + Preferences - Scripts & Plugins</a></li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#privacy_on_the_internet">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="how_can_i_make_sure_unauthorized_people_dont_use_information_about_me">How + Can I Make Sure Unauthorized People Don't Use Information About Me?</h2> + +<p>The best way to keep your information private is to read the privacy + policies for the websites you visit and the Internet services you use, and + to be cautious about giving out your personal information online.</p> + +<p>The Internet is a public network. When you send your name, phone number, + address, and other personal information over the network (via a web page, + email, or any other method), it is possible that someone else may be able to + intercept it.</p> + +<p>Here are some questions you might ask about a website's privacy + policy:</p> + +<ul> + <li>What kinds of personal information is this website gathering?</li> + <li>How will the website use the information?</li> + <li>Will the website share the information with others and do I have choices + regarding the use of any shared information?</li> + <li>Can I access some or all of the information a website gathers about me, in + order to inspect or update it?</li> + <li>How does the website protect the information?</li> + <li>How do I contact the website if I have questions or problems?</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#privacy_on_the_internet">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/privsec_help.xhtml b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/privsec_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ce4c49d84d --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/privsec_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,180 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Privacy & Security Preferences</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="privsec_preferences">Privacy & Security Preferences</h1> + +<p>The sections listed below describe the Privacy & Security preferences. + To see the preference panels, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Click the Privacy & Security category. If no subcategories are + visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand the list, then + click the name for the preferences you want to view or change.</li> +</ol> + +<p>For help with a panel's settings, click the appropriate link below.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">Related sections: + <ul> + <li><a href="#privacy_and_security">Privacy & Security</a></li> + <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#private_data_prefs">Private Data</a></li> + <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies">Cookies</a></li> + <li><a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#images">Images</a></li> + <li><a href="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows">Popup Windows</a></li> + <li><a href="passwords_help.xhtml#passwords">Passwords</a></li> + <li><a href="passwords_help.xhtml#master_passwords">Master Passwords</a></li> + <li><a href="ssl_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_ssl">SSL</a></li> + <li><a href="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates">Certificates</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="privacy_and_security">Privacy & Security Preferences - + Privacy & Security</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the main Privacy & Security + preferences panel. If you're not already viewing it, follow these + steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Click the Privacy & Security category.</li> +</ol> + +<h3>User Tracking</h3> + +<p>These settings allow you to communicate your tracking preferences to + websites. <a href="glossary.xhtml#user_tracking">User tracking</a> refers + to websites (including advertisers, analytics providers, and social sites) + collecting and analyzing comprehensive data on your web browsing patterns, + thus affecting your privacy. For more information on this topic, see + <a href="privacy_help.xhtml#why_and_how_are_websites_tracking_me">Why and How + Are Websites Tracking Me?</a> The <a href="glossary.xhtml#do_not_track">Do + Not Track</a> technology allows you to tell a website whether or not you + agree to tracking. The following options are available in this section:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Tell websites about my tracking preference</strong>: Check this + to instruct &brandShortName; to inform every website you explicitly visit + (along with any providers of third-party content embedded in its pages) + whether or not you want your browsing behavior being tracked: + <ul> + <li><strong>I do not want to be tracked</strong>: Select this option + to send a Do Not Track request to each website visited.</li> + <li><strong>I consent to being tracked</strong>: Select this option + to explicitly tell each website visited that you agree with your + browsing behavior being tracked.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Notes</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Honoring a Do Not Track request is voluntary, thus individual websites + are <em>not required</em> to obey it. Websites and services that follow + the policy should stop gathering and using information about your web + browsing pattern for all activity for which Do Not Track is selected.</li> + <li>Requesting Do Not Track from a website should not affect your ability + to use the website properly (e.g., when using a + <a href="glossary.xhtml#web_application">web application</a> or when + putting items into a cart while shopping).</li> + <li>Note that Do Not Track does not <em>prevent</em> advertisements from + being presented to you while browsing. Since the website is not allowed to + gather and utilize information about you, the content of the advertisements + will be less specific if you have the Do Not Track option selected.</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="safe_browsing">Safe Browsing</h3> + +<p>Some websites contain potentially dangerous content and may have been + reported as malicious. The preferences located in the lower section of the + <a href="#privacy_and_security">Privacy & Security panel</a> allow you + to select which types of reported websites will be blocked. If enabled, + &brandShortName; compares each website's address you are about to visit + against regularly updated lists. A warning is issued prior to actually + loading a reported website, thus giving you the opportunity to cancel the + loading process. The following options are available in this section:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Block reported attack sites</strong>: Check this if you want + &brandShortName; to warn you if the website you are about to visit has + been reported as a site that is trying to infect your computer with + malicious software. Such <a href="glossary.xhtml#malware">malware</a> may + interfere with your computer's functions or steal your personal + information. It is also frequently used to send spam email or to spread + more malware.</li> + <li><strong>Block reported web forgeries</strong>: Check this if you want + &brandShortName; to warn you if the website you are about to visit has + been reported as a site that pretends to be a legitimate website of some + well-known organization or service. Websites like this are frequently set + up to mislead you in providing username and password or other sensitive + personal information (commonly known as + <a href="glossary.xhtml#phishing">phishing</a>).</li> +</ul> + +<p>When you are trying to visit a website that has been reported as malicious + (and the feature is enabled), you will see one of the following warnings:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Reported Attack Page!</strong> This website has been reported + as a website trying to infect your computer with malware.</li> + <li><strong>Reported Web Forgery!</strong> This website has been reported + as a website trying to steal your personal information.</li> +</ul> + +<p>No harm has been done at this point. Select one of the following options:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Get me out of here!</strong> Do <em>not</em> load this website. + Instead, go to &brandShortName;'s default start page.</li> + <li><strong>Why was this page blocked?</strong> Opens a web page showing you + the information reported on this specific website (this is an external + page located with the provider of this service). If no such report data is + available, a page with general information is shown.</li> + <li><strong>Ignore this warning</strong>: Proceed with loading the page. Only + use this when you are <em>certain</em> that the selected page is authentic + and safe to visit. At the top of the page, a notification bar will appear, + giving you an option to report errors to the provider of this service: + <ul> + <li><strong>This isn't an attack site</strong> or <strong>This + isn't a web forgery</strong>: Click this button to open a new tab + allowing you to report false warnings (this is an external page).</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Important</strong>: The Safe Browsing feature is switched on by + default. It is <em>not</em> recommended to disable either function as this + may result in you visiting unsafe sites.</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: If no warning is shown for a specific website, it + does not <em>guarantee</em> that this site is trustworthy; it just means + that it has not been reported. Attack and phishing websites may <em>look</em> + safe but are secretly trying to attack you or to steal personal information. + The website's owner or provider may not be aware that the site has been + compromised.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#privsec_preferences">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/profiles_help.xhtml b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/profiles_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d79f9df4d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/profiles_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Managing Profiles</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="managing_profiles">Managing Profiles</h1> + +<p>If you use the Internet at home and at work, you may want to have access to + a different set of bookmarks, preferences, address books, email accounts, + Sidebar setup, and so on. Similarly, family members may want to share a copy + of the same browser software but keep their Internet identities separate.</p> + +<p>The Profile Manager lets you create different profiles, each with its own + bookmarks, preferences, email settings, and so on. You automatically create a + default profile when you first install your browser software. After you + create one or more additional profiles, you will be asked which you want to + use each time you launch the browser.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#creating_a_new_profile">Creating a New Profile</a></li> + <li><a href="#deleting_or_renaming_a_profile">Deleting or Renaming a + Profile</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="creating_a_new_profile">Creating a New Profile</h2> + +<p>To create a profile:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Profile Manager: + <ul> + <li><strong>If &brandShortName; is running</strong>: Open the Tools menu + and select Switch Profile.</li> + <li><strong>If &brandShortName; is closed</strong>:<span class="win"> + Open the Start menu and choose Programs, then &brandShortName;, then + Profile Manager.</span><span class="mac"> Hold down the + <kbd>Option</kbd> key while you're starting &brandShortName; from + the Finder or the Dock.</span><span class="unix"> Type the following at + the command line: <kbd>./mozilla -profilemanager</kbd></span></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Click Create Profile, read the Profile description, and then click + Next.</li> + <li>Enter a profile name. This can be anything you like, such as your real + name or a name that's related to what you use the profile for, such as + <q>School</q>.</li> + <li>Accept the default location for the new profile, or click the Choose + Folder button and navigate to the location you want.</li> + <li>If you have additional Language Packs installed, click + Select Language and choose the language you want.</li> + <li>Click Finish.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#managing_profiles">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="deleting_or_renaming_a_profile">Deleting or Renaming a Profile</h2> + +<p>You may want to delete profiles that you don't normally use. To delete + or rename an existing profile:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Profile Manager: + <ul> + <li><strong>If &brandShortName; is running</strong>: Open the Tools menu + and select Switch Profile. <strong>Note</strong>: You can't delete + the profile that is in use.</li> + <li><strong>If &brandShortName; is closed</strong>: + <span class="win"> Open the Start menu and choose Programs, then + &brandShortName;, then Profile Manager.</span><span class="mac"> Hold + down the <kbd>Option</kbd> key while you're starting + &brandShortName; from the Finder or the Dock.</span><span class="unix"> + Type the following at the command line: + <kbd>./mozilla -profilemanager</kbd></span></li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>To delete a profile, select its name and click Delete Profile. In the + confirmation box, choose one of the following options: + <ul> + <li><strong>Delete files</strong>: Deletes the whole profile folder + with its stored data (bookmarks, preferences, email + accounts, and so on). <em>Make sure that you won't need anything + from the profile in the future before you choose this option.</em></li> + <li><strong>Don't delete files</strong>: Removes the profile from + the list of available profiles, but keeps the profile folder. By + choosing this option none of your profile's stored data will be + deleted.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>To rename a profile, select its name, click Rename Profile, and follow the + instructions.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#managing_profiles">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts.xhtml b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5731a5c735 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,524 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>&brandShortName; Keyboard Shortcuts</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1>&brandShortName; Keyboard Shortcuts</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#using_shortcuts">Using Shortcuts</a></li> + <li><a href="#general_mozilla_shortcuts">General &brandShortName; + Shortcuts</a></li> + <li><a href="#text_field_shortcuts">Text Field Shortcuts</a></li> + <li><a href="#help_window_shortcuts">Help Window Shortcuts</a></li> + <li><a href="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml">Browser Shortcuts</a></li> + <li><a href="shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml">Mail & Newsgroups + Shortcuts</a></li> + <li><a href="shortcuts_composer.xhtml">Composer Shortcuts</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="using_shortcuts">Using Shortcuts</h2> + +<p>This document uses the following format for listing shortcuts:</p> + +<p><strong>Example:</strong></p> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Command</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>Mac OS</th> + <th>Linux or Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Copy</td> + <td>Ctrl+C</td> + <td>Cmd+C</td> + <td>Ctrl+C</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p>To perform a command, press the buttons listed together at the same time. + For example, to copy in Windows, press Ctrl and C at the same time.</p> + +<p><strong>Tip</strong>: The plus sign (+) means that you must press two keys + surrounding the plus sign at the same time. If there is more than one plus + sign (such as Ctrl+Shift+C), it means that all three buttons surrounding the + plus sign must be pressed at the same time.</p> + +<p><strong>Abbreviations:</strong></p> + +<ul> + <li>Ctrl = Control key</li> + <li>Cmd = Command key on the Mac OS Keyboard</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Some keyboard shortcuts perform different functions + based on cursor location (focus). For example, if you press Home on Windows + while viewing a web page, &brandShortName; will move to the top of the web + page. However, if you press Home on Windows while the cursor is in a text + field, the cursor will go to the beginning of the text field.</p> + +<h2 id="general_mozilla_shortcuts">General &brandShortName; Shortcuts</h2> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Command</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>Mac OS</th> + <th>Linux or Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Copy</td> + <td>Ctrl+C</td> + <td>Cmd+C</td> + <td>Ctrl+C</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Paste</td> + <td>Ctrl+V</td> + <td>Cmd+V</td> + <td>Ctrl+V</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Cut</td> + <td>Ctrl+X</td> + <td>Cmd+X</td> + <td>Ctrl+X</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Select All</td> + <td>Ctrl+A</td> + <td>Cmd+A</td> + <td>Alt+A</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Close Window</td> + <td>Ctrl+W</td> + <td>Cmd+W</td> + <td>Ctrl+W</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Delete Next Word</td> + <td>Ctrl+Del</td> + <td>Opt+Del</td> + <td>Ctrl+Del</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go Up One Page</td> + <td>Page Up</td> + <td>Page Up</td> + <td>Page Up</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go Down One Page </td> + <td>Page Down</td> + <td>Page Down</td> + <td>Page Down</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go Up One Line</td> + <td>Up Arrow</td> + <td>Up Arrow</td> + <td>Up Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go Down One Line</td> + <td>Down Arrow</td> + <td>Down Arrow</td> + <td>Down Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Undo</td> + <td>Ctrl+Z</td> + <td>Cmd+Z</td> + <td>Ctrl+Z</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Redo</td> + <td>Ctrl+Y or Ctrl+Shift+Z</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+Z</td> + <td>Ctrl+Y or Ctrl+Shift+Z</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Focus Search Field</td> + <td>Ctrl+F or Ctrl+K</td> + <td>Cmd+F or Cmd+K</td> + <td>Ctrl+F or Ctrl+K</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Find</td> + <td>Ctrl+F</td> + <td>Cmd+F</td> + <td>Ctrl+F</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Find Again</td> + <td>Ctrl+G or F3</td> + <td>Cmd+G</td> + <td>Ctrl+G</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Find Links As You Type</td> + <td>' (apostrophe)</td> + <td>' (apostrophe)</td> + <td>' (apostrophe)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Find Text As You Type</td> + <td>/</td> + <td>/</td> + <td>/</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Open Context Menu</td> + <td>Shift+F10</td> + <td>Ctrl+Space</td> + <td>Shift+F10</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td> + Open Main Menu <span class="noMac">(switches to the first drop-down menu + at the top of the window)</span> + </td> + <td>Alt or F10</td> + <td>(Mac OS X: Controlled through keyboard preference in Control Panel)</td> + <td>F10</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Exit &brandShortName;</td> + <td>Ctrl+Q</td> + <td>Cmd+Q</td> + <td>Ctrl+Q</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Start Browser</td> + <td>Ctrl+1</td> + <td>Cmd+1</td> + <td>Ctrl+1</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Start Mail & Newsgroups</td> + <td>Ctrl+2</td> + <td>Cmd+2</td> + <td>Ctrl+2</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Start Composer</td> + <td>Ctrl+4</td> + <td>Cmd+4</td> + <td>Ctrl+4</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Start Address Book</td> + <td>Ctrl+5</td> + <td>Cmd+5</td> + <td>Ctrl+5</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Start IRC Chat</td> + <td>Ctrl+6</td> + <td>Cmd+6</td> + <td>Ctrl+6</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Open Add-ons Manager</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+A</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+A</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+A</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Open Download Manager</td> + <td>Ctrl+J</td> + <td>Cmd+J</td> + <td>Ctrl+J</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Open Error Console</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+J</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+J</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+J</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Open Help Window</td> + <td>F1</td> + <td>Cmd+?</td> + <td>F1</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Turn on/off <a href="glossary.xhtml#caret_browsing">caret browsing</a></td> + <td>F7</td> + <td>F7 (if F7 is not programmed for another command)</td> + <td>F7</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<h2 id="text_field_shortcuts">Text Field Shortcuts</h2> + +<p>The following are keyboard commands for navigating and modifying text in a + text input field (e.g. the Location Bar). Except where indicated, these + commands also apply to Web pages and e-mail messages in caret browsing + mode.</p> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Command</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>Mac OS</th> + <th>Linux or Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Move one line up</td> + <td>Up Arrow</td> + <td>Up Arrow</td> + <td>Up Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Move one line down</td> + <td>Down Arrow</td> + <td>Down Arrow</td> + <td>Down Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Move one character left</td> + <td>Left Arrow</td> + <td>Left Arrow</td> + <td>Left Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Move one character right</td> + <td>Right Arrow</td> + <td>Right Arrow</td> + <td>Right Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Move to next word</td> + <td>Ctrl+Right Arrow</td> + <td>Opt+Right Arrow</td> + <td>Ctrl+Right Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Move to previous word</td> + <td>Ctrl+Left Arrow</td> + <td>Opt+Left Arrow</td> + <td>Ctrl+Left Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Move to beginning of line</td> + <td>Home</td> + <td>Cmd+Left Arrow<span class="mac"> (in text fields only)</span></td> + <td>Home</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Move to end of line</td> + <td>End</td> + <td>Cmd+Right Arrow<span class="mac"> (in text fields only)</span></td> + <td>End</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Move to beginning of text</td> + <td>Ctrl+Home</td> + <td>Cmd+Up Arrow</td> + <td>Ctrl+Home</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Move to end of text</td> + <td>Ctrl+End</td> + <td>Cmd+Down Arrow</td> + <td>Ctrl+End</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Select next character</td> + <td>Shift+Right Arrow</td> + <td>Shift+Right Arrow</td> + <td>Shift+Right Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Select previous character</td> + <td>Shift+Left Arrow</td> + <td>Shift+Left Arrow</td> + <td>Shift+Left Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Select next word</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+Right Arrow</td> + <td>Opt+Shift+Right Arrow</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+Right Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Select previous word</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+Left Arrow</td> + <td>Opt+Shift+Left Arrow</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+Left Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Select all text</td> + <td>Ctrl+A</td> + <td>Cmd+A</td> + <td>Ctrl+A</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Copy</td> + <td>Ctrl+C</td> + <td>Cmd+C</td> + <td>Ctrl+C</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Paste (in text fields only)</td> + <td>Ctrl+V</td> + <td>Cmd+V</td> + <td>Ctrl+V</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Cut (in text fields only)</td> + <td>Ctrl+X</td> + <td>Cmd+X</td> + <td>Ctrl+X</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Delete next character (in text fields only)</td> + <td>Del</td> + <td>Del</td> + <td>Del</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Delete previous character (in text fields only)</td> + <td>Backspace</td> + <td>Backspace</td> + <td>Backspace</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Delete next word (in text fields only)</td> + <td>Ctrl+Del</td> + <td>Opt+Del</td> + <td>Ctrl+Del</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Delete previous word (in text fields only)</td> + <td>Ctrl+Backspace</td> + <td>Opt+Backspace</td> + <td>Ctrl+Backspace</td> + </tr> + </tbody> + </table> + +<h2 id="help_window_shortcuts">Help Window Shortcuts</h2> + +<p>These shortcuts are available from Help windows.</p> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Command</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>Mac OS</th> + <th>Linux or Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Navigate Links within Content Pane (right pane)</td> + <td>Tab</td> + <td>Tab</td> + <td>Tab</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Switch between Content Pane and Search/Contents/Index/Glossary + (toggle)</td> + <td>F6</td> + <td>F6</td> + <td>F6</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Navigate Index Terms (while Index Pane is selected)</td> + <td>Up/Down Arrow</td> + <td>Up/Down Arrow</td> + <td>Up/Down Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Scroll Pane (Content, Table of Contents, or Index)</td> + <td>Up/Down Arrow</td> + <td>Up/Down Arrow</td> + <td>Up/Down Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Expand/Collapse Table of Contents Tree Structure</td> + <td>Left/Right Arrow</td> + <td>Left/Right Arrow</td> + <td>Left/Right Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Print Page</td> + <td>Ctrl+P</td> + <td>Cmd+P</td> + <td>Ctrl+P</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go Back to Previous Page</td> + <td>Alt+Left Arrow</td> + <td>Cmd+Left Arrow</td> + <td>Alt+Left Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go Forward One Page</td> + <td>Alt+Right Arrow</td> + <td>Cmd+Right Arrow</td> + <td>Alt+Right Arrow</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_composer.xhtml b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_composer.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2a75ba1be9 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_composer.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Composer Shortcuts</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1>Composer Shortcuts</h1> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Command</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>Mac OS</th> + <th>Linux or Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>New Composer Page</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+N</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+N</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+N</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Save Page</td> + <td>Ctrl+S</td> + <td>Cmd+S</td> + <td>Ctrl+S</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Open File</td> + <td>Ctrl+O</td> + <td>Cmd+O</td> + <td>Ctrl+O</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Close Page</td> + <td>Ctrl+W</td> + <td>Cmd+W</td> + <td>Ctrl+W</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Publish</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+S</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Find and Replace</td> + <td>Ctrl+F</td> + <td>Cmd+F</td> + <td>Ctrl+F</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Find Again</td> + <td>Ctrl+G</td> + <td>Cmd+G</td> + <td>Ctrl+G</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Find Previous</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+G</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+G</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+G</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Check Spelling</td> + <td>Ctrl+K</td> + <td>Cmd+K</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+K</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Insert/Edit Link</td> + <td>Ctrl+L</td> + <td>Cmd+L</td> + <td>Ctrl+L</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Increase Indent</td> + <td>Ctrl+[</td> + <td>Cmd+[</td> + <td>Ctrl+[</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Decrease Indent</td> + <td>Ctrl+]</td> + <td>Cmd+]</td> + <td>Ctrl+]</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Discontinue Text Styles</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+Y</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+Y</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+Y</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Discontinue Link</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+K</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+K</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+K</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Remove Named Anchors</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+A</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+A</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+A</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Select Row/Column</td> + <td>Ctrl+Drag</td> + <td>Cmd+Drag</td> + <td>Ctrl+Drag</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Select Cells(s)</td> + <td>Ctrl+Click (drag to select block of cells, or continue clicking + to select individual cells)</td> + <td>Cmd+Click (drag to select block of cells, or continue clicking + to select individual cells)</td> + <td>Ctrl+Click (drag to select block of cells, or continue clicking + to select individual cells)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Decrease Font Size</td> + <td>Ctrl+- (minus sign)</td> + <td>Cmd+- (minus sign)</td> + <td>Ctrl+- (minus sign)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Increase Font Size</td> + <td>Ctrl++ (plus sign)</td> + <td>Cmd++ (plus sign)</td> + <td>Ctrl++ (plus sign)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Text Style Bold</td> + <td>Ctrl+B</td> + <td>Cmd+B</td> + <td>Ctrl+B</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Text Style Italic</td> + <td>Ctrl+I</td> + <td>Cmd+I</td> + <td>Ctrl+I</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Text Style Underline</td> + <td>Ctrl+U</td> + <td>Cmd+U</td> + <td>Ctrl+U</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Text Style Fixed Width</td> + <td>Ctrl+T</td> + <td>Cmd+T</td> + <td>Ctrl+T</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2122c8a809 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,359 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Mail & Newsgroups Shortcuts</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1>Mail & Newsgroups Shortcuts</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#general_mail_and_newsgroups_shortcuts">General Mail & + Newsgroups Shortcuts</a></li> + <li><a href="#message_list_shortcuts">Message List Shortcuts</a></li> + <li><a href="#message_compose_shortcuts">Message Compose Shortcuts</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="general_mail_and_newsgroups_shortcuts">General Mail & Newsgroups + Shortcuts</h2> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Command</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>Mac OS</th> + <th>Linux or Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Reload</td> + <td>F5</td> + <td/> + <td>F5</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Move to Next Mail Pane (Folder, QuickSearch, Thread, + Message Panes)</td> + <td>F6</td> + <td>F6</td> + <td>F6</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Toggle Message Pane Visibility</td> + <td>F8</td> + <td>F8</td> + <td>F8</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Toggle Folder Pane Visibility</td> + <td>F9</td> + <td>Cmd+Opt+S</td> + <td>F9</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>New Message</td> + <td>Ctrl+M</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+M</td> + <td>Ctrl+M</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Get New Messages</td> + <td>Ctrl+D</td> + <td>Cmd+D</td> + <td>Ctrl+D</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Get All New Messages</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+D</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+D</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+D</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Search Messages</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+S</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<h2 id="message_list_shortcuts">Message List Shortcuts</h2> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Command</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>Mac OS</th> + <th>Linux or Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Save Message as File</td> + <td>Ctrl+S</td> + <td>Cmd+S</td> + <td>Ctrl+S</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Open Message (in a new window)</td> + <td>Ctrl+O</td> + <td>Cmd+O</td> + <td>Ctrl+O</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Delete Message</td> + <td>Del</td> + <td>Del</td> + <td>Del</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Delete Message Immediately (without placing it in the Trash + folder)</td> + <td>Shift+Del</td> + <td>Shift+Del</td> + <td>Shift+Del</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Undo Delete Message</td> + <td>Ctrl+Z</td> + <td>Cmd+Z</td> + <td>Ctrl+Z</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Select All Messages</td> + <td>Ctrl+A</td> + <td>Cmd+A</td> + <td>Alt+A</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Select Thread</td> + <td>Alt+Shift+A</td> + <td>Alt+Shift+A</td> + <td>Alt+Shift+A</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Collapse All Threads</td> + <td>\ (backslash key)</td> + <td>\ (backslash key)</td> + <td>\ (backslash key)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Expand All Threads</td> + <td>* (asterisk key)</td> + <td>* (asterisk key)</td> + <td>* (asterisk key)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Message Source</td> + <td>Ctrl+U</td> + <td>Cmd+U</td> + <td>Ctrl+U</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go to Next Message</td> + <td>F</td> + <td>F</td> + <td>F</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go to Next Unread Message</td> + <td>N</td> + <td>N</td> + <td>N</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go to Next Unread Thread</td> + <td>T</td> + <td>T</td> + <td>T</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go to Previous Message</td> + <td>B</td> + <td>B</td> + <td>B</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go to Previous Unread Message</td> + <td>P</td> + <td>P</td> + <td>P</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Reply to Message (replies only to sender)</td> + <td>Ctrl+R</td> + <td>Cmd+R</td> + <td>Ctrl+R</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Reply to All in Message (replies to sender and to other email addresses + in message)</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+R</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+R</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+R</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Forward Message</td> + <td>Ctrl+L</td> + <td>Cmd+L</td> + <td>Ctrl+L</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Edit Message As New (compose new email using the body and attachments + of the selected message)</td> + <td>Ctrl+E</td> + <td>Cmd+E</td> + <td>Ctrl+E</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Remove Message Label</td> + <td>0</td> + <td>0</td> + <td>0</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Label Message (5 customizable labels)</td> + <td>1, 2, 3, 4 and 5</td> + <td>1, 2, 3, 4 and 5</td> + <td>1, 2, 3, 4 and 5</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Mark Message As Read</td> + <td>M</td> + <td>M</td> + <td>M</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Mark Thread As Read</td> + <td>R</td> + <td>R</td> + <td>R</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Mark Thread As Read and Move to Next Unread Message</td> + <td>T</td> + <td>T</td> + <td>T</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Mark Messages As Read by Date</td> + <td>C</td> + <td>C</td> + <td>C</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Mark All Messages in Selected Folder As Read</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+C</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+C</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+C</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Flag Message</td> + <td>I</td> + <td>I</td> + <td>I</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Mark Message As Junk</td> + <td>J</td> + <td>J</td> + <td>J</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Mark Message As Not Junk</td> + <td>Shift+J</td> + <td>Shift+J</td> + <td>Shift+J</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Mark Message As Not Scam</td> + <td>Shift+P</td> + <td>Shift+P</td> + <td>Shift+P</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<h2 id="message_compose_shortcuts">Message Compose Shortcuts</h2> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Command</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>Mac OS</th> + <th>Linux or Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Paste As Quotation</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+O</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+O</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+O</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Paste Without Formatting</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+V</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+V</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+V</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Rewrap</td> + <td>Ctrl+R</td> + <td>Cmd+R</td> + <td>Ctrl+R</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Send Message Now</td> + <td>Ctrl+Enter</td> + <td>Cmd+Return</td> + <td>Ctrl+Enter</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Send Message Later</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+Enter</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+Return</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+Enter</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_navigator.xhtml b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_navigator.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ce7dfc4f7a --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/shortcuts_navigator.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,541 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd" [ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> + <title>Browser Shortcuts</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1>Browser Shortcuts</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#bookmarks_shortcuts">Bookmarks Shortcuts</a></li> + <li><a href="#page_navigation_shortcuts">Page Navigation Shortcuts</a></li> + <li><a href="#page_viewing_shortcuts">Page Viewing Shortcuts</a></li> + <li><a href="#tabbed_browsing_shortcuts">Tabbed Browsing Shortcuts</a></li> + <li><a href="#sidebar_shortcuts">Sidebar Shortcuts</a></li> + <li><a href="#forms_shortcuts">Forms Shortcuts</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="bookmarks_shortcuts">Bookmarks Shortcuts</h2> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Command</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>Mac OS</th> + <th>Linux or Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Open Manage Bookmarks Window </td> + <td>Ctrl+B</td> + <td>Cmd+B</td> + <td>Ctrl+B</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Add Page to Bookmarks</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+D</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+D</td> + <td></td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>File Bookmark (to customize and file a page you are bookmarking)</td> + <td>Ctrl+D</td> + <td>Cmd+D</td> + <td>Ctrl+D</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Sort Bookmarks Folder (selected folder in Manage Bookmarks window) + </td> + <td>Ctrl+S</td> + <td>Cmd+S</td> + <td>Ctrl+S</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Sort Bookmarks Folder by Name (selected folder in Manage Bookmarks + window) + </td> + <td>Ctrl+N</td> + <td>Cmd+N</td> + <td>Ctrl+N</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Bookmark Properties (for selected bookmark in Manage Bookmarks window) + </td> + <td>Ctrl+I</td> + <td>Cmd+I</td> + <td>Ctrl+I</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<h2 id="page_navigation_shortcuts">Page Navigation Shortcuts</h2> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Command</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>Mac OS</th> + <th>Linux or Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Open History Window</td> + <td>Ctrl+H</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+H</td> + <td>Ctrl+H</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Reload</td> + <td>Ctrl+R</td> + <td>Cmd+R</td> + <td>Ctrl+R</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Force Reload (not from cache)</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+R</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+R</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+R</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Back</td> + <td>Alt+Left Arrow or Backspace</td> + <td>Cmd+Left Arrow, Cmd+[ or Delete (Backspace)</td> + <td>Alt+Left Arrow or Ctrl+[</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Forward</td> + <td>Alt+Right Arrow</td> + <td>Cmd+Right Arrow, Cmd+] or Shift+Delete (Backspace)</td> + <td>Alt+Right Arrow or Ctrl+]</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Up</td> + <td>Alt+Up Arrow</td> + <td>Opt+Up Arrow</td> + <td>Alt+Up Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Stop</td> + <td>Esc</td> + <td>Cmd+. or Esc</td> + <td>Esc</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Home</td> + <td>Alt+Home</td> + <td>Cmd+Home</td> + <td>Alt+Home</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go to Bottom of Page</td> + <td>End</td> + <td></td> + <td>End</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go to Top of Page</td> + <td>Home</td> + <td>Home</td> + <td>Home</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Select All Text in Location Bar</td> + <td>Ctrl+L or Alt+D</td> + <td>Cmd+L</td> + <td>Ctrl+L or Alt+D</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Open Web Page Location</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+L</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+L</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+L</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Open Selected Link in a Web Page</td> + <td>Enter</td> + <td>Return</td> + <td>Enter</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Open search engine page</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+S</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+S</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Move to Next Frame (in web pages using frames)</td> + <td>F6</td> + <td>Ctrl+Tab or F6 (if F6 is not programmed for another command)</td> + <td>F6</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Move to Previous Frame (in web pages using frames)</td> + <td>Shift+F6</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+Tab or Shift+F6 (if F6 is not programmed for + another command)</td> + <td>Shift+F6</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>New Browser Window</td> + <td>Ctrl+N</td> + <td>Cmd+N</td> + <td>Ctrl+N</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>New Private Window</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+B</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+B</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+B</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Move to Next/Previous Link or Form Element in a Web Page</td> + <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td> + <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td> + <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Open File</td> + <td>Ctrl+O</td> + <td>Cmd+O</td> + <td>Ctrl+O</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Close Window</td> + <td>Ctrl+W</td> + <td>Cmd+W</td> + <td>Ctrl+W</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Close Window (with more than one tab)</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+W</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+W</td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+W</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Save Page As</td> + <td>Ctrl+S</td> + <td>Cmd+S</td> + <td>Ctrl+S</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Save Linked Page (when a link is selected)</td> + <td>Shift+Enter</td> + <td>Opt+Return</td> + <td>Shift+Enter</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Edit Page</td> + <td>Ctrl+E</td> + <td>Cmd+E</td> + <td>Ctrl+E</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Print Page</td> + <td>Ctrl+P</td> + <td>Cmd+P</td> + <td>Ctrl+P</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go Up One Page</td> + <td>Page Up or Shift+Space</td> + <td>Page Up or Shift+Space</td> + <td>Page Up, Shift+Space or Backspace</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go Down One Page</td> + <td>Page Down or Space</td> + <td>Page Down or Space</td> + <td>Page Down, Space or Shift+Backspace</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go Up One Line</td> + <td>Up Arrow</td> + <td>Up Arrow</td> + <td>Up Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Go Down One Line</td> + <td>Down Arrow</td> + <td>Down Arrow</td> + <td>Down Arrow</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<h2 id="page_viewing_shortcuts">Page Viewing Shortcuts</h2> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Command</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>Mac OS</th> + <th>Linux or Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Full Screen (toggle)</td> + <td>F11</td> + <td>Cmd+Shift+F</td> + <td>F11 (may depend on window manager)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Zoom Text Smaller</td> + <td>Ctrl+- (minus sign)</td> + <td>Cmd+- (minus sign)</td> + <td>Ctrl+- (minus sign)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Zoom Text Larger</td> + <td>Ctrl++ (plus sign)</td> + <td>Cmd++ (plus sign)</td> + <td>Ctrl++ (plus sign)</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>No zoom (100%)</td> + <td>Ctrl+0</td> + <td>Cmd+0</td> + <td>Ctrl+0</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>View Page Information</td> + <td>Ctrl+I</td> + <td>Cmd+I</td> + <td>Ctrl+I</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>View Page Source</td> + <td>Ctrl+U</td> + <td>Cmd+U</td> + <td>Ctrl+U</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<h2 id="tabbed_browsing_shortcuts">Tabbed Browsing Shortcuts</h2> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Command</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>Mac OS</th> + <th>Linux or Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>New Browser Tab</td> + <td>Ctrl+T</td> + <td>Cmd+T</td> + <td>Ctrl+T</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Switch to Next Tab (when using Tabbed Browsing with more than one + tab)</td> + <td>Ctrl+Tab or Ctrl+Page Down</td> + <td>Cmd+Opt+Right Arrow or Ctrl+Page Down</td> + <td>Ctrl+Tab or Ctrl+Page Down</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Switch to Previous Tab (when using Tabbed Browsing with more + than one tab) + </td> + <td>Ctrl+Shift+Tab or Ctrl+Page Up</td> + <td>Cmd+Opt+Left Arrow or Ctrl+Page Up</td> + <td>Ctrl+Page Up</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Close Tab (Close window if one page open)</td> + <td>Ctrl+W</td> + <td>Cmd+W</td> + <td>Ctrl+W</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Move Tab Left (when tab is focused)</td> + <td>Ctrl+Left Arrow or Ctrl+Up Arrow</td> + <td>Cmd+Left Arrow or Cmd+Up Arrow</td> + <td>Ctrl+Left Arrow or Ctrl+Up Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Move Tab Right (when tab is focused)</td> + <td>Ctrl+Right Arrow or Ctrl+Down Arrow</td> + <td>Cmd+Right Arrow or Cmd+Down Arrow</td> + <td>Ctrl+Right Arrow or Ctrl+Down Arrow</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Move Tab to Beginning (when tab is focused)</td> + <td>Ctrl+Home</td> + <td>Cmd+Home</td> + <td>Ctrl+Home</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Move Tab to End (when tab is focused)</td> + <td>Ctrl+End</td> + <td>Cmd+End</td> + <td>Ctrl+End</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Open Link in a New Foreground Tab (when link is focused)</td> + <td>Insert (or Alt+Insert) *</td> + <td>(Alt+Insert) *</td> + <td>Insert (or Alt+Insert) *</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Open Link in a New Background Tab (when link is focused)</td> + <td>Alt+Insert (or Insert) *</td> + <td>Alt+Insert</td> + <td>Alt+Insert (or Insert) *</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<p>* Shortcuts in parentheses apply when the + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing"> Switch to new tabs + opened from links</a> setting is disabled. Depending on the + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing"> Open tabs instead + of windows</a> settings, more keys might be available.</p> + +<h2 id="sidebar_shortcuts">Sidebar Shortcuts</h2> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Command</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>Mac OS</th> + <th>Linux or Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Open/Close Sidebar (toggle)</td> + <td>F9</td> + <td>Cmd+Opt+S</td> + <td>F9</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Switch to Next Sidebar Panel</td> + <td>Alt+Page Down</td> + <td>Opt+Page Down</td> + <td>Alt+Page Down</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Switch to Previous Sidebar Panel</td> + <td>Alt+Page Up</td> + <td>Opt+Page Up</td> + <td>Alt+Page Up</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +<h2 id="forms_shortcuts">Forms Shortcuts</h2> + +<table class="defaultTable"> +<colgroup> + <col class="commandColumn"></col> + <col class="osFirstColumn"></col> + <col class="osSecondColumn"></col> + <col class="osThirdColumn"></col> +</colgroup> +<thead> + <tr> + <th>Command</th> + <th>Windows</th> + <th>Mac OS</th> + <th>Linux or Unix</th> + </tr> +</thead> +<tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Move to Next/Previous Item in Form</td> + <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td> + <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td> + <td>Tab/Shift+Tab</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Submit Form</td> + <td>Enter</td> + <td>Return</td> + <td>Enter</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Press Selected Button / Select Radio Button</td> + <td>Space</td> + <td>Space</td> + <td>Space</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Select an Item from a List</td> + <td>Up Arrow, Down Arrow or First Letter of Item Name</td> + <td>Up Arrow, Down Arrow or First Letter of Item Name</td> + <td>Up Arrow, Down Arrow or First Letter of Item Name</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Check/Uncheck Checkbox (toggle)</td> + <td>Space</td> + <td>Space</td> + <td>Space</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Open a Drop-Down Menu</td> + <td>Alt+Down Arrow</td> + <td>Opt+Down Arrow</td> + <td>Alt+Down Arrow</td> + </tr> +</tbody> +</table> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/ssl_help.xhtml b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/ssl_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ffd9c53d56 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/ssl_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,218 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>SSL Settings</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="ssl_settings">SSL Settings</h1> + +<p>This section describes how to set your SSL preferences.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#privacy_and_security_preferences_ssl">Privacy & Security + Preferences - SSL</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="privacy_and_security_preferences_ssl">Privacy & Security + Preferences - SSL</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the SSL preferences panel. If you are not + already viewing the panel, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click SSL. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<h3 id="ssl_protocol_versions">SSL Protocol Versions</h3> + +<p>The <a href="glossary.xhtml#ssl">Secure Sockets Layer (SSL)</a> protocol + defines rules governing mutual authentication between a website and browser + software and the encryption of information that flows between them. It is + also used for secure communication in various other protocols, e.g., for + protection of sensitive information exchanged with email, calendar, or + directory servers. The newer Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocol is an + IETF standard based on SSL but with its own version numbering. TLS 1.0 can + be thought of as SSL 3.1, TLS 1.1 is in turn an update to TLS 1.0, etc. Newer + protocols are preferred over older ones as they provide better security and + more features. Older protocols are supported to ensure compatibility.</p> + +<p>By default, &brandShortName; will select the most secure version which is + widely supported to connect to the server. If that attempt doesn't + succeed, it will try to connect with the next older version, etc., to the + extent allowed by the settings in this panel. The connection will fail if no + protocol supported by both sides is found. You can exclude older versions + explicitly or allow newer versions which may not be widely supported yet + with the following options:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Enable</strong>: Check the <strong>SSL 3.0</strong>, <strong>TLS + 1.0</strong>, <strong>TLS 1.1</strong>, and/or <strong>TLS 1.2</strong> + boxes to indicate which protocol versions can be used for a secure + connection to a server.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Notes</strong>:</p> + +<ul> + <li>At least one protocol version must be selected, thus it is not possible + to uncheck the last remaining box.</li> + <li>Also, the selection must be contiguous. It is not possible to select both + SSL 3.0 and TLS 1.1 but to exclude the intermediate TLS 1.0 version.</li> + <li>You can extend the range by multiple versions. For example, if only SSL + 3.0 is currently checked and you select TLS 1.2, the TLS 1.0 and TLS 1.1 + versions are automatically selected as well.</li> + <li>Checkboxes may appear checked but grayed out if you cannot uncheck them + without violating these rules. Uncheck the outermost boxes to regain + access to an enclosed intermediate version.</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="ssl_warnings">SSL Warnings</h3> + +<p>It's easy to tell when the website you are viewing is using an encrypted + connection. If the connection is encrypted, the lock icon in the lower-right + corner of the browser window is locked + (<img src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/lock-secure.png"/>). If the + connection is not encrypted, the lock icon is unlocked + (<img src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/lock-insecure.png"/>). Encrypted + pages which contain some unencrypted items (mixed content) are shown with a + broken-lock icon + (<img src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/lock-broken.png"/>).</p> + +<p>If you want additional warnings, you can select one or more of the warning + checkboxes in the SSL preferences panel. Unless stated otherwise, a + notification bar will be presented at the top of the page triggering the + alert, with an option to enter this panel to change the option if the alert + is considered annoying.</p> + +<p>To activate any of these warnings, select the corresponding checkbox:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Loading a page that supports encryption</strong>: Select this + warning if you want to be reminded whenever you are loading a page that + supports encryption.</li> + <li><strong>Leaving a page that supports encryption</strong>: Select this + warning if you want to be reminded whenever you are leaving a page that + supports encryption for one that does not.</li> + <li><strong>Sending form data from an unencrypted page to an unencrypted + page</strong>: Select this warning if you want to be alerted whenever you + are submitting data over an unencrypted connection. When this option is + selected, a dialog box will be presented to the user <em>before</em> the + page is actually opened, which allows the loading of the page to be + canceled before any potentially sensitive information is sent over an + unencrypted connection that can easily be intercepted by others. + + <p><strong>Note</strong>: Submitting a form from an encrypted to an + unencrypted page will always prompt a dialog prior to opening the page, + regardless of this setting.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="mixed_content">Mixed Content</h3> + +<p>In general, there are two major issues related to transmitting sensitive + information over an unencrypted connection: One is the danger of someone + eavesdropping on the line, thus listening to the content transmitted; the + other of someone intercepting requests for the desired page and replacing + the legitimate content of that page with own (potentially malicious) + content. While so-called <q>Man In The Middle</q> attacks can usually be + detected in encrypted connections (e.g., by a certificate mismatch or an + invalid certificate presented by the interceptor), no such verification + exists for unencrypted connections.</p> + +<p>The term <q>Mixed Content</q> refers to a web page which itself is + encrypted, but which includes content on the same or a different server + which is <em>not</em> encrypted. Consequently, this part of the page is + still subject to the vulnerabilities of an unencrypted line. While there + are legitimate uses of that concept (such as including a company logo from + a different insecure website into an otherwise secure page), such designs + should be avoided.</p> + +<p>There are two general types of mixed content:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Mixed Active Content</strong> (or Mixed Script Content): This + is content which has the potential to hide or modify parts of a web page, + or to actively leak content from the secure part of the page to its + insecure part. Examples include scripts (JavaScript), style sheets (CSS), + or the embedding of entire web pages into the main web page (iframes).</li> + <li><strong>Mixed Passive Content</strong> (or Mixed Display Content): + This type of content does <em>not</em> have the potential to alter or + monitor the web page as such. Examples include images and audio or video + streams. It is however possible that sensitive information is passed as + an encoding of the content's location (URL), as cookies, or returned + with the content itself (e.g., as text included in an image). Thus, passive + content isn't entirely harmless either.</li> +</ul> + +<p>The following options allow you to be warned about and/or to block both + mixed active and mixed passive content:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Warn me when encrypted pages contain insecure content</strong>: + Check this to instruct &brandShortName; to present a notification bar when + mixed <em>active</em> content was loaded or blocked. The notification bar + contains a button to open this preference panel.</li> + <li><strong>Don't load insecure content on encrypted pages</strong>: + Check this to prevent mixed active content from being loaded at all but + to be blocked. If also the <q>Warn me</q> option is checked, the + notification bar will contain two additional buttons: + <ul> + <li><strong>Keep Blocking</strong>: Dismiss the notification bar without + loading the potentially insecure content.</li> + <li><strong>Unblock</strong>: + Load the potentially insecure content <em>once</em> but not + automatically when this page is visited again in the future.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Warn me when encrypted pages contain other types of mixed + content</strong>: Check this to instruct &brandShortName; to present a + notification bar when mixed <em>passive</em> content was loaded or blocked. + The notification bar contains a button to open this preference panel.</li> + <li><strong>Don't load other types of mixed content on encrypted + pages</strong>: Check this to prevent mixed passive content from being + loaded at all but to be blocked. If also the <q>Warn me</q> option is + checked, a notification is presented that such content was blocked.</li> +</ul> + +<p>For short definitions, click + <a href="glossary.xhtml#authentication">authentication</a>, + <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption">encryption</a>, or + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificate</a>.</p> + +<p>For more information about ciphers and encryption, see the following online + documents:</p> + +<ul> + <li> + <a href="https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Introduction_to_Public-Key_Cryptography">Introduction + to Public-Key Cryptography</a></li> + <li> + <a href="https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Introduction_to_SSL">Introduction + to SSL</a></li> + <li> + <a href="https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/NSS">Technologies + Available in the Network Security Services (NSS)</a>.</li> +</ul> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/suite-toc.rdf b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/suite-toc.rdf new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0ba24059ab --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/suite-toc.rdf @@ -0,0 +1,1191 @@ +<?xml version="1.0"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE rdf:RDF SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + +<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#" + xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#"> + + <rdf:Description about="urn:root"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="welcome" nc:name="Help and Support Center" nc:link="welcome_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="help-help" nc:name="Using the Help Window" nc:link="help_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="ieusers"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav" nc:name="Browsing the Web" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail" nc:name="Using Mail & Newsgroups" nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp" nc:name="Creating Web Pages" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust" nc:name="Customizing &brandShortName;" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help" nc:name="Using Privacy Features" nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs" nc:name="Using Certificates" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="profile-help" nc:name="Managing Profiles" nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="shortcuts" nc:name="&brandShortName; Keyboard Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tools" nc:name="Tools and Development" nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="glossary" nc:name="Glossary" nc:link="glossary.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#help-help"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="help-help-window" nc:name="Finding the Topic You Want" nc:link="help_help.xhtml#finding_the_topic_you_want"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="help-help-retrace" nc:name="Retracing Your Steps and Printing" nc:link="help_help.xhtml#retracing_your_steps"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="help-help-buttons" nc:name="Using Help Buttons" nc:link="help_help.xhtml#using_help_buttons"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="help-help-tips" nc:name="Search Tips" nc:link="help_help.xhtml#search_tips"/></rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#nav"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc" nc:name="Navigating Web Pages" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#navigating_web_pages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-search" nc:name="Searching the Web" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_the_web"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-printsave" nc:name="Copying, Saving, and Printing Pages" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_saving_and_printing_pages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-language" nc:name="Using Languages and International Content" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_languages_and_international_content"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-pluginsdownloads" nc:name="Plugins and Downloads" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins_and_downloads"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-ses" nc:name="Improving Speed and Efficiency" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#improving_speed_and_efficiency"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-proxies" nc:name="Proxies" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#proxies"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-page-info" nc:name="Viewing Page Info" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-view" nc:name="Viewing Your Home Page" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#viewing_your_home_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-move" nc:name="Moving to Another Page" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#moving_to_another_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-link" nc:name="Clicking a Link" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#clicking_a_link"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-steps" nc:name="Retracing Your Steps" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#retracing_your_steps"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-reopen" nc:name="Reopening Closed Tabs or Windows" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#reopening_closed_tabs_windows"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-reload" nc:name="Stopping and Reloading" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#stopping_and_reloading"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-bmark" nc:name="Visiting Bookmarked Pages" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#visiting_bookmarked_pages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-tabbed" nc:name="Using Tabbed Browsing" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_tabbed_browsing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-sidebar" nc:name="Using Sidebar" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_sidebar"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc-search"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-searchweb" nc:name="Fast Searches" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#fast_searches"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-smartsearch" nc:name="Sidebar Advanced Search Mode" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#sidebar_advanced_search_mode"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-searchprefs" nc:name="Setting Search Preferences" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#setting_search_preferences"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-searchpage" nc:name="Searching Within a Page" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_within_a_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-find_as_you_type" nc:name="Using Find-as-you-type" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_find_as_you_type"/></rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-searchbookmark" nc:name="Searching the Bookmarks or History List" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#searching_the_bookmarks_or_history_list"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc-printsave"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-copy" nc:name="Copying Part of a Page" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#copying_part_of_a_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-save" nc:name="Saving All or Part of a Page" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#saving_all_or_part_of_a_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-print" nc:name="Printing a Page" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#printing_a_page"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc-language"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-charencode" nc:name="Selecting Character Encodings and Fonts" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#selecting_character_encodings_and_fonts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-languagepref" nc:name="Setting Language Preferences" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#setting_language_preferences"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-webcontent" nc:name="Finding a &brandShortName; version in your own language" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#finding_localized_version"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc-pluginsdownloads"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-plugins" nc:name="Plugins" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#plugins"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-helperapps" nc:name="Helper Applications" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#helper_applications"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-dlmanager" nc:name="Download Manager" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#download_manager"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#nav-doc-ses"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-autoload" nc:name="Automatic Loading" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#automatic_loading"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-keywords" nc:name="Using Custom Bookmark Keywords" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#custom_keywords"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-cache" nc:name="Changing Cache Settings" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#changing_cache_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-smartup" nc:name="Getting the Latest Software Automatically" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#getting_the_latest_software_automatically"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="nav-doc-mousewheel" nc:name="Using a Mouse Wheel" nc:link="nav_help.xhtml#using_a_mouse_wheel"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#nav-page-info"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="pageinfo_general" nc:name="General Tab" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#general_tab"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="pageinfo_forms" nc:name="Forms Tab" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#forms_tab"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="pageinfo_links" nc:name="Links Tab" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#links_tab"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="pageinfo_media" nc:name="Media Tab" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#media_tab"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="pageinfo_security" nc:name="Security Tab" nc:link="page_info_help.xhtml#security_tab"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + +<!-- MAIL HELP SECTION --> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc" nc:name="Getting Started with Mail & Newsgroups" nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#getting_started_with_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-importing-other" nc:name="Importing Mail from Other Programs" nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#importing_mail_from_other_programs" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-read" nc:name="Reading Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#reading_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send" nc:name="Sending Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#sending_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html" nc:name="Creating HTML Mail Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#creating_html_mail_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-attach" nc:name="Using Attachments" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_attachments" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-delete" nc:name="Deleting Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#deleting_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-address" nc:name="Using Address Books" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#using_address_books" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-folders" nc:name="Organizing Your Messages" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#organizing_your_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-junk" nc:name="Controlling Junk Mail" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#controlling_junk_mail" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-news" nc:name="Getting Started With Newsgroups" nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#getting_started_with_newsgroups" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-blogs" nc:name="Getting Started With Blogs & News Feeds" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#getting_started_with_blogs_and_news_feeds" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-offline" nc:name="Working Offline" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#working_offline" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt" nc:name="Signing & Encrypting Messages" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-account-settings" nc:name="Mail & Newsgroups Account Settings" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#mail_and_newsgroups_account_settings" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-mailprefs" nc:name="Mail & Newsgroups Preferences" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#mail_and_newsgroup_preferences" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + + <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-setup" nc:name="Using the Mail Account Setup Wizard" nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#using_the_mail_account_setup_wizard"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add" nc:name="Setting Up Additional Accounts" nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#setting_up_additional_mail_and_news_accounts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-change" nc:name="Changing the Settings for an Account" nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#changing_the_settings_for_an_account"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#mail-importing-other"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-importing-mail-messages" nc:name="Importing Mail Messages" nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#importing_mail_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-importing-mail-settings" nc:name="Importing Mail Settings" nc:link="mailnews_getting_started.xhtml#importing_mail_settings" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-read"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-notify" nc:name="Getting New Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#getting_new_messages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-view" nc:name="Choosing How You View the Mail Window" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#choosing_how_you_view_the_mail_window"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-thread" nc:name="Sorting and Threading Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#sorting_and_threading_messages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-printsave" nc:name="Saving and Printing Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#saving_and_printing_messages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-scripts" nc:name="Controlling Images, Scripts, and Plugins" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#controlling_images_scripts_and_plugins"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-send"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-compose" nc:name="Composing Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#composing_mail_and_newsgroup_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-new" nc:name="Using the Compose Window" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_the_message_composition_window" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-address" nc:name="Addressing a Message" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#addressing_a_message" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-options" nc:name="Selecting Message Sending Options" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#selecting_message_sending_options" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-reply" nc:name="Replying to a Message" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#replying_to_a_message" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-forward" nc:name="Forwarding a Message" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#forwarding_a_message" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-receipt" nc:name="Confirming That Your Message Was Opened" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#confirming_that_your_message_was_opened" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-edit" nc:name="Saving and Editing a Message Draft" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#saving_and_editing_a_message_draft" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-send-template" nc:name="Creating and Using Templates" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#creating_and_using_templates" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-html"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-use" nc:name="Using HTML in Your Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_html_in_your_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-options" nc:name="Choosing HTML Mail Sending Options" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#choosing_html_mail_sending_options" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-address" nc:name="Specifying Recipients for HTML Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#specifying_recipients_for_html_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-source" nc:name="Viewing HTML Message Source" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#viewing_the_message_source_for_html_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-question" nc:name="Using the HTML Mail Question Dialog Box" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#using_the_html_mail_question_dialog_box" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-html-use"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-html-edit" nc:name="Editing or Inserting HTML" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#editing_or_inserting_html_elements" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-attach"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-attach-file" nc:name="Attaching a File or Web Page" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#attaching_a_file_or_web_page" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-attach-view" nc:name="Viewing and Opening Attachments" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#viewing_and_opening_attachments" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-attach-save" nc:name="Saving Attachments" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#saving_attachments" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-delete"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-delete-server" nc:name="Deleting POP or IMAP Messages" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#deleting_pop_or_imap_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-delete-trash" nc:name="Moving Messages to and from the Trash" nc:link="mailnews_using_mail.xhtml#moving_messages_to_and_from_the_trash" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-address"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-about" nc:name="About Mail Address Books" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#about_address_books" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-names" nc:name="Adding Entries to Your Address Books" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_entries_to_your_address_books" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-book" nc:name="Creating a New Address Book" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#creating_a_new_address_book" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-card" nc:name="Creating a New Address Book Card" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#creating_a_new_address_book_card" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-list" nc:name="Creating a Mailing List" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#creating_a_mailing_list" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-listedit" nc:name="Editing a Mailing List" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#editing_a_mailing_list" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_ab_search" nc:name="Searching Address Books" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#searching_address_books_and_directories" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-import" nc:name="Importing Address Books" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#importing_address_books" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-export" nc:name="Exporting Address Books" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#exporting_address_books" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-add-sync-LDAP-add" nc:name="Adding and Removing LDAP Directories" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#adding_and_removing_ldap_directories" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-add-card"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-card-properties" nc:name="Editing Card Properties" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#viewing_or_editing_card_properties" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail_ab_search"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_advanced_ab_search" nc:name="Searching for Specific Entries" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#searching_for_specific_entries" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-add-sync-LDAP-add"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-ldap-properties" nc:name="Directory Server Settings" nc:link="mailnews_addressbooks.xhtml#directory_server_settings" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-folders"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-creating" nc:name="Creating a Folder" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_a_folder"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-renaming" nc:name="Renaming a Folder" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#renaming_a_folder"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-copying" nc:name="Moving or Copying a Folder" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#moving_or_copying_a_folder"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-opening" nc:name="Filing Messages in Folders" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#filing_messages_in_folders"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-sharing" nc:name="Sharing Folders" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#sharing_folders_with_other_users"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tagging-messages" nc:name="Tagging Messages" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#tagging_messages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-flagging" nc:name="Marking or Flagging Messages" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#marking_or_flagging_messages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="message-views-using" nc:name="Using Message Views" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#using_message_views"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-filters" nc:name="Creating Message Filters" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_message_filters"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="search-mailnews" nc:name="Searching Through Messages" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#searching_through_messages"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#folder-sharing"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="folder-subscribing" nc:name="Subscribing to a Shared Folder" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#subscribing_to_a_shared_folder"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#tagging-messages"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tag-apply" nc:name="Applying a Tag" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#applying_a_tag"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tag-customize" nc:name="Customizing Tags" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#customizing_tags"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tag-sort" nc:name="Sorting Messages by Tags" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#sorting_messages_by_tags"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="tag-remove" nc:name="Removing Tags" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#removing_tags"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#message-views-using"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="message-views-create-new" nc:name="Creating a Custom View" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#creating_a_custom_view"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-filters"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="send-filter" nc:name="Filtering Messages from a Specific Sender" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#filtering_messages_from_a_specific_sender"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#search-mailnews"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="search_messages" nc:name="Searching for Specific Messages" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#searching_for_specific_messages"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-junk"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-junk-controls" nc:name="Using Junk Mail Controls" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#using_junk_mail_controls" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-junk-options" nc:name="Junk Mail Controls Options" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#junk_controls_options" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-junk-filters" nc:name="Junk Mail Controls and Filters" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#junk_controls_and_filters" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-junk-phishing" nc:name="Phishing Detection" nc:link="mailnews_organizing.xhtml#phishing_detection" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-news"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-subscribe" nc:name="Subscribing to Newsgroups" nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#subscribing_to_newsgroups"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-reading-news" nc:name="Reading Newsgroup Messages" nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#reading_newsgroup_messages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-posting" nc:name="Posting Newsgroup Messages" nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#posting_newsgroup_messages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-replying-news" nc:name="Contributing to Ongoing Discussions" nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#contributing_to_ongoing_discussions"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-monitoring" nc:name="Monitoring Threads" nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#monitoring_threads"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-delete-news" nc:name="Removing a Newsgroup" nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#removing_a_newsgroup"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-add-newsserver" nc:name="Adding a Newsgroup Server" nc:link="mailnews_newsgroups.xhtml#adding_a_newsgroup_server"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-blogs"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-subscribe" nc:name="Subscribing to blogs & news feeds" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-subscribe-from-browser" nc:name="Subscribing to blogs & news feeds from a browser window" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#subscribing_to_blogs_and_news_feeds_from_browser"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-reading" nc:name="Reading blogs & news feed messages" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#reading_blogs_and_news_feed_messages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-posting" nc:name="Posting blog messages" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#posting_blog_messages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-comments" nc:name="Adding comments to a blog post" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#adding_comments_to_a_blog_post"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-exporting-importing" nc:name="Exporting and importing feeds" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#exporting_and_importing_feeds"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-editing" nc:name="Editing a feed" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#editing_a_feed"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-removing" nc:name="Removing a feed" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#removing_a_feed"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-using-different-accounts" nc:name="Using different blogs & news feeds accounts" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#using_different_blogs_and_news_feeds_accounts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-organizing" nc:name="Organizing your feeds" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#organizing_your_feeds"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-blogs-organizing"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-feeds-folders" nc:name="Feeds versus folders" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#feeds_vs_folders"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-folders-in-blogs" nc:name="Organizing folders in Blogs & News Feeds accounts" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#organizing_folders_in_blogs_and_news_feeds_accounts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-multiple-feeds" nc:name="Downloading multiple feeds in a single folder" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#downloading_multiple_feeds_in_a_single_folder"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-blogs-moving-feeds" nc:name="Moving a feed to another folder" nc:link="mailnews_blogs_and_feeds.xhtml#moving_a_feed_to_another_folder"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-offline"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-setup" nc:name="Setting Up Mail & Newsgroups to Work Offline" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#setting_up_mozilla_mail_and_newsgroups_to_work_offline"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-inbox" nc:name="Downloading All Messages for Offline Use" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#downloading_all_messages_for_offline_use"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-folder" nc:name="Downloading an Individual Folder" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#downloading_an_individual_folder_for_offline_use"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-flagged" nc:name="Downloading Selected or Flagged Messages" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#downloading_selected_or_flagged_messages_for_offline_use"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-directory" nc:name="Downloading Directory Entries" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#downloading_directory_entries_for_offline_use"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-accounts" nc:name="Setting Up Your Accounts for Working Offline" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#setting_up_your_accounts_for_working_offline"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-items" nc:name="Selecting Items for Offline Viewing" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#selecting_items_for_offline_viewing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-sync" nc:name="Downloading and Synchronizing Your Messages" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#downloading_and_synchronizing_your_messages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-offline-go" nc:name="Working Offline and Reconnecting Later" nc:link="mailnews_offline.xhtml#working_offline_and_reconnecting_later"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#sign-encrypt"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-about" nc:name="Digital Signatures & Encryption" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#about_digital_signatures_and_encryption" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-get" nc:name="Getting Other People's Certificates" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#getting_other_peoples_certificates" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-config" nc:name="Configuring Security Settings" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#configuring_security_settings" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-signing" nc:name="Signing & Encrypting a New Message" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#signing_and_encrypting_a_new_message" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-read" nc:name="Reading Signed & Encrypted Messages" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#reading_signed_and_encrypted_messages" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="compose_security" nc:name="Message Security - Compose Window" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#message_security_compose_window" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="received_security" nc:name="Message Security - Received Message" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#message_security_received_message" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#sign-encrypt-about"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-about-sig" nc:name="How Digital Signatures Work" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#how_digital_signatures_work" /> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="sign-encrypt-about-encrypt" nc:name="How Encryption Works" nc:link="mailnews_security.xhtml#how_encryption_works" /> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-account-settings"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_account_identity" nc:name="Account Settings" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#account_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-choose" nc:name="Server Settings" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#server_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_copies" nc:name="Copies & Folders" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#copies_and_folders"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_addressing_settings" nc:name="Composition & Addressing" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#addressing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-offline-space" nc:name="Synchronization & Storage" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-account-receipts" nc:name="Return Receipts" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#return_receipts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-account-junk" nc:name="Junk Settings" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#junk_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_security_settings" nc:name="Security" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#security"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_local_folders_settings" nc:name="Local Folders" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#local_folders"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_smtp" nc:name="Outgoing Server (SMTP)" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#outgoing_server"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-choose"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-choose-IMAP" nc:name="About IMAP" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#about_internet_message_access_protocol"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-choose-POP" nc:name="About POP" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#about_post_office_protocol"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_server_imap" nc:name="IMAP Server Settings" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#imap_server_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-doc-imap-advanced" nc:name="Advanced IMAP Server Settings" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#advanced_imap_server_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_server_pop3" nc:name="POP Server Settings" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#pop_server_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_server_nntp" nc:name="News Server Settings" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#news_server_settings"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-offline-space"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_offline_imap" nc:name="IMAP" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage_settings_imap"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_offline_pop3" nc:name="POP" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#disk_space_settings_pop"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_offline_blogs" nc:name="Blogs" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#disk_space_settings_blogs"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_offline_nntp" nc:name="News" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#synchronization_and_storage_settings_nntp"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail_security_settings"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_security_settings_certs" nc:name="About Certificates" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#about_certificates"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_security_settings_sign" nc:name="Digital Signing" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#digital_signing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_security_settings_encrypt" nc:name="Encryption" nc:link="mailnews_account_settings.xhtml#encryption"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#mail-doc-mailprefs"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_general" nc:name="Mail & Newsgroups" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#mail_and_newsgroups"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_display" nc:name="Message Display" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#message_display"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_notifications" nc:name="Notifications" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#notifications"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_messages" nc:name="Composition" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#composition"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_formatting" nc:name="Send Format" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#send_format"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_addressing" nc:name="Addressing" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#addressing_preferences"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-prefs-junk" nc:name="Junk & Suspect Mail" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#junk_and_suspect_preferences"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-prefs-tags" nc:name="Tags" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#tags"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail-prefs-receipts" nc:name="Return Receipts" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#return_receipts_preferences"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_character_encoding" nc:name="Character Encoding" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#character_encoding"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="mail_prefs_offline" nc:name="Network & Storage" nc:link="mailnews_preferences.xhtml#network_and_storage_preferences"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<!-- COMPOSER HELP SECTION --> + +<rdf:Description about="#comp"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc" nc:name="Starting a New Page" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#starting_a_new_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="page_change" nc:name="Formatting Your Web Pages" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#formatting_your_web_pages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table" nc:name="Adding Tables to Your Web Page" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#adding_tables_to_your_web_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-image" nc:name="Adding Images to Your Web Page" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#adding_images_to_your_web_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-page" nc:name="Setting Page Properties" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_page_properties"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="link_properties" nc:name="Creating Links" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_links_in_composer"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish" nc:name="Publishing Your Pages" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_your_pages_on_the_web"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-prefs" nc:name="Composer Preferences" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#composer_preferences"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#comp-doc"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-create" nc:name="Creating a New Page" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-save" nc:name="Saving and Browsing Your Page" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#saving_and_browsing_your_new_page"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#page_change"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="props-para" nc:name="Formatting Paragraphs, Headings, and Lists" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#formatting_paragraphs_headings_and_lists"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="lists" nc:name="Working with Lists" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#working_with_lists"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="char" nc:name="Changing Text Color, Style, and Font" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_text_color_style_and_font"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="style-remove" nc:name="Removing or Discontinuing Text Styles" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#removing_or_discontinuing_text_styles"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="find-text" nc:name="Finding and Replacing Text" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#finding_and_replacing_text"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="props-hrule" nc:name="Inserting Horizontal Lines" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_horizontal_lines"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="special-chars" nc:name="Inserting Special Characters" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_special_characters"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="html-tag" nc:name="Inserting HTML Elements and Attributes" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_html_elements_and_attributes"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="validate-html" nc:name="Validating the HTML" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#validating_the_html"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-choose" nc:name="Choosing the Right Editing Mode" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#choosing_the_right_editing_mode"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#props-hrule"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="props-hrule-horiz" nc:name="Setting Horizontal Line Properties" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_horizontal_line_properties"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#html-tag"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="advanced_property_editor" nc:name="Using the Advanced Property Editor" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#using_the_advanced_property_editor"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-table"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table-insert" nc:name="Inserting a Table" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_a_table"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="table_properties" nc:name="Changing a Table's Properties" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_a_tables_properties"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table-add" nc:name="Adding/Deleting Rows, Columns, and Cells" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#adding_and_deleting_rows_columns_and_cells"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table-select" nc:name="Selecting Table Elements" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#selecting_table_elements"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table-copy" nc:name="Moving, Copying, and Deleting Tables" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#moving_copying_and_deleting_tables"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-tableize" nc:name="Converting Text into a Table" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#converting_text_into_a_table"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-table-add"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-table-change-default" nc:name="Changing the Default Table Editing Behavior" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_the_default_table_editing_behavior"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-image"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-image-insert" nc:name="Inserting an Image into Your Page" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#inserting_an_image_into_your_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="image_properties" nc:name="Editing Image Properties" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#editing_image_properties"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-page"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-page-props" nc:name="Setting Page Properties and Meta Tags" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_page_properties_and_meta_tags"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-page-appear" nc:name="Setting Colors and Background" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#setting_page_colors_and_backgrounds"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#link_properties"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-links-inpage" nc:name="Within the Same Page" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_links_within_the_same_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-links-others" nc:name="To Other Pages" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_links_to_other_pages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-links-images" nc:name="Using Images as Links" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#using_images_as_links"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-links-remove" nc:name="Removing or Discontinuing Links" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#removing_or_discontinuing_links"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-publish"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-prepare" nc:name="Publishing a Document" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_a_document"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-update" nc:name="Updating a Published Document" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#updating_a_published_document"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-as" nc:name="Changing the File Name or Publishing Location" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#changing_the_filename_or_publishing_location"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-newsite" nc:name="Creating a New Publishing Site" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_publishing_site"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-default" nc:name="Choosing the Default Publishing Site" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#choosing_the_default_publishing_site"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-delete" nc:name="Deleting a Publishing Site" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#deleting_a_publishing_site"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-troubleshooting" nc:name="Solving Common Publishing Problems" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#solving_common_publishing_problems"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-settings" nc:name="Publishing Settings" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publishing_settings"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-publish-prepare"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-tips" nc:name="Publishing Tips" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#tips_for_avoiding_broken_links_or_missing_images"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-publish-troubleshooting"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-troubleshooting-settings" nc:name="Verifying Your Publishing Settings" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#verifying_your_publishing_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-troubleshooting-files" nc:name="Checking Your File Names" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#checking_your_filenames"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-troubleshooting-errors" nc:name="Fixing Publishing Errors" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#fixing_publishing_errors"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-publish-settings"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-publishtab" nc:name="Publish Page - Publish" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publish_page_publish"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-settingstab" nc:name="Publish Page - Settings" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publish_page_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="comp-doc-publish-site-settings" nc:name="Publish Settings" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#publish_settings"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#comp-doc-prefs"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="composer_prefs_general" nc:name="Composer" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#composer"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="composer_prefs_newpage" nc:name="New Page Settings" nc:link="composer_help.xhtml#new_page_settings"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<!-- CUSTOMIZATION HELP CONTENT --> + +<rdf:Description about="#cust"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-doc" nc:name="Sidebar" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#sidebar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed" nc:name="Tabbed Browsing" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#tabbed_browsing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-font" nc:name="Changing Fonts, Colors, and Themes" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_fonts_colors_and_themes"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-toolbar" nc:name="Toolbars" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#toolbars"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk" nc:name="Bookmarks" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#bookmarks"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-addons" nc:name="Add-ons" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#add-ons"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-page" nc:name="Specifying How &brandShortName; Starts Up" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_how_mozilla_starts_up"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="appearance_pref" nc:name="Appearance Preferences" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_navigator" nc:name="Browser Preferences" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_advanced" nc:name="Advanced Preferences" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#cust-doc"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-define" nc:name="What is Sidebar?" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_is_sidebar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-openclose" nc:name="Opening, Closing, and Resizing Sidebar" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#opening_closing_and_resizing_sidebar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-using" nc:name="Viewing Sidebar Tabs" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#viewing_sidebar_tabs"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-adding" nc:name="Adding Sidebar Tabs" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#adding_sidebar_tabs"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-indiv" nc:name="Customizing Individual Sidebar Tabs" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#customizing_individual_sidebar_tabs"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-reorg" nc:name="Reorganizing Sidebar Tabs" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#reorganizing_sidebar_tabs"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-sidebar-removing" nc:name="Removing Sidebar Tabs" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#removing_sidebar_tabs"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#cust-tabbed"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-whatis" nc:name="What is Tabbed Browsing?" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_is_tabbed_browsing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-tabbedsetting" nc:name="Setting up Tabbed Browsing" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#setting_up_tabbed_browsing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-tabbedopening" nc:name="Opening Tabs" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#opening_tabs"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-tabbedmoving" nc:name="Moving Tabs" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#moving_tabs"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-tabbedbookmarking" nc:name="Bookmarking Tabs" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#bookmarking_tabs"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-tabbed-tabbedclosing" nc:name="Closing Tabs" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#closing_tabs"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#cust-font"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-fonts" nc:name="Changing the Default Font" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_the_default_fonts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-colors" nc:name="Changing the Default Colors" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_the_default_colors"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-themes" nc:name="Changing the Theme" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_the_theme"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#cust-toolbar"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-main" nc:name="Navigation Toolbar" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#navigation_toolbar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-personal" nc:name="Personal Toolbar" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#personal_toolbar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-status" nc:name="Status Bar" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#status_bar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-taskbar" nc:name="Component Bar" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#component_bar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-hide" nc:name="Hiding a Toolbar" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#hiding_a_toolbar"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#cust-bkmk"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-intro" nc:name="What Are Bookmarks?" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#what_are_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-use" nc:name="Using Bookmarks" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#using_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-create" nc:name="Creating New Bookmarks" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#creating_new_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-organize" nc:name="Organizing Your Bookmarks" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#organizing_your_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-change" nc:name="Changing Individual Bookmarks" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_individual_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-search" nc:name="Searching Your Bookmarks" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#searching_your_bookmarks"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-bkmk-multiple" nc:name="Exporting or Importing a Bookmark List" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#exporting_or_importing_a_bookmark_list"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#cust-addons"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-addons-about" nc:name="About Add-ons" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#about_add-ons"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-addons-installing" nc:name="Installing Add-ons" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#installing_add-ons"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-addons-manager" nc:name="Using the Add-ons Manager" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#using_the_add-ons_manager"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#cust-page"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-startpage" nc:name="Specifying a Starting Page" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_a_starting_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-home" nc:name="Changing Your Home Page" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#changing_your_home_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="cust-start" nc:name="Specifying Which Components Open at Launch" nc:link="customize_help.xhtml#specifying_which_components_open_at_launch"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#appearance_pref"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="appearance_pref_content" nc:name="Content" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#content"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="appearance_pref_fonts" nc:name="Fonts" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#fonts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="appearance_pref_colors" nc:name="Colors" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#colors"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="appearance_pref_spelling" nc:name="Spelling" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_appearance.xhtml#spelling"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#navigator_pref_navigator"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_history" nc:name="History" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#history"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_languages" nc:name="Languages" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#languages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_helper_applications" nc:name="Helper Applications" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#helper_applications"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_location_bar" nc:name="Location Bar" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#location_bar"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_internet_searching" nc:name="Internet Search" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#internet_search"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_tabbed_browsing" nc:name="Tabbed Browsing" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_link_behavior" nc:name="Link Behavior" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#link_behavior"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="navigator_pref_downloads" nc:name="Downloads" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#downloads"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#advanced_pref_advanced"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_scripts" nc:name="Scripts & Plugins" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#scripts_and_plugins"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_keyboard_nav" nc:name="Keyboard Navigation" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#keyboard_navigation"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_find_as_you_type" nc:name="Find As You Type" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#fayt"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_cache" nc:name="Cache" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#cache"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_offlineapps" nc:name="Offline Apps" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#offline_apps"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_proxies" nc:name="Proxies" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#proxies"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_http_networking" nc:name="HTTP Networking" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#http_networking"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_installation" nc:name="Software Installation" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#software_installation"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_mouse_wheel" nc:name="Mouse Wheel" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#mouse_wheel"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="advanced_pref_dom_inspector" nc:name="DOM Inspector" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#dom_inspector"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<!-- To load Advanced Proxy Preferences Help content from prefs --> +<rdf:Description ID="nav-prefs-advanced-proxy-advanced" nc:link="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#advanced_proxy_preferences"/> + +<!-- USING PRIVACY FEATURES CONTENT --> +<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy-doc" nc:name="Privacy on the Internet" nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#privacy_on_the_internet"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies" nc:name="Using the Cookie Manager" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_cookie_manager"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password" nc:name="Using the Password Manager" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_the_password_manager"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-private-data" nc:name="Clearing Private Data" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#clearing_private_data"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="private-browsing" nc:name="Browsing in a Private Window" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#browsing_in_a_private_window"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-encrypt" nc:name="Encrypting Stored Sensitive Information" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="images-help-managing" nc:name="Managing Images" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_images"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="pop_up_blocking" nc:name="Controlling Popups" nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_gen" nc:name="Privacy & Security Preferences" nc:link="privsec_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#privacy-doc"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy-doc-visit" nc:name="What Information Does My Browser Give to a Website?" nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#what_information_does_my_browser_give_to_a_website"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy-doc-cookies" nc:name="What Are Cookies, and How Do They Work?" nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy-doc-tracking" nc:name="Why and How Are Websites Tracking Me?" nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#why_and_how_are_websites_tracking_me"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy-doc-email" nc:name="How Can I Control Web Pages in Email Messages?" nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#how_can_i_control_web_pages_in_email_messages"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privacy-doc-unauth" nc:name="How Can I Make Sure Unauthorized People Don't Use Information About Me?" nc:link="privacy_help.xhtml#how_can_i_make_sure_unauthorized_people_dont_use_information_about_me"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help-cookies"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies-manage" nc:name="Enabling & Disabling Cookies" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#enabling_and_disabling_cookies"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies-site" nc:name="Managing Cookies Website-By-Website" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#managing_cookies_site-by-site"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies-view" nc:name="Viewing Cookies" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#viewing_cookies"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies-remove" nc:name="Removing Cookies" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#removing_cookies"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-cookies-settings" nc:name="Cookie Manager Settings" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookie_manager_settings"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help-cookies-settings"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cookies_prefs" nc:name="Cookie Preferences" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cookies_stored" nc:name="Stored Cookies" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#stored_cookies"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cookie_sites" nc:name="Cookie Websites" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookie_sites"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help-password"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password-manage" nc:name="Remembering User Names and Passwords" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#using_password_manager_to_remember_user_names_and_passwords"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password-auto" nc:name="Entering Names and Passwords Automatically" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#entering_user_names_and_passwords_automatically"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password-onoff" nc:name="Turning Password Manager On and Off" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#turning_password_manager_on_and_off"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password-view" nc:name="Managing Stored Passwords" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#viewing_and_managing_stored_passwords"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-password-settings" nc:name="Password Settings" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#password_settings"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help-password-settings"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="passwords_prefs" nc:name="Password Preferences" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#passwords"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="password_mgr" nc:name="Password Manager" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#password_manager"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="passwords_master" nc:name="Master Password Preferences" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#master_passwords"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="master-prefs-change" nc:name="Change Master Password" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#change_master_password"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="master-prefs-timeout" nc:name="Master Password Timeout" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#master_password_timeout"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="master-prefs-reset" nc:name="Reset Master Password" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#reset_master_password"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="choosing-good-password" nc:name="Choosing a Good Password" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#choosing_a_good_password"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help-private-data"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="types_of_private_data" nc:name="Types of Private Data" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#types_of_private_data"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="privatedata_prefs" nc:name="Private Data Preferences" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#private_data_prefs"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="clear_private_data_now" nc:name="Clear Private Data Now" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#clear_private_data_now"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#private-browsing"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="opening_a_private_window" nc:name="Opening a Private Window" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#opening_a_private_window"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="behavior_of_a_private_window" nc:name="Behavior of a Private Window" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#behavior_of_a_private_window"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="leaving_the_private_browsing_mode" nc:name="Leaving the Private Browsing Mode" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#leaving_the_private_browsing_mode"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#using-priv-help-encrypt"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-encrypt-master" nc:name="Setting a Master Password" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#setting_a_master_password"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-encrypt-change" nc:name="Changing Your Master Password" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#changing_your_master_password"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-encrypt-logout" nc:name="Logging Out of Your Master Password" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#logging_out_of_your_master_password"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-priv-help-encrypt-forget" nc:name="What to Do If You Forget Your Master Password" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#what_to_do_if_you_forget_your_master_password"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#pop_up_blocking"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="pop_up_blocking_prefs" nc:name="Popup Preferences" nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + +<rdf:Description about="#images-help-managing"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="images_prefs" nc:name="Image Preferences" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#images"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#sec_gen"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_gen_private_data" nc:name="Private Data" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#private_data_prefs"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_gen_cookies" nc:name="Cookies" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_gen_images" nc:name="Images" nc:link="using_priv_help.xhtml#images"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_gen_popup_windows" nc:name="Popup Windows" nc:link="cs_priv_prefs_popup.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_popup_windows"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_gen_passwords" nc:name="Passwords" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#passwords"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_gen_master_passwords" nc:name="Master Passwords" nc:link="passwords_help.xhtml#master_passwords"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_gen_ssl" nc:name="SSL" nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_ssl"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_gen_certificates" nc:name="Certificates" nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<!-- USING CERTIFICATES CONTENT --> +<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-get" nc:name="Getting Your Own Certificate" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#getting_your_own_certificate"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-info" nc:name="Checking Security For a Web Page" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#checking_security_for_a_web_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-manage" nc:name="Managing Certificates" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-devices" nc:name="Managing Smart Cards and Other Security Devices" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-ssl" nc:name="Managing SSL Warnings and Settings" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_ssl_warnings_and_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-validation" nc:name="Controlling Validation" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#controlling_validation"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-context-help" nc:name="Certificate Settings" nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#certificate_settings"/> </rdf:li> + + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + +<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs-manage"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-manage-my" nc:name="Certificates That Identify You" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_you"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-manage-others" nc:name="Certificates That Identify People" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_people"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-manage-sites" nc:name="Certificates That Identify Servers" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_servers"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-manage-cas" nc:name="Certificates That Identify CAs" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_certificate_authorities"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-manage-orphans" nc:name="Certificates That Identify Others" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#managing_certificates_that_identify_others"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs-devices"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-devices-about" nc:name="About Security Devices and Modules" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#about_security_devices_and_modules"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-devices-devices" nc:name="Using Security Devices" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#using_security_devices"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-devices-modules" nc:name="Using Security Modules" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#using_security_modules"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-devices-fips" nc:name="Enabling FIPS Mode" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#enable_fips_mode"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs-ssl"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="ssl-settings" nc:name="SSL Settings" nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#ssl-settings"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="ssl_prefs" nc:name="SSL Preferences" nc:link="ssl_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_ssl"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs-validation"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-validation-how" nc:name="How Validation Works" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#how_validation_works"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="using-help-certs-validation-ocsp" nc:name="Configuring OCSP" nc:link="using_certs_help.xhtml#configuring_ocsp"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#using-help-certs-context-help"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="certs_prefs" nc:name="Certificate Preferences" nc:link="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#privacy_and_security_preferences_certificates"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="certs-help" nc:name="Certificate Manager" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_devices" nc:name="Device Manager" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#device_manager"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert-dialog-help" nc:name="Certificate Information and Decisions" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<!-- YOUR CERTIFICATES CONTENT --> + +<rdf:Description about="#certs-help"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="my_certs" nc:name="Your Certificates" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="others_certs" nc:name="People" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#people"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="web_certs" nc:name="Servers" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#servers"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="ca_certs" nc:name="Authorities" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#authorities"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="orphan_certs" nc:name="Others" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#others"/> </rdf:li> + + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#my_certs"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert_backup_pwd" nc:name="Choose a Certificate Backup Password" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#choose_a_certificate_backup_password"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="delete_my_certs" nc:name="Delete Your Certificate" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#delete_your_certificates"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#others_certs"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="delete_email_certs" nc:name="Delete Email Certificates" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#delete_email_certificates"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#web_certs"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="edit_web_certs" nc:name="Edit Website Certificate Settings" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#edit_website_certificate_trust_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="delete_web_certs" nc:name="Delete Website Certificate" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#delete_website_certificates"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#ca_certs"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="edit_ca_certs" nc:name="Edit CA Certificate Settings" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#edit_ca_certificate_trust_settings"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="delete_ca_certs" nc:name="Delete CA Certificate" nc:link="certs_help.xhtml#delete_ca_certificates"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + +<rdf:Description about="#cert-dialog-help"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert_details" nc:name="Certificate Viewer" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#certificate_viewer"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="which_token" nc:name="Choose Security Device" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#choose_security_device"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="priv_key_copy" nc:name="Encryption Key Copy" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#encryption_key_copy"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="backup_your_cert" nc:name="Certificate Backup" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#certificate_backup"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="which_cert" nc:name="User Identification Request" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#user_identification_request"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="new_ca" nc:name="New Certificate Authority" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#new_certificate_authority"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert-dialog-help-website" nc:name="Website Certificates" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#website_certificates"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#cert_details"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert-dialog-help-details-general" nc:name="General Tab" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#general_tab"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="cert-dialog-help-details-details" nc:name="Details Tab" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#details_tab"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#cert-dialog-help-website"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_con_failed_page" nc:name="Secure Connection Failed Page" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#secure_connection_failed_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="untrusted_con_page" nc:name="Untrusted Connection Page" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#untrusted_connection_page"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="sec_con_failed_dialog" nc:name="Secure Connection Failed Dialog" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#secure_connection_failed_dialog"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="exp_web_cert" nc:name="Certificate Expired" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#certificate_expired"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="not_yet_web_cert" nc:name="Certificate Not Yet Valid" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#certificate_not_yet_valid"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="bad_name_web_cert" nc:name="Domain Name Mismatch" nc:link="cert_dialog_help.xhtml#domain_name_mismatch"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + +<!-- PROFILE HELP CONTENT STARTS--> +<rdf:Description about="#profile-help"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="profile-help-create" nc:name="Creating a New Profile" nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#creating_a_new_profile"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="profile-help-delete" nc:name="Deleting or Renaming a Profile" nc:link="profiles_help.xhtml#deleting_or_renaming_a_profile"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<!-- TOOLS AND DEVELOPMENT CONTENT STARTS --> + +<rdf:Description about="#tools"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="tools-js_console" nc:name="Error Console" nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#js_console"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="tools-inspector" nc:name="DOM Inspector" nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#inspector"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="tools-venkman" nc:name="JavaScript Debugger" nc:link="developer_tools.xhtml#venkman"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> +</rdf:Description> + +<!-- KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS CONTENT STARTS --> +<rdf:Description about="#shortcuts"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_using" nc:name="Using Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml#using_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_general" nc:name="General &brandShortName; Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml#general_mozilla_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts-text-field" nc:name="Text Field Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml#text_field_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator" nc:name="Browser Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_mail" nc:name="Mail & Newsgroups Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_composer" nc:name="Composer Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_composer.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_help" nc:name="Help Window Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts.xhtml#help_window_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#shortcuts_navigator"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_bookmarks" nc:name="Bookmark Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml#bookmarks_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_page_navigation" nc:name="Page Navigation Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml#page_navigation_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_page_viewing" nc:name="Page Viewing Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml#page_viewing_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_tabbed_browsing" nc:name="Tabbed Browsing Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml#tabbed_browsing_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_sidebar" nc:name="Sidebar Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml#sidebar_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_navigator_forms" nc:name="Forms Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_navigator.xhtml#forms_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +<rdf:Description about="#shortcuts_mail"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_mail_general" nc:name="General Mail & Newsgroups Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml#general_mail_and_newsgroups_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_mail_message_list" nc:name="Message List Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml#message_list_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li><rdf:Description ID="shortcuts_mail_message_compose" nc:name="Message Compose Shortcuts" nc:link="shortcuts_mailnews.xhtml#message_compose_shortcuts"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +</rdf:RDF> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/suitehelp.rdf b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/suitehelp.rdf new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ac468d55a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/suitehelp.rdf @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE window [ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd"> + %brandDTD; +]> + +<RDF xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#" + xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#" + xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#"> + + <!-- SEAMONKEY MASTER HELP DOCUMENT --> + <Description rdf:about="urn:root" + nc:title="&brandFullName; Help" + nc:defaulttopic="welcome" + nc:base="chrome://communicator/locale/help/"> + <nc:panellist> + <Seq> + <li> + <Description nc:panelid="toc" + nc:datasources="suite-toc.rdf" + nc:platform="win mac os2 unix"/> + </li> + <li> + <Description nc:panelid="toc" + nc:datasources="help-win.rdf" + nc:platform="win"/> + </li> + <li> + <Description nc:panelid="search" + nc:datasources="rdf:null" + nc:platform="win mac os2 unix" + nc:emptysearchtext="[No matching items found.]" + nc:emptysearchlink="help_help.xhtml#search_tips"/> + </li> + <li> + <Description nc:panelid="glossary" + nc:datasources="help-glossary.rdf" + nc:platform="win mac os2 unix"/> + </li> + <li> + <Description nc:panelid="index" + nc:datasources="help-indexAZ.rdf help-index1.rdf" + nc:platform="win mac os2 unix"/> + </li> + <li> + <Description nc:panelid="index" + nc:datasources="help-win.rdf" + nc:platform="win"/> + </li> + </Seq> + </nc:panellist> + </Description> +</RDF> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/using_certs_help.xhtml b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/using_certs_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3f17f6944f --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/using_certs_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,600 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Using Certificates</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="using_certificates">Using Certificates</h1> + +<p>A certificate is the digital equivalent of an ID card. Just as you may have + several ID cards for different purposes, such as a driver's license, an + employee ID card, or a credit card, you can have several different + certificates that identify you for different purposes.</p> + +<p>This section describes how to perform operations related to + certificates.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#getting_your_own_certificate">Getting Your Own + Certificate</a></li> + <li><a href="#checking_security_for_a_web_page">Checking Security for a Web + Page</a></li> + <li><a href="#managing_certificates">Managing Certificates</a></li> + <li><a href="#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Managing + Smart Cards and Other Security Devices</a></li> + <li><a href="#managing_ssl_warnings_and_settings">Managing SSL Warnings and + Settings</a></li> + <li><a href="#controlling_validation">Controlling Validation</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h1 id="getting_your_own_certificate">Getting Your Own Certificate</h1> + +<p>Much like a credit card or a driver's license, a certificate is a form + of identification you can use to identify yourself over the Internet and + other networks. Like other commonly used personal IDs, a certificate is + typically issued by an organization with recognized authority to issue such + identification. An organization that issues certificates is called a + <strong>certificate authority (CA)</strong>.</p> + +<p>You can obtain certificates that identify you from public CAs, from system + administrators or special CAs within your organization, or from websites + offering specialized services that require a means of identification more + reliable that your name and password.</p> + +<p>Just as the requirements for a driver's license vary depending on the + type of vehicle you want to drive, the requirements for obtaining a + certificate vary depending on what you want to use it for. In some cases + getting a certificate may be as easy as going to a website, entering some + personal information, and automatically downloading the certificate into your + browser. In other cases you may have to go through more complicated + procedures.</p> + +<p>You can obtain a certificate today by visiting the URL for a certificate + authority and following the on-screen instructions. For a list of certificate + authorities issuing certificates recognized by &brandShortName;, see the + online document + <a href="http://www.mozilla.org/projects/security/certs/included/">Included + Certificate List</a>.</p> + +<p>Once you obtain a certificate, it is automatically stored in a + <a href="glossary.xhtml#security_device">security device</a>. Your browser + comes with its own built-in Software Security Device. A security device can + also be a piece of hardware, such as a smart card.</p> + +<p>Like a driver's license or a credit card, a certificate is a valuable + form of identification that can be abused if it falls into the wrong hands. + Once you've obtained a certificate that identifies you, you should + protect it in two ways: by backing it up and by setting your + <a href="glossary.xhtml#master_password">master password</a>.</p> + +<p>When you first obtain a certificate, you may be prompted to back it up. If + you haven't yet created a master password, you will be asked to create + one.</p> + +<p>For detailed information about backing up a certificate and setting your + master password, see <a href="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates">Your + Certificates</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="checking_security_for_a_web_page">Checking Security for a Web Page</h1> + +<p>When you're viewing any web page, the lock icon near the lower-right + corner of the window informs you whether the entire contents of the page was + protected by <a href="glossary.xhtml#encryption">encryption</a> while it was + being received by your computer:</p> + +<table summary="lock icons"> + <tr> + <td><img alt="closed lock icon" + src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/lock-secure.png"/></td> + <td>A closed lock means that the page was protected by encryption when it + was received.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><img alt="open lock icon" + src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/lock-insecure.png"/></td> + <td>An open lock means the page was not protected by encryption when it was + received.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td><img alt="broken lock icon" + src="chrome://communicator/skin/icons/lock-broken.png"/></td> + <td>A broken lock means that some or all of the elements within the page + were not protected by encryption when the page was received, even though + the outermost HTML page was encrypted.</td> + </tr> +</table> + +<p>For more details about the encryption status of the page when it was + received, click the lock icon (or open the View menu, choose Page Info, and + click the Security tab).</p> + +<p>The Security tab for Page Info provides two kinds of information:</p> + +<ul> + <li>The top half describes whether the website displaying the page has been + verified. (For information on certificate verification, see + <a href="#controlling_validation">Controlling Validation</a>.)</li> + <li>The bottom half describes whether the contents of the page you are + viewing is protected by encryption while in transit over the network.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Important</strong>: The lock icon describes only the encryption + status of the page while it was being received by your computer. To be + notified when you send or receive information without encryption, or to + block potentially harmful mixed content, select the appropriate SSL warning + and mixed content options. See <a href="ssl_help.xhtml">Privacy & + Security Preferences - SSL</a> for details.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="managing_certificates">Managing Certificates</h1> + +<p>You can use the Certificate Manager to manage the certificates you have + available. Certificates may be stored on your computer's hard disk or on + <a href="glossary.xhtml#smart_card">smart cards</a> or other security devices + attached to your computer.</p> + +<p>To open the Certificate Manager:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Certificates. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>In the Manage Certificates section, click Manage Certificates. You see + the Certificate Manager.</li> +</ol> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#managing_certificates_that_identify_you">Managing + Certificates that Identify You</a></li> + <li><a href="#managing_certificates_that_identify_people">Managing + Certificates that Identify People</a></li> + <li><a href="#managing_certificates_that_identify_servers">Managing + Certificates that Identify Servers</a></li> + <li><a href="#managing_certificates_that_identify_certificate_authorities">Managing + Certificates that Identify Certificate Authorities</a></li> + <li><a href="#managing_certificates_that_identify_others">Managing + Certificates that Identify Others</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="managing_certificates_that_identify_you">Managing Certificates that + Identify You</h2> + +<p>When you first open the Certificate Manager, you'll notice that it has + several tabs across the top of its window. The first tab is called Your + Certificates, and it displays the certificates your browser or mail client + has available that identify you. Your certificates are listed under the names + of the organizations that issued them.</p> + +<p>To perform an action on one or more certificates, click the entry for the + certificate (or <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>-click + to select more than one), then click one of the buttons at the bottom of the + Certificate Manager window. Each of these buttons brings up another window + that allows you to perform the action. Click the Help button in any window to + obtain more information about using that window.</p> + +<p>For more details on how to view and manage these certificates, see + <a href="certs_help.xhtml#your_certificates">Your Certificates</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#managing_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="managing_certificates_that_identify_people">Managing Certificates that + Identify People</h2> + +<p>When you compose a mail message, you can choose to attach your digital + signature to it. A <a href="glossary.xhtml#digital_signature">digital + signature</a> allows recipients of the message to verify that the message + really comes from you and hasn't been tampered with since you sent + it.</p> + +<p>Every time you send a digitally signed message, your encryption certificate + is automatically included with the message. This certificate allows the + message recipients to send you encrypted messages.</p> + +<p>One of the easiest ways to obtain someone else's encryption certificate + is for that person to send you a digitally signed message. Certificate + Manager automatically stores other people's certificates whenever they + are received in this way.</p> + +<p>To view all the certificates identifying other people that are available to + the Certificate Manager, click the People tab at the top of the + Certificate Manager window. You can send encrypted messages to anyone for + whom a valid certificate is listed. Certificates are listed under the names + of the organizations that issued them.</p> + +<p>To perform an action on one or more certificates, click the entry for the + certificate (or <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>-click + to select more than one), then click one of the buttons at the bottom of the + Certificate Manager window. Each of these buttons brings up another window + that allows you to perform the action. Click the Help button in any window to + obtain more information about using that window.</p> + +<p>For more details on how to view and manage these certificates, see the + description of the Certificate Manager's + <a href="certs_help.xhtml#people">People</a> tab.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#managing_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="managing_certificates_that_identify_servers">Managing Certificates + that Identify Servers</h2> + +<p>Some websites and mail servers use certificates to identify themselves. + Such identification is required before the server can encrypt information + transferred between it and your computer (or vice versa), so that no one + can read the data while in transit.</p> + +<p>If the URL for a website begins with <tt>https://</tt>, the website has a + certificate. If you visit such a website and its certificate was issued by a + CA that the Certificate Manager doesn't know about or doesn't + trust, you will be asked whether you want to accept the website's + certificate. When you accept a new website certificate, the Certificate + Manager adds it to its list of website certificates.</p> + +<p>To view all the website certificates available to your browser, click the + Servers tab at the top of the Certificate Manager window.</p> + +<p>To perform an action on one or more certificates, click the entry for the + certificate (or <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>-click + to select more than one), then click one of the buttons at the bottom of the + Certificate Manager window. Each of these buttons brings up another window + that allows you to perform the action. Click the Help button in any window to + obtain more information about using that window.</p> + +<p>For more details on how to view and manage these certificates, see the + description of the Certificate Manager's + <a href="certs_help.xhtml#servers">Servers</a> tab.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#managing_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="managing_certificates_that_identify_certificate_authorities">Managing + Certificates that Identify Certificate Authorities</h2> + +<p>Like other commonly used forms of ID, a certificate is issued by an + organization with recognized authority to issue such identification. An + organization that issues certificates is called a + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_authority">certificate authority + (CA)</a>. A certificate that identifies a CA is called a CA certificate.</p> + +<p>Certificate Manager typically has many CA certificates on file. These CA + certificates permit Certificate Manager to recognize and work with + certificates issued by the corresponding CAs. However, the presence of a CA + certificate in this list does <em>not</em> guarantee that the certificates it + issues can be trusted. You or your system administrator must make decisions + about what kinds of certificates to trust depending on your security + needs.</p> + +<p>To view all the CA certificates available to your browser, click the + Authorities tab at the top of the Certificate Manager window.</p> + +<p>To perform an action on one or more CA certificates, click the entry for the + certificate (or <kbd class="mac">Cmd</kbd><kbd class="noMac">Ctrl</kbd>-click + to select more than one), then click one of the buttons at the bottom of the + Certificate Manager window. Each of these buttons brings up another window + that allows you to perform the action. Click the Help button in any window to + obtain more information about using that window.</p> + +<p>For more details on how to view and manage these certificates, see the + description of the Certificate Manager's + <a href="certs_help.xhtml#authorities">Authorities</a> tab.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#managing_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="managing_certificates_that_identify_others">Managing Certificates that + Identify Others</h2> + +<p>To see all certificates that do not fit into any of the other categories, + click the Others tab at the top of the Certificate Manager window.</p> + +<p>For more details on how to view and manage these certificates, see the + description of the Certificate Manager's + <a href="certs_help.xhtml#others">Others</a> tab.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#managing_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Managing Smart Cards + and Other Security Devices</h1> + +<p>A smart card is a small device, typically about the size of a credit card, + that contains a microprocessor and is capable of storing information about + your identity (such as your <a href="glossary.xhtml#private_key">private + keys</a> and <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificates</a>) and + performing cryptographic operations.</p> + +<p>To use a smart card, you typically need to have a smart card reader (a piece + of hardware) attached to your computer, as well as software on your computer + that controls the reader.</p> + +<p>A smart card is just one kind of security device. A security device + (sometimes called a token) is a hardware or software device that provides + cryptographic services and stores information about your identity. Use the + Device Manager to work with smart cards and other security devices.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#about_security_devices_and_modules">About Security Devices + and Modules</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_security_devices">Using Security Devices</a></li> + <li><a href="#using_security_modules">Using Security Modules</a></li> + <li><a href="#enable_fips_mode">Enable FIPS Mode</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="about_security_devices_and_modules">About Security Devices and + Modules</h2> + +<p>The Device Manager displays a window that lists the available security + devices. You can use the Device Manager to manage any security devices, + including smart cards, that support the Public Key Cryptography Standard + (PKCS) #11.</p> + +<p>A <a href="glossary.xhtml#pkcs_11_module">PKCS #11 module</a> (sometimes + called a security module) controls one or more security devices in much the + same way that a software driver controls an external device such as a printer + or modem. If you are installing a smart card, you must install the PKCS #11 + module for the smart card on your computer as well as connecting the smart + card reader.</p> + +<p>By default, the Device Manager controls two internal PKCS #11 modules that + manage three security devices:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>&brandShortName; Internal PKCS #11 Module</strong>: Controls two + security devices: + <ul> + <li><strong>Generic Crypto Services</strong>: A special security device + that performs all cryptographic operations required by the + &brandShortName; Internal PKCS #11 Module.</li> + <li><strong>Software Security Device</strong>: Stores your certificates + and keys that aren't stored on external security devices, + including any CA certificates that you may have installed in addition + to those that come with the browser.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li><strong>Builtin Roots Module</strong>: Controls a special security device + called the Builtin Object Token. This security device stores the default + <a href="glossary.xhtml#ca_certificate">CA certificates</a> that come with + the browser.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Return to + beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="using_security_devices">Using Security Devices</h2> + +<p>The Device Manager allows you to perform operations on security devices. To + open the Device Manager, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Certificates. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>In the Certificates panel, click Manage Security Devices.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Device Manager lists each available PKCS #11 module in boldface, and the + security devices managed by each module below its name.</p> + +<p>When you select a security device, information about it appears in the + middle of the Device Manager window, and some of the buttons on the right + side of the window become available. For example, if you select the Software + Security Device, you can perform these actions:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Click Login or Logout to log in or out of the Software Security Device. + If you are logging in, you will be asked to supply the master password for + the device. You must be logged into a security device before your browser + software can use it to provide cryptographic services.</li> + <li>Click Change Password to change the master password for the device.</li> +</ul> + +<p>You can perform these actions on most security devices. However, you cannot + perform them on the Builtin Object Token or Generic Crypto Services, which + are special devices that must normally be available at all times.</p> + +<p>For more details, see <a href="certs_help.xhtml#device_manager">Device + Manager</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Return to + beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="using_security_modules">Using Security Modules</h2> + +<p>If you want to use a smart card or other external security device, you must + first install the module software on your computer and, if necessary, connect + any associated hardware. Follow the instructions that come with the + hardware.</p> + +<p>After a new module is installed on your computer, follow these steps to load + it:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Certificates. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>In the Certificates panel, click Manage Security Devices.</li> + <li>Click Load.</li> + <li>In the Load PKCS #11 Module dialog box, click the Browse button, locate + the module file, and click Open.</li> + <li>Fill in the Module Name field with the name of the module and click + OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The new module will then show up in the list of modules with the name you + assigned to it.</p> + +<p>To unload a PKCS #11 module, select its name and click Unload.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Return to + beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="enable_fips_mode">Enable FIPS Mode</h2> + +<p>Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) 140-1 is a + US government standard for implementations of cryptographic + modules—that is, hardware or software that encrypts and decrypts data + or performs other cryptographic operations (such as creating or verifying + digital signatures). Many products sold to the US government must comply with + one or more of the FIPS standards.</p> + +<p>To enable FIPS mode for the browser, you use the Device Manager:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Certificates. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>In the Certificates panel, click Manage Devices.</li> + <li>Click the Enable FIPS button. When FIPS is enabled, the name NSS Internal + PKCS #11 Module changes to NSS Internal FIPS PKCS #11 Module and the Enable + FIPS button changes to Disable FIPS.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To disable FIPS-mode, click Disable FIPS.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#managing_smart_cards_and_other_security_devices">Return to + beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="managing_ssl_warnings_and_settings">Managing SSL Warnings and + Settings</h1> + +<p>The Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) protocol allows your computer to exchange + information with other computers on the Internet in encrypted form—that + is, the information is scrambled while in transit so that no one else can + make sense of it. SSL is also used to identify computers on the Internet by + means of <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate">certificates</a>.</p> + +<p>The Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocol is a new standard based on SSL. + By default, the browser supports both SSL and TLS. This approach works for + most people, because it guarantees that the browser will work with virtually + all other existing software on the Internet that supports any version of SSL + or TLS.</p> + +<p>However, in some circumstances system administrators or other knowledgeable + persons may wish to adjust the SSL settings to fine-tune them for special + security needs or to account for bugs in some older software products.</p> + +<p>You shouldn't adjust the SSL settings for your browser unless you know + what you're doing or have the assistance of someone else who does. If + you do need to adjust them for some reason, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, select SSL. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>For more details, see <a href="ssl_help.xhtml">SSL Settings</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_certificates">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="controlling_validation">Controlling Validation</h1> + +<p>As discussed above under <a href="#getting_your_own_certificate">Get Your + Own Certificate</a>, a certificate is a form of identification, much like a + driver's license, that you can use to identify yourself over the + Internet and other networks. However, also like a driver's license, a + certificate may expire or become invalid for some other reason. Therefore, + your browser software needs to confirm the validity of any given certificate + in some way before trusting it for identification purposes.</p> + +<p>This section describes how Certificate Manager validates certificates and + how to control that process. To understand the process, you should have some + familiarity with <a href="glossary.xhtml#public-key_cryptography">public-key + cryptography</a>. If you are not familiar with the use of certificates, you + should check with your system administrator before attempting to change any + of your browser's certificate validation settings.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#how_validation_works">How Validation Works</a></li> + <li><a href="#configuring_ocsp">Configuring OCSP</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="how_validation_works">How Validation Works</h2> + +<p>Whenever you use or view a certificate stored by Certificate Manager, it + takes several steps to verify the certificate. At a minimum, it confirms that + the CA's digital signature on the certificate was created by a CA whose + own certificate is (1) present in the Certificate Manager's list of + available CA certificates and (2) marked as trusted for issuing the kind of + certificate being verified.</p> + +<p>If the CA certificate is not itself present, the + <a href="glossary.xhtml#certificate_chain">certificate chain</a> for the CA + certificate must include a higher-level CA certificate that is present and + correctly trusted. Certificate Manager also confirms that the certificate + being verified is currently marked as trusted in the certificate store. If + any one of these checks fails, Certificate Manager marks the certificate as + unverified and won't recognize the identity it certifies.</p> + +<p>A certificate can pass all these tests and still be compromised in some way; + for example, the certificate may be revoked because an unauthorized person + has gained access to the certificate's private key. A compromised + certificate can allow an unauthorized person (or website) to pretend to be + the certificate owner.</p> + +<p>One way to combat this threat would be for Certificate Manager to check a + previously downloaded certificate revocation list (CRL) as part of the + verification process. However, those lists may be large and need to be + updated frequently in order to remain current and thus useful.</p> + +<p>The preferred way to combat the threat of compromised certificates is to use + a special server that supports the Online Certificate Status Protocol (OCSP). + Such a server can answer client queries about individual certificates (see + <a href="#configuring_ocsp">Configuring OCSP</a>, below).</p> + +<p>The server, called an OCSP responder, receives an updated CRL periodically + from the CA that issues the certificates to be verified. You can configure + Certificate Manager to submit a status request for a certificate to the OCSP + responder, and the OCSP responder confirms whether the certificate is + valid.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#controlling_validation">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="configuring_ocsp">Configuring OCSP</h2> + +<p>The settings that control OCSP are part of Certificates preferences. To view + Certificates preferences, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Certificates. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>For information about the OCSP options available, see + <a href="certs_prefs_help.xhtml#ocsp">Privacy & Security Preferences - + Certificates, OCSP</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#controlling_validation">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/using_priv_help.xhtml b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/using_priv_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7ddff3d3a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/using_priv_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,1172 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>Using Privacy Features</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1 id="using_the_cookie_manager">Using the Cookie Manager</h1> + +<p>A cookie is a small amount of information on your computer that is used by + some websites. For a brief overview, see + <a href="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work">What Are + Cookies and How Do They Work?</a></p> + +<p>Before loading a web page that uses cookies, your browser handles the + page's cookies by doing two things:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Accepts or rejects any requests by the website to <strong>set</strong> + (store) one or more cookies on your computer.</li> + <li>Accepts or rejects any requests by the website to <strong>read</strong> + cookies it previously stored on your computer. A website can't + actually read cookies or any other data on your computer—instead, + your browser gets the cookies and sends them back to the website.</li> +</ul> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#enabling_and_disabling_cookies">Enabling & Disabling + Cookies</a></li> + <li><a href="#managing_cookies_site-by-site">Managing Cookies + Website-By-Website</a></li> + <li><a href="#viewing_cookies">Viewing Cookies</a></li> + <li><a href="#removing_cookies">Removing Cookies</a></li> + <li><a href="#cookie_manager_settings">Cookie Manager Settings</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="enabling_and_disabling_cookies">Enabling & Disabling Cookies</h2> + +<p>You can specify how cookies should be handled by setting your Cookies + preferences. To change your Cookies preferences:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Cookies. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>Set your Cookies preferences.</li> +</ol> + +<p>For more information about the effect of each setting, see + <a href="#cookies">Privacy & Security Preferences - Cookies</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_cookie_manager">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="managing_cookies_site-by-site">Managing Cookies Website-By-Website</h2> + +<p>To set cookie permissions for the current website:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li> + <li>Choose one of the following items: + <ul> + <li><strong>Block Cookies from this Website</strong>: Block the + current website from setting cookies.</li> + <li><strong>Use Default Cookie Permissions</strong>: Reset + cookie permission for the current website and use the + <a href="#cookie_manager_settings">default settings</a>.</li> + <li><strong>Allow Session Cookies from this Website</strong>: Allow + the current website to set session cookies. Persistent cookies from + this website will be downgraded to session cookies.</li> + <li><strong>Allow Cookies from this Website</strong>: Allow the + current website to set cookies.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ol> + +<p>To <a href="#add_cookie_sites">set cookie permission</a> for several websites + or a website you are not viewing, use the Cookie Manager.</p> + +<p>If you have selected <q>Ask for each cookie</q> in + <a href="#cookie_manager_settings">Privacy & Security Preferences - + Cookies</a>, you will be warned (while browsing) that a website is asking to + set a cookie. When you see such a warning, you can choose to + Allow, Allow for Session, or Deny the cookie.</p> + +<p>Other dialog options:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Use my choice for all cookies from this website</strong>: + If you check this option, you will not be warned the next time + that website tries to set or modify a cookie, and your <q>allow</q> or + <q>deny</q> response will still be in effect.</li> + <li><strong>Show Details</strong>/<strong>Hide Details</strong>: + Click the button to show or hide <a href="#viewing_cookies">detailed + information</a> of the cookie.</li> +</ul> + +<p>If you want to change a remembered response later, use the Cookie Manager + to edit <a href="#stored_cookies">stored cookies</a> and + <a href="#cookie_sites">add or remove cookie websites</a>.</p> + +<p>To stop automatically accepting or rejecting cookies from a website:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li> + <li>Choose Manage Stored Cookies from the submenu. The Cookie Manager window + opens with a list of all the cookies stored on your computer.</li> + <li>Click the Cookie Websites tab. The sites for which you have allowed or + denied cookies are listed.</li> + <li>Click to select the website from which you no longer want to automatically + accept cookies, and then click Remove Cookie.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_cookie_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="viewing_cookies">Viewing Cookies</h2> + +<p>To view detailed information about cookies:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li> + <li>Choose Manage Stored Cookies from the submenu. The Cookie Manager window + opens with a list of all the cookies stored on your computer.</li> + <li>Select a cookie to see its details.</li> +</ol> + +<p>For more information about the information displayed, see + <a href="#stored_cookies">Stored Cookies</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_cookie_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="removing_cookies">Removing Cookies</h2> + +<p><strong>Important</strong>: To remove cookies, follow the steps in this + section. Do not try to edit the cookies file on your computer.</p> + +<p>To remove one or more cookies from your computer:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li> + <li>Choose Manage Stored Cookies from the submenu. The Cookie Manager window + opens with a list of all the cookies stored on your computer.</li> + <li>Select one or more cookies and click Remove Cookie, or click Remove All + Cookies.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Even though you've removed the cookies now, you will reacquire those + same cookies the next time you return to the website.</p> + +<p>To prevent that from happening, select the checkbox labeled <q>Don't + allow websites that set removed cookies to set future cookies</q>. When this + checkbox is selected, websites for the cookies that you are removing are + added to the list of websites whose cookies will automatically be rejected.</p> + +<p>You must click OK for your changes to take effect.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_cookie_manager">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="cookie_manager_settings">Cookie Manager Settings</h1> + +<p>This section describes how to set your Cookies preferences and control other + aspects of cookie handling.</p> + +<p>For step-by-step descriptions of various tasks related to cookies, see + <a href="#using_the_cookie_manager">Using the Cookie Manager</a>.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#cookies">Privacy & Security Preferences - + Cookies</a></li> + <li><a href="#stored_cookies">Stored Cookies</a></li> + <li><a href="#cookie_sites">Cookie Websites</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="cookies">Privacy & Security Preferences - Cookies</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Cookies preferences panel to change + which cookies &brandShortName; will accept from and return to websites. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Cookies. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>Cookies help websites keep track of information for you, such as the + contents of your on-line shopping cart or which cities' weather you want + to know about. For a brief overview, see + <a href="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_cookies_and_how_do_they_work">What Are + Cookies and How Do They Work?</a></p> + +<p>You can select one of these options:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Block cookies</strong>: Select this option to refuse all + cookies from websites not explicitly allowed to set cookies.</li> + <li><strong>Allow cookies for the originating website only</strong>: Select + this option if you don't want to accept or return + <a href="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_third-party_cookies">third-party + (foreign) cookies</a> for any websites other than the one you are actively + visiting.</li> + <li><strong>Allow third-party cookies for previously visited websites + only</strong>: Select this option if you want to accept or return + <a href="privacy_help.xhtml#what_are_third-party_cookies">third-party + cookies</a> only for websites that stored cookies when you explicitly + visited them previously.</li> + <li><strong>Allow all cookies</strong>: Select this option to permit all + websites not explicitly blocked to set cookies on your computer.</li> +</ul> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Blocking cookies does not remove old cookies. By + blocking cookies you only block websites from setting new cookies, and old + cookies will still be sent to websites. To completely block a website from + receiving old cookies, you need to <a href="#removing_cookies">remove its + cookies</a>. +</p> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: <a href="#cookie_sites">Per-website cookie permission</a> + supersedes default cookie setting. For example, if you allow a website to set + cookies, the website can set cookies even if you choose <q>Block cookies</q>. +</p> + +<p>If you allow cookies or do not change the default setting, you can also + select the following preferences:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Accept cookies normally</strong>: Select this + if you want websites to set or modify cookies without restrictions.</li> + <li><strong>Accept for current session only</strong>: Select this to delete + the cookie the next time you exit your browser.</li> + <li><strong>Accept cookies for [__] days</strong>: Select this if you + want to limit the length of time any cookie can remain on your computer, + then type the number of days.</li> + <li><strong>Ask for each cookie</strong>: Select this if you want + Cookie Manager to warn you each time a website is about to store a cookie. + In addition, you can choose <strong>except for session cookies</strong>: so + that &brandShortName; will not warn you if the website is setting cookies + which will be deleted when you exit your browser.</li> +</ul> + +<p>You can also get more information about your stored cookies:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Cookie Manager</strong>: Click this button to view + information about the cookies currently stored on your computer and which + websites are allowed to set them.</li> +</ul> + +<h2 id="stored_cookies">Stored Cookies</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Stored Cookies tab of the Cookie + Manager. If you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li> + <li>Choose Manage Stored Cookies from the submenu. The Cookie Manager window + opens with a list of all the cookies stored on your computer.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Stored Cookies tab lists all the cookies stored on your computer, the + websites they belong to, and their current status.</p> + +<p>When you select a cookie in this list, the following information about that + cookie appears in the bottom portion of the tab:</p> + +<table class="defaultTable"> + <thead> + <tr> + <th>Item</th> + <th>Explanation</th> + </tr> + </thead> + <tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Name</td> + <td>The name assigned to the cookie by its originator.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Information</td> + <td>A string of characters containing the information a website tracks + for you. It might contain a user key or name by which you are + identified to the website, information about your interests, and so + forth.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Host or domain</td> + <td>Provides the name of the cookie's host or domain. + + <p>A <strong>host</strong> cookie is sent back, during subsequent + visits, only to the <a href="glossary.xhtml#server">server</a> that + set it.</p> + + <p>A <strong>domain</strong> cookie is sent back to any website + that's in the same domain as the website that set it. A + website's domain is the part of its URL that contains the name of + an organization, business, or school—such as netscape.com or + washington.org.</p> + </td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Path</td> + <td>The file pathway. This is provided only if the cookie should be sent + back to all URLs that are on that path or lower. For example, + <tt>http://a.b/x/y/z.html</tt> means that the cookie can also be set + for path <tt>x/</tt>.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Send For</td> + <td>When this field is <q>For encrypted connections only</q> it means + that the browser checks the connection whenever the server asks for a + cookie and will not send it unless the connection is encrypted + (HTTPS).</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Expires</td> + <td>The date and time at which the cookie will be deactivated. The + browser regularly removes expired cookies from your computer.</td> + </tr> + </tbody> +</table> + +<p>To remove cookies, click one of these buttons:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Remove Cookie</strong>: Removes the selected cookie or cookies + from the list.</li> + <li><strong>Remove All Cookies</strong>: Removes all cookies from the + list.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Select this checkbox to prevent the cookies you remove from being added back + into the list later:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Don't allow websites that set removed cookies to set future + cookies</strong></li> +</ul> + +<p>Even if you remove cookies now, you will reacquire those same cookies the + next time you return to the website. To prevent that from happening, select + this checkbox. When this checkbox is selected, websites for the cookies that + you are removing are added to the list of websites whose cookies will + automatically be rejected.</p> + +<p>You must click Close for your changes to take effect.</p> + +<h2 id="cookie_sites">Cookie Websites</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Cookie Websites tab of the Cookie + Manager. If you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Cookie Manager.</li> + <li>Choose Manage Stored Cookies from the submenu. The Cookie Manager window + opens with a list of all the cookies stored on your computer.</li> + <li>Click the Cookie Websites tab.</li> +</ol> + +<p>The Cookie Websites tab of the Cookie Manager lists the websites for which + your decisions have been remembered, and what your decisions were. It also + allows you to add and remove websites from the list.</p> + +<h3 id="add_cookie_sites">Adding Cookie Websites</h3> + +<p>To add cookies websites manually:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Enter the website address, e.g. <tt>www.mozilla.org</tt></li> + <li>Set the website cookie permission: + <ul> + <li><strong>Block</strong>: Click this button to add the website as a + website blocked from setting cookies.</li> + <li><strong>Session</strong>: Click this button to add the website as a + website that can set session cookies. Persistent cookies from this + website will be downgraded to session cookies.</li> + <li><strong>Allow</strong>: Click this button to add the website as a + website that can set cookies.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>Repeat the steps to add additional websites.</li> +</ul> + +<h3 id="remove_cookie_sites">Removing Cookie Websites</h3> + +<p>To remove a cookie website:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Remove Website</strong>: Removes the selected website or websites + from the list.</li> + <li><strong>Remove All Websites</strong>: Removes all websites from the list.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Once you've removed a website from this list, Cookie Manager remembers + nothing about it. If the <q>Ask for each cookie</q> option is selected in + the Cookies preferences panel, you will be warned when any website not in this + list requests permission to set a cookie.</p> + +<h1 id="using_the_password_manager">Using the Password Manager</h1> + +<p>Many websites require you to type a user name and password before you can + enter the website. For instance, personalized pages and websites containing + your financial information usually require you to log in.</p> + +<p>The user name and password you use at a particular website can be read by the + site's administrator. Potentially, that person could then attempt to log + into other websites where you may have used the same user name and password. + If this concerns you, you may wish to use a different password at every + website with which you register.</p> + +<p>Password Manager can help you remember some or all of your names and + passwords by storing them on your computer's hard disk, and entering + them for you automatically when you visit such websites.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href= + "#using_password_manager_to_remember_user_names_and_passwords">Using + Password Manager to Remember User Names and Passwords</a></li> + <li><a href="#entering_user_names_and_passwords_automatically">Entering + User Names and Passwords Automatically</a></li> + <li><a href="#turning_password_manager_on_and_off">Turning Password Manager + On and Off</a></li> + <li><a href="#viewing_and_managing_stored_passwords">Viewing and Managing + Stored Passwords</a></li> + <li><a href="passwords_help.xhtml">Password Settings</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="using_password_manager_to_remember_user_names_and_passwords">Using + Password Manager to Remember User Names and Passwords</h2> + +<p>When Password Manager is active (as it is by default), it gives you an + opportunity to save user names and passwords on your hard drive that you + enter while using the Internet.</p> + +<p>For example, after you log onto a website from a page that requests a user + name and password, a dialog box appears asking, <q>Do you want Password + Manager to remember this logon?</q> When you see this dialog box, you can + click one of the following buttons:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Yes</strong>: The next time you return to the website you'll + see that your user name and password are already filled in. All you have to + do is click the Login button (or equivalent) to send them to the + server.</li> + <li><strong>Never for this site</strong>: Password Manager will not ask in + the future if you want to save your user name and password for that + website.</li> + <li><strong>No</strong>: Password Manager won't remember the user name + and password, but will ask again the next time you visit the website.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Similarly, when you log onto an email account or an FTP site, or perform any + other action that requires the browser itself to display a special dialog box + for your login information, you can select this option in the dialog box:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Use Password Manager to remember these values</strong></li> +</ul> + +<p>The next time you check your email or perform other tasks that require a + password only, the password will be submitted directly without any further + action on your part. For tasks that require you to enter both a user name and + password, you need to click a Login button or equivalent after Password + Manager fills in the information.</p> + +<p>Password Manager saves your user names and passwords on your own computer in + a file that's difficult, but not impossible, for an intruder to read. + See <a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Encrypting Stored + Sensitive Information</a> for information on protecting your stored user + names and passwords with encryption technology.</p> + +<p>If the Password Manager dialog box described above does not appear when you + click Submit after typing your user name and password, Password Manager may + be turned off or the website may disallow its use.</p> + +<p>To check whether Password Manager is currently active, see + <a href="#turning_password_manager_on_and_off">Turning Password Manager On + and Off</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_password_manager">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="entering_user_names_and_passwords_automatically">Entering User Names + and Passwords Automatically</h2> + +<p>There are two different ways that Password Manager can fill in user names + and passwords on your behalf:</p> + +<ul> + <li>You use Password Manager to remember your user name and password for a + website (using the three-button dialog box described in + <a href= + "#using_password_manager_to_remember_user_names_and_passwords">Using + Password Manager to Remember User Names and Passwords</a>). + + <p>The next time you visit the website, Password Manager automatically fills + in your user name and password on the website's log in page. You can + then click the Login button, or equivalent, to send the information to + the server.</p> + </li> + <li>You use Password Manager to remember your user name and password for an + email account, an FTP site, or in any other situation where you type login + information in a dialog box that displays a checkbox labeled <q>Use + Password Manager to remember these values</q>. + + <p>In most cases, the next time you attempt to access that server, Password + Manager automatically fills in your user name and password in the same + dialog box. You can then click OK to send the information to the + server.</p> + + <p>In some cases, such as when you open your email account, + &brandShortName; needs to send only the password to the server, and does + so immediately without displaying the dialog box or requiring any further + action on your part.</p> + </li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_password_manager">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="turning_password_manager_on_and_off">Turning Password Manager On and + Off</h2> + +<p>Password Manager is on by default. To turn it off:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Passwords. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>In the Password Manager section, deselect <q>Remember passwords</q> + to turn Password Manager off.</li> +</ol> + +<p>To turn Password Manager on, follow steps 1 and 2 above, but select the + checkbox in step 3 rather than deselecting it.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_password_manager">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="viewing_and_managing_stored_passwords">Viewing and Managing Stored + Passwords</h2> + +<p>To see the user names and passwords you have stored and to display a list of + websites from which logon information never is saved:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Open the Tools menu, choose Password Manager, and then choose Manage + Stored Passwords from the submenu. You see the Password Manager window with + the Passwords Saved tab opened. + <ul> + <li>To see your saved passwords, click Show Passwords and confirm your + choice.</li> + <li>To hide your passwords, click Hide Passwords.</li> + <li>To remove an entry from the list, click it and then click Remove. The + next time you visit the website, you will need to enter your user name + and password again, since Password Manager will no longer have the + information.</li> + </ul> + Click the Passwords Never Saved tab to see a list of the websites for which + you instructed Password Manager never to store user names and passwords. To + remove a website from this list, click it and then click Remove. The next + time you log into the website, you can use the stored user name and + password (if available) or indicate that you want Password Manager to save + the information for that website.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#using_the_password_manager">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="clearing_private_data">Clearing Private Data</h1> + +<p>While browsing the web, various items of potentially private information + may be gathered and stored by &brandShortName;. This section describes the + types of such private data and options to remove them either manually by + request or automatically when shutting down &brandShortName;.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#types_of_private_data">Types of Private Data</a></li> + <li><a href="#private_data_prefs">Private Data Preferences</a></li> + <li><a href="#clear_private_data_now">Clear Private Data Now</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="types_of_private_data">Types of Private Data</h2> + +<p>Several types of information are gathered and kept by &brandShortName; while + you are browsing websites. Some of these data are necessary for those sites to + function properly or more efficiently, others are for your convenience.</p> + +<p>Privacy implications vary from type to type. For example, browsing history + and cache contents provide a snapshot of your recent browsing activity which + is local to your computer; cookies or offline web content may be used by a + website to track a user directly across visits (e.g., for statistical + purposes or for targeted advertisements).</p> + +<p>In <a href="#browsing_in_a_private_window">private browsing mode</a>, no + private data will be retained beyond the duration of the private session.</p> + +<p>The following private information may be stored locally by + &brandShortName;:</p> + +<table class="defaultTable"> + <thead> + <tr> + <th>Type</th> + <th>Explanation</th> + </tr> + </thead> + <tbody class="tbody-default"> + <tr> + <td>Browsing History</td> + <td>If enabled in the + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#history">History preferences</a>, + a history of any website pages you have <em>visited</em> is kept and + may be suggested to complete website addresses in the location bar.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Location Bar History</td> + <td>This is a history of web addresses which were <em>entered</em> + manually or copy-pasted into the location bar of the browser. This + list is available in the location bar menu.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Download History</td> + <td>Depending on the options selected in the + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#downloads">Downloads + preferences</a>, a history of <em>files downloaded</em> from + websites is maintained in the Download Manager.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Saved Form and Search History</td> + <td>If enabled in the + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_navigator.xhtml#history">History preferences</a>, + text entered into <em>elements of forms</em> (e.g., user names, but not + passwords) will be stored for the specified number of days; matches are + suggested in a list when you revisit that page. If you put the search + box onto your toolbar, the history of <em>search terms</em> will be + stored as well.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Cache</td> + <td>The cache is a <em>short-term store</em> for web pages and other + data (like e-mail attachments for IMAP accounts or remote images in + messages) to avoid having these items being requested again from the + server if they were just recently accessed. The cache on your disk + may contain data up to the limit specified in the + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#cache">Cache preferences</a>.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Cookies</td> + <td>Cookies are <em>small pieces of information</em> that websites use to + keep track of users and sessions, or to store website preferences. Use + the <a href="using_priv_help.xhtml#cookies">Cookies preferences</a> to + specify to what extent cookies are permitted and for how long they are + kept.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Offline Website Data</td> + <td>Websites may be permitted to store their pages' contents and + related data locally so that they are available for use <em>without + a network connection</em>. See the + <a href="cs_nav_prefs_advanced.xhtml#offline_apps">Offline Apps + preferences</a> for options to control this behavior and to inspect + the contents of stored offline website data.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Saved Passwords</td> + <td>If enabled in the + <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#passwords">Passwords preferences</a>, + &brandShortName; keeps <em>entered passwords</em> for later use, thus + you don't have to retype them every time you visit a website.</td> + </tr> + <tr> + <td>Authenticated Sessions</td> + <td>Websites may require <em>authentication</em> (username and password, + asked for with a pop-up dialog) and can keep track of such by + authenticated sessions. A site will ask you for your credentials + again when you proceed to the next page after this information is + cleared.</td> + </tr> + </tbody> +</table> + +<p>[<a href="#clearing_private_data">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="private_data_prefs">Privacy & Security Preferences + - Private Data</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to use the Private Data preferences panel to + determine when and which type of private data should be deleted. If + you're not already viewing it, follow these steps:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Private Data. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<p>The <strong>Clear Private Data</strong> section provides the following + options:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Always clear my private data when I close + &brandShortName;</strong>: Check this option to always initiate clearing + of the selected private data when the application is shut down.</li> + <li><strong>Ask me before clearing private data</strong>: Check this option + for &brandShortName; to prompt you with a dialog box before clearing the + selected private data. The dialog box also allows you to change the + selection, rather than clearing them without any interaction.</li> + <li><strong>When I ask &brandShortName; to clear my private data, it should + erase</strong>: For each <a href="#types_of_private_data">type of private + data</a>, a separate option is provided whether or not to clear any + stored items of this specific type. Check the respective box for each + item to be deleted by default when clearing is requested by you or + initiated on shutdown.</li> + <li><strong>Clear Now</strong>: Click this button to initiate clearing of + private data immediately, depending on the preferences selected in + this panel: + <ul> + <li>When the <q>Ask me before clearing private data</q> option is checked, + &brandShortName; opens a dialog box where you can confirm and change + any items to be cleared.</li> + <li>When <q>Ask me before clearing private data</q> is <em>not</em> + checked, all types selected to be cleared by default will be deleted + immediately without the dialog box being shown.</li> + </ul> + </li> +</ul> + +<!-- link up "Data Manager" below once bug 599097 has been taken care of --> + +<p><strong>Note</strong>: Also consider more selective alternatives to delete + private data. For example, the individual preference panels for each type may + provide additional options, and the Data Manager allows to clear private data + by type and the specific domain of a website. Rather than clearing all cookies + when shutting down &brandShortName;, you could specify to allow cookies for + sessions only, thus giving you the opportunity to establish exceptions for + selected websites for which you want to retain cookies.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#clearing_private_data">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="clear_private_data_now">Clear Private Data Now</h2> + +<p>Private data can be cleared at any time, either from the + <a href="#private_data_prefs">Private Data preferences</a> by clicking + the Clear Now button, or by selecting Clear Private Data from the Tools + menu of a browser window. This initiates one of the following actions:</p> + +<ul> + <li>When the <q>Ask me before clearing private data</q> option is checked + in the <a href="#private_data_prefs">Private Data preference panel</a>, + &brandShortName; opens a dialog window where you can confirm and change + the <a href="#types_of_private_data">types of private data</a> to be + cleared as follows: + <ul> + <li>The defaults for the individual types are determined by the + <a href="#private_data_prefs">Private Data preferences</a>. + Note that individual boxes may be disabled if no items of that + type are available for deletion.</li> + <li>Check or uncheck boxes as desired if you want to clear a different + set of private data.</li> + <li>Click <q>Clear Private Data Now</q> to clear the selected items, + or Cancel to quit the dialog.</li> + </ul> + </li> + <li>When <q>Ask me before clearing private data</q> is <em>not</em> checked, + all types selected in the <a href="#private_data_prefs">Private Data + preferences</a> to be cleared by default will be deleted immediately + without the dialog box being shown.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#clearing_private_data">Return to beginning of section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="browsing_in_a_private_window">Browsing in a Private Window</h1> + +<p>There may be occasions where you don't want &brandShortName; to keep + track of your browsing activities. For example, when someone else quickly + wants to use your computer and you don't want your current browsing + context disturbed; or, for confidential tasks such as online banking.</p> + +<p>Opening a private window starts a + <a href="glossary.xhtml#private_browsing">private browsing</a> session + in which no <a href="#types_of_private_data">private data</a> on the sites + and pages you visit are made available beyond the scope and duration of that + session. Each subsequently opened private window becomes part of the same + private session. It ends when the last private window is closed.</p> + +<p>Private windows are not entirely isolated from non-private windows; private + browsing just implies that &brandShortName; will not keep any local record + of your activities in such a window. Some private data may be shared between + private but not non-private windows and vice versa, others accessed in a + read-only mode from a private window.</p> + +<p>Note that <a href="customize_help.xhtml#add-ons">Add-ons</a> like plugins + and extensions may not be subjected to these policies and may change their + settings or modify their locally kept data even in a private window.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#opening_a_private_window">Opening a Private Window</a></li> + <li><a href="#behavior_of_a_private_window">Behavior of a Private + Window</a></li> + <li><a href="#leaving_the_private_browsing_mode">Leaving the Private + Browsing Mode</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="opening_a_private_window">Opening a Private Window</h2> + +<p>A browser window can be either in regular (non-private) or in private + browsing mode. It is not possible to switch a non-private browser window + into private mode, but you can open a new private window in two ways:</p> + +<ul> + <li>From a browser window, open the File menu, choose New, then Private + Window. The new window opens with a page explaining that you are now in + private browsing mode.</li> + <li>Right-click on a link in a web page you are viewing, then select <q>Open + Link in Private Window</q> from the menu. The new private window will open, + showing the page referred to by the selected link.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Any number of private and non-private windows can be open at the same time, + but be aware in this case for which windows history information is kept.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#browsing_in_a_private_window">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="behavior_of_a_private_window">Behavior of a Private Window</h2> + +<p>A private window behaves differently than a non-private window in the way + it handles private data (see <a href="#types_of_private_data">Types of + Private Data</a> for detailed information of the individual categories). + Specifically, after closing a private session when closing the last private + window, no information related to that session will be retained in + &brandShortName;. Private data gathered in one private session won't + be available to any future private session either.</p> + +<h3>Recognizing a Private Window</h3> + +<p>To determine whether or not a window is in private browsing mode, have a + look at its title bar. Private windows show + <q>- <span class="noMac">&brandShortName; </span>Private Browsing</q> + <span class="noMac">rather than just <q>- &brandShortName;</q></span> + at the end of the window's title.</p> + +<h3>Navigation and Bookmarks</h3> + +<ul> + <li>Navigating within a private window is identical to a non-private + window. You can use the Back and Forward buttons as well as the Go + menu as usual.</li> + <li>Links will not be marked as visited when browsing in a private + window.</li> + <li>Bookmarks can be added in a private window in the same way as for a + non-private window. They will not be cleared once the private session + has ended.</li> +</ul> + +<h3>Browsing and other Histories</h3> + +<ul> + <li>Previously established Browsing History and Location Bar History will + be available to a private window, but new sites visited and locations + entered into the location bar will not be recorded and saved.</li> + <li>Files can be downloaded as usual, but no entries will be added to the + Download Manager. The downloaded files themselves will not be removed.</li> + <li>Saved Form and Search History will be available to a private window, + thus providing suggestions for form fields or searches. However, any + new items or search terms entered will not be recorded and saved.</li> +</ul> + +<h3>Cookies</h3> + +<ul> + <li>A private window can collect cookies from the sites it visits, but a + private window does not share cookies with a non-private window and vice + versa. For example, if you log into a website in a regular window, then + open a private window to continue, you likely will be asked to enter your + credentials again.</li> + <li>Cookies in a private session are accepted according to the settings, + but only retained for the duration of that session regardless of the + lifetime allowed in a non-private window.</li> + <li>Existing exceptions to the cookie policy will be honored in private + windows, and any new exceptions you create will be retained after the + private session has ended.</li> +</ul> + +<h3>Cached and Offline Content</h3> + +<ul> + <li>While a private window can use the memory cache for performance, it is + not permitted to access the disk cache regardless of the settings for a + non-private window. Thus, no cached content will be available after + restarting &brandShortName;.</li> + <li>A private window cannot use any stored offline content deposited by + websites. Thus, you will not be able to use web applications while being + offline, even if they have already stored offline content locally.</li> +</ul> + +<h3>Passwords and Authenticated Sessions</h3> + +<ul> + <li>No new passwords will be stored in the Password Manager when entered + in a private window.</li> + <li>Authenticated sessions do not carry over from a non-private to a private + window. Thus, you cannot continue a session started in a non-private window + in a private window or vice versa.</li> +</ul> + +<h3>Preferences and Permissions</h3> + +<ul> + <li>Any changes to settings and permissions made from a private window are + handled in the same way as from a non-private window and retained after + the private session has ended.</li> + <li>Per-site preferences such as zoom levels or download locations are + observed in a private window. However, any changes you make will not be + retained, e.g., zoom levels revert to the initial value when navigating + or switching tabs.</li> +</ul> + +<p>[<a href="#browsing_in_a_private_window">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="leaving_the_private_browsing_mode">Leaving the Private Browsing + Mode</h2> + +<p>There is no special function or command to leave the private mode, + and it is not possible to continue working in non-private mode with + a private window.</p> + +<p>To end a private browsing session, just close all private windows. + There will be no record on &brandShortName;'s side on any browsing + activities performed in any of the associated private windows.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#browsing_in_a_private_window">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Encrypting Stored Sensitive + Information</h1> + +<p>If you use Password Manager to save passwords, then this sensitive + information is stored on your computer in a file that's difficult, but + not impossible, for an intruder to read.</p> + +<p>For example, if your computer is in an area where unauthorized people have + access to it, it's possible for a determined person to read the file + containing your sensitive information.</p> + +<p>For a greater degree of security, you may want to protect the file with + encryption. Encryption makes it much harder for an unauthorized person to + view your stored sensitive information.</p> + +<p>Your decision about whether to use encryption for stored sensitive data is a + tradeoff between improved security and convenience.</p> + +<p>If you use encryption, you will need to enter a master password + periodically, which can be inconvenient. If you don't, it may be easier + for a stranger who has access to your computer to steal your passwords.</p> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#setting_a_master_password">Setting a Master Password</a></li> + <li><a href="#changing_your_master_password">Changing Your Master + Password</a></li> + <li><a href="#logging_out_of_your_master_password">Logging Out of Your + Master Password</a></li> + <li><a href="#what_to_do_if_you_forget_your_master_password">What to Do If + You Forget Your Master Password</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="setting_a_master_password">Setting a Master Password</h2> + +<p>To enable encryption of passwords you need to set a master password. If + your master password has not previously been set, you can set it at this + time:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Master Passwords. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>In the Change Master Password section, click Change Password to open the + Change Master Password dialog box.</li> + <li>Enter your desired master password, and retype it to confirm the + spelling.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Make sure your new password is difficult to guess. For some suggestions on + how to improve password security, see + <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#choosing_a_good_password">Choosing a Good + Password</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="changing_your_master_password">Changing Your Master Password</h2> + +<p>To change your master password:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Master Passwords. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>In the Change Master Password section, click Change Password to open the + Change Master Password dialog box.</li> + <li>Enter your current master password.</li> + <li>Enter your new master password, and retype it to confirm the + spelling.</li> + <li>Click OK.</li> +</ol> + +<p>Make sure your new password is difficult to guess. For some guidelines, see + <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#choosing_a_good_password">Choosing a Good + Password</a>.</p> + +<p>[<a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="logging_out_of_your_master_password">Logging Out of Your Master + Password</h2> + +<p>Normally, you are asked for your master password once during each + &brandShortName; session during which you access any of your stored sensitive + information.</p> + +<p>It's also possible to require that your master password be requested + each time it is needed, or after a certain amount of time has passed. For + details, see <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#master_password_timeout">Master + Password Timeout</a>.</p> + +<p>You can log out of your master password so that it must be entered again + before any sensitive information can be stored or retrieved. This is useful + if you are going to leave your computer unattended for a period of time.</p> + +<p>To log out of your master password:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the Tools menu and choose Password Manager.</li> + <li>Select Log Out from the submenu.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h2 id="what_to_do_if_you_forget_your_master_password">What to Do If You Forget + Your Master Password</h2> + +<p>If you forget your master password, you won't be able to access any of + the stored password it protects. Your master password is your most important + password. Make sure you remember it or record it in a safe place.</p> + +<p>As a last resort, it's possible to reset your master password if you + are sure you can't remember it. However, resetting your master password + permanently erases all the web and email passwords, saved on your behalf by + Password Manager. You will also lose all your personal certificates + associated with the + <a href="glossary.xhtml#software_security_device">Software Security + Device</a>.</p> + +<p>Before taking this drastic step, read + <a href="passwords_help.xhtml#reset_master_password">Reset Master + Password</a>.</p> + +<p>If you are sure you can't remember or retrieve your master password, + follow these instructions to reset it:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Master Passwords. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> + <li>Click Reset Master Password.</li> + <li>In the Reset Master Password dialog box, click Reset.</li> +</ol> + +<p>[<a href="#encrypting_stored_sensitive_information">Return to beginning of + section</a>]</p> + +<h1 id="managing_images">Managing Images</h1> + +<p>If you wish, you can choose not to download any images when you browse the + web. This greatly restricts what you can view online, but may be helpful if + you have a slow connection and wish to shorten the time it takes web pages to + load.</p> + +<p>You can also control how frequently animated images repeat their animation, + or turn off animation completely.</p> + +<p>The next section describes how to control these image settings. The default + settings allow all images to be accepted and allow them to repeat their + animation.</p> + +<h2 id="images">Privacy & Security Preferences - Images</h2> + +<p>This section describes how to set preferences for images. To view the + preference settings for images:</p> + +<ol> + <li>Open the <span class="mac">&brandShortName;</span> + <span class="noMac">Edit</span> menu and choose Preferences.</li> + <li>Under the Privacy & Security category, click Images. (If no + subcategories are visible, double-click Privacy & Security to expand + the list.)</li> +</ol> + +<h3 id="image_acceptance_policy">Image Acceptance Policy</h3> + +<p>Image Acceptance preferences allow you to control whether or under what + conditions the &brandShortName; browser should display images:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>Do not load any images</strong>: Select this option if you do not + want the &brandShortName; browser to display images.</li> + <li><strong>Only load images that come from the originating + server</strong>: Select this option if you do not want to load images from + third-party websites.</li> + <li><strong>Load all images</strong>: Select this option if you want to + display all images. (This option is selected by default.)</li> +</ul> + +<h3>Animated images should loop</h3> + +<p>These settings control how many times animated images repeat their + animation:</p> + +<ul> + <li><strong>As many times as the image specifies</strong>: Select this if you + want image animation to repeat as many times as specified within each + image. (This option is selected by default.)</li> + <li><strong>Once</strong>: Select this if you want image animation to occur + once, overriding the number of times specified within each image.</li> + <li><strong>Never</strong>: Select this if you do not want image + animation.</li> +</ul> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/welcome_help.xhtml b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/welcome_help.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2b4a02432b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/help/welcome_help.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +]> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<title>&brandShortName; Help</title> +<link rel="stylesheet" href="helpFileLayout.css" + type="text/css"/> +</head> +<body> + +<h1>Welcome to &brandShortName; Help</h1> + +<p>To display information about &brandShortName; in this window, <strong>click + topics in the left-hand sidebar</strong>.</p> + +<p>For more information on using &brandShortName; Help, see + <a href="help_help.xhtml">Using the Help Window</a>.</p> + +<table width="100%" border="0"> + <tr valign="top"> + <td><h3>Help on the Web</h3></td> + <td><h3>Mozilla Community</h3></td> + </tr> + <tr valign="top"> + <td> + <p><strong><a href="x-moz-url-link:app.releaseNotesURL">Release Notes</a></strong></p> + + <p>Latest information about known problems or issues with + &brandShortName;.</p> + </td> + <td> + <p><strong><a href="http://www.mozillazine.org/">MozillaZine</a></strong></p> + + <p>The oldest community website around, providing news flashes, polls, and + Web forums.</p> + </td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top"> + <td> + <p><strong><a href="http://www.seamonkey-project.org/doc/troubleshooting">Troubleshooting</a></strong></p> + + <p>Answers to some of the most frequently encountered problems.</p> + </td> + <td> </td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top"> + <td> + <p><strong><a href="http://www.mozilla.org/plugincheck/">Plugin Check</a></strong></p> + + <p>Up-to-date information on &brandShortName; plugins.</p> + </td> + <td></td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top"> + <td colspan="2"><h2>Peer Support</h2></td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top"> + <td> + <p><strong><a href="http://forums.mozillazine.org/index.php">MozillaZine + Forums</a></strong></p> + + <p>Web forums for Mozilla users like you.</p> + </td> + <td> + <p><strong><a href="http://www.seamonkey-project.org/community#groups">User + Newsgroups</a></strong></p> + + <p>User newsgroups hosted by mozilla.org.</p> + </td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top"> + <td> + <p><strong><a href="irc://moznet/seamonkey/">Realtime Chat</a></strong></p> + <p>Chat with &brandShortName; users via IRC.</p> + </td> + <td></td> + </tr> +</table> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help-toc.rdf b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help-toc.rdf new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..45c27117ad --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help-toc.rdf @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<rdf:RDF xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#" + xmlns:nc="http://home.netscape.com/NC-rdf#"> + + <rdf:Description about="urn:root"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="use-help" nc:name="Using the Help Window" + nc:link="chrome://help/locale/welcome.xhtml"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + + <rdf:Description about="#use-help"> + <nc:subheadings> + <rdf:Seq> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="use-help-finding-the-topic-you-want" nc:name="Finding the Topic You Want" + nc:link="chrome://help/locale/welcome.xhtml#finding_the_topic_you_want"/> </rdf:li> + <rdf:li> <rdf:Description ID="use-help-search" nc:name="Search Tips" + nc:link="chrome://help/locale/welcome.xhtml#search_tips"/> </rdf:li> + </rdf:Seq> + </nc:subheadings> + </rdf:Description> + +</rdf:RDF> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e249a2df7b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY printCmd.commandkey "p"> + +<!ENTITY findOnCmd.commandkey "F"> +<!ENTITY findAgainCmd.commandkey "G"> +<!ENTITY findAgainCmd.commandkey2 "VK_F3"> + +<!ENTITY backButton.label "Назад"> +<!ENTITY backButton.accesskey "д"> +<!ENTITY backButton.tooltip "Вярнуцца на папярэднюю старонку"> +<!ENTITY forwardButton.label "Наперад"> +<!ENTITY forwardButton.accesskey "п"> +<!ENTITY forwardButton.tooltip "Перайсці на адну старонку ўперад"> +<!ENTITY copyCmd.label "Капіяваць"> +<!ENTITY copyCmd.accesskey "К"> +<!ENTITY selectAllCmd.label "Вылучыць усё"> +<!ENTITY selectAllCmd.accesskey "у"> +<!ENTITY goBackCmd.commandkey "["> +<!ENTITY goForwardCmd.commandkey "]"> +<!ENTITY homeButton.label "Дадому"> +<!ENTITY homeButton.tooltip "Перайсці на пачатковую старонку даведкі"> +<!ENTITY printButton.label "Друкаваць"> +<!ENTITY printButton.tooltip "Надрукаваць гэтую старонку"> +<!ENTITY closeWindow.commandkey "W"> + +<!ENTITY search.emptytext "Пошук"> +<!ENTITY searchHeader.label "Вынікі пошуку"> +<!ENTITY toctab.label "Змест"> +<!ENTITY toctab.accesskey "З"> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : +fullZoomEnlargeCmd.commandkey3, fullZoomReduceCmd.commandkey2 and +fullZoomResetCmd.commandkey2 are alternative acceleration keys for zoom. +If shift key is needed with your locale popular keyboard for them, +you can use these alternative items. Otherwise, their values should be empty. --> + +<!ENTITY fullZoomReduceCmd.commandkey "-"> +<!ENTITY fullZoomReduceCmd.commandkey2 ""> +<!ENTITY fullZoomEnlargeCmd.commandkey "+"> +<!ENTITY fullZoomEnlargeCmd.commandkey2 "="> +<!ENTITY fullZoomEnlargeCmd.commandkey3 ""> +<!ENTITY fullZoomResetCmd.commandkey "0"> +<!ENTITY fullZoomResetCmd.commandkey2 ""> + +<!ENTITY helpSearch.commandkey "k"> + +<!ENTITY zLevel.label "Заўсёды зверху"> +<!ENTITY zLevel.accesskey "ё"> + +<!ENTITY fullZoomReduceBtn.label "Паменшыць"> +<!ENTITY fullZoomReduceBtn.accesskey "м"> +<!ENTITY fullZoomEnlargeBtn.label "Павялічыць"> +<!ENTITY fullZoomEnlargeBtn.accesskey "в"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4a116e7287 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/help.properties @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +emptySearchText = Не знойдзена ніводнай адзінкі. diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/welcome.xhtml b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/welcome.xhtml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4ecfbeeb86 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/helpviewer/welcome.xhtml @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"[ + <!ENTITY % brandDTD SYSTEM "chrome://branding/locale/brand.dtd" > + %brandDTD; +] +> +<!-- +Contributors: + R.J. Keller <rlk@trfenv.com> (original author) + Jeff Walden <jwalden+code@mit.edu> + Steffen Wilberg <steffen.wilberg@web.de> +--> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> + <title>Using the Help Window</title> + <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="chrome://help/skin/helpFileLayout.css"/> +</head> + +<body> + +<h1 id="help_window_top">Using the Help Window</h1> + +<div class="contentsBox">In this section: + <ul> + <li><a href="#finding_the_topic_you_want">Finding the Topic You Want</a></li> + <li><a href="#search_tips">Search Tips</a></li> + </ul> +</div> + +<h2 id="finding_the_topic_you_want">Finding the Topic You Want</h2> + +<p>To display help information in this window, click a topic in the + <em>Contents</em> sidebar. Click the <span class="noMac">plus icon</span> + <span class="mac">triangle</span> next to a topic to see its subtopics.</p> + +<p>To search for a help topic, type a word or phrase in the <em>Search</em> bar + to see related topics. Click on a topic to read about it. If your search + doesn't return any topics, try typing fewer words or a different combination + of words. The results will be displayed in the sidebar as you type. To + display the contents in the sidebar again, clear the <em>Search</em> bar or + press <kbd>Esc</kbd>.</p> + +<p>To see information related to the Help topic you are reading, click links in + the Help window just as you would in a regular web page. You can also move + back and forth between pages you've already seen using the Back and Forward + buttons.</p> + +<h2 id="search_tips">Search Tips</h2> + +<p>If you don't find what you want, here are a few helpful tips:</p> + +<ul> + <li>Be sure that you are searching for something that relates to + &brandShortName;; this is not a general Internet search.</li> + <li>Try to broaden your search - don't be too specific; terms could be worded + differently than your search.</li> + <li>Avoid being too broad with your search. For example, a common word like + "page" will likely return more topics than you want.</li> +</ul> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/migration/migration.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/migration/migration.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fcca585a12 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/migration/migration.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY migrationWizard.title "Чараўнік імпарту"> + +<!ENTITY importAllFrom.label "Імпартаваць усе адзінкі з:"> +<!ENTITY importBookmarksFrom.label "Імпартаваць закладкі з:"> + +<!ENTITY importFromThunderbird.label "Thunderbird"> +<!ENTITY importFromThunderbird.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY importFromFile.label "Файла"> +<!ENTITY importFromFile.accesskey "Ф"> +<!ENTITY importFromNothing.label "Не імпартаваць нічога"> +<!ENTITY importFromNothing.accesskey "Н"> + +<!ENTITY importSource.title "Імпартаваць наладжванні і здаткі"> +<!ENTITY importItems.title "Адзінкі для імпарту"> +<!ENTITY importItems.label "Вылучыце адзінкі для імпарту:"> + +<!ENTITY selectProfile.title "Выбар профілю"> +<!ENTITY selectProfile.label "Даступны наступныя профілі для імпарту:"> + +<!ENTITY migrating.title "Імпартаванне…"> +<!ENTITY migrating.label "Зараз імпартуюцца наступныя адзінкі…"> + +<!ENTITY done.title "Імпарт выкананы"> +<!ENTITY done.label "Наступныя адзінкі паспяхова імпартаваны:"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/migration/migration.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/migration/migration.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5cb505ccd6 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/migration/migration.properties @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +homePageStartDefault = Змоўная хатняя старонка SeaMonkey +homePageStartCurrent = Цяперашняя хатняя старонка SeaMonkey +homePageImport = Імпарт вашай хатняй старонкі з %S + +homePageMigrationPageTitle = Выбар хатняй старонкі +homePageMigrationDescription = Выберыце, калі ласка, хатнюю старонку, якую вы хочаце мець: +# end safe-to-not-have section + +sourceNamethunderbird = Thunderbird + +importedBookmarksFolder = З %S + +importedSeamonkeyBookmarksTitle = SeaMonkey 1.x, Netscape 6/7 або Mozilla 1.x + +1_generic = Перавагі + +2_generic = Біркі + +4_generic = Гісторыя азірання + +8_generic = Хатняя старонка + +16_generic = Захаваныя паролі + +32_generic = Закладкі + +64_generic = Іншыя здаткі + +128_generic = Наладжванні рахунку + +256_generic = Адрасныя кнігі + +512_generic = Трэнаванне на пошту-лухту + +1024_generic = Папкі навінакупаў + +2048_generic = Паштовыя папкі diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/notification.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/notification.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..540694f63d --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/notification.properties @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +crashedpluginsMessage.title = Убудова %S пацярпела крах. +crashedpluginsMessage.reloadButton.label = Абнавіць старонку +crashedpluginsMessage.reloadButton.accesskey = н +crashedpluginsMessage.submitButton.label = Падаць справаздачу пра крах +crashedpluginsMessage.submitButton.accesskey = с +crashedpluginsMessage.learnMore = Падрабязней… + +pluginInfo.unknownPlugin = Невядомая + +popupWarning.message = #1 прадухіліў адкрыццё #2 вакна-вынырца гэтай пляцоўкай.;#1 прадухіліў адкрыццё #2 вокнаў-вынырцаў гэтай пляцоўкай.;#1 прадухіліў адкрыццё #2 вокнаў-вынырцаў гэтай пляцоўкай. +popupWarningButton = Перавагі +popupWarningButton.accesskey = П + +xpinstallHostNotAvailable = невядомы трымальнік +xpinstallPromptWarning = %S прадухіліў запыт усталявання праграмнага забеспячэння на ваш кампутар гэтай сеціўнай пляцоўкай (%S). +xpinstallPromptInstallButton = Усталяваць праграму… +xpinstallPromptInstallButton.accesskey = У +xpinstallDisabledMessageLocked = Усталяванне праграмнага забеспячэння забаронена вашым сістэмным спраўнікам. +xpinstallDisabledMessage = Усталяванне праграмнага забеспячэння зараз забаронена. Пстрыкніце Дазволіць і паспрабуйце зноў. +xpinstallDisabledButton = Дазволіць +xpinstallDisabledButton.accesskey = Д + +addonDownloading = Сцягванне дадатка:;Сцягванне дадаткаў:;Сцягванне дадаткаў: +addonDownloadCancelled = Сцягванне дадатка скасавана.;Сцягванне дадаткаў скасавана.;Сцягванне дадаткаў скасавана. +addonDownloadCancelButton = Скасаваць +addonDownloadCancelButton.accesskey = С +addonDownloadRestartButton = Перазапуск +addonDownloadRestartButton.accesskey = з + +addonsInstalled = #2 дадатак паспяхова ўсталяваны.;#2 дадаткі паспяхова ўсталяваны.;#2 дадаткаў паспяхова ўсталяваны. +addonsInstalledNeedsRestart = #2 дадатак будзе ўсталяваны пасля перазапуску #3.;#2 дадаткі будуць ўсталяваны пасля перазапуску #3.;#2 дадаткаў будуць ўсталяваны пасля перазапуску #3. +addonInstallRestartButton = Перазапусціць зараз +addonInstallRestartButton.accesskey = з +addonInstallManageButton = Адчыніць Кіраўнік дадаткаў +addonInstallManageButton.accesskey = А + +addonError-1 = Немагчыма сцягнуць дадатак, бо злучэнне з #2 не ўдалося. +addonError-2 = Дадатак з #2 не можа быць усталяваны, бо ён не адпавядае дадатку, які #3 чакае. +addonError-3 = Дадатак, сцягнуты з #2, не можа быць усталяваны, бо выглядае сапсаваным. +addonError-4 = #1 не можа быць усталяваны, бо #3 не можа змяніць патрэбны файл. +addonErrorBlocklisted = #1 не можа быць усталяваны, бо ёсць вялікая рызыка, што ён выкліча праблемы ўстойлівасці або бяспекі. +addonErrorIncompatible = #1 не можа быць усталяваны, бо ён несумяшчальны з #3 #4. + +lwthemeInstallRequest.message = Пляцоўка (%S) спарбуе ўсталяваць тэму. Пстрыкніце Дазволіць, каб працягнуць. +lwthemeInstallRequest.allowButton = Дазволіць +lwthemeInstallRequest.allowButton.accesskey = Д + +lwthemeInstallNotification.message = Усталявана новая тэма. +lwthemeInstallNotification.undoButton = Адмяніць +lwthemeInstallNotification.undoButton.accesskey = А +lwthemeInstallNotification.manageButton = Кіраванне тэмамі… +lwthemeInstallNotification.manageButton.accesskey = К + +lwthemeNeedsRestart.message = %S будзе ўсталявана пасля перазапуску. +lwthemeNeedsRestart.restartButton = Перазапусціць зараз +lwthemeNeedsRestart.restartButton.accesskey = з + +geolocation.remember = Памятаць для гэтай сеціўнай пляцоўкі + +offlineApps.permissions = Гэтая пляцоўка сеціва (%S) прапануе захаваць здаткі на вашым кампутары для пазасеткавага ўжывання. +offlineApps.quota = Гэтая пляцоўка сеціва (%1$S) спрабуе захаваць большы чым %2$S МБ здаткаў на вашым кампутары для пазасеткавага ўжывання. +offlineApps.later = Не зараз +offlineApps.later.accesskey = Н + +refreshBlocked.goButton = Дазволіць +refreshBlocked.goButton.accesskey = Д +refreshBlocked.refreshLabel = %S прадухіліў самастойную перазагрузку гэтай старонкі. +refreshBlocked.redirectLabel = %S прадухіліў самастойнае перанакіраванне з гэтай старонкі на іншую. + +updatePrompt.text = Ваша копія %S састарэла і, імаверна, мае вядомыя праблемы бяспекі, але вы забаранілі самаправерку на існаванне абнаўленняў. Абнавіцеся, калі ласка, на новую версію. +updatePromptCheckButton.label = Праверка існавання абнаўленняў +updatePromptCheckButton.accesskey = і + +SecurityTitle = Папярэджанне бяспекі +MixedContentMessage = Вы запатрабавалі тайнапісную старонку, частка інфармацыі на якой не зашыфравана. Пабочныя асобы змогуць лёгка праглядзець звесткі, якія вы бачыце ці ўводзіце на гэтай старонцы. +MixedActiveContentMessage = Вы запатрабавалі тайнапісную старонку, частка інфармацыі на якой не зашыфравана. Пабочныя асобы змогуць лёгка праглядзець звесткі, якія вы бачыце ці ўводзіце на гэтай старонцы. +MixedDisplayContentMessage = Вы запатрабавалі тайнапісную старонку, частка інфармацыі на якой не зашыфравана і не пераскаджае падлухоўванню. +BlockedActiveContentMessage = Блакаваны небяспечныя звесткі на гэтай старонцы. +BlockedDisplayContentMessage = Блакаваны незашыфраваныя звесткі на гэтай старонцы. +EnterInsecureMessage = Вы пакінулі тайнапісную старонку. З гэтага часу пабочныя асобы змогуць лёгка праглядзець звесткі, якія вы бачыце ці ўводзіце на гэтай старонцы. +EnterSecureMessage = Вы запатрабавалі тайнапісную старонку. Пляцоўка сеціва вызначыла сябе правільна, і пабочныя асобы не змогуць праглядзець лёгка звесткі, якія вы бачыце ці ўводзіце на гэтай старонцы. +SecurityKeepBlocking.label = Трымаць блакаванне +SecurityKeepBlocking.accesskey = Т +SecurityUnblock.label = Разблакаваць +SecurityUnblock.accesskey = Р +SecurityPreferences.label = Перавагі +SecurityPreferences.accesskey = П +PostToInsecureFromInsecureMessage = Уведзеная вамі інфармацыя будзе пераслана праз незашыфраванае злучэнне і можа быць лёгка прачытана пабочнымі асобамі.\nВы сапраўды жадаеце даслаць гэтую інфармацыю такім чынам? +PostToInsecureFromInsecureShowAgain = Папярэджваць мяне, калі я падаю незашыфраваныя звесткі. +PostToInsecureContinue = Працягнуць + +safebrowsing.getMeOutOfHereButton.label = Пакінуць гэтае месца! +safebrowsing.getMeOutOfHereButton.accessKey = к +safebrowsing.reportedAttackSite = Папярэджанне: нападная пляцоўка! +safebrowsing.notAnAttackButton.label = Гэта не нападная пляцоўка… +safebrowsing.notAnAttackButton.accessKey = е diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/openLocation.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/openLocation.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..138fa97b1d --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/openLocation.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from content/openLocation.xul --> + +<!ENTITY enter.label "Увядзіце месцазнаходжанне ў сеціве (URL) ці вызначце мясцовы файл, які вы хочаце адчыніць:"> +<!ENTITY enter.accesskey "м"> +<!ENTITY chooseFile.label "Выбраць файл…"> +<!ENTITY chooseFile.accesskey "В"> +<!ENTITY newPrivate.label "Новае адасобленае акно"> +<!ENTITY newWindow.label "Новае акно азіральніка"> +<!ENTITY newTab.label "Новая ўстаўка азіральніка"> +<!ENTITY currentTab.label "Цяперашняя ўстаўка азіральніка"> +<!ENTITY editNewWindow.label "Новае акно Ўкладальніка"> +<!ENTITY open.label "Адчыніць"> +<!ENTITY caption.label "Адчыніць месца ў Сеціве"> +<!ENTITY openWhere.label "Адчыніць у:"> +<!ENTITY openWhere.accesskey "у"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/openLocation.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/openLocation.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..088dd024ca --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/openLocation.properties @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +attachTitle = Далучэнне старонкі сеціва +attachEnterLabel = Увядзіце месцазнаходжанне ў сеціве (URL) ці выберыце мясцовы файл, які вы хочаце далучыць: +attachButtonLabel = Далучыць +chooseFileDialogTitle = Выбраць файл +existingNavigatorWindow = Існае акно азіральніка diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/permissions/cookieViewer.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/permissions/cookieViewer.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..077b7bbd34 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/permissions/cookieViewer.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY tab.cookiesonsystem.label "Захаваныя біркі"> +<!ENTITY tab.bannedservers.label "Сеціўныя пляцоўкі бірак"> +<!ENTITY div.bannedservers.label "Кіраванне сеціўнымі пляцоўкамі, якія могуць ці не захоўваць біркі на вашым кампутары."> +<!ENTITY div.cookiesonsystem.label "Прагляд і выдаленне бірак, якія захоўваюцца на вашым кампутары."> +<!ENTITY treehead.cookiename.label "Назва біркі"> +<!ENTITY treehead.cookiedomain.label "Пляцоўка Сеціва"> +<!ENTITY treehead.cookieexpires.label "Высіліцца"> +<!ENTITY treehead.infoselected.label "Звесткі аб вылучанай бірцы"> +<!ENTITY button.removecookie.label "Выдаліць бірку"> +<!ENTITY button.removecookie.accesskey "В"> +<!ENTITY button.removeallcookies.label "Выдаліць усе біркі"> +<!ENTITY button.removeallcookies.accesskey "у"> + +<!ENTITY search.placeholder "Пошук бірак"> +<!ENTITY focusSearch.key "f"> +<!ENTITY selectAll.key "a"> + +<!ENTITY props.name.label "Назва:"> +<!ENTITY props.value.label "Змест:"> +<!ENTITY props.domain.label "Трымальнік:"> +<!ENTITY props.path.label "Шлях:"> +<!ENTITY props.secure.label "Дасылаецца праз:"> +<!ENTITY props.expires.label "Высіліцца:"> + +<!ENTITY treehead.sitename.label "Пляцоўка Сеціва"> +<!ENTITY treehead.status.label "Статус"> +<!ENTITY windowtitle.label "Кіраўнік бірак"> + +<!ENTITY blockSite.label "Блакаваць"> +<!ENTITY blockSite.accesskey "Б"> +<!ENTITY allowSite.label "Дазволіць"> +<!ENTITY allowSite.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY allowSiteSession.label "Сэсія"> +<!ENTITY allowSiteSession.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY removepermission.label "Выдаліць пляцоўку Сеціва"> +<!ENTITY removepermission.accesskey "ы"> +<!ENTITY removeallpermissions.label "Выдаліць усе сеціўныя пляцоўкі"> +<!ENTITY removeallpermissions.accesskey "п"> + +<!ENTITY futureCookies.label "Не дазваляць сеціўным пляцоўкам, якія ўсталёўвалі выдаленыя біркі, усталёўваць біркі зноў"> +<!ENTITY futureCookies.accesskey "Н"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/permissions/cookieViewer.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/permissions/cookieViewer.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..39cbba7eff --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/permissions/cookieViewer.properties @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +can = пляцоўка можа ўсталёўваць біркі +cannot = пляцоўка не можа ўсталёўваць біркі +canSession = пляцоўка можа прызначаць сэсійныя біркі +domain = Дамен, для якога гэтая бірка скарыстоўваецца: +host = Паслугач, які ўсталяваў бірку: +hostColon = Трымальнік: +domainColon = Дамен: +forSecureOnly = Толькі зашыфраваныя злучэнні +forAnyConnection = Усякі тып злучэння +expireAtEndOfSession = напрыканцы сэсіі +deleteAllCookies = Вы сапраўды хочаце выдаліць усе біркі? +deleteAllCookiesTitle = Выдаліць усе біркі +deleteAllCookiesYes = &Выдаліць +deleteAllCookiesSites = Вы сапраўды хочаце выдаліць усе сеціўныя пляцоўкі бірак? +deleteAllSitesTitle = Прыняць усе сеціўныя пляцоўкі +deleteAllSitesYes = &Выдаліць +deleteSelectedCookies = Вы сапраўды хочаце выдаліць вылучаныя біркі? +deleteSelectedCookiesTitle = Выдаленне вылучаных бірак +deleteSelectedCookiesYes = &Выдаліць +deleteSelectedCookiesSites = Вы сапраўды хочаце выдаліць вылучаныя сеціўныя пляцоўкі бірак? +deleteSelectedSitesTitle = Выдаленне вылучаных пляцовак Сеціва +deleteSelectedSitesYes = &Выдаліць diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/permissions/permissionsManager.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/permissions/permissionsManager.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3aaf5af154 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/permissions/permissionsManager.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY windowtitle.label "Выключэнні"> +<!ENTITY treehead.sitename.label "Пляцоўка Сеціва"> +<!ENTITY treehead.status.label "Статус"> +<!ENTITY remove.label "Прыняць сеціўную пляцоўку"> +<!ENTITY remove.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY removeall.label "Прыняць усе сеціўныя пляцоўкі"> +<!ENTITY removeall.accesskey "у"> +<!ENTITY address.label "Адрас пляцоўкі сеціва:"> +<!ENTITY address.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY block.label "Блакаваць"> +<!ENTITY block.accesskey "Б"> +<!ENTITY session.label "Дазволіць на сэсію"> +<!ENTITY session.accesskey "с"> +<!ENTITY allow.label "Дазволіць"> +<!ENTITY allow.accesskey "Д"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/permissions/permissionsManager.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/permissions/permissionsManager.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8b88a6ded1 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/permissions/permissionsManager.properties @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +installpermissionstext = Вы можаце вызначыць пляцоўкі сеціва, якім будзе дазволена ўсталёўваць пашырэнні і абнаўленні. Набярыце дакладны адрас пляцоўкі, якой вы хочаце гэта дазволіць, і пстрыкніце Дазволіць. +installpermissionstitle = Дазволеныя сеціўныя пляцоўкі - Усталяванне праграмнага забеспячэння +installpermissionshelp = advanced_pref_installation +popuppermissionstext = Вы можаце вызначыць пляцоўкі сеціва, якім будзе дазволена адчыняць вокны-вынырцы. Набярыце дакладны адрас пляцоўкі, якой вы хочаце гэта дазволіць, і пстрыкніце Дазволіць. +popuppermissionstitle = Дазволеныя пляцоўкі Сеціва - Вынырцы +popuppermissionshelp = pop_up_blocking +imagepermissionstext = Вы можаце вызначыць пляцоўкі сеціва, якім будзе дазволена загружаць выявы. Набярыце дакладны адрас пляцоўкі, якой вы хочаце гэта дазволіць, і пстрыкніце Блакаваць ці Дазволіць. +imagepermissionstitle = Выключэнні - Выявы +imagepermissionshelp = images-help-managing +offline-apppermissionstext = Вы можаце вызначыць, які сеціўныя пляцоўкі могуць захоўваць здаткі для пазасеткавага карыстання. Набярыце дакладны адрас пляцоўкі, якой вы хочаце кіраваць і пстрыкніце Блакаваць або Дазволіць. +offline-apppermissionstitle = Пазасеткавыя здаткі: +offline-apppermissionshelp = offline_apps + +can = Дазволіць +canSession = Дазволіць на сэсію +cannot = Блакаваць + +alertInvalidTitle = Уведзена недапушчальная сеціўная пляцоўка +alertInvalid = Пляцоўка сеціва %S несапраўдная. diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/places/places.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/places/places.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3b93d8e61e --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/places/places.properties @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +load-js-data-url-error = Дзеля бяспекі javascript або url-і даных не могуць загружацца з вакна гісторыі ці палічкі. +noTitle = (няма загалоўка) + +bookmarksMenuEmptyFolder = (Пусты) + +bookmarksBackupTitle = Назва адноўнага файла закладак + +bookmarksRestoreAlertTitle = Вярнуць закладкі +bookmarksRestoreAlert = Усе вашы існыя закладкі будуць заменены закладкамі з адноўкі. Вы ўпэўнены? +bookmarksRestoreTitle = Выберыце адноўку закладак +bookmarksRestoreFilterName = JSON + +bookmarksRestoreFormatError = Тып файлаў не падтрымліваецца. +bookmarksRestoreParseError = Немагчыма апрацаваць адноўны файл. + +bookmarksLivemarkLoading = Загрузка жывой закладкі… +bookmarksLivemarkFailed = Няўдача загрузкі з жывільніка жывой закладкі. + +menuOpenLivemarkOrigin.label = Адкрыццё "%S" + +searchBookmarks = Пошук закладак + +SelectImport = Імпарт файла закладак +EnterExport = Экспарт файла закладак + +detailsPane.noItems = Няма адзінак + +mostVisitedTitle = Якія наведваюцца найбольш часта +recentlyBookmarkedTitle = Нядаўнія закладкі +recentTagsTitle = Нядаўнія меціны + +OrganizerQueryHistory = Гісторыя +OrganizerQueryAllBookmarks = Усе закладкі +OrganizerQueryTags = Меціны + diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-advanced.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-advanced.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bd7b5e10de --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-advanced.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.advanced.title "Пашыраны"> + +<!ENTITY prefCheckDefault.caption "Убудаванне ў сістэму"> +<!ENTITY prefCheckDefaultClient.label "Правяраць наладжванні змоўчнага прыстасавання пры запуску"> +<!ENTITY prefCheckDefaultClient.accesskey "з"> + +<!ENTITY crashReports.caption "Паведамляльнік пра крахі"> +<!ENTITY submitCrashes.label "Даслаць справаздачы пра крахі"> +<!ENTITY submitCrashes.accesskey "Д"> + diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-appearance.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-appearance.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..48688864fc --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-appearance.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE The Appearance prefs dialog. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.appearance.title "Выгляд"> +<!ENTITY onStartLegend.label "Калі &brandShortName; запускаецца, адчыняць"> +<!ENTITY navCheck.label "Азіральнік"> +<!ENTITY navCheck.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY showToolsLegend.label "Паказваць паліцы з прыладамі як"> +<!ENTITY picsNtextRadio.label "Малюнкі і тэкст"> +<!ENTITY picsNtextRadio.accesskey "М"> +<!ENTITY picsOnlyRadio.label "Толькі малюнкі"> +<!ENTITY picsOnlyRadio.accesskey "ю"> +<!ENTITY textonlyRadio.label "Толькі тэкст"> +<!ENTITY textonlyRadio.accesskey "т"> +<!ENTITY showHideTooltips.label "Паказваць падказкі прылад"> +<!ENTITY showHideTooltips.accesskey "п"> + +<!ENTITY pref.locales.title "Мова інтэрфэйсу карыстальніка"> +<!ENTITY selectLocale.label "Выберыце мову тэксту, які з'яўляецца ў дыялогах, меню, прыладапаліцах і метках кнопак:"> + diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applicationManager.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applicationManager.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2fd1e459f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applicationManager.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY appManager.title "Падрабязнасці пра прыстасаванні"> +<!ENTITY appManager.style "width: 42ch; min-height: 20em;"> +<!ENTITY remove.label "Выдаліць"> +<!ENTITY remove.accesskey "д"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applicationManager.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applicationManager.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..39224e1978 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applicationManager.properties @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +descriptionHandleProtocol = Наступныя прыстасаванне могуць ўжывацца, каб апрацоўваць спасылкі %S. +descriptionHandleWebFeeds = Наступныя прыстасаванне могуць ўжывацца, каб апрацоўваць жывільнікі сеціва. +descriptionHandleFile = Наступныя прыстасаванне могуць ўжывацца, каб апрацоўваць змесціва %S. + +descriptionWebApp = Гэтае прыстасаванне сеціва трымаецца на: +descriptionLocalApp = Гэтае прыстасаванне размяшчаецца тут: diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applications.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applications.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f6619f8102 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applications.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.applications.title "Дапаможныя прыстасаванні"> + +<!ENTITY typeColumn.label "Тып змесціва"> +<!ENTITY typeColumn.accesskey "Т"> + +<!ENTITY actionColumn2.label "Дзеянне"> +<!ENTITY actionColumn2.accesskey "Д"> + +<!ENTITY search.placeholder "Пошук тыпаў і дзеянняў"> + diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applications.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applications.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..36d103f568 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-applications.properties @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +#### Applications + +fileEnding = файл %S +saveFile = Захаваць файл + +useApp = Ужываць %S +useDefault = Ужываць %S (змоўчна) + +useOtherApp = Ужываць іншае… +fpTitleChooseApp = Выбар прыстасавання-дапаможніка +manageApp = Падрабязнасці пра прыстасаванне… +webFeed = Жывільнік Сеціва +videoPodcastFeed = Відэявяшчальнік +audioPodcastFeed = Вяшчальнік +alwaysAsk = Заўсёды пытацца + +usePluginIn = Ужываць %S (у %S) + +previewInApp = Перадпрагляд у %S +addNewsBlogsInApp = Падпісацца ў %S + +typeDescriptionWithType = %S (%S) diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-cache.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-cache.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3f4e4e70ba --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-cache.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from content/pref-cache.xul --> + +<!ENTITY pref.cache.title "Запаснік"> +<!ENTITY pref.cache.caption "Наладзіць запаснік"> +<!ENTITY cachePara "Запаснік трымае копіі старонак сеціва, якія вы часта наведваеце, на вашым дыску. (Вы заўсёды можаце атрымаць апошнюю версію старонкі, калі пстрыкніце Абнавіць)."> +<!ENTITY cacheCheck.label "Дазволіць &brandShortName; кіраваць памерам майго запасніка"> +<!ENTITY cacheCheck.accesskey "к"> +<!ENTITY diskCacheUpTo.label "Ужываць да"> +<!ENTITY diskCacheUpTo.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY spaceMbytes "МБ дыскавай прасторы для запасніка"> +<!ENTITY diskCacheFolder.label "Месцазнаходжанне папкі запасніку:"> +<!ENTITY clearDiskCache.label "Ачысціць запаснік"> +<!ENTITY clearDiskCache.accesskey "ч"> +<!ENTITY chooseDiskCacheFolder.label "Выбраць папку…"> +<!ENTITY chooseDiskCacheFolder.accesskey "п"> +<!ENTITY diskCacheFolderExplanation "Файлы ў запасніку будуць захоўвацца ў папцы з назвай "Cache" у вызначаным вамі каталогу. Перазапусціце &brandShortName;, каб змены набылі моц."> +<!ENTITY docCache.label "Параўноваць старонку ў запасніку з старонкай сеткі:"> +<!ENTITY docCache.accesskey "р"> +<!ENTITY checkOncePerSession.label "Аднойчы за сэсію"> +<!ENTITY checkEveryTime.label "Кожны раз падчас прагляду старонкі"> +<!ENTITY checkNever.label "Ніколі"> +<!ENTITY checkAutomatically.label "Калі старонка састарэла"> + +<!ENTITY prefetchTitle.label "Папярэдняе выбіранне спасылак"> +<!ENTITY enablePrefetch.label "Выбіраць старонкі сеціва ў час бяздзейнасці, такім чынам, калі спасылкі ў старонках распрацаваны для выбірання, загрузка адбываецца хутчэй."> +<!ENTITY enablePrefetch.accesskey "б"> + diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-certs.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-certs.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6e5e5501cf --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-certs.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY managecerts.caption "Кіраванне пасведчаннямі"> +<!ENTITY managecerts.text "Скарыстайце кіраўнік пасведчаннямі, каб кіраваць як вашымі асабовымі пасведчаннямі, так і пасведчаннямі іншых людзей і крыніцамі пасведчанняў."> +<!ENTITY managecerts.button "Кіраваць пасведчаннямі…"> +<!ENTITY managecerts.accesskey "К"> +<!ENTITY managedevices.caption "Кіраванне збудовамі бяспекі"> +<!ENTITY managedevices.text "Скарыстайце гэтую кнопку, каб кіраваць вашымі збудовамі бяспекі, такімі як кемныя карткі."> +<!ENTITY managedevices.button "Кіраваць збудовамі бяспекі…"> +<!ENTITY managedevices.accesskey "Б"> + +<!ENTITY ssl.label "SSL"> + +<!ENTITY pref.certs.title "Пасведчанні"> +<!ENTITY certs.label "Пасведчанні"> + +<!ENTITY validation.ocsp.caption "СПСП"> +<!ENTITY enableOCSP.label "Ужываць Сеткавы Пратакол Стану Пасведчанняў (СПСП), каб пацвярджаць гэтачасовую сапраўднасць пасведчанняў"> +<!ENTITY enableOCSP.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY validation.requireOCSP.description "Калі злучэнне з паслугачом СПСП не ўдалося, абходзіцца з пасведчаннем як з несапраўдным"> +<!ENTITY validation.requireOCSP.accesskey "К"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-colors.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-colors.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..619ec85bd5 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-colors.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from content/pref-colors.xul --> + +<!ENTITY pref.colors.title "Колеры"> +<!ENTITY color "Тэкст і фон"> +<!ENTITY textColor.label "Тэкст:"> +<!ENTITY textColor.accesskey "Т"> +<!ENTITY backgroundColor.label "Фон:"> +<!ENTITY backgroundColor.accesskey "Ф"> +<!ENTITY useSystemColors.label "Карыстацца сістэмнымі колерамі"> +<!ENTITY useSystemColors.accesskey "с"> + +<!ENTITY underlineLinks.label "Падкрэсліваць спасылкі"> +<!ENTITY underlineLinks.accesskey "к"> +<!ENTITY links "Колеры спасылак"> +<!ENTITY linkColor.label "Ненаведаныя спасылкі:"> +<!ENTITY linkColor.accesskey "с"> +<!ENTITY activeLinkColor.label "Дзейныя спасылкі:"> +<!ENTITY activeLinkColor.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY visitedLinkColor.label "Наведаныя спасылкі:"> +<!ENTITY visitedLinkColor.accesskey "в"> +<!ENTITY someProvColors "Калі старонка сеціва забяспечваецца асабістымі колерамі і фонам"> +<!ENTITY alwaysUseDocumentColors.label "Заўсёды карыстацца фонам і колерамі, якія вызначаны старонкай сеціва"> +<!ENTITY alwaysUseDocumentColors.accesskey "ў"> +<!ENTITY useMyColors.label "Карыстацца выбранымі мной колерамі, не звяртаючы ўвагі на вызначаныя колеры і выяву фону"> +<!ENTITY useMyColors.accesskey "м"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-content.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-content.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..78b7a8287d --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-content.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE The Appearance > Content prefs dialog. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.content.title "Змесціва"> +<!ENTITY pref.content.description "Гэтыя наладжванні ўплываюць на тое, як пляцоўкі сеціва і змесціва лістоў адлюстроўваюцца ў &brandShortName;."> + +<!ENTITY useSmoothScroll.label "Ужываць плаўнае пракручванне"> +<!ENTITY useSmoothScroll.accesskey "ж"> + +<!ENTITY textZoomOnly.label "Павялічваць тэкст, а не старонкі цалкам"> +<!ENTITY textZoomOnly.accesskey "в"> +<!ENTITY siteSpecific.label "Памятаць узроўні павялічэння для пляцовак"> +<!ENTITY siteSpecific.accesskey "у"> +<!ENTITY enableAutomaticImageResizing.label "Сціскаць вялікія выявы да памераў акна азіральніка"> +<!ENTITY enableAutomaticImageResizing.accesskey "ц"> + +<!ENTITY allowHWAccel.label "Ужываць, калі можна, паскарэнне начыння"> +<!ENTITY allowHWAccel.accesskey "с"> + diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-cookies.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-cookies.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3e99620160 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-cookies.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.cookies.title "Біркі"> + +<!-- cookies --> + +<!ENTITY cookiePolicy.label "Палітыка набывання бірак"> + +<!ENTITY disableCookies.label "Забараніць біркі"> +<!ENTITY disableCookies.accesskey "б"> + +<!ENTITY accNo3rdPartyCookies.label "Дазваляць біркі толькі з першапачатковых пляцовак (без пабочных пляцовак)"> +<!ENTITY accNo3rdPartyCookies.accesskey "п"> + +<!ENTITY acc3rdPartyVisited.label "Дазваляць пабочныя біркі толькі для папярэдні наведаных пляцовак"> +<!ENTITY acc3rdPartyVisited.accesskey "н"> + +<!ENTITY accAllCookies.label "Дазволіць усе біркі"> +<!ENTITY accAllCookies.accesskey "у"> + +<!ENTITY cookieRetentionPolicy.label "Палітыка ўтрымання бірак"> + +<!ENTITY acceptNormally.label "Звычайнае набыванне бірак"> +<!ENTITY acceptNormally.accesskey "з"> + +<!ENTITY acceptForSession.label "Набываць толькі для цяперашняй сэсіі"> +<!ENTITY acceptForSession.accesskey "с"> + +<!ENTITY acceptforNDays.label "Набываць біркі на"> +<!ENTITY acceptforNDays.accesskey "н"> +<!ENTITY days.label "дзён"> + +<!ENTITY manageCookies.label "Кіраванне біркамі і пляцоўкамі"> +<!ENTITY manageCookiesDescription.label "Дазваляе вам праглядаць і кіраваць захаванымі біркамі і наладжваннямі сеціўных пляцовак для набывання і адхілення бірак. Наладжванні для пляцовак пераважваюць наладжванні ўгары."> + +<!ENTITY viewCookies.label "Кіраўнік бірак"> +<!ENTITY viewCookies.accesskey "К"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-download.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-download.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4458c56e9e --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-download.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.download.title "Загрузкі"> + +<!ENTITY downloadBehavior.label "Калі пачынаецца загрузка"> +<!ENTITY doNothing.label "Нічога не адчыняць"> +<!ENTITY doNothing.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY openProgressDialog.label "Адчыніць дыялог развіцця"> +<!ENTITY openProgressDialog.accesskey "р"> +<!ENTITY openDM.label "Адчыніць кіраўнік загрузак"> +<!ENTITY openDM.accesskey "г"> +<!ENTITY flashWhenOpen.label "Толькі бліснуць кіраўніком сцягванняў, калі ён ужо адчынены"> +<!ENTITY flashWhenOpen.accesskey "б"> + +<!ENTITY downloadLocation.label "Калі файл захоўваецца"> +<!ENTITY saveTo.label "Захоўваць файлы ў"> +<!ENTITY saveTo.accesskey "ў"> +<!ENTITY chooseDownloadFolder.label "Выбраць папку…"> +<!ENTITY chooseDownloadFolder.accesskey "В"> +<!ENTITY alwaysAsk.label "Заўсёды пытаць мяне, дзе захоўваць файлы"> +<!ENTITY alwaysAsk.accesskey "З"> + +<!ENTITY finishedBehavior.label "Калі загрузка здзейснена"> +<!ENTITY playSound.label "Граць гук"> +<!ENTITY playSound.accesskey "г"> +<!ENTITY browse.label "Агляд…"> +<!ENTITY browse.accesskey "г"> +<!ENTITY playButton.label "Граць"> +<!ENTITY playButton.accesskey "Г"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-findasyoutype.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-findasyoutype.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7f0a647dfd --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-findasyoutype.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.findAsYouType.title "Знаходзіць тое, што вы набіраеце"> +<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeBehavior.label "Знаходзіць тое, што вы набіраеце"> +<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeTip.label "Парада: Каб уручную пачаць Знаходзіць Тое, Што Вы Набіраеце, увядзіце / , каб знайсці тэкст ці ' каб знайсці спасылкі, і, услед, тэкст, які вы хочаце знайсці."> +<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeTimeout.label "Касаваць пошук пасля некалькіх секунд бяздзейнасці"> +<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeTimeout.accesskey "К"> +<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeSound.label "Граць гук, калі ўведзены тэкст не знойдзены"> +<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeSound.accesskey "Г"> +<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeEnableAuto.label "Знаходзіць самастойна ў час уводу пасярод старонкі сеціва:"> +<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeEnableAuto.accesskey "с"> +<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeAutoText.label "Усякі тэкст на старонцы"> +<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeAutoText.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeAutoLinks.label "Толькі спасылкі"> +<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeAutoLinks.accesskey "с"> + +<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeFindbarEnable.label "Паказваць прыладапаліцу пошуку падчас пошуку таго, што набіраецца"> +<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeFindbarEnable.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY findAsYouTypeFindbarEnableTip.label "Заўвага: Пошук таго, што набіраецца, без прыладапаліцы не дазваляе ўводу міжнароднага тэксту."> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-fonts.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-fonts.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..36810bc840 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-fonts.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from content/pref-fonts.xul --> + +<!ENTITY pref.fonts.title "Шрыфты"> + +<!ENTITY language.label "Шрыфты для:"> +<!ENTITY language.accesskey "Ш"> + +<!ENTITY typefaces.label "Шрыфт"> +<!ENTITY sizes.label "Памер (пікселяў)"> + +<!ENTITY proportional.label "Суадносны:"> +<!ENTITY proportional.accesskey "С"> + +<!ENTITY serif.label "З засечкамі:"> +<!ENTITY serif.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY sans-serif.label "Без засечак:"> +<!ENTITY sans-serif.accesskey "б"> +<!ENTITY monospace.label "Роўнашырокі:"> +<!ENTITY monospace.accesskey "Р"> +<!ENTITY fantasy.label "Дзівосны:"> +<!ENTITY fantasy.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY cursive.label "Рукапісны:"> +<!ENTITY cursive.accesskey "Р"> + +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.japanese "Японская"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.trad-chinese "Традыцыйная Кітайская(Тайвань)"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.simpl-chinese "Спрошчаная Кітайская"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.trad-chinese-hk "Традыцыйная Кітайская(Гон Конг)"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.korean "Карэйская"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.cyrillic "Кірыліца"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.el "Грэцкая"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.thai "Тайская"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.hebrew "Габрэйская"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.arabic "Арабская"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.devanagari "Дэванагары"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.tamil "Тамільская"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.armenian "Армянская"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.bengali "Бенгальская"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.canadian "Канадская аб'яднаная складовая азбука"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.ethiopic "Эфіопская"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.georgian "Грузінская"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.gujarati "Гуджараці"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.gurmukhi "Гурмукхі"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.khmer "Кхмерская"> +<!ENTITY font.langGroup.malayalam "Малайяламская"> +<!ENTITY minSize.label "Найменшы памер шрыфту:"> +<!ENTITY minSize.accesskey "м"> +<!ENTITY minSize.none "Няма"> + +<!ENTITY useDefaultFontSerif.label "Serif"> +<!ENTITY useDefaultFontSansSerif.label "Sans Serif"> + +<!ENTITY useDocumentFonts.label "Дазволіць дакументам карыстацца іншымі шрыфтамі"> +<!ENTITY useDocumentFonts.accesskey "д"> + +<!-- leaving this stuff in for now --> + +<!ENTITY header2 "Калі старонка сеціва прызначае свае асабістыя шрыфты"> +<!ENTITY useDefaultFont.label "Карыстацца вызначанымі мною шрыфтамі замест прапанованых старонкай"> +<!ENTITY useDefaultFont.accesskey "к"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-history.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-history.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..94cdf25a0e --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-history.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.history.title "Гісторыя"> + +<!ENTITY pref.history.caption "Гісторыя азірання"> +<!ENTITY historyPages.label "Гісторыя – гэта спіс напярэдадні наведаных старонак."> +<!ENTITY enableHistory.label "Памятаць наведаныя старонкі"> +<!ENTITY enableHistory.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY clearHistory.label "Знішчыць гісторыю"> +<!ENTITY clearHistory.accesskey "н"> + +<!ENTITY locationBarHistory.caption "Гісторыя паліцы месцазнаходжання"> +<!ENTITY clearLocationBar.label "Знішчыць спіс пляцовак сеціва, які захоўваецца ў меню на адраснай паліцы."> +<!ENTITY clearLocationBarButton.label "Ачысціць паліцу адрасоў"> +<!ENTITY clearLocationBarButton.accesskey "ч"> +<!ENTITY formfillHistory.caption "Гісторыя формаў і пошукаў"> +<!ENTITY enableFormfill.label "Дазволіць гісторыю формаў і пошукаў"> +<!ENTITY enableFormfill.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY formfillExpire.label "Памятаць гісторыя формаў і пошукаў на працягу"> +<!ENTITY formfillExpire.accesskey "ф"> +<!ENTITY formfillDays.label "дзён"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-http.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-http.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0a72fb94b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-http.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.http.title "Праца сеткі HTTP"> + +<!ENTITY prefDirect.label "Наладжванні прамога злучэння"> +<!ENTITY prefProxy.label "Наладжванні злучэння праз пасярэднік"> +<!ENTITY prefEnableHTTP10.label "Карыстацца HTTP 1.0"> +<!ENTITY prefEnableHTTP10.accesskey "К"> +<!ENTITY prefEnableHTTP10Proxy.accesskey "а"> +<!ENTITY prefEnableHTTP11.label "Карыстацца HTTP 1.1"> +<!ENTITY prefEnableHTTP11.accesskey "H"> +<!ENTITY prefEnableHTTP11Proxy.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY prefPara "Злучэнні HTTP могуць быць наладжаны з дапамогай гэтых параметраў дзеля павялічэння прадукцыйнасці ці сумяшчальнасці. Напрыклад, асобныя паслугачы-пасярэднікі, патрабуюць HTTP/1.0 (прагледзьце заўвагі аб выданні дзеля падрабязнасцей). "> +<!ENTITY prefUseragent.label "Радок дзеяча карыстальніка"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-images.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-images.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e956aacf86 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-images.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.images.title "Выявы"> + +<!ENTITY imageBlocking.label "Палітыка набывання выяваў"> + +<!ENTITY imageDetails "Прызначыць, як &brandShortName; мусіць апрацоўваць выявы."> + +<!ENTITY loadAllImagesRadio.label "Загрузіць усе выявы"> +<!ENTITY loadAllImagesRadio.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY loadOrgImagesRadio.label "Загружаць выявы толькі з першапачатковых пляцовак"> +<!ENTITY loadOrgImagesRadio.accesskey "т"> +<!ENTITY loadNoImagesRadio.label "Не загружаць ніякіх выяваў"> +<!ENTITY loadNoImagesRadio.accesskey "н"> +<!ENTITY viewPermissions.label "Кіраваць дазволамі"> +<!ENTITY viewPermissions.accesskey "д"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-keynav.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-keynav.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b4c4ab6fcd --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-keynav.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.keyNav.title "Клавіятурная навігацыя"> +<!ENTITY tabNavigationBehavior.label "Навігацыя клавішай зруху"> +<!ENTITY tabNavigationLinks.label "Спасылкамі"> +<!ENTITY tabNavigationLinks.accesskey "п"> +<!ENTITY tabNavigationForms.label "Кнопкамі, радыё кнопкамі, скрынкамі адзнак і спісамі выбару"> +<!ENTITY tabNavigationForms.accesskey "К"> +<!ENTITY tabNavigationTextboxes.label "Заўвага: тэкставыя скрынкі і пракручвальныя рэгіёны заўсёды частка парадку рухаў."> +<!ENTITY tabNavigationDesc.label "Калі націскаюцца Tab ці Shift+Tab, рухацца між:"> +<!ENTITY accessibilityBrowseWithCaret.label "Азізаць з птушкай"> +<!ENTITY browseWithCaretDesc.label "Азіранне з птушкай дае магчымасць перамяшчацца па старонцы і вылучаць на ёй змесціва, рухаючы з дапамогаю клавішаў-стрэлак бачную птушку. "> +<!ENTITY browseWithCaretUse.label "Карыстацца азіраннем з птушкаю"> +<!ENTITY browseWithCaretUse.accesskey "а"> +<!ENTITY browseWithCaretShortCut.label "Ужываць выклічнік F7, каб уключаць/выключаць азіранне з птушкаю"> +<!ENTITY browseWithCaretShortCut.accesskey "F"> +<!ENTITY browseWithCaretWarn.label "Папярэджваць мяне перад уключэннем азірання з птушкаю"> +<!ENTITY browseWithCaretWarn.accesskey "я"> + diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-languages.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-languages.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a037ee76b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-languages.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE 'Languages' preferences dialog --> + +<!ENTITY languages.customize.prefLangDescript "Часам старонкі сеціва даступны ў некалькіх мовах. Выберыце мовы для адлюстравання старонак сеціва ў парадку пераваг. "> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.title "Мовы"> +<!ENTITY langtitle.label "Мовы старонак сеціва"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.prefAddLangDescript "Выберыце мову(ы), якія вы жадаеце дадаць."> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.addButton.label "Дадаць…"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.addButton.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.deleteButton.label "Выдаліць"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.deleteButton.accesskey "д"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.add.title.label "Дадаць мовы"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.available.label "Мовы:"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.active.label "Мовы ў парадку пераваг:"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.active.accesskey "М"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.others.label "Іншыя:"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.others.accesskey "І"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.others.examples "напрыклад: en-bz, ar-jo"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.moveUp.label "Рухаць угору"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.moveUp.accesskey "г"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.moveDown.label "Рухаць уніз"> +<!ENTITY languages.customize.moveDown.accesskey "н"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-languages.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-languages.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ed91701e3f --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-languages.properties @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +illegalOtherLanguage = Наступныя запісы не з'яўляліся сапраўднымі кодамі мовы: +illegalOtherLanguageTitle = Недапушчальны код(ы) мовы +languageRegionCodeFormat = %1$S/%2$S [%3$S] +languageCodeFormat = %1$S [%2$S] diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-links.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-links.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f1a7563892 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-links.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY linksHeader.label "Паводзіны спасылак"> +<!ENTITY newWindow.label "Паводзіны пры адкрыцці спасылак"> +<!ENTITY newWindowDescription.label "Адкрыццё спасылак мае на ўвазе адкрыццё новага акна"> +<!ENTITY newWindowRestriction.label "Калі сцэнар хоча адкрыць новае акно:"> +<!ENTITY external.label "Спасылкі з іншых прыстасаванняў"> +<!ENTITY externalDescription.label "Адкрываць спасылкі, якія перадаюцца іншымі прыстасаваннямі"> + +<!ENTITY openCurrent.label "У цяперашніх устаўцы/акне"> +<!ENTITY newWindowGroupCurrent.accesskey "ц"> +<!ENTITY externalGroupCurrent.accesskey "я"> + +<!ENTITY openTab.label "У новай устаўцы ў цяперашнім акне"> +<!ENTITY newWindowGroupTab.accesskey "у"> +<!ENTITY externalGroupTab.accesskey "с"> + +<!ENTITY openWindow.label "У новым акне"> +<!ENTITY newWindowGroupWindow.accesskey "а"> +<!ENTITY externalGroupWindow.accesskey "к"> + +<!ENTITY divertAll.label "Заўсёды заварочваць вокны ў устаўкі"> +<!ENTITY divertAll.accesskey "з"> +<!ENTITY divertNoFeatures.label "Не заварочваць такія вокны ў устаўкі"> +<!ENTITY divertNoFeatures.accesskey "н"> +<!ENTITY dontDivert.label "Заўсёды адкрываць новыя вокны"> +<!ENTITY dontDivert.accesskey "н"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-locationbar.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-locationbar.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..12288da9b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-locationbar.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.locationBar.title "Паліца месцазнаходжання"> + +<!ENTITY autoComplete.label "Самазавяршэнне"> +<!ENTITY autoCompleteAutoFill.label "Самазавяршаць найлепшым падборам"> +<!ENTITY autoCompleteAutoFill.accesskey "з"> +<!ENTITY autoCompleteShowPopup.label "Паказваць спіс адпаведных вынікаў"> +<!ENTITY autoCompleteShowPopup.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchOnlyTyped.label "Падбіраць толькі пляцоўкі сеціва, якія вы папярэдне ўводзілі"> +<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchOnlyTyped.accesskey "б"> +<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatch.label "Адпавяданне"> +<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatch.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchAnywhere "Усюды ў месцазнаходжанні ці загалоўку"> +<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchWordsFirst "Усюды, але пераважна ў межах словаў"> +<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchWords "Толькі ў межах словаў"> +<!ENTITY autoCompleteMatchStart "Толькі ў пачатку месцазнаходжання або загалоўка"> +<!ENTITY showInternetSearch.label "Паказаць змоўчную машыну пошуку Інтэрнэту"> +<!ENTITY showInternetSearch.accesskey "м"> + +<!ENTITY formatting.label "Фарматаванне"> +<!ENTITY domainFormatting.label "Падфарбоўваць дзейны выніковы дамен для сеціўных пляцовак і паслугачоў FTP"> +<!ENTITY domainFormatting.accesskey "ф"> +<!ENTITY highlightSecure.label "Падфарбоўваць сеціўныя старонкі з высокім узроўнем бяспекі злучэння"> +<!ENTITY highlightSecure.accesskey "ф"> + +<!ENTITY unknownLocations.label "Невядомыя месцазнаходжанні"> +<!ENTITY domainGuessing.label "Дадаваць "www." і ".com" да адрасу, калі старонка не знойдзена"> +<!ENTITY domainGuessing.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY keywords.label "Выконваць пошук у Сеціве, калі ўведзены тэкст не з'яўляецца сеціўным адрасам"> +<!ENTITY keywords.accesskey "ш"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-masterpass.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-masterpass.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..31299f4b13 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-masterpass.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY changepassword.caption "Змяненне галоўнага пароля"> +<!ENTITY changepassword.text "Ваш галоўны пароль абараняе значныя звесткі, такія як паролі сеціва і пасведчанні."> +<!ENTITY changepassword.button "Змяніць пароль…"> +<!ENTITY changepassword.accesskey "З"> + +<!ENTITY resetpassword.caption "Скіданне галоўнага пароля"> +<!ENTITY resetpassword.text "Калі вы скінеце ваш галоўны пароль, усе вашы захаваныя паролі Сеціва і э-пошты, даныя формаў, асабовыя пасведчанні, прыватныя ключы згубяцца."> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-mousewheel.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-mousewheel.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0498a57f08 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-mousewheel.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE Mouse-wheel management prefs, for those lucky OSes that support mouse wheels --> + +<!ENTITY pref.mouseWheel.title "Кола мышы"> +<!ENTITY mouseWheelPanel.label "Вызначыць паводзіны кола мышы, калі яна выкарыстоўваецца з змяняльнай клавішай:"> +<!ENTITY usingJustTheWheel.label "Без змяняльнай клавішы"> +<!ENTITY mouseWheelGroup.label "Вертыкальнае пракручванне"> +<!ENTITY mouseWheelHorizGroup.label "Гарызантальнае пракручванне"> +<!ENTITY sameAsVertical.label "Як і вертыкальнае пракручванне"> +<!ENTITY sameAsVertical.accesskey "в"> +<!ENTITY doNothing.label "Не рабіць нічога"> +<!ENTITY doNothing.accesskey "н"> +<!ENTITY doNothingHoriz.accesskey "н"> +<!ENTITY scrollDocument.label "Пракрутка дакумента"> +<!ENTITY scrollDocument.accesskey "к"> +<!ENTITY scrollDocumentHoriz.accesskey "г"> +<!ENTITY history.label "Перайсці назад ці наперад згодна гісторыі азірання"> +<!ENTITY history.accesskey "п"> +<!ENTITY historyHoriz.accesskey "р"> +<!ENTITY zoom.label "Зрабіць старонку большай ці меншай"> +<!ENTITY zoom.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY zoomHoriz.accesskey "з"> +<!ENTITY wheelSpeed.label "Хуткасць кола мышы:"> +<!ENTITY wheelSpeed.accesskey "к"> +<!ENTITY wheelSpeedHoriz.accesskey "о"> +<!ENTITY reverseDirection.label "Адваротны кірунак:"> +<!ENTITY reverseDirection.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY reverseDirectionHoriz.accesskey "д"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-navigator.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-navigator.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..972b3e91e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-navigator.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.navigator.title "Азіральнік"> + +<!ENTITY navRadio.label "Адлюстроўваць на"> +<!ENTITY navRadio.accesskey "н"> +<!ENTITY navStartPageMenu.label "Пры запуску азіральніка"> +<!ENTITY newWinPageMenu.label "У новым акне"> +<!ENTITY newTabPageMenu.label "У новай устаўцы"> + +<!ENTITY blankPageRadio.label "Пустую старонку"> +<!ENTITY blankPageRadio.accesskey "у"> +<!ENTITY homePageRadio.label "Хатнюю старонку"> +<!ENTITY homePageRadio.accesskey "Х"> +<!ENTITY lastPageRadio.label "Апошнюю наведаную старонку"> +<!ENTITY lastPageRadio.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY restoreSessionRadio.label "Аднавіць папярэднюю сэсію"> +<!ENTITY restoreSessionRadio.accesskey "А"> + +<!ENTITY restoreSessionIntro.label "Падчас аднаўлення сэсіяў і вокнаў"> +<!ENTITY restoreImmediately.label "Аднаўляць усе ўстаўкі адразу"> +<!ENTITY restoreImmediately.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY restoreTabs.label "Аднавіць"> +<!ENTITY restoreTabs.accesskey "н"> +<!ENTITY restoreTabsAtATime.label "устаўка (-кі) ў час"> +<!ENTITY restoreDeferred.label "Аднаўляць устаўкі толькі калі яны парабуюцца"> +<!ENTITY restoreDeferred.accesskey "п"> + +<!ENTITY homePageIntro.label "Пстрыканне па кнопцы Дадому накіруе вас на гэтую старонку ці групу старонак:"> +<!ENTITY useCurrent.label "Цяперашняя старонка"> +<!ENTITY useCurrent.accesskey "Ц"> +<!ENTITY useCurrentGroup.label "Цяперашняя група"> +<!ENTITY useCurrentGroup.accesskey "Г"> +<!ENTITY browseFile.label "Выбраць файл…"> +<!ENTITY browseFile.accesskey "Ф"> +<!ENTITY useDefault.label "Першапачатковая"> +<!ENTITY useDefault.accesskey "П"> + diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-offlineapps.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-offlineapps.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7f46610ed4 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-offlineapps.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from content/pref-offlineapps.xul --> + +<!ENTITY pref.offlineapps.title "Пазасеткавыя сеціўныя прыстасаванні"> +<!ENTITY pref.offlineCache.caption "Пазасеткавае сеціўнае змесціва і карыстальніцкія здаткі"> + +<!ENTITY clearOfflineAppCache.label "Ачысціць"> +<!ENTITY clearOfflineAppCache.accesskey "А"> + +<!ENTITY offlineNotifyPermissions.label "Кіраваць дазволамі"> +<!ENTITY offlineNotifyPermissions.accesskey "К"> + +<!ENTITY offlineAppsListRemove.label "Ачысціць здаткі…"> +<!ENTITY offlineAppsListRemove.accesskey "ч"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-passwords.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-passwords.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8bf66b5be3 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-passwords.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.passwords.title "Паролі"> + +<!ENTITY signonHeader.caption "Кіраўнік пароляў"> +<!ENTITY signonDescription.label "Кіраўнік пароляў захоўвае ўваходныя звесткі для наступных абароненых паролямі пляцовак сеціва, паштовых паслугачоў, паслугачоў навінаў, і ўводзіць гэтыя звесткі самастойна, калі яны патрабуюцца."> + +<!ENTITY signonEnabled.label "Памятаць паролі"> +<!ENTITY signonEnabled.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY viewSignons.label "Кіраваць захаванымі паролямі"> +<!ENTITY viewSignons.accesskey "К"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-popups.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-popups.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..190c59f4fc --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-popups.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.popups.title "Вокны-вынырцы"> + +<!ENTITY pref.popups.caption "Вокны-вынырцы"> + +<!ENTITY popupBlock.label "Затрымліваць незапатрабаваныя вокны-вынырцы"> +<!ENTITY popupBlock.accesskey "т"> + +<!ENTITY viewPermissions.label "Кіраваць дазволамі"> +<!ENTITY viewPermissions.accesskey "д"> + +<!ENTITY whenBlock.description "Калі было затрымана акно-вынырац:"> +<!ENTITY playSound.label "Граць гук:"> +<!ENTITY playSound.accesskey "г"> +<!ENTITY systemSound.label "Сістэмны сігнал"> +<!ENTITY systemSound.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY customSound.label "Выбарачны файл .wav"> +<!ENTITY customSound.accesskey "В"> + +<!ENTITY selectSound.label "Агляд…"> +<!ENTITY selectSound.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY playSoundButton.label "Граць"> +<!ENTITY playSoundButton.accesskey "Г"> + +<!ENTITY displayIcon.label "Адлюстроўваць значок на паліцы статусу азіральніка"> +<!ENTITY displayIcon.accesskey "з"> + +<!ENTITY displayNotification.label "Паказваць паліцу апавяшчэння зверху абсягу змесціва"> +<!ENTITY displayNotification.accesskey "к"> + +<!ENTITY popupNote.description "Заўвага: Затрымка ўсіх вынырцаў можа перашкаджаць працы істотных асаблівасцяў асобных пляцовак сеціва, такіх як уваходных вокнаў банкаўскіх і гандлёвых пляцовак. Каб даведацца, якім чынам дазволіць пэўным пляцоўкам ужываць вынырцы, калі астатнія затрымліваюцца, пстрыкніце Даведка. Нават калі вынырцы затрымліваюцца, пляцоўкі могуць ужываць іншыя метады, каб іх паказваць."> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-privatedata.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-privatedata.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..acfe144533 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-privatedata.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.privatedata.title "Асабістыя здаткі"> + + +<!ENTITY clearPrivateData.label "Ачысціць асабістыя здаткі"> + +<!ENTITY alwaysClear.label "Заўсёды ачышчаць асабістыя здаткі падчас закрыцця &brandShortName;"> +<!ENTITY alwaysClear.accesskey "ў"> + +<!ENTITY askBeforeClear.label "Пытаць мяне, ці ачышчаць асабістыя здаткі"> + +<!ENTITY clearDataSettings.label "Калі я запытваю &brandShortName; ачысціць мае асабістыя здаткі, ён павінны вынішчыць:"> + + +<!ENTITY clearDataDialog.label "Ачысціць зараз…"> +<!ENTITY clearDataSilent.label "Ачысціць зараз"> +<!ENTITY clearDataDialog.accesskey "з"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-proxies-advanced.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-proxies-advanced.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3f6e6ad255 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-proxies-advanced.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.proxies.advanced.title "Пашыраныя наладжванні пасярэднікаў"> +<!ENTITY protocols.caption "Пасярэднікі для пратаколаў:"> +<!ENTITY protocols.description "Звычайна адзін пасярэднік можа апрацоўваць усе пратаколы, пералічаныя тут."> +<!ENTITY http.label "Пасярэднік HTTP:"> +<!ENTITY http.accesskey "я"> +<!ENTITY ssl.label "Пасярэднік SSL:"> +<!ENTITY ssl.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY ftp.label "Пасярэднік FTP:"> +<!ENTITY ftp.accesskey "f"> +<!ENTITY reuseProxy.label "Ужыць гэтыя наладжванні для ўсіх пратаколаў"> +<!ENTITY reuseProxy.accesskey "ж"> +<!ENTITY port.label "Порт:"> +<!ENTITY HTTPPort.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY SSLPort.accesskey "о"> +<!ENTITY FTPPort.accesskey "р"> + +<!ENTITY socks.caption "Агульны пасярэднік"> +<!ENTITY socks.description "Пасярэднік SOCKS – агульны пасярэднік, які часам ужываецца ў карпаратыўным або падобным асяроддзі."> +<!ENTITY socks.label "Трымальнік SOCKS:"> +<!ENTITY socks.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY socks4.label "SOCKS в4"> +<!ENTITY socks4.accesskey "4"> +<!ENTITY socks5.label "SOCKS в5"> +<!ENTITY socks5.accesskey "5"> +<!ENTITY socksRemoteDNS.label "Ужываць для развязвання назваў трымальнікаў (раіцца для SOCKS в5)"> +<!ENTITY socksRemoteDNS.accesskey "ж"> +<!ENTITY SOCKSport.accesskey "т"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-proxies.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-proxies.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4eeb46c7d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-proxies.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from content/pref-proxies.xul --> + +<!ENTITY pref.proxies.title "Пасярэднікі"> +<!ENTITY pref.proxies.desc "Пасярэднік – гэта сеткавая служба, якая можа сітаваць і паскараць ваша злучэнне з Інтэрнэтам."> +<!ENTITY proxyTitle.label "Наладка пасярэднікаў дзеля доступу ў Інтэрнэт"> +<!ENTITY directTypeRadio.label "Непасрэднае злучэнне з Інтэрнэтам"> +<!ENTITY directTypeRadio.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY systemTypeRadio.label "Ужываць сістэмныя наладжванні пасярэднікаў"> +<!ENTITY systemTypeRadio.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY manualTypeRadio.label "Ручная наладка пасярэднікаў:"> +<!ENTITY manualTypeRadio.accesskey "Р"> +<!ENTITY wpadTypeRadio.label "Самастойна выявіць наладку пасярэдніка"> +<!ENTITY wpadTypeRadio.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY autoTypeRadio.label "URL самастойнай наладкі пасярэднікаў:"> +<!ENTITY autoTypeRadio.accesskey "с"> +<!ENTITY reload.label "Абнавіць"> +<!ENTITY reload.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY http.label "Пасярэднік:"> +<!ENTITY http.accesskey "я"> +<!ENTITY port.label "Порт:"> +<!ENTITY HTTPPort.accesskey "о"> +<!ENTITY advanced.label "Пашыраны…"> +<!ENTITY advanced.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY noproxy.label "Без пасярэдніка:"> +<!ENTITY noproxy.accesskey "Б"> +<!ENTITY noproxyExplain.label "Прыклад: .mozilla.org, .net.nz, 192.168.1.0/24"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-scripts.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-scripts.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d18dd6fd8f --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-scripts.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from content/pref-scripts.xul --> + +<!ENTITY navigator.label "Азіральніку"> +<!ENTITY navigator.accesskey "Н"> + +<!ENTITY enableJavaScript.label "Дазволіць JavaScript у"> +<!ENTITY allowScripts.label "Дазволіць сцэнарам:"> +<!ENTITY allowScripts.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY allowWindowMoveResize.label "Перасоўваць існыя вокны ці зменьваць іх памеры"> +<!ENTITY allowWindowFlip.label "Узнімаць ці зніжаць вокны"> +<!ENTITY allowWindowStatusChange.label "Змяняць тэкст на паліцы статусу"> +<!ENTITY allowContextmenuDisable.label "Забараняць ці замяняць меню"> +<!ENTITY allowHideStatusBar.label "Хаваць паліцу статусу"> + diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-search.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-search.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d3ee5e2cc0 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-search.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from content/pref-search.xul --> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE The Search prefs dialog --> + +<!ENTITY pref.search.title "Пошук у Інтэрнэце"> +<!ENTITY legendHeader "Змоўчная машына пошуку"> +<!ENTITY defaultSearchEngine.label "Пошук з дапамогай:"> +<!ENTITY defaultSearchEngine.accesskey "д"> + +<!ENTITY engineManager.label "Наладзіць машыны пошуку…"> + +<!ENTITY searchResults.label "Вынікі пошуку"> + +<!ENTITY openInTab.label "Адчыняць новыя ўстаўкі для вынікаў пошуку на бакавой палічцы"> +<!ENTITY openInTab.accesskey "н"> +<!ENTITY openContextSearchTab.label "Адчыняць устаўку замест акна для кантэкстнага пошуку сеціўнага пошуку з меню"> +<!ENTITY openContextSearchTab.accesskey "у"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-security.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-security.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..bc4cf05180 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-security.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.security.title "Адасабленне і бяспека"> + +<!ENTITY tracking.label "Сачэнне за карыстальнікам"> +<!ENTITY trackingIntro.label "Сецішныя пляцоўкі могуць сачыць, як вы выкарыстоўваеце іх, што пагражае вашаму адасабленню."> + +<!ENTITY safeBrowsing.label "Бяспечнае азіранне"> +<!ENTITY safeBrowsingIntro.label "&brandShortName; можа блакаваць сеціўныя пляцоўкі, якія занатаваныя, што змяшчаюць зламыснае змесціва."> + +<!ENTITY blockAttackSites.label "Блакаваць занатаваныя нападныя пляцоўкі (зламысныя, з вірусамі)"> +<!ENTITY blockAttackSites.accesskey "Б"> + +<!ENTITY blockWebForgeries.label "Блакаваць занатаваныя сеціўныя падробкі (лоўля)"> +<!ENTITY blockWebForgeries.accesskey "л"> + diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-smartupdate.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-smartupdate.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8b907b0f35 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-smartupdate.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.smartUpdate.title "Усталяванне праграмнага забеспячэння"> +<!ENTITY addOnsTitle.label "Дадаткі"> +<!ENTITY addOnsAllow.label "Дазволіць пляцоўкам Сеціва ўсталёўваць дадаткі і абнаўленні"> +<!ENTITY addOnsAllow.accesskey "ў"> +<!ENTITY allowedSitesLink.label "Дазволеныя пляцоўкі Сеціва"> +<!ENTITY autoAddOnsUpdates.label "Самастойна правяраць, ці існуюць абнаўленні"> +<!ENTITY autoAddOnsUpdates.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY daily.label "штодзённа"> +<!ENTITY addOnsDaily.accesskey "д"> +<!ENTITY weekly.label "штотыдзень"> +<!ENTITY addOnsWeekly.accesskey "т"> +<!ENTITY addOnsModeAutomatic.label "Самастойна сцягваць і ўсталёўваць абнаўленні"> +<!ENTITY addOnsModeAutomatic.accesskey "л"> +<!ENTITY enablePersonalized.label "Прыасобіць парады дадаткаў"> +<!ENTITY enablePersonalized.accesskey "р"> +<!ENTITY addonManagerLink.label "Кіраваць дадаткамі"> + +<!ENTITY appUpdates.caption "&brandShortName;"> +<!ENTITY autoAppUpdates.label "Самастойна правяраць, ці існуюць абнаўленні"> +<!ENTITY autoAppUpdates.accesskey "в"> +<!ENTITY appDaily.accesskey "д"> +<!ENTITY appWeekly.accesskey "т"> +<!ENTITY appModeAutomatic.label "Самастойна сцягваць і ўсталёўваць абнаўленне"> +<!ENTITY appModeAutomatic.accesskey "ц"> +<!ENTITY updateHistoryButton.label "Паказаць гісторыю абнаўленняў…"> +<!ENTITY updateHistoryButton.accesskey "г"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-spelling.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-spelling.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3bfd73c036 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-spelling.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this file, + - You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY prefSpelling.title "Праверка правапісу"> +<!ENTITY generalSpelling.label "Асноўныя"> +<!ENTITY checkSpellingWhenTyping.label "Правяраць правапіс падчас набору:"> +<!ENTITY checkSpellingWhenTyping.accesskey "ч"> +<!ENTITY dontCheckSpelling.label "Ніколі"> +<!ENTITY multilineCheckSpelling.label "У шматрадковых скрынках"> +<!ENTITY alwaysCheckSpelling.label "Усе скрынкі"> +<!ENTITY spellForMailAndNews.label "Пошта і Навінакупы"> +<!ENTITY checkSpellingBeforeSend.label "Правяраць правапіс перад дасыланнем"> +<!ENTITY checkSpellingBeforeSend.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY spellCheckInline.label "Правяраць правапіс падчас набору"> +<!ENTITY spellCheckInline.accesskey "н"> +<!ENTITY languagePopup.label "Мова:"> +<!ENTITY languagePopup.accessKey "М"> +<!ENTITY moreDictionaries.label "Загрузіць іншыя слоўнікі…"> +<!ENTITY noSpellCheckAvailable.label "Няма даступных слоўнікаў."> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-ssl.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-ssl.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e9ef5d3c6c --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-ssl.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY SSLMixedContent.caption "Змешанае змесціва"> +<!ENTITY SSLClientAuthMethod.caption "Выбар пасведчання спажыўца"> + +<!ENTITY limit.description "Вы можаце абмежаваць выкарыстанне пратаколаў шыфравання, якія ўжываюцца для бяспечных злучэнняў. Выберыце адну версію або несупынны шэраг версіяў."> +<!ENTITY limit.enable.label "Дазволена:"> +<!ENTITY limit.tls10.label "TLS 1.0"> +<!ENTITY limit.tls10.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY limit.tls11.label "TLS 1.1"> +<!ENTITY limit.tls11.accesskey "1"> +<!ENTITY limit.tls12.label "TLS 1.2"> +<!ENTITY limit.tls12.accesskey "2"> + +<!ENTITY warn.description2 "&brandShortName; можа папярэджваць вас пра стан бяспекі старонак, якія вы праглядваеце. Наладзіць &brandShortName; паказваць папярэджанне, калі:"> +<!ENTITY warn.enteringsecure "Загрузкай старонкі, якая падтрымлівае шыфраванне"> +<!ENTITY warn.enteringsecure.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY warn.insecurepost "Дасыланнем даных формы з незашыфраванай старонкі на незашыфраваную старонку"> +<!ENTITY warn.insecurepost.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY warn.leavingsecure "Пакіданнем старонкі, якая падтрымлівае шыфраванне"> +<!ENTITY warn.leavingsecure.accesskey "к"> + +<!ENTITY mixed.description "Тайнапісныя старонкі могуць змяшчаць нетайнапіснае змесціва, прыступнае для падслухоўвання або падробкі. &brandShortName; можа выяўляць і блакаваць яго:"> +<!ENTITY warn.mixedactivecontent "Папярэджваць мяне, калі тайнапісная старонка ўтрымлівае небяспенае змесціва"> +<!ENTITY warn.mixedactivecontent.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY block.activecontent "Не загружаць небяспечнае змесціва на тайнапісныя старонкі"> +<!ENTITY block.activecontent.accesskey "з"> +<!ENTITY warn.mixeddisplaycontent "Папярэджваць мяне, калі тайнапісная старонка ўтрымлівае іншыя тыпы змешанага змесціва"> +<!ENTITY warn.mixeddisplaycontent.accesskey "а"> +<!ENTITY block.displaycontent "Не заружаць іншыя тыпы змешанага змесціва на тайнапісныя старонкі"> +<!ENTITY block.displaycontent.accesskey "м"> + +<!ENTITY certselect.description "Вырашае, як &brandShortName; выбірае пасведчанне бяспекі для падання яго пляцоўкам сеціва, якія патрабуюць пасведчанне:"> +<!ENTITY certselect.auto "Выбірае самастойна"> +<!ENTITY certselect.auto.accesskey "с"> +<!ENTITY certselect.ask "Запытвае кожны раз"> +<!ENTITY certselect.ask.accesskey "к"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-sync.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-sync.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a9dd8233b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-sync.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY setupButton.label "Уладкаваць &syncBrand.fullName.label;"> +<!ENTITY setupButton.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY weaveDesc.label "&syncBrand.fullName.label; дазваляе вам мець доступ да вашых гісторыі, закладак, пароляў і адкрытых уставак на ўсіх вашых збудовах."> + +<!ENTITY accountGroupboxCaption.label "Рахунак &syncBrand.fullName.label;"> +<!ENTITY accountName.label "Назва рахунку:"> + +<!ENTITY updatePass.label "Абнавіць"> +<!ENTITY updatePass.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY resetPass.label "Скінуць"> +<!ENTITY resetPass.accesskey "С"> + +<!ENTITY manageAccount.label "Кіраваць рахункам"> +<!ENTITY manageAccount.accesskey "р"> +<!ENTITY viewQuota.label "Прагледзець абмежаванне"> +<!ENTITY viewQuota.accesskey "м"> +<!ENTITY changePassword.label "Змяніць пароль"> +<!ENTITY changePassword.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY myRecoveryKey.label "Мой адноўны ключ"> +<!ENTITY myRecoveryKey.accesskey "М"> +<!ENTITY resetSync.label "Узнавіць сінхранізацыю"> +<!ENTITY resetSync.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY unlinkDevice.label "Разлучыцца з гэтай збудовай"> +<!ENTITY unlinkDevice.accesskey "Р"> +<!ENTITY addDevice.label "Дадаць збудову"> +<!ENTITY addDevice.accesskey "Д"> + +<!ENTITY syncComputerName.label "Назва кампутара:"> +<!ENTITY syncComputerName.accesskey "к"> + +<!ENTITY syncMy2.label "Сінхранізаваць мае:"> +<!ENTITY engine.addons.label "Дадаткі"> +<!ENTITY engine.addons.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY engine.bookmarks.label "Закладкі"> +<!ENTITY engine.bookmarks.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY engine.tabs.label "Устаўкі"> +<!ENTITY engine.tabs.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY engine.history.label "Гісторыя"> +<!ENTITY engine.history.accesskey "Г"> +<!ENTITY engine.passwords.label "Паролі"> +<!ENTITY engine.passwords.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY engine.prefs.label "Перавагі"> +<!ENTITY engine.prefs.accesskey "в"> + +<!ENTITY prefs.tosLink.label "Умовы абслугоўвання"> +<!ENTITY prefs.ppLink.label "Палітыка адасаблення"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-tabs.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-tabs.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e66ca15ea1 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/pref-tabs.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY tabHeader.label "Азіранне з устаўкамі"> + +<!ENTITY tabDisplay.label "Адлюстраванне уставак"> +<!ENTITY autoHide.label "Хаваць паліцу ўставак, калі адчынена толькі адна ўстаўка"> +<!ENTITY background.label "Пераключацца ў новыя ўстаўкі, адчыненыя са спасылак"> +<!ENTITY background.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY warnOnClose.label "Папярэджваць пра закрыццё вакна з шматлікімі устаўкамі"> +<!ENTITY warnOnClose.accesskey "я"> +<!ENTITY relatedAfterCurrent.label "Адкрыць датычныя ўстаўкі пасля гэтачасовай"> +<!ENTITY relatedAfterCurrent.accesskey "А"> + +<!ENTITY openTabs.label "Адчыняць устаўкі замест вакон"> + diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/preferences.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/preferences.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..825dbe44e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/preferences.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY prefWindow.title "Перавагі"> +<!ENTITY categoryHeader "Катэгорыя"> + +<!ENTITY appear.label "Выгляд"> +<!ENTITY content.label "Змесціва"> +<!ENTITY fonts.label "Шрыфты"> +<!ENTITY colors.label "Колеры"> +<!ENTITY spellingPane.label "Праверка правапісу"> + +<!ENTITY navigator.label "Азіральнік"> +<!ENTITY history.label "Гісторыя"> +<!ENTITY languages.label "Мовы"> +<!ENTITY applications.label "Дапаможныя прыстасаванні"> +<!ENTITY locationBar.label "Паліца месцазнаходжання"> +<!ENTITY search.label "Пошук у Інтэрнэце"> +<!ENTITY tabWindows.label "Азіранне з устаўкамі"> +<!ENTITY links.label "Паводзіны спасылак"> +<!ENTITY download.label "Загрузкі"> + +<!ENTITY security.label "Адасабленне і бяспека"> +<!ENTITY privatedata.label "Асабістыя здаткі"> +<!ENTITY cookies.label "Біркі"> +<!ENTITY images.label "Выявы"> +<!ENTITY popups.label "Вокны-Вынырцы"> +<!ENTITY passwords.label "Паролі"> +<!ENTITY certs.label "Пасведчанні"> + +<!ENTITY sync.label "Sync"> + +<!ENTITY advance.label "Пашыраны"> +<!ENTITY keynav.label "Клавіятурная навігацыя"> +<!ENTITY findAsYouType.label "Знаходзіць тое, што вы набіраеце"> +<!ENTITY cache.label "Запаснік"> +<!ENTITY offlineApps.label "Пазасеткавыя прыстасаванні"> +<!ENTITY proxies.label "Пасярэднікі"> +<!ENTITY httpnetworking.label "Сетка HTTP"> +<!ENTITY smart.label "Усталяванне праграмнага забеспячэння"> +<!ENTITY mousewheel.label "Кола мышы"> + +<!ENTITY focusSearch.key "f"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/prefutilities.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/prefutilities.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4af0014db3 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/pref/prefutilities.properties @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +cachefolder = Выбраць папку запасніка +cacheSizeInfo = Ваш запаснік зараз выкарыстоўвае %1$S %2$S дыскавай прасторы. + +offlineAppRemoveTitle = Выдаліць пазасеткавыя здаткі пляцовак сеціва +offlineAppRemovePrompt = Пасля выдалення гэтых здаткаў %S не будзе даступны па-за сеткай. Вы сапраўды хочаце выдаліць гэтую пазасеткавую пляцоўку сеціва? +offlineAppRemoveConfirm = Выдаліць пазасеткавыя здаткі + +offlineAppUsage = %1$S %2$S + +choosehomepage = Выберыце хатнюю старонку +downloadfolder = Выбраць папку для загрузак +desktopFolderName = Працоўны стол +downloadsFolderName = Загрузкі +choosesound = Выбраць гук + +SoundFiles = Гукі + +syncUnlink.title = Вы хочаце разлучыцца з вашай збудовай? +syncUnlink.label = Гэтая збудова больш не будзе спалучацца з вашым рахункам Sync. Усе вашы асабістыя здаткі, і на гэтай збудове, і ў вашым рахунку Sync, застануцца некранутымі. +syncUnlinkConfirm.label = Разлучыцца diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/printPreview.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/printPreview.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..28525bc559 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/printPreview.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY print.label "Друкаваць…"> +<!ENTITY print.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY pageSetup.label "Уладкаваць старонку…"> +<!ENTITY pageSetup.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY page.label "Старонка:"> +<!ENTITY page.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY of.label "з"> +<!ENTITY scale.label "Павялічэнне:"> +<!ENTITY scale.accesskey "в"> +<!ENTITY portrait.label "Кніжная"> +<!ENTITY portrait.accesskey "К"> +<!ENTITY landscape.label "Альбомная"> +<!ENTITY landscape.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY close.label "Зачыніць"> +<!ENTITY close.accesskey "ч"> +<!ENTITY p30.label "30%"> +<!ENTITY p40.label "40%"> +<!ENTITY p50.label "50%"> +<!ENTITY p60.label "60%"> +<!ENTITY p70.label "70%"> +<!ENTITY p80.label "80%"> +<!ENTITY p90.label "90%"> +<!ENTITY p100.label "100%"> +<!ENTITY p125.label "125%"> +<!ENTITY p150.label "150%"> +<!ENTITY p175.label "175%"> +<!ENTITY p200.label "200%"> +<!ENTITY Custom.label "Выбарачнае…"> +<!ENTITY ShrinkToFit.label "Сціснуць да шырыні"> +<!ENTITY customPrompt.title "Выбарачнае павялічэнне…"> + +<!ENTITY homearrow.tooltip "Першая старонка"> +<!ENTITY endarrow.tooltip "Апошняя старонка"> +<!ENTITY rightarrow.tooltip "Наступная старонка"> +<!ENTITY leftarrow.tooltip "Папярэдняя старонка"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/profile/profileSelection.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/profile/profileSelection.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e212be661d --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/profile/profileSelection.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<!-- -*- Mode: SGML; indent-tabs-mode: nil; -*- --> +<!-- + + This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Выбар профілю карыстальніка"> +<!ENTITY profileManager.title "Кіраўнік профіляў &brandShortName;"> + +<!ENTITY manage.label "Уладкаваць профілі…"> +<!ENTITY manage.accesskey "л"> +<!ENTITY select.label "Скарыстаць профіль"> + +<!ENTITY availableProfiles.label "Даступныя профілі"> + +<!ENTITY introStart.label "Каб атрымаць доступ да асабістага профілю, які змяшчае захаваныя лісты, наладжванні і іншыя асабістыя звесткі, выберыце, калі ласка, гэты профіль са спіса, і пстрыкніце &start.label;, каб пачаць вашу сэсію."> +<!ENTITY introSwitch.label "Каб пачаць карыстацца іншым профілям, які змяшчае захаваныя лісты, наладжванні і іншыя асабістыя звесткі, выберыце, калі ласка, гэты профіль са спіса, і пстрыкніце &select.label;."> +<!ENTITY profileManagerText.label "&brandShortName; захоўвае звесткі аб вашых наладжваннях, перавагах, закладках, захаваных лістах і іншых адзінках карыстальніка ў вашым профілі."> + +<!ENTITY autoSelect.label "Змоўчны профіль"> +<!ENTITY autoSelect.accesskey "З"> + diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/profile/profileSelection.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/profile/profileSelection.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..173f47d68b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/profile/profileSelection.properties @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +deleteLocked = %S не можа выдаліць профіль "%S", бо ён выкарыстоўваецца. +deleteProfile = Выдаленне профілю знішчыць апошні ў спісе даступных профіляў. Гэта дзеянне немагчыма адмяніць.\n\nТаксама вы можаце выдаліць файлы даных профілю, уключаючы вашы захаваныя пошту, наладжванні, і пасведчанні. Гэтае наладжванне дазваляе выдаліць папку "%S", што немагчыма адмяніць.\n\nВы сапраўды хочаце выдаліць файлы даных профілю?\n\n + +manageTitle = Кіраванне профілямі карыстальнікаў +selectTitle = Выбар профілю карыстальніка + +dirLocked = %S не можа ўжываць профіль "%S". Магчыма, ён выкарыстоўваецца, не даступны ці пашкоджаны.\n\nВыберыце, калі ласка, іншы профіль або стварыце новы. + diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/quitDialog.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/quitDialog.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d8929b07d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/quitDialog.properties @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# Strings for the Quit, Restart, and Close-browser dialogs +# used by _onQuitRequest() in nsSuiteGlue.js + +quitDialogTitle = Выйсці з %S +lastwindowDialogTitle = Зачыніць азіральнік %S +restartDialogTitle = Перазапусціць %S + +restartNowTitle = Пе&разапусціць зараз +restartLaterTitle = Перазапусціць &пазней +quitTitle = &Выйсці +lastwindowTitle = Зачыніць а&зіральнік +cancelTitle = &Скасаваць +saveTitle = &Захаваць і выйсці +savelastwindowTitle = &Захаваць і зачыніць +neverAsk = &Не пытаць наступным разам +message = Вы хочаце, каб %S захаваў вашы ўстаўкі і вокны да наступнага запуску? +messageNoWindows = Вы хочаце, каб %S захаваў вашы ўстаўкі да наступнага запуску? +messageRestart = %S паспрабуе аднавіць вашы ўстаўкі і вокны пасля перазапуску. diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/region.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/region.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..02cca86d9e --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/region.properties @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +app.update.url.details = http://www.seamonkey-project.org/releases/ diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/safeBrowsing.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/safeBrowsing.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7d42b2b90f --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/safeBrowsing.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY safeb.palm.accept.label "Пакінуць гэтае месца!"> +<!ENTITY safeb.palm.decline.label "Ігнараваць гэтае папярэджанне"> +<!ENTITY safeb.palm.reportPage.label "Чаму гэтая старонка затрымана?"> + +<!ENTITY safeb.blocked.malwarePage.title "Занатаваная нападная пляцоўка!"> +<!ENTITY safeb.blocked.malwarePage.shortDesc "Гэтая старонка <span id='malware_sitename'/> занатована як нападная і затрымана згодна вашым перавагам бяспекі."> +<!ENTITY safeb.blocked.malwarePage.longDesc "<p>Нападныя старонкі спрабуюць усталёўваць праграмы, якія крадуць асабістыя звесткі, скарыстоўваюць ваш кампутар, каб нападаць на іншыя, або псуюць вашу сістэму.</p><p>Асобныя нападныя старонкі наўмысна распаўсюджваюць шкодныя праграмы, шмат з якіх перакручаны без ведаму і дазволу іх уладальнікаў.</p>"> + diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/safeMode.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/safeMode.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9a210cd929 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/safeMode.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY safeModeDialog.title "Бяспечны рэжым &brandShortName;"> +<!ENTITY window.width "43em"> + +<!ENTITY safeModeDescription.label "&brandShortName; зараз працуе ў бяспечным рэжыме, у якім часова забаронены ўсталяваныя вамі наладжванні, тэмы і пашырэнні."> +<!ENTITY safeModeDescription2.label "Вы можаце зрабіць асобныя або ўсе гэтыя змяненні заўсёднымі:"> + +<!ENTITY disableAddons.label "Забараніць усе дадаткі"> +<!ENTITY disableAddons.accesskey "З"> + +<!ENTITY resetToolbars.label "Узнавіць прыладапаліцы і памеры вокнаў"> +<!ENTITY resetToolbars.accesskey "У"> + +<!ENTITY deleteBookmarks.label "Выдаліць усе закладкі акрамя адновак"> +<!ENTITY deleteBookmarks.accesskey "з"> + +<!ENTITY resetUserPrefs.label "Узнавіць усе змоўчныя карыстальніцкія перавагі &brandShortName;"> +<!ENTITY resetUserPrefs.accesskey "н"> + +<!ENTITY restoreSearch.label "Аднавіць змоўчныя машыны пошуку"> +<!ENTITY restoreSearch.accesskey "д"> + +<!ENTITY changeAndRestartButton.label "Захаваць змяненні і перазапусціць"> +<!ENTITY continueButton.label "Працягнуць працаваць у бяспечным рэжыме"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/sanitize.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/sanitize.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..06ccfe1d69 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/sanitize.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY sanitizeDialog.title "Ачысціць асабістыя здаткі"> + +<!ENTITY sanitizeItems.label "Ачысціць наступныя адзінкі зараз:"> + +<!ENTITY itemHistory.label "Гісторыю азірання"> +<!ENTITY itemHistory.accesskey "а"> +<!ENTITY itemUrlBar.label "Гісторыю паліцы месцазнаходжання"> +<!ENTITY itemUrlBar.accesskey "Г"> +<!ENTITY itemDownloads.label "Гісторыю загрузак"> +<!ENTITY itemDownloads.accesskey "г"> +<!ENTITY itemFormSearchHistory.label "Захаваныя формы і гісторыя пошуку"> +<!ENTITY itemFormSearchHistory.accesskey "ф"> +<!ENTITY itemCache.label "Запаснік"> +<!ENTITY itemCache.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY itemCookies.label "Біркі"> +<!ENTITY itemCookies.accesskey "б"> +<!ENTITY itemOfflineApps.label "Пазасеткавыя здаткі пляцовак сеціва"> +<!ENTITY itemOfflineApps.accesskey "д"> +<!ENTITY itemPasswords.label "Захаваныя паролі"> +<!ENTITY itemPasswords.accesskey "п"> +<!ENTITY itemSessions.label "Апазнаныя сэсіі"> +<!ENTITY itemSessions.accesskey "с"> + diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/search/engineManager.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/search/engineManager.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..90a4cb7c49 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/search/engineManager.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY engineManager.title "Кіраванне спісам машынаў пошуку"> +<!ENTITY engineManager.style "min-width: 40em;"> +<!ENTITY engineManager.intro "Наступныя машыны пошуку ўсталяваны ў вас:"> + +<!ENTITY columnLabel.name "Назва"> +<!ENTITY columnLabel.keyword "Ключавое слова"> + +<!ENTITY up.label "Рухаць угору"> +<!ENTITY up.accesskey "г"> +<!ENTITY dn.label "Рухаць уніз"> +<!ENTITY dn.accesskey "н"> +<!ENTITY remove.label "Прыняць"> +<!ENTITY remove.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY edit.label "Правіць ключавое слова…"> +<!ENTITY edit.accesskey "р"> + +<!ENTITY addEngine.label "Атрымаць іншыя машыны пошуку…"> +<!ENTITY addEngine.accesskey "А"> + +<!ENTITY enableSuggest.label "Паказваць прапановы пошуку"> +<!ENTITY enableSuggest.accesskey "ш"> + +<!ENTITY restoreDefaults.label "Аднавіць змоўчныя"> +<!ENTITY restoreDefaults.accesskey "з"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/search/engineManager.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/search/engineManager.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4f7b32c5f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/search/engineManager.properties @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +editTitle = Праўка ключавога слова +editMsg = Увядзіце новае ключавое слова для "%S": +duplicateTitle = Падвоенае ключавое слова +duplicateEngineMsg = Вы выбралі ключавое слова, якое зараз ужываецца для "%S". Выберыце, калі ласка, іншае. +duplicateBookmarkMsg = Вы выбралі ключавое слова, якое зараз ужываецца закладкай. Выберыце, калі ласка, іншае. diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/search/search-panel.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/search/search-panel.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c72630efde --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/search/search-panel.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY search.button.label "Пошук"> +<!ENTITY search.placeholder "Увядзіце тэкст для пошуку"> + +<!ENTITY search.engineManager.label "Наладзіць машыны пошуку…"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/search/search.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/search/search.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..896a3bcd8b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/search/search.properties @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +searchtip = Пошук з дапамогаю %S +cmd_addFoundEngine = Дадаць "%S" diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/search/searchbar.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/search/searchbar.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6fda053517 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/search/searchbar.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY cmd_engineManager.label "Наладзіць машыны пошуку…"> +<!ENTITY searchEndCap.label "Пошук"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/setDesktopBackground.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/setDesktopBackground.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cca064a4ef --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/setDesktopBackground.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY setDesktopBackground.title "Усталяваць фон працоўнага стала"> + +<!ENTITY position.label "Месцазнаходжанне:"> +<!ENTITY position.accesskey "М"> +<!ENTITY position.tile.label "Чарапіцаю"> +<!ENTITY position.stretch.label "Расцягнуць"> +<!ENTITY position.center.label "Пасярэдзіне"> +<!ENTITY position.fill.label "Запоўніць"> +<!ENTITY position.fit.label "Уціснуць"> +<!ENTITY picker.label "Колер:"> +<!ENTITY picker.accesskey "К"> +<!ENTITY preview.caption "Перадпрагляд"> +<!ENTITY apply.label "Ужыць"> +<!ENTITY apply.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY close.label "Закрыць"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/shellservice.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/shellservice.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..57735a672c --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/shellservice.properties @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +preferencesLabel = &Перавагі %S +safeModeLabel = &Бяспечны рэжым %S +desktopBackgroundLeafNameWin = Desktop Background.bmp diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/customize.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/customize.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7df9291fd1 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/customize.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from ./customize.xul --> + +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.customize.label "Наладзіць устаўку…"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.customize.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.remove.label "Прыняць"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.remove.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.additional.label "Даступныя ўстаўкі:"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.additional.accesskey "с"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.add.label "Дадаць"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.add.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.preview.label "Перадпрагляд…"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.preview.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.up.label "Угору"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.up.accesskey "г"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.down.label "Уніз"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.down.accesskey "н"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.more.label "Знайсці яшчэ ўстаўкі…"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.more.accesskey "З"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/preview.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/preview.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..68a130cd4b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/preview.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY sidebar.preview.title.label "Перадпрагляд устаўкі"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/sidebar.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/sidebar.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..242c4fd3cb --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/sidebar.properties @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +addPanelConfirmTitle = Дадаць устаўку на Палічку + +dupePanelAlertTitle = Палічка diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/sidebarOverlay.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/sidebarOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2253189b9a --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/sidebar/sidebarOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY sidebar.panels.label "Палічка"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.reload.label "Абнавіць"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.reload.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.picker.label "Устаўкі"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.label "Наладзіць Палічку…"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.customize.accesskey "л"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.hide.label "Схаваць устаўку"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.hide.accesskey "х"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.switch.label "Перайсці да ўстаўкі"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.switch.accesskey "й"> +<!ENTITY sidebarCmd.label "Палічка"> +<!ENTITY sidebarCmd.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.loading.label "Загрузка…"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.loadstopped.label "Загрузка прыпынена"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.loading.stop.label "Спыніць"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.loading.stop.accesskey "С"> + +<!ENTITY sidebar.no-panels.state "Палічка зараз пустая."> +<!ENTITY sidebar.no-panels.add 'Вы можаце дадаць устаўкі калі пстрыкніце па кнопцы "Устаўкі".'> +<!ENTITY sidebar.no-panels.hide 'Калі вы хочаце схаваць Палічку зусім, пстрыкніце па "Прагляд" у меню ўгары і выберыце "Палічка" ў падменю "Паказаць/Схаваць".'> +<!ENTITY sidebar.sbDirectory.label "Дырэкторыя Палічкі…"> + +<!ENTITY sidebar.pagenotfound.label "Гэтая ўстаўка зараз недаступна."> +<!ENTITY sidebar.close.tooltip "Зачыніць Палічку"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.open.tooltip "Адчыніць Палічку"> + +<!ENTITY sidebar.search.label "Пошук"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.client-bookmarks.label "Закладкі"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.client-history.label "Гісторыя"> +<!ENTITY sidebar.client-addressbook.label "Адрасная кніга"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncBrand.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncBrand.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..041c3d236f --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncBrand.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY syncBrand.shortName.label "Sync"> +<!ENTITY syncBrand.fullName.label "SeaMonkey Sync"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncGenericChange.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncGenericChange.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..88395aa17f --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncGenericChange.properties @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +change.password.title = Змена вашага пароля +change.password.acceptButton = Змяніць пароль +change.password.status.active = Змяненне вашага пароля… +change.password.status.success = Ваш пароль зменены. +change.password.status.error = Здарылася памылка падчас змены вашага пароля. + +change.password3.introText = Ваш пароль павінны быць прынамсі 8 знакаў даўжынёй. Ён не можа быць аднолькавым з вашым адрасам э-пошты або адноўным ключом. +change.password.warningText = Заўвага: усе вашы іншыя збудовы не будуць здольнымі злучацца з вашым рахункам, калі вы зменіце гэты пароль. + +change.recoverykey.title = Змяненне вашага адноўнага ключа +change.recoverykey.acceptButton = Змяніць адноўны ключ +change.recoverykey.label = Змяненне адноўнага ключа і зацягванне мясцовых здаткаў. Пачакайце, калі ласка… +change.recoverykey.error = Здарылася памылка падчас змянення вашага адноўнага ключа! +change.recoverykey.success = Ваш адноўны ключ паспяхова зменены! +change.recoverykey.introText2 = Каб забяспечыць ваша адасабленне, усе вашы здаткі шыфруюцца перад зацягваннем на паслугач. Ключ, неабходны для расшыфравання, не зацягваецца. +change.recoverykey.warningText = Увага: Змяненне знішчыць усе здаткі, захаваныя на паслугачы Sync і зацягне новыя здаткі, зашыфраваныя з дапамогаю гэтага адноўнага ключа. Вашы іншыя збудовы не будуць сінхранізавацца, пакуль новы адноўны ключ не будзе ўведзены на гэтай збудове. + +new.recoverykey.label = Ваш адноўны ключ + +new.password.title = Абнаўленне пароля +new.password.introText = Ваш пароль адхілены паслугачом. Абнавіце, калі ласка, пароль. +new.password.label = Увядзіце ваш новы пароль +new.password.confirm = Сцвердзіце ваш новы пароль +new.password.acceptButton = Абнавіць пароль +new.password.status.incorrect = Няправільны пароль. Паспрабуйце, калі ласка, зноў. + +new.recoverykey.title = Абнаўленне адноўнага ключа +new.recoverykey.introText = Вы змянілі ваш адноўны ключ на іншай збудове. Увядзіце, калі ласка, ваш новы адноўны ключ. +new.recoverykey.acceptButton = Абнавіць адноўны ключ +new.recoverykey.status.incorrect = Няправільны адноўны ключ. Паспрабуйце, калі ласка, зноў. diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncKey.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncKey.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d8f5569f9b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncKey.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY syncKey.page.title "Ваш ключ &syncBrand.fullName.label;"> +<!ENTITY syncKey.page.description "Гэты ключ выкарыстоўваецца для дэкадавання здаткаў рахунку &syncBrand.fullName.label;. Вы мусіце ўвесці ключ кожны раз, калі вы наладжваеце &syncBrand.fullName.label; на новым кампутары або збудове."> +<!ENTITY syncKey.keepItSecret.heading "Захоўвайце яго ў тайне"> +<!ENTITY syncKey.keepItSecret.description "Ваш рахунак &syncBrand.fullName.label; зашыфраваны, каб засцерагчы ваша адасабленне. Без гэтага ключа кожнаму спатрэбяцца гады, каб дэкадаваць вашы асабістыя звесткі. Вы адзіная асоба, якая валодае гэтым ключом. Таму вы адзіны, хто можа даступіцца да здаткаў &syncBrand.fullName.label;."> +<!ENTITY syncKey.keepItSafe.heading "Засцерагайце яго"> +<!ENTITY syncKey.keepItSafe1.description "Не губляйце гэтага ключа."> +<!ENTITY syncKey.keepItSafe2.description " Нам ніколі не спатрэбіцца падвой вашага ключа (гэта не будзе патаемным!), таму"> +<!ENTITY syncKey.keepItSafe3.description "мы не зможам дапамагчы вам аднавіць яго,"> +<!ENTITY syncKey.keepItSafe4.description " калі ён згубіцца. Гэты ключ спатрэбіцца вам кожны раз, калі вы захочаце злучыць новы кампутар або збудову з &syncBrand.fullName.label;."> +<!ENTITY syncKey.findOutMore1.label "Падрабязней пра &syncBrand.fullName.label; і ваша адасабленне на"> +<!ENTITY syncKey.findOutMore2.label "."> +<!ENTITY syncKey.footer1.label "Умовы выкарыстання службы &syncBrand.fullName.label; даступныя на "> +<!ENTITY syncKey.footer2.label ". Палітыка захавання адасаблення даступная на "> +<!ENTITY syncKey.footer3.label "."> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncQuota.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncQuota.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a8571921a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncQuota.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY quota.dialogTitle.label "Абмежаванне паслугача"> +<!ENTITY quota.retrievingInfo.label "Атрыманне звестак пра абмежаванні…"> +<!ENTITY quota.typeColumn.label "Тып"> +<!ENTITY quota.sizeColumn.label "Памер"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncQuota.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncQuota.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..09a99ec25d --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncQuota.properties @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +collection.addons.label = Дадаткі +collection.bookmarks.label = Закладкі +collection.history.label = Гісторыя +collection.passwords.label = Паролі +collection.prefs.label = Перавагі +collection.tabs.label = Устаўкі + +quota.usageNoQuota.label = Вы зараз ужываеце %1$S %2$S. +quota.usagePercentage.label = Вы зараз ужываеце %1$S%% (%2$S %3$S) з вашых даступных %4$S %5$S. +quota.usageError.label = Немагчыма атрымаць звесткі пра даступнае месца. +quota.retrieving.label = Атрыманне… +quota.sizeValueUnit.label = %1$S %2$S +quota.remove.label = Выдаліць +quota.treeCaption.label = Зняць адзнакі з адзінак, каб спыніць іх сінхранізацыю і вызваліць месца на палугачы. +quota.removal.label = Firefox Sync выдаліць усе наступныя здаткі: %S. +quota.list.separator = ,\u0020 +quota.freeup.label = Вызваліцца %1$S %2$S. diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncSetup.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncSetup.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3edf853277 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncSetup.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY accountSetupTitle.label "Наладка &syncBrand.fullName.label;"> + +<!-- First page of the wizard --> + +<!ENTITY setup.pickSetupType.description "Сардэчна запрашаем! Калі вы не ўжывалі &syncBrand.fullName.label; раней, вы мусіце стварыць новы рахунак."> +<!ENTITY button.createNewAccount.label "Стварыць новы рахунак"> +<!ENTITY setup.haveAccount.label "Я ўжо маю рахунак &syncBrand.fullName.label;."> +<!ENTITY button.connect.label "Злучыцца"> + +<!ENTITY setup.choicePage.title.label "Ужывалі &syncBrand.fullName.label; раней?"> +<!ENTITY setup.choicePage.new.label "Я ніколі не ўжываў &syncBrand.shortName.label; раней"> +<!ENTITY setup.choicePage.existing.label "Я ўжо ўжываю &syncBrand.shortName.label; на іншым кампутары"> + +<!ENTITY server.label "Паслугач"> +<!ENTITY server.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY serverType.main.label "паслугач &syncBrand.fullName.label;"> +<!ENTITY serverType.custom2.label "Ужываць іншы паслугач…"> +<!ENTITY signIn.account2.label "Рахунак"> +<!ENTITY signIn.account2.accesskey "Р"> +<!ENTITY signIn.password.label "Пароль"> +<!ENTITY signIn.password.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY signIn.recoveryKey.label "Адноўны ключ"> +<!ENTITY signIn.recoveryKey.accesskey "к"> + +<!ENTITY setup.newAccountDetailsPage.title.label "Падрабязнасці рахунку"> +<!ENTITY setup.confirmPassword.label "Пацвердзіць пароль"> +<!ENTITY setup.confirmPassword.accesskey "ц"> +<!ENTITY setup.emailAddress.label "Э-паштовы адрас"> +<!ENTITY setup.emailAddress.accesskey "Э"> +<!ENTITY setup.tosAgree1.label "Я згодны з"> +<!ENTITY setup.tosAgree1.accesskey "з"> +<!ENTITY setup.tosLink.label "умовамі абслугоўвання"> +<!ENTITY setup.tosAgree2.label "і"> +<!ENTITY setup.ppLink.label "палітыкай адасаблення"> +<!ENTITY setup.tosAgree3.label ""> +<!ENTITY setup.tosAgree2.accesskey ""> + +<!ENTITY setup.newRecoveryKeyPage.title.label "&brandShortName; дбае пра ваша адасабленне"> +<!ENTITY setup.newRecoveryKeyPage.description.label "Каб захаваць вашу бяспеку, усе вашы здаткі шыфруюцца перад зацягваннем. Адноўны ключ, неабходны для расшыфравання вашых здаткаў, не зацягваецца."> +<!ENTITY recoveryKeyEntry.label "Ваш адноўны ключ"> +<!ENTITY recoveryKeyEntry.accesskey "к"> +<!ENTITY recoveryGenerateNewKey.label "Вырабіць новы ключ"> +<!ENTITY recoveryKeyBackup.description "Ваш адноўны ключ патрэбны для дасягання &syncBrand.fullName.label; на іншых машынах. Стварыце, калі ласка, яго адноўную копію. Мы не зможам дапамагчы вам аднавіць адноўны ключ."> + +<!ENTITY button.syncKeyBackup.print.label "Друкаваць…"> +<!ENTITY button.syncKeyBackup.print.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY button.syncKeyBackup.save.label "Захаваць…"> +<!ENTITY button.syncKeyBackup.save.accesskey "З"> + +<!ENTITY setup.captchaPage2.title.label "Пацвердзіце, калі ласка, што вы не робат"> + +<!ENTITY addDevice.title.label "Дадаць збудову"> +<!ENTITY addDevice.showMeHow.label "Паказаць мне як."> +<!ENTITY addDevice.dontHaveDevice.label "Я не маю збудову з сабой"> +<!ENTITY addDevice.setup.description.label 'Каб задзейнічаць, перайдзіце ў Перавагі/Наладжванні &syncBrand.shortName.label; на вашай іншай збудове і выберыце "Дадаць збудову".'> +<!ENTITY addDevice.setup.enterCode.label "Тады ўвядзіце гэты код:"> +<!ENTITY addDevice.dialog.description.label 'Каб задзейнічаць вашую новую збудову, перайдзіце ў Перавагі/Наладжванні &syncBrand.shortName.label; на вашай збудове і выберыце "Злучыцца".'> +<!ENTITY addDevice.dialog.enterCode.label "Увядзіце код, які быў атрыманы на збудове:"> +<!ENTITY addDevice.dialog.tryAgain.label "Паспрабуйце, калі ласка, зноў."> +<!ENTITY addDevice.dialog.successful.label "Збудова паспяхова дададзена. Пачатковая сінхранізацыя працягнецца некалькі хвілінаў і будзе фонава здзяйсняцца."> +<!ENTITY addDevice.dialog.recoveryKey.label "Каб задзейничаць вашу збудову, вы мусіце ўвесці ваш адноўны ключ. Калі ласка, надрукуйце або захавайце гэты ключ і трымайце яго ў сябе."> +<!ENTITY addDevice.dialog.connected.label "Збудова злучана"> + +<!ENTITY setup.signInPage.title.label "Увайсці"> +<!ENTITY existingRecoveryKey.description 'Вы можаце атрымаць падвой вашага адноўнага ключа ў перавагах/наладжваннях &syncBrand.shortName.label; на іншай вашай збудове, выберыце "Мой адноўны ключ" у "Кіраваць рахункам".'> +<!ENTITY verifying.label "Праверка…"> +<!ENTITY resetPassword.label "Скінуць пароль"> +<!ENTITY resetSyncKey.label "Я згубіў маю іншую збудову."> + +<!ENTITY setup.optionsPage.title "Наладжванні Sync"> +<!ENTITY syncComputerName.label "Назва кампутара:"> +<!ENTITY syncComputerName.accesskey "Н"> + +<!ENTITY syncMy.label "Сінхранізаваць мае"> +<!ENTITY engine.addons.label "Дадаткі"> +<!ENTITY engine.addons.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY engine.bookmarks.label "Закладкі"> +<!ENTITY engine.bookmarks.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY engine.tabs.label "Устаўкі"> +<!ENTITY engine.tabs.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY engine.history.label "Гісторыя"> +<!ENTITY engine.history.accesskey "Г"> +<!ENTITY engine.passwords.label "Паролі"> +<!ENTITY engine.passwords.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY engine.prefs.label "Перавагі"> +<!ENTITY engine.prefs.accesskey "в"> + +<!ENTITY choice2.merge.main.label "Зліць усе здаткі на гэтым кампутары з маімі здаткамі &syncBrand.shortName.label;"> +<!ENTITY choice2.merge.recommended.label "(раіцца)"> +<!ENTITY choice2.client.main.label "Замяніць усе здаткі на гэтым кампутары маімі здаткамі &syncBrand.shortName.label;"> +<!ENTITY choice2.server.main.label "Замяніць усе здаткі на іншых збудовах здаткамі з гэтага кампутара"> + +<!ENTITY setup.optionsConfirmPage.title "Сцвярджэнне"> +<!ENTITY confirm.merge.label "&syncBrand.fullName.label; зараз зліе ўсе здаткі азіральніка на гэтым кампутары ў ваш рахунак Sync."> +<!ENTITY confirm.client2.label "Увага: наступныя здаткі &brandShortName; будуць выдалены на гэтым кампутары:"> +<!ENTITY confirm.client.moreinfo.label "&brandShortName; скапіруе здаткі &syncBrand.fullName.label; на гэты кампутар."> +<!ENTITY confirm.server2.label "Увага: здаткі на наступных збудовах будуць перазапісаны мясцовымі здаткамі:"> + +<!ENTITY setup.successPage.title "Уладкаванне скончана"> +<!ENTITY changeOptions.label "Вы можаце змяніць гэтую перавагу з дапамогаю наладжванняў Sync."> +<!ENTITY continueUsing.label "Зараз вы можаце працягнуць працаваць з &brandShortName;."> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncSetup.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncSetup.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8d8dbefc3a --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/sync/syncSetup.properties @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +button.syncOptions.label = Наладжванні Sync +button.syncOptionsDone.label = Гатова +button.syncOptionsCancel.label = Скасаваць + +invalidEmail.label = Крывы адрас э-пошты +serverInvalid.label = Увядзіце, калі ласка, сапраўдны URL +usernameNotAvailable.label = Ужо выкарыстоўваецца + +verifying.label = Праверка… + +additionalClientCount.label = і #1 дадатковая збудова;і #1 дадатковыя збудовы;і #1 дадатковых збудоваў +bookmarksCount.label = #1 закладка;#1 закладкі;#1 закладак +historyDaysCount.label = #1 дзень гісторыі;#1 дні гісторыі;#1 дзён гісторыі +passwordsCount.label = #1 пароль;#1 паролі;#1 пароляў +addonsCount.label = #1 дадатак;#1 дадаткі;#1 дадаткаў + +save.recoverykey.title = Захаванне адноўнага ключа +save.recoverykey.defaultfilename = Адноўны ключ SeaMonkey.xhtml + +newAccount.action.label = Firefox Sync зараз уладкаваны самастойна сінхранізаваць усе здаткі вашага азіральніка. +newAccount.change.label = Вы можаце выбраць адзінкі для сінхранізацыі з дапамогаю наладжванняў Sync. +resetClient.change.label = Firefox Sync зараз зліе ўсе здаткі азіральніка на гэтым кампутары ў ваш рахунак Sync. +wipeClient.change.label = Firefox Sync зараз заменіць усе здаткі азіральніка на гэтым кампутары здаткамі вашага рахунку Sync. +wipeRemote.change.label = Firefox Sync зараз заменіць усе здаткі азіральніка вашага рахунку Sync здаткамі з гэтага кампутара. +existingAccount.change.label = Вы можаце змяніць гэтую перавагу з дапамогаю наладжванняў Sync. + +# Several other strings are used (via Weave.Status.login), but they come from +# /services/sync diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/tasksOverlay.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/tasksOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..033b15fe98 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/tasksOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY navigatorCmd.label "Азіральнік"> +<!ENTITY navigatorCmd.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY navigatorCmd.commandkey "1"> + +<!ENTITY editorCmd.label "Укладальнік"> +<!ENTITY editorCmd.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY editorCmd.commandkey "4"> + +<!ENTITY errorConsoleCmd.label "Кансоль памылак"> +<!ENTITY errorConsoleCmd.accesskey "К"> + +<!ENTITY taskNavigator.tooltip "Азіральнік"> +<!ENTITY taskComposer.tooltip "Укладальнік"> + +<!ENTITY webDevelopment.label "Распрацоўкі Сеціва"> +<!ENTITY webDevelopment.accesskey "С"> + +<!ENTITY windowMenu.label "Акно"> +<!ENTITY windowMenu.accesskey "А"> + +<!ENTITY tasksMenu.label "Прылады"> +<!ENTITY tasksMenu.accesskey "л"> + +<!ENTITY datamanCmd.label "Кіраўнік здаткаў"> +<!ENTITY datamanCmd.accesskey "т"> + +<!ENTITY passwordManagerCmd.label "Кіраўнік пароляў"> +<!ENTITY passwordManagerCmd.accesskey "п"> + +<!ENTITY passwordDisplayCmd.label "Кіраваць захаванымі паролямі"> +<!ENTITY passwordDisplayCmd.accesskey "К"> + +<!ENTITY passwordExpireCmd.label "Выйсці"> +<!ENTITY passwordExpireCmd.accesskey "В"> + +<!ENTITY downloadManagerCmd.label "Кіраўнік загрузак"> +<!ENTITY downloadManagerCmd.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY downloadManagerCmd.commandkey "j"> + +<!ENTITY addOnsManagerCmd.label "Кіраўнік дадаткаў"> +<!ENTITY addOnsManagerCmd.accesskey "д"> +<!ENTITY addOnsManagerCmd.commandkey "a"> + +<!ENTITY switchProfileCmd.label "Змяніць профіль…"> +<!ENTITY switchProfileCmd.accesskey "З"> + +<!ENTITY syncBrand.shortName.label "Sync"> +<!ENTITY syncSetup.label "Уладкаваць Sync…"> +<!ENTITY syncSetup.accesskey "S"> +<!ENTITY syncSyncNowItem.label "Сінхранізаваць зараз "> +<!ENTITY syncSyncNowItem.accesskey "С"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/typeaheadfind.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/typeaheadfind.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f8818fbe5f --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/typeaheadfind.properties @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +openparen = ( +closeparen = ) +textfound = Знойдзены тэкст: " +textnotfound = Тэкст не знойдзены: " +linkfound = Знойдзена спасылка: " +linknotfound = Спасылка не знойдзена: " +closequote = " +stopfind = Пошук спынены. +starttextfind = Пачынанне пошуку тэксту, які вы набіраеце +startlinkfind = Пачынанне пошуку спасылак, якія вы набіраеце +repeated = паўторны +nextmatch = - наступнае супадзенне +prevmatch = - папярэдняе супадзенне diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/utilityOverlay.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/utilityOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..981494f55e --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/utilityOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,151 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY offlineGoOfflineCmd.label "Праца па-за сеткай"> +<!ENTITY offlineGoOfflineCmd.accesskey "з"> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE This file contains the global menu items --> + +<!ENTITY fileMenu.label "Файл"> +<!ENTITY fileMenu.accesskey "ф"> +<!ENTITY newMenu.label "Стварыць"> +<!ENTITY newMenu.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY newBlankPageCmd.label "Старонку Укладальніка"> +<!ENTITY newBlankPageCmd.accesskey "л"> +<!ENTITY newBlankPageCmd.key "n"> +<!ENTITY newPageFromTemplateCmd.label "Старонку, выкарыстоўваючы ўзор"> +<!ENTITY newPageFromTemplateCmd.accesskey "Ў"> +<!ENTITY newPageFromDraftCmd.label "Старонку, выкарыстоўваючы чарнавік"> +<!ENTITY newPageFromDraftCmd.accesskey "Ч"> +<!ENTITY newNavigatorCmd.label "Акно азіральніка"> +<!ENTITY newNavigatorCmd.key "N"> +<!ENTITY newNavigatorCmd.accesskey "а"> +<!ENTITY newPrivateWindowCmd.label "Адасобленае акно"> +<!ENTITY newPrivateWindowCmd.key "B"> +<!ENTITY newPrivateWindowCmd.accesskey "а"> +<!ENTITY printSetupCmd.label "Уладкаваць старонку…"> +<!ENTITY printSetupCmd.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY printPreviewCmd.label "Перадпрагляд друку"> +<!ENTITY printPreviewCmd.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY printCmd.label "Друкаваць…"> +<!ENTITY printCmd.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY printCmd.key "P"> + +<!ENTITY editMenu.label "Праўка"> +<!ENTITY editMenu.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY undoCmd.label "Адмяніць"> +<!ENTITY undoCmd.key "Z"> +<!ENTITY undoCmd.accesskey "м"> +<!ENTITY redoCmd.label "Вярнуць"> +<!ENTITY redoCmd.key "Y"> +<!ENTITY redoCmd.accesskey "В"> +<!ENTITY cutCmd.label "Выразаць"> +<!ENTITY cutCmd.key "X"> +<!ENTITY cutCmd.accesskey "р"> +<!ENTITY copyCmd.label "Капіяваць"> +<!ENTITY copyCmd.key "C"> +<!ENTITY copyCmd.accesskey "к"> +<!ENTITY pasteCmd.label "Уставіць"> +<!ENTITY pasteCmd.key "V"> +<!ENTITY pasteCmd.accesskey "у"> +<!ENTITY pasteGoCmd.label "Уставіць і пайсці"> +<!ENTITY pasteGoCmd.accesskey "п"> + +<!ENTITY pasteSearchCmd.label "Уставіць і знайсці"> +<!ENTITY pasteSearchCmd.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY deleteCmd.label "Выдаліць"> +<!ENTITY deleteCmd.accesskey "д"> +<!ENTITY selectAllCmd.label "Вылучыць усё"> +<!ENTITY selectAllCmd.key "A"> +<!ENTITY selectAllCmd.accesskey "л"> +<!ENTITY clearHistoryCmd.label "Ачысціць гісторыю пошуку"> +<!ENTITY clearHistoryCmd.accesskey "г"> +<!ENTITY showSuggestionsCmd.label "Паказаць прапановы"> +<!ENTITY showSuggestionsCmd.accesskey "п"> +<!ENTITY preferencesCmd.label "Перавагі…"> +<!ENTITY preferencesCmd.key "E"> +<!ENTITY preferencesCmd.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY findBarCmd.key "F"> +<!ENTITY findBarCmd.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY findReplaceCmd.key "H"> +<!ENTITY findReplaceCmd.accesskey "м"> +<!ENTITY findAgainCmd.label "Знайсці зноў"> +<!ENTITY findAgainCmd.key "G"> +<!ENTITY findAgainCmd.accesskey "g"> +<!ENTITY findAgainCmd.key2 "VK_F3"> +<!ENTITY findPrevCmd.label "Знайсці папярэдні"> +<!ENTITY findPrevCmd.key "G"> +<!ENTITY findPrevCmd.key2 "VK_F3"> +<!ENTITY findPrevCmd.accesskey "п"> +<!ENTITY findTypeTextCmd.label "Знаходзіць тэкст, што вы набіраеце"> +<!ENTITY findTypeTextCmd.accesskey "т"> +<!ENTITY findTypeLinksCmd.label "Знаходзіць спасылкі, якія вы набіраеце"> +<!ENTITY findTypeLinksCmd.accesskey "с"> + +<!ENTITY viewMenu.label "Прагляд"> +<!ENTITY viewMenu.accesskey "г"> +<!ENTITY viewToolbarsMenu.label "Паказаць/Схаваць"> +<!ENTITY viewToolbarsMenu.accesskey "х"> +<!ENTITY showTaskbarCmd.label "Паліца з статусам"> +<!ENTITY showTaskbarCmd.accesskey "С"> + +<!ENTITY helpMenu.label "Даведка"> +<!ENTITY helpMenu.accesskey "Д"> + +<!ENTITY helpTroubleshootingInfo.label "Звесткі для вырашэння праблемаў"> +<!ENTITY helpTroubleshootingInfo.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY releaseCmd.label "Заўвагі аб выданні"> +<!ENTITY releaseCmd.accesskey "В"> +<!ENTITY helpSafeMode.label "Перазапусціць з забароненымі дадаткамі"> +<!ENTITY helpSafeMode.accesskey "е"> +<!ENTITY updateCmd.label "Праверыць, ці існуюць абнаўленні…"> +<!ENTITY updateCmd.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY aboutCmd.label "Пра &brandShortName;"> +<!ENTITY aboutCmd.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY aboutCommPluginsCmd.label "Пра ўбудовы"> +<!ENTITY aboutCommPluginsCmd.accesskey "Ў"> + +<!ENTITY direct.label "У сетцы (пасярэднік: няма)"> +<!ENTITY direct.accesskey "н"> +<!ENTITY manual.label "У сетцы (пасярэднік: уручную)"> +<!ENTITY manual.accesskey "р"> +<!ENTITY pac.label "У сетцы (пасярэднік: аўта URL)"> +<!ENTITY pac.accesskey "с"> +<!ENTITY wpad.label "У сетцы (пасярэднік: самавызначэнне)"> +<!ENTITY wpad.accesskey "с"> +<!ENTITY system.label "У сетцы (пасярэднік: ужываецца сістэмны пасярэднік)."> +<!ENTITY system.accesskey "с"> + +<!ENTITY proxy.label "Наладка пасярэднікаў…"> +<!ENTITY proxy.accesskey "л"> + +<!ENTITY bidiSwitchTextDirectionItem.label "Пераключыць кірунак тэксту"> +<!ENTITY bidiSwitchTextDirectionItem.accesskey "к"> +<!ENTITY bidiSwitchTextDirectionItem.commandkey "X"> + +<!ENTITY customizeToolbarContext.label "Уладкаваць…"> +<!ENTITY customizeToolbarContext.accesskey "У"> + +<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.toolbarmode.label "Наладжванні гэтай прыладапаліцы"> +<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.toolbarmode.accesskey "л"> +<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.iconsAndText.label "Значкі і тэкст"> +<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.iconsAndText.accesskey "і"> +<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.icons.label "Значкі"> +<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.icons.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.text.label "Тэкст"> +<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.text.accesskey "Т"> +<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.useSmallIcons.label "Дробныя значкі"> +<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.useSmallIcons.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.labelAlignEnd.label "Паказваць тэкст побач з значкамі"> +<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.labelAlignEnd.accesskey "б"> +<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.useDefault.label "Аднавіць змоўчныя"> +<!ENTITY customizeToolbar.useDefault.accesskey "А"> + +<!ENTITY allowPopups.accesskey "в"> +<!ENTITY showPopupManager.label "Кіраваць вынырцамі"> +<!ENTITY showPopupManager.accesskey "К"> +<!ENTITY dontShowMessage.label "Не паказваць гэтае паведамленне, калі вынырцы затрымліваюцца"> +<!ENTITY dontShowMessage.accesskey "Н"> + +<!ENTITY syncToolbarButton.label "Sync"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/utilityOverlay.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/utilityOverlay.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f67a8ebf1b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/utilityOverlay.properties @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +onlineTooltip0 = У сетцы (пасярэднік: няма). Пстрыкніце значок, каб выйсці з сеткі. +onlineTooltip1 = У сетцы (пасярэднік: уручную). Пстрыкніце значок, каб выйсці з сеткі. +onlineTooltip2 = У сетцы (пасярэднік: сама URL). Пстрыкніце значок, каб выйсці з сеткі. +onlineTooltip4 = У сетцы (пасярэднік: самавыяўленне). Пстрыкніце значок, каб выйсці з сеткі. +onlineTooltip5 = У сетцы (пасярэднік: ужываецца сістэмны пасярэднік). Пстрыкніце значок, каб выйсці з сеткі. +offlineTooltip = Вы па-за сеткай. Пстрыкніце гэты значок, каб пачаць працу ў сетцы. + +popupMenuShow = Паказаць %S +popupAllow = Дазволіць вынырцы з %S + +updatesItem_default = Праверыць, ці існуюць абнаўленні… +updatesItem_defaultFallback = Праверыць, ці існуюць абнаўленні… +updatesItem_defaultAccessKey = П +updatesItem_downloading = Загрузка %S… +updatesItem_downloadingFallback = Загрузка абнаўлення… +updatesItem_downloadingAccessKey = З +updatesItem_resume = Працяг загрузкі %S… +updatesItem_resumeFallback = Працяг загрузкі абнаўлення… +updatesItem_resumeAccessKey = З +updatesItem_pending = Ужыць загружанае абнаўленне зараз… +updatesItem_pendingFallback = Ужыць загружанае абнаўленне зараз… +updatesItem_pendingAccessKey = У + +safeModeRestartPromptTitle = Перазапусціць з забароненымі дадаткамі +safeModeRestartPromptMessage = Вы сапраўды хочаце забараніць усе дадаткі і перазапусціць? +safeModeRestartButton = Перазапуск +safeModeRestartCheckbox = Перазапусціць з забароненымі дадаткамі diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/viewApplyThemeOverlay.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/viewApplyThemeOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9d5b6136bb --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/viewApplyThemeOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY applyTheme.label "Ужыць тэму"> +<!ENTITY applyTheme.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY getMoreThemesCmd.label "Атрымаць больш тэмаў"> +<!ENTITY getMoreThemesCmd.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY getBackgroundsCmd.label "Атрымаць фоны"> +<!ENTITY getBackgroundsCmd.accesskey "ф"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/viewApplyThemeOverlay.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/viewApplyThemeOverlay.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e2f1583242 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/viewApplyThemeOverlay.properties @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +switchskins = Змяненне тэмы набудзе моц пасля перазапуску %S. +switchskinstitle = Ужыць тэму +switchskinsnow = Перазапусціць зараз +switchskinslater = Перазапусціць пазней diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/viewZoomOverlay.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/viewZoomOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a9dfe11a61 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/viewZoomOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY zoomEnlargeCmd.label "Большы"> +<!ENTITY zoomEnlargeCmd.accesskey "Б"> +<!ENTITY zoomEnlargeCmd.commandkey "+"> +<!ENTITY zoomEnlargeCmd.commandkey2 "="> +<!-- + is above this key on many keyboards --> + +<!ENTITY zoomReduceCmd.label "Меншы"> +<!ENTITY zoomReduceCmd.accesskey "М"> +<!ENTITY zoomReduceCmd.commandkey "-"> + +<!ENTITY zoomResetCmd.commandkey "0"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/viewZoomOverlay.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/viewZoomOverlay.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4cd7172a7a --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/common/viewZoomOverlay.properties @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# zoom submenu +# +# LOCALIZATION NOTE: don't translate %zoom% in any property +# don't use digits "0"-"9" for accesskeys + +fullZoom.label = Павялічэнне (%zoom% %) +fullZoom.accesskey = П +textZoom.label = Павялічэнне тэксту (%zoom% %) +textZoom.accesskey = П + +zoom.100.label = 100 % (Першапачатковы памер) +zoom.100.accesskey = п +zoom.200.label = 200 % (Двайны памер) +zoom.200.accesskey = Д + +zoom.value.label = %zoom% % + +zoom.other.label = Іншы (%zoom% %) … +zoom.other.accesskey = І diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdAdvancedEdit.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdAdvancedEdit.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3472151cc3 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdAdvancedEdit.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY WindowTitle.label "Рэдактар пашыраных уласцівасцяў"> +<!ENTITY AttName.label "Атрыбут:"> +<!ENTITY AttValue.label "Значэнне:"> +<!ENTITY PropertyName.label "Уласцівасць:"> +<!ENTITY currentattributesfor.label "Цяперашні атрыбут для:"> +<!ENTITY tree.attributeHeader.label "Атрыбут"> +<!ENTITY tree.propertyHeader.label "Уласцівасць"> +<!ENTITY tree.valueHeader.label "Значэнне"> +<!ENTITY tabHTML.label "Атрыбуты HTML"> +<!ENTITY tabCSS.label "Убудаваны стыль"> +<!ENTITY tabJSE.label "Падзеі JavaScript"> + +<!ENTITY editAttribute.label "Пстрыкніце па адзінцы ўгары, каб рэдагаваць яе значэнне"> +<!ENTITY removeAttribute.label "Выдаліць"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdColorPicker.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdColorPicker.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b5d9e71a0f --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdColorPicker.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Колер"> +<!ENTITY lastPickedColor.label "Апошні выбраны колер"> +<!ENTITY lastPickedColor.accessKey "А"> +<!ENTITY chooseColor1.label "Выберыце колер:"> +<!ENTITY setColorExample.label "(напрыклад: "#0000ff" або "blue"):"> +<!ENTITY default.label "Змоўчны"> +<!ENTITY default.accessKey "З"> +<!ENTITY palette.label "Палітра:"> +<!ENTITY standardPalette.label "Стандартная"> +<!ENTITY webPalette.label "Усе сеціўныя колеры"> +<!ENTITY background.label "Фон для:"> +<!ENTITY background.accessKey "Ф"> +<!ENTITY table.label "Табліца"> +<!ENTITY table.accessKey "Т"> +<!ENTITY cell.label "Ячэйка(і)"> +<!ENTITY cell.accessKey "Я"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdConvertToTable.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdConvertToTable.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c1363c84b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdConvertToTable.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Ператварэнне ў табліцу"> +<!ENTITY instructions1.label "Укладальнік стварае новы шэраг табліцы для кожнага параграфу вылучэння."> +<!ENTITY instructions2.label "Выбраць знак для раздзялення вылучэння ў слупкі:"> +<!ENTITY commaRadio.label "Коска"> +<!ENTITY spaceRadio.label "Прагал"> +<!ENTITY otherRadio.label "Іншы знак:"> +<!ENTITY deleteCharCheck.label "Выдаліць знак раздзяляльніка"> +<!ENTITY collapseSpaces.label "Ігнараваць дадатковыя прагалы"> +<!ENTITY collapseSpaces.tooltip "Ператварыць сумежныя прагалы ў адзін раздзяляльнік"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdDialogOverlay.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdDialogOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cb57e1bc93 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdDialogOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY AdvancedEditButton.label "Пашыраная праўка…"> +<!ENTITY AdvancedEditButton.accessKey "П"> +<!ENTITY AdvancedEditButton.tooltip "Дадаць або змяніць атрыбуты HTML, атрыбуты стылю, ці JavaScript"> +<!ENTITY chooseFileButton.label "Выбраць файл..."> +<!ENTITY chooseFileButton.accessKey "ф"> +<!ENTITY chooseFileLinkButton.label "Выбраць файл..."> +<!ENTITY chooseFileLinkButton.accessKey "ы"> +<!ENTITY makeUrlRelative.label "URL адносны да месцазнаходжання старонкі"> +<!ENTITY makeUrlRelative.accessKey "а"> +<!ENTITY makeUrlRelative.tooltip "Выбар паміж адноснага ці безумоўнага URL. Вы мусіце захаваць старонку перад выбарам."> + +<!ENTITY LinkURLEditField2.label "Увядзіце адрас вэб-старонкі, лакальнага файла або вылучыце якар або загаловак з імем з кантэкстнага меню поля:"> +<!ENTITY LinkURLEditField2.accessKey "в"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdNamedAnchorProperties.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdNamedAnchorProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f153bcf270 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EdNamedAnchorProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Уласцівасці іменаванага якара"> +<!ENTITY anchorNameEditField.label "Назва якара:"> +<!ENTITY anchorNameEditField.accessKey "Н"> +<!ENTITY nameInput.tooltip "Увядзіце адзіную назву для гэтага іменаванага якара (прызначэння)"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditConflict.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditConflict.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7bb084c99c --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditConflict.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Вылучэнне змяненняў рэдагавання"> +<!ENTITY conflictWarning.label "Гэтая старонка была зменена іншай праграмай, але вы таксама маеце незахаваныя змяненні ў Укладальніку."> +<!ENTITY conflictResolve.label "Вылучыце, якую версію трымаць:"> +<!ENTITY keepCurrentPageButton.label "Утрымліваць змяненні цяперашняй старонкі"> +<!ENTITY useOtherPageButton.label "Замяніць цяперашнюю старонку змененай"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorButtonProperties.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorButtonProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..67162a813f --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorButtonProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Уласцівасці кнопкі"> + +<!ENTITY Settings.label "Наладжванні"> + +<!ENTITY ButtonType.label "Тып"> +<!ENTITY ButtonType.accesskey "Т"> +<!ENTITY submit.value "Падача"> +<!ENTITY reset.value "Узнавіць"> +<!ENTITY button.value "Кнопка"> + +<!ENTITY ButtonName.label "Назва:"> +<!ENTITY ButtonName.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY ButtonValue.label "Значэнне:"> +<!ENTITY ButtonValue.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY tabIndex.label "Паказальнік зруху:"> +<!ENTITY tabIndex.accesskey "р"> +<!ENTITY ButtonDisabled.label "Забаронены"> +<!ENTITY ButtonDisabled.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY AccessKey.label "Клавіша доступу:"> +<!ENTITY AccessKey.accesskey "К"> + +<!ENTITY RemoveButton.label "Выдаліць кнопку"> +<!ENTITY RemoveButton.accesskey "д"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorColorProperties.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorColorProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..95ba4bcde8 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorColorProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Window title --> +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Колеры і фон старонкі"> +<!ENTITY pageColors.label "Колеры старонкі"> +<!ENTITY defaultColorsRadio.label "Змоўчныя колеры чытача (Не прызначаць колеры старонкі)"> +<!ENTITY defaultColorsRadio.accessKey "З"> +<!ENTITY defaultColorsRadio.tooltip "Карыстацца толькі наладжваннямі колераў праглядальніка (чытача) азіральніка"> +<!ENTITY customColorsRadio.label "Ужываць выбарачныя колеры:"> +<!ENTITY customColorsRadio.accessKey "ы"> +<!ENTITY customColorsRadio.tooltip "Гэтыя наладжванні колераў пераважваюць наладжванні праглядальніка азіральніка"> + +<!ENTITY normalText.label "Звычайны тэкст"> +<!ENTITY normalText.accessKey "ы"> +<!ENTITY linkText.label "Тэкст спасылкі"> +<!ENTITY linkText.accessKey "с"> +<!ENTITY activeLinkText.label "Тэкст актыўнай спасылкі"> +<!ENTITY activeLinkText.accessKey "А"> +<!ENTITY visitedLinkText.label "Тэкст наведанай спасылкі"> +<!ENTITY visitedLinkText.accessKey "Н"> +<!ENTITY background.label "Фон:"> +<!ENTITY background.accessKey "Ф"> +<!ENTITY colon.character ":"> +<!ENTITY backgroundImage.label "Фонавая выява:"> +<!ENTITY backgroundImage.accessKey "я"> +<!ENTITY backgroundImage.tooltip "Ужываць файл выявы як фон вашай старонкі"> +<!ENTITY backgroundImage.shortenedDataURI "Скарочаны URI дадзеных (копія змесціць поўны URI ў буфер абмену)"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorFieldSetProperties.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorFieldSetProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a8cc4944ef --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorFieldSetProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Уласцівасці сукупнасці палёў"> + +<!ENTITY Legend.label "Паданне"> +<!ENTITY Legend.accesskey "П"> + +<!ENTITY EditLegendText.label "Рэдагаваць паданне:"> +<!ENTITY EditLegendText.accesskey "Р"> +<!ENTITY LegendAlign.label "Выраўноўванне падання:"> +<!ENTITY LegendAlign.accesskey "р"> +<!ENTITY AlignDefault.label "Змоўчнае"> +<!ENTITY AlignLeft.label "Улева"> +<!ENTITY AlignCenter.label "Пасярэдзіне"> +<!ENTITY AlignRight.label "Направа"> + +<!ENTITY RemoveFieldSet.label "Выдаліць сукупнасць палёў"> +<!ENTITY RemoveFieldSet.accesskey "д"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorFormProperties.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorFormProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e1cbd0c0e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorFormProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Уласцівасці формы"> + +<!ENTITY Settings.label "Наладжванні"> + +<!ENTITY FormName.label "Назва формы:"> +<!ENTITY FormName.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY FormAction.label "URL дзеяння:"> +<!ENTITY FormAction.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY FormMethod.label "Метад:"> +<!ENTITY FormMethod.accesskey "М"> +<!ENTITY FormEncType.label "Кадоўка:"> +<!ENTITY FormEncType.accesskey "К"> +<!ENTITY FormTarget.label "Мэтавая рамка:"> +<!ENTITY FormTarget.accesskey "э"> + +<!ENTITY RemoveForm.label "Выдаліць форму"> +<!ENTITY RemoveForm.accesskey "д"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorHLineProperties.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorHLineProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..41a5ff838c --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorHLineProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Уласцівасці гарызантальнай рыскі"> + +<!ENTITY dimensionsBox.label "Вымярэнні"> +<!ENTITY heightEditField.label "Вышыня"> +<!ENTITY heightEditField.accessKey "В"> +<!ENTITY widthEditField.label "Шырыня:"> +<!ENTITY widthEditField.accessKey "Ш"> +<!ENTITY pixelsPopup.value "пікселяў"> +<!ENTITY alignmentBox.label "Выраўноўванне"> +<!ENTITY leftRadio.label "Улева"> +<!ENTITY leftRadio.accessKey "л"> +<!ENTITY centerRadio.label "Пасярэдзіне"> +<!ENTITY centerRadio.accessKey "с"> +<!ENTITY rightRadio.label "Направа"> +<!ENTITY rightRadio.accessKey "п"> + +<!ENTITY threeDShading.label "3-М зацяненне"> +<!ENTITY threeDShading.accessKey "ц"> +<!ENTITY saveSettings.label "Ужываць як змоўчную"> +<!ENTITY saveSettings.accessKey "З"> +<!ENTITY saveSettings.tooltip "Захаваць гэтыя наладжванні для ўстаўкі новых гарызантальных рысак"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorImageProperties.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorImageProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..54bd3450e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorImageProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- These strings are for use specifically in the editor's image and form image dialogs. --> + +<!-- Window title --> +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Уласцівасці выявы"> + +<!ENTITY pixelsPopup.value "пікселяў"> + +<!-- These are in the Location tab panel --> +<!ENTITY locationEditField.label "Image Location:"> +<!ENTITY locationEditField.accessKey "з"> +<!ENTITY locationEditField.tooltip "Набярыце назву файла выявы ці яе месцазнаходжанне"> +<!ENTITY locationEditField.shortenedDataURI "Скарочаны URI дадзеных (копія змесціць поўны URI ў буфер абмену)"> +<!ENTITY title.label "Падказка:"> +<!ENTITY title.accessKey "П"> +<!ENTITY title.tooltip "Атрыбут html 'title'. які адлюстроўваецца як падказка"> +<!ENTITY altText.label "Дадатковы тэкст:"> +<!ENTITY altText.accessKey "Д"> +<!ENTITY altTextEditField.tooltip "Набярыце тэкст для адлюстравання замест выявы"> +<!ENTITY noAltText.label "Не ўжываць дадатковы тэкст"> +<!ENTITY noAltText.accessKey "Н"> + +<!ENTITY previewBox.label "Перадпрагляд выявы"> + +<!-- These controls are in the Dimensions tab panel --> +<!-- actualSize.label should be same as actualSizeRadio.label + ":" --> +<!ENTITY actualSize.label "Сапраўдны памер:"> +<!ENTITY actualSizeRadio.label "Сапраўдны памер"> +<!ENTITY actualSizeRadio.accessKey "ў"> +<!ENTITY actualSizeRadio.tooltip "Вярнуцца да сапраўднага памеру выявы"> +<!ENTITY customSizeRadio.label "Выбарачны памер"> +<!ENTITY customSizeRadio.accessKey "б"> +<!ENTITY customSizeRadio.tooltip "Змяніць памер выявы на старонцы"> +<!ENTITY heightEditField.label "Вышыня:"> +<!ENTITY heightEditField.accessKey "В"> +<!ENTITY widthEditField.label "Шырыня:"> +<!ENTITY widthEditField.accessKey "Ш"> +<!ENTITY constrainCheckbox.label "Суадносны"> +<!ENTITY constrainCheckbox.accessKey "С"> +<!ENTITY constrainCheckbox.tooltip "Захоўваць суадносіны памеру выявы"> + +<!-- These controls are in the Image Map box of the expanded area --> +<!ENTITY imagemapBox.label "Мапа выявы"> +<!ENTITY removeImageMapButton.label "Выдаліць"> +<!ENTITY removeImageMapButton.accessKey "д"> + +<!-- These are the options for image alignment --> +<!ENTITY alignment.label "Выраўноўваць тэкст да выявы"> +<!ENTITY bottomPopup.value "Унізе"> +<!ENTITY topPopup.value "Угары"> +<!ENTITY centerPopup.value "Пасярэдзіне"> +<!ENTITY wrapRightPopup.value "Агортваць справа"> +<!ENTITY wrapLeftPopup.value "Абгортваць злева"> + +<!-- These controls are in the Spacing Box --> +<!ENTITY spacingBox.label "Прагалы"> +<!ENTITY leftRightEditField.label "Злева і справа:"> +<!ENTITY leftRightEditField.accessKey "С"> +<!ENTITY topBottomEditField.label "Угары і ўнізе:"> +<!ENTITY topBottomEditField.accessKey "г"> +<!ENTITY borderEditField.label "Суцэльная мяжа:"> +<!ENTITY borderEditField.accessKey "М"> + +<!-- These controls are in the Link Box --> +<!ENTITY showImageLinkBorder.label "Паказваць мяжу навокал злучанай выявы"> +<!ENTITY showImageLinkBorder.accessKey "я"> +<!ENTITY LinkAdvancedEditButton.label "Пашыраная праўка спасылкі…"> +<!ENTITY LinkAdvancedEditButton.accessKey "с"> +<!ENTITY LinkAdvancedEditButton.tooltip "Дадаць або змяніць атрыбуты HTML, атрыбуты стылю, ці JavaScript"> + +<!-- These tabs are currently used in the image input dialog --> +<!ENTITY imageInputTab.label "Форма"> +<!ENTITY imageLocationTab.label "Месцазнаходжанне"> +<!ENTITY imageDimensionsTab.label "Вымярэнні"> +<!ENTITY imageAppearanceTab.label "Выгляд"> +<!ENTITY imageLinkTab.label "Спасылка"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInputProperties.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInputProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8eeee9cca9 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInputProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Уласцівасці поля формы"> +<!ENTITY windowTitleImage.label "Уласцівасці выявы формы"> + +<!ENTITY InputType.label "Тып поля:"> +<!ENTITY InputType.accesskey "Т"> +<!ENTITY text.value "Тэкст"> +<!ENTITY password.value "Пароль"> +<!ENTITY checkbox.value "Скрынка адзнакі"> +<!ENTITY radio.value "Радыё кнопка"> +<!ENTITY submit.value "Кнопка падачы"> +<!ENTITY reset.value "Кнопка ўзнаўлення:"> +<!ENTITY file.value "Файл"> +<!ENTITY hidden.value "Схаванае"> +<!ENTITY image.value "Выява"> +<!ENTITY button.value "Кнопка"> + +<!ENTITY InputSettings.label "Наладжванні поля"> +<!ENTITY InputName.label "Назва поля:"> +<!ENTITY InputName.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY GroupName.label "Назва групы:"> +<!ENTITY GroupName.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY InputValue.label "Значэнне поля:"> +<!ENTITY InputValue.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY InitialValue.label "Пачатковае значэнне:"> +<!ENTITY InitialValue.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY InputChecked.label "Спярша адзначаны"> +<!ENTITY InputChecked.accesskey "а"> +<!ENTITY InputSelected.label "Вылучанае спярша"> +<!ENTITY InputSelected.accesskey "с"> +<!ENTITY InputReadOnly.label "Толькі для чытання"> +<!ENTITY InputReadOnly.accesskey "Ч"> +<!ENTITY InputDisabled.label "Забаронена"> +<!ENTITY InputDisabled.accesskey "б"> +<!ENTITY tabIndex.label "Паказальнік зруху:"> +<!ENTITY tabIndex.accesskey "к"> +<!ENTITY TextSize.label "Памер поля:"> +<!ENTITY TextSize.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY TextLength.label "Найбольшая даўжыня:"> +<!ENTITY TextLength.accesskey "д"> +<!ENTITY AccessKey.label "Клавіша доступу:"> +<!ENTITY AccessKey.accesskey "К"> +<!ENTITY Accept.label "Прымальныя тыпы:"> +<!ENTITY Accept.accesskey "т"> + +<!ENTITY ImageProperties.label "Уласцівасці выявы…"> +<!ENTITY ImageProperties.accesskey "в"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertChars.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertChars.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4246920cf4 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertChars.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Устаўка знака"> +<!ENTITY category.label "Катэгорыя"> +<!ENTITY letter.label "Літара:"> +<!ENTITY letter.accessKey "Л"> +<!ENTITY character.label "Знак:"> +<!ENTITY character.accessKey "З"> +<!ENTITY accentUpper.label "Вялікія з націскам"> +<!ENTITY accentLower.label "Малыя з націскам"> +<!ENTITY otherUpper.label "Іншыя вялікія"> +<!ENTITY otherLower.label "Іншыя малыя"> +<!ENTITY commonSymbols.label "Агульныя сімвалы"> +<!ENTITY insertButton.label "Уставіць"> +<!ENTITY closeButton.label "Зачыніць"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertMath.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertMath.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..47119aea93 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertMath.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Устаўка Math"> + +<!ENTITY sourceEditField.label "Увесці зыходны код LaTeX:"> + +<!ENTITY options.label "Наладжванні"> +<!ENTITY optionInline.label "Убудаваны рэжым"> +<!ENTITY optionInline.accesskey "б"> +<!ENTITY optionDisplay.label "Адлюстроўны рэжым"> +<!ENTITY optionDisplay.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY optionLTR.label "Кірунак злева направа"> +<!ENTITY optionLTR.accesskey "л"> +<!ENTITY optionRTL.label "Кірунак справа налева"> +<!ENTITY optionRTL.accesskey "п"> + +<!ENTITY insertButton.label "Уставіць"> +<!ENTITY insertButton.accesskey "У"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertSource.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertSource.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c07090c261 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertSource.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Устаўка HTML"> +<!ENTITY sourceEditField.label "Увядзіце меціны HTML і тэкст:"> +<!ENTITY example.label "Прыклад:"> +<!ENTITY exampleOpenTag.label "<i>"> +<!ENTITY exampleCloseTag.label "</i>"> +<!ENTITY exampleText.label "Прывітанне, Свет!"> +<!ENTITY insertButton.label "Уставіць"> +<!ENTITY insertButton.accesskey "У"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertTOC.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertTOC.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..66c68a40b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertTOC.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY Window.title "Табліца зместу"> +<!ENTITY buildToc.label "Пабудаваць табліцу зместу з:"> +<!ENTITY tag.label "Меціна:"> +<!ENTITY class.label "Клас:"> +<!ENTITY header1.label "Узровень 1"> +<!ENTITY header2.label "Узровень 2"> +<!ENTITY header3.label "Узровень 3"> +<!ENTITY header4.label "Узровень 4"> +<!ENTITY header5.label "Узровень 5"> +<!ENTITY header6.label "Узровень 6"> +<!ENTITY makeReadOnly.label "Зрабіць табліцу зместу даступнай толькі для чытання"> +<!ENTITY orderedList.label "Пранумараваць усе запісы ў табліцы зместу"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertTable.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertTable.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c66851d40a --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorInsertTable.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Устаўка табліцы"> + +<!ENTITY size.label "Памер"> +<!ENTITY numRowsEditField.label "Шэрагі:"> +<!ENTITY numRowsEditField.accessKey "р"> +<!ENTITY numColumnsEditField.label "Слупкі:"> +<!ENTITY numColumnsEditField.accessKey "С"> +<!ENTITY widthEditField.label "Шырыня:"> +<!ENTITY widthEditField.accessKey "Ш"> +<!ENTITY borderEditField.label "Мяжа:"> +<!ENTITY borderEditField.accessKey "М"> +<!ENTITY borderEditField.tooltip "Набярыце лік для мяжы табліцы, ці набярыце нуль (0) для табліцы без межаў"> +<!ENTITY pixels.label "пікселяў"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorLabelProperties.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorLabelProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d385ff1d7b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorLabelProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Уласцівасці меткі"> + +<!ENTITY Settings.label "Наладжванні"> +<!ENTITY Settings.accesskey "Н"> + +<!ENTITY EditLabelText.label "Рэдагаваць тэкст:"> +<!ENTITY EditLabelText.accesskey "Т"> +<!ENTITY LabelFor.label "Для кіравання:"> +<!ENTITY LabelFor.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY AccessKey.label "Клавіша доступу:"> +<!ENTITY AccessKey.accesskey "К"> + +<!ENTITY RemoveLabel.label "Выдаліць метку"> +<!ENTITY RemoveLabel.accesskey "д"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorLinkProperties.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorLinkProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d11955378d --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorLinkProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Уласцівасці спасылкі"> +<!ENTITY LinkURLBox.label "Месцазнаходжанне спасылкі"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorListProperties.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorListProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..02dafe4202 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorListProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Уласцівасці спіса"> + +<!ENTITY ListType.label "Тып спіса"> +<!ENTITY bulletStyle.label "Маркаваны стыль:"> +<!ENTITY startingNumber.label "Пачаць з:"> +<!ENTITY startingNumber.accessKey "з"> +<!ENTITY none.value "Няма"> +<!ENTITY bulletList.value "Маркаваны спіс (Ненумараваны)"> +<!ENTITY numberList.value "Пранумараваны спіс"> +<!ENTITY definitionList.value "Спіс азначэнняў"> +<!ENTITY changeEntireListRadio.label "Змяніць увесь спіс"> +<!ENTITY changeEntireListRadio.accessKey "у"> +<!ENTITY changeSelectedRadio.label "Змяніць толькі вылучаныя адзінкі"> +<!ENTITY changeSelectedRadio.accessKey "а"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPageProperties.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPageProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e7bf209608 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPageProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Уласцівасці старонкі"> +<!ENTITY location.label "Месцазнаходжанне:"> +<!ENTITY lastModified.label "Апошняе змяненне:"> +<!ENTITY titleInput.label "Загаловак:"> +<!ENTITY titleInput.accessKey "З"> +<!ENTITY authorInput.label "Аўтар:"> +<!ENTITY authorInput.accessKey "А"> +<!ENTITY descriptionInput.label "Апісанне:"> +<!ENTITY descriptionInput.accessKey "п"> +<!ENTITY locationNewPage.label "[Новая старонка, яшчэ не захавана]"> +<!ENTITY EditHEADSource1.label "Дасведчаным карыстальнікам:"> +<!ENTITY EditHEADSource2.label "Каб рэдагаваць іншае змесціва рэгіёну <head>, выберыце "Зыходнік HTML" у меню Прагляд ці на Паліцы Прыладаў Рэжыму Праўкі."> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPersonalDictionary.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPersonalDictionary.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..43d90d193a --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPersonalDictionary.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Асабісты слоўнік"> + +<!ENTITY wordEditField.label "Новае слова:"> +<!ENTITY wordEditField.accessKey "Н"> +<!ENTITY AddButton.label "Дадаць"> +<!ENTITY AddButton.accessKey "Д"> +<!ENTITY DictionaryList.label "Словы ў слоўніку:"> +<!ENTITY DictionaryList.accessKey "С"> +<!ENTITY ReplaceButton.label "Замяніць"> +<!ENTITY ReplaceButton.accessKey "З"> +<!ENTITY RemoveButton.label "Выдаліць"> +<!ENTITY RemoveButton.accessKey "д"> + +<!ENTITY CloseButton.label "Закрыць"> +<!ENTITY CloseButton.accessKey "к"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPublish.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPublish.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7f4bd18af5 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPublish.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Публікаванне старонкі"> +<!ENTITY windowTitleSettings.label "Наладжванні публікавання"> +<!ENTITY publishTab.label "Публікаванне"> +<!ENTITY settingsTab.label "Наладжванні"> +<!ENTITY publishButton.label "Публікаванне"> + +<!ENTITY siteList.label "Назва пляцоўкі:"> +<!ENTITY siteList.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY siteList.tooltip "Выберыце пляцоўку, дзе вы хочаце публікаваць"> +<!ENTITY newSiteButton.label "Новая пляцоўка"> +<!ENTITY newSiteButton.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY docDirList.label "Паддырэкторыя пляцоўкі гэтай старонкі:"> +<!ENTITY docDirList.accesskey "п"> +<!ENTITY docDirList.tooltip "Выберыце або ўвядзіце назву адлеглай паддырэкторыі для гэтай старонкі"> +<!ENTITY publishImgCheckbox.label "Уключыць выявы і іншыя файлы"> +<!ENTITY publishImgCheckbox.accesskey "і"> +<!ENTITY publishImgCheckbox.tooltip "Публікаваць выявы і іншыя файлы, на якія спасылаецца гэтая старонка"> +<!ENTITY sameLocationRadio.label "Ужываць тое ж месцазнаходжанне, што для старонкі"> +<!ENTITY sameLocationRadio.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY sameLocationRadio.tooltip "Публікаваць файлы ў тым жа месцы, дзе і старонку"> +<!ENTITY useSubdirRadio.label "Карыстацца гэтай паддырэкторыяй пляцоўкі:"> +<!ENTITY useSubdirRadio.accesskey "д"> +<!ENTITY useSubdirRadio.tooltip "Публікаваць файлы ў вылучаную адлеглую паддырэкторыю"> +<!ENTITY otherDirList.tooltip "Выберыце або ўвядзіце назву адлеглай паддырэкторыі, у якой будуць публікавацца файлы"> +<!ENTITY pageTitle.label "Загаловак старонкі:"> +<!ENTITY pageTitle.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY pageTitle.tooltip "Увядзіце загаловак для вызначэння старонкі ў акне і ў закладках"> +<!ENTITY pageTitleExample.label "напрыклад: "Мая старонка Сеціва""> +<!ENTITY filename.label "Назва файла:"> +<!ENTITY filename.accesskey "ф"> +<!ENTITY filename.tooltip "Увядзіце назву для гэтага файла, разам з канчаткам '.html' для старонкі сеціва"> +<!ENTITY filenameExample.label "напрыклад: "маястаронка.html""> +<!ENTITY setDefaultButton.label "Прызначыць змоўчнай"> +<!ENTITY setDefaultButton.accesskey "з"> +<!ENTITY removeButton.label "Выдаліць пляцоўку"> +<!ENTITY removeButton.accesskey "В"> + +<!ENTITY publishSites.label "Пляцоўкі публікавання"> +<!ENTITY serverInfo.label "Звесткі аб паслугачы"> +<!ENTITY loginInfo.label "Уваходныя звесткі"> +<!ENTITY siteName.label "Назва пляцоўкі:"> +<!ENTITY siteName.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY siteName.tooltip "Мянушка, якая вызначае гэтую пляцоўку публікавання (напрыклад: 'МаяПляцоўка')"> +<!ENTITY siteUrl.label "Адрас публікавання (напрыклад: 'ftp://ftp.myisp.com/myusername'):"> +<!ENTITY siteUrl.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY siteUrl.tooltip "Адрас FTP:// або HTTP:// дадзены вашым ISP ці службай сеціва-утрымання"> +<!ENTITY browseUrl.label "HTTP адрас вашай хатняй старонкі (напрыклад: 'http://www.myisp.com/myusername'):"> +<!ENTITY browseUrl.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY browseUrl.tooltip "Адрас HTTP:// вашай дамашняй дырэкторыі (без назвы файла)"> +<!ENTITY username.label "Імя карыстальніка:"> +<!ENTITY username.accesskey "к"> +<!ENTITY username.tooltip "Імя карыстальніка, якое вы ўжываеце для ўваходу да вашага ISP або службы сеціва-утрымання"> +<!ENTITY password.label "Пароль:"> +<!ENTITY password.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY password.tooltip "Пароль, спалучаны з вашым імям карыстальніка"> +<!ENTITY savePassword.label "Захаваць пароль"> +<!ENTITY savePassword.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY savePassword.tooltip "Вылучыце гэта для бяспечнага захавання вашага пароля кіраўніком пароляў"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPublishProgress.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPublishProgress.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3ca5ae7683 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorPublishProgress.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY siteUrl.label "URL пляцоўкі:"> +<!ENTITY docSubdir.label "Паддырэкторыя старонкі:"> +<!ENTITY otherSubdir.label "Паддырэкторыя выявы:"> + +<!ENTITY status.label "Публікаванне…"> +<!ENTITY fileList.label "Статус публікавання"> +<!ENTITY succeeded.label "Поспех"> +<!ENTITY failed.label "Няўдача"> + +<!ENTITY keepOpen "Трымаць акно адчыненым пасля заканчэння публікавання."> +<!ENTITY closeButton.label "Зачыніць"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorReplace.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorReplace.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..299412192c --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorReplace.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from EdReplace.xul --> + +<!-- extracted from EdReplace.xhtml --> + +<!ENTITY replaceDialog.title "Знайсці і замяніць"> +<!ENTITY findField.label "Знайсці тэкст:"> +<!ENTITY findField.accesskey "н"> +<!ENTITY replaceField.label "Замяніць (чым):"> +<!ENTITY replaceField.accesskey "м"> +<!ENTITY caseSensitiveCheckbox.label "Адрозніваць вялікія/малыя літары"> +<!ENTITY caseSensitiveCheckbox.accesskey "р"> +<!ENTITY wrapCheckbox.label "Вакол"> +<!ENTITY wrapCheckbox.accesskey "В"> +<!ENTITY backwardsCheckbox.label "Шукаць назад"> +<!ENTITY backwardsCheckbox.accesskey "н"> +<!ENTITY findNextButton.label "Знайсці наступны"> +<!ENTITY findNextButton.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY replaceButton.label "Замяніць"> +<!ENTITY replaceButton.accesskey "я"> +<!ENTITY replaceAndFindButton.label "Замяніць і знайсці"> +<!ENTITY replaceAndFindButton.accesskey "і"> +<!ENTITY replaceAllButton.label "Замяніць усе"> +<!ENTITY replaceAllButton.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY closeButton.label "Закрыць"> +<!ENTITY closeButton.accesskey "З"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSaveAsCharset.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSaveAsCharset.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e8b4a20445 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSaveAsCharset.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- These strings are generic to all or most of the editor's dialogs. --> + +<!-- This button is for the progressive disclosure of additional editing functionality --> + +<!-- These strings are for use specifically in the editor's link dialog. --> +<!ENTITY windowTitle2.label "Захаваць і змяніць кадаванне сімвалаў"> +<!ENTITY documentTitleTitle.label "Загаловак старонкі"> +<!ENTITY documentCharsetTitle2.label "Кадаванне тэксту"> +<!ENTITY documentCharsetDesc2.label "Абярыце кадаванне тэксту, у якім хочаце захаваць дакумент:"> +<!ENTITY documentExportToText.label "Экспартаваць як тэкст"> + + + diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSelectProperties.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSelectProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5d569262d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSelectProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Уласцівасці спіса для вылучэння"> + +<!ENTITY Select.label "Спіс для вылучэння"> +<!ENTITY SelectName.label "Назва спіса:"> +<!ENTITY SelectName.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY SelectSize.label "Вышыня:"> +<!ENTITY SelectSize.accesskey "В"> +<!ENTITY SelectMultiple.label "Множнае вылучэнне"> +<!ENTITY SelectMultiple.accesskey "М"> +<!ENTITY SelectDisabled.label "Забаронены"> +<!ENTITY SelectDisabled.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY SelectTabIndex.label "Паказальнік зруху:"> +<!ENTITY SelectTabIndex.accesskey "р"> + +<!ENTITY OptGroup.label "Група наладжванняў"> +<!ENTITY OptGroupLabel.label "Метка:"> +<!ENTITY OptGroupLabel.accesskey "М"> +<!ENTITY OptGroupDisabled.label "Забаронена"> +<!ENTITY OptGroupDisabled.accesskey "З"> + +<!ENTITY Option.label "Наладжванне"> +<!ENTITY OptionText.label "Тэкст:"> +<!ENTITY OptionText.accesskey "Т"> +<!ENTITY OptionValue.label "Значэнне:"> +<!ENTITY OptionValue.accesskey "н"> +<!ENTITY OptionSelected.label "Вылучаны спярша"> +<!ENTITY OptionSelected.accesskey "В"> +<!ENTITY OptionDisabled.label "Забаронены"> +<!ENTITY OptionDisabled.accesskey "З"> + +<!ENTITY TextHeader.label "Тэкст"> +<!ENTITY ValueHeader.label "Значэнне"> +<!ENTITY SelectedHeader.label "Вылучаны"> + +<!ENTITY AddOption.label "Дадаць наладжванне"> +<!ENTITY AddOption.accesskey "н"> +<!ENTITY AddOptGroup.label "Дадаць групу"> +<!ENTITY AddOptGroup.accesskey "Г"> +<!ENTITY RemoveElement.label "Выдаліць"> +<!ENTITY RemoveElement.accesskey "д"> +<!ENTITY MoveElementUp.label "Рухаць угору"> +<!ENTITY MoveElementUp.accesskey "г"> +<!ENTITY MoveElementDown.label "Рухаць уніз"> +<!ENTITY MoveElementDown.accesskey "У"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSnapToGrid.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSnapToGrid.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a0a06b9904 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSnapToGrid.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Прычэпка да сеткі"> + +<!ENTITY enableSnapToGrid.label "Дазволіць прычэпку да сеткі"> +<!ENTITY enableSnapToGrid.accessKey "Д"> + +<!ENTITY sizeEditField.label "Памер:"> +<!ENTITY sizeEditField.accessKey "П"> + +<!ENTITY pixelsLabel.value "пікселяў"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSpellCheck.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSpellCheck.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b1be7d2393 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorSpellCheck.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Window title --> +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Праверка правапісу"> + +<!ENTITY misspelledWord.label "Слова з памылкамі:"> +<!ENTITY wordEditField.label "Замяніць (чым):"> +<!ENTITY wordEditField.accessKey "я"> +<!ENTITY checkwordButton.label "Праверыць слова"> +<!ENTITY checkwordButton.accessKey "л"> +<!ENTITY suggestions.label "Прапановы:"> +<!ENTITY suggestions.accessKey "П"> +<!ENTITY ignoreButton.label "Ігнараваць"> +<!ENTITY ignoreButton.accessKey "І"> +<!ENTITY ignoreAllButton.label "Ігнараваць усе"> +<!ENTITY ignoreAllButton.accessKey "с"> +<!ENTITY replaceButton.label "Замяніць"> +<!ENTITY replaceButton.accessKey "З"> +<!ENTITY replaceAllButton.label "Замяніць усе"> +<!ENTITY replaceAllButton.accessKey "У"> +<!ENTITY stopButton.label "Спыніць"> +<!ENTITY stopButton.accessKey "С"> +<!ENTITY userDictionary.label "Асабісты слоўнік:"> +<!ENTITY moreDictionaries.label "Загрузіць іншыя слоўнікі…"> +<!ENTITY addToUserDictionaryButton.label "Дадаць слова"> +<!ENTITY addToUserDictionaryButton.accessKey "а"> +<!ENTITY editUserDictionaryButton.label "Рэдагаваць…"> +<!ENTITY editUserDictionaryButton.accessKey "Р"> +<!ENTITY recheckButton2.label "Паўторна праверыць тэкст"> +<!ENTITY recheckButton2.accessKey "П"> +<!ENTITY closeButton.label "Зачыніць"> +<!ENTITY closeButton.accessKey "ч"> +<!ENTITY sendButton.label "Даслаць"> +<!ENTITY sendButton.accessKey "Д"> +<!ENTITY languagePopup.label "Мова:"> +<!ENTITY languagePopup.accessKey "М"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorTableProperties.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorTableProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e16b323ce0 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorTableProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY tableWindow.title "Уласцівасці табліцы"> +<!ENTITY applyButton.label "Ужыць"> +<!ENTITY applyButton.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY closeButton.label "Зачыніць"> +<!ENTITY tableTab.label "Табліца"> +<!ENTITY cellTab.label "Ячэйкі"> +<!ENTITY tableRows.label "Шэрагі:"> +<!ENTITY tableRows.accessKey "Ш"> +<!ENTITY tableColumns.label "Слупкі:"> +<!ENTITY tableColumns.accessKey "С"> +<!ENTITY tableHeight.label "Вышыня:"> +<!ENTITY tableHeight.accessKey "В"> +<!ENTITY tableWidth.label "Шырыня:"> +<!ENTITY tableWidth.accessKey "Ш"> +<!ENTITY tableBorderSpacing.label "Межы і прагалы"> +<!ENTITY tableBorderWidth.label "Мяжа:"> +<!ENTITY tableBorderWidth.accessKey "М"> +<!ENTITY tableSpacing.label "Прагалы:"> +<!ENTITY tableSpacing.accessKey "П"> +<!ENTITY tablePadding.label "Набіўка:"> +<!ENTITY tablePadding.accessKey "Н"> +<!ENTITY tablePxBetwCells.label "пікселяў паміж ячэйкамі"> +<!ENTITY tablePxBetwBrdrCellContent.label "пікселяў паміж мяжой ячэйкі і змесцівам"> +<!ENTITY tableAlignment.label "Выраўноўванне табліцы:"> +<!ENTITY tableAlignment.accessKey "ы"> +<!ENTITY tableCaption.label "Загаловак:"> +<!ENTITY tableCaption.accessKey "З"> +<!ENTITY tableCaptionAbove.label "Над табліцаю"> +<!ENTITY tableCaptionBelow.label "Пад табліцаю"> +<!ENTITY tableCaptionLeft.label "Злева ад табліцы"> +<!ENTITY tableCaptionRight.label "Справа ад табліцы"> +<!ENTITY tableCaptionNone.label "Няма"> +<!ENTITY tableInheritColor.label "(Няхай колеры старонкі будуць бачны скрозь)"> + +<!ENTITY cellSelection.label "Вылучэнне"> +<!ENTITY cellSelectCell.label "Ячэйка"> +<!ENTITY cellSelectRow.label "Шэраг"> +<!ENTITY cellSelectColumn.label "Слупок"> +<!ENTITY cellSelectNext.label "Наступная"> +<!ENTITY cellSelectNext.accessKey "Н"> +<!ENTITY cellSelectPrevious.label "Папярэдні"> +<!ENTITY cellSelectPrevious.accessKey "П"> +<!ENTITY applyBeforeChange.label "Гэтачасовыя змяненні будуць ужытыя перад змяненнем вылучэння."> +<!ENTITY cellContentAlignment.label "Выраўноўванне змесціва"> +<!ENTITY cellHorizontal.label "Гарызантальнае:"> +<!ENTITY cellHorizontal.accessKey "Г"> +<!ENTITY cellVertical.label "Вертыкальнае:"> +<!ENTITY cellVertical.accessKey "В"> +<!ENTITY cellStyle.label "Стыль ячэйкі:"> +<!ENTITY cellStyle.accessKey "С"> +<!ENTITY cellNormal.label "Звычайны"> +<!ENTITY cellHeader.label "Загаловак"> +<!ENTITY cellTextWrap.label "Загінанне тэксту:"> +<!ENTITY cellTextWrap.accessKey "З"> +<!ENTITY cellWrap.label "Загінаць"> +<!ENTITY cellNoWrap.label "Не загінаць"> +<!ENTITY cellAlignTop.label "Даверху"> +<!ENTITY cellAlignMiddle.label "Пасярэдзіне"> +<!ENTITY cellAlignBottom.label "Данізу"> +<!ENTITY cellAlignJustify.label "Разасяроджана"> +<!ENTITY cellInheritColor.label "(Няхай колеры табліцы будуць бачны скрозь)"> +<!ENTITY cellUseCheckboxHelp.label "Ужывайце скрынкі адзнакаў для вызначэння ўласцівасцяў усіх вылучаных ячэйкаў"> + +<!ENTITY size.label "Памер"> +<!ENTITY pixels.label "пікселяў"> +<!ENTITY backgroundColor.label "Колер фону:"> +<!ENTITY backgroundColor.accessKey "Ф"> +<!ENTITY AlignLeft.label "Улева"> +<!ENTITY AlignCenter.label "Пасярэдзіне"> +<!ENTITY AlignRight.label "Направа"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorTextAreaProperties.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorTextAreaProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..79147885f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/dialogs/EditorTextAreaProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Уласцівасці тэкставага абсягу"> + +<!ENTITY Settings.label "Наладжванні"> + +<!ENTITY TextAreaName.label "Назва поля:"> +<!ENTITY TextAreaName.accessKey "Н"> +<!ENTITY TextAreaRows.label "Радкоў:"> +<!ENTITY TextAreaRows.accessKey "Р"> +<!ENTITY TextAreaCols.label "Слупкоў:"> +<!ENTITY TextAreaCols.accessKey "С"> +<!ENTITY TextAreaReadOnly.label "Толькі для чытання"> +<!ENTITY TextAreaReadOnly.accessKey "Ч"> +<!ENTITY TextAreaDisabled.label "Забароненае"> +<!ENTITY TextAreaDisabled.accessKey "З"> +<!ENTITY TextAreaTabIndex.label "Паказальнік зруху:"> +<!ENTITY TextAreaTabIndex.accessKey "р"> +<!ENTITY TextAreaAccessKey.label "Клавіша доступу:"> +<!ENTITY TextAreaAccessKey.accessKey "К"> +<!ENTITY InitialText.label "Пачатковы тэкст:"> +<!ENTITY InitialText.accessKey "П"> + +<!ENTITY TextAreaWrap.label "Рэжым загінання:"> +<!ENTITY TextAreaWrap.accessKey "г"> +<!ENTITY WrapDefault.value "Змоўчны"> +<!ENTITY WrapOff.value "Без"> +<!ENTITY WrapHard.value "Жорсткі"> +<!ENTITY WrapSoft.value "Мяккі"> +<!ENTITY WrapPhysical.value "Фізічны"> +<!ENTITY WrapVirtual.value "Уяўны"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/editingOverlay.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/editingOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c833524e99 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/editingOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- File menu items --> +<!ENTITY openFileCmd.label "Адчыніць файл…"> +<!ENTITY openFileCmd.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY openFileCmd.key "O"> +<!ENTITY openRemoteCmd.label "Адчыніць месца ў Сеціве…"> +<!ENTITY openRemoteCmd.accesskey "м"> +<!ENTITY openRemoteCmd.key "L"> +<!ENTITY fileRecentMenu.label "Нядаўнія старонкі"> +<!ENTITY fileRecentMenu.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY saveCmd.label "Захаваць"> +<!ENTITY saveCmd.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY saveAsCmd.label "Захаваць як…"> +<!ENTITY saveAsCmd.accesskey "я"> +<!ENTITY saveAsChangeEncodingCmd2.label "Захаваць і змяніць кадаванне сімвалаў"> +<!ENTITY saveAsChangeEncodingCmd2.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY publishCmd.label "Публікаваць"> +<!ENTITY publishCmd.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY publishCmd.key "S"> +<!ENTITY publishAsCmd.label "Публікаваць як…"> +<!ENTITY publishAsCmd.accesskey "к"> +<!ENTITY fileRevert.label "Вярнуць"> +<!ENTITY fileRevert.accesskey "В"> + +<!-- Edit menu items --> +<!ENTITY publishSettings.label "Наладжванні пляцоўкі публікавання…"> +<!ENTITY publishSettings.accesskey "л"> + +<!-- Toolbar buttons/items --> +<!ENTITY newToolbarCmd.label "Стварыць"> +<!ENTITY newToolbarCmd.tooltip "Стварыць новую старонку ўкладальніка"> +<!ENTITY openToolbarCmd.label "Адчыніць"> +<!ENTITY openToolbarCmd.tooltip "Адчыніць мясцовы файл"> +<!ENTITY saveToolbarCmd.tooltip "Захаваць файл мясцова"> +<!ENTITY publishToolbarCmd.tooltip "Зацягнуць файл у адлеглае месца"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/editor.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/editor.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..36081e7cf0 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/editor.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Window title --> +<!-- Window title --> +<!ENTITY editorWindow.titlemodifier "Укладальнік"> +<!ENTITY editorWindow.titlemodifiermenuseparator " - "> + +<!-- Menu items: the . means that the menu item isn't implemented yet --> + +<!ENTITY compositionToolbar.tooltip "Прыладапаліца ўкладання"> +<!ENTITY previewToolbarCmd.label "Азірнуць"> +<!ENTITY previewToolbarCmd.tooltip "Загрузіць старонку ў азіральнік"> + +<!ENTITY exportToTextCmd.label "Экспартаваць як тэкст…"> +<!ENTITY exportToTextCmd.accesskey "т"> +<!ENTITY previewCmd.label "Азірнуць старонку"> +<!ENTITY previewCmd.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY sendPageCmd.label "Даслаць старонку…"> +<!ENTITY sendPageCmd.accesskey "Д"> + +<!ENTITY compositionToolbarCmd.label "Прыладапаліца ўкладання"> +<!ENTITY compositionToolbarCmd.accesskey "ў"> +<!ENTITY formattingToolbarCmd.label "Прыладапаліца фарматавання"> +<!ENTITY formattingToolbarCmd.accesskey "ф"> +<!ENTITY editmodeToolbarCmd.label "Прыладапаліца праўкі"> +<!ENTITY editmodeToolbarCmd.accesskey "п"> + +<!ENTITY formatMenu.label "Фармат"> +<!ENTITY formatMenu.accesskey "Ф"> +<!ENTITY grid.label "Пазіцыйная сетка"> +<!ENTITY grid.accesskey "с"> +<!ENTITY pageProperties.label "Загаловак старонкі і ўласуівасці…"> +<!ENTITY pageProperties.accesskey "З"> + +<!ENTITY validateCmd.label "Праверыць HTML"> +<!ENTITY validateCmd.accesskey "П"> + +<!ENTITY NormalModeTab.label "Звычайны"> +<!ENTITY NormalMode.label "Звычайны рэжым праўкі"> +<!ENTITY NormalMode.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY NormalMode.tooltip "Паказваць межы табліцаў і іменаваныя якары"> +<!ENTITY AllTagsModeTab.label "Меціны HTML"> +<!ENTITY AllTagsMode.label "Меціны HTML"> +<!ENTITY AllTagsMode.accesskey "М"> +<!ENTITY AllTagsMode.tooltip "Паказваць значкі для ўсіх мецінаў HTML"> +<!ENTITY HTMLSourceModeTab.dir "ltr"> +<!ENTITY HTMLSourceModeTab.label "Зыходнік"> +<!ENTITY HTMLSourceMode.label "Зыходнік HTML"> +<!ENTITY HTMLSourceMode.accesskey "H"> +<!ENTITY HTMLSourceMode.tooltip "Праўка зыходніка HTML"> +<!ENTITY PreviewModeTab.label "Перадпрагляд"> +<!ENTITY PreviewMode.label "Перадпрагляд"> +<!ENTITY PreviewMode.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY PreviewMode.tooltip "Паказваць такім, якім будзе бачна ў азіральніку "> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/editor.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/editor.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..94916dc016 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/editor.properties @@ -0,0 +1,208 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE FILE: embedded "\n" represent HTML breaks (<br>) +# Don't translate embedded "\n". +# Don't translate strings like this: %variable% +# as they will be replaced using JavaScript +# +No=Не +Save=Захаваць +More=Больш +Less=Менш +MoreProperties=Больш уласцівасцяў +FewerProperties=Меней уласцівасцяў +PropertiesAccessKey=У +None=Няма +none=няма +OpenHTMLFile=Адчыніць файл HTML +OpenTextFile=Адчыніць тэкставы файл +SelectImageFile=Выберыце файл выявы +SaveDocument=Захаваць старонку +SaveDocumentAs=Захаваць старонку як +SaveTextAs=Захаваць тэкст як +EditMode=Рэжым праўкі +Preview=Перадпрагляд +Publish=Публікаваць +PublishPage=Публікаваць старонку +DontPublish=Не публікаваць +SavePassword=Скарыстаць кіраўнік паролямі дзеля захавання гэтага пароля +CorrectSpelling=(слушны правапіс) +NoSuggestedWords=(няма прапаноў) +NoMisspelledWord=Няма арфаграфічных памылак +CheckSpellingDone=Праверка правапісу выканана. +CheckSpelling=Правяраць правапіс +InputError=Памылка +Alert=Перасцярога +CantEditFramesetMsg=Укладальнік не можа рэдагаваць HTML рамкаспалучэнні або старонкі з убудаванымі рамкамі. Дзеля рамкаспалучэнняў паспрабуйце рэдагаваць старонку для кожнай рамкі паасобку. Дзеля старонак з убудаванымі рамкамі захавайце копію старонкі і выдаліце меціны <iframe>.\u0020 +CantEditMimeTypeMsg=Нерэдагавальны тып старонкі. +CantEditDocumentMsg=Немагчыма рэдагаваць гэтую старонку з-за невядомай прычыны. +BeforeClosing=перад зачыненнем +BeforePreview=перад праглядам у азіральніку +BeforeValidate=перад пацвярджэннем дакумента +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (SaveFilePrompt, PublishPrompt): Don't translate %title% and %reason% (this is the reason for asking user to close, such as "before closing") +SaveFilePrompt=Захаваць змяненні ў "%title%" %reason%?\u0020 +PublishPrompt=Захаваць змяненні ў "%title%" %reason%? +SaveFileFailed=Няўдача захавання файла!\n + +# Publishing error strings: +# LOCALIZATION NOTE Don't translate %dir% or %file% in the Publishing error strings: +FileNotFound=%file% не знойдзены. +SubdirDoesNotExist=Падкаталог "%dir%" не існуе на гэтай пляцоўцы або імя файла "%file%" ужо выкарыстоўваецца ў іншым падкаталогу. +FilenameIsSubdir=Назва файла "%file%" ужо выкарыстоўваецца ў іншым падкаталогу. +ServerNotAvailable=Паслугач недаступны. Праверце ваша злучэнне і пасля паспрабуйце зноў. +Offline=Вы зараз па-за сеткай. Дзеля ўвахода ў сетку пстрыкніце значок каля ніжняга левага вугла якога-небудзь акна. +DiskFull=Не хапае месца на дыску даступнага для захавання файла "%file%." +NameTooLong=Назва файла ці падкаталога задоўгая. +AccessDenied=Вы не маеце дазволу публікаваць у гэтым месцы. +UnknownPublishError=Здарылася невядомая памылка падчас публікавання. +PublishFailed=Няўдача публікавання. +PublishCompleted=Публікаванне здзейснена. +AllFilesPublished=Усе файлы апублікованы. +# LOCALIZATION NOTE Don't translate %x% or %total% +FailedFileMsg=Публікацыя %x% файлаў з %total% скончылася няўдала. +# End-Publishing error strings +Prompt=Запрашэнне +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (PromptFTPUsernamePassword): Don't translate %host% +PromptFTPUsernamePassword=Увядзіце імя карыстальніка і пароль для FTP паслугача на %host% +RevertCaption=Вярнуцца да захаванага апошнім разам +Revert=Вярнуць +SendPageReason=перад дасылкай гэтай старонкі +Send=Даслаць +## LOCALIZATION NOTE (PublishProgressCaption, PublishToSite, AbandonChanges): Don't translate %title% +PublishProgressCaption=Публікаванне: %title% +PublishToSite=Публікаванне на пляцоўцы: %title% +AbandonChanges=Пакінуць незахаванымі змяненні ў "%title%" і перазагрузіць старонку? +DocumentTitle=Загаловак старонкі +NeedDocTitle=Увядзіце, калі ласка, загаловак для гэтай старонкі. +DocTitleHelp=Гэта вызначае старонку ў загалоўку акна і закладках. +CancelPublishTitle=Скасаваць публікаванне? +## LOCALIZATION NOTE: "Continue" in this sentence must match the text for +## the CancelPublishContinue key below +CancelPublishMessage=Скасаванне ў час публікавання можа выклікаць няпоўны перанос файлаў. Вы жадаеце Працягваць ці Скасаваць? +CancelPublishContinue=Працягнуць +MissingImageError=Увядзіце або выберыце, калі ласка, выяву тыпу gif, jpg ці png. +EmptyHREFError=Выберыце, калі ласка, месца для стварэння новай спасылкі. +LinkText=Тэкст спасылкі +LinkImage=Выява спасылкі +MixedSelection=[Змешаны выбар] +Mixed=(змешаны) +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (NotInstalled): %S is the name of the font +NotInstalled=%S (не ўсталяваны) +EnterLinkText=Увядзіце вонкавы тэкст дзеля спасылкі: +EnterLinkTextAccessKey=Т +EmptyLinkTextError=Увядзіце, калі ласка, нейкі тэкст для спасылкі. +EditTextWarning=Гэта заменіць існы змест. +#LOCALIZATION NOTE (ValidateNumber):Don't translate: %n% %min% %max% +ValidateRangeMsg=Уведзеная колькасць (%n%) па-за дапушчальным дыяпазонам. +ValidateNumberMsg=Увядзіце, калі ласка, колькасць паміж %min% і %max%. +MissingAnchorNameError=Увядзіце, калі ласка, імя гэтага якара. +#LOCALIZATION NOTE (DuplicateAnchorNameError): Don't translate %name% +DuplicateAnchorNameError="%name%" ужо існуе на гэтай старонцы. Увядзіце, калі ласка, іншае імя. +BulletStyle=Маркаваны стыль +SolidCircle=Суцэльны круг +OpenCircle=Кольца +SolidSquare=Суцэльны квадрат +NumberStyle=Лічбавы стыль +Automatic=Аўтаматычны +Style_1=1, 2, 3… +Style_I=I, II, III… +Style_i=i, ii, iii… +Style_A=А, Б, В… +Style_a=а, б, в… +Pixels=пікселяў +Percent=адсотак +PercentOfCell=% ячэек +PercentOfWindow=% акна +PercentOfTable=% табліцы +#LOCALIZATION NOTE (untitledTitle): %S is the window #. No plural handling needed. +untitledTitle=без назвы-%S +untitledDefaultFilename=без загалоўка +ShowToolbar=Паказаць паліцу прыладаў +HideToolbar=Схаваць паліцу з прыладамі +ImapError=Няздатны загрузіць выяву +ImapCheck=\nВыберыце, калі ласка, новае месцазнаходжанне (URL) і паспрабуйце ізноў. +SaveToUseRelativeUrl=Злучаныя URL могуць быць выкарыстаны толькі пасля захавання старонак +NoNamedAnchorsOrHeadings=(Няма іменаваных якараў або загалоўкаў на гэтай старонцы) +TextColor=Колер тэксту +HighlightColor=Колер падфарбоўкі +PageColor=Колер фону старонкі +BlockColor=Фонавы колер блока +TableColor=Фонавы колер табліцы +CellColor=Колер фону клетак +TableOrCellColor=Колер клеткі або табліцы +LinkColor=Колер тэксту спасылкі +ActiveLinkColor=Колер дзейнай спасылкі +VisitedLinkColor=Колер наведанай спасылкі +NoColorError=Пстрыкніце на колер або ўвядзіце дапушчальны радок, які вызначае HTML колер\u0020 +Table=Табліца +TableCell=Клетка табліцы +NestedTable=Укладзеная табліца\u0020 +HLine=Гарызантальная рыска +Link=Спасылка +Image=Выява +ImageAndLink=Выява і спасылка +NamedAnchor=Якар з назвай +List=Спіс +ListItem=Адзінка спіса +Form=Форма +InputTag=Поле формы +InputImage=Формавая выява +TextArea=Тэкставы абсяг +Select=Спіс для вылучэння +Button=Кнопка +Label=Метка +FieldSet=Сукупнасць палёў\u0020 +Tag=Меціна +MissingSiteNameError=Увядзіце, калі ласка, назву для гэтай пляцоўкі публікацыі. +MissingPublishUrlError=Увядзіце, калі ласка, месца публікацыі гэтай старонкі. +MissingPublishFilename=Увядзіце, калі ласка, імя файла для гэтай старонкі. +#LOCALIZATION NOTE (DuplicateSiteNameError): Don't translate %name% +DuplicateSiteNameError="%name%" ужо існуе. Увядзіце, калі ласка, імя іншай пляцоўкі. +AdvancedProperties=Пашыраныя ўласцівасці… +AdvancedEditForCellMsg=Пашыраная праўка недаступна, калі шматлікія клеткі вылучаны +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (ObjectProperties):Don't translate "%obj%" it will be replaced with one of above object nouns +ObjectProperties=Уласцівасці: %obj%… +# LOCALIZATION NOTE This character must be in the above string and not confict with other accesskeys in Format menu +ObjectPropertiesAccessKey=л +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (JoinSelectedCells): This variable should contain the "tableJoinCells.accesskey" +# letter as defined in editorOverlay.dtd +JoinSelectedCells=Злучыць вылучаныя клеткі +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (JoinCellToRight): This variable should contain the "tableJoinCells.accesskey" +# letter as defined in editorOverlay.dtd +JoinCellToRight=Злучыць з клеткай справа +JoinCellAccesskey=З +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (TableSelectKey): Ctrl key on a keyboard +TableSelectKey=Ctrl+ +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (XulKeyMac): Command key on a Mac keyboard +XulKeyMac=Cmd+ +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (Del): Del key on a keyboard +Del=Выдаліць +Delete=Выдаліць +DeleteCells=Выдаліць клеткі +DeleteTableTitle=Выдаліць клеткі ці слупкі +DeleteTableMsg=Скарачэнне колькасці радкоў або слупкоў прывядзе да выдалення клетак табліцы і іх змесціва. Вы сапраўды хочаце зрабіць гэта?\u0020 +Clear=Ачысціць +#Mouse actions +Click=Пстрыкнуць +Drag=Цягнуць +Unknown=Невядомы +# +# LOCALIZATION NOTE "RemoveTextStylesAccesskey" is used for both +# menu items: "RemoveTextStyles" and "StopTextStyles" +RemoveTextStylesAccesskey=к +RemoveTextStyles=Выдаліць усе тэкставыя стылі +StopTextStyles=Перарваць тэкставыя стылі +# +# LOCALIZATION NOTE "RemoveLinksAccesskey" is used for both +# menu items: "RemoveLinks" and "StopLinks" +RemoveLinksAccesskey=к +RemoveLinks=Выдаліць спасылкі +StopLinks=Перарваць спасылку +# +NoFormAction=Раіцца ўвядзенне дзеяння гэтай формы. Самападавальныя формы належаць да пашыранай тэхнікі і могуць не працаваць адпаведна ва ўсіх азіральніках. +NoAltText=Калі выява датычыцца зместу дакумента, вы павінны забяспечыць яе дадатковым тэкстам дзеля адлюстравання ў тэкставых азіральніках, і які таксама павінны з'яўляцца ў іншых азіральніках у час загрузкі выявы або калі яе загрузка забаронена. +# +Malformed=Зыходнік немагчыма ператварыць у дакумент, бо ён не з'яўляецца спраўным XHTML. +NoLinksToCheck=Больш няма частак з спасылкамі для праверкі diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/editorOverlay.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/editorOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3dc520d486 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/editorOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,341 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Attn: Localization - some of the menus in this dialog directly affect mail also. --> + +<!-- File menu items --> +<!ENTITY saveCmd.key "S"> + +<!-- Edit menu items --> +<!ENTITY pasteNoFormatting.label "Уставіць без фарматавання"> +<!ENTITY pasteNoFormatting.accesskey "б"> +<!ENTITY pasteNoFormatting.key "V"> +<!ENTITY pasteAsQuotationCmd.label "Уставіць як вытрымку"> +<!ENTITY pasteAsQuotationCmd.accesskey "в"> +<!ENTITY pasteAsQuotationCmd.key "o"> +<!ENTITY findBarCmd.label "Знайсці…"> +<!ENTITY findReplaceCmd.label "Знайсці і замяніць"> +<!ENTITY enableInlineSpellChecker.label "Праверка правапісу падчас набору"> +<!ENTITY enableInlineSpellChecker.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY checkSpellingCmd2.label "Праверыць правапіс…"> +<!ENTITY checkSpellingCmd2.accesskey "р"> +<!ENTITY checkSpellingCmd2.key "p"> + +<!-- Insert menu items --> +<!ENTITY insertMenu.label "Уставіць"> +<!ENTITY insertMenu.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY insertLinkCmd2.label "Спасылка…"> +<!ENTITY insertLinkCmd2.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY insertLinkCmd2.key "K"> +<!ENTITY insertAnchorCmd.label "Іменаваны якар…"> +<!ENTITY insertAnchorCmd.accesskey "я"> +<!ENTITY insertImageCmd.label "Выява…"> +<!ENTITY insertImageCmd.accesskey "В"> +<!ENTITY insertHLineCmd.label "Гарызантальная рыска"> +<!ENTITY insertHLineCmd.accesskey "Г"> +<!ENTITY insertTableCmd.label "Табліца…"> +<!ENTITY insertTableCmd.accesskey "Т"> +<!ENTITY insertHTMLCmd.label "HTML…"> +<!ENTITY insertHTMLCmd.accesskey "H"> +<!ENTITY insertMathCmd.label "Math…"> +<!ENTITY insertMathCmd.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY insertCharsCmd.label "Знакі і сімвалы…"> +<!ENTITY insertCharsCmd.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY insertBreakAllCmd.label "Разрыў пад выявай(-мі)"> +<!ENTITY insertBreakAllCmd.accesskey "Р"> + +<!-- Used just in context popup. --> +<!ENTITY createLinkCmd.label "Стварыць спасылку…"> +<!ENTITY createLinkCmd.accesskey "ы"> +<!ENTITY editLinkCmd.label "Рэдагаваць спасылку ў новым Укладальніку."> +<!ENTITY editLinkCmd.accesskey "ў"> + +<!-- Font Face SubMenu --> +<!ENTITY FontFaceSelect.tooltip "Выбраць шрыфт"> +<!ENTITY fontfaceMenu.label "Шрыфт"> +<!ENTITY fontfaceMenu.accesskey "Ш"> +<!ENTITY fontVarWidth.label "Зменная шырыня"> +<!ENTITY fontVarWidth.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY fontFixedWidth.label "Нязменная шырыня "> +<!ENTITY fontFixedWidth.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY fontFixedWidth.key "T"> +<!ENTITY fontHelvetica.label "Helvetica, Arial"> +<!ENTITY fontHelvetica.accesskey "l"> +<!ENTITY fontTimes.label "Times"> +<!ENTITY fontTimes.accesskey "T"> +<!ENTITY fontCourier.label "Courier"> +<!ENTITY fontCourier.accesskey "C"> + +<!-- Font Size SubMenu --> +<!ENTITY FontSizeSelect.tooltip "Выбраць памер шрыфту"> +<!ENTITY decreaseFontSize.label "Меншы"> +<!ENTITY decreaseFontSize.accesskey "е"> +<!ENTITY decrementFontSize.key "<"> +<!ENTITY decrementFontSize.key2 ","> <!-- < is above this key on many keyboards --> +<!ENTITY increaseFontSize.label "Большы"> +<!ENTITY increaseFontSize.accesskey "Б"> +<!ENTITY incrementFontSize.key ">"> +<!ENTITY incrementFontSize.key2 "."> <!-- > is above this key on many keyboards --> + +<!ENTITY fontSizeMenu.label "Памер"> +<!ENTITY fontSizeMenu.accesskey "м"> +<!ENTITY size-tinyCmd.label "Драбнюткі"> +<!ENTITY size-tinyCmd.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY size-smallCmd.label "малы"> +<!ENTITY size-smallCmd.accesskey "м"> +<!ENTITY size-mediumCmd.label "сярэдні"> +<!ENTITY size-mediumCmd.accesskey "с"> +<!ENTITY size-largeCmd.label "вялікі"> +<!ENTITY size-largeCmd.accesskey "в"> +<!ENTITY size-extraLargeCmd.label "Велізарны"> +<!ENTITY size-extraLargeCmd.accesskey "е"> +<!ENTITY size-hugeCmd.label "Гіганцкі"> +<!ENTITY size-hugeCmd.accesskey "Г"> + +<!-- Font Style SubMenu --> +<!ENTITY fontStyleMenu.label "Стыль тэксту"> +<!ENTITY fontStyleMenu.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY styleBoldCmd.label "Выразны"> +<!ENTITY styleBoldCmd.accesskey "В"> +<!ENTITY styleBoldCmd.key "B"> +<!ENTITY styleItalicCmd.label "Рукапісны"> +<!ENTITY styleItalicCmd.accesskey "Р"> +<!ENTITY styleItalicCmd.key "I"> +<!ENTITY styleUnderlineCmd.label "Падкрэслены"> +<!ENTITY styleUnderlineCmd.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY styleUnderlineCmd.key "U"> +<!ENTITY styleStrikeThruCmd.label "Закрэслены"> +<!ENTITY styleStrikeThruCmd.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY styleSuperscriptCmd.label "Надпіс"> +<!ENTITY styleSuperscriptCmd.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY styleSubscriptCmd.label "Подпіс"> +<!ENTITY styleSubscriptCmd.accesskey "о"> +<!ENTITY styleNonbreakingCmd.label "Непарушны"> +<!ENTITY styleNonbreakingCmd.accesskey "е"> +<!ENTITY styleEm.label "Націск"> +<!ENTITY styleEm.accesskey "ц"> +<!ENTITY styleStrong.label "Мацнейшы націск"> +<!ENTITY styleStrong.accesskey "ц"> +<!ENTITY styleCite.label "Цытата"> +<!ENTITY styleCite.accesskey "Ц"> +<!ENTITY styleAbbr.label "Скарачэнне"> +<!ENTITY styleAbbr.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY styleAcronym.label "Скарачэнне"> +<!ENTITY styleAcronym.accesskey "к"> +<!ENTITY styleCode.label "Код"> +<!ENTITY styleCode.accesskey "о"> +<!ENTITY styleSamp.label "Узор вываду"> +<!ENTITY styleSamp.accesskey "ы"> +<!ENTITY styleVar.label "Зменная"> +<!ENTITY styleVar.accesskey "м"> + +<!ENTITY formatFontColor.label "Колер тэксту…"> +<!ENTITY formatFontColor.accesskey "К"> +<!ENTITY tableOrCellColor.label "Фонавы колер табліцы або клеткі…"> +<!ENTITY tableOrCellColor.accesskey "Ф"> + +<!ENTITY formatRemoveStyles.key "Y"> +<!ENTITY formatRemoveLinks.key "K"> +<!ENTITY formatRemoveNamedAnchors.label "Выдаліць іменаваныя якары"> +<!ENTITY formatRemoveNamedAnchors.accesskey "д"> +<!ENTITY formatRemoveNamedAnchors2.key "R"> + +<!ENTITY paragraphMenu.label "Параграф"> +<!ENTITY paragraphMenu.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY paragraphParagraphCmd.label "Параграф"> +<!ENTITY paragraphParagraphCmd.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY heading1Cmd.label "Загаловак 1"> +<!ENTITY heading1Cmd.accesskey "1"> +<!ENTITY heading2Cmd.label "Загаловак 2"> +<!ENTITY heading2Cmd.accesskey "2"> +<!ENTITY heading3Cmd.label "Загаловак 3"> +<!ENTITY heading3Cmd.accesskey "3"> +<!ENTITY heading4Cmd.label "Загаловак 4"> +<!ENTITY heading4Cmd.accesskey "4"> +<!ENTITY heading5Cmd.label "Загаловак 5"> +<!ENTITY heading5Cmd.accesskey "5"> +<!ENTITY heading6Cmd.label "Загаловак 6"> +<!ENTITY heading6Cmd.accesskey "6"> +<!ENTITY paragraphAddressCmd.label "Адрас"> +<!ENTITY paragraphAddressCmd.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY paragraphPreformatCmd.label "Адфарматаваны"> +<!ENTITY paragraphPreformatCmd.accesskey "ф"> + +<!-- List menu items --> +<!ENTITY formatlistMenu.label "Спіс"> +<!ENTITY formatlistMenu.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY noneCmd.label "Няма"> +<!ENTITY noneCmd.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY listBulletCmd.label "Маркаваны"> +<!ENTITY listBulletCmd.accesskey "М"> +<!ENTITY listNumberedCmd.label "Пранумараваны"> +<!ENTITY listNumberedCmd.accesskey "у"> +<!ENTITY listTermCmd.label "Тэрмінаў"> +<!ENTITY listTermCmd.accesskey "Т"> +<!ENTITY listDefinitionCmd.label "Азначэнняў"> +<!ENTITY listDefinitionCmd.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY listPropsCmd.label "Уласцівасці спіса…"> +<!ENTITY listPropsCmd.accesskey "с"> + +<!ENTITY ParagraphSelect.tooltip "Выбраць фармат параграфа "> +<!-- Shared in Paragraph, and Toolbar menulist --> +<!ENTITY bodyTextCmd.label "Тэкст цела"> +<!ENTITY bodyTextCmd.accesskey "Т"> +<!-- isn't used in menu now, but may be added in future --> +<!ENTITY advancedPropertiesCmd.label "Пашыраныя ўласцівасці"> +<!ENTITY advancedPropertiesCmd.accesskey "ш"> + +<!-- Align menu items --> +<!ENTITY alignMenu.label "Выраўноўванне"> +<!ENTITY alignMenu.accesskey "В"> +<!ENTITY alignLeft.label "Левае"> +<!ENTITY alignLeft.accesskey "Л"> +<!ENTITY alignLeft.tooltip "Выраўноўваць улева"> +<!ENTITY alignCenter.label "Пасярэдзіне"> +<!ENTITY alignCenter.accesskey "с"> +<!ENTITY alignCenter.tooltip "Выраўноўваць пасярэдзіне"> +<!ENTITY alignRight.label "Правае"> +<!ENTITY alignRight.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY alignRight.tooltip "Выраўноўваць направа"> +<!ENTITY alignJustify.label "Разасяродзіць"> +<!ENTITY alignJustify.accesskey "з"> +<!ENTITY alignJustify.tooltip "Выраўноўваць разасяроджана"> + +<!-- Layer toolbar items --> +<!ENTITY layer.tooltip "Слой"> +<!ENTITY layerSendToBack.tooltip "Адпіхнуць назад"> +<!ENTITY layerBringToFront.tooltip "Выцягнуць наперад"> + +<!ENTITY increaseIndent.label "Павялічыць водступ"> +<!ENTITY increaseIndent.accesskey "в"> +<!ENTITY increaseIndent.key "]"> +<!ENTITY decreaseIndent.label "Зменшыць водступ"> +<!ENTITY decreaseIndent.accesskey "м"> +<!ENTITY decreaseIndent.key "["> + +<!ENTITY colorsAndBackground.label "Колеры і фон старонкі…"> +<!ENTITY colorsAndBackground.accesskey "ф"> + +<!-- Table Menu --> +<!ENTITY tableMenu.label "Табліца"> +<!ENTITY tableMenu.accesskey "Т"> + +<!-- Select Submenu --> +<!ENTITY tableSelectMenu.label "Выбраць"> +<!ENTITY tableSelectMenu.accesskey "В"> + +<!ENTITY tableSelectMenu2.label "Вылучэнне табліцы"> +<!ENTITY tableSelectMenu2.accesskey "В"> +<!ENTITY tableInsertMenu2.label "Устаўка табліцы"> +<!ENTITY tableInsertMenu2.accesskey "а"> +<!ENTITY tableDeleteMenu2.label "Выдаленне табліцы"> +<!ENTITY tableDeleteMenu2.accesskey "д"> + +<!-- Insert SubMenu --> +<!ENTITY tableInsertMenu.label "Уставіць"> +<!ENTITY tableInsertMenu.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY tableTable.label "Табліца"> +<!ENTITY tableTable.accesskey "Т"> +<!ENTITY tableRow.label "Радок"> +<!ENTITY tableRows.label "Радок(кі)"> +<!ENTITY tableRow.accesskey "Р"> +<!ENTITY tableRowAbove.label "Радок зверху"> +<!ENTITY tableRowAbove.accesskey "в"> +<!ENTITY tableRowBelow.label "Радок знізу"> +<!ENTITY tableRowBelow.accesskey "н"> +<!ENTITY tableColumn.label "Слупок"> +<!ENTITY tableColumns.label "Слупок(кі)"> +<!ENTITY tableColumn.accesskey "л"> +<!ENTITY tableColumnBefore.label "Слупок перад"> +<!ENTITY tableColumnBefore.accesskey "р"> +<!ENTITY tableColumnAfter.label "Слупок пасля"> +<!ENTITY tableColumnAfter.accesskey "а"> +<!ENTITY tableCell.label "Клетка"> +<!ENTITY tableCells.label "Клетка(і)"> +<!ENTITY tableCell.accesskey "К"> +<!ENTITY tableCellContents.label "Змесціва клеткі"> +<!ENTITY tableCellContents.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY tableAllCells.label "Усе клеткі"> +<!ENTITY tableAllCells.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY tableCellBefore.label "Клеткі перад"> +<!ENTITY tableCellBefore.accesskey "р"> +<!ENTITY tableCellAfter.label "Клетка пасля"> +<!ENTITY tableCellAfter.accesskey "а"> +<!-- Delete SubMenu --> +<!ENTITY tableDeleteMenu.label "Выдаліць"> +<!ENTITY tableDeleteMenu.accesskey "д"> + +<!-- text for "Join Cells" is in editor.properties + ("JoinSelectedCells" and "JoinCellToRight") + the access key must exist in both of those strings + But value must be set here for accesskey to draw properly +--> +<!ENTITY tableJoinCells.label "я"> +<!ENTITY tableJoinCells.accesskey "я"> +<!ENTITY tableSplitCell.label "Падзяліць клетку"> +<!ENTITY tableSplitCell.accesskey "к"> +<!ENTITY convertToTable.label "Стварыць табліцу з вылучэння"> +<!ENTITY convertToTable.accesskey "р"> +<!ENTITY tableProperties.label "Уласцівасці табліцы…"> +<!ENTITY tableProperties.accesskey "ц"> + +<!-- Toolbar-only items --> +<!ENTITY menuBar.tooltip "Паліца меню"> +<!ENTITY formatToolbar.tooltip "Паліца прыладаў фарматавання"> +<!ENTITY cutToolbarCmd.tooltip "Выразаць"> +<!ENTITY copyToolbarCmd.tooltip "Капіяваць"> +<!ENTITY pasteToolbarCmd.tooltip "Уставіць"> +<!ENTITY findToolbarCmd.label "Знайсці"> +<!ENTITY findToolbarCmd.tooltip "Знайсці тэкст на старонцы"> +<!ENTITY spellToolbarCmd.label "Правапіс"> +<!ENTITY spellToolbarCmd.tooltip "Праверыць правапіс вылучэння або ўсёй старонкі "> +<!ENTITY imageToolbarCmd.label "Выява"> +<!ENTITY imageToolbarCmd.tooltip "Уставіць новую выяву або правіць уласцівасці выбранай"> +<!ENTITY hruleToolbarCmd.label "Г.рыска"> +<!ENTITY hruleToolbarCmd.tooltip "Уставіць гарызантальную рыску або рэдагаваць уласцівасці выбраных рысак"> +<!ENTITY tableToolbarCmd.label "Табліца"> +<!ENTITY tableToolbarCmd.tooltip "Уставіць новую табліцу або рэдагаваць уласцівасці вылучанай табліцы"> +<!ENTITY linkToolbarCmd.label "Спасылка"> +<!ENTITY linkToolbarCmd.tooltip "Уставіць новую спасылку або рэдагаваць уласцівасці выбранай"> +<!ENTITY anchorToolbarCmd.label "Якар"> +<!ENTITY anchorToolbarCmd.tooltip "Уставіць новы іменаваны якар або рэдагаваць уласцівасці вылучанага якара "> +<!ENTITY TextColorButton.tooltip "Выбраць колер тэксту"> +<!ENTITY BackgroundColorButton.tooltip "Выбраць колер фону"> +<!ENTITY HighlightColorButton.tooltip "Выбраць колер падфарбоўкі для тэксту"> + +<!-- Editor toolbar --> +<!ENTITY absoluteFontSizeToolbarCmd.tooltip "Ўсталяваць памер шрыфту"> +<!ENTITY decreaseFontSizeToolbarCmd.tooltip "Меншы памер шрыфту"> +<!ENTITY increaseFontSizeToolbarCmd.tooltip "Большы памер шрыфту"> +<!ENTITY boldToolbarCmd.tooltip "Выразны"> +<!ENTITY italicToolbarCmd.tooltip "Рукапісны"> +<!ENTITY underlineToolbarCmd.tooltip "Падкрэслены"> +<!ENTITY bulletListToolbarCmd.tooltip "Скарыстаць або выдаліць маркаваны спіс"> +<!ENTITY numberListToolbarCmd.tooltip "Скарыстаць або выдаліць пранумараваны спіс"> +<!ENTITY outdentToolbarCmd.tooltip "Уцягнуць тэкст (змясціць улева)"> +<!ENTITY indentToolbarCmd.tooltip "Адпіхнуць тэкст (змясціць направа)"> +<!ENTITY AlignPopupButton.tooltip "Выбраць выраўноўванне тэксту"> +<!ENTITY InsertPopupButton.tooltip "Уставіць спасылку, якар, выяву, гарызантальную рыску або табліцу"> +<!ENTITY alignLeftButton.tooltip "Выраўноўваць тэкст уздоўж левага прымежку"> +<!ENTITY alignCenterButton.tooltip "Цэнтраванае выраўноўванне тэксту"> +<!ENTITY alignRightButton.tooltip "Выраўноўваць тэкст уздоўж правага прымежку"> +<!ENTITY alignJustifyButton.tooltip "Выраўноваць тэкст да левага і правага прымежкаў"> + +<!-- Structure Toolbar Context Menu items --> +<!ENTITY structSelect.label "Вылучыць"> +<!ENTITY structSelect.accesskey "л"> +<!ENTITY structRemoveTag.label "Выдаліць меціну"> +<!ENTITY structRemoveTag.accesskey "д"> +<!ENTITY structChangeTag.label "Змяніць меціну"> +<!ENTITY structChangeTag.accesskey "м"> + +<!-- TOC manipulation --> +<!ENTITY insertTOC.label "Уставіць"> +<!ENTITY insertTOC.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY updateTOC.label "Абнавіць"> +<!ENTITY updateTOC.accesskey "н"> +<!ENTITY removeTOC.label "Выдаліць"> +<!ENTITY removeTOC.accesskey "д"> +<!ENTITY tocMenu.label "Табліца зместу…"> +<!ENTITY tocMenu.accesskey "б"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/editorSmileyOverlay.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/editorSmileyOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a1468d36a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/editorSmileyOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,56 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY insertSmiley.label "Тварык"> +<!ENTITY insertSmiley.accesskey "Т"> + +<!ENTITY smiley1Cmd.label "Усмешка"> +<!ENTITY smiley1Cmd.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY smiley1Cmd.tooltip "Уставіць тварык-усмешку"> +<!ENTITY smiley2Cmd.label "Пахмурны"> +<!ENTITY smiley2Cmd.accesskey "х"> +<!ENTITY smiley2Cmd.tooltip "Уставіць пахмурны тварык"> +<!ENTITY smiley3Cmd.label "Падміргванне"> +<!ENTITY smiley3Cmd.accesskey "м"> +<!ENTITY smiley3Cmd.tooltip "Уставіць тварык з падміргваннем"> +<!ENTITY smiley4Cmd.label "З высунутым языком"> +<!ENTITY smiley4Cmd.accesskey "я"> +<!ENTITY smiley4Cmd.tooltip "Уставіць тварык з высунутым языком"> +<!ENTITY smiley5Cmd.label "Смех"> +<!ENTITY smiley5Cmd.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY smiley5Cmd.tooltip "Уставіць тварык, які смяецца"> +<!ENTITY smiley6Cmd.label "Сарамлівы"> +<!ENTITY smiley6Cmd.accesskey "р"> +<!ENTITY smiley6Cmd.tooltip "Уставіць сарамлівы тварык"> +<!ENTITY smiley7Cmd.label "Няўпэўнены"> +<!ENTITY smiley7Cmd.accesskey "ў"> +<!ENTITY smiley7Cmd.tooltip "Уставіць няўпэўнены тварык"> +<!ENTITY smiley8Cmd.label "Здзіўленне"> +<!ENTITY smiley8Cmd.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY smiley8Cmd.tooltip "Уставіць здзіўлены тварык"> +<!ENTITY smiley9Cmd.label "Пацалунак"> +<!ENTITY smiley9Cmd.accesskey "ц"> +<!ENTITY smiley9Cmd.tooltip "Уставіць тварык-пацалунак"> +<!ENTITY smiley10Cmd.label "Роў"> +<!ENTITY smiley10Cmd.accesskey "Р"> +<!ENTITY smiley10Cmd.tooltip "Уставіць тварык, які раве"> +<!ENTITY smiley11Cmd.label "Файна"> +<!ENTITY smiley11Cmd.accesskey "Ф"> +<!ENTITY smiley11Cmd.tooltip "Уставіць файны тварык"> +<!ENTITY smiley12Cmd.label "Карыслівы"> +<!ENTITY smiley12Cmd.accesskey "К"> +<!ENTITY smiley12Cmd.tooltip "Уставіць карыслівы тварык"> +<!ENTITY smiley13Cmd.label "Ступня ў роце"> +<!ENTITY smiley13Cmd.accesskey "т"> +<!ENTITY smiley13Cmd.tooltip "Уставіць тварык з ступнёю ў роце"> +<!ENTITY smiley14Cmd.label "Бязгрэшны"> +<!ENTITY smiley14Cmd.accesskey "Б"> +<!ENTITY smiley14Cmd.tooltip "Уставіць бязгрэшны тварык"> +<!ENTITY smiley15Cmd.label "Рыданне"> +<!ENTITY smiley15Cmd.accesskey "ы"> +<!ENTITY smiley15Cmd.tooltip "Уставіць тварык, які плача"> +<!ENTITY smiley16Cmd.label "Надзьмуты"> +<!ENTITY smiley16Cmd.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY smiley16Cmd.tooltip "Уставіць надзьмуты тварык"> +<!ENTITY SmileButton.tooltip "Уставіць тварык-усмешку"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/prefs/editorPrefsOverlay.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/prefs/editorPrefsOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..af61486f30 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/prefs/editorPrefsOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!ENTITY editorCheck.label "Укладальнік"> +<!ENTITY editorCheck.accesskey "У"> + +<!ENTITY compose.label "Укладальнік"> +<!ENTITY editing.label "Наладжванні новай старонкі"> +<!ENTITY publish.label "Публікаванне"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/prefs/pref-composer.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/prefs/pref-composer.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5a0eeb1e64 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/prefs/pref-composer.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from content/pref-composer.xhtml --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE : FILE 'Composer' prefs dialog. Similar to Communcator 4.x Document Properties/Colors and Background --> + +<!ENTITY pref.composer.title "Укладальнік"> +<!ENTITY recentFiles.title "Меню нядаўніх старонак"> +<!ENTITY documentsInMenu.label "Найбольшая колькасць пералічаных старонак:"> +<!ENTITY documentsInMenu.accesskey "к"> +<!ENTITY savingFiles.title "Калі старонкі захоўваюцца або выдаюцца"> +<!ENTITY preserveExisting.label "Захоўваць першапачатковы фармат зыходніка"> +<!ENTITY preserveExisting.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY preserveExisting.tooltip "Захоўваць абрывы радкоў і першапачатковы фармат старонак"> +<!ENTITY saveAssociatedFiles.label "Захоўваць выявы і іншыя звязаныя файлы падчас захавання старонак "> +<!ENTITY saveAssociatedFiles.accesskey "х"> +<!ENTITY showPublishDialog.label "Заўсёды паказваць дыялог выдання падчас публікавання старонак"> +<!ENTITY showPublishDialog.accesskey "ў"> +<!ENTITY composerEditing.label "Праўка"> +<!ENTITY maintainStructure.label "Захоўваць раскладку табліцы падчас устаўкі або выдалення ячэек"> +<!ENTITY maintainStructure.tooltip "Захоўваць проставугольную форму табліцы – самастойна дадаваць ячэйкі пасля ўстаўкі або выдалення ячэек"> +<!ENTITY maintainStructure.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY useCSS.label "Ужываць CSS стылі замест HTML элементаў і атрыбутаў "> +<!ENTITY useCSS.accesskey "ж"> +<!ENTITY crInPCreatesNewP.label "Увод (return) у абзацы заўсёды стварае новы абзац"> +<!ENTITY crInPCreatesNewP.accesskey "в"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/prefs/pref-editing.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/prefs/pref-editing.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7b323ba26b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/editor/prefs/pref-editing.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.editing.title "Наладжванні новых старонак"> + +<!ENTITY authorName.label "Аўтар:"> +<!ENTITY authorName.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY pageColorHeader "Першапачатковы выгляд старонкі"> + +<!ENTITY defaultColors.label "Змоўчныя колеры чытальніка (не выстаўляць колеры на старонцы)"> +<!ENTITY defaultColors.accesskey "ў"> +<!ENTITY customColors.label "Ужываць выбарачныя колеры:"> +<!ENTITY customColors.accesskey "к"> + +<!ENTITY normalText.label "Звычайны тэкст"> +<!ENTITY normalText.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY linkText.label "Тэкст спасылкі"> +<!ENTITY linkText.accesskey "с"> +<!ENTITY activeLinkText.label "Тэкст актыўнай спасылкі"> +<!ENTITY activeLinkText.accesskey "к"> +<!ENTITY visitedLinkText.label "Тэкст наведанай спасылкі"> +<!ENTITY visitedLinkText.accesskey "н"> +<!ENTITY background.label "Фон:"> +<!ENTITY background.accesskey "Ф"> +<!ENTITY colon.character ":"> + +<!ENTITY backgroundImage.label "Фонавая выява:"> +<!ENTITY backgroundImage.accesskey "я"> +<!ENTITY chooseFile.label "Выбраць файл…"> +<!ENTITY chooseFile.accesskey "В"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/CustomHeaders.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/CustomHeaders.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8da26b2147 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/CustomHeaders.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY window.title "Наладзіць загалоўкі"> +<!ENTITY addButton.label "Дадаць"> +<!ENTITY addButton.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY removeButton.label "Прыняць"> +<!ENTITY removeButton.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY newMsgHeader.label "Загаловак новага ліста:"> +<!ENTITY newMsgHeader.accesskey "Н"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/FilterEditor.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/FilterEditor.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5e89d4097f --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/FilterEditor.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY window.title "Правілы сіта"> +<!ENTITY filterName.label "Назва сіта:"> +<!ENTITY filterName.accesskey "і"> + +<!ENTITY recentFolders.label "Нядаўні"> + +<!ENTITY junk.label "Лухта"> +<!ENTITY notJunk.label "Не лухта"> + +<!ENTITY lowestPriorityCmd.label "Найніжэйшы"> +<!ENTITY lowPriorityCmd.label "Нізкі"> +<!ENTITY normalPriorityCmd.label "Звычайны"> +<!ENTITY highPriorityCmd.label "Высокі"> +<!ENTITY highestPriorityCmd.label "Найвышэйшы"> + +<!ENTITY contextDesc.label "Ужываць сіта пры:"> +<!ENTITY contextIncomingMail.label "Атрыманне новай пошты:"> +<!ENTITY contextIncomingMail.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY contextManual.label "Ручным выкананні"> +<!ENTITY contextManual.accesskey "Р"> +<!ENTITY contextBeforeCls.label "Сітаваць перад вызначэннем лухты"> +<!ENTITY contextAfterCls.label "Сітаваць пасля вызначэннем лухты"> + +<!ENTITY filterActionDesc.label "Выканаць гэтыя дзеянні:"> +<!ENTITY filterActionDesc.accesskey "В"> + +<!ENTITY filterActionOrderWarning.label "Заўвага: дзеянні сіта будуць выконвацца ў адрозным парадку."> +<!ENTITY filterActionOrder.label "Пабачыць парадак выканання"> + +<!ENTITY moveMessage.label "Рухаць ліст у"> +<!ENTITY copyMessage.label "Капіяваць ліст у"> +<!ENTITY forwardTo.label "Накіраваць ліст да"> +<!ENTITY replyWithTemplate.label "Адказаць паводле ўзору"> +<!ENTITY markMessageRead.label "Пазначыць прачытаным"> +<!ENTITY markMessageUnread.label "Пазначыць непрачытаным"> +<!ENTITY markMessageStarred.label "Пазначыць сцяжком"> +<!ENTITY setPriority.label "Прызначыць прыярытэт"> +<!ENTITY addTag.label "Дадаць метку да ліста"> +<!ENTITY setJunkScore.label "Усталяваць статус лухты"> +<!ENTITY deleteMessage.label "Выдаліць ліст"> +<!ENTITY deleteFromPOP.label "Выдаліць з паслугача POP"> +<!ENTITY fetchFromPOP.label "Атрымаць з паслугача POP"> +<!ENTITY ignoreThread.label "Ігнараваць нізку"> +<!ENTITY ignoreSubthread.label "Ігнараваць паднізку"> +<!ENTITY watchThread.label "Сачыць за нізкай"> +<!ENTITY stopExecution.label "Спыніць выкананне сіта"> + +<!ENTITY addAction.tooltip "Дадаць новае дзеянне"> +<!ENTITY removeAction.tooltip "Выдаліць гэтае дзеянне"> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE + The values below are used to control the widths of the filter action widgets. + Change the values only when the localized strings in the popup menus + are truncated in the widgets. + --> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE + The values below are used to control the widths of the filter action widgets. + Change the values only when the localized strings in the popup menus + are truncated in the widgets. + --> +<!ENTITY filterActionTypeFlexValue "2"> +<!ENTITY filterActionTargetFlexValue "4"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/FilterListDialog.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/FilterListDialog.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ab38f55bd1 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/FilterListDialog.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY filterListDialog.title "Сіты лістоў"> +<!ENTITY nameColumn.label "Назва сіта"> +<!ENTITY activeColumn.label "Дазволена"> +<!ENTITY newButton.label "Новае…"> +<!ENTITY newButton.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY editButton.label "Рэдагаваць…"> +<!ENTITY editButton.accesskey "Р"> +<!ENTITY deleteButton.label "Выдаліць"> +<!ENTITY deleteButton.accesskey "д"> +<!ENTITY reorderUpButton.label "Рухаць угору"> +<!ENTITY reorderUpButton.accesskey "г"> +<!ENTITY reorderDownButton.label "Рухаць уніз"> +<!ENTITY reorderDownButton.accesskey "н"> +<!ENTITY filterHeader.label "Дазволеныя сіты выконваюцца самастойна ў наступным парадку."> +<!ENTITY filtersForPrefix.label "Сіты для:"> +<!ENTITY filtersForPrefix.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY viewLogButton.label "Метрыка сіта"> +<!ENTITY viewLogButton.accesskey "М"> +<!ENTITY runFilters.label "Выканаць зараз"> +<!ENTITY runFilters.accesskey "В"> +<!ENTITY stopFilters.label "Спыніць"> +<!ENTITY stopFilters.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY folderPickerPrefix.label "Выканаць вылучаныя сіты на:"> +<!ENTITY folderPickerPrefix.accesskey "і"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/SearchDialog.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/SearchDialog.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..04b51fd9be --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/SearchDialog.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY searchHeading.label "Шукаць лісты ў:"> +<!ENTITY searchHeading.accesskey "ў"> +<!ENTITY searchSubfolders.label "Пошук у падпапках"> +<!ENTITY searchSubfolders.accesskey "о"> +<!ENTITY searchOnHeading.label "Выконваць пошук:"> +<!ENTITY searchOnHeading.accesskey "В"> +<!ENTITY searchOnRemote.label "на адлеглым паслугачы"> +<!ENTITY searchOnLocal.label "у мясцовай сістэме"> +<!ENTITY resetButton.label "Ачысціць"> +<!ENTITY resetButton.accesskey "ч"> +<!ENTITY openButton.label "Адчыніць"> +<!ENTITY openButton.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY deleteButton.label "Выдаліць"> +<!ENTITY deleteButton.accesskey "д"> +<!ENTITY searchDialogTitle.label "Пошук лістоў"> +<!ENTITY results.label "Вынікі"> +<!ENTITY moveHereMenu.label "Перамясціцца сюды"> +<!ENTITY moveHereMenu.accesskey "с"> +<!ENTITY moveButton.label "Перамясціць у"> +<!ENTITY moveButton.accesskey "у"> +<!ENTITY goToFolderButton.label "Адчыніць папку ліста"> +<!ENTITY goToFolderButton.accesskey "п"> +<!ENTITY saveAsVFButton.label "Захаваць як папку пошуку"> +<!ENTITY saveAsVFButton.accesskey "а"> + +<!ENTITY abSearchHeading.label "Шукаць у:"> +<!ENTITY abSearchHeading.accesskey "Ш"> +<!ENTITY propertiesButton.label "Уласцівасці"> +<!ENTITY propertiesButton.accesskey "л"> +<!ENTITY composeButton.label "Укласці"> +<!ENTITY composeButton.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY abSearchDialogTitle.label "Удасканалены пошук у адраснай кнізе"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abAddressBookNameDialog.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abAddressBookNameDialog.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ce8277f5c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abAddressBookNameDialog.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY name.label "Назва адраснай кнігі:"> +<!ENTITY name.accesskey "а"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abCardOverlay.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abCardOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ed1cdec32d --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abCardOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY Contact.tab "Сувязь"> +<!ENTITY Contact.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY Name.box "Імя"> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: + NameField1, NameField2, PhoneticField1, PhoneticField2 + those fields are either LN or FN depends on the target country. + "FirstName" and "LastName" can be swapped for id to change the order + but they should not be translated (same applied to phonetic id). + Make sure the translation of label corresponds to the order of id. +--> + +<!ENTITY NameField1.id "LastName"> +<!ENTITY NameField2.id "FirstName"> +<!ENTITY PhoneticField1.id "PhoneticLastName"> +<!ENTITY PhoneticField2.id "PhoneticFirstName"> + +<!ENTITY NameField1.label "Імя:"> +<!ENTITY NameField1.accesskey "І"> +<!ENTITY NameField2.label "Прозвішча:"> +<!ENTITY NameField2.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY PhoneticField1.label "Фанетычны:"> +<!ENTITY PhoneticField2.label "Фанетычны:"> +<!ENTITY DisplayName.label "Адлюстроўваць як:"> +<!ENTITY DisplayName.accesskey "Я"> +<!ENTITY preferDisplayName.label "Заўсёды аддаваць перавагу адлюстроўнаму імя перад загалоўкам ліста"> +<!ENTITY NickName.label "Мянушка:"> +<!ENTITY NickName.accesskey "М"> + +<!ENTITY PrimaryEmail.label "Э-Пошта:"> +<!ENTITY PrimaryEmail.accesskey "Э"> +<!ENTITY SecondEmail.label "Дадатковая Э-Пошта:"> +<!ENTITY SecondEmail.accesskey "ш"> +<!ENTITY PreferMailFormat.label "Аддае перавагу атрыманню лістоў у фармаце:"> +<!ENTITY PreferMailFormat.accesskey "д"> +<!ENTITY PlainText.label "Просты тэкст"> +<!ENTITY HTML.label "HTML"> +<!ENTITY Unknown.label "Невядома"> + +<!ENTITY WorkPhone.label "Працоўны:"> +<!ENTITY WorkPhone.accesskey "ц"> +<!ENTITY HomePhone.label "Хатні:"> +<!ENTITY HomePhone.accesskey "Х"> +<!ENTITY FaxNumber.label "Факс:"> +<!ENTITY FaxNumber.accesskey "Ф"> +<!ENTITY PagerNumber.label "Гартач:"> +<!ENTITY PagerNumber.accesskey "Г"> +<!ENTITY CellularNumber.label "Мабільнік:"> +<!ENTITY CellularNumber.accesskey "б"> + +<!ENTITY Home.tab "Асабістыя"> +<!ENTITY Home.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY HomeAddress.label "Адрас:"> +<!ENTITY HomeAddress.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY HomeAddress2.label ""> +<!ENTITY HomeAddress2.accesskey ""> +<!ENTITY HomeCity.label "Горад:"> +<!ENTITY HomeCity.accesskey "Г"> +<!ENTITY HomeState.label "Вобласць/Край:"> +<!ENTITY HomeState.accesskey "В"> +<!ENTITY HomeZipCode.label "Паштовы індэкс:"> +<!ENTITY HomeZipCode.accesskey "і"> +<!ENTITY HomeCountry.label "Краіна:"> +<!ENTITY HomeCountry.accesskey "К"> +<!ENTITY HomeWebPage.label "Старонка Сеціва:"> +<!ENTITY HomeWebPage.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY Birthday.label "Дзень нараджэння:"> +<!ENTITY Birthday.accesskey "р"> +<!ENTITY In.label ""> +<!ENTITY Year.placeholder "Год"> +<!ENTITY Or.value "ці"> +<!ENTITY Age.placeholder "Узрост"> +<!ENTITY YearsOld.label ""> + +<!ENTITY Work.tab "Працоўныя"> +<!ENTITY Work.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY JobTitle.label "Пасада:"> +<!ENTITY JobTitle.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY Department.label "Аддзел:"> +<!ENTITY Department.accesskey "д"> +<!ENTITY Company.label "Установа:"> +<!ENTITY Company.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY WorkAddress.label "Адрас:"> +<!ENTITY WorkAddress.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY WorkAddress2.label ""> +<!ENTITY WorkAddress2.accesskey ""> +<!ENTITY WorkCity.label "Горад:"> +<!ENTITY WorkCity.accesskey "Г"> +<!ENTITY WorkState.label "Вобласць/Край:"> +<!ENTITY WorkState.accesskey "В"> +<!ENTITY WorkZipCode.label "Паштовы індэкс:"> +<!ENTITY WorkZipCode.accesskey "і"> +<!ENTITY WorkCountry.label "Краіна:"> +<!ENTITY WorkCountry.accesskey "К"> +<!ENTITY WorkWebPage.label "Старонка Сеціва:"> +<!ENTITY WorkWebPage.accesskey "С"> + +<!ENTITY Other.tab "Іншае"> +<!ENTITY Other.accesskey "ш"> +<!ENTITY Custom1.label "Іншае 1:"> +<!ENTITY Custom1.accesskey "1"> +<!ENTITY Custom2.label "Іншае 2:"> +<!ENTITY Custom2.accesskey "2"> +<!ENTITY Custom3.label "Іншае 3:"> +<!ENTITY Custom3.accesskey "3"> +<!ENTITY Custom4.label "Іншае 4:"> +<!ENTITY Custom4.accesskey "4"> +<!ENTITY Notes.label "Заўвагі:"> +<!ENTITY Notes.accesskey "З"> + +<!ENTITY Photo.tab "Здымак"> +<!ENTITY Photo.accesskey "д"> +<!ENTITY GenericPhoto.label "Агульны здымак"> +<!ENTITY GenericPhoto.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY DefaultPhoto.label "Змоўчны"> +<!ENTITY PhotoFile.label "На гэтым кампутары"> +<!ENTITY PhotoFile.accesskey "к"> +<!ENTITY BrowsePhoto.label "Агляд"> +<!ENTITY BrowsePhoto.accesskey "г"> +<!ENTITY PhotoURL.label "У Сеціве"> +<!ENTITY PhotoURL.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY PhotoURL.placeholder "Устаўце ці набярыце сеціўны адрас здымка"> +<!ENTITY UpdatePhoto.label "Абнавіць"> +<!ENTITY UpdatePhoto.accesskey "н"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abMailListDialog.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abMailListDialog.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e3f08bcbab --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abMailListDialog.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY mailListWindow.title "Адрасны спіс"> + +<!ENTITY addToAddressBook.label "Дадаць да:"> +<!ENTITY addToAddressBook.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY ListName.label "Назва спіса:"> +<!ENTITY ListName.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY ListNickName.label "Мянушка спіса:"> +<!ENTITY ListNickName.accesskey "М"> +<!ENTITY ListDescription.label "Апісанне:"> +<!ENTITY ListDescription.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY AddressTitle.label "Набярыце адрасы э-пошты, каб дадаць іх у адрасны спіс:"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abMainWindow.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abMainWindow.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c8fe584298 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abMainWindow.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY addressbookWindow.title "Адрасная кніга"> +<!ENTITY newContact.label "Сувязь…"> +<!ENTITY newContact.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY newListCmd.label "Адрасны спіс…"> +<!ENTITY newListCmd.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY newAddressBookCmd.label "Адрасную кнігу…"> +<!ENTITY newAddressBookCmd.accesskey "К"> +<!ENTITY newLDAPDirectoryCmd.label "Дырэкторыю LDAP…"> +<!ENTITY newLDAPDirectoryCmd.accesskey "L"> +<!ENTITY newIM.label "ВМП"> +<!ENTITY printContactViewCmd.label "Друкаваць сувязь…"> +<!ENTITY printContactViewCmd.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY printContactViewCmd.key "P"> +<!ENTITY printPreviewContactViewCmd.label "Перадпрагляд друку сувязі"> +<!ENTITY printPreviewContactViewCmd.accesskey "г"> +<!ENTITY printAddressBook.label "Надрукаваць адрасную кнігу…"> +<!ENTITY printAddressBook.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY printPreviewAddressBook.label "Перадпрагляд адраснай кнігі"> +<!ENTITY printPreviewAddressBook.accesskey "К"> + +<!ENTITY deleteAbCmd.label "Выдаліць адрасную кнігу"> +<!ENTITY deleteContactCmd.label "Выдаліць сувязь"> +<!ENTITY deleteContactsCmd.label "Выдаліць вылучаныя сувязі"> +<!ENTITY deleteListCmd.label "Выдаліць спіс"> +<!ENTITY deleteListsCmd.label "Выдаліць вылучаныя спісы"> +<!ENTITY deleteItemsCmd.label "Выдаліць вылучаныя адзінкі"> +<!ENTITY swapFirstNameLastNameCmd.label "Абменяць імя/прозвішча"> +<!ENTITY swapFirstNameLastNameCmd.accesskey "м"> +<!ENTITY propertiesCmd.label "Уласцівасці…"> +<!ENTITY propertiesCmd.accesskey "і"> +<!ENTITY propertiesCmd.key "i"> + +<!ENTITY showAbToolbarCmd.label "Паліца прыладаў адраснай кнігі"> +<!ENTITY showAbToolbarCmd.accesskey "р"> +<!ENTITY layoutMenu.label "Раскладка"> +<!ENTITY layoutMenu.accesskey "Р"> +<!ENTITY showDirectoryPane.label "Шыба дырэкторыяў"> +<!ENTITY showDirectoryPane.accesskey "Ш"> +<!ENTITY showContactPane2.label "Шыба сувязяў"> +<!ENTITY showContactPane2.accesskey "Ш"> +<!ENTITY menu_ShowNameAs.label "Паказваць імёны як"> +<!ENTITY menu_ShowNameAs.accesskey "І"> +<!ENTITY firstLastCmd.label "Імя Прозвішча"> +<!ENTITY firstLastCmd.accesskey "І"> +<!ENTITY lastFirstCmd.label "Прозвішча Імя"> +<!ENTITY lastFirstCmd.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY displayNameCmd.label "Адлюстроўнае імя"> +<!ENTITY displayNameCmd.accesskey "А"> + +<!ENTITY importCmd.label "Імпарт…"> +<!ENTITY importCmd.accesskey "І"> +<!ENTITY exportCmd.label "Экспарт…"> +<!ENTITY exportCmd.accesskey "Э"> + +<!ENTITY newContactButton.label "Новая сувязь"> +<!ENTITY newContactButton.accesskey "с"> +<!ENTITY newlistButton.label "Новы спіс"> +<!ENTITY newlistButton.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY editItemButton.label "Уласцівасці"> +<!ENTITY editItemButton.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY newmsgButton.label "Укласці"> +<!ENTITY newmsgButton.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY deleteItemButton.label "Выдаліць"> +<!ENTITY deleteItemButton.accesskey "д"> +<!ENTITY newimButton.label "Вокамгненнае паведамленне"> +<!ENTITY newimButton.accesskey "м"> +<!ENTITY searchNameAndEmail.placeholder "Пошук імяў і э-адрасоў"> +<!ENTITY searchBox.title "Пошук"> + +<!ENTITY addressbookToolbar.tooltip "Паліца прыладаў адраснай кнігі"> +<!ENTITY newContactButton.tooltip "Стварыць новую сувязь у адраснай кнізе"> +<!ENTITY newlistButton.tooltip "Стварыць новы спіс"> +<!ENTITY editItemButton.tooltip "Праўка вылучанай адзінкі"> +<!ENTITY newmsgButton.tooltip "Даслаць паштовы ліст"> +<!ENTITY newIM.tooltip "Даслаць вокамгненнае паведамленне ці распачаць гутарку"> +<!ENTITY deleteItemButton.tooltip "Выдаліць вылучаную адзінку"> +<!ENTITY advancedButton.tooltip "Пашыраны пошук адрасоў"> + +<!ENTITY dirTreeHeader.label "Адрасныя кнігі"> + +<!-- Card Summary Pane --> +<!-- Card Summary Pane --> +<!ENTITY contact.heading "Сувязь"> +<!ENTITY home.heading "Пачатак"> +<!ENTITY other.heading "Іншае"> +<!ENTITY phone.heading "Тэляфон"> +<!ENTITY work.heading "Працоўныя"> +<!ENTITY description.heading "Апісанне"> +<!ENTITY addresses.heading "Адрасы"> +<!ENTITY mapItButton.label "Атрымаць мапу"> +<!ENTITY mapIt.tooltip "Адлюстроўваць мапу гэтага адраса з Сеціва"> + +<!ENTITY statusText.label ""> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (hideSwapFnLnUI) : DONT_TRANSLATE --> +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE (hideSwapFnLnUI) : DONT_TRANSLATE --> +<!ENTITY hideSwapFnLnUI "false"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abNewCardDialog.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abNewCardDialog.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1d6e04544d --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abNewCardDialog.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY chooseAddressBook.label "Дадаць да:"> +<!ENTITY chooseAddressBook.accesskey "Д"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abResultsPaneOverlay.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abResultsPaneOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0f92819d24 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abResultsPaneOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY GeneratedName.label "Імя"> +<!ENTITY GeneratedName.accesskey "І"> +<!ENTITY PrimaryEmail.label "Э-Пошта"> +<!ENTITY PrimaryEmail.accesskey "Э"> +<!ENTITY Company.label "Установа"> +<!ENTITY Company.accesskey "в"> +<!ENTITY _PhoneticName.label "Фанетычнае імя"> +<!ENTITY _PhoneticName.accesskey "е"> +<!ENTITY NickName.label "Мянушка"> +<!ENTITY NickName.accesskey "я"> +<!ENTITY SecondEmail.label "Дадатковая э-пошта"> +<!ENTITY SecondEmail.accesskey "ш"> +<!ENTITY Department.label "Аддзел"> +<!ENTITY Department.accesskey "д"> +<!ENTITY JobTitle.label "Пасада"> +<!ENTITY JobTitle.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY CellularNumber.label "Мабільнік"> +<!ENTITY CellularNumber.accesskey "М"> +<!ENTITY PagerNumber.label "Гартач"> +<!ENTITY PagerNumber.accesskey "Г"> +<!ENTITY FaxNumber.label "Факс"> +<!ENTITY FaxNumber.accesskey "Ф"> +<!ENTITY HomePhone.label "Хатні тэляфон"> +<!ENTITY HomePhone.accesskey "Х"> +<!ENTITY WorkPhone.label "Працоўны тэляфон"> +<!ENTITY WorkPhone.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY sortAscending.label "Узыходны"> +<!ENTITY sortAscending.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY sortDescending.label "Сыходны"> +<!ENTITY sortDescending.accesskey "С"> + +<!ENTITY composeEmail.label "Укласці э-ліст да"> +<!ENTITY composeEmail.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY copyAddress.label "Капіяваць адрас э-пошты"> +<!ENTITY copyAddress.accesskey "а"> +<!ENTITY deleteAddrBookCard.label "Выдаліць"> +<!ENTITY deleteAddrBookCard.accesskey "д"> +<!ENTITY newAddrBookCard.label "Новая картка…"> +<!ENTITY newAddrBookCard.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY newAddrBookMailingList.label "Новы адрасны спіс…"> +<!ENTITY newAddrBookMailingList.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY addrBookCardProperties.label "Уласцівасці"> +<!ENTITY addrBookCardProperties.accesskey "У"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abSelectAddressesDialog.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abSelectAddressesDialog.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..42610cdef8 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/abSelectAddressesDialog.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY selectAddressWindow.title "Выбраць адрасы"> + +<!ENTITY toButton.label "Да->"> +<!ENTITY toButton.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY ccButton.label "Са->"> +<!ENTITY ccButton.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY bccButton.label "Сса->"> +<!ENTITY bccButton.accesskey "а"> +<!ENTITY newButton.label "Новая…"> +<!ENTITY newButton.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY editButton.label "Рэдагаваць…"> +<!ENTITY editButton.accesskey "Р"> +<!ENTITY removeButton.label "Прыняць"> +<!ENTITY removeButton.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY lookIn.label "Шукаць у:"> +<!ENTITY lookIn.accesskey "Ш"> +<!ENTITY for.label " "> +<!ENTITY for.accesskey " "> +<!ENTITY for.placeholder "Імя або э-пошта"> +<!ENTITY addressMessageTo.label "Адрасаваць ліст да:"> + +<!ENTITY addressPickerNewButton.tooltip "Стварыць новую картку адраснай кнігі"> +<!ENTITY addressPickerEditButton.tooltip "Рэдагаваць вылучаную картку"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/addressBook.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/addressBook.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..88bfcc842e --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/addressBook.properties @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +emptyListName = Вы мусіце ўвесці назву спіса. +lastFirstFormat = %S %S +firstLastFormat = %S %S\u0020\u0020 + +newContactTitle = Новая сувязь +newContactTitleWithDisplayName = Новая сувязь для %S +editContactTitle = Праўка сувязі +editContactTitleWithDisplayName = Праўка сувязі для %S +editVCardTitle = Рэдагаванне vCard +editVCardTitleWithDisplayName = Рэдагаванне vCard для %S + +cardRequiredDataMissingMessage = Вы мусіце ўвесці прынамсі адну з наступных адзінак:\nЭ-паштовы адрас, імя, прозвішча, адлюстравальная назва, установа. +cardRequiredDataMissingTitle = Адсутнічаюць патрэбныя звесткі +incorrectEmailAddressFormatMessage = Асноўны э-паштовы адрас мусіць мець форму карыстальнік@трымальнік. +incorrectEmailAddressFormatTitle = Няправільны фармат э-паштовага адраса + +viewListTitle = Адрасны спіс: %S +mailListNameExistsTitle = Адрасны спіс ужо існуе +mailListNameExistsMessage = Адрасны спіс с такой назвай ужо існуе. Выберыце, калі ласка, іншую назву. + +propertyPrimaryEmail = Э-Пошта +propertyListName = Назва спіса +propertySecondaryEmail = Дадатковая э-пошта +propertyNickname = Мянушка +propertyDisplayName = Адлюстроўнае імя +propertyWork = Працоўны +propertyHome = Хатні +propertyFax = Факс +propertyCellular = Мабільнік +propertyPager = Гартач +propertyBirthday = Дзень нараджэння +propertyCustom1 = Іншае 1 +propertyCustom2 = Іншае 2 +propertyCustom3 = Іншае 3 +propertyCustom4 = Іншае 4 + +cityAndStateAndZip = %1$S, %2$S %3$S +cityAndStateNoZip = %1$S, %2$S +cityOrStateAndZip = %1$S %2$S + +stateZipSeparator = + +prefixTo = Да +prefixCc = Са +prefixBcc = Сса +emptyEmailAddCard = Вы не можаце дадаць картку, якая не мае асноўнага э-паштовага адрасу +emptyEmailAddCardTitle = Немагчыма дадаць картку +addressBook = Адрасная кніга + +browsePhoto = Здымак сувязі + +ldap_2.servers.pab.description = Асабістая адрасная кніга +ldap_2.servers.history.description = Пазбіраныя адрасы +ldap_2.servers.oe.description = Кантакты OE +ldap_2.servers.osx.description = Адрасная кніга Mac OS X + +totalContactStatus = Усяго сувязяў у %1$S: %2$S +noMatchFound = Супадзенні не знойдзены + +contactsCopied = %1$S сувязь скапіявана;%1$S сувязі скапіяваны;%1$S сувязяў скапіявана + +contactsMoved = %1$S сувязь перанесена;%1$S сувязі перанесены;%1$S сувязяў перанесена + +invalidName = Увядзіце, калі ласка, дапушчальную назву. +invalidHostname = Увядзіце, калі ласка, сапраўдную назву трымальніка. +invalidPortNumber = Увядзіце, калі ласка, сапраўдны нумар порта. +invalidResults = Увядзіце, калі ласка, сапраўдны нумар у поле вынікаў. +abReplicationOfflineWarning = Вы мусіце быць у сетцы, каб выканаць адлюстраванне LDAP. +abReplicationSaveSettings = Наладжванні мусяць быць захованы перад загрузкай дырэкторыі. + +LDIFFiles = LDIF +CSVFiles = Падзелены коскамі +TABFiles = Падзелены зрухамі +VCFFiles = vCard +failedToExportTitle = Няўдача экспарту +failedToExportMessageNoDeviceSpace = Экспарт адраснай кнігі пацярпеў няўдачу, не засталося месца на збудове. +failedToExportMessageFileAccessDenied = Экспарт адраснай кнігі пацярпеў няўдачу, доступ да файла забаронены. + +AuthDlgTitle = Адлюстраванне адраснай кнігі LDAP +AuthDlgDesc = Увядзіце, калі ласка, імя карыстальніка і пароль, каб атрымаць доступ да паслугача дырэкторыяў. + +joinMeInThisChat = Далучыць+мяне+да+гэтай+гутаркі. + +headingHome = Хатні +headingWork = Працоўны +headingOther = Іншае +headingPhone = Тэляфон +headingDescription = Апісанне +headingAddresses = Адрасы + +corruptMabFileTitle = Пашкоджаны файл адраснай кнігі +corruptMabFileAlert = Адзін з вашых файлаў адрасных кніг (файл %1$S) немагчыма прачытаць. Будзе створаны новы файл (%2$S), а стары файл будзе захованы пад назваю %3$S у той жа дырэкторыі. + +lockedMabFileTitle = Немагчыма загрузіць файл адраснай кнігі +lockedMabFileAlert = Немагчыма загрузіць файл адраснай кнігі %S. Ці ён толькі для чытання, ці замкнуты іншым прыстасаваннем. Паспрабуйце, калі ласка, зноў пасля. diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/ldapAutoCompErrs.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/ldapAutoCompErrs.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..23cdaf5137 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/addressbook/ldapAutoCompErrs.properties @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# These are error strings for problems that happen while in the +# various states declared in nsILDAPAutoCompFormatter.idl. Note that +# the number that indexes each error state is the same as the number +# corresponding to that state in nsILDAPAutoCompFormatter.idl. + +0 = Праблема прадвызначэння LDAP + +1 = Няўдача злучэння з паслугачом LDAP + +2 = Няўдача злучэння з паслугачом LDAP + +3 = Праблема сувязі з паслугачом LDAP. + +4 = Праблема пошуку паслугача LDAP. + + +errorAlertFormat = Код памылкі %1$S: %2$S\n\n %3$S + +## The following errors are for error codes other than LDAP-specific ones. +## Someday mozilla will actually have a system for mapping nsresults to +## error strings that's actually widely used, unlike nsIErrorService. But +## until it does, these strings live here… + +5000 = Трымальнік не знойдзены + +9999 = Невядомая памылка + + +# Hints to for the user, associated with specific error codes (ie error code +# + 10000) + + +10003 = Паспрабуйце зноў пазней, або звяжыцеся з вашым Сістэмным Спраўнікам. + +10008 = Моцнае апазнаванне зараз не падтрымліваецца. + +10021 = Праверце, ці правільнае сіта для пошуку, і паспрабуйце зноў, або звяжыцеся з вашым сістэмным спраўнікам. Каб праверыць, ці сіта для пошуку правільнае, выберыце Перавагі ў меню Праўка, потым Пошта і Навінакупы, потым Адрасаванне. Пстрыкніце Рэдагаваць Дырэкторыі і выберыце паслугач LDAP, які выкарыстоўваецца. Пстрыкніце Праўка, потым Пашыраны, каб пабачыць Сіта Для Пошуку.\u0020 + +10032 = Праверце, ці Базавая Адрозная Назва (Base DN) правільная, і паспрабуйце зноў, або звяжыцеся з вашым сістэмным спраўнікам. Каб праверыць, ці Базавая Адрозная Назва правільная, выберыце Перавагі ў меню Праўка, потым Пошта і Навінакупы, потым Адрасаванне. Пстрыкніце Рэдагаваць Дырэкторыі і выберыце паслугач LDAP, які выкарыстоўваецца. Пстрыкніце Праўка, каб пабачыць Базавую Адрозную Назву. + +10051 = Паспрабуйце пазней, калі ласка. + +10081 = Праверце, ці сапраўдныя назва трымальніка і нумар порта, і паспрабуйце зноў, або звяжыцеся з вашым сістэмным спраўнікам. Каб праверыць, ці правільныя назва трымальніка і нумар порта, выберыце Перавагі ў меню Праўка, потым Пошта і Навінакупы, потым Адрасаванне. Пстрыкніце Рэдагаваць Дырэкторыі і выберыце паслугач LDAP, які выкарыстоўваецца. Пстрыкніце Праўка, каб пабачыць назву трымальніка. Пстрыкніце Пашыраны, каб пабачыць нумар порта. + +10085 = Паспрабуйце пазней, калі ласка. + +10087 = Праверце, ці правільнае сіта для пошуку, і паспрабуйце зноў, або звяжыцеся з вашым сістэмным спраўнікам. Каб праверыць, ці сіта для пошуку правільнае, выберыце Перавагі ў меню Праўка, потым Пошта і Навінакупы, потым Адрасаванне. Пстрыкніце Рэдагаваць Дырэкторыі і выберыце паслугач LDAP, які выкарыстоўваецца. Пстрыкніце Праўка, потым Пашыраны, каб пабачыць Сіта Для Пошуку.\u0020 + +10090 = Зачыніце, калі ласка, другія вокны і/або прыстасаванні і паспрабуйце зноў. + +10091 = Праверце, ці сапраўдныя назва трымальніка і нумар порта, і паспрабуйце зноў, або звяжыцеся з вашым сістэмным спраўнікам. Каб праверыць, ці правільныя назва трымальніка і нумар порта, выберыце Перавагі ў меню Праўка, потым Пошта і Навінакупы, потым Адрасаванне. Пстрыкніце Рэдагаваць Дырэкторыі і выберыце паслугач LDAP, які выкарыстоўваецца. Пстрыкніце Праўка, каб пабачыць назву трымальніка. Пстрыкніце Пашыраны, каб пабачыць нумар порта. + +15000 = Праверце, ці назва трымальніка сапраўдная, і паспрабуйце зноў, або звяжыцеся з вашым сістэмным спраўнікам. Каб праверыць, ці правільная назва трымальніка, выберыце Перавагі ў меню Праўка, потым Пошта і Навінакупы, потым Адрасаванне. Пстрыкніце Рэдагаваць Дырэкторыі і выберыце паслугач LDAP, які выкарыстоўваецца. Пстрыкніце Праўка, каб пабачыць назву трымальніка. + +19999 = Звяжыцеся, калі ласка, з вашым сістэмным спраўнікам. diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/addressingWidgetOverlay.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/addressingWidgetOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d220da565c --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/addressingWidgetOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- address labels --> +<!-- address labels --> +<!ENTITY toAddr.label "Да:"> +<!ENTITY ccAddr.label "Са:"> +<!ENTITY bccAddr.label "Сса:"> +<!ENTITY replyAddr.label "Зваротны адрас:"> +<!ENTITY newsgroupsAddr.label "Навінакупа:"> +<!ENTITY followupAddr.label "Водгук-Да:"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/askSendFormat.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/askSendFormat.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d91f6f69b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/askSendFormat.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Пытанне аб HTML пошце"> + +<!ENTITY recipient.label "Асобныя атрымальнікі не пералічаны як здольныя атрымліваць HTML э-пошту."> + +<!ENTITY question.label "Вы жадаеце ператварыць ліст у просты тэкст ці даслаць яго як HTML усё роўна?"> + +<!ENTITY plainTextAndHtml.label "Даслаць просты тэкст і HTML"> +<!ENTITY plainTextAndHtml.accesskey "і"> +<!ENTITY plainTextOnly.label "Даслаць толькі просты тэкст"> +<!ENTITY plainTextOnly.accesskey "т"> +<!ENTITY htmlOnly.label "Даслаць толькі HTML"> +<!ENTITY htmlOnly.accesskey "H"> + +<!ENTITY send.label "Даслаць"> +<!ENTITY send.accesskey "Д"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/askSendFormat.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/askSendFormat.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..61cf059d40 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/askSendFormat.properties @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +convertibleYes = Ваш ліст можа быць ператвораны ў просты тэкст без згубы звестак. +convertibleAltering = Ваш ліст можа быць ператвораны ў просты тэкст без згубы звестак.\nАднак выгляд простатэкставай версіі можа адрознівацца ад таго, што вы назіраеце ў укладальніку. +convertibleNo = Аднак ваша аздабленне (напрыклад: колеры) не будзе ператворана ў просты тэкст. +recommended = (раіцца) diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/composeMsgs.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/composeMsgs.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..eeb81284b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/composeMsgs.properties @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +unableToOpenFile = Немагчыма адкрыць файл %S. +unableToOpenTmpFile = Немагчыма адкрыць часовы файл %S. Праверце ваша наладжванне 'Часовая дырэкторыя'. + +followupToSenderMessage = Аўтар гэтага ліста запатрабаваў, каб адказы дасылаліся толькі яму. Калі вы хочаце адказаць і навінакупе, дадайце новы радок у адрасах, выберыце Навінакупа ў спісе атрымальнікаў і ўвядзіце назву навінакупы. + +saveDlogTitle = Захаванне ліста + +defaultSubject = (без тэмы) +chooseFileToAttach = Далучыць файл(ы) + +windowTitlePrefix = Укладанне: + +recipientDlogMessage = Гэты рахунак падтрымлівае толькі э-паштовых атрымальнікаў. Працяг праігнаруе навінакупы. + +addressInvalid = %1$S не з'яўляецца дапушчальным э-паштовым адрасам, таму што не адпавядае ўзору карыстальнік@трымальнік. Вы мусіце выправіць яго перад дасыланнем э-ліста. + +genericFailureExplanation = Праверце, калі ласка, што наладжванні рахунку пошты і навінакупаў правільныя, і паспрабуйце зноў. + +undisclosedRecipients = нераскрытыя-атрымальнікі + +messageAttachmentSafeName = Далучаны ліст +partAttachmentSafeName = Далучаная частка ліста + +initErrorDlogTitle = Укладанне ліста +initErrorDlgMessage = Здарылася памылка падчас стварэння акна ўкладкі ліста. Паспрабуйце, калі ласка, зноў. + +errorFileAttachTitle = Далучэнне файла + +errorFileAttachMessage = Файл %1$S не існуе і таму не можа быць далучаны да ліста. + +SaveDialogTitle = Захаваць ліст + +SaveDialogMsg = Ваш ліст захованы ў папцы %1$S на %2$S. +CheckMsg = Не паказваць мне гэты дыялог зноў. + +quitComposeWindowTitle = Дасыланне ліста + +quitComposeWindowMessage2 = %1$S зараз дасылае ліст.\nВы пачакаеце, пакуль ліст будзе дасланы, або хочаце выйсці зараз? +quitComposeWindowQuitButtonLabel2 = &Выйсці +quitComposeWindowWaitButtonLabel2 = &Пачакаць + +sendMessageCheckWindowTitle = Даслаць ліст +sendMessageCheckLabel = Вы сапраўды хочаце даслаць гэты ліст? +sendMessageCheckSendButtonLabel = Даслаць +assemblingMessageDone = Збіранне ліста…Гатова +assemblingMessage = Збіранне ліста… +smtpDeliveringMail = Дастаўка ліста… +smtpMailSent = Ліст дасланы паспяхова +assemblingMailInformation = Зборка звестак ліста… + +gatheringAttachment = Далучэнне %S… +creatingMailMessage = Стварэнне паштовага ліста… + +copyMessageStart = Падвой ліста ў папку %S… +copyMessageComplete = Падвой завершаны. +copyMessageFailed = Няўдача падвоя. + +sendingMessage = Дасыланне ліста… +sendMessageErrorTitle = Памылка дасылання ліста +postingMessage = Дасыланне ліста… +sendLaterErrorTitle = Памылка адкладу дасылання +saveDraftErrorTitle = Памылка захавання чарнавіка +saveTemplateErrorTitle = Памылка захавання ўзору + +failureOnObjectEmbeddingWhileSaving = Здарылася праблема падчас уключэння файла %.200S ў діст. Вы хочаце працягнуць захаванне ліста без гэтага файла? + +failureOnObjectEmbeddingWhileSending = Здарылася праблема падчас уключэння файла %.200S ў діст. Вы хочаце працягнуць дасыланне ліста без гэтага файла? +returnToComposeWindowQuestion = Вы хочаце вярнуцца ў акно ўкладання? + +mailnews.reply_header_authorwrotesingle = #1 напісаў: + +mailnews.reply_header_ondateauthorwrote = #2 у #3 #1 напісаў: + +mailnews.reply_header_authorwroteondate = #1 напісаў #2 у #3: + +mailnews.reply_header_originalmessage = -------- Зыходны ліст -------- + +mailnews.forward_header_originalmessage = -------- Накіраваны ліст -------- + +renameAttachmentTitle = Змяніць назву далучэння +renameAttachmentMessage = Новая назва далучэння: + +smtpEnterPasswordPrompt = Увядзіце ваш пароль для %S: + +smtpEnterPasswordPromptWithUsername = Увядзіце ваш пароль для %2$S на %1$S: + diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/mailComposeEditorOverlay.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/mailComposeEditorOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1cce9e5414 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/mailComposeEditorOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY attachImageSource.label "Далучыць гэтую выяву да ліста"> +<!ENTITY attachImageSource.accesskey "Д"> + +<!ENTITY attachLinkSource.label "Далучыць зыходнік спасылкі да ліста"> +<!ENTITY attachLinkSource.accesskey "л"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/messengercompose.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/messengercompose.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..462aa18177 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/messengercompose.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,123 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY msgComposeWindow.title "Укладанне: (без тэмы)"> + +<!ENTITY fromAddr.label "Ад:"> +<!ENTITY fromAddr.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY subject.label "Тэма:"> +<!ENTITY subject.accesskey "Т"> +<!ENTITY attachments.label "Далучэнні:"> +<!ENTITY attachments.accesskey "ч"> + +<!-- menu items: the . means that the menu item isn't implemented yet --> + +<!ENTITY saveCmd.label "Захаваць"> +<!ENTITY saveCmd.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY saveAsCmd.label "Захаваць як"> +<!ENTITY saveAsCmd.accesskey "Я"> +<!ENTITY saveAsFileCmd.label "Файл…"> +<!ENTITY saveAsFileCmd.accesskey "Ф"> +<!ENTITY saveAsDraftCmd.label "Чарнавік"> +<!ENTITY saveAsDraftCmd.accesskey "Ч"> +<!ENTITY saveAsTemplateCmd.label "Узор"> +<!ENTITY saveAsTemplateCmd.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY attachMenu.label "Далучыць"> +<!ENTITY attachMenu.accesskey "л"> +<!ENTITY attachFileCmd.label "Файл(ы)…"> +<!ENTITY attachFileCmd.accesskey "Ф"> +<!ENTITY attachPageCmd.label "Старонку Сеціва…"> +<!ENTITY attachPageCmd.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY attachVCardCmd.label "Асабістую картку (vCard)"> +<!ENTITY attachVCardCmd.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY sendNowCmd.label "Даслаць зараз"> +<!ENTITY sendCmd.keycode "VK_RETURN"> +<!ENTITY sendNowCmd.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY sendLaterCmd.label "Даслаць пазней"> +<!ENTITY sendLaterCmd.keycode "VK_RETURN"> +<!ENTITY sendLaterCmd.accesskey "П"> + +<!ENTITY accountManagerCmd.label "Наладжванні рахунку Пошты і Навінакупаў…"> +<!ENTITY accountManagerCmd.accesskey "П"> + +<!ENTITY showComposeToolbarCmd.label "Паліца прылад пошты"> +<!ENTITY showComposeToolbarCmd.accesskey "о"> +<!ENTITY showFormatToolbarCmd.label "Паліца прыладаў фарматавання"> +<!ENTITY showFormatToolbarCmd.accesskey "Ф"> + +<!ENTITY formatMenu.label "Фармат"> +<!ENTITY formatMenu.accesskey "р"> + +<!ENTITY optionsMenu.label "Наладжванні"> +<!ENTITY optionsMenu.accesskey "Н"> + +<!ENTITY quoteCmd.label "Працытаваць ліст"> +<!ENTITY quoteCmd.accesskey "ц"> +<!ENTITY selectAddressCmd.label "Адрасаты…"> +<!ENTITY selectAddressCmd.key ""> +<!ENTITY selectAddressCmd.accesskey "А"> + +<!ENTITY priorityMenu.label "Прыярытэт"> +<!ENTITY priorityMenu.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY lowestPriorityCmd.label "Найніжэйшы"> +<!ENTITY lowestPriorityCmd.accesskey "й"> +<!ENTITY lowPriorityCmd.label "Нізкі"> +<!ENTITY lowPriorityCmd.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY normalPriorityCmd.label "Звычайны"> +<!ENTITY normalPriorityCmd.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY highPriorityCmd.label "Высокі"> +<!ENTITY highPriorityCmd.accesskey "с"> +<!ENTITY highestPriorityCmd.label "Найвышэйшы"> +<!ENTITY highestPriorityCmd.accesskey "в"> + +<!ENTITY returnReceiptMenu.label "Квіток атрымання"> +<!ENTITY returnReceiptMenu.accesskey "т"> +<!ENTITY dsnMenu.label "Пацвярджэнне дастаўкі"> +<!ENTITY dsnMenu.accesskey "П"> + +<!ENTITY outputFormatMenu.label "Фармат"> +<!ENTITY outputFormatMenu.accesskey "Ф"> +<!ENTITY autoFormatCmd.label "Сама-вызначэнне"> +<!ENTITY autoFormatCmd.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY plainTextFormatCmd.label "Толькі просты тэкст"> +<!ENTITY plainTextFormatCmd.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY htmlFormatCmd.label "Толькі аздоблены тэкст (HTML)"> +<!ENTITY htmlFormatCmd.accesskey "з"> +<!ENTITY bothFormatCmd.label "Просты і аздоблены (HTML) тэкст"> +<!ENTITY bothFormatCmd.accesskey "і"> + +<!ENTITY fileCarbonCopyCmd.label "Змясціць копію ў"> +<!ENTITY fileCarbonCopyCmd.accesskey "ь"> +<!ENTITY fileHereMenu.label "Пакласці тут"> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE Toolbar items Don't change any "chrome://" URLs --> +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE Toolbar items Don't change any "chrome://" URLs --> +<!ENTITY sendButton.label "Даслаць"> +<!ENTITY addressButton.label "Адрас"> +<!ENTITY attachButton.label "Далучыць"> +<!ENTITY spellingButton.label "Праверка правапісу"> +<!ENTITY saveButton.label "Захаваць"> +<!ENTITY stopButton.label "Спыніць"> + +<!--tooltips--> +<!--tooltips--> +<!ENTITY addressBar.tooltip "Адрасная паліца"> +<!ENTITY formatToolbar.tooltip "Паліца прылад фарматавання"> +<!ENTITY sendButton.tooltip "Даслаць гэты ліст зараз"> +<!ENTITY sendlaterButton.tooltip "Даслаць гэты ліст пазней"> +<!ENTITY addressButton.tooltip "Выбраць атрымальніка з адраснай кнігі"> +<!ENTITY attachButton.tooltip "Уключыць далучэнне"> +<!ENTITY saveButton.tooltip "Захаваць гэты ліст"> +<!ENTITY stopButton.tooltip "Спыніць цяперашні перанос"> + +<!ENTITY openAttachment.label "Адчыніць"> +<!ENTITY openAttachment.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY renameAttachment.label "Змяніць назву…"> +<!ENTITY renameAttachment.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY deleteAttachment.accesskey "д"> +<!ENTITY selectAllAttachments.accesskey "у"> +<!ENTITY attachFile.label "Далучыць файл(ы)…"> +<!ENTITY attachFile.accesskey "Ф"> +<!ENTITY attachPage.label "Далучыць старонку Сеціва…"> +<!ENTITY attachPage.accesskey "с"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/sendProgress.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/sendProgress.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7ec8ccb57b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/sendProgress.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY sendDialog.title "Апрацоўка ліста"> +<!ENTITY status.label "Статус:"> +<!ENTITY progress.label "Развіццё:"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/sendProgress.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/sendProgress.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1b645ddc31 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/compose/sendProgress.properties @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +titleSendMsgSubject = Дасыланне ліста - %S +titleSendMsg = Дасыланне ліста +titleSaveMsgSubject = Захаванне ліста - %S +titleSaveMsg = Захаванне ліста + +percentMsg = %S%% + +messageSent = Ваш ліст дасланы. +messageSaved = Ваш ліст захаваны. diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/custom.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/custom.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fc4b6472f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/custom.properties @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +colonInHeaderName = Загаловак, які вы ўвялі, змяшчае недапушчальны знак, такі як ':', ці знак, які не друкуецца, ці не знак ascii, ці 8-бітавы знак ascii. Выдаліце, калі ласка, недапушчальны знак і паспрабуйце зноў. diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/downloadheaders.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/downloadheaders.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cddc622562 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/downloadheaders.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY all.label "Загрузіць ўсе загалоўкі"> +<!ENTITY all.accesskey "з"> +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE (download.label): + consider the download.label and headers.label as a single sentence + with the number of headers to be downloaded inserted between them: + EXAMPLE: "Download" <some number> "headers" + Either label could be set to null ("") if required grammatically. +--> + +<!ENTITY download.label "Загрузіць"> +<!ENTITY download.accesskey "р"> +<!ENTITY headers.label "загалоўкаў"> +<!ENTITY headers.accesskey "г"> +<!ENTITY mark.label "Пазначыць астатнія загалоўкі як прачытаныя"> +<!ENTITY mark.accesskey "ч"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/fieldMapImport.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/fieldMapImport.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7f72d2acdf --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/fieldMapImport.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.title "Імпарт адраснай кнігі"> +<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.recordNumber "Імпартаваныя даныя запісу:"> +<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.next.label "Наступнае"> +<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.next.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.previous.label "Папярэдняе"> +<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.previous.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.text "Скарыстайце Рухаць Угору і Рухаць Уніз, каб даныя для імпарту справа адпавядалі палям адраснай кнігі злева. Прыміце адзнакі з адзінак, якія вы не жадаеце імпартаваць."> +<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.up.label "Рухаць угору"> +<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.up.accesskey "г"> +<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.down.label "Рухаць Уніз"> +<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.down.accesskey "н"> +<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.fieldListTitle "Палі адраснай кнігі"> +<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.dataTitle "Даныя запісаў для імпартавання"> +<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.skipFirstRecord.label "Першы запіс змяшчае назвы палёў"> +<!ENTITY fieldMapImport.skipFirstRecord.accessKey "П"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/filter.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/filter.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..11b8088044 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/filter.properties @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +mustSelectFolder = Вы павінны вылучыць папку прызначэння. +enterValidEmailAddress = Увядзіце сапраўдны э-паштовы адрас для накіравання. +pickTemplateToReplyWith = Выберыце ўзор для адказу. +mustEnterName = Вы павінны надаць назву гэтаму сіту. +cannotHaveDuplicateFilterTitle = Падвойная назва сіта +cannotHaveDuplicateFilterMessage = Назва сіта, якую вы ўвялі, ужо існуе. Увядзіце, калі ласка, іншую назву сіта. +mustHaveFilterTypeTitle = Падзея сіта не вылучана +mustHaveFilterTypeMessage = Вы мусіце выбраць прынамсі адну падзею, каб сіта ўжывалася. Калі вы хочаце, каб сіта часова не выконвалася ні пры якай падзеі, прыміце адзнаку з Дазволена ў дыялогу Сіты Лістоў. +deleteFilterConfirmation = Вы сапраўды хочаце выдаліць гэтае сіта(-ы)? +untitledFilterName = Сіта без загалоўка +matchAllFilterName = Адпавядае ўсім лістам +filterListBackUpMsg = Вашы сіты не працуюць, таму што файл msgFilterRules.dat, які змяшчае вашы сіты, немагчыма прачытаць. Будзе створаны новы файл msgFilterRules.dat, адноўка старога файла пад назваю rulesbackup.dat, будзе створана ў той жа дырэкторыі. +customHeaderOverflow = Вы перасягнулі абмежаванне ў 50 дадатковых загалоўкаў. Прыміце, калі ласка, адзін ці некалькі загалоўкаў і паспрабуйце зноў. +filterCustomHeaderOverflow = Вашы сіты перасягнулі абмежаванне ў 50 дадатковых загалоўкаў. Выпраўце, калі ласка, файл msgFilterRules.dat, каб паменшыць колькасць загалоўкаў. +invalidCustomHeader = Адно з вашых сітаў мае загаловак з недапушчальным знакам, такім як ':', ці знак, які не друкуецца, ці 8-бітавы знак ascii. Выпраўце, калі ласка, файл msgFilterRules.dat, які змяшчае вашы сіты, каб выдаліць недапушчальныя знакі з вашых загалоўкаў. +continueFilterExecution = Няўдача выкарыстання сіта %S. Вы хочаце працягваць ужыванне сітаў? +promptTitle = Ужыванне сітаў +promptMsg = Зараз выконваецца працэс сітавання лістоў.\nВы хочаце працягваць ужыванне сітаў? +stopButtonLabel = Спыніць +continueButtonLabel = Працяг + +searchTermsInvalidTitle = Няспраўныя тэрміны пошуку +searchTermsInvalidRule = Гэтая сіта немагчыма захаваць, бо тэрміны пошуку "%1$S %2$S" няспраўныя ў цяперашнім кантэксце. +filterActionOrderExplanation = Калі ліст адпавядае гэтаму сіту, дзеянні будуць выконвацца ў гэтым парадку:\n\n +filterActionOrderTitle = Сапраўдны парадак дзеянняў +filterActionItem = %1$S. %2$S %3$S\n + +junkLogDetectStr = Выяўлены ліст-лухта з %1$S - %2$S на %3$S +logMoveStr = перамешчаны ліст вызн. = %1$S у %2$S +logCopyStr = скапіяваны вызначальнік ліста = %1$S у %2$S +filterLogDetectStr = Ужыта сіта "%1$S" на лісце з %2$S - %3$S на %4$S +filterMissingCustomAction = Адсутнічае выбарачнае дзеянне +filterAction2 = зменены прыярытэт +filterAction3 = выдалены +filterAction4 = пазначаны прачытаным +filterAction5 = нізка забіта +filterAction6 = нізка адсочваецца +filterAction7 = даданы сцяжок +filterAction8 = дададзена метка +filterAction9 = адказаны +filterAction10 = накіраваны +filterAction11 = выкананне спынена +filterAction12 = выдалены з паслугача POP3 +filterAction13 = пакінуты на паслугачы POP3 +filterAction14 = пазначаны як лухта +filterAction15 = цела атрымана з паслугача POP3 +filterAction16 = скапіяваны ў папку +filterAction17 = з мецінамі +filterAction18 = ігнараваць паднізку +filterAction19 = пазначаны непрачытаным +filterAutoNameStr = %1$S %2$S: %3$S diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/folderProps.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/folderProps.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0620c40109 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/folderProps.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY folderProps.windowtitle.label "Уласцівасці"> + +<!ENTITY generalInfo.label "Агульныя звесткі"> +<!ENTITY folderRebuildSummaryFileTip2.label "Перабудова паказальніка зводкавага файла"> +<!ENTITY folderRebuildSummaryFile2.label "Выправіць папку"> +<!ENTITY folderRebuildSummaryFile2.accesskey "В"> +<!ENTITY folderRebuildSummaryFile.explanation "Часам паказальнік папкі (.msf) псуецца і адсутныя або выдаленыя лісты працягваюцца паказвацца; выпраўленне папкі можа пазбавіцца такіх заганаў."> +<!ENTITY folderIncludeInGlobalSearch.label "Уключыць лісты з гэтай папкі ў вынікі ўсеагульнага пошуку"> +<!ENTITY folderIncludeInGlobalSearch.accesskey "У"> + +<!ENTITY retention.label "Палітыка ўтрымлівання"> +<!ENTITY retentionUseAccount.label "Ужываць наладжванні майго рахунку"> +<!ENTITY retentionUseAccount.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY daysOld.label "дзён"> +<!ENTITY message.label "апошніх лістоў"> +<!ENTITY retentionCleanup.label "Трымаць лісты:"> +<!ENTITY retentionCleanupImap.label "Захоўваць лісты, разам мясцовыя копіі і іх першакрыніцы на паслугачы:"> +<!ENTITY retentionCleanupPop.label "Захоўваць лісты, уключаючы іх першакрыніцы на паслугачы:"> +<!ENTITY retentionDeleteMsg.label "Выдаліць лісты, якім больш за"> +<!ENTITY retentionDeleteMsg.accesskey "В"> +<!ENTITY retentionKeepAll.label "Усе лісты"> +<!ENTITY retentionKeepAll.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY retentionKeepRecent.label "Самыя новыя"> +<!ENTITY retentionKeepRecent.accesskey "н"> +<!ENTITY retentionApplyToFlagged.label "Заўсёды захоўваць лісты з сцяжкамі"> +<!ENTITY retentionApplyToFlagged.accesskey "ў"> + +<!ENTITY folderSynchronizationTab.label "Сінхранізацыя"> +<!ENTITY folderCheckForNewMessages2.label "Калі атрымліваюцца лісты для гэтага рахунку, заўсёды правяраць гэтую папку"> +<!ENTITY folderCheckForNewMessages2.accesskey "К"> + +<!ENTITY offlineFolder.check.label "Вылучыць гэтую папку для карыстання па-за сеткай"> +<!ENTITY offlineFolder.check.accesskey "в"> +<!ENTITY offlineFolder.button.label "Загрузіць зараз"> +<!ENTITY offlineFolder.button.accesskey "з"> + +<!ENTITY selectofflineNewsgroup.check.label "Вылучыць гэтую навінакупу для карыстання па-за сеткай"> +<!ENTITY selectofflineNewsgroup.check.accesskey "е"> +<!ENTITY offlineNewsgroup.button.label "Загрузіць зараз"> +<!ENTITY offlineNewsgroup.button.accesskey "з"> + +<!ENTITY folderProps.name.label "Назва:"> +<!ENTITY folderProps.name.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY folderProps.location.label "Месцазнаходжанне:"> +<!ENTITY folderProps.location.accesskey "М"> + +<!ENTITY folderSharingTab.label "Падзел"> +<!ENTITY privileges.button.label "Прывілеі…"> +<!ENTITY privileges.button.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY permissionsDesc.label "Вы маеце наступныя дазволы:"> +<!ENTITY folderType.label "Тып папкі:"> + +<!ENTITY folderQuotaTab.label "Доля"> +<!ENTITY folderQuotaUsage.label "Выкарыстоўванне:"> +<!ENTITY folderQuotaStatus.label "Статус:"> + +<!ENTITY numberOfMessages.label "Колькасць лістоў:"> +<!ENTITY numberUnknown.label "невядомы"> +<!ENTITY sizeOnDisk.label "Памер на дыску:"> +<!ENTITY sizeUnknown.label "невядомы"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/folderWidgets.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/folderWidgets.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..782d42e19f --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/folderWidgets.properties @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +globalInbox = Агульныя атрыманыя (%S) +verboseFolderFormat = %1$S на %2$S +chooseFolder = Выбраць папку… +noFolders = Няма даступнык папак diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/folderpane.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/folderpane.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..67a9e7bd70 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/folderpane.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY nameColumn.label "Назва"> +<!ENTITY unreadColumn.label "Непрачытаных"> +<!ENTITY totalColumn.label "Усяго"> +<!ENTITY folderSizeColumn.label "Памер"> +<!ENTITY folderLocationToolbarItem.title "Месцазнаходжанне папкі"> +<!ENTITY mailViewsToolbarItem.title "Праявы пошты"> +<!ENTITY searchToolbarItem.title "Пошук"> +<!ENTITY searchSubjectOrAddress.placeholder "Пошук тэмы або адрасу"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/gloda.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/gloda.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8a68d09e44 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/gloda.properties @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (*.facetLabel): These are the labels used to label the facet +# displays in the global search facet display mechanism. + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (*.includeLabel): The label to use for the included group +# in the facet display. If not provided, we will fall back to +# "glodaFacetView.facets.included.fallbackLabel". + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (*.excludeLabel): The label to use for the excluded group +# in the facet display. If not provided, we will fall back to +# "glodaFacetView.facets.excluded.fallbackLabel". + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (*.remainderLabel): The label to use for the remaining items +# that are neither part of the included group or the excluded group in the +# facet display. If not provided, we will fall back to +# "glodaFacetView.facets.remainder.fallbackLabel". + +gloda.message.attr.folder.facetLabel = Паштовая папка + +gloda.message.attr.fromMe.facetLabel = Ад мяне + +gloda.message.attr.toMe.facetLabel = Да мяне + +gloda.message.attr.involves.facetLabel = Людзі +gloda.message.attr.involves.includeLabel = уцягвае: +gloda.message.attr.involves.excludeLabel = не ўцягвае: +gloda.message.attr.involves.remainderLabel = іншых удзельнікаў: + +gloda.message.attr.date.facetLabel = Дата + +gloda.message.attr.attachmentTypes.facetLabel = Далучэнні + +gloda.message.attr.mailing-list.facetLabel = Уцягнуты паштовы спіс + +gloda.message.attr.tag.facetLabel = Меціны + +gloda.message.attr.star.facetLabel = З сцяжком + +gloda.message.attr.read.facetLabel = Прачытаны + +gloda.message.attr.repliedTo.facetLabel = Адказаны + +gloda.message.attr.forwarded.facetLabel = Накіраваны + +gloda.mimetype.category.archives.label = Архівы +gloda.mimetype.category.documents.label = Дакументы +gloda.mimetype.category.images.label = Выявы +gloda.mimetype.category.media.label = Медыя (Гук, Відэя) +gloda.mimetype.category.pdf.label = Файлы PDF +gloda.mimetype.category.other.label = Іншае diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/imapMsgs.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/imapMsgs.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5e09d4b035 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/imapMsgs.properties @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# +# The following are used by the imap code to display progress/status/error messages +# + +imapAlertDialogTitle = Папярэджанне для рахунку %S + +imapStatusSelectingMailbox = Адкрыццё папкі %S… + +imapStatusCreatingMailbox = Стварэнне папкі… + +imapStatusDeletingMailbox = Выдаленне папкі %S… + +imapStatusRenamingMailbox = Перайменаванне папкі %S… + +imapStatusLookingForMailbox = Пошук папак… + +imapStatusSubscribeToMailbox = Падпіска на папку %S… + +imapStatusUnsubscribeMailbox = Адпіска ад папкі %S… + +imapStatusSearchMailbox = Пошук папкі… + +imapStatusCloseMailbox = Закрыцё папкі… + +imapStatusExpungingMailbox = Ушчыльненне папкі… + +imapStatusLoggingOut = Выхад… + +imapStatusCheckCompat = Выяўленне здольнасцяў паштовага паслугача… + +imapStatusSendingLogin = Дасыланне ўваходных звестак… + +imapStatusSendingAuthLogin = Дасыланне ўваходных звестак… + +imapDownloadingMessage = Сцягванне ліста… + +imapGettingACLForFolder = Атрыманне ACL папкі… + +imapGettingServerInfo = Атрыманне звестак пра наладжванні паслугача… + +imapGettingMailboxInfo = Атрыманне звестак пра наладжванні паштовай скрынкі… + +imapEmptyMimePart = Гэтая частка цела будзе сцягвацца пасля запатрабавання. + +imapDeletingMessages = Выдаленне лістоў… + +imapDeletingMessage = Выдаленне ліста… + +imapMovingMessages = Перамяшчэнне лістоў у %S… + +imapMovingMessage = Перамяшчэнне ліста ў %S… + +imapCopyingMessages = Падвой лістоў у %S… + +imapCopyingMessage = Падвой ліста ў %S… + +imapDiscoveringMailbox = Знойдзена папка: %S + +imapServerNotImap4 = Паштовы паслугач %S не з'яўляецца паслугачом IMAP4. + +imapDone = + +imapUnknownHostError = Злучэння з паслугачом %S пацярпела няўдачу. + +imapConnectionRefusedError = Немагчыма злучыцца з паслугачом %S; адмоўлена ў злучэнні. + +imapNetTimeoutError = Злучэнне з паслугачом %S па-за часам. + +imapNoNewMessages = Няма новых лістоў на паслугачы. + +imapDefaultAccountName = Пошта для %S + +imapPersonalSharedFolderTypeName = Асабістая папка + +imapPublicFolderTypeName = Прылюдная папка + +imapOtherUsersFolderTypeName = Папка іншага карыстальніка + +imapPersonalFolderTypeDescription = Гэта асабістая паштовая папка. Яна не падзяляецца. + +imapPersonalSharedFolderTypeDescription = Гэта асабістая паштовая папка. Яна падзяляецца. + +imapPublicFolderTypeDescription = Гэта прылюдная папка. + +imapOtherUsersFolderTypeDescription = Гэтай паштовай папкай дзеліцца карыстальнік '%S'. + +imapAclFullRights = Поўнае кіраванне + +imapAclLookupRight = Пошук + +imapAclReadRight = Чытанне + +imapAclSeenRight = Прызначыць стан Чытаць/Не чытаць + +imapAclWriteRight = Укласці + +imapAclInsertRight = Устаўляць (Капіяваць) + +imapAclPostRight = Дасылаць + +imapAclCreateRight = Ствараць падпапкі + +imapAclDeleteRight = Выдаляць лісты + +imapAclAdministerRight = Кіраваць папкай + +imapServerDoesntSupportAcl = Паслугач не падтрымлівае папкі для падзелу. + +imapAclExpungeRight = Выкрэсліванне + +imapServerDisconnected = Паслугач %S разлучыўся. Магчыма, праз тое, што ён быў выключаны, ці праз сеткавую праблему. + +imapSubscribePrompt = Вы хочаце падпісацца на %1$S? + +imapServerDroppedConnection = Немагчыма злучыцца з паслугачом IMAP. Магчыма, вы перавысілі найбольшую колькасць \\nзлучэнняў з гэтым паслугачом. Калі так, скарыстайцеся дыялогам пашыранных наладжванняў \\nпаслугача IMAP, каб зменшыць колькасць назапашаных злучэнняў. + +imapQuotaStatusFolderNotOpen = Звесткі пра долю недаступная, бо яны недаступная, калі папка не адкрытая. + +imapQuotaStatusNotSupported = Гэты паслугач не падтрымлівае долі. + +imapOutOfMemory = Прыстасаванне па-за памяццю. + +imapMoveFolderToTrash = Вы сапраўды хочаце выдаліць папку '%S'? + +imapDeleteNoTrash = Выдаленне гэтай папкі немагчыма адмяніць, у выніку выдаляцца ўсе лісты і падпапкі, якія яна змяшчае. Вы сапраўды хочаце выдаліць папку '%S'? + +imapDeleteFolderDialogTitle = Выдаленне папкі + +imapDeleteFolderButtonLabel = &Выдаліць папку + +imapAuthChangeEncryptToPlainSSL = Здаецца, што паслугач IMAP %S не падтрымлівае тайнапісныя паролі. Калі вы толькі што наладзілі рахунак, паспрабуйце выставіць 'Звычайны пароль' у наладжванні 'Метад апазнавання' у 'Наладжваннях рахунку | Наладжванні паслугача'. Калі раней апазнаванне працавала і цяпер раптоўна перастала, паведамце, калі ласка, пра гэта спраўніку э-пошты або дастаўшчыку э-пошты. + +imapAuthChangePlainToEncrypt = Паслугач IMAP %S не дазваляе карыстацца простатэкставымі паролямі. Паспрабуйце, калі ласка, выставіць 'Тайнапісны пароль' у наладжванні 'Метад апазнавання' у 'Наладжваннях рахунку | Наладжванні паслугача'. + +imapAuthChangeEncryptToPlainNoSSL = Здаецца, што паслугач IMAP %S не падтрымлівае тайнапісныя паролі. Калі вы толькі што наладзілі рахунак, паспрабуйце выставіць 'Небяспечная перадача пароля' у наладжванні 'Метад апазнавання' у 'Наладжваннях рахунку | Наладжванні паслугача'. Калі раней апазнаванне працавала і цяпер раптоўна перастала, гэта можа сведчыць пра тое, што супраць вас хтосьці ўжыў звычайны сцэнар, з дапамогаю якога спрабуе скрасці ваш пароль. + +imapAuthMechNotSupported = Паслугач IMAP %S не падтрымлівае прызначаны метад апазнавання. Паспрабуйце, калі ласка, змяніць 'Метад апазнавання' у 'Наладжваннях рахунку | Наладжванні паслугача'. + +imapAuthGssapiFailed = Паслугач IMAP %S не прызнаў білет Kerberos/GSSAPI. Упэўніцеся, калі ласка, што вы ўвайшлі ў Kerberos/GSSAPI. + +imapServerCommandFailed = Апошні загад не ўдаўся. Паштовы паслугач рахунку %1$S адказаў: %2$S\u0020 + +imapFolderCommandFailed = Апошні загад на '%2$S' не ўдаўся. Паштовы паслугач рахунку %1$S адказаў: %3$S + +imapServerAlert = Папярэджанне для рахунку %1$S: %2$S diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/importDialog.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/importDialog.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ea93ee525a --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/importDialog.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY importDialog.windowTitle "Імпарт"> +<!ENTITY importAll.label "Імпартаваць усё"> +<!ENTITY importAll.accesskey "ё"> +<!ENTITY importMail.label "Пошту"> +<!ENTITY importMail.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY importFeeds.label "Падпіскі на жывільнікі"> +<!ENTITY importFeeds.accesskey "ж"> +<!ENTITY importAddressbook.label "Адрасныя кнігі"> +<!ENTITY importAddressbook.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY importSettings.label "Наладжванні"> +<!ENTITY importSettings.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY importFilters.label "Сіты"> +<!ENTITY importFilters.accesskey "С"> + +<!ENTITY window.width "45em"> +<!ENTITY window.macWidth "50em"> + +<!ENTITY importTitle.label "&brandShortName;: Чарадзей Імпарту"> +<!ENTITY importShortDesc.label "Імпарт пошты, адрасных кнігаў, наладжванняў і сітаў з іншых праграмаў"> + +<!ENTITY importDescription1.label "Гэты чарадзей імпартуе лісты пошты, запісы адраснай кнігі, падпіскі на жывільнікі, перавагі і/ці сіты з іншых паштовых праграмаў і агульных фарматаў адрасных кніг у &brandShortName;."> +<!ENTITY importDescription2.label "Як толькі яны будуць імпартаваны, вы будзеце здольны зварочвацца да іх у Пошце і/ці Адраснай Кнізе &brandShortName;."> + +<!ENTITY selectDescription.label "Выберыце, калі ласка, тып файла, з якой вы жадаеце імпартаваць:"> +<!ENTITY selectDescriptionB.label "Вылучыце, калі ласка, існы рахунак або стварыце новы:"> +<!ENTITY selectDescription.accesskey "В"> +<!ENTITY acctName.label "Назва:"> +<!ENTITY acctName.accesskey "Н"> + +<!ENTITY back.label "< Назад"> +<!ENTITY forward.label "Наперад >"> +<!ENTITY finish.label "Скончыць"> +<!ENTITY cancel.label "Скасаваць"> + +<!ENTITY select.label "ці выберыце тып даных для імпарту:"> + +<!ENTITY title.label "Загаловак"> +<!ENTITY processing.label "Імпартаванне…"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/importMsgs.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/importMsgs.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..40f95840ba --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/importMsgs.properties @@ -0,0 +1,138 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# +# The following are used by the import code to display status/error +# and informational messages +# + +2000 = Не знойдзены адрасныя кнігі для імпарту. + +2001 = Ня здольны імпартаваць адрасныя кнігі: памылка прадвызначэння. + +2002 = Ня здольны імпартаваць адрасныя кнігі, немагчыма стварыць нітку імпарту. + +2003 = Памылка імпартавання %S: ня здольны стварыць адрасную кнігу. + +2004 = Не знойдзены паштовыя скрынкі для імпарту + +2005 = Ня здольны імпартаваць паштовыя скрынкі, памылка прадвызначэння + +2006 = Ня здольны імпартаваць паштовыя скрынкі, немагчыма стварыць нітку імпарту + +2007 = Ня здольны імпартаваць паштовыя скрынкі, немагчыма стварыць упаўнаважаны аб'ект для цэлявых паштовых скрынак + +2008 = Памылка стварэння цэлявых паштовых скрынак, немагчыма знайсці паштовую скрынку %S + +2009 = Памылка імпарту паштовай скрынкі %S, ня здольны стварыць цэлявую паштовую скрынку + +2010 = Ня здольны стварыць папку для імпарту пошты + +2100 = Імя + +2101 = Прозвішча + +2102 = Адлюстроўнае імя + +2103 = Мянушка + +2104 = Асноўная э-пошта + +2105 = Дадатковая э-пошта + +2106 = Працоўны тэляфон + +2107 = Хатні тэляфон + +2108 = Нумар факса + +2109 = Нумар гартача + +2110 = Нумар мабільніка + +2111 = Хатні адрас + +2112 = Хатні адрас 2 + +2113 = Хатні горад + +2114 = Хатні штат + +2115 = Хатні індэкс + +2116 = Хатняя краіна + +2117 = Працоўны адрас + +2118 = Працоўны адрас 2 + +2119 = Працоўны горад + +2120 = Працоўны штат + +2121 = Працоўны індэкс + +2122 = Працоўная краіна + +2123 = Пасада + +2124 = Аддзел + +2125 = Установа + +2126 = Старонка Сеціва 1 + +2127 = Старонка Сеціва 2 + +2128 = Год нараджэння + +2129 = Месяц нараджэння + +2130 = Дзень нараджэння + +2131 = Іншае 1 + +2132 = Іншае 2 + +2133 = Іншае 3 + +2134 = Іншае 4 + +2135 = Заўвагі + +2136 = Экраннае імя + +ImportAlreadyInProgress = Зараз выконваецца імпарт. Паспрабуйце зноў, калі цяперашні імпарт скончыцца. + +ImportSettingsBadModule = Ня здольны загрузіць модуль наладжванняў +ImportSettingsNotFound = Ня здольны знайсці наладжванні. Упэўніцеся, што прыстасаванне ўсталявана на гэтай машыне. +ImportSettingsFailed = Здарылася памылка ў час імпарту наладжванняў. Нейкія, ці ўсе, з наладжванняў магчыма не імпартаваны. +ImportSettingsSuccess = Наладжванні імпартаваны з %S + +ImportMailBadModule = Ня здольны загрузіць модуль імпарту пошты +ImportMailNotFound = Ня здольны знайсці пошту для імпартавання. Упэўніцеся, што паштовае прыстасаванне правільна ўсталявана на гэтай машыне. +ImportMailFailed = Здарылася памылка падчас імпарту пошты з %S +ImportMailSuccess = Пошта паспяхова імпартавана з %S + +ImportAddressBadModule = Ня здольны загрузіць модуль імпартавання адраснай кнігі. +ImportAddressNotFound = Ня здольны знайсці якую-небудзь кнігу для імпартавання. Упэўніцеся, што вылучанае прыстасаванне або фармат правільна ўсталяваны на гэтай машыне. +ImportEmptyAddressBook = Немагчыма імпартаваць пустую адрасную кнігу %S. +ImportAddressFailed = Здарылася памылка ў час імпарту адрасоў з %S. +ImportAddressSuccess = Адрасы паспяхова імпартаваны з %S. + +ImportFiltersBadModule = Немагчыма загрузіць модуль імпарту сітаў. +ImportFiltersFailed = Здарылася памылка падчас імпарту сітаў з %S. +ImportFiltersSuccess = Паспяхова імпартаваны сіты з %S. +ImportFiltersPartial = Сіты з %S імпартаваны часткова. Папярэджанні ніжэй: + +MailProgressMeterText = Ператварэнне паштовых скрынак з %S +AddrProgressMeterText = Ператварэнне адрасных кнігаў з %S + +ImportSelectSettings = Вылучыце файл наладжванняў +ImportSelectMailDir = Вылучыце дырэкторыю пошты +ImportSelectAddrDir = Вылучыце дырэкторыю адраснай кнігі +ImportSelectAddrFile = Вылучыце файл адраснай кнігі + +DefaultFolderName = Імпартаваная пошта +ImportModuleFolderName = Імпарт %S diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/junkLog.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/junkLog.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..365b40c12e --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/junkLog.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY adaptiveJunkLog.title "Метрыка прыстасоўных сітаў пошты-лухты"> +<!ENTITY adaptiveJunkLogInfo.label "Метрыка дзейнасці прыстасоўных сітаў пошты-лухты"> +<!ENTITY clearLog.label "Ачысціць метрыку"> +<!ENTITY clearLog.accesskey "ч"> +<!ENTITY closeLog.label "Зачыніць"> +<!ENTITY closeLog.accesskey "ы"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/junkMailInfo.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/junkMailInfo.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fcb7b07515 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/junkMailInfo.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY window.title "Пра паштовую лухту"> +<!ENTITY window.width "452"> +<!ENTITY info1a.label "Паштавік самастойна выяўляе ўваходныя лісты, якія падобны па паштовую лухту (таксама вядомую як спам). Лісты, якія на думку Паштавіка – лухта, пазначаюцца адпаведным значком"> +<!ENTITY info1b.label "."> +<!ENTITY info2.label "Спачатку вы павінны натрэнаваць Поштавік вызначаць пошту-лухту. Ужывайце кнопку Лухта на паліцы прыладаў для пазначэння лістоў лухтою ці не."> +<!ENTITY info3.label "Калі Паштавік правільна вызначае паштовую лухту, вы можаце скарыстаць Кіроўцы паштоваю лухтою для перамяшчэння ўваходнай пошты-лухты ў папку Лухта."> +<!ENTITY info4.label "Каб атрымаць болей падрабязныя звесткі, пстрыкніце Даведка."> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/localMsgs.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/localMsgs.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..45ea66d149 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/localMsgs.properties @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# +# The following are used by the local mail code to display progress/status/error messages +# + +pop3ErrorDialogTitle = Памылка ў рахунку %S + +pop3EnterPasswordPrompt = Увядзіце ваш пароль для %1$S на %2$S: + +pop3PreviouslyEnteredPasswordIsInvalidPrompt = Увядзіце, калі ласка, новы пароль для карыстальніка %1$S на %2$S: + +receivingMessages = Сцягванне ліста %1$S з %2$S… + +hostContact = Злучэнне з трымальнікам, дасыланне ўваходных звестак… + +noNewMessages = Няма новых лістоў. + +receivedMsgs = Атрымана %1$S з %2$S лістоў + +buildingSummary = Пабудова зводкавага файла для %S… + +localStatusDocumentDone = Гатова + +pop3ServerError = Здарылася памылка падчас працы з паслугачом POP3. + +pop3UsernameFailure = Няўдача дасылання імя карыстальніка. + +pop3PasswordFailed = Дасыланне пароля карыстальніка %1$S не мела поспеху. + +pop3MessageWriteError = Немагчыма захаваць пошту ў паштовай скрынцы. Упэўніцеся, што вы маеце правы запісу файлавай сістэмы і што хапае дыскавай прасторы для капіявання паштовай скрынкі. + +pop3ServerBusy = Рахунак %S апрацоўваецца. Пачакайце, калі ласка, пакуль апрацоўка скончыцца, каб атрымаць лісты. + +pop3RetrFailure = Няўдача загаду RETR. Памылка атрымання ліста. + +pop3PasswordUndefined = Памылка атрымання пароля пошты. + +pop3UsernameUndefined = Вы не задалі імя карыстаніка гэтага паслугача. Задайце імя ў наладжваннях рахунку і паспрабуйце зноў. + +pop3ListFailure = Няўдача загаду LIST. Памылка атрымання вызначальніка і памеру ліста. + +pop3DeleFailure = Няўдача загаду DELE. Памылка пазначэння ліста выдаленым. + +pop3StatFail = Няўдача загаду STAT. Памылка атрымання колькасці лістоў і іх памераў. + +pop3ServerSaid = Паштовы паслугач %S адказаў:\u0020 + +copyingMessagesStatus = Капіяванне %S з %S лістоў у %S + +movingMessagesStatus = Перамяшчэнне %S з %S лістоў у %S + +pop3TmpDownloadError = Здарылася памылка падчас сцягвання наступнага ліста: \Ад: %S\n Тэма: %S\n Ці гэты ліст змяшчае вірус, ці не хапае дыскавай прасторы. Прапусціць гэты ліст? + +pop3ServerDoesNotSupportUidlEtc = Паштовы паслугач POP3 (%S) не падтрымлівае загады UIDL або XTND XLST, якія патрабуюцца для здзяйснення наладжванняў ``Пакінуць на паслугачы'', ``Найбольшы памер ліста'' ці ``Атрымаць толькі загалоўкі''. Каб сцягнуць вашу пошту, выключыце іх у наладжваннях вашага паслугача пошты ў акне наладжванняў вашага рахунку. + +pop3ServerDoesNotSupportTopCommand = Паштовы паслугач POP3 (%S) не падтрымлівае загад TOP, які патрабуецца для здзяйснення перавагі ``Найбольшы памер ліста'' ці ``Атрымаць толькі загалоўкі''. Гэтая перавага будзе забаронена і лісты будуць сцягвацца незалежна ад іх памеру. + +nsErrorCouldNotConnectViaTls = Немагчыма наладзіць злучэнне TLS з паслугачом POP3. Ці паслугач не працуе, ці няправільна наладжаны. Праверце наладжванні вашага паслугача пошты ў акне наладжванняў вашага рахунку і паспрабуце зноў. + +pop3MoveFolderToTrash = Вы сапраўды хочаце выдаліць папку '%S'? + +pop3DeleteFolderDialogTitle = Выдаліць папку + +pop3DeleteFolderButtonLabel = &Выдаліць папку + +pop3AuthInternalError = Памылка ўнутранага стану падчас апазнавання на паслугачы POP3. Гэта ўнутраная нечаканая хіба прыстасавання, паведамце, калі ласка, пра яе. + +pop3AuthChangeEncryptToPlainNoSSL = Здаецца, што паслугач POP3 не падтрымлівае тайнапісныя паролі. Калі вы толькі што наладзілі рахунак, паспрабуйце выставіць 'Небяспечная перадача пароля' у наладжванні 'Метад апазнавання' у 'Наладжваннях рахунку | Наладжванні паслугача'. Калі раней апазнаванне працавала і цяпер раптоўна перастала, гэта можа сведчыць пра тое, што супраць вас хтосьці ўжыў звычайны сцэнар, з дапамогаю якога спрабуе скрасці ваш пароль. + +pop3AuthChangeEncryptToPlainSSL = Здаецца, што паслугач POP3 не падтрымлівае тайнапісныя паролі. Калі вы толькі што наладзілі рахунак, паспрабуйце выставіць 'Звычайны пароль' у наладжванні 'Метад апазнавання' у 'Наладжваннях рахунку | Наладжванні паслугача'. Калі раней апазнаванне працавала і цяпер раптоўна перастала, паведамце, калі ласка, пра гэта спраўніку э-пошты або дастаўшчыку э-пошты. + +pop3AuthChangePlainToEncrypt = Паслугач POP3 не дазваляе карыстацца простатэкставымі паролямі. Паспрабуйце, калі ласка, выставіць 'Тайнапісны пароль' у наладжванні 'Метад апазнавання' у 'Наладжваннях рахунку | Наладжванні паслугача'. + +pop3AuthMechNotSupported = Паслугач не падтрымлівае прызначаны метад апазнавання. Паспрабуйце, калі ласка, змяніць 'Метад апазнавання' у 'Наладжваннях рахунку | Наладжванні паслугача'. + +pop3GssapiFailure = Паслугач POP не прызнаў білет Kerberos/GSSAPI. Упэўніцеся, калі ласка, што вы ўвайшлі ў Kerberos/GSSAPI. diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailEditorOverlay.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailEditorOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4be7effc4c --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailEditorOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!ENTITY sendPage.label "Даслаць старонку…"> +<!ENTITY sendPage.accesskey "ц"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailKeysOverlay.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailKeysOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c6bab7cb23 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailKeysOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY markAsReadCmd.label "Прачытанымі"> +<!ENTITY markAsReadCmd.accesskey "ч"> +<!ENTITY markAsReadCmd.key "m"> + +<!ENTITY markFlaggedCmd.label "Сцяжок"> +<!ENTITY markFlaggedCmd.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY markFlaggedCmd.key "i"> + +<!ENTITY openMessageWindowCmd.label "Адчыніць ліст"> +<!ENTITY openMessageWindowCmd.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY openMessageWindowCmd.key "o"> + +<!ENTITY tagCmd0.key "0"> +<!ENTITY tagCmd1.key "1"> +<!ENTITY tagCmd2.key "2"> +<!ENTITY tagCmd3.key "3"> +<!ENTITY tagCmd4.key "4"> +<!ENTITY tagCmd5.key "5"> +<!ENTITY tagCmd6.key "6"> +<!ENTITY tagCmd7.key "7"> +<!ENTITY tagCmd8.key "8"> +<!ENTITY tagCmd9.key "9"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailOverlay.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..13a0e00668 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!ENTITY newMessageCmd.key "M"> +<!ENTITY newMessageCmd.label "Ліст"> +<!ENTITY newMessageCmd.accesskey "Л"> + +<!ENTITY newContactCmd.label "Сувязь…"> +<!ENTITY newContactCmd.accesskey "С"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailTasksOverlay.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailTasksOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8bc5101b72 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailTasksOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + + +<!ENTITY messengerCmd.label "Пошта і Навінакупы"> +<!ENTITY messengerCmd.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY messengerCmd.commandkey "2"> +<!ENTITY addressBookCmd.label "Адрасная кніга"> +<!ENTITY addressBookCmd.accesskey "К"> +<!ENTITY addressBookCmd.commandkey "5"> + +<!ENTITY taskMessenger.tooltip "Пошта і Навінакупы"> +<!ENTITY taskAddressBook.tooltip "Адрасная кніга"> + +<!ENTITY searchAddressesCmd.label "Пошук адрасоў…"> +<!ENTITY searchAddressesCmd.accesskey "А"> + +<!ENTITY searchMailCmd.label "Пошук лістоў…"> +<!ENTITY searchMailCmd.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY searchMailCmd.key "f"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailViewList.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailViewList.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ba218da53b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailViewList.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE msgViewPickerOverlay.dtd UI for showing various views on a folder --> + +<!ENTITY mailViewListTitle.label "Наладзіць віды лістоў"> +<!ENTITY viewName.label "Назва віду"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailViewSetup.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailViewSetup.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..221b35cd56 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailViewSetup.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE msgViewPickerOverlay.dtd UI for showing various views on a folder --> + +<!ENTITY mailViewSetupTitle.label "Уладкаванне віду лістоў"> +<!ENTITY mailViewHeading.label "Назва віду лістоў:"> +<!ENTITY mailViewHeading.accesskey "в"> +<!ENTITY searchTermCaption.label "Калі гэты від вылучаны, адлюстроўваць толькі лісты, якія:"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailviews.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailviews.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ab58c677aa --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/mailviews.properties @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# +# Mail Views +# + +mailViewPeopleIKnow = Людзі, якіх я ведаю +mailViewRecentMail = Нядаўняя пошта +mailViewLastFiveDays = У апошнія 5 дзён +mailViewNotJunk = Не лухта +mailViewHasAttachments = З далучэннямі diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/mapi/mapi.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/mapi/mapi.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c022e7fdc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/mapi/mapi.properties @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +loginText = Увядзіце, калі ласка, ваш пароль для %S: +loginTextwithName = Увядзіце, калі ласка, вашы імя карыстальніка і пароль +loginTitle = Пошта %S +PasswordTitle = Пошта %S + +mapiBlindSendWarning = Іншае прыстасаванне спрабуе дасылаць пошту выкарыстоўваючы ваш профіль карыстальніка. Вы сапраўды хочаце даслаць пошту? +mapiBlindSendDontShowAgain = Папярэджваць мяне, калі іншыя прыстасаванні паспрабуюць дасылаць пошту ад мяне diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/markByDate.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/markByDate.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..afc74f25d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/markByDate.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY messageMarkByDate.label "Пазначыць лісты прачытанымі паводле даты"> +<!ENTITY markByDateLower.label "Пазначыць прачытанымі лісты з:"> +<!ENTITY markByDateLower.accesskey "з"> +<!ENTITY markByDateUpper.accesskey "п"> +<!ENTITY markByDateUpper.label "Па:"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/messenger.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/messenger.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ef7fef3dc2 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/messenger.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,509 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY messengerWindow.title "Пошта і Навінакупы"> +<!ENTITY titleModifier.label "&brandShortName;"> +<!ENTITY titleSeparator.label " - "> + +<!ENTITY tabmailClose.label "Закрыць устаўку"> +<!ENTITY tabmailClose.tooltip "Закрыць устаўку"> +<!ENTITY tabmailNewButton.tooltip "Падвоіць цяперашнюю устаўку"> +<!ENTITY tabmailCloseButton.tooltip "Закрыць цяперашнюю устаўку"> +<!ENTITY tabmailAllTabs.tooltip "Пералічыць усе ўстаўкі"> + +<!-- menu items: the . means that the menu item isn't implemented yet --> + +<!ENTITY newMessage.label "Новы ліст"> +<!ENTITY newMessage.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY newFolderCmd.label "Папка…"> +<!ENTITY newFolderCmd.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY newVirtualFolderCmd.label "Захаваны пошук…"> +<!ENTITY newVirtualFolderCmd.accesskey "п"> +<!ENTITY newTabCmd.label "Падвоіць устаўку"> +<!ENTITY newTabCmd.accesskey "д"> +<!ENTITY newTabCmd.key "t"> +<!ENTITY closeTabCmd.label "Закрыць устаўку"> +<!ENTITY closeTabCmd.accesskey "к"> +<!ENTITY newAccountCmd.label "Рахунак…"> +<!ENTITY newAccountCmd.accesskey "Р"> +<!ENTITY openMessageFileCmd.label "Адчыніць файл…"> +<!ENTITY openMessageFileCmd.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY openAttachmentCmd.label "Далучэнні"> +<!ENTITY openAttachmentCmd.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY saveAsMenu.label "Захаваць як"> +<!ENTITY saveAsMenu.accesskey "Я"> +<!ENTITY saveAsFileCmd.label "Файл"> +<!ENTITY saveAsFileCmd.accesskey "Ф"> +<!ENTITY saveAsFileCmd.key "s"> +<!ENTITY saveAsTemplateCmd.label "Узор"> +<!ENTITY saveAsTemplateCmd.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY getNewMsgCmd.label "Атрымаць новыя лісты"> +<!ENTITY getNewMsgCmd.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY getNewMsgCmd2.key "d"> +<!ENTITY getNewMsgForCmd.label "Атрымаць новыя лісты для"> +<!ENTITY getNewMsgForCmd.accesskey "я"> +<!ENTITY getAllNewMsgCmdPopupMenu.label "Усе рахункі"> +<!ENTITY getAllNewMsgCmdPopupMenu.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY getAllNewMsgCmd2.key "d"> +<!ENTITY getNextNMsgCmd.label "Атрымаць наступныя 500 лістоў навінаў"> +<!ENTITY getNextNMsgCmd.accesskey "т"> +<!ENTITY sendUnsentCmd.label "Даслаць неадпраўленыя лісты"> +<!ENTITY sendUnsentCmd.accesskey "ь"> +<!ENTITY subscribeCmd.label "Падпісацца…"> +<!ENTITY subscribeCmd.accesskey "п"> +<!ENTITY renameFolder.label "Перайменаваць папку…"> +<!ENTITY renameFolder.accesskey "й"> +<!ENTITY compactFolders.label "Ушчыльніць папкі"> +<!ENTITY compactFolders.accesskey "п"> +<!ENTITY emptyTrashCmd.label "Выкінуць смецце"> +<!ENTITY emptyTrashCmd.accesskey "ь"> +<!ENTITY offlineMenu.label "Па-за сеткай"> +<!ENTITY offlineMenu.accesskey "з"> +<!ENTITY synchronizeOfflineCmd.label "Загрузіць/Сінхранізаваць зараз…"> +<!ENTITY synchronizeOfflineCmd.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY settingsOfflineCmd.label "Наладжванні працы па-за сеткай…"> +<!ENTITY settingsOfflineCmd.accesskey "л"> +<!ENTITY downloadSelectedCmd.label "Атрымаць вылучаныя лісты"> +<!ENTITY downloadSelectedCmd.accesskey "л"> +<!ENTITY downloadFlaggedCmd.label "Атрымаць лісты з сцяжкамі"> +<!ENTITY downloadFlaggedCmd.accesskey "ц"> + +<!ENTITY deleteMsgCmd.label "Выдаліць ліст"> +<!ENTITY deleteMsgCmd.accesskey "д"> +<!ENTITY undeleteMsgCmd.label "Адмяніць выдаленне ліста"> +<!ENTITY undeleteMsgCmd.accesskey "ы"> +<!ENTITY cancelNewsMsgCmd.label "Скасаваць ліст"> +<!ENTITY cancelNewsMsgCmd.accesskey "к"> +<!ENTITY deleteMsgsCmd.label "Выдаліць вылучаныя лісты"> +<!ENTITY deleteMsgsCmd.accesskey "д"> +<!ENTITY undeleteMsgsCmd.label "Адмяніць выдаленне вылучаных лістоў"> +<!ENTITY undeleteMsgsCmd.accesskey "ц"> +<!ENTITY deleteFolderCmd.label "Выдаліць папку"> +<!ENTITY deleteFolderCmd.accesskey "д"> +<!ENTITY unsubscribeNewsgroupCmd.label "Адпісацца"> +<!ENTITY unsubscribeNewsgroupCmd.accesskey "д"> +<!ENTITY selectMenu.label "Вылучыць"> +<!ENTITY selectMenu.accesskey "В"> +<!ENTITY selectThreadCmd.label "Нізка"> +<!ENTITY selectThreadCmd.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY selectThreadCmd.key "a"> +<!ENTITY selectFlaggedCmd.label "Лісты з сцяжкамі"> +<!ENTITY selectFlaggedCmd.accesskey "ц"> +<!ENTITY folderPropsCmd.label "Уласцівасці…"> +<!ENTITY folderPropsFolderCmd.label "Уласцівасці папкі…"> +<!ENTITY folderPropsNewsgroupCmd.label "Уласцівасці навінакупы…"> +<!ENTITY folderPropsCmd.accesskey "ц"> +<!ENTITY accountManagerCmd.label "Наладжванні рахунку Пошты і Навінакупаў…"> +<!ENTITY accountManagerCmd.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY undoDeleteMsgCmd.label "Адмяніць выдаленне ліста"> +<!ENTITY redoDeleteMsgCmd.label "Вярнуць выдаленне ліста"> +<!ENTITY undoMoveMsgCmd.label "Адмяніць перамяшчэнне ліста"> +<!ENTITY redoMoveMsgCmd.label "Вярнуць рух ліста"> +<!ENTITY undoCopyMsgCmd.label "Адмяніць капіяванне ліста"> +<!ENTITY redoCopyMsgCmd.label "Паўтарыць капіяванне ліста"> +<!ENTITY undoMarkAllCmd.label "Адмяніць пазначэнне ўсіх прачытанымі"> +<!ENTITY redoMarkAllCmd.label "Вярнуць пазначэнне ўсіх прачытанымі"> +<!ENTITY undoDefaultCmd.label "Адмяніць"> +<!ENTITY redoDefaultCmd.label "Вярнуць"> + +<!ENTITY showMessengerToolbarCmd.label "Паліца прыладаў пошты"> +<!ENTITY showMessengerToolbarCmd.accesskey "л"> +<!ENTITY showSearchToolbarCmd.label "Паліца пошуку"> +<!ENTITY showSearchToolbarCmd.accesskey "о"> +<!ENTITY showTabsToolbarCmd.label "Прыладапаліца уставак"> +<!ENTITY showTabsToolbarCmd.accesskey "у"> + +<!ENTITY messagePaneLayoutStyle.label "Раскладка"> +<!ENTITY messagePaneLayoutStyle.accesskey "Р"> +<!ENTITY messagePaneClassic.label "Класічны від"> +<!ENTITY messagePaneClassic.accesskey "К"> +<!ENTITY messagePaneWide.label "Шырокі від"> +<!ENTITY messagePaneWide.accesskey "Ш"> +<!ENTITY messagePaneVertical.label "Вертыкальны від"> +<!ENTITY messagePaneVertical.accesskey "В"> +<!ENTITY showMessagePaneCmd.label "Шыба ліста"> +<!ENTITY showMessagePaneCmd.accesskey "ш"> +<!ENTITY showThreadPaneCmd.label "Шыба нізак"> +<!ENTITY showThreadPaneCmd.accesskey "н"> +<!ENTITY showFolderPaneCmd.label "Шыба папак"> +<!ENTITY showFolderPaneCmd.accesskey "п"> + +<!ENTITY sortMenu.label "Размеркаваць па"> +<!ENTITY sortMenu.accesskey "м"> + +<!ENTITY sortByDateCmd.label "Дата"> +<!ENTITY sortByDateCmd.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY sortByReceivedCmd.label "Атрыманне"> +<!ENTITY sortByReceivedCmd.accesskey "ы"> +<!ENTITY sortByFlagCmd.label "Сцяжок"> +<!ENTITY sortByFlagCmd.accesskey "ц"> +<!ENTITY sortByPriorityCmd.label "Прыярытэт"> +<!ENTITY sortByPriorityCmd.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY sortBySizeCmd.label "Памер"> +<!ENTITY sortBySizeCmd.accesskey "р"> +<!ENTITY sortByStatusCmd.label "Статус"> +<!ENTITY sortByStatusCmd.accesskey "у"> +<!ENTITY sortByTagsCmd.label "Меткі"> +<!ENTITY sortByTagsCmd.accesskey "М"> +<!ENTITY sortByJunkStatusCmd.label "Статус лухты"> +<!ENTITY sortByJunkStatusCmd.accesskey "х"> +<!ENTITY sortBySubjectCmd.label "Тэма"> +<!ENTITY sortBySubjectCmd.accesskey "Т"> +<!ENTITY sortByFromCmd.label "Ад"> +<!ENTITY sortByFromCmd.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY sortByRecipientCmd.label "Атрымальнік"> +<!ENTITY sortByRecipientCmd.accesskey "т"> +<!ENTITY sortByUnreadCmd.label "Прачытаны"> +<!ENTITY sortByUnreadCmd.accesskey "ч"> +<!ENTITY sortByOrderReceivedCmd.label "У парадку атрымання"> +<!ENTITY sortByOrderReceivedCmd.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY sortByAttachmentsCmd.label "Далучэнні"> +<!ENTITY sortByAttachmentsCmd.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY sortAscending.label "Узыходны"> +<!ENTITY sortAscending.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY sortDescending.label "Сыходны"> +<!ENTITY sortDescending.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY sortThreaded.label "Нізкаваны"> +<!ENTITY sortThreaded.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY sortUnthreaded.label "Ненізкаваны"> +<!ENTITY sortUnthreaded.accesskey "е"> +<!ENTITY groupBySort.label "Згрупаваныя размеркаваннем"> +<!ENTITY groupBySort.accesskey "г"> +<!ENTITY msgsMenu.label "Лісты"> +<!ENTITY msgsMenu.accesskey "Л"> +<!ENTITY threads.label "Нізкі"> +<!ENTITY threads.accesskey "з"> +<!ENTITY allMsgsCmd.label "Усе"> +<!ENTITY allMsgsCmd.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY expandAllThreadsCmd.label "Разгарнуць усе нізкі"> +<!ENTITY expandAllThreadsCmd.accesskey "Р"> +<!ENTITY expandAllThreadsCmd.key "*"> +<!ENTITY collapseAllThreadsCmd.label "Згарнуць усе нізкі"> +<!ENTITY collapseAllThreadsCmd.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY collapseAllThreadsCmd.key "\"> +<!ENTITY unreadMsgsCmd.label "Непрачытаныя"> +<!ENTITY unreadMsgsCmd.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY threadsWithUnreadCmd.label "Нізкі з непрачытанымі"> +<!ENTITY threadsWithUnreadCmd.accesskey "е"> +<!ENTITY watchedThreadsWithUnreadCmd.label "Нізкі пад наглядам з непрачытанымі"> +<!ENTITY watchedThreadsWithUnreadCmd.accesskey "г"> +<!ENTITY ignoredThreadsCmd.label "Ігнараваныя нізкі"> +<!ENTITY ignoredThreadsCmd.accesskey "І"> + +<!ENTITY headersMenu.label "Загалоўкі"> +<!ENTITY headersMenu.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY headersAllCmd.label "Усе"> +<!ENTITY headersAllCmd.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY headersNormalCmd.label "Звычайныя"> +<!ENTITY headersNormalCmd.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY bodyMenu.label "Цела ліста як"> +<!ENTITY bodyMenu.accesskey "Ц"> +<!ENTITY bodyAllowHTML.label "Першапачатковы HTML"> +<!ENTITY bodyAllowHTML.accesskey "H"> +<!ENTITY bodySanitized.label "Просты HTML"> +<!ENTITY bodySanitized.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY bodyAsPlaintext.label "Просты тэкст"> +<!ENTITY bodyAsPlaintext.accesskey "Т"> +<!ENTITY bodyAllParts.label "Усе часткі цела"> +<!ENTITY bodyAllParts.accesskey "У"> + +<!ENTITY bodyMenuFeed.label "Жывіць цела ліста як"> +<!ENTITY bodyMenuFeed.accesskey "я"> +<!ENTITY viewFeedWebPage.label "Старонку Сеціва"> +<!ENTITY viewFeedWebPage.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY viewFeedSummary.label "Зводку"> +<!ENTITY viewFeedSummary.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY viewFeedSummaryFeedPropsPref.label "Змоўчны фармат"> +<!ENTITY viewFeedSummaryFeedPropsPref.accesskey "ф"> + +<!ENTITY viewAttachmentsInlineCmd.label "Адлюстроўваць далучэнні ўсярэдзіне"> +<!ENTITY viewAttachmentsInlineCmd.accesskey "ў"> +<!ENTITY reloadCmd.label "Абнавіць"> +<!ENTITY reloadCmd.accesskey "а"> +<!ENTITY stopCmd.label "Спыніць"> +<!ENTITY stopCmd.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY pageSourceCmd.label "Зыходнік ліста"> +<!ENTITY pageSourceCmd.accesskey "ы"> +<!ENTITY pageSourceCmd.key "u"> + +<!ENTITY findCmd.label "Знайсці ў гэтым лісце…"> + +<!ENTITY quickFilterBar.show.key2 "K"> + +<!-- Go Menu --> + +<!ENTITY goMenu.label "Рух"> +<!ENTITY goMenu.accesskey "р"> +<!ENTITY nextMenu.label "Наступны"> +<!ENTITY nextMenu.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY nextMsgCmd.label "Ліст"> +<!ENTITY nextMsgCmd.accesskey "Л"> +<!ENTITY nextMsgCmd.key "f"> +<!ENTITY nextUnreadMsgCmd.label "Непрачытаны ліст"> +<!ENTITY nextUnreadMsgCmd.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY nextUnreadMsgCmd.key "n"> +<!ENTITY nextFlaggedMsgCmd.label "Пазначаны сцяжком ліст"> +<!ENTITY nextFlaggedMsgCmd.accesskey "ц"> +<!ENTITY nextUnreadThread.label "Непрачытаная нізка"> +<!ENTITY nextUnreadThread.accesskey "н"> +<!ENTITY nextUnreadThread.key "t"> +<!ENTITY prevMenu.label "Папярэдні"> +<!ENTITY prevMenu.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY prevMsgCmd.label "Ліст"> +<!ENTITY prevMsgCmd.accesskey "Л"> +<!ENTITY prevMsgCmd.key "b"> +<!ENTITY prevUnreadMsgCmd.label "Непрачытаны ліст"> +<!ENTITY prevUnreadMsgCmd.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY prevUnreadMsgCmd.key "p"> +<!ENTITY goBackCmd.label "Назад"> +<!ENTITY goBackCmd.accesskey "з"> +<!ENTITY goBackCmd.commandKey "["> +<!ENTITY goForwardCmd.label "Наперад"> +<!ENTITY goForwardCmd.accesskey "п"> +<!ENTITY goForwardCmd.commandKey "]"> +<!ENTITY prevFlaggedMsgCmd.label "Ліст з сцяжком"> +<!ENTITY prevFlaggedMsgCmd.accesskey "с"> +<!ENTITY startPageCmd.label "Пачатковая старонка Пошты"> +<!ENTITY startPageCmd.accesskey "П"> + +<!ENTITY msgMenu.label "Ліст"> +<!ENTITY msgMenu.accesskey "Л"> +<!ENTITY newMsgCmd.label "Новы ліст"> +<!ENTITY newMsgCmd.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY newNewMsgCmd.label "Ліст"> +<!ENTITY newNewMsgCmd.accesskey "Л"> +<!ENTITY replyMsgCmd.label "Адказаць"> +<!ENTITY replyMsgCmd.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY replyMsgCmd.key "r"> +<!ENTITY replyListCmd.label "Адказаць спісу"> +<!ENTITY replyListCmd.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY replyNewsgroupCmd.label "Адказаць навінакупе"> +<!ENTITY replyNewsgroupCmd.accesskey "ь"> +<!ENTITY replySenderCmd.label "Адказаць толькі адпраўніку"> +<!ENTITY replySenderCmd.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY replyToAllMsgCmd.label "Адказаць усім"> +<!ENTITY replyToAllMsgCmd.accesskey "з"> +<!ENTITY replyToAllMsgCmd.key "r"> +<!ENTITY replyToSenderAndNewsgroupCmd.label "Адказаць адпраўніку і навінакупе"> +<!ENTITY replyToSenderAndNewsgroupCmd.accesskey "д"> +<!ENTITY replyToAllRecipientsCmd.label "Адказаць усім атрымальнікам"> +<!ENTITY replyToAllRecipientsCmd.accesskey "у"> +<!ENTITY forwardMsgCmd.label "Накіраваць"> +<!ENTITY forwardMsgCmd.accesskey "к"> +<!ENTITY forwardMsgCmd.key "l"> +<!ENTITY forwardAsMenu.label "Накіраваць як"> +<!ENTITY forwardAsMenu.accesskey "к"> +<!ENTITY forwardAsInline.label "Убудаванне"> +<!ENTITY forwardAsInline.accesskey "б"> +<!ENTITY forwardAsAttachmentCmd.label "Далучэнне"> +<!ENTITY forwardAsAttachmentCmd.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY createFilter.label "Стварыць сіта з ліста…"> +<!ENTITY createFilter.accesskey "р"> +<!ENTITY archiveMsgCmd.label "Архіў"> +<!ENTITY archiveMsgCmd.accesskey "х"> +<!ENTITY archiveMsgCmd.key "a"> +<!ENTITY moveMsgToMenu.label "Перамясціць у"> +<!ENTITY moveMsgToMenu.accesskey "м"> +<!ENTITY copyMessageLocation.label "Капіяваць месцазнаходжанне ліста"> +<!ENTITY copyMessageLocation.accesskey "м"> +<!ENTITY copyMsgToMenu.label "Капіяваць у"> +<!ENTITY copyMsgToMenu.accesskey "К"> +<!ENTITY moveCopyMsgRecentMenu.label "Нядаўнія"> +<!ENTITY moveCopyMsgRecentMenu.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY killThreadMenu.label "Ігнараваць нізку"> +<!ENTITY killThreadMenu.accesskey "І"> +<!ENTITY killThreadMenu.key "k"> +<!ENTITY killSubthreadMenu.label "Ігнараваць паднізку"> +<!ENTITY killSubthreadMenu.accesskey "п"> +<!ENTITY killSubthreadMenu.key "k"> +<!ENTITY watchThreadMenu.label "Сачыць за нізкай"> +<!ENTITY watchThreadMenu.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY watchThreadMenu.key "w"> +<!ENTITY fileHereMenu.label "Пакласці тут"> +<!ENTITY fileHereMenu.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY copyHereMenu.label "Капіяваць сюды"> +<!ENTITY copyHereMenu.accesskey "К"> +<!ENTITY tagMenu.label "Метка"> +<!ENTITY tagMenu.accesskey "т"> +<!ENTITY tagCustomize.label "Наладзіць…"> +<!ENTITY tagCustomize.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY markMenu.label "Пазначыць"> +<!ENTITY markMenu.accesskey "ь"> +<!ENTITY markThreadAsReadCmd.label "Нізку як прачытаную"> +<!ENTITY markThreadAsReadCmd.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY markThreadAsReadCmd.key "r"> +<!ENTITY markReadByDateCmd.label "Як прачытаныя паводле даты…"> +<!ENTITY markReadByDateCmd.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY markReadByDateCmd.key "c"> +<!ENTITY markAllReadCmd.label "Усе прачытаныя"> +<!ENTITY markAllReadCmd.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY markAllReadCmd.key "c"> +<!ENTITY markAsJunkCmd.label "Як лухту"> +<!ENTITY markAsJunkCmd.accesskey "х"> +<!ENTITY markAsJunkCmd.key "j"> +<!ENTITY markAsNotJunkCmd.label "Як не лухту"> +<!ENTITY markAsNotJunkCmd.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY markAsNotJunkCmd.key "j"> +<!ENTITY recalculateJunkScoreCmd.label "Выканаць кіроўцы поштай-лухтой"> +<!ENTITY recalculateJunkScoreCmd.accesskey "К"> +<!ENTITY markAsShowRemoteCmd.label "Паказаць адлеглае змесціва"> +<!ENTITY markAsShowRemoteCmd.accesskey "л"> +<!ENTITY markAsShowRemoteCmd.key "r"> +<!ENTITY markAsNotPhishCmd.label "Як не ашуку"> +<!ENTITY markAsNotPhishCmd.accesskey "а"> +<!ENTITY markAsNotPhishCmd.key "p"> +<!ENTITY openFeedMessage.label "Адкрыць ліст з жывільніка"> +<!ENTITY openFeedMessage.accesskey "ж"> +<!ENTITY openFeedWebPageInWindow.label "Старонку Сеціва ў новым акне"> +<!ENTITY openFeedWebPageInWindow.accesskey "а"> +<!ENTITY openFeedSummaryInWindow.label "Зводку ў новым акне"> +<!ENTITY openFeedSummaryInWindow.accesskey "ў"> +<!ENTITY openFeedWebPageInMP.label "Пераключэнне шыбы ліста: старонка Сеціва, зводка"> +<!ENTITY openFeedWebPageInMP.accesskey "к"> + +<!ENTITY searchMailCmd.label "Пошук лістоў…"> +<!ENTITY searchMailCmd.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY searchMailCmd.key "s"> +<!ENTITY searchAddressesCmd.label "Пошук адрасоў…"> +<!ENTITY searchAddressesCmd.accesskey "ш"> +<!ENTITY filtersCmd.label "Сіты лістоў…"> +<!ENTITY filtersCmd.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY filtersApply.label "Ужыць сіты на папцы"> +<!ENTITY filtersApply.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY filtersApplyToSelection.label "Выканаць сіты на вылучаных лістах"> +<!ENTITY filtersApplyToSelection.accesskey "В"> +<!ENTITY filtersApplyToMessage.label "Выканаць сіты на лісце"> +<!ENTITY filtersApplyToMessage.accesskey "В"> +<!ENTITY runJunkControls.label "Ужыць кіроўцаў паштовай лухтой у папцы "> +<!ENTITY runJunkControls.accesskey "х"> +<!ENTITY deleteJunk.label "Выдаліць пошту, пазначаную як лухта, з папкі "> +<!ENTITY deleteJunk.accesskey "д"> +<!ENTITY importCmd.label "Імпарт…"> +<!ENTITY importCmd.accesskey "І"> + +<!ENTITY nameColumn.label "Назва"> +<!ENTITY unreadColumn.label "Непрачытаны"> +<!ENTITY totalColumn.label "Усяго"> + +<!ENTITY getMsgButton.label "Атрымаць"> +<!ENTITY getAllNewMsgCmd.label "Атрымаць усе новыя лісты"> +<!ENTITY newMsgButton.label "Укласці"> +<!ENTITY newHTMLMessageCmd.label "Укладваць як HTML"> +<!ENTITY newHTMLMessageCmd.accesskey "H"> +<!ENTITY newPlainTextMessageCmd.label "Укладваць як просты тэкст"> +<!ENTITY newPlainTextMessageCmd.accesskey "п"> +<!ENTITY replyButton.label "Адказаць"> +<!ENTITY replyAllButton.label "Адк. усім"> +<!ENTITY forwardButton.label "Накіраваць"> +<!ENTITY fileButton.label "Файл"> +<!ENTITY nextButton.label "Наступны"> +<!ENTITY goBackButton.label "Назад"> +<!ENTITY goForwardButton.label "Наперад"> +<!ENTITY deleteButton.label "Выдаліць"> +<!ENTITY undeleteButton.label "Адмяніць выдаленне"> +<!ENTITY markButton.label "Пазначыць"> +<!ENTITY stopButton.label "Спыніць"> +<!ENTITY junkButton.label "Лухта"> +<!ENTITY notJunkButton.label "Не лухта"> +<!ENTITY searchButton.title "Пашыраны пошук"> + +<!ENTITY menuBar.tooltip "Паліца меню"> +<!ENTITY mailToolbar.tooltip "Паліца прыладаў пошты"> +<!ENTITY searchToolbar.tooltip "Паліца пошуку"> +<!ENTITY advancedButton.tooltip "Пашыраны пошук лістоў"> +<!ENTITY getMsgButton.tooltip "Атрымаць новыя лісты"> +<!ENTITY newMsgButton.tooltip "Стварыць новы ліст"> +<!ENTITY replyButton.tooltip "Адказаць на ліст"> +<!ENTITY replyAllButton.tooltip "Адказаць адпраўніку і ўсім атрымальнікам"> +<!ENTITY replyAllButtonNews.tooltip "Адказаць адпраўніку і навінакупе"> +<!ENTITY forwardButton.tooltip "Накіраваць вылучаны ліст"> +<!ENTITY fileButton.tooltip "Перамясціць вылучаны ліст"> +<!ENTITY nextButton.tooltip "Перамясціцца да наступнага непрачытанага ліста"> +<!ENTITY goBackButton.tooltip "Вярнуцца да папярэдняга ліста"> +<!ENTITY goForwardButton.tooltip "Перайсці да наступнага ліста"> +<!ENTITY deleteButton.tooltip "Выдаліць вылучаны ліст ці папку"> +<!ENTITY undeleteButton.tooltip "Адмяніць выдаленне вылучанага ліста"> +<!ENTITY markButton.tooltip "Пазначыць лісты"> +<!ENTITY stopButton.tooltip "Прыпыніць цяперашні перанос"> +<!ENTITY junkButton.tooltip "Пазначыць вылучаныя лісты як лухту"> +<!ENTITY notJunkButton.tooltip "Пазначыць вылучаныя лісты як не лухту"> + +<!ENTITY statusText.label "Гатова"> + +<!ENTITY contextOpenNewWindow.label "Адчыніць ліст у новым акне"> +<!ENTITY contextOpenNewWindow.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY contextOpenNewTab.label "Адкрыць ліст у новай устаўцы"> +<!ENTITY contextOpenNewTab.accesskey "у"> +<!ENTITY contextReplySender.label "Адказаць толькі адпраўніку"> +<!ENTITY contextReplySender.accesskey "т"> +<!ENTITY contextReplyList.label "Адказаць спісу"> +<!ENTITY contextReplyList.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY contextReplyNewsgroup.label "Адказаць навінакупе"> +<!ENTITY contextReplyNewsgroup.accesskey "ь"> +<!ENTITY contextReplyAll.label "Адказаць усім"> +<!ENTITY contextReplyAll.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY contextReplySenderAndNewsgroup.label "Адказаць адпраўніку і навінакупе"> +<!ENTITY contextReplySenderAndNewsgroup.accesskey "і"> +<!ENTITY contextForward.label "Накіраваць"> +<!ENTITY contextForward.accesskey "к"> +<!ENTITY contextForwardAsAttachment.label "Накіраваць як далучэнні"> +<!ENTITY contextForwardAsAttachment.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY contextArchive.label "Архіў"> +<!ENTITY contextArchive.accesskey "х"> +<!ENTITY contextMoveMsgMenu.label "Перамясціць у"> +<!ENTITY contextMoveMsgMenu.accesskey "м"> +<!ENTITY contextCopyMsgMenu.label "Капіяваць у"> +<!ENTITY contextCopyMsgMenu.accesskey "К"> +<!ENTITY contextMoveCopyMsgRecentMenu.label "Нядаўнія"> +<!ENTITY contextMoveCopyMsgRecentMenu.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY contextSaveAs.label "Захаваць як…"> +<!ENTITY contextSaveAs.accesskey "Я"> +<!ENTITY contextPrint.label "Друкаваць…"> +<!ENTITY contextPrint.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY contextPrintPreview.label "Перадпрагляд друку"> +<!ENTITY contextPrintPreview.accesskey "г"> + +<!ENTITY folderContextGetMessages.label "Атрымаць лісты для рахунку"> +<!ENTITY folderContextGetMessages.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY folderContextOpenNewWindow.label "Адчыніць у новым акне Пошты"> +<!ENTITY folderContextOpenNewWindow.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY folderContextOpenNewTab.label "Адкрыць у новай устаўцы"> +<!ENTITY folderContextOpenNewTab.accesskey "у"> +<!ENTITY folderContextRename.label "Перайменаваць"> +<!ENTITY folderContextRename.accesskey "й"> +<!ENTITY folderContextRemove.label "Выдаліць"> +<!ENTITY folderContextRemove.accesskey "д"> +<!ENTITY folderContextCompact.label "Ушчыльніць гэтую папку"> +<!ENTITY folderContextCompact.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY folderContextEmptyTrash.label "Выкінуць смецце"> +<!ENTITY folderContextEmptyTrash.accesskey "ь"> +<!ENTITY folderContextEmptyJunk.label "Выкінуць лухту"> +<!ENTITY folderContextEmptyJunk.accesskey "л"> +<!ENTITY folderContextSendUnsentMessages.label "Даслаць неадпраўленыя лісты"> +<!ENTITY folderContextSendUnsentMessages.accesskey "ь"> +<!ENTITY folderContextUnsubscribe.label "Адпісацца"> +<!ENTITY folderContextUnsubscribe.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY folderContextMarkNewsgroupRead.label "Пазначыць навінакупу як прачытаную"> +<!ENTITY folderContextMarkNewsgroupRead.accesskey "ь"> +<!ENTITY folderContextMarkMailFolderRead.label "Пазначыць папку прачытанай"> +<!ENTITY folderContextMarkMailFolderRead.accesskey "ь"> +<!ENTITY folderContextNew.label "Новая падпапка…"> +<!ENTITY folderContextNew.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY folderContextSubscribe.label "Падпісацца…"> +<!ENTITY folderContextSubscribe.accesskey "п"> +<!ENTITY folderContextSearchMessages.label "Пошук лістоў…"> +<!ENTITY folderContextSearchMessages.accesskey "ш"> +<!ENTITY folderContextProperties.label "Уласцівасці…"> +<!ENTITY folderContextProperties.accesskey "ц"> +<!ENTITY folderContextSettings.label "Наладжванні…"> +<!ENTITY folderContextSettings.accesskey "Н"> + +<!ENTITY focusSearchInput.key "k"> +<!ENTITY advancedButton.label "Пашыраны…"> +<!ENTITY advancedButton.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY searchButton.label "Пошук лістоў…"> +<!ENTITY searchButton.accesskey "П"> + +<!ENTITY all.label "Усе"> +<!ENTITY all.accesskey "У"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/messenger.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/messenger.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1f24358a0e --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/messenger.properties @@ -0,0 +1,306 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# The following are used by the messenger application + +statusMessage = %1$S: %2$S + +renameFolder = Перайменаваць папку… +removeAccount = Выдаліць рахунак… +removeFolder = Выдаліць папку +newFolderMenuItem = Папку… +newSubfolderMenuItem = Падпапку… +newFolder = Новая папка… +newSubfolder = Новая падпапка… +folderProperties = Уласцівасці папкі +getMessages = Атрымаць лісты +getMessagesFor = Атрымаць лісты для рахунку +getNextNewsMessages = Атрымаць наступную #1 навіну;Атрымаць наступныя #1 навіны;Атрымаць наступныя #1 навінаў +advanceNextPrompt = Перамясціцца да наступнага непрачытанага ліста ў %S? +titleNewsPreHost = на +titleMailPreHost = для +replyToSender = Адказаць адпраўніку +reply = Адказаць +EMLFiles = Паштовыя файлы +OpenEMLFiles = Адчыніць ліст +defaultSaveMessageAsFileName = ліст.eml +SaveMailAs = Захаваць ліст як +SaveAttachment = Захаваць далучэнне +SaveAllAttachments = Захаваць усе далучэнні +ChooseFolder = Выбраць папку +LoadingMessageToPrint = Загрузка ліста для друку… +MessageLoaded = Ліст загружаны… +PrintingMessage = Друкаванне ліста… +PrintPreviewMessage = Перадпрагляд друку ліста… +PrintingContact = Друкаванне сувязі… +PrintPreviewContact = Друкаваць сувязь, якая праглядаецца… +PrintingAddrBook = Друкаванне адраснай кнігі… +PrintPreviewAddrBook = Перадпрагляд друку адраснай кнігі… +PrintingComplete = Зроблена. +PreviewTitle = %S - %S +LoadingMailMsgForPrint = (Загрузка змесціва для друкавання) +LoadingMailMsgForPrintPreview = (Загрузка змесціва для перадпрагляду) +saveAttachmentFailed = Немагчыма захаваць далучэнне. Праверце, калі ласка, назву вашага файла і паспрабуйце зноў пазней. +saveMessageFailed = Немагчыма захаваць ліст. Праверце, калі ласка, назву вашага файла і паспрабуйце зноў пазней. +fileExists = %S ужо існуе. Вы хочаце замяніць яго? + +downloadingNewsgroups = Загрузка навінакупаў для па-за сеткавага карыстання +downloadingMail = Загрузка пошты для карыстання па-за сеткай +sendingUnsent = Дасыланне недасланых лістоў + +folderExists = Папка з такой назвай ужо існуе. Увядзіце, калі ласка, адрозную назву. +confirmDuplicateFolderRename = Падпапка з назвай '%1$S' ужо існуе ў папцы '%2$S'. Вы хочаце перамясціць гэтую папку, ужыўшы новую назву '%3$S'? +folderCreationFailed = Немагчыма стварыць папку таму што прызначаная вамі назва папкі змяшчае неапазнаны знак. Увядзіце, калі ласка, адрозную назву і паспрабуйце зноў. + +compactingFolder = Ушчыльненне папкі %S… +autoCompactAllFoldersTitle = Ушчыльніць папкі + +confirmFolderDeletionForFilter = У выніку выдалення папкі '%S' спалучаныя сіты будуць забаронены. Вы сапраўды жадаеце выдаліць папку? +alertFilterChanged = Спалучаныя з гэтай папкай сіты будуць абноўлены. +filterDisabled = Немагчыма знайсці папку '%S', таму сіта(ы), спалучаныя з гэтай папкай, будуць забаронены. Праверце, што папка існуе і сіты паказваюць на дакладную папку.\u0020\u0020 +filterFolderDeniedLocked = Немагчыма прасеяць лісты ў папку '%S', таму што адбываецца іншае дзеянне. +parsingFolderFailed = Немагчыма адчыніць папку %S, таму што яна выкарыстоўваецца ў іншым дзеянні. Пачакайце, калі ласка, пакуль дзеянне скончыцца і тады вылучыце папку зноў.\u0020 +deletingMsgsFailed = Немагчыма выдаліць лісты з папкі %S, таму што яна выкарыстоўваецца ў іншым дзеянні. Пачакайце, калі ласка, пакуль дзеянне скончыцца і тады паспрабуйце зноў.\u0020 +alertFilterCheckbox = Не папярэджваць мяне зноў. +compactFolderDeniedLock = Папка '%S' не можа быць ушчыльнена, таму што выконваецца іншае дзеянне. Паспрабуйце, калі ласка, пазней. +compactFolderWriteFailed = Немагчыма ўшчыльніць папку '%S' таму што запіс у папку пацярпеў няўдачу. Праверце, ці маеце вы досыць месца на дыску, і таксама, ці маеце вы прывілеі запісу файлавай сістэмы, і тады паспрабуйце зноў. +filterFolderWriteFailed = Немагчыма прасеяць лісты ў папку '%S', таму што запіс у папку пацярпеў няўдачу. Праверце, што вы маеце досыць месца на дыску, а таксама прывілеі запісу файлавай сістэмы, і тады паспрабуйце зноў. +copyMsgWriteFailed = Немагчыма перамясціць ці скапіяваць лісты ў папку '%S', таму што запіс у папку пацярпеў няўдачу. Каб атрымаць месца на дыску, спярша выберыце Выкінуць Смецце ў меню Файл, затым выберыце Ушчыльніць Папкі, і тады паспрабуйце зноў.\u0020 +cantMoveMsgWOBodyOffline = Калі вы працуеце па-за сеткай, вы не можаце перамяшчаць ці капіяваць лісты, якія не былі загружаны для карыстання па-за сеткай. Адчыніце ў вакне Пошты меню Файл, выберыце Па-за Сеткай, затым выберыце Праца Ў Сетцы, і тады паспрабуйце зноў. +operationFailedFolderBusy = Дзеянне пацярпела няўдачу, таму што іншае дзеянне выкарыстоўвае папку. Пачакайце, калі ласка, да сканчэння дзеяння і тады паспрабуйце зноў. +folderRenameFailed = Немагчыма перайменаваць папку. Мажліва папка разбіраецца, ці новая назва недапушчальная як назва папкі. +verboseFolderFormat = %1$S на %2$S +filterFolderTruncateFailed = Здарылася памылка ўсячэння папкі Атрыманыя пасля прасейвання лістоў у папку '%1$S'. Вы мусіце закрыць %2$S і выдаліць INBOX.msf. + +mailboxTooLarge = Папка %S запоўнена і не зможа ўтрымаць ніякага іншага ліста. Каб вызваліць месца для лістоў, выдаліце якія-небудзь старыя або непатрэбныя і ўшчыльніце папку. +errorGettingDB = Ня здольны адкрыць зводкавы файл для '%S'. Магчыма, існуе памылка на дыску або поўны шлях занадта доўгі. + +defaultServerTag = (Змоўчны) + +messageUnread = Непрачытаных +messageHasFlag = З сцяжком +messageHasAttachment = З далучэннямі +messageJunk = Лухта +messageExpanded = Разгорнуты +messageCollapsed = Згорнуты + +smtpServerList-NotSpecified = <не прызначаны> +smtpServer-ConnectionSecurityType-0 = Няма +smtpServer-ConnectionSecurityType-1 = STARTTLS, калі даступна +smtpServer-ConnectionSecurityType-2 = STARTTLS +smtpServer-ConnectionSecurityType-3 = SSL/TLS +smtpServers-confirmServerDeletionTitle = Выдаленне паслугача +smtpServers-confirmServerDeletion = Вы сапраўды хочаце выдаліць паслугач: \n %S? + +authNo = Без апазнавання +authOld = Пароль, першапачатковы метад (небяспечны) +authPasswordCleartextInsecurely = Небяспечная перадача пароля +authPasswordCleartextViaSSL = Звычайны пароль +authPasswordEncrypted = Тайнапісны пароль +authKerberos = Kerberos / GSSAPI +authExternal = Пасведчанне TLS +authNTLM = NTLM +authAnySecure = Усякі бяспечны метад (асуджана) +authAny = Любы метад (небяспечна) + +serverType-nntp = Паслугач навінаў (NNTP) +serverType-pop3 = Паштовы паслугач POP +serverType-imap = Паштовы паслугач IMAP +serverType-none = Мясцовае паштовае сховішча + +sizeColumnHeader = Памер +linesColumnHeader = Радкі + +documentDone = +documentLoading = Загрузка ліста… + +unreadMsgStatus = Непрачытаных: %S +selectedMsgStatus = Вылучана: %S +totalMsgStatus = Усяго: %S + +# localized folder names + +localFolders = Мясцовыя папкі + +inboxFolderName = Атрыманыя +trashFolderName = Смецце +sentFolderName = Дасланыя +draftsFolderName = Чарнавікі +templatesFolderName = Узоры +outboxFolderName = Выходная скрынка +junkFolderName = Лухта +archivesFolderName = Архівы + +priorityLowest = Найніжэйшы +priorityLow = Нізкі +priorityNormal = Звычайны +priorityHigh = Высокі +priorityHighest = Найвышэйшы + +today = Сёння +yesterday = Учора +lastWeek = Апошнім тыднем +twoWeeksAgo = Два тыдні назад +older = Стары ліст + +untaggedMessages = Лісты без метак + +messagesWithNoStatus = Без статуса + +noPriority = Без прыярытэту + +noAttachments = Няма далучэнняў +attachments = Далучэнні + +notFlagged = Без сцяжка +groupFlagged = З сцяжком + +mailnews.tags.remove = Прыняць усе меткі +mailnews.labels.description.1 = Важны +mailnews.labels.description.2 = Праца +mailnews.labels.description.3 = Асабісты +mailnews.labels.description.4 = Для выканання +mailnews.labels.description.5 = Пазней + +mailnews.tags.format = %1$S %2$S + +replied = Адказаны +forwarded = Накіраваны +new = Новы +read = Прачытаны +flagged = З сцяжком + +junk = Лухта + +junkScoreOriginPlugin = Убудова +junkScoreOriginFilter = Сіта +junkScoreOriginWhitelist = Белы спіс +junkScoreOriginUser = Карыстальнік +junkScoreOriginImapFlag = Сцяжок IMAP + +hasAttachments = З далучэннямі + +tag = Метка + +mailnews.send_default_charset = UTF-8 +mailnews.view_default_charset = windows-1251 + +mail.addr_book.displayName.lastnamefirst = true + +mail.addr_book.show_phonetic_fields = false + +mailnews.search_date_format = 0 +mailnews.search_date_separator = +mailnews.search_date_leading_zeros = true + +mailnews.account_central_page.url = chrome://messenger/content/msgAccountCentral.xul +acctCentralTitleFormat = %2$S %1$S - %3$S +mailAcctType = Пошта +newsAcctType = Навіны +feedsAcctType = Жывільнікі + +nocachedbodytitle = <TITLE>Увайдзіце ў сетку, каб праглядзець гэты ліст</TITLE>\n + +confirmUnsubscribeTitle = Сцвердзіце адпіску +confirmUnsubscribeText = Вы сапраўды хочаце адпісацца ад %S? + +deleteAttachments = Наступныя далучэнні будуць назаўсёды выдалены з гэтага ліста:\n%S\nГэтае дзеянне немагчыма адмяніць. Вы хочаце працягнуць? +detachAttachments = Наступныя далучэнні паспяхова захованы і будуць назаўсёды выдалены з гэтага ліста:\n%S\nГэтае дзеянне немагчыма адмяніць. Вы хочаце працягнуць? +deleteAttachmentFailure = Няўдача выдалення вылучаных далучэнняў. + +attachmentDisplayNameFormat = %S %S + +attachmentsPrintHeader = Далучэнні: + +biffNotification_message = мае %1$S новы ліст +biffNotification_messages = мае %1$S новых лістоў + +macBiffNotification_message = %1$S новы ліст ад %2$S. +macBiffNotification_messages = %1$S новых лістоў ад %2$S. +macBiffNotification_messages_extra = %1$S новых лістоў ад %2$S, %3$S і іншых. +macBiffNotification_separator = , + +newMailNotification_message = %1$S атрымаў %2$S новы ліст + +newMailNotification_messages = %1$S атрымаў %2$S новых лістоў + +quotaPercentUsed = Поўны на %S%% + +confirmViewDeleteTitle = Сцвердзіць +confirmViewDeleteMessage = Вы сапраўды хочаце выдаліць гэтую праяву? + +confirmSavedSearchDeleteTitle = Выдаліць захаваны пошук +confirmSavedSearchDeleteMessage = Вы сапраўды хочаце выдаліць гэты захаваны пошук? +confirmSavedSearchDeleteButton = &Выдаліць захаваны пошук + +passwordPrompt = Увядзіце ваш пароль для %1$S на %2$S: + +passwordTitle = Паштовы паслугач патрабуе пароль + +openWindowWarningTitle = Сцвярджэнне +openWindowWarningConfirmation = Адкрыццё #1 ліста можа быць марудным. Працягнуць?;Адкрыццё #1 лістоў можа быць марудным. Працягнуць?;Адкрыццё #1 лістоў можа быць марудным. Працягнуць? + +tagExists = Метка з такою назваю ўжо існуе! + +confirmResetJunkTrainingTitle = Сцвярджэнне +confirmResetJunkTrainingText = Вы сапраўды хочаце скінуць прыстасоўныя сітавыя навучальныя даныя? + +editVirtualFolderPropertiesTitle = Правіць захаваныя ўласцівасці пошуку %S + +alertNoSearchFoldersSelected = Вы мусіце вылучыць, прынамсі, адну папку, каб шукаць з дапамогаю захаванай папкі пошуку. + +byteAbbreviation2 = %.*f байтаў +kiloByteAbbreviation2 = %.*f КБ +megaByteAbbreviation2 = %.*f МБ +gigaByteAbbreviation2 = %.*f ГБ + +errorOpenMessageForMessageIdTitle = Памылка адкрыцця вызначальніка-ліста +errorOpenMessageForMessageIdMessage = Ліст з вызначальнікам-ліста %S не знойдзены + +confirmPhishingTitle = Папярэджанне: ашуканская э-пошта +confirmPhishingUrl1 = %1$S лічыць гэтую пляцоўку падазронаю! Магчыма, яна спрабуе выдаць сябе за старонку сеціва, якую вы хочаце наведаць. Бальшыня сапраўдных пляцовак ужываюць назвы, а не нумары. Вы ўпэўнены, што хочаце наведаць %2$S? +confirmPhishingUrl2 = %1$S лічыць гэтую пляцоўку падазронаю! Магчыма, яна спрабуе выдаць сябе за старонку сеціва, якую вы хочаце наведаць. Вы ўпэўнены, што хочаце наведаць %2$S? + +mdnBarMessageNormal = %1$S просіць паведаміць яму, што вы прачыталі гэты ліст. +mdnBarMessageAddressDiffers = %1$S просіць паведаміць яму на %2$S, што вы прачыталі гэты ліст. + +emptyJunkTitle = Сцвярджэнне +emptyJunkMessage = Вы сапраўды хочаце назаўсёды выдаліць усе лісты і падпапкі з папкі Лухта? +emptyJunkDontAsk = Не запытваць мяне зноў. +emptyTrashTitle = Сцвярджэнне +emptyTrashMessage = Вы сапраўды хочаце назаўжды выдаліць усе лісты і падпапкі з папкі Смецце? +emptyTrashDontAsk = Не запытваць мяне зноў. + +junkAnalysisPercentComplete = Выканана %S аналізу на лухту +processingJunkMessages = Апрацоўка лухтовых лістоў + +fileNotFoundTitle = Файл не знойдзены +fileNotFoundMsg = Файл %S не існуе. + +confirmMsgDelete.title = Сцвярджэнне выдалення +confirmMsgDelete.collapsed.desc = У выніку выдаляцца лісты ў згорнутых нізках. Вы сапраўды хочаце працягнуць? +confirmMsgDelete.deleteNoTrash.desc = Лісты будуць выдалены непасрэдна, без захавання копіі ў сметніцы. Вы сапраўды хочаце працягнуць? +confirmMsgDelete.dontAsk.label = Не запытваць мяне зноў. +confirmMsgDelete.delete.label = Выдаліць + +mailServerLoginFailedTitle = Няўдача ўваходу +mailServerLoginFailedRetryButton = &Паўтор +mailServerLoginFailedEnterNewPasswordButton = &Увод новага пароля + +junkBarMessage = %S лічыць гэты ліст лухтой. +junkBarButton = Не лухта +junkBarButtonKey = Н +junkBarInfoButton = ? +junkBarInfoButtonKey = ? +remoteContentBarMessage = Каб захаваць ваша адасабленне, %S блакаваў адлеглае змесціва ў гэтым лісце. + +phishingBarMessage = %S лічыць гэты ліст э-паштовай ашукай. +phishingBarIgnoreButton = Ігнараваць папярэджанне +phishingBarIgnoreButtonKey = І +mdnBarMessage = Адпраўнік гэтага ліста запытаў апавяшчэнне пра прачытанне гэтага ліста вамі. Вы хочаце апасвясціць адпраўніка? +mdnBarIgnoreButton = Ігнараваць запыт +mdnBarIgnoreButtonKey = І +mdnBarSendReqButton = Даслаць квіток +mdnBarSendReqButtonKey = Д +saveAsType = файл %S diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/mime.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/mime.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4e65bbbc0a --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/mime.properties @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# +# The following are used by libmime to emit header display in HTML +# + +1000 = Тэма + +1001 = Каментары-Перасылкі + +1002 = Дата-Перасылкі + +1003 = Адпраўнік-Перасылкі + +1004 = Перасланы-З + +1005 = Перасланы-Да + +1006 = СА-Перасылкі + +1007 = Дата + +1008 = Адпраўнік + +1009 = Ад + +1010 = Зваротны-Адрас + +1011 = Установа + +1012 = Да + +1013 = СА + +1014 = Навінакупы + +1015 = Водгук-Да + +1016 = Спасылкі + +1021 = Вызначальнік-Ліста + +1023 = ССА + +1026 = Злучыць з дакументам + +1027 = <B>Звесткі пра дакумент:</B> + +1028 = Далучэнне + +1040 = Частка %s + +1041 = -------- Зыходны ліст -------- + +MIME_MSG_PARTIAL_TRUNCATED = Усечаны! + +MIME_MSG_PARTIAL_TRUNCATED_EXPLANATION = Гэты ліст перасяг найбольшы памер, прызначаны ў наладжваннях рахунку, таму толькі першыя некалькі радкоў сцягнуты з паштовага паслугача.\u0020 + +MIME_MSG_PARTIAL_NOT_DOWNLOADED = Не сцягнуты + +MIME_MSG_PARTIAL_NOT_DOWNLOADED_EXPLANATION = Толькі загалоўкі ліста сцягнутыя з паштовага паслугача. + +MIME_MSG_PARTIAL_CLICK_FOR_REST = Сцягнуць рэштку ліста. diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/mimeheader.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/mimeheader.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..acb8b74745 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/mimeheader.properties @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +TO = Да +BCC = ССА +CC = СА +DATE = Дата +DISTRIBUTION = Распаўсюджванне +FCC = FCC +FOLLOWUP-TO = Водгук-Да +FROM = Ад +STATUS = Статус +LINES = Радкі +MESSAGE-ID = Вызначальнік-Ліста +MIME-VERSION = Версія-MIME +NEWSGROUPS = Навінакупы +ORGANIZATION = Установа +REFERENCES = Спасылкі +REPLY-TO = Адказ-Да +RESENT-COMMENTS = Каментары-Перасылкі +RESENT-DATE = Дата-Перасылкі +RESENT-FROM = Перасланы-З +RESENT-MESSAGE-ID = Вызначальнік-Перасланага-Ліста +RESENT-SENDER = Адпраўнік-Перасылкі +RESENT-TO = Перасланы-Да +RESENT-CC = СА-Перасылкі +SENDER = Адпраўнік +SUBJECT = Тэма +APPROVED-BY = Ухвалены +USER-AGENT = Карыстальніцкі-Пасярэднік +FILENAME = Назва-Файла diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgAccountCentral.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgAccountCentral.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c364b4356d --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgAccountCentral.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY emailSectionHdr.label "Э-пошта"> +<!ENTITY readMsgsLink.label "Чытанне лістоў"> +<!ENTITY composeMsgLink.label "Стварыць новы ліст"> + +<!ENTITY newsSectionHdr.label "Навінакупы"> +<!ENTITY subscribeNewsLink.label "Кіраваць падпіскамі на навінакупы"> + +<!ENTITY accountsSectionHdr.label "Рахункі"> +<!ENTITY subscribeImapFolders.label "Кіраваць падпіскамі на папкі"> +<!ENTITY settingsLink.label "Праглядзець наладжванні гэтага рахунку"> +<!ENTITY newAcctLink.label "Стварыць новы рахунак"> + +<!ENTITY advFeaturesSectionHdr.label "Пашыраныя ўласцівасці"> +<!ENTITY searchMsgsLink.label "Пошук лістоў"> +<!ENTITY filtersLink.label "Кіраваць сітамі лістоў"> +<!ENTITY junkSettings.label "Наладжванні пошты-лухты"> +<!ENTITY offlineLink.label "Па-за сеткавыя наладжванні"> + +<!ENTITY feedsSectionHdr.label "Жывільнікі"> +<!ENTITY subscribeFeeds.label "Кіраваць падпіскамі"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgHdrViewOverlay.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgHdrViewOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9ed4175bbc --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgHdrViewOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY toField.label "Да:"> +<!ENTITY fromField.label "Ад:"> +<!ENTITY senderField.label "Адпраўнік:"> +<!ENTITY organizationField.label "Установа:"> +<!ENTITY replyToField.label "Зваротны адрас:"> + +<!ENTITY subjectField.label "Тэма:"> +<!ENTITY ccField.label "Са:"> +<!ENTITY bccField.label "Сса:"> +<!ENTITY newsgroupsField.label "Навінакупы:"> +<!ENTITY followupToField.label "Водгук-Да: "> + +<!ENTITY tagsHdr.label "Меткі:"> +<!ENTITY dateField.label "Дата:"> +<!ENTITY userAgentField.label "Дзеяч-Карыстальніка:"> +<!ENTITY referencesField.label "Спасылкі:"> +<!ENTITY messageIdField.label "Вызначальнік-Ліста:"> +<!ENTITY inReplyToField.label "У-Адказ-На:"> +<!ENTITY originalWebsite.label "Пляцоўка сеціва:"> + +<!ENTITY attachmentsTree.label "Далучэнні:"> +<!ENTITY attachmentsTree.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY openAttachmentCmd.label "Адчыніць"> +<!ENTITY openAttachmentCmd.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY viewAttachmentCmd.label "Праглядзець зыходнік"> +<!ENTITY viewAttachmentCmd.accesskey "з"> +<!ENTITY saveAsAttachmentCmd.label "Захаваць як…"> +<!ENTITY saveAsAttachmentCmd.accesskey "Я"> +<!ENTITY detachAttachmentCmd.label "Адлучыць…"> +<!ENTITY detachAttachmentCmd.accesskey "у"> +<!ENTITY deleteAttachmentCmd.label "Выдаліць"> +<!ENTITY deleteAttachmentCmd.accesskey "ы"> +<!ENTITY saveAllAttachmentsCmd.label "Захаваць усе…"> +<!ENTITY saveAllAttachmentsCmd.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY detachAllAttachmentsCmd.label "Адлучыць усе…"> +<!ENTITY detachAllAttachmentsCmd.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY deleteAllAttachmentsCmd.label "Выдаліць усе…"> +<!ENTITY deleteAllAttachmentsCmd.accesskey "В"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgHdrViewPopup.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgHdrViewPopup.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..12212c3a91 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgHdrViewPopup.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY AddToAddressBook.label "Дадаць у адрасную кнігу…"> +<!ENTITY AddToAddressBook.accesskey "к"> +<!ENTITY EditContact.label "Правіць сувязь…"> +<!ENTITY EditContact.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY ViewContact.label "Прагляд сувязі"> +<!ENTITY ViewContact.accesskey "г"> +<!ENTITY SendMailTo.label "Укласці ліст да…"> +<!ENTITY SendMailTo.accesskey "у"> +<!ENTITY CopyEmailAddress.label "Капіяваць адрас э-пошты"> +<!ENTITY CopyEmailAddress.accesskey "к"> +<!ENTITY CreateFilterFrom.label "Стварыць сіта з…"> +<!ENTITY CreateFilterFrom.accesskey "с"> +<!ENTITY openInBrowser.label "Адкрыць у азіральніку"> +<!ENTITY openInBrowser.accesskey "к"> +<!ENTITY bookmarkLinkCmd.label "Закласці гэтую спасылку…"> +<!ENTITY bookmarkLinkCmd.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY copyLinkCmd.label "Капіяваць месцазнаходжанне спасылкі"> +<!ENTITY copyLinkCmd.accesskey "К"> +<!ENTITY CopyMessageId.label "Капіяваць Вызначальнік-Ліста"> +<!ENTITY CopyMessageId.accesskey "К"> +<!ENTITY OpenMessageForMsgId.label "Адкрыць ліст з вызначальнікам"> +<!ENTITY OpenMessageForMsgId.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY OpenBrowserWithMsgId.label "Адкрыць азіральнік з Вызначальнікам-Ліста"> +<!ENTITY OpenBrowserWithMsgId.accesskey "В"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgSynchronize.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgSynchronize.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8a22b6e92b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgSynchronize.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from MsgSynchronize.xul and msgSelectOfflineFolders.xul--> + +<!ENTITY MsgSynchronize.label "Загрузка і сінхранізацыя лістоў"> +<!ENTITY MsgSelect.label "Адзінкі для карыстання па-за сеткай"> +<!ENTITY MsgSyncDesc.label "Калі вы ўжо маеце вылучаныя паштовыя папкі ці навінакупы для карыстання па-за сеткай, вы можаце загрузіць/сінхранізаваць іх зараз. Іначай скарыстайце кнопку "Вылучыць", каб выбраць паштовыя папкі і навінакупы для ўжывання па-за сеткай."> +<!ENTITY MsgSyncDirections.label "Загрузіць і/або сінхранізаваць наступныя:"> +<!ENTITY syncTypeMail.label "Паштовыя лісты"> +<!ENTITY syncTypeMail.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY syncTypeNews.label "Лісты навінакупы"> +<!ENTITY syncTypeNews.accesskey "н"> +<!ENTITY sendMessage.label "Адправіць недасланыя лісты"> +<!ENTITY sendMessage.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY workOffline.label "Працаваць па-за сеткай, калі загрузка/сінхранізацыя здзейсніцца"> +<!ENTITY workOffline.accesskey "з"> +<!ENTITY selectButton.label "Вылучыць…"> +<!ENTITY selectButton.accesskey "л"> +<!ENTITY MsgSelectDesc.label "Выберыце паштовыя папкі і навінакупы для карыстання па-за сеткай."> +<!ENTITY MsgSelectInd.label "Загрузка"> +<!ENTITY MsgSelectItems.label "Папкі і навінакупы"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgViewPickerOverlay.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgViewPickerOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2b490804e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgViewPickerOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE msgViewPickerOverlay.dtd UI for showing various views on a folder --> + +<!ENTITY viewPicker.label "Праява:"> +<!ENTITY viewPicker.accesskey "я"> +<!ENTITY viewAll.label "Усе"> +<!ENTITY viewAll.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY viewUnread.label "Непрачытаныя"> +<!ENTITY viewUnread.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY viewNotDeleted.label "Не выдаленыя"> +<!ENTITY viewNotDeleted.accesskey "д"> +<!ENTITY viewTags.label "Меткі"> +<!ENTITY viewTags.accesskey "М"> +<!ENTITY viewCustomViews.label "Карыстальніцкія праявы"> +<!ENTITY viewCustomViews.accesskey "п"> +<!ENTITY viewVirtualFolder.label "Захаваць праяву як папку…"> +<!ENTITY viewVirtualFolder.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY viewCustomizeView.label "Наладзіць…"> +<!ENTITY viewCustomizeView.accesskey "Н"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgmdn.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgmdn.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..496bd5ebbf --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/msgmdn.properties @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. +## Msg Mdn Report strings + +MsgMdnDisplayed = Заўвага: гэты квіток атрымання – толькі прызнанне, што ліст адлюстраваны на кампутары атрымальніка. Няма ніякай гарантыі, што атрымальнік прачытаў ці зразумеў змест ліста.\u0020 +MsgMdnDispatched = Ліст быў надрукаваны, адасланы факсам, ці перанакіраваны без адлюстравання атрымальніку. Няма ніякай гарантыі, што атрымальнік прачытае гэты ліст пазней. +MsgMdnProcessed = Ліст быў апрацаваны паштовым спажыўцом атрымальніка без адлюстравання. Няма ніякай гарантыі, што атрымальнік прачытае гэты ліст пазней. +MsgMdnDeleted = Ліст быў выдалены. Асоба, якой вы даслалі яго, магла ўбачыць яго ці не. Яна можа скасаваць выдаленне пазней і прачытаць ліст. +MsgMdnDenied = Атрымальнік ліста не жадае дасылаць квіток атрымання назад да вас. +MsgMdnFailed = Няўдача. Належны квіток атрымання не можа быць створаны ці дасланы да вас. +MsgMdnMsgSentTo = Гэта квіток атрымання да ліста, які вы адаслалі да %S. +MdnDisplayedReceipt = Квіток атрымання (адлюстраваны) +MdnDispatchedReceipt = Квіток атрымання (адасланы) +MdnProcessedReceipt = Квіток атрымання (апрацованы) +MdnDeletedReceipt = Квіток атрымання (выдалены) +MdnDeniedReceipt = Квіток атрымання (забаронены) +MdnFailedReceipt = Квіток атрымання (няўдача) diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/newFolderDialog.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/newFolderDialog.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4c3345e4d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/newFolderDialog.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY newFolderDialog.title "Новая папка"> +<!ENTITY name.label "Назва:"> +<!ENTITY name.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY description.label "Стварыць як падпапку:"> +<!ENTITY description.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY folderRestriction1.label "Гэты паслугач абмяжоўвае папкі двума адмысловымі тыпамі."> +<!ENTITY folderRestriction2.label "Дазволіць вашай новай папцы змяшчаць:"> +<!ENTITY foldersOnly.label "Толькі папкі"> +<!ENTITY messagesOnly.label "Толькі лісты"> +<!ENTITY accept.label "Стварыць папку"> +<!ENTITY accept.accesskey "т"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/news.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/news.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9080bb619e --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/news.properties @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +downloadHeadersTitlePrefix = Загрузка загалоўкаў +downloadHeadersInfoText = Існуе %S загалоўкаў новых лістоў, якія можна загрузіць з гэтай навінакупы. +cancelDisallowed = Гэты ліст, здаецца, не ад вас. Вы можаце скасаваць толькі вашы асабістыя лісты, а не чужыя. +cancelConfirm = Вы сапраўды хочаце скасаваць гэты ліст? +messageCancelled = Ліст скасаваны. +enterUserPassTitle = Патрабуюцца імя карыстальніка і пароль дл паслугача навінаў\u0020 +enterUserPassServer = Увядзіце, калі ласка, імя карыстальніка і пароль для %S: +enterUserPassGroup = Увядзіце, калі ласка, імя карыстальніка і пароль для %1$S на %2$S: +okButtonText = Загрузіць + +noNewMessages = Няма новых лістоў на паслугачы. +newNewsgroupHeaders = Сцягванне %1$S з %2$S загалоўкаў для %3$S +newNewsgroupFilteringHeaders = Атрыманне загалоўкаў для сітаў: %1$S (%2$S/%3$S) на %4$S +downloadingArticles = Загрузка артыкулаў %S-%S +bytesReceived = Загрузка навінакупаў: атрымана %S (прачытана %SКБ з хуткасцю %SКБ/сек) +downloadingArticlesForOffline = Загрузка артыкулаў %S-%S у %S + +autoUnsubscribeText = Здаецца, навінакупа %1$S не існуе на трымальніку %2$S. Хочаце адпісацца ад яе? + +autoSubscribeText = Вы хочаце падпісацца на %1$S? + +-304 = Здарылася памылка навінаў (NNTP):\u0020\u0020 + +-305 = Здарылася памылка навінаў. Разгляд усіх навінакупаў няпоўны. Паспрабуйце зрабіць Прагляд Усіх Навінакупаў зноў. + +-260 = Здарылася памылка апазнавання. Паспрабуйце, калі ласка, увесці ваша імя і/ці пароль зноў. + +-206 = Здарылася памылка сувязі. Паспрабуйце злучыцца зноў. Памылка TCP: diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/newsblog/am-newsblog.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/newsblog/am-newsblog.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f0414a1edb --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/newsblog/am-newsblog.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY manageSubscriptions.label "Кіраваць падпіскамі…"> +<!ENTITY manageSubscriptions.accesskey "К"> + +<!ENTITY feeds.accountName "Жывільнікі дзённікаў і навінаў"> +<!ENTITY feeds.wizardShortName "Жывільнікі"> +<!ENTITY feeds.wizardLongName "Жывільнікі дзённікаў і навінаў"> +<!ENTITY feeds.wizardLongName.accesskey "Ж"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/newsblog/feed-subscriptions.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/newsblog/feed-subscriptions.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2a50059829 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/newsblog/feed-subscriptions.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY feedSubscriptions.label "Падпіскі на жывільнік"> + +<!ENTITY feedTitle.label "Загаловак:"> +<!ENTITY feedTitle.accesskey "З"> + +<!ENTITY feedLocation.label "URL жывільніка:"> +<!ENTITY feedLocation.accesskey "U"> +<!ENTITY locationValidate.label "Праверыць"> +<!ENTITY validateText.label "Правяраць і атрымліваць спраўны URL."> + +<!ENTITY feedFolder.label "Захоўваць артыкулы ў:"> +<!ENTITY feedFolder.accesskey "ў"> + +<!ENTITY quickMode.label "Паказваць зводку артыкула замест сцягвання сеціўнай старонкі"> +<!ENTITY quickMode.accesskey "к"> + +<!ENTITY autotagEnable.label "Самастварэнне мецінаў з назваў <category> жывільніка"> +<!ENTITY autotagEnable.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY autotagUsePrefix.label "Прыстаўка мецінаў:"> +<!ENTITY autotagUsePrefix.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY autoTagPrefix.placeholder "Увядзіце прыстаўку для мецінаў"> + +<!ENTITY button.addFeed.label "Дадаць"> +<!ENTITY button.addFeed.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY button.removeFeed.label "Выдаліць"> +<!ENTITY button.removeFeed.accesskey "В"> +<!ENTITY button.importOPML.label "Імпартаваць"> +<!ENTITY button.importOPML.accesskey "І"> +<!ENTITY button.exportOPML.label "Экспартаваць"> +<!ENTITY button.exportOPML.accesskey "Э"> +<!ENTITY button.exportOPML.tooltip "Экспарт жывільнікаў у папках; ctrl-пстрык або ctrl-увод экспартуюць жывільнікі як спіс"> + +<!ENTITY cmd.close.commandKey "w"> +<!ENTITY button.close.label "Зачыніць"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/newsblog/newsblog.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/newsblog/newsblog.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5c762ae416 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/newsblog/newsblog.properties @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +subscribe-validating-feed = Праверка жывільніка… +subscribe-cancelSubscription = Вы сапраўды жадаеце скасаваць падпіску на гэты жывільнік? +subscribe-cancelSubscriptionTitle = Падпіска на жывільнік… +subscribe-feedAlreadySubscribed = Вы ўжо маеце падпіску на гэты жывільнік. +subscribe-errorOpeningFile = Немагчыма адчыніць файл. +subscribe-feedAdded = Дададзены жывільнік. +subscribe-feedUpdated = Жывільнік абноўлены. +subscribe-feedMoved = Падпіска жывільніка перамешчана. +subscribe-feedCopied = Падпіска на жыівльнік скапіявана. +subscribe-feedRemoved = Адпісана ад жывільніка. +subscribe-feedNotValid = Няспраўны URL жывільніка. +subscribe-networkError = Немагчыма адшукаць URL жывільніка. Праверце, калі ласка, назву і паспрабуйце зноў. +subscribe-loading = Загрузка, пачакайце, калі ласка… + +subscribe-OPMLImportTitle = Выбар файла OPML для імпарту +subscribe-OPMLExportTitleList = Экспарт %S як файла OPML file - Спіс жывільнікаў +subscribe-OPMLExportTitleStruct = Экспарт %S як файла OPML file - Спіс жывільнікаў у папках +subscribe-OPMLExportFileDialogTitle = %1$S: Экспарт OPML - %2$S +subscribe-OPMLExportDefaultFileName = МаеЖывільнікі%1$S-%2$S.opml +subscribe-OPMLImportInvalidFile = Файл %S не падаецца сапраўдным файлам OPML. +subscribe-OPMLImportFeedCount = Імпартаваны #1 новы жывільнік.;Імпартаваны #1 новыя жывільнікі.;Імпартаваны #1 новых жывільнікаў. +subscribe-OPMLImportUniqueFeeds = Імпартаваны #1 новы жывільнік, на які вы яшчэ не падпісаны;Імпартаваны #1 новых жывільнікв, на якія вы яшчэ не падпісаны;Імпартаваны #1 новых жывільнікаў, на якія вы яшчэ не падпісаны +subscribe-OPMLImportFoundFeeds = (з #1 знойдзенага запісу);(з #1 знойдзеных запісаў);(з #1 знойдзеных запісаў); +subscribe-OPMLImportStatus = %1$S %2$S. + +subscribe-OPMLExportOPMLFilesFilterText = Файлы OPML +subscribe-OPMLExportDone = Жывільнікі гэтага рахунку экспартаваны ў %S. + +subscribe-confirmFeedDeletionTitle = Выдаленне жывільніка +subscribe-confirmFeedDeletion = Вы сапраўды хочаце адпісацца ад жывільніка: \n %S? + +subscribe-gettingFeedItems = Загрузка артыкулаў з жывільніка (%S з %S)… + +newsblog-noNewArticlesForFeed = Няма артыкулаў на гэтым жывільніку. +newsblog-networkError = Немагчыма знайсці %S. Праверце, калі ласка, назву і паспрабуйце зноў. +newsblog-feedNotValid = Жывільнік %S несапраўдны. +newsblog-getNewMsgsCheck = Праверка жывільнікаў на існаванне новых адзінак… + +feeds-accountname = Жывільнікі дзённікаў і навінаў + +ImportFeedsCreateNewListItem = * Новы рахунак * +ImportFeedsNewAccount = Стварыць і імпартаваць у новы рахунак жывільнікаў +ImportFeedsExistingAccount = Імпартаваць у існы рахунак жывільнікаў +ImportFeedsNew = новы +ImportFeedsExisting = існы +ImportFeedsDone = Скончаны імпарт падпісак жывлільнікаў з файла %1$S у рахунак %2$S ('%3$S'). diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/offline.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/offline.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..397e2134e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/offline.properties @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE : +# do not localize "\n". use "\n" to make the text fit nicely in the dialog. + +downloadMessagesWindowTitle = Праца па-за сеткай + +downloadMessagesLabel = Вы хочаце загрузіць лісты для \nкарыстання па-за сеткай перад выхадам з сеткі?\n\n + +downloadMessagesCheckboxLabel = Заўсёды пытацца мяне, калі я пачынаю працу па-за сеткай +downloadMessagesDownloadButtonLabel = Загружаць +downloadMessagesNoDownloadButtonLabel = Не загружаць +downloadMessagesCancelButtonLabel = Скасаваць + +sendMessagesWindowTitle = Праца ў сетцы + +sendMessagesLabel2 = Хочаце даслаць вашы недасланыя лісты зараз? +sendMessagesCheckboxLabel = Заўсёды пытацца мяне, калі я пачынаю працу ў сетцы +sendMessagesSendButtonLabel = Даслаць +sendMessagesNoSendButtonLabel = Не дасылаць +sendMessagesCancelButtonLabel = Скасаваць + +getMessagesOfflineWindowTitle = Атрыманне лістоў + +getMessagesOfflineLabel = Зараз вы па-за сеткай. Вы жадаеце\nпачаць працу ў сетцы, каб атрымаць\nвашы новыя лісты? +getMessagesOfflineGoButtonLabel = Пачаць працу ў сетцы + +sendMessagesOfflineWindowTitle = Дасылка лістоў + +sendMessagesOfflineLabel = Зараз вы па-за сеткай. Вы жадаеце пачаць\nпрацу ў сетцы, каб адправіць недасланыя лісты? +sendMessagesOfflineGoButtonLabel = Пачаць працу ў сетцы diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/offlineStartup.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/offlineStartup.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..49a0546fdb --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/offlineStartup.properties @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +title = Праца ў сетцы +desc = Вы хочаце ўвайсці ў сетку зараз?\n\n(Калі вы выбераце працу па-за сеткаю, вы можаце ўвайсці ў сетку пазней - выберыце 'Па-за сеткаю' у меню 'Файл' і здыміце адзнаку з 'Праца па-за сеткаю'.) +workOnline = Праца ў сетцы +workOffline = Праца па-за сеткаю diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/outlookImportMsgs.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/outlookImportMsgs.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..561d975bb2 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/outlookImportMsgs.properties @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# +# The following are used by the outlook express import code to display status/error +# and informational messages +# + +# +# The following are used by the Outlook import code to display status/error +# and informational messages +# + +2000 = Outlook + +2010 = Пошта, адрасныя кнігі і наладжванні Outlook + +2002 = Паштовая скрынка %S, імпартавана %d лістоў + +2003 = Перададзены дрэнны параметр пры імпарту паштовай скрынкі. + +2004 = Памылка імпартавання паштовай скрынкі %S. Магчыма не ўсе лісты імпартаваны з гэтай скрынкі. + +2005 = Адрасныя кнігі Outlook + +2006 = Імпартавана адрасная кніга %S + +2007 = Перададзены дрэнны параметр пры імпарту адраснай кнігі. + +2008 = Памылка доступу да файла адраснай кнігі %S. + +2009 = Памылка імпартавання адраснай кнігі %S. Магчыма, што не ўсе адрасы былі імпартаваны. diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pgpmime.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pgpmime.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..93b94d2ade --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pgpmime.properties @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# +# The following are used by the pgpmime content type handler +# + +pgpMimeNeedsAddon = Гэты ліст зашыфраваны OpenPGP.<br>Каб расшыфраваць яго, вы мусіце ўсталяваць <a href="%S">дадатак OpenPGP</a>. diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/AccountManager.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/AccountManager.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c580119625 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/AccountManager.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from AccountManager.xul --> + +<!ENTITY accountManagerTitle.label "Наладжванні рахунку Пошты і Навінакупаў"> + +<!ENTITY addAccountButton.label "Дадаць рахунак…"> +<!ENTITY addAccountButton.accesskey "Р"> +<!ENTITY setDefaultButton.label "Змоўчны рахунак"> +<!ENTITY setDefaultButton.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY removeButton.label "Выдаліць рахунак"> +<!ENTITY removeButton.accesskey "д"> + +<!-- AccountManager.xul --> +<!-- AccountManager.xul --> +<!ENTITY accountManager.size "width: 130ch; height: 55em;"> +<!ENTITY accountTree.width "width: 35ch;"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/AccountWizard.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/AccountWizard.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b66811bdfd --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/AccountWizard.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- Entities for AccountWizard --> + +<!ENTITY windowTitle.label "Чараўнік Рахункаў"> +<!ENTITY accountWizard.size "width: 45em; height: 42em;"> + +<!-- Entities for Account Type page --> + +<!ENTITY accountSetupInfo2.label "Перад тым, як атрымліваць лісты, вы мусіце наладзіць рахунак."> +<!ENTITY accountTypeTitle.label "Наладжванне новага рахунку"> +<!ENTITY accountTypeDesc2.label "Гэты чараўнік збярэ звесткі, неабходныя для наладжвання рахунку. Калі вы не ведаеце патрэбных звестак, звяжыцеся, калі ласка, з сістэмным спраўнікам або дастаўшчыком паслугаў Інтэрнэту. "> +<!ENTITY accountTypeDirections.label "Выберыце тып рахунку, які вы жадаеце ўсталяваць:"> +<!ENTITY accountTypeMail.label "Рахунак э-пошты"> +<!ENTITY accountTypeMail.accesskey "э"> +<!ENTITY accountTypeNews.label "Рахунак навінакупы"> +<!ENTITY accountTypeNews.accesskey "в"> + +<!-- Entities for Identity page --> + +<!ENTITY identityTitle.label "Адмета"> +<!ENTITY identityDesc.label "Кожны рахунак мае адмету або звесткі, якія вызначаюць вас для іншых, калі яны атрымліваюць вашы лісты."> + +<!ENTITY fullnameDesc.label "Увядзіце імя, якое вы хочаце бачыць у поле "Ад" вашых выходных лістоў"> +<!ENTITY fullnameExample.label "(напрыклад: "Юрась Братчык")."> +<!ENTITY fullnameLabel.label "Ваша імя:"> +<!ENTITY fullnameLabel.accesskey "В"> + +<!ENTITY emailLabel.label "Адрас э-пошты:"> +<!ENTITY emailLabel.accesskey "Э"> + +<!-- Entities for Incoming Server page --> + +<!ENTITY incomingTitle.label "Уваходны паслугач"> +<!ENTITY incomingServerTypeDesc.label "Вылучыце тып уваходнага паслугача, якім вы карыстаецеся."> +<!ENTITY imapType.label "IMAP"> +<!ENTITY imapType.accesskey "I"> +<!ENTITY popType.label "POP"> +<!ENTITY popType.accesskey "P"> +<!ENTITY portNum.label "Порт:"> +<!ENTITY portNum.accesskey "о"> +<!ENTITY defaultPortLabel.label "Змоўчны:"> +<!ENTITY defaultPortValue.label ""> +<!ENTITY incomingServer.description "Увядзіце назву ўваходнага паслугача (напрыклад: "mail.example.net")."> +<!ENTITY incomingServer.label "Уваходны паслугач:"> +<!ENTITY incomingServer.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY leaveMsgsOnSrvr.label "Пакідаць лісты на паслугачы"> +<!ENTITY leaveMsgsOnSrvr.accesskey "п"> +<!ENTITY incomingUsername.description "Увядзіце імя ўваходнага карыстальніка, дадзенае вам вашым дастаўшчыком э-пошты (напрыклад: "skovaly")."> +<!ENTITY incomingUsername.label "Імя карыстальніка:"> +<!ENTITY incomingUsername.accesskey "к"> +<!ENTITY newsServerNameDesc.label "Увядзіце назву вашага паслугача навінаў (NNTP) (напрыклад: "news.example.net")."> +<!ENTITY newsServerLabel.label "Паслугач навінакупы:"> +<!ENTITY newsServerLabel.accesskey "н"> + +<!-- Entities for Outgoing Server page --> + +<!ENTITY outgoingTitle.label "Выходны паслугач"> +<!ENTITY outgoingServer.description "Увядзіце назву вашага выходнага паслугача (SMTP) (напрыклад: "smtp.example.net")."> +<!ENTITY outgoingServer.label "Выходны паслугач:"> +<!ENTITY outgoingServer.accesskey "В"> +<!ENTITY outgoingUsername.description "Увядзіце імя выходнага карыстальніка, дадзенае вам вашым дастаўшчыком э-пошты (звычайна аднолькавае з уваходным імем карыстальніка)."> +<!ENTITY outgoingUsername.label "Імя выходнага карыстальніка:"> +<!ENTITY outgoingUsername.accesskey "к"> + +<!ENTITY modifyOutgoing.suffix "Вы можаце змяніць выходны паслугач у наладжваннях рахунку Пошты і Навінакупаў."> +<!ENTITY haveSmtp1.prefix "Ваш існы выходны паслугач (SMTP), ""> +<!ENTITY haveSmtp1.suffix3 "", будзе ўжывацца."> +<!ENTITY haveSmtp2.prefix "Ваша існае выходнае (SMTP) імя карыстальніка, ""> +<!ENTITY haveSmtp2.suffix3 "", будзе ўжывацца."> +<!ENTITY haveSmtp3.prefix "Ваш выходны паслугач (SMTP), ""> +<!ENTITY haveSmtp3.suffix3 "", аднолькавы з вашым уваходным паслугачом, імя вашага зваходнага карыстальніка будзе ўжывацца для доступу да яго."> + +<!-- Entities for Account name page --> + +<!ENTITY accnameTitle.label "Назва рахунку"> +<!ENTITY accnameDesc.label "Увядзіце пажаданую назву для спасылання на гэты рахунак (напрыклад: "Праца", "Хатні Рахунак" ці "Навіны")."> +<!ENTITY accnameLabel.label "Назва рахунку:"> +<!ENTITY accnameLabel.accesskey "Р"> + +<!-- Entities for Done (Congratulations) page --> + +<!ENTITY completionTitle.label "Віншаванні!"> +<!ENTITY completionText.label "Упэўніцеся, калі ласка, ці звесткі ўнізе правільныя."> +<!ENTITY serverTypePrefix.label "Тып уваходнага паслугача:"> +<!ENTITY serverNamePrefix.label "Назва ўваходнага паслугача:"> +<!ENTITY smtpServerNamePrefix.label "Назва выходнага паслугача (SMTP):"> +<!ENTITY newsServerNamePrefix.label "Назва паслугача навінаў (NNTP):"> +<!ENTITY downloadOnLogin.label "Загрузіць лісты зараз"> +<!ENTITY downloadOnLogin.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY deferStorageDesc.label "Пазначце гэтую скрынку, каб захоўваць лісты гэтага рахунку ў папцы Агульныя Атрыманыя Мясцовых Папак. Інакш рахунак з'явіцца як рахунак вышэйшага ўзроўню і яго лісты будуць захоўвацца у яго асабістай дырэкторыі."> +<!ENTITY deferStorage.label "Ужываць папку Агульныя Атрыманыя (захоўваць пошту ў Мясцовых Папках)"> +<!ENTITY deferStorage.accesskey "г"> +<!ENTITY clickFinish.label "Пстрыкніце Скончыць, каб захаваць вашы наладжванні і выйсці з Чараўніка Рахункаў."> +<!ENTITY clickFinish.labelMac "Пстрыкніце Гатова, каб захаваць вашы наладжванні і выйсці з Чараўніка Рахункаў."> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-addressing.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-addressing.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4e66f9c801 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-addressing.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from am-addressing.xul --> + +<!ENTITY addressing.label "Укладанне і адрасаванне"> +<!ENTITY addressingGroupTitle.label "Адрасаванне"> +<!ENTITY autocompleteToMyDomain.label "Самастойна дадаваць мой дамен у адрасы"> +<!ENTITY autocompleteToMyDomain.accesskey "д"> +<!ENTITY addressingText.label "Калі шукаюцца адрасы:"> +<!ENTITY useGlobal.label "Ужываць мае агульныя перавагі паслугача LDAP для гэтага рахунку"> +<!ENTITY useGlobal.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY editDirectories.label "Рэдагаваць дырэкторыі…"> +<!ENTITY editDirectories.accesskey "Р"> +<!ENTITY directories.label "Карыстацца іншым паслугачом LDAP:"> +<!ENTITY directories.accesskey "і"> +<!ENTITY directoriesNone.label "Няма"> + +<!-- am-addressing.xul --> + +<!ENTITY compositionGroupTitle.label "Укладанне"> +<!ENTITY useHtml.label "Укладаць лісты ў фармаце HTML"> +<!ENTITY useHtml.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY autoQuote.label "Самастойна цытаваць першапачатковы ліст у адказе"> +<!ENTITY autoQuote.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY aboveQuote.label "пачаць мой адказ над вытрымкаю"> +<!ENTITY belowQuote.label "пачаць мой адказ пад вытрымкаю"> +<!ENTITY selectAndQuote.label "вылучыць вытрымку"> +<!ENTITY place.label "і памясціць мой подпіс"> +<!ENTITY place.accesskey "м"> +<!ENTITY belowText.label "пад вытрымкаю (раіцца)"> +<!ENTITY aboveText.label "пад маім адказам (над вытрымкаю)"> +<!ENTITY includeSigOnReply.label "Уключаць подпіс у адказы"> +<!ENTITY includeSigOnReply.accesskey "а"> +<!ENTITY includeSigOnForward.label "Уключаць подпіс у перанакіраванні"> +<!ENTITY includeSigOnForward.accesskey "к"> + +<!ENTITY globalComposingPrefs.label "Агульныя перавагі ўкладання…"> +<!ENTITY globalComposingPrefs.accesskey "ў"> + +<!ENTITY globalAddressingPrefs.label "Агульныя перавагі адрасавання…"> +<!ENTITY globalAddressingPrefs.accesskey "а"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-advanced.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-advanced.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6a0033b862 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-advanced.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY smtpServer.label "Наладжванні выходнага паслугача (SMTP)"> +<!ENTITY smtpDescription.label "Падчас кіравання вашымі адметамі, вы можаце ўжыць паслугач з спіса, выбраць яго як Выходны Паслугач (SMTP), або скарыстацца змоўчным паслугачом з гэтага спісу, вылучыўшы "Ужыць змоўчны паслугач"."> + +<!ENTITY smtpListAdd.label "Дадаць…"> +<!ENTITY smtpListAdd.accesskey "д"> +<!ENTITY smtpListEdit.label "Правіць…"> +<!ENTITY smtpListEdit.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY smtpListDelete.label "Выдаліць"> +<!ENTITY smtpListDelete.accesskey "В"> +<!ENTITY smtpListSetDefault.label "Усталяваць як змоўчны"> +<!ENTITY smtpListSetDefault.accesskey "з"> + +<!ENTITY serverDescription.label "Апісанне:"> +<!ENTITY serverName.label "Назва паслугача:"> +<!ENTITY serverPort.label "Порт:"> +<!ENTITY userName.label "Імя карыстальніка:"> +<!ENTITY connectionSecurity.label "Бяспека злучэння:"> +<!ENTITY authMethod.label "Метад апазнавання:"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-archiveoptions.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-archiveoptions.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1d3c454124 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-archiveoptions.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from am-archiveoptions.xul --> + +<!ENTITY dialogTitle.label "Наладжванні архівацыі"> +<!ENTITY archiveGranularityPrefix.label "Пасля архівацыі змяшчаць лісты ў:"> +<!ENTITY archiveFlat.label "асобную папку"> +<!ENTITY archiveFlat.accesskey "а"> +<!ENTITY archiveYearly.label "гадавыя архіўныя папкі"> +<!ENTITY archiveYearly.accesskey "г"> +<!ENTITY archiveMonthly.label "месяцовыя архіўныя папкі"> +<!ENTITY archiveMonthly.accesskey "м"> +<!ENTITY keepFolderStructure.label "захоўваць структуру існых папак заархіваваных лістоў "> +<!ENTITY keepFolderStructure.accesskey "і"> +<!ENTITY archiveExample.label "Прыклад"> +<!ENTITY archiveFolderName.label "Архівы"> +<!ENTITY inboxFolderName.label "Атрыманыя"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-copies.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-copies.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..514922bd4f --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-copies.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from am-copies.xul --> + +<!ENTITY copyAndFolderTitle.label "Копіі і папкі"> +<!ENTITY sendingPrefix.label "Калі дасылаюцца лісты:"> +<!ENTITY fccMailFolder.label "Самастойна змясціць копію ў:"> +<!ENTITY fccMailFolder.accesskey "з"> +<!ENTITY fccReplyFollowsParent.label "Змяшчаць адказы ў папку ліста, на які даецца адказ"> +<!ENTITY fccReplyFollowsParent.accesskey "а"> +<!ENTITY ccAddress.label "Даслаць таксама на гэтыя адрасы (СА):"> +<!ENTITY ccAddress.accesskey "к"> +<!ENTITY ccAddressList.placeholder "Аддзяляць адрасы коскамі"> +<!ENTITY bccAddress.label "Дасылаць схаваныя копіі на гэтыя адрасы э-пошты:"> +<!ENTITY bccAddress.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY bccAddressList.placeholder "Аддзяляць адрасы коскамі"> +<!ENTITY saveMessageDlg.label "Паказваць дыялог пацвярджэння пасля захавання ліста"> +<!ENTITY saveMessageDlg.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY sentFolderOn.label "Папку "Дасланыя" ў:"> +<!ENTITY sentFolderOn.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY sentInOtherFolder.label "Іншай:"> +<!ENTITY sentInOtherFolder.accesskey "І"> +<!ENTITY archivesTitle.label "Архівы лістоў"> +<!ENTITY keepArchives.label "Трымаць архівы лістоў у:"> +<!ENTITY keepArchives.accesskey "Т"> +<!ENTITY archiveHierarchyButton.label "Наладжванні архівацыі…"> +<!ENTITY archiveHierarchyButton.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY archivesFolderOn.label "Папцы "Архівы" у:"> +<!ENTITY archivesFolderOn.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY archiveInOtherFolder.label "Іншай:"> +<!ENTITY archiveInOtherFolder.accesskey "І"> +<!ENTITY specialFolders.label "Чарнавікі і Ўзоры"> +<!ENTITY draftsFolderOn.label "Папцы "Чарнавікі" ў:"> +<!ENTITY draftsFolderOn.accesskey "Ч"> +<!ENTITY draftInOtherFolder.label "Іншай:"> +<!ENTITY draftInOtherFolder.accesskey "І"> +<!ENTITY keepTemplates.label "Трымаць узоры лістоў у:"> +<!ENTITY templatesFolderOn.label "Папцы "Узоры" ў:"> +<!ENTITY templatesFolderOn.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY templateInOtherFolder.label "Іншай:"> +<!ENTITY templateInOtherFolder.accesskey "І"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-identities-list.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-identities-list.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7844ba740c --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-identities-list.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY identitiesListManageDesc.label "Кіраваць адметамі гэтага рахунку. Змоўчна ўжываецца першая адмета."> +<!ENTITY identitiesListAdd.label "Дадаць…"> +<!ENTITY identitiesListAdd.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY identitiesListEdit.label "Правіць…"> +<!ENTITY identitiesListEdit.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY identitiesListDefault.label "Усталяваць як змоўчны"> +<!ENTITY identitiesListDefault.accesskey "з"> +<!ENTITY identitiesListDelete.label "Выдаліць"> +<!ENTITY identitiesListDelete.accesskey "В"> +<!ENTITY identitiesListClose.label "Зачыніць"> +<!ENTITY identitiesListClose.accesskey "ч"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-identity-edit.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-identity-edit.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9a47ef3bac --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-identity-edit.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY identityDialog.style "width: 85ch;"> +<!ENTITY identityListDesc.label "Наладжванні гэтай адметы:"> + +<!ENTITY settingsTab.label "Наладжванні"> +<!ENTITY copiesFoldersTab.label "Копіі і папкі"> +<!ENTITY addressingTab.label "Укладанне і адрасаванне"> + diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-junk.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-junk.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..404d5199da --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-junk.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY junkSettings.label "Наладжванні лухты"> +<!ENTITY trainingDescription.label "Калі дазволіце, вы спачатку мусіце натрэнаваць &brandShortName; вызначаць пошту-лухту з дапамогаю кнопкі Лухта на паліцы прыладаў для пазначэння лістоў лухтою ці не. Вы мусіце пазначаць і лісты-лухту, і не. Пасля гэтага &brandShortName; будзе здольны вызначаць лухту самастойна."> +<!ENTITY level.label "Дазволіць прыстасоўныя кіроўцы поштай-лухтой для гэтага рахунку"> +<!ENTITY level.accesskey "Д"> + +<!ENTITY move.label "Перамяшчаць новыя лісты-лухту ў:"> +<!ENTITY move.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY junkFolderOn.label "папку "Лухта" у:"> +<!ENTITY junkFolderOn.accesskey "у"> +<!ENTITY otherFolder.label "Іншую:"> +<!ENTITY otherFolder.accesskey "І"> +<!ENTITY purge1.label "Самастойна выдаляць лісты-лухту, старэйшыя чым"> +<!ENTITY purge1.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY purge2.label "дзён"> + +<!ENTITY whitelistHeader.label "Не пазначаць самастойна пошту лухтою, калі дасылальнік у:"> +<!ENTITY whitelistHeader.accesskey "Н"> + +<!ENTITY ispHeadersWarning.label "Калі дазволена, &brandShortName; пачне самастойна лічыць лісты, пазначаныя гэтым вонкавым класіфікатарам, лухтою."> +<!ENTITY ispHeaders.label "Давяраць загалоўкам, якія вызначаюць ліст як лухту, усталяваным:"> +<!ENTITY ispHeaders.accesskey "в"> + +<!ENTITY junkClassification.label "Вылучэнне"> +<!ENTITY junkActions.label "Прызначэнне і ўтрыманне"> + +<!ENTITY globalJunkPrefs.label "Агульныя перавагі вызначэння лухты…"> +<!ENTITY globalJunkPrefs.accesskey "л"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-main.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-main.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6b55bdcd2f --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-main.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from am-main.xul --> + +<!ENTITY accountTitle.label "Наладжванні рахунку"> +<!ENTITY accountName.label "Назва рахунку:"> +<!ENTITY accountName.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY identityTitle.label "Змоўчная адмета"> +<!ENTITY identityDesc.label "Кожны рахунак мае адмету, або звесткі, якія іншыя людзі бачаць, калі чытаюць вашы лісты."> +<!ENTITY name.label "Ваша імя:"> +<!ENTITY name.accesskey "І"> +<!ENTITY email.label "Адрас э-пошты:"> +<!ENTITY email.accesskey "Э"> +<!ENTITY replyTo.label "Зваротны адрас:"> +<!ENTITY replyTo.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY replyTo.placeholder "Атрымальнікі будуць адказваць на гэты адрас"> +<!ENTITY organization.label "Установа:"> +<!ENTITY organization.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY signatureText.label "Тэкст подпісу:"> +<!ENTITY signatureText.accesskey "п"> +<!ENTITY signatureHtml.label "Ужываць HTML"> +<!ENTITY signatureHtml.accesskey "ж"> +<!ENTITY signatureFile.label "Ужываць замест подпіс з файла (тэкст, HTML або выява):"> +<!ENTITY signatureFile.accesskey "ф"> +<!ENTITY choose.label "Выбраць…"> +<!ENTITY choose.accesskey "В"> +<!ENTITY editVCard.label "Рэдагаваць картку…"> +<!ENTITY editVCard.accesskey "К"> +<!ENTITY attachVCard.label "Далучаць маю vCard да лістоў"> +<!ENTITY attachVCard.accesskey "v"> + +<!ENTITY manageIdentities.label "Кіраваць адметамі…"> +<!ENTITY manageIdentities.accesskey "а"> + +<!ENTITY smtpName.label "Выходны паслугач (SMTP):"> +<!ENTITY smtpName.accesskey "В"> +<!ENTITY smtpDefaultServer.label "Ужываць змоўчны паслугач:"> + diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-mdn.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-mdn.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fe5fa8a3d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-mdn.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pane.title "Квіткі атрымання"> +<!ENTITY useGlobalPrefs.label "Карыстацца маімі агульнымі перавагамі квіткоў атрымання для гэтага рахунку"> +<!ENTITY useGlobalPrefs.accesskey "г"> +<!ENTITY globalReceipts.label "Агульныя перавагі…"> +<!ENTITY globalReceipts.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY useCustomPrefs.label "Наладжванне квіткоў атрымання для гэтага рахунку"> +<!ENTITY useCustomPrefs.accesskey "л"> +<!ENTITY requestReceipt.label "Калі дасылаюцца лісты, заўсёды патрабаваць квіток атрымання "> +<!ENTITY requestReceipt.accesskey "К"> +<!ENTITY receiptArrive.label "Калі прыбывае квіток:"> +<!ENTITY leaveIt.label "Пакінуць яго ў маёй папцы Атрыманыя"> +<!ENTITY leaveIt.accesskey "і"> +<!ENTITY moveToSent.label "Змясціць яго ў маю папку "Дасланыя""> +<!ENTITY moveToSent.accesskey "м"> +<!ENTITY requestMDN.label "Калі я атрымліваю патрабаванне квітка атрымання:"> +<!ENTITY returnSome.label "Дазволіць квіткі атрымання для асобных лістоў"> +<!ENTITY returnSome.accesskey "а"> +<!ENTITY never.label "Ніколі не дасылаць квіток атрымання"> +<!ENTITY never.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY notInToCc.label "Калі я не ў Да ці Са ліста:"> +<!ENTITY notInToCc.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY outsideDomain.label "Калі адпраўнік па-за маім даменам:"> +<!ENTITY outsideDomain.accesskey "д"> +<!ENTITY otherCases.label "У іншых выпадках:"> +<!ENTITY otherCases.accesskey "ш"> +<!ENTITY askMe.label "Пытацца мяне"> +<!ENTITY alwaysSend.label "Заўсёды дасылаць"> +<!ENTITY neverSend.label "Ніколі не дасылаць"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-mdn.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-mdn.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..08ce0416a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-mdn.properties @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +prefPanel-mdn = Квіткі атрымання diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-offline.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-offline.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ab17f4a272 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-offline.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY doNotDownloadPop3Movemail.label "Каб захаваць дыскавую прастору, не загружаць:"> +<!ENTITY doNotDownloadNntp.label "Каб захаваць дыскавую прастору, не загружаць для карыстання па-за сеткаю:"> +<!ENTITY doNotDownloadImap.label "Каб захаваць дыскавую прастору, сцягванне лістоў з паслугача і ўтрымліванне мясцовых падвояў для пазасеткавага карыстання можа быць абмежавана па ўзросту або памеру."> +<!ENTITY offlineNotDownload.label "Лісты, большыя чым"> +<!ENTITY offlineNotDownload.accesskey "б"> +<!ENTITY autosyncNotDownload.label "Не сцягваць лісты, большыя чым"> +<!ENTITY autosyncNotDownload.accesskey "л"> +<!ENTITY kb.label "КБ"> +<!ENTITY daysOld.label "дзён"> +<!ENTITY message.label "апошніх лістоў"> +<!ENTITY nntpNotDownloadRead.label "Прачытаныя лісты"> +<!ENTITY nntpNotDownloadRead.accesskey "ч"> +<!ENTITY nntpDownloadMsg.label "Лісты, якім болей, чым"> +<!ENTITY nntpDownloadMsg.accesskey "і"> +<!ENTITY retentionCleanup.label "Каб вызваліць месца на дыску, старыя лісты можна выдаліць назаўсёды."> +<!ENTITY retentionCleanupImap.label "Каб вызваліць месца на дыску, старыя лісты можна выдаліць назаўсёды, разам мясцовыя копіі і іх першакрыніцы на адлеглым паслугачы."> +<!ENTITY retentionCleanupPop.label "Каб вызваліць месца на дыску, старыя лісты можна выдаліць назаўсёды, разам з іх першакрыніцамі на адлеглым паслугачы."> +<!ENTITY retentionKeepMsg.label "Выдаліць лісты, якім больш за"> +<!ENTITY retentionKeepMsg.accesskey "з"> +<!ENTITY retentionKeepAll.label "Не выдаляць ніякіх лістоў"> +<!ENTITY retentionKeepAll.accesskey "н"> +<!ENTITY retentionKeepRecent.label "Выдаліць усе, акрамя самых апошніх"> +<!ENTITY retentionKeepRecent.accesskey "у"> +<!ENTITY retentionApplyToFlagged.label "Заўсёды захоўваць лісты з сцяжкамі"> +<!ENTITY retentionApplyToFlagged.accesskey "ў"> +<!ENTITY nntpRemoveMsgBody.label "Выдаліць целы лістоў, якім болей, чым "> +<!ENTITY nntpRemoveMsgBody.accesskey "ц"> +<!ENTITY offlineSelectNntp.label "Вылучыць навінакупы для карыстання па-за сеткаю…"> +<!ENTITY offlineSelectNntp.accesskey "с"> +<!ENTITY offlineImapAdvancedOffline.label "Пашыраны…"> +<!ENTITY offlineImapAdvancedOffline.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY syncGroupTitle.label "Сінхранізацыя лістоў"> +<!ENTITY diskspaceGroupTitle.label "Дыскавая прастора"> + +<!ENTITY allAutosync.label "Сінхранізаваць усе лісты незалежна ад узросту"> +<!ENTITY allAutosync.accesskey "с"> +<!ENTITY ageAutosyncBefore.label "Сінхранізаваць найбольш новыя"> +<!ENTITY ageAutosync.accesskey "й"> +<!ENTITY ageAutosyncMiddle.label ""> +<!ENTITY dayAgeInterval.label "Дзён"> +<!ENTITY weekAgeInterval.label "Тыдняў"> +<!ENTITY monthAgeInterval.label "Месяцаў"> +<!ENTITY yearAgeInterval.label "Гадоў"> +<!ENTITY ageAutosyncAfter.label ""> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-server-advanced.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-server-advanced.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d9c2422a56 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-server-advanced.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY serverAdvanced.label "Пашыраныя наладжванні рахунку"> +<!ENTITY serverDirectory.label "Дырэкторыя паслугача IMAP:"> +<!ENTITY serverDirectory.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY usingSubscription.label "Паказваць толькі падпісаныя папкі"> +<!ENTITY usingSubscription.accesskey "ц"> +<!ENTITY dualUseFolders.label "Паслугач падтрымлівае папкі, якія змяшчаюць падпапкі і лісты"> +<!ENTITY dualUseFolders.accesskey "п"> +<!ENTITY maximumConnectionsNumber.label "Найбольшы лік злучэнняў паслугача з запаснікам"> +<!ENTITY maximumConnectionsNumber.accesskey "а"> +<!ENTITY namespaceDesc.label "Гэтыя перавагі вызначаюць назвапрасторы на вашым паслугачы IMAP"> +<!ENTITY personalNamespace.label "Асабістая назвапрастора:"> +<!ENTITY personalNamespace.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY publicNamespace.label "Публічныя (супольныя):"> +<!ENTITY publicNamespace.accesskey "у"> +<!ENTITY otherUsersNamespace.label "Іншыя карыстальнікі:"> +<!ENTITY otherUsersNamespace.accesskey "І"> +<!ENTITY overrideNamespaces.label "Дазволіць паслугачу адхіляць гэтыя назвапрасторы"> +<!ENTITY overrideNamespaces.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY deferToServer.label "Папка Атрыманыя іншага рахунку"> +<!ENTITY deferToServer.accesskey "і"> +<!ENTITY deferGetNewMail.label "Уключаць гэты паслугач падчас атрымання новай пошты"> +<!ENTITY deferGetNewMail.accesskey "У"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-server-top.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-server-top.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4be725969c --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-server-top.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY messageStorage.label "Сховішча лістоў"> +<!ENTITY securitySettings.label "Наладжванні бяспекі"> +<!ENTITY serverSettings.label "Наладжванні паслугача"> +<!ENTITY serverType.label "Тып паслугача:"> +<!ENTITY serverName.label "Назва паслугача:"> +<!ENTITY serverName.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY userName.label "Імя карыстальніка:"> +<!ENTITY userName.accesskey "і"> +<!ENTITY port.label "Порт:"> +<!ENTITY port.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY serverPortDefault.label "Змоўчны:"> +<!ENTITY biffStart.label "Правяраць, ці існуюць новыя лісты, кожныя"> +<!ENTITY biffStart.accesskey "а"> +<!ENTITY biffEnd.label "хвілінаў"> +<!ENTITY connectionSecurity.label "Бяспека злучэння:"> +<!ENTITY connectionSecurity.accesskey "Б"> +<!ENTITY connectionSecurityType-0.label "Няма"> +<!ENTITY connectionSecurityType-1.label "STARTTLS, калі даступна"> +<!ENTITY connectionSecurityType-2.label "STARTTLS"> +<!ENTITY connectionSecurityType-3.label "SSL/TLS"> +<!ENTITY authMethod.label "Метад апазнавання:"> +<!ENTITY authMethod.accesskey "з"> +<!ENTITY leaveOnServer.label "Пакідаць лісты на паслугачы"> +<!ENTITY leaveOnServer.accesskey "п"> +<!ENTITY headersOnly.label "Атрымліваць толькі загалоўкі"> +<!ENTITY headersOnly.accesskey "т"> +<!ENTITY deleteByAgeFromServer.label "Не болей чым на"> +<!ENTITY deleteByAgeFromServer.accesskey "ч"> +<!ENTITY daysEnd.label "дзён"> +<!ENTITY deleteOnServer2.label "Пакуль я не выдалю іх"> +<!ENTITY deleteOnServer2.accesskey "д"> +<!ENTITY downloadOnBiff.label "Самастойна загружаць новыя лісты"> +<!ENTITY downloadOnBiff.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY deleteMessagePrefix.label "Калі я выдаляю ліст:"> +<!ENTITY modelMoveToTrash.label "Перамясціць яго ў гэтую папку:"> +<!ENTITY modelMoveToTrash.accesskey "ў"> +<!ENTITY modelMarkDeleted.label "Пазначыць яго выдаленым"> +<!ENTITY modelMarkDeleted.accesskey "д"> +<!ENTITY modelDeleteImmediately.label "Выдаліць яго неадкладна"> +<!ENTITY modelDeleteImmediately.accesskey "н"> +<!ENTITY expungeOnExit.label "Прыбраць ("Знішчыць") папку Атрыманыя перад выхадам"> +<!ENTITY expungeOnExit.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY emptyTrashOnExit.label "Выкідаць смецце перад выхадам"> +<!ENTITY emptyTrashOnExit.accesskey "ы"> +<!ENTITY loginAtStartup.label "Правяраць, ці ёсць новыя лісты, пасля запуску"> +<!ENTITY loginAtStartup.accesskey "у"> +<!ENTITY maxMessagesStart.label "Пытацца мяне перад загрузкай больш чым"> +<!ENTITY maxMessagesStart.accesskey "а"> +<!ENTITY maxMessagesEnd.label "лістоў"> +<!ENTITY alwaysAuthenticate.label "Заўсёды патрабаваць апазнаванне ў час злучэння з гэтым паслугачом"> +<!ENTITY alwaysAuthenticate.accesskey "ў"> +<!ENTITY newsrcFilePath.label "файл newsrc:"> +<!ENTITY newsrcPicker.label "Выбраць файл newsrc"> +<!ENTITY abbreviate.label "Паказваць назвы навінакупаў у шыбе паштовай папкі як:"> +<!ENTITY abbreviateOn.label "Цэлыя назвы (Напрыклад, 'netscape.public.mozilla.mail-news')"> +<!ENTITY abbreviateOff.label "Скарочаныя назвы (Напрыклад, 'n.p.m.mail-news')"> +<!ENTITY advancedButton.label "Пашыраны…"> +<!ENTITY advancedButton.accesskey "ш"> +<!ENTITY localPath.label "Мясцовая дырэкторыя:"> +<!ENTITY localFolderPicker.label "Вылучыць мясцовую дырэкторыю"> +<!ENTITY browseFolder.label "Агляд…"> +<!ENTITY browseFolder.accesskey "г"> +<!ENTITY browseNewsrc.label "Агляд…"> +<!ENTITY browseNewsrc.accesskey "г"> + +<!ENTITY accountTitle.label "Наладжванні рахунку"> +<!ENTITY accountSettingsDesc.label "Гэта адмысловы рахунак. Няма адметаў, злучаных з ім."> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-serverwithnoidentities.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-serverwithnoidentities.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d7aee4b3a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/am-serverwithnoidentities.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY accountName.label "Назва рахунку:"> +<!ENTITY accountName.accesskey "Н"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/mailPrefsOverlay.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/mailPrefsOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..76a481a7d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/mailPrefsOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY mail.label "Пошта і Навінакупы"> +<!ENTITY mail.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY addressbook.label "Адрасная кніга"> +<!ENTITY addressbook.accesskey "А"> + +<!ENTITY viewingMessages.label "Адлюстраванне лістоў"> +<!ENTITY notifications.label "Апавяшчэнне"> +<!ENTITY composingMessages.label "Укладанне"> +<!ENTITY format.label "Фармат дасылання"> +<!ENTITY address.label "Адрасаванне"> +<!ENTITY junk.label "Лухта і падазроная пошта"> +<!ENTITY tags.label "Меткі"> +<!ENTITY return.label "Квіткі атрымання"> +<!ENTITY networkStorage.label "Сетка і захоўванне"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-addressing.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-addressing.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d2f3620179 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-addressing.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.addressing.title "Адрасаванне"> +<!ENTITY emailCollectiontitle.label "Збіранне адрасоў э-пошты"> +<!ENTITY emailCollectionPicker.label "Дадаваць адрасы э-пошты ў маю:"> +<!ENTITY emailCollectionPicker.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY emailCollectiontext.label "Адрасы э-пошты з выходных лістоў могуць самастойна дадавацца ў мясцовую адрасную кнігу."> + +<!ENTITY addressingTitle.label "Самазавяршэнне адрасоў"> +<!ENTITY highlightNonMatches.label "Падфарбоўваць адрасы, якія нельга самазавяршыць"> +<!ENTITY highlightNonMatches.accesskey "ф"> +<!ENTITY addressingEnable.label "Мясцовых адрасных кнігах"> +<!ENTITY addressingEnable.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY autocompleteText.label "Калі адрасуюцца лісты, шукаць адпаведныя запісы ў:"> +<!ENTITY directories.label "Паслугачы дырэкторыяў:"> +<!ENTITY directories.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY directoriesNone.label "Няма"> +<!ENTITY editDirectories.label "Рэдагаваць дырэкторыі…"> +<!ENTITY editDirectories.accesskey "Р"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-character_encoding.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-character_encoding.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..87c3d2565e --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-character_encoding.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY messageDisplay.caption "Адлюстраванне лістоў"> +<!ENTITY viewFallbackCharset.desc "(Ужываецца для састарэлага змесціва, якое не вызначае сваю кадоўку)"> + +<!ENTITY composingMessages.caption "Укладанне лістоў"> +<!ENTITY useMIME.label "Ужываць MIME кадоўку 'quoted printable' для лістоў, якія змяшчаюць 8-бітавыя знакі. Пакіньце неадзначанай, каб дасылаць лісты як ёсць."> +<!ENTITY useMIME.accesskey "У"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-composing_messages.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-composing_messages.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..99a2135de4 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-composing_messages.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.composing.messages.title "Укладанне"> +<!ENTITY generalComposing.label "Агульныя"> +<!ENTITY forwardMsg.label "Накіроўваць лісты:"> +<!ENTITY inline.label "Усярэдзіне"> +<!ENTITY inline.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY asAttachment.label "Як далучэнне"> +<!ENTITY asAttachment.accesskey "Д"> + +<!ENTITY replyQuoteInline.label "Зрабіць вытрымку з бачных унутры далучэнняў у адказах"> +<!ENTITY replyQuoteInline.accesskey "в"> +<!ENTITY warnOnSendAccelKey.label "Сцвердзіць дасыланне ліста, калі яно выклікана клавіятурным выклічнікам "> +<!ENTITY warnOnSendAccelKey.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY autoSave.label "Самастойна захоўваць ліст кожныя"> +<!ENTITY autoSave.accesskey "а"> +<!ENTITY autoSaveEnd.label "хвілінаў"> +<!ENTITY wrapOutMsg.label "Загінаць радкі простатэкставых лістоў пасля"> +<!ENTITY wrapOutMsg.accesskey "г"> +<!ENTITY char.label "знакаў"> + +<!ENTITY defaultMessagesHeader.label "Змоўчкі для HTML лістоў"> +<!ENTITY font.label "Шрыфт:"> +<!ENTITY font.accesskey "Ш"> +<!ENTITY size.label "Памер:"> +<!ENTITY size.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY fontColor.label "Тэкст:"> +<!ENTITY fontColor.accesskey "Т"> +<!ENTITY bgColor.label "Фон:"> +<!ENTITY bgColor.accesskey "Ф"> + +<!ENTITY selectHeaderType.label "Выберыце тып загалоўка адказу:"> +<!ENTITY selectHeaderType.accesskey "б"> +<!ENTITY noReplyOption.label "Без загалоўка адказу"> +<!ENTITY authorWroteOption.label "[Аўтар] напісаў:"> +<!ENTITY onDateAuthorWroteOption.label "[дата] [аўтар] напісаў:"> +<!ENTITY authorWroteOnDateOption.label "[Аўтар] напісаў [дата]:"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-directory-add.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-directory-add.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4d5608a59a --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-directory-add.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY directoryName.label "Назва:"> +<!ENTITY directoryName.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY directoryHostname.label "Назва трымальніка:"> +<!ENTITY directoryHostname.accesskey "а"> +<!ENTITY directoryBaseDN.label "Базавая адрозная назва:"> +<!ENTITY directoryBaseDN.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY findButton.label "Знайсці"> +<!ENTITY findButton.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY directorySecure.label "Ужываць бяспечнае злучэнне (SSL)"> +<!ENTITY directorySecure.accesskey "ж"> +<!ENTITY directoryLogin.label "Адрозная назва прывязкі:"> +<!ENTITY directoryLogin.accesskey "р"> +<!ENTITY General.tab "Агульныя"> +<!ENTITY Offline.tab "Па-за сеткаю"> +<!ENTITY Advanced.tab "Пашыраны"> +<!ENTITY portNumber.label "Нумар порта:"> +<!ENTITY portNumber.accesskey "п"> +<!ENTITY searchFilter.label "Сіта пошуку:"> +<!ENTITY searchFilter.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY scope.label "Ахоп: "> +<!ENTITY scope.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY scopeOneLevel.label "Адзін узровень"> +<!ENTITY scopeOneLevel.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY scopeSubtree.label "Паддрэва"> +<!ENTITY scopeSubtree.accesskey "д"> +<!ENTITY return.label "Не вяртаць болей чым"> +<!ENTITY return.accesskey "в"> +<!ENTITY results.label "вынікаў"> +<!ENTITY offlineText.label "Вы можаце загрузіць мясцовую копію гэтай дырэкторыі, таму яна будзе даступнаю для ўжывання пад час працы па-за сеткаю."> +<!ENTITY saslMechanism.label "Метад уваходу:"> +<!ENTITY saslMechanism.accesskey "М"> +<!ENTITY saslOff.label "Просты"> +<!ENTITY saslOff.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY saslGSSAPI.label "Kerberos (GSSAPI)"> +<!ENTITY saslGSSAPI.accesskey "K"> + +<!ENTITY newDirectoryWidth "42em"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-directory.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-directory.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..96779eacda --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-directory.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.ldap.window.title "Паслугачы дырэкторыяў LDAP"> +<!ENTITY directories.label "Паслугач дырэкторыяў LDAP:"> +<!ENTITY directoriesText.label "Выбраць паслугач дырэкторыяў LDAP:"> +<!ENTITY directoriesText.accesskey "В"> +<!ENTITY addDirectory.label "Дадаць"> +<!ENTITY addDirectory.accesskey "а"> +<!ENTITY editDirectory.label "Праўка"> +<!ENTITY editDirectory.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY deleteDirectory.label "Выдаліць"> +<!ENTITY deleteDirectory.accesskey "д"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-formatting.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-formatting.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..78d6c59169 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-formatting.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.formatting.title "Фармат дасылання"> +<!ENTITY sendMaildesc.label "Калі дасылаюцца фарматаваныя лісты (HTML) і адзін ці болей атрымальнікаў не пералічаны як здольныя атрымліваць HTML:"> +<!ENTITY askMe.label "Спытаць мяне, што зрабіць (Пошта прапануе вам выбраць фармат)"> +<!ENTITY askMe.accesskey "п"> + +<!ENTITY domain.title "Дамены HTML і простага тэксту"> +<!ENTITY domaindesc.label "Калі вы дасылаеце ліст на адрас з аднаго з даменаў, пералічаных ніжэй, Пошта самастойна дасылае ліст у пажаданым фармаце (фарматаваны або просты тэкст)."> +<!ENTITY HTMLdomaintitle.label "HTML дамены"> +<!ENTITY HTMLdomaintitle.accesskey "M"> +<!ENTITY PlainTexttitle.label "Дамены простага тэксту"> +<!ENTITY PlainTexttitle.accesskey "п"> +<!ENTITY AddButton.label "Дадаць…"> +<!ENTITY AddHtmlDomain.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY AddPlainText.accesskey "а"> +<!ENTITY DeleteButton.label "Выдаліць"> +<!ENTITY DeleteHtmlDomain.accesskey "ы"> +<!ENTITY DeletePlainText.accesskey "л"> + +<!ENTITY add.htmltitle "Дадаць назву HTML дамену"> +<!ENTITY add.htmldomain "Назва HTML дамену:"> +<!ENTITY add.plaintexttitle "Дадаць назву дамену простага тэксту"> +<!ENTITY add.plaintextdomain "Назва дамену простага тэксту:"> + +<!ENTITY domainnameError.title "Памылка назвы дамену"> +<!ENTITY invalidEntryError.label "Назва дамену @string@ няспраўная і будзе ігнаравацца. Спраўныя назвы даменаў павінны ўключаць прынамсі адну '.' і знакі з таго ці іншага яе боку."> + diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-junk.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-junk.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..727f7477d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-junk.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.junk.title "Лухта і падазроная пошта"> +<!ENTITY junkSettings.caption "Агульныя наладжванні пошты-лухты"> +<!ENTITY junkMail.intro "Перайдзіце ў наладжванні рахунку, каб зрабіць асаблівыя наладжванні паштовай лухты."> + +<!ENTITY manualMark.label "Калі я пазначаю лісты як лухту:"> +<!ENTITY manualMark.accesskey "К"> +<!ENTITY manualMarkModeMove.label "Перамясціць іх у папку "Лухта" рахунку"> +<!ENTITY manualMarkModeMove.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY manualMarkModeDelete.label "Выдаліць іх"> +<!ENTITY manualMarkModeDelete.accesskey "д"> + +<!ENTITY markAsRead.intro "Пазначыць лісты прачытанымі:"> +<!ENTITY autoMarkAsRead.label "Калі &brandShortName; выяўляе, што яны лухта"> +<!ENTITY autoMarkAsRead.accesskey "а"> +<!ENTITY manualMarkAsRead.label "Калі я ўручную пазначаю іх лухтою"> +<!ENTITY manualMarkAsRead.accesskey "р"> + +<!ENTITY enableJunkLogging.label "Дазволіць метрыку сіта лухты"> +<!ENTITY enableJunkLogging.accesskey "м"> +<!ENTITY openJunkLog.label "Паказаць метрыку"> +<!ENTITY openJunkLog.accesskey "е"> +<!ENTITY resetTrainingData.label "Скінуць вывучаныя даныя"> +<!ENTITY resetTrainingData.accesskey "С"> + +<!ENTITY pref.suspectMail.caption "Падазроная пошта"> + +<!ENTITY pref.phishing.caption "Э-паштовыя ашукі"> +<!ENTITY enablePhishingDetector.label "Папярэджваць мяне, калі ліст, які я чытаю, падазраецца як э-паштовая ашука"> +<!ENTITY enablePhishingDetector.accesskey "я"> + +<!ENTITY pref.antivirus.caption "Антывірус"> +<!ENTITY antiVirus.label "Дазволіць антывірусам правяраць уваходныя лісты больш проста"> +<!ENTITY antiVirus.accesskey "Д"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-mailnews.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-mailnews.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..910bb78b88 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-mailnews.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.mailnews.title "Пошта і Навінакупы"> +<!ENTITY generalSettings.caption "Агульныя наладжванні"> +<!ENTITY confirmMove.label "Пацвярджаць перамяшчэнне папак у Смецце"> +<!ENTITY confirmMove.accesskey "с"> +<!ENTITY preserveThreading.label "Не парушаць нізкі падчас размеркавання лістоў"> +<!ENTITY preserveThreading.accesskey "н"> +<!ENTITY mailBiffOnNewWindow.label "Правяраць, ці існуе новая пошта, толькі пасля адкрыцця Пошты і Навінакупаў"> +<!ENTITY mailBiffOnNewWindow.accesskey "т"> + +<!ENTITY messengerStartPage.caption "Пачатковая старонка пошты"> +<!ENTITY enableStartPage.label "Паказваць пачатковую старонку ў абсягу ліста, калі Пошта запускаецца"> +<!ENTITY enableStartPage.accesskey "к"> +<!ENTITY location.label "Месцазнаходжанне:"> +<!ENTITY location.accesskey "М"> +<!ENTITY useDefault.label "Аднавіць змоўчную"> +<!ENTITY useDefault.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY rememberLastMsg.label "Памятаць апошні вылучаны ліст"> +<!ENTITY rememberLastMsg.accesskey "П"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-notifications.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-notifications.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..be5fb26b9f --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-notifications.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.notifications.title "Апавяшчэнні"> +<!ENTITY notifications.caption "Апавяшчэнні"> +<!ENTITY newMessagesArrive.label "Калі прыбываюць новыя лісты:"> + +<!-- LOCALIZATION NOTE: (showAlertFor.label, showAlertTimeEnd.label) + showAlertFor.label is associated with the checkbox to show the alert, + leading into a numerical field to enter a time in seconds, followed by + showAlertTimeEnd.label which in en-US is the unit of the value --> + +<!ENTITY showAlertFor.label "Паказаць папярэджанне для"> +<!ENTITY showAlertFor.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY showAlertTimeEnd.label "секундаў"> + +<!ENTITY showAlertPreviewText.label "Паказваць перадпрагляд тэксту ліста"> +<!ENTITY showAlertPreviewText.accesskey "л"> +<!ENTITY showAlertSubject.label "Паказваць тэму"> +<!ENTITY showAlertSubject.accesskey "т"> +<!ENTITY showAlertSender.label "Паказваць адпраўніка"> +<!ENTITY showAlertSender.accesskey "а"> + +<!ENTITY showTrayIcon.label "Паказаць значок у латку"> +<!ENTITY showTrayIcon.accesskey "л"> +<!ENTITY showBalloon.label "Паказваць капшук папярэджання"> +<!ENTITY showBalloon.accesskey "к"> +<!ENTITY bounceSystemDockIcon.label "Ажывіць значок"> +<!ENTITY bounceSystemDockIcon.accesskey "А"> + +<!ENTITY playSound.label "Прайграць гук"> +<!ENTITY playSound.accesskey "г"> +<!ENTITY playButton.label "Граць"> +<!ENTITY playButton.accesskey "Г"> +<!ENTITY systemsound.label "Сістэмны гук новай пошты"> +<!ENTITY systemsound.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY customsound.label "Выбарачны файл .wav"> +<!ENTITY customsound.accesskey "В"> +<!ENTITY browse.label "Агляд…"> +<!ENTITY browse.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY browse.title "Выбраць файл"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-offline.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-offline.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2ff37e16e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-offline.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!-- extracted from content/pref-offline.xul --> + +<!ENTITY pref.network.title "Сетка і захоўванне"> +<!ENTITY pref.offline.caption "Па-за сеткай"> +<!ENTITY textStartUp "Пры запуску:"> +<!ENTITY textStartUp.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY menuitemRememberPrevState "Памятаць папярэдні сеткавы статус"> +<!ENTITY menuitemAskMe "Пры запуску спытаць мяне, ці ўваходзіць у сетку"> +<!ENTITY menuitemAlwaysOnline "Заўсёды ўваходзіць у сетку пры запуску"> +<!ENTITY menuitemAlwaysOffline "Ніколі не ўваходзіць у сетку пры запуску"> +<!ENTITY menuitemAutomatic "Вызначаць самастойна (калі даступна)"> +<!ENTITY textGoingOnline "Адаслаць неадпраўленыя лісты пасля ўвахода ў сетку?"> +<!ENTITY radioAutoSend "Так"> +<!ENTITY radioAutoSend.accesskey "Т"> +<!ENTITY radioNotSend "Не"> +<!ENTITY radioNotSend.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY radioAskUnsent "Спытаць мяне"> +<!ENTITY radioAskUnsent.accesskey "ы"> +<!ENTITY textGoingOffline "Загружаць лісты для карыстання па-за сеткаю перад адлучэннем ад сеткі?"> +<!ENTITY radioAutoDownload "Так"> +<!ENTITY radioAutoDownload.accesskey "а"> +<!ENTITY radioNotDownload "Не"> +<!ENTITY radioNotDownload.accesskey "е"> +<!ENTITY radioAskDownload "Спытаць мяне"> +<!ENTITY radioAskDownload.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY mailConnections.caption "Паштовыя злучэнні"> +<!ENTITY mailnewsTimeout.label "Часаспын злучэння:"> +<!ENTITY mailnewsTimeout.accesskey "Ч"> +<!ENTITY mailnewsTimeoutSeconds.label "секундаў"> +<!ENTITY Diskspace "Дыскавая прастора"> +<!ENTITY offlineCompactFolders.label "Ушчыльняць усе папкі, калі я захоўваю больш"> +<!ENTITY offlineCompactFolders.accesskey "У"> +<!ENTITY offlineCompactFoldersMB.label "МБ"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-receipts.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-receipts.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..320278292b --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-receipts.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.receipts.title "Квіткі атрымання"> +<!ENTITY prefReceipts.caption "Квіткі атрымання"> +<!ENTITY requestReceipt.label "Заўсёды патрабаваць квіток атрымання, калі дасылаецца ліст"> +<!ENTITY requestReceipt.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY receiptArrive.label "Калі прыбывае квіток:"> +<!ENTITY leaveIt.label "Пакінуць яго ў маёй папцы Атрыманыя"> +<!ENTITY leaveIt.accesskey "п"> +<!ENTITY moveToSent.label "Перамясціць яго ў маю папку "Дасланыя""> +<!ENTITY moveToSent.accesskey "м"> +<!ENTITY requestMDN.label "Калі я атрымліваю патрабаванне квітка атрымання:"> +<!ENTITY returnSome.label "Дазволіць квіток атрымання для асобных лістоў"> +<!ENTITY returnSome.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY never.label "Ніколі не дасылаць квіток атрымання"> +<!ENTITY never.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY notInToCc.label "Калі я не ў Да ці Са ліста:"> +<!ENTITY notInToCc.accesskey "н"> +<!ENTITY outsideDomain.label "Калі адпраўнік па-за маім даменам:"> +<!ENTITY outsideDomain.accesskey "д"> +<!ENTITY otherCases.label "Ва ўсіх іншых выпадках:"> +<!ENTITY otherCases.accesskey "і"> +<!ENTITY askMe.label "Спытаць мяне"> +<!ENTITY alwaysSend.label "Заўсёды дасылаць"> +<!ENTITY neverSend.label "Ніколі не дасылаць"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-tags.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-tags.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0febad832a --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-tags.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.tags.title "Меткі"> +<!ENTITY pref.tags.caption "Наладжванне метак"> +<!ENTITY pref.tags.description "Меціны могуць ужывацца для размеркавання вашых лістоў па катэгорыям і надання ім прыярытэтаў. Змяняйце выгляд і важнасць мецінаў з дапамогаю наладжванняў унізе. Меціны ўгары важнейшыя за меціны ўнізе."> +<!ENTITY tagColumn.label "Метка"> +<!ENTITY colorColumn.label "Колер"> +<!ENTITY defaultTagName.label "Метка без загалоўка"> +<!ENTITY addTagButton.label "Дадаць"> +<!ENTITY addTagButton.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY deleteTagButton.label "Выдаліць"> +<!ENTITY deleteTagButton.accesskey "ы"> +<!ENTITY raiseTagButton.label "Павялічыць важнасць"> +<!ENTITY raiseTagButton.accesskey "в"> +<!ENTITY lowerTagButton.label "Паменшыць важнасць"> +<!ENTITY lowerTagButton.accesskey "м"> +<!ENTITY restoreButton.label "Аднавіць змоўчныя"> +<!ENTITY restoreButton.accesskey "А"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-viewing_messages.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-viewing_messages.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dc4d537e1f --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/pref-viewing_messages.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY pref.viewing.messages.title "Адлюстраванне лістоў"> +<!ENTITY style.label "Стыль:"> +<!ENTITY style.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY regular.label "Звычайны"> +<!ENTITY bold.label "Выразны"> +<!ENTITY italic.label "Рукапісны"> +<!ENTITY boldItalic.label "Выразны рукапісны"> +<!ENTITY size.label "Памер:"> +<!ENTITY size.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY bigger.label "Большы"> +<!ENTITY smaller.label "Меншы"> +<!ENTITY color.label "Колер:"> +<!ENTITY color.accesskey "К"> +<!ENTITY displayPlainText.caption "Простатэкставыя лісты"> +<!ENTITY fontPlainText.label "Шрыфт:"> +<!ENTITY fontPlainText.accesskey "Ш"> +<!ENTITY displayQuoted.label "Наладжванні лістоў-вытрымак:"> +<!ENTITY wrapInMsg.label "Загінаць тэкст, каб змяшчаўся ў шырыні акна"> +<!ENTITY wrapInMsg.accesskey "г"> +<!ENTITY convertEmoticons.label "Адлюстроўваць пачуццезнакі графічна"> +<!ENTITY convertEmoticons.accesskey "ч"> +<!ENTITY generalMessageDisplay.caption "Агульныя"> +<!ENTITY autoMarkAsRead.label "Самастойна пазначаць лісты прачытанымі"> +<!ENTITY autoMarkAsRead.accesskey "ч"> +<!ENTITY markAsReadAfter.label "Толькі пасля адлюстравання на працягу"> +<!ENTITY markAsReadAfter.accesskey "п"> +<!ENTITY secondsLabel.label "секундаў"> + +<!ENTITY openingMessages.label "Калі лісты адчыняюцца, адлюстроўваць іх у:"> +<!ENTITY newWindowRadio.label "Новым акне лістоў"> +<!ENTITY newWindowRadio.accesskey "н"> +<!ENTITY existingWindowRadio.label "Існым акне лістоў"> +<!ENTITY existingWindowRadio.accesskey "І"> +<!ENTITY disableContent.label "Затрымліваць выявы і іншае змесціва з адлеглых крыніцаў"> +<!ENTITY disableContent.accesskey "З"> +<!ENTITY showCondensedAddresses.label "Паказваць толькі адлюстроўнае імя для людзей з маёй адраснай кнігі"> +<!ENTITY showCondensedAddresses.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY closeMsgWindowOnDelete.label "Закрываць акно ліста пасля выдалення ліста"> +<!ENTITY closeMsgWindowOnDelete.accesskey "к"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/prefs.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/prefs.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..39838cb0f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/prefs.properties @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +enterValidEmail = Увядзіце, калі ласка, сапраўдны адрас э-пошты. +accountNameExists = Рахунак з такою назваю ўжо існуе. Увядзіце, калі ласка, іншую назву. +accountNameEmpty = Імя карыстальніка не можа быць пустым. +modifiedAccountExists = Рахунак з гэтымі імем карыстальніка і назвай паслугача ўжо існуе. Увядзіце, калі ласка, адрознае імя карыстальніка і/ці назву паслугача. +userNameChanged = Ваша імя карыстальніка было абноўлена. Магчыма, вы маеце патрэбу ў абнаўленні вашага адрасу э-пошты і/ці імя карыстальніка, спалучанага з гэтым рахункам. +serverNameChanged = Наладжванне назвы паслугача зменена. Упэўніцеся, калі ласка, што ўсе папкі, якія выкарыстоўваюцца сітамі, існуюць на новым паслугачы. +junkSettingsBroken = TНаладжванні выўялення лухты рахунку "%1$S" маюць магчымую загану. Не хочаце перагледзець іх у наладжваннях рахунку? +localDirectoryChanged = Патрэбны перазапуск %1$S, каб ужыць змяненне мясцовай дырэкторыі. +localDirectoryRestart = Перазапуск +userNameEmpty = Імя карыстальніка не можа быць пустым. +localDirectoryInvalid = Шлях мясцовай дырэкторыі "%1$S" няспраўны. Выберыце іншую дырэкторыю. +localDirectoryNotAllowed = Шлях мясцовай дырэкторыі "%1$S" не прыдатны для захавання лістоў. Выберыце іншую дырэкторыю. +cancelWizard = Вы сапраўды хочаце выйсці з Чараўніка Рахункаў?\n\nКалі вы выйдзеце, любыя звесткі, якія вы ўвялі, будуць згублены і рахунак не будзе створаны. +accountWizard = Чараўнік Рахункаў +WizardExit = Выйсці +WizardContinue = Скасаваць +enterValidServerName = Увядіце, калі ласка, сапраўдную назву паслугача. +failedRemoveAccount = Няўдача выдалення гэтага рахунку. +accountName = %1$S - %2$S + +confirmDeferAccountWarning = Калі вы пачнеце захоўваць новую пошту для гэтага рахунку ў уваходнай скрынцы іншага рахунку, вы згубіце доступ да ўжо сцягнутай пошты рахунку. Спачатку скапіруйце такую пошту ў іншы рахунак, калі вы маеце такую.\n\nКалі вы маеце сіты, праз якія пошта пападае ў гэты рахунак, забараніце іх або змяніце паку прызначэння. Калі іншыя рахункі маюць адмысловыя папкі ў гэтым рахунку (Дасланыя, Чарнавікі, Узоры, Архівы, Лухта), вы мусіце перанесці іх у другі рахунак.\n\nВы дагэтуль хочаце захоўваць пошту гэтага рахунку ў іншым? +confirmDeferAccountTitle = Адкласці рахунак? + +directoryAlreadyUsedByOtherAccount = Дырэкторыя, прызначаная ў наладжванні Мясцовая Дырэкторыя, ужо ўжываецца рахункам "%S". Выберыце іншую дырэкторыю. +directoryParentUsedByOtherAccount = Бацькоўская дырэкторыя дырэкторыі, прызначаная ў наладжванні Мясцовая Дырэкторыя, ужо ўжываецца рахункам "%S". Выберыце іншую дырэкторыю. +directoryChildUsedByOtherAccount = Паддырэкторыя дырэкторыі, прызначаная ў наладжванні Мясцовая Дырэкторыя, ужо ўжываецца рахункам "%S". Выберыце іншую дырэкторыю. +exampleEmailUserName = карыстальнік +exampleEmailDomain = example.net +emailFieldText = Адрас э-пошты: +defaultEmailText = Увядзіце ваш адрас э-пошты. Гэта адрас, на які іншыя будуць дасылаць лісты да вас (напрыклад: "%1$S@%2$S").\u0020 +customizedEmailText = Увядзіце ваша імя %2$S на %1$S (напрыклад, калі ваш э-паштовы адрас на %1$S – "%3$S", ваша імя %2$S – "%4$S").\u0020 + +prefPanel-server = Наладжванні паслугача +prefPanel-copies = Копіі і папкі +prefPanel-synchronization = Сінхранізацыя і захаванне +prefPanel-diskspace = Дыскавая прастора +prefPanel-addressing = Укладанне і адрасаванне +prefPanel-junk = Наладжванні лухты +prefPanel-smtp = Выходны паслугач (SMTP) + +identity-list-title = Адметы %1$S + +identity-edit-req = Вы мусіце прызначыць сапраўдны э-паштовы адрас для гэтай адметы. +identity-edit-req-title = Памылка стварэння адметы + +identity-delete-confirm = Вы сапраўды хочаце выдаліць адмету\n%S? +identity-delete-confirm-title = Выдаленне адметы %S +identity-delete-confirm-button = Выдаліць + +choosefile = Выбраць файл + +forAccount = Для рахунку "%S" + diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/replicationProgress.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/replicationProgress.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cb47b4bdfd --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/replicationProgress.properties @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +replicationStarted = Адлюстраванне пачалося… +changesStarted = Пачаўся пошук змяненняў для адлюстравання… +replicationSucceeded = Адлюстраванне выканана +replicationFailed = Няўдача адлюстравання +replicationCancelled = Адлюстраванне скасавана +currentCount = Адлюстраванне запісу дырэкторыі: %S + +downloadButton = Загрузіць зараз +downloadButton.accesskey = З +cancelDownloadButton = Скасаваць загрузку +cancelDownloadButton.accesskey = С + diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/smtpEditOverlay.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/smtpEditOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..05788bcf5d --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/pref/smtpEditOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY settings.caption "Наладжванні"> +<!ENTITY security.caption "Бяспека і апазнаванне"> +<!ENTITY serverName.label "Назва паслугача:"> +<!ENTITY serverName.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY serverDescription.label "Апісанне:"> +<!ENTITY serverDescription.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY serverPort.label "Порт:"> +<!ENTITY serverPort.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY userName.label "Імя карыстальніка:"> +<!ENTITY userName.accesskey "К"> +<!ENTITY connectionSecurity.label "Бяспека злучэння:"> +<!ENTITY connectionSecurity.accesskey "Б"> +<!ENTITY connectionSecurityType-0.label "Няма"> +<!ENTITY connectionSecurityType-1.label "STARTTLS, калі даступна"> +<!ENTITY connectionSecurityType-2.label "STARTTLS"> +<!ENTITY connectionSecurityType-3.label "SSL/TLS"> +<!ENTITY smtpEditTitle.label "Паслугач SMTP"> +<!ENTITY serverPortDefault.label "Змоўчны:"> +<!ENTITY authMethod.label "Метад апазнавання:"> +<!ENTITY authMethod.accesskey "з"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/region.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/region.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..eec7ebf6e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/region.properties @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +mailnews.start_page.url = chrome://messenger/content/start.xhtml +mail.addr_book.mapit_url.format = http://maps.google.com/maps?q=@A1%20@A2%20@CI%20@ST%20@ZI%20@CO +mailnews.messageid_browser.url = http://groups.google.com/search?as_umsgid=%mid +mailnews.localizedRe = Адказ diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/renameFolderDialog.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/renameFolderDialog.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fdec8f4083 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/renameFolderDialog.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY renameFolderDialog.title "Перайменаваць папку"> +<!ENTITY rename.label "Увядзіце новую назву для вашай папкі:"> +<!ENTITY rename.accesskey "у"> +<!ENTITY accept.label "Перайменаваць"> +<!ENTITY accept.accesskey "П"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/search-attributes.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/search-attributes.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..720637abad --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/search-attributes.properties @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +Subject = Тэма +From = Ад +Body = Цела +Date = Дата +Priority = Прыярытэт +Status = Статус +To = Да +Cc = СА +ToOrCc = Да ці СА +AgeInDays = Узрост у днях +SizeKB = Памер (КБ) +Tags = Меціны +AnyName = Усякае імя +DisplayName = Адлюстроўнае імя +Nickname = Мянушка +ScreenName = Экраннае імя +Email = Э-пошта +AdditionalEmail = Дадатковая э-пошта +AnyNumber = Усякі нумар +WorkPhone = Працоўны тэляфон +HomePhone = Хатні тэляфон +Fax = Факс +Pager = Гартач +Mobile = Мабільнік +City = Горад +Street = Вуліца +Title = Пасада +Organization = Установа +Department = Аддзел +FromToCcOrBcc = Ад, Да, СА ці ССА +JunkScoreOrigin = Вызначэнне лухты +JunkPercent = Адсотак лухты +AttachmentStatus = Статус далучэння +JunkStatus = Статус лухты +Label = Метка +Customize = Уладкаваць… +MissingCustomTerm = Адсутнічае выбарачны тэрмін diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/search-operators.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/search-operators.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d5730b73d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/search-operators.properties @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +0 = змяшчае +1 = не змяшчае +2 = тоесны +3 = не +4 = пусты + +5 = перад +6 = пасля + +7 = большы чым +8 = меншы чым + +9 = пачынаецца з +10 = канчаецца на + +11 = гучыць як +12 = LdapDwim + +13 = большы чым +14 = меншы чым + +15 = ЗавяршэннеНазвы +16 = у маёй адраснай кнізе +17 = не ў маёй адраснай кнізе +18 = не пусты +19 = адпавядае +20 = не адпавядае diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/search.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/search.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..fa98d9ebf4 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/search.properties @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# search and filter strings +# +# these are the fields that get inserted in the search line +# for "and" searches, this looks like: +# +# searchAnd0 <attribute> searchAnd1 <operator> searchAnd2 <value> searchAnd4 +# +# for example, in english this looks like: +# and the [Sender ] [doesn't contain] [John] +# +# TODO: need to special-case the first line (filterindex==0) + +searchingMessage = Пошук… +matchesFound = знойдзены #1 супадзенне;знойдзены #1 супадзенні;знойдзена #1 супадзенняў +noMatchesFound = Супаденні не знойдзены +labelForStopButton = Спыніць +labelForSearchButton = Пошук +labelForStopButton.accesskey = С +labelForSearchButton.accesskey = ш + +moreButtonTooltipText = Дадаць новае правіла +lessButtonTooltipText = Выдаліць гэтае правіла diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/searchTermOverlay.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/searchTermOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..10b0d04dc3 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/searchTermOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY matchAll.label "Адпавядаюць усім з наступных"> +<!ENTITY matchAll.accesskey "у"> +<!ENTITY matchAny.label "Адпавядаюць якому-небудзь з наступных"> +<!ENTITY matchAny.accesskey "я"> +<!ENTITY matchAllMsgs.label "Адпавядаюць усім лістам"> +<!ENTITY matchAllMsgs.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY searchTermListAttributesFlexValue "6"> +<!ENTITY searchTermListOperatorsFlexValue "6"> +<!ENTITY searchTermListValueFlexValue "6"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/shutdownWindow.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/shutdownWindow.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1bd9720822 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/shutdownWindow.properties @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + + +shutdownDialogTitle = Развіццё закрыцця +taskProgress = Апрацоўка %1$S з %2$S задачаў\u0020 + +# These strings are loaded by the individual shutdown tasks. diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..05ef68dddc --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime.properties @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# +# The following are used by the smime content type handler +# + +1000 = Гэта <B>ТАЙНАПІСНЫ</B> ці <B>ПАДПІСАНЫ</B> ліст.<br> Гэта прыстасаванне Пошты не падтрымлівае тайнапісную ці падпісаную пошту. diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/am-smime.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/am-smime.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..62fcd5d616 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/am-smime.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY securityTitle.label "Бяспека"> +<!ENTITY securityTab.label "Бяспека"> +<!ENTITY securityHeading.label "Каб дасылаць і атрымліваць падпісаныя ці тайнапісныя лісты, вы мусіце вызначыць разам пасведчанне лічбавага падпісання і пасведчанне шыфравання. "> +<!ENTITY encryptionGroupTitle.label "Шыфраванне"> +<!ENTITY encryptionChoiceLabel.label "Змоўчнае наладжванне шыфравання для лістоў, якія дасылаюцца:"> +<!ENTITY neverEncrypt.label "Ніколі (не ўжываць шыфраванне)"> +<!ENTITY neverEncrypt.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY alwaysEncryptMessage.label "Патрэбны (немагчыма даслаць ліст, калі не ўсе атрымальнікі маюць пасведчанні)"> +<!ENTITY alwaysEncryptMessage.accesskey "э"> +<!ENTITY encryptionCert.message "Ужываць гэтае пасведчанне, каб шыфраваць і расшыфроўваць лісты, што дасылаюцца да вас:"> +<!ENTITY digitalSign.certificate.button "Вылучыць…"> +<!ENTITY digitalSign.certificate.accesskey "ы"> +<!ENTITY digitalSign.certificate_clear.button "Ачысціць"> +<!ENTITY digitalSign.certificate_clear.accesskey "ч"> +<!ENTITY encryption.certificate.button "Вылучыць…"> +<!ENTITY encryption.certificate.accesskey "в"> +<!ENTITY encryption.certificate_clear.button "Ачысціць"> +<!ENTITY encryption.certificate_clear.accesskey "ч"> +<!ENTITY signingGroupTitle.label "Лічбавае падпісанне"> +<!ENTITY signMessage.label "Лічбава падпісваць лісты (змоўчна)"> +<!ENTITY signMessage.accesskey "Л"> +<!ENTITY signingCert.message "Ужываць гэтае пасведчанне, каб лічбава падпісваць лісты, што вы адсылаеце:"> + +<!ENTITY certificates.label "Пасведчанні"> +<!ENTITY manageDevices.label "Кіраваць збудовамі бяспекі…"> +<!ENTITY manageDevices.accesskey "б"> + diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/am-smime.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/am-smime.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..40e2c05dd3 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/am-smime.properties @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +NoSenderSigningCert = Вы прызначылі, што ліст мусіць быць лічбава падпісаны, але прыстасаванне ці не змагло знайсці пасведчанне падпісання, вызначанае ў наладжваннях вашага рахунку Пошты і Навінакупаў, ці пасведчанне састарэла. +NoSenderEncryptionCert = Вы прызначылі шыфраванне гэтага ліста, але прыстасаванне ці не знайшло пасведчанне шыфравання, вызначанае ў наладжваннях вашага рахунку Пошты і Навінакупаў, ці пасведчанне састарэла. +MissingRecipientEncryptionCert = Вы прызначылі шыфраванне гэтага ліста, але прыстасаванне не змагло знайсці пасведчанне шыфравання для %S. +ErrorEncryptMail = Немагчыма зашыфраваць ліст. Праверце, калі ласка, шты вы маеце сапраўдныя пасведчанні э-пошты для кожнага атрымальніка. Праверце, калі ласка, што пасведчанні, прызначаныя ў наладжваннях гэтага рахунку пошты і навінакупаў сапраўдныя і даверныя для пошты. +ErrorCanNotSignMail = Немагчыма падпісаць ліст. Праверце, калі ласка, што пасведчанні, прызначаныя ў наладжваннях гэтага рахунку пошты і навінакупаў сапраўдныя і даверныя для пошты. + +prefPanel-smime = Бяспека +NoSigningCert = Кіраўнік пасведчанняў не можа адшукаць сапраўднае пасведчанне, якое можна выкарыстаць для лічбавага падпісання вашых лістоў. +NoEncryptionCert = Кіраўнік пасведчанняў не можа адшукаць сапраўднае пасведчанне, якое іншыя людзі могуць выкарыстаць, каб дасылаць да вас зашыфраваныя лісты э-пошты. + +encryption_needCertWantSame = Вы мусіце таксама вызначыць пасведчанне для іншых людзей, якім яны будуць карыстацца, каб дасылаць да вас тайнапісныя лісты. Вы жадаеце ўжываць тое ж пасведчанне для шыфравання і расшыфравання лістоў, якія дасылаюцца да вас? +encryption_wantSame = Вы жадаеце ўжываць тое ж пасведчанне для шыфравання і расшыфравання лістоў, якія дасылаюцца да вас? +encryption_needCertWantToSelect = Вы мусіце таксама вызначыць пасведчанне для іншых людзей, якім яны будуць карыстацца, каб дасылаць да вас тайнапісныя лісты. Вы жадаеце наладзіць пасведчанне шыфравання зараз? +signing_needCertWantSame = Вы мусіце таксама вызначыць пасведчанне для лічбавага падпісвання вашых лістоў. Вы жадаеце ўжыць тое ж пасведчанне, каб лічбава падпісваць вашы лісты? +signing_wantSame = Вы жадаеце ўжыць тое ж пасведчанне, каб лічбава падпісваць вашы лісты? +signing_needCertWantToSelect = Вы мусіце таксама вызначыць пасведчанне для лічбавага падпісання вашых лістоў. Вы жадаеце наладзіць пасведчанне для лічбавага падпісання лістоў зараз? + +mime_smimeEncryptedContentDesc = Тайнапісны ліст S/MIME +mime_smimeSignatureContentDesc = Тайнапісны подпіс S/MIME + diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/certFetchingStatus.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/certFetchingStatus.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..103bc289bd --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/certFetchingStatus.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE shown while obtaining certificates from a directory --> + +<!ENTITY title.label "Загрузка пасведчанняў"> +<!ENTITY info.message "Пошук пасведчанняў атрымальнікаў у дырэкторыі. Магчыма, ён зойме некалькі хвілінаў."> +<!ENTITY stop.label "Спыніць пошук"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSMIMEOverlay.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSMIMEOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ae070a4907 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSMIMEOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE msgCompSMIMEOverlay.dtd UI for s/mime hooks in message composition --> + +<!ENTITY menu_securityEncryptRequire.label "Зашыфраваць гэты ліст"> +<!ENTITY menu_securityEncryptRequire.accesskey "ш"> + +<!ENTITY menu_securitySign.label "Лічбава падпісаць гэты ліст"> +<!ENTITY menu_securitySign.accesskey "П"> + +<!ENTITY menu_securityStatus.label "Праглядзець звесткі пра бяспеку"> +<!ENTITY menu_securityStatus.accesskey "З"> + +<!ENTITY securityButton.label "Бяспека"> +<!ENTITY securityButton.tooltip "Праглядзець ці змяніць наладжванні бяспекі"> + +<!ENTITY menu_viewSecurityStatus.label "Звесткі пра бяспеку ліста"> +<!ENTITY menu_viewSecurityStatus.accesskey "З"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSMIMEOverlay.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSMIMEOverlay.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..87c32862d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSMIMEOverlay.properties @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +NeedSetup = Вы мусіце ўсталяваць адно ці некалькі асабістых пасведчанняў перад ужываннем гэтай асаблівасці бяспекі. Хочаце даведацца, як зрабіць гэта зараз? diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSecurityInfo.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSecurityInfo.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..92b791eb92 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSecurityInfo.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE msgCompSecurityInfo.dtd UI for viewing security status when composing a message --> + +<!ENTITY title.label "Бяспека ліста"> +<!ENTITY subject.plaintextWarning "Заўважце, калі ласка: Радкі тэмы э-паштовых лістоў ніколі не шыфруюцца."> +<!ENTITY status.heading "Змесціва вашага ліста будзе даслана ў наступным выглядзе:"> +<!ENTITY status.signed "Лічбава падпісаны:"> +<!ENTITY status.encrypted "Зашыфрованы:"> +<!ENTITY status.certificates "Пасведчанні:"> +<!ENTITY view.label "Прагляд"> +<!ENTITY view.accesskey "г"> +<!ENTITY tree.recipient "Атрымальнік"> +<!ENTITY tree.status "Статус"> +<!ENTITY tree.issuedDate "Выдадзена"> +<!ENTITY tree.expiresDate "Высільваецца"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSecurityInfo.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSecurityInfo.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5f2db976fb --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgCompSecurityInfo.properties @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +StatusNotFound = Не знойдзены +StatusValid = Сапраўдны +StatusExpired = Састарэлы +StatusUntrusted = Не надзейны +StatusRevoked = Адкліканы +StatusInvalid = Не сапраўдны +StatusYes = Так +StatusNo = Не +StatusNotPossible = Немагчыма diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgReadSMIMEOverlay.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgReadSMIMEOverlay.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6e914a49b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgReadSMIMEOverlay.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE msgReadSMIMEOverlay.dtd UI for s/mime hooks in message reading --> + +<!ENTITY menu_securityStatus.label "Звесткі пра бяспеку ліста"> +<!ENTITY menu_securityStatus.accesskey "З"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgReadSMIMEOverlay.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgReadSMIMEOverlay.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..55b50fb532 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgReadSMIMEOverlay.properties @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +ImapOnDemand = Адлюстрованы ліст лічбава падпісаны, але яшчэ не ўсе яго далучэнні загружаны. Таму подпіс не можа быць правераны. Пстрыкніце Добра, каб загрузіць ліст цалкам і праверыць подпіс. +CantDecryptTitle = %brand% не можа расшыфраваць гэты ліст +CantDecryptBody = Адпраўнік зашыфраваў гэты ліст адным з вашых лічбавых пасведчанняў, аднак %brand% не здольны знайсці гэтае пасведчанне і адпаведны прыватны ключ. <br> Магчымыя рашэнні: <br><ul><li>Калі вы маеце кемную картку, устаўце яе, калі ласка, зараз. <li>Калі вы карыстаецеся новай машынай або, калі вы ўжываеце новы профіль %brand%, вы мусіце аднавіць ваша пасведчанне з адноўкі. Адноўкі пасведчанняў звычайна маюць канчатак ".p12".</ul>\u0020 diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgReadSecurityInfo.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgReadSecurityInfo.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..828541a7b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgReadSecurityInfo.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!--LOCALIZATION NOTE msgReadSecurityInfo.dtd UI for viewing security status when reading a received message --> + +<!ENTITY status.label "Бяспека ліста"> +<!ENTITY signatureCert.label "Праглядзець пасведчанне подпісу"> +<!ENTITY encryptionCert.label "Праглядзець пасведчанне шыфравання"> + +<!ENTITY signer.name "Падпісана:"> +<!ENTITY recipient.name "Зашыфравана для:"> +<!ENTITY email.address "Адрас э-пошты:"> +<!ENTITY issuer.name "Пасведчанне выдадзена:"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgSecurityInfo.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgSecurityInfo.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..7bbdcd5b57 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/smime/msgSecurityInfo.properties @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +SINoneLabel = Ліст не мае лічбавага подпісу +SINone = Гэты ліст не ўключае лічбавага подпісу адпраўніка. Адсутнасць лічбавага подпісу азначае, што ліст мог даслаць хтосьці іншы, хто прытвараецца ўладальнікам гэтага э-паштовага адрасу. Таксама магчыма, што ліст быў зменены падчас перасылкі скрозь сетку. Зрэшты, малаімаверна, што гэта здарылася. + +SIValidLabel = Ліст падпісаны +SIValid = Гэты ліст ўключае сапраўдны лічбавы подпіс. Ліст не быў зменены пасля яго адпраўкі. + +SIInvalidLabel = Лічбавы подпіс не сапраўдны +SIInvalidHeader = Гэты ліст ўключае лічбавы подпіс, але ён не сапраўдны. + +SIContentAltered = Подпіс не адпавядае змесціву ліста. Здаецца, што ліст зменены пасля яго падпісання адпраўніком. Вы павінны не давяраць гэтаму лісту, пакуль адпраўнік не пацвердзіць яго змесціва. +SIExpired = Пасведчанне, ужытае для падпісання ліста, ужо састарэла. Упэўніцеся, што гадзіннік вашага кампутара працуе правільна. +SIRevoked = Пасведчанне, ужытае для падпісання ліста, адклікана. Вы павінны не давяраць гэтаму лісту, пакуль адпраўнік не пацвердзіць яго змесціва. +SINotYetValid = Пасведчанне, ужытае для падпісання ліста, яшчэ не сапраўднае. Упэўніцеся, што гадзіннік вашага кампутара працуе правільна. +SIUnknownCA = Пасведчанне, ужытае для падпісання ліста, выдана невядомай крыніцай пасведчанняў. +SIUntrustedCA = Пасведчанне, ужытае для падпісання ліста, выдана крыніцай пасведчанняў, чыім пасведчанням гэтага тыпу вы не давяраеце. +SIExpiredCA = Пасведчанне, ужытае для падпісання ліста, выдана крыніцай пасведчанняў, ўласнае пасведчанне якой састарэла. Упэўніцеся, што гадзіннік вашага кампутара працуе правільна. +SIRevokedCA = Пасведчанне, ужытае для падпісання ліста, выдана крыніцай пасведчанняў, пасведчанне якой адклікана. Вы павінны не давяраць гэтаму лісту, пакуль адпраўнік не пацвердзіць яго змесціва. +SINotYetValidCA = Пасведчанне, ужытае для падпісання ліста, выдана крыніцай пасведчанняў, пасведчанне якой пакуль не сапраўднае. Упэўніцеся, што гадзіннік вашага кампутара працуе правільна. +SIInvalidCipher = Ліст падпісаны з дапамогаю шыфравання, моц якога не падтрымліваецца гэтай версіяй праграмнага забеспячэння. +SIClueless = Існуюць невядомыя праблемы, якія датычацца гэтага лічбавага подпісу. Вы павінны не давяраць гэтаму лісту, пакуль адпраўнік не пацвердзіць яго змесціва. + +SIPartiallyValidLabel = Ліст падпісаны +SIPartiallyValidHeader = Хоць лічбавы подпіс і сапраўдны, але невядома, ці адпраўнік і падпісальнік адна і тая ж асоба. + +SIHeaderMismatch = Эпаштовы адрас, запісаны ў пасведчанні падпісальніка, адрозніваецца ад адраса, які быў ужыты для дасылання гэтага ліста. Паглядзіце, калі ласка, падрабязнасці пасведчання подпісу, каб даведацца, хто падпісаў гэты ліст. +SICertWithoutAddress = Пасведчанне, ужытае для падпісання ліста, не змяшчае эпаштовага адрасу. Паглядзіце, калі ласка, падрабязнасці пасведчання подпісу, каб даведацца, хто падпісаў гэты ліст. + +EINone = Гэты ліст не зашыфравалі перад яго дасыланнем. Звесткі, якія перасылаюцца праз Інтэрнэт незашыфраванымі, могуць быць прагледжаны іншымі людзьмі падчас перасылкі. + +EIValidLabel = Ліст зашыфраваны +EIValid = Гэты ліст зашыфравалі перад яго дасыланнем вам. Шыфраванне робіць вельмі цяжкім прагляд іншымі людзьмі звестак у час перасылкі праз сетку. + +EIInvalidLabel = Немагчыма расшыфраваць ліст +EIInvalidHeader = Гэты ліст зашыфравалі перад яго дасыланнем вам, але яго немагчыма расшыфраваць. + +EIContentAltered = Змесціва ліста, здаецца, было зменена падчас перадачы. +EIClueless = Існуюць невядомыя праблемы, якія датычацца гэтага зашыфраванага ліста. diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/start.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/start.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e7672cb3db --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/start.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY startpage.title "Калі ласка Пошты і Навінакупаў &brandShortName;"> +<!ENTITY headline.label 'Калі ласка да Пошты і Навінакупаў <a id="vendorURL" href="">&brandShortName;</a>!'> +<!ENTITY description.label "Пошта і Навінакупы &brandShortName; – магутны спажывец пошты і навінаў з адкрытымі +зыходнікамі, які падтрымлівае ўдасканаленае выяўленне пошты-лухты і іншыя карысныя асаблівасці."> +<!ENTITY features.title "Асаблівасці"> +<!ENTITY feat_multiacc.label "Падтрымка шматлікіх рахункаў"> +<!ENTITY feat_junk.label "Выяўленне пошты-лухты"> +<!ENTITY feat_feeds.label "Чытач жывільніка"> +<!ENTITY feat_filters.label "Сіты лістоў"> +<!ENTITY feat_htmlmsg.label "Падтрымка HTML лістоў"> +<!ENTITY feat_abook.label "Адрасная кніга"> +<!ENTITY feat_tags.label "Уладкавальные меціны і праявы пошты"> +<!ENTITY feat_integration.label "Шчыльнае ўзаемадзеянне з наборам прыстасаванняў &brandShortName;"> +<!ENTITY dict.title "Слоўнікі"> +<!ENTITY dict_intro.label "Слоўнікі, якія ўжываюцца для праверкі правапісу вашых лістоў."> +<!ENTITY info.title "Падрабязней"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/subscribe.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/subscribe.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6b78a1a116 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/subscribe.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY subscribeDialog.title "Падпіска"> +<!ENTITY subscribeButton.label "Падпісацца"> +<!ENTITY subscribeButton.accesskey "П"> +<!ENTITY unsubscribeButton.label "Адпісацца"> +<!ENTITY unsubscribeButton.accesskey "А"> +<!ENTITY newGroupsTab.label "Новыя купы"> +<!ENTITY newGroupsTab.accesskey "Н"> +<!ENTITY refreshButton.label "Абнавіць"> +<!ENTITY refreshButton.accesskey "в"> +<!ENTITY stopButton.label "Спыніць"> +<!ENTITY stopButton.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY server.label "Рахунак:"> +<!ENTITY server.accesskey "Р"> +<!ENTITY subscribedHeader.label "Падпіска"> +<!ENTITY namefield.label "Паказваць адзінкі, якія змяшчаюць:"> +<!ENTITY namefield.accesskey "к"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/subscribe.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/subscribe.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..92ac5788c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/subscribe.properties @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +columnHeader-nntp = Назва навінакупы +columnHeader-imap = Назва папкі +currentListTab-nntp.label = Цяперашні спіс купаў +currentListTab-nntp.accesskey = С +currentListTab-imap.label = Спіс папак +currentListTab-imap.accesskey = С +pleaseWaitString = Пачакайце, калі ласка… diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/textImportMsgs.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/textImportMsgs.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..497864bb96 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/textImportMsgs.properties @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# +# The following are used by the outlook express import code to display status/error +# and informational messages +# + +# +# The following are used by the text import code to display status/error +# and informational messages +# + +2000 = Тэкставы файл (LDIF, .tab, .csv, .txt) + +2001 = Імпарт адраснай кнігі з тэкставага файла, у тым ліку: LDIF (.ldif, .ldi), tab-падзеленых (.tab, .txt) ці коска-падзеленых (.csv) фарматаў. + +2002 = Тэкставая адрасная кніга + +2003 = Імпартаваная адрасная кніга %S + +2004 = Перададзены дрэнны параметр пры імпарту адраснай кнігі. + +2005 = Памылка доступу да файла адраснай кнігі %S. + +2006 = Памылка імпартавання адраснай кнігі %S, магчыма не ўсе адрасы былі імпартаваны. diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/threadpane.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/threadpane.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d45a13488c --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/threadpane.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY threadColumn.label "Нізка"> +<!ENTITY fromColumn.label "Ад"> +<!ENTITY recipientColumn.label "Атрымальнік"> +<!ENTITY attachmentColumn.label "Далучэнні"> +<!ENTITY subjectColumn.label "Тэма"> +<!ENTITY dateColumn.label "Дата"> +<!ENTITY priorityColumn.label "Прыярытэт"> +<!ENTITY tagsColumn.label "Меткі"> +<!ENTITY accountColumn.label "Рахунак"> +<!ENTITY statusColumn.label "Статус"> +<!ENTITY sizeColumn.label "Памер"> +<!ENTITY junkStatusColumn.label "Статус лухты"> +<!ENTITY unreadColumn.label "Непрачытаных у нізцы"> +<!ENTITY totalColumn.label "Усяго ў нізцы"> +<!ENTITY readColumn.label "Чытанне"> +<!ENTITY receivedColumn.label "Атрыманне"> +<!ENTITY flagColumn.label "Сцяжок"> +<!ENTITY locationColumn.label "Месцазнаходжанне"> +<!ENTITY idColumn.label "У парадку атрымання"> + +<!ENTITY columnChooser2.tooltip "Вылучыць слупкі для адлюстравання"> +<!ENTITY threadColumn2.tooltip "Паказваць нізкі лістоў"> +<!ENTITY fromColumn2.tooltip "Размеркаваць па адпраўнікам"> +<!ENTITY recipientColumn2.tooltip "Размеркаваць па атрымальнікам"> +<!ENTITY attachmentColumn2.tooltip "Размеркаваць па далучэнням"> +<!ENTITY subjectColumn2.tooltip "Размеркаваць па тэмам"> +<!ENTITY dateColumn2.tooltip "Размеркаваць па датам"> +<!ENTITY priorityColumn2.tooltip "Размеркаваць па прыярытэтам"> +<!ENTITY tagsColumn2.tooltip "Размеркаваць па мецінам"> +<!ENTITY accountColumn2.tooltip "Размеркаваць па рахункам"> +<!ENTITY statusColumn2.tooltip "Размеркаваць па статусам"> +<!ENTITY sizeColumn2.tooltip "Размеркаваць па памерам"> +<!ENTITY junkStatusColumn2.tooltip "Размеркаваць па статусу лухты"> +<!ENTITY unreadColumn2.tooltip "Колькасць непрачытаных лістоў у нізцы"> +<!ENTITY totalColumn2.tooltip "Агульная колькасць лістоў у нізцы"> +<!ENTITY readColumn2.tooltip "Размеркаваць па статусу чытання"> +<!ENTITY receivedColumn2.tooltip "Размеркаваць па даце атрымання"> +<!ENTITY flagColumn2.tooltip "Размеркаваць па сцяжкам"> +<!ENTITY locationColumn2.tooltip "Размеркаваць па месцазнаходжанню"> +<!ENTITY idColumn2.tooltip "Размеркаваць па парадку атрымання"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/vCardImportMsgs.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/vCardImportMsgs.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..20983e014d --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/vCardImportMsgs.properties @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# +# The following are used by the vCard import code to display status, error, and +# informational messages +# + +vCardImportName = файл vCard (.vcf) + +vCardImportDescription = Імпарт адраснай кнігі з фармату vCard + +vCardImportAddressName = Адрасная кніга vCard + +vCardImportAddressSuccess = Імпартаваная адрасная кніга %S + +vCardImportAddressBadSourceFile = Памылка доступу да файла адраснай кнігі %S. + +vCardImportAddressConvertError = Памылка імпарту адраснай кнігі %S, магчыма, не ўсе адрасы імпартаваныя. diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/viewLog.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/viewLog.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d173e392d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/viewLog.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY viewLog.title "Метрыка сітаў"> +<!ENTITY viewLogInfo.text "Метрыка сітаў збірае звесткі аб дзейнасці сітаў ў гэтым рахунку. Скарыстайце скрынку адзнакі ўнізе, каб дазволіць метрыку."> +<!ENTITY clearLog.label "Ачысціць метрыку"> +<!ENTITY clearLog.accesskey "ч"> +<!ENTITY enableLog.label "Дазволіць метрыку сітаў"> +<!ENTITY enableLog.accesskey "Д"> +<!ENTITY closeLog.label "Зачыніць"> +<!ENTITY closeLog.accesskey "ы"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/virtualFolderListDialog.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/virtualFolderListDialog.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4e958ca8ab --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/virtualFolderListDialog.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY virtualFolderListTitle.title "Выбар папкі(ак)"> +<!ENTITY virtualFolderDesc.label "Выберыце папкі для пошуку:"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/virtualFolderProperties.dtd b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/virtualFolderProperties.dtd new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d3b68f6400 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/virtualFolderProperties.dtd @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<!-- This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + - License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + - file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. --> + +<!ENTITY virtualFolderProperties.title "Новая папка захованага пошуку"> +<!ENTITY name.label "Назва:"> +<!ENTITY name.accesskey "н"> +<!ENTITY description.label "Стварыць як падпапку:"> +<!ENTITY description.accesskey "а"> + +<!ENTITY searchTermCaption.label "Наладзіць меркі пошуку, якія ўжываюцца для гэтага захованага пошуку:"> + +<!ENTITY folderSelectionCaption.label "Вылучыце папкі для пошуку:"> +<!ENTITY chooseFoldersButton.label "Выбраць…"> +<!ENTITY chooseFoldersButton.accesskey "В"> + +<!ENTITY searchOnline.label "Сеткавы пошук (дае найноўшыя вынікі IMAP папак і папак навінаў, аднак павялічвае час адкрыцця папкі)"> +<!ENTITY searchOnline.accesskey "С"> +<!ENTITY newFolderButton.label "Стварыць"> +<!ENTITY newFolderButton.accesskey "т"> +<!ENTITY editFolderButton.label "Абнавіць"> +<!ENTITY editFolderButton.accesskey "А"> diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/wmImportMsgs.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/wmImportMsgs.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a3d0cba3f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mailnews/wmImportMsgs.properties @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# +# The following are used by the windows live mail import code to display status/error +# and informational messages +# + +2000 = Жывая пошта Windows + +2001 = Наладжванні жывой пошты Windows + +2002 = Паштовая скрынка %1$S, імпартавана %2$d лістоў + +2003 = Ужыты дрэнны параметар падчас імпарту паштовай скрынкі. + +2004 = Памылка доступу да файла паштовай скрынкі %S. + +2005 = Памылка імпарту паштовай скрынкі %S, магчыма не ўсе лісты імпартаваныя з гэтай паштовай скрынкі. + +2006 = Адрасная кніга жывой пошты Windows + +2007 = Адрасная кніга жывой пошты Windows (адрасная кніга Windows) + +2008 = Імпартавана адрасная кніга %S + +2009 = Памылка імпарту адраснай кнігі %S, магчыма, не ўсе адрасы імпартаваныя. + +2010 = Ужыты дрэнны параметар падчас імпарту адраснай кнігі. diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mozldap/ldap.properties b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mozldap/ldap.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0613766849 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/chrome/mozldap/ldap.properties @@ -0,0 +1,141 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# The following two strings are used when prompting the user for authentication +# information: + +authPromptTitle = Патрабуецца пароль да паслугача LDAP + +authPromptText = Увядзіце, калі ласка, пароль для %1$S. + +# These are string versions of all the errors defined in +# nsILDAPErrors.idl, as well as the nsresult codes based on those +# errors. See that file for the genesis of these codes, as well as +# for info about how to get documentation about their precise +# meanings. + +1 = Памылка дзеянняў + +2 = Памылка пратаколу + +3 = Перасягнута мяжа часу + +4 = Перасягнута мяжа памеру + +5 = Параўнанне хлусня + +6 = Параўнанне ісціна + +7 = Метад апазнавання не падтрымліваецца + +8 = Патрабуецца моцнае апазнаванне + +9 = Атрыманы няпоўныя вынікі і накіраванне + +10 = Атрымана прызначэнне + +11 = Перасягнута кіраўнічая мяжа + +12 = Недаступнае значнае пашырэнне + +13 = Патрабуецца канфідэнцыяльнасць + +14 = Прывязка SASL у развіцці + +16 = Няма такога атрыбута + +17 = Нявызначаны тып атрыбута + +18 = Неадпаведнае супадзенне + +19 = Парушэнне абмежавання + +20 = Тып ці значэнне існуе + +21 = Недапушчальны сінтаксіс + +32 = Няма такога аб'екта + +33 = Праблема мянушкі + +34 = Недапушчальны сінтаксіс DN (адрознай назвы) + +35 = Аб'ект – ліст + +36 = Праблема разаспасылання мянушкі + +48 = Непрыдатнае апазнаванне\n + +49 = Недапушчальныя даверанасці + +50 = Недастатковы доступ + +51 = Паслугач LDAP заняты + +52 = Паслугач LDAP недаступны + +53 = Паслугач LDAP непрыхільны выканаць + +54 = Выяўлена пятля + +60 = Кіроўца размеркавання адсутнічае + +61 = Вынікі пошуку перавысілі дыяпазон, прызначаны з дапамогаю зрушэнняў + +64 = Парушэнне называння + +65 = Парушэнне класа аб'екта + +66 = Дзеянне не дазволена на не лісце + +67 = Дзеянне не дазволена для RDN + +68 = Ужо існуе + +69 = Немагчыма змяніць клас аб'екта + +70 = Вынікі занадта вялікія + +71 = Закранае шматлікія паслугачы + +80 = Невядомая памылка + +81 = Немагчыма звязацца з паслугачом LDAP + +82 = Мясцовая памылка + +83 = Памылка кадавання + +84 = Памылка дэкадавання + +85 = Злучэнне з паслугачом LDAP па-за часам + +86 = Невядомы метад апазнавання + +87 = Недапушчальнае сіта пошуку + +88 = Скасаванае карыстальнікам дзеянне + +89 = Дрэнны параметр да падпраграмы LDAP + +90 = Па-за памяццю + +91 = Немагчыма злучыцца з паслугачом LDAP + +92 = Не падтрымліваецца гэтай версіяй пратаколу LDAP + +93 = Запатрабаваны кіроўца LDAP не знойдзены + +94 = Вынікі не вернуты + +95 = Больш вынікаў для вяртання + +96 = Спажывец выявіў пятлю + +97 = Перасягнута мяжа перапрызначэння diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/crashreporter/crashreporter-override.ini b/l10n-be/suite/crashreporter/crashreporter-override.ini new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..aed79e4112 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/crashreporter/crashreporter-override.ini @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +; This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +; License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +; file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# This file is in the UTF-8 encoding +[Strings] +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (CrashReporterProductErrorText2): The %s is replaced with a string containing detailed information. +CrashReporterProductErrorText2=SeaMonkey пацярпеў крах ад нечаканай праблемы. Мы паспрабуем аднавіць вашы ўстаўкі і вокны пасля перазапуску.\n\nНа жаль, паведамляльнік пра крах не здольны падаць справаздачу пра гэты крах.\n\nПадрабязнасці: %s +CrashReporterDescriptionText2=SeaMonkey пацярпеў крах ад нечаканай праблемы. Мы паспрабуем аднавіць вашы ўстаўкі і вокны пасля перазапуску.\n\nКаб дапамагчы вызначыць і выправіць праблему, вы можаце падаць справаздачу пра крах. diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/defines.inc b/l10n-be/suite/defines.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b37aa8b530 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/defines.inc @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +#filter emptyLines + +#define MOZ_LANGPACK_CREATOR mozilla.org + +# If non-English locales wish to credit multiple contributors, uncomment this +# variable definition and use the format specified. +# #define MOZ_LANGPACK_CONTRIBUTORS <em:contributor>Joe Solon</em:contributor> <em:contributor>Suzy Solon</em:contributor> +#define MOZ_LANGPACK_CONTRIBUTORS <em:contributor>mozilla by</em:contributor> + +#unfilter emptyLines diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/extra-jar.mn b/l10n-be/suite/extra-jar.mn new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..591237101e --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/extra-jar.mn @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# this is an empty file +# locales can ship "extra" files from here, to ship a custom set +# of files for the help system +# do not put any blank lines in this file diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/installer/windows/custom.properties b/l10n-be/suite/installer/windows/custom.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1b555afb00 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/installer/windows/custom.properties @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE: + +# This file must be saved as UTF8 + +# Accesskeys are defined by prefixing the letter that is to be used for the +# accesskey with an ampersand (e.g. &). + +# Do not replace $BrandShortName, $BrandFullName, or $BrandFullNameDA with a +# custom string and always use the same one as used by the en-US files. +# $BrandFullNameDA allows the string to contain an ampersand (e.g. DA stands +# for double ampersand) and prevents the letter following the ampersand from +# being used as an accesskey. + +# You can use \n to create a newline in the string but only when the string +# from en-US contains a \n. + +REG_APP_DESC = $BrandShortName забяспечвае бяспечнае і лёгкае азіранне сеціва. Зручны інтэрфэйс карыстальніка, узмоцненая сістэма бяспекі, якая ўключае ахову ад крадзяжу сеткавай адметы, і ўбудаваны пошук дазваляюць вам здабыць усё магчымае з сеціва. +OPTIONAL_COMPONENTS_TITLE = Выбар дадатковых частак +OPTIONAL_COMPONENTS_SUBTITLE = Выберыце часткі $BrandFullNameDA, якія вы хочаце ўсталяваць. +OPTIONAL_COMPONENTS_LABEL = Дадатковыя часткі: +DEBUGQA_TITLE = ІК для наладкі і УЯ +DEBUGQA_TEXT = Дадатковы інтэрфэйс карыстальніка для наладкі і ўпэўнівання ў якасці для распрацоўкі $BrandShortName. +CONTEXT_OPTIONS = &Наладжванні $BrandShortName +CONTEXT_SAFE_MODE = &Бяспечны рэжым $BrandShortName +SAFE_MODE = Бяспечны рэжым +MAILNEWS_TEXT = Паштавік +PROFILE_TEXT = Кіраўнік профіляў +OPTIONS_PAGE_TITLE = Тып усталявання +OPTIONS_PAGE_SUBTITLE = Выбар наладак усталявання +SHORTCUTS_PAGE_TITLE = Усталяванне выклічнікаў +SHORTCUTS_PAGE_SUBTITLE = Стварэнне праграмных значкоў +SUMMARY_PAGE_TITLE = Зводка +SUMMARY_PAGE_SUBTITLE = Усё гатова для пачатку ўсталявання $BrandShortName +SUMMARY_INSTALLED_TO = $BrandShortName будзе ўсталяваны ў наступным месцы: +SUMMARY_CLICK = Пстрыкніце Усталяваць для працягу. +SUMMARY_REBOOT_REQUIRED_INSTALL = Магчыма, будзе патрэбны перазапуск кампутара для сканчэння ўсталявання. +SUMMARY_REBOOT_REQUIRED_UNINSTALL = Магчыма, будзе патрэбны перазапуск кампутара для сканчэння высталявання. +SURVEY_TEXT = &Паведамце нам, што вы думаеце пра $BrandShortName +LAUNCH_TEXT = &Запусціць $BrandFullNameDA зараз +CREATE_ICONS_DESC = Стварыць значкі $BrandShortName: +ICONS_DESKTOP = На маім &Працоўным стале +ICONS_STARTMENU = У папцы меню "&Запуск Праграмаў" +ICONS_QUICKLAUNCH = На маёй паліцы &Хуткага Запуску +WARN_WRITE_ACCESS = Вы не маеце дазволу на запіс у ўсталявальнай дырэкторыі.\n\nПстрыкніце Добра, каб выбраць іншую дырэкторыю. +WARN_DISK_SPACE = Вы не маеце дастатковай дыскавай прасторы для ўсталявання ў гэтым месцы.\n\nПстрыкніце Добра, каб выбраць іншае месца. +WARN_MANUALLY_CLOSE_APP_INSTALL = $BrandShortName павінны быць закрыты, каб працягнуць усталяванне.\n\nЗакрыйце, калі ласка, $BrandShortName, каб працягнуць. +WARN_MANUALLY_CLOSE_APP_LAUNCH = $BrandShortName ужо выконваецца.\n\nЗакрыйце, калі ласка, $BrandShortName перад тым, як запусціць зараз усталяваную версію. +WARN_MANUALLY_CLOSE_APP_UNINSTALL = $BrandShortName павінны быць закрыты, каб працягнуць высталяванне.\n\nЗакрыйце, калі ласка, $BrandShortName, каб працягнуць. +WARN_RESTART_REQUIRED_UNINSTALL = Вы мусіце перазапусціць ваш кампутар, каб скончыць папярэдняе высталяванне $BrandShortName. Вы хочаце перазапусціць яго зараз? +WARN_RESTART_REQUIRED_UPGRADE = Вы мусіце перазапусціць ваш кампутар, каб скончыць папярэдняе ўзняццё $BrandShortName. Вы хочаце перазапусціць яго зараз? +ERROR_CREATE_DIRECTORY_PREFIX = Памылка стварэння дырэкторыі: +ERROR_CREATE_DIRECTORY_SUFFIX = Пстрыкніце Скасаваць, каб спыніць усталяванне, або\nПаўтарыць, каб паспрабаваць ізноў. + +UN_CONFIRM_CLICK = Пстрыкніце Высталяваць для працягу. +UN_CONFIRM_PAGE_TITLE = Высталяванне $BrandFullName +UN_CONFIRM_PAGE_SUBTITLE = Выдаленне $BrandFullName з вашага кампутара. +UN_CONFIRM_UNINSTALLED_FROM = $BrandShortName будзе высталяваны з наступнага месца: + +STATUS_INSTALL_APP = Усталяванне $BrandShortName… +STATUS_INSTALL_LANG = Усталяванне моўных файлаў (${AB_CD})… +STATUS_INSTALL_OPTIONAL = Усталяванне дадатковых частак… +STATUS_UNINSTALL_MAIN = Высталяванне $BrandShortName… +STATUS_CLEANUP = Невялічкая прыборка… + +BANNER_CHECK_EXISTING = Праверка існага ўсталявання… + +OPTIONS_SUMMARY = Выберыце тып усталявання, якому вы аддаяце перавагу, і пстрыкніце Далей. +OPTION_STANDARD_DESC = $BrandShortName будзе ўсталяваны з найболей ужывальнымі часткамі. +OPTION_STANDARD_RADIO = &Звычайнае +OPTION_COMPLETE_DESC = $BrandShortName будзе ўсталяваны з усімі наяўнымі часткамі. +OPTION_COMPLETE_RADIO = &Поўнае +OPTION_CUSTOM_DESC = Вы можаце асабіста выбраць часткі для ўсталявання. Раіцца для дасведчаных карыстальнікаў. +OPTION_CUSTOM_RADIO = &Выбарачнае diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/installer/windows/mui.properties b/l10n-be/suite/installer/windows/mui.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..44d261f278 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/installer/windows/mui.properties @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# To make the l10n tinderboxen see changes to this file you can change a value +# name by adding - to the end of the name followed by chars (e.g. Branding-2). + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE: + +# This file must be saved as UTF8 + +# Accesskeys are defined by prefixing the letter that is to be used for the +# accesskey with an ampersand (e.g. &). + +# Do not replace $BrandShortName, $BrandFullName, or $BrandFullNameDA with a +# custom string and always use the same one as used by the en-US files. +# $BrandFullNameDA allows the string to contain an ampersand (e.g. DA stands +# for double ampersand) and prevents the letter following the ampersand from +# being used as an accesskey. + +MUI_TEXT_WELCOME_INFO_TITLE = Калі ласка да Чараўніка Усталявання $BrandFullNameDA +MUI_TEXT_WELCOME_INFO_TEXT = Гэты чараўнік дазволіць вам правесці ўсталяванне $BrandFullNameDA.\n\nВам раіцца зачыніць усе іншыя прыстасаванні перад пачаткам усталявання. Гэта зробіць магчымым абнавіць адпаведныя сістэмныя файлы без перазапуску вашага кампутара.\n\n$_CLICK +MUI_TEXT_LICENSE_TITLE = Ліцэнзійнае пагадненне +MUI_TEXT_LICENSE_SUBTITLE = Прачытайце, калі ласка, умовы пагаднення перад усталяваннем $BrandFullNameDA. +MUI_INNERTEXT_LICENSE_TOP = Націсніце Старонка Уніз, каб прагледзець рэшту пагаднення. +MUI_INNERTEXT_LICENSE_BOTTOM_CHECKBOX = Калі вы згодны з умовамі гэтага пагаднення, пазначце скрынку ніжэй. Вы мусіце згадзіцца з пагадненнем, каб усталяваць $BrandFullNameDA. $_CLICK +MUI_TEXT_COMPONENTS_TITLE = Выбар частак +MUI_TEXT_COMPONENTS_SUBTITLE = Выберыце, якія часткі $BrandFullNameDA вы хочаце ўсталяваць. +MUI_INNERTEXT_COMPONENTS_DESCRIPTION_TITLE = Апісанне +MUI_INNERTEXT_COMPONENTS_DESCRIPTION_INFO = Навядзіце вашу мышку на частку, каб пабачыць яе апісанне. +MUI_TEXT_DIRECTORY_TITLE = Выбар месца для ўсталявання +MUI_TEXT_DIRECTORY_SUBTITLE = Выберыце папку для ўсталявання $BrandFullNameDA. +MUI_TEXT_INSTALLING_TITLE = Усталяванне +MUI_TEXT_INSTALLING_SUBTITLE = Пачакайце, калі ласка, пакуль $BrandFullNameDA усталюецца. +MUI_TEXT_FINISH_TITLE = Усталяванне скончана +MUI_TEXT_FINISH_SUBTITLE = Усталяванне паспяхова скончана. +MUI_TEXT_ABORT_TITLE = Усталяванне перарвана +MUI_TEXT_ABORT_SUBTITLE = Усталяванне не мела поспеху. +MUI_BUTTONTEXT_FINISH = &Скончыць +MUI_TEXT_FINISH_INFO_TITLE = Завяршэнне Чараўніка Усталявання $BrandFullNameDA +MUI_TEXT_FINISH_INFO_TEXT = $BrandFullNameDA усталяваны на ваш кампутар.\n\nПстрыкніце Скончыць, каб закрыць гэты чараўнік. +MUI_TEXT_FINISH_INFO_REBOOT = Ваш кампутар павінны быць перазапушчаны, каб усталяванне $BrandFullNameDA было скончана. Вы хочаце перазапусціць кампутар зараз? +MUI_TEXT_FINISH_REBOOTNOW = Перазапусціць зараз +MUI_TEXT_FINISH_REBOOTLATER = Я жадаю перазапусціць кампутар уручную пазней +MUI_TEXT_STARTMENU_TITLE = Выбар папкі меню запуску +MUI_TEXT_STARTMENU_SUBTITLE = Выберыце папку меню запуску для выклічнікаў $BrandFullNameDA. +MUI_INNERTEXT_STARTMENU_TOP = Выберыце папку меню запуску, у якой вы хочаце стварыць выклічнікі праграмы. Вы таксама можаце ўвесці назву новай папкі. +MUI_TEXT_ABORTWARNING = Вы сапраўды хочаце выйсці з усталявальніка $BrandFullName? +MUI_UNTEXT_WELCOME_INFO_TITLE = Калі ласка да Чараўніка Высталявання $BrandFullNameDA +MUI_UNTEXT_WELCOME_INFO_TEXT = Гэты чараўнік дазволіць вам правесці высталяванне $BrandFullNameDA.\n\nУпэўніцеся перад пачаткам высталявання, што $BrandFullNameDA не выконваецца.\n\n$_CLICK +MUI_UNTEXT_CONFIRM_TITLE = Высталяванне $BrandFullNameDA +MUI_UNTEXT_CONFIRM_SUBTITLE = Выдаленне $BrandFullNameDA з вашага кампутара. +MUI_UNTEXT_UNINSTALLING_TITLE = Высталяванне +MUI_UNTEXT_UNINSTALLING_SUBTITLE = Пачакайце, калі ласка, пакуль $BrandFullNameDA высталёўваецца. +MUI_UNTEXT_FINISH_TITLE = Высталяванне скончана +MUI_UNTEXT_FINISH_SUBTITLE = Высталяванне паспяхова скончана. +MUI_UNTEXT_ABORT_TITLE = Высталяванне перарвана +MUI_UNTEXT_ABORT_SUBTITLE = Высталяванне не мела поспеху. +MUI_UNTEXT_FINISH_INFO_TITLE = Сканчэнне Чараўніка Высталявання $BrandFullNameDA +MUI_UNTEXT_FINISH_INFO_TEXT = $BrandFullNameDA быў высталяваны з вашага кампутара.\n\nПстрыкніце Скончыць, каб закрыць гэты чараўнік. +MUI_UNTEXT_FINISH_INFO_REBOOT = Ваш кампутар павінны быць перазапушчаны, каб скончыць высталяванне $BrandFullNameDA. Вы хочаце зрабіць перазапуск зараз? +MUI_UNTEXT_ABORTWARNING = Вы сапраўды хочаце выйсці з высталявальніка $BrandFullName? diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/installer/windows/override.properties b/l10n-be/suite/installer/windows/override.properties new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..612411add1 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/installer/windows/override.properties @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE: + +# This file must be saved as UTF8 + +# Accesskeys are defined by prefixing the letter that is to be used for the +# accesskey with an ampersand (e.g. &). + +# Do not replace $BrandShortName, $BrandFullName, or $BrandFullNameDA with a +# custom string and always use the same one as used by the en-US files. +# $BrandFullNameDA allows the string to contain an ampersand (e.g. DA stands +# for double ampersand) and prevents the letter following the ampersand from +# being used as an accesskey. + +# You can use \n to create a newline in the string but only when the string +# from en-US contains a \n. + +# Strings that require a space at the end should be enclosed with double +# quotes and the double quotes will be removed. To add quotes to the beginning +# and end of a strong enclose the add and additional double quote to the +# beginning and end of the string (e.g. ""This will include quotes""). + +SetupCaption = Усталяванне $BrandFullName +UninstallCaption = Высталяванне $BrandFullName +BackBtn = < &Назад +NextBtn = &Далей > +AcceptBtn = Я &згодны з умовамі Ліцэнзійнага Пагаднення +DontAcceptBtn = Я &не згодны з умовамі Ліцэнзійнага Пагаднення +InstallBtn = &Усталяваць +UninstallBtn = &Высталяваць +CancelBtn = Скасаваць +CloseBtn = &Закрыць +BrowseBtn = А&гляд… +ShowDetailsBtn = &Падрабязнасці +ClickNext = Пстрыкніце Далей для працягу. +ClickInstall = Пстрыкніце Усталяваць, каб пачаць усталяванне. +ClickUninstall = Пстрыкніце Высталяваць, каб пачаць высталяванне. +Completed = Скончана +LicenseTextRB = Прачытайце, калі ласка, ліцэнзійнае пагадненне перад усталяваннем $BrandFullNameDA. Калі вы згодныя з усімі ўмовамі пагаднення, выберыце першы радок унізе. $_CLICK +ComponentsText = Пазначце часткі, якія вы хочаце ўсталяваць, і прыміце адзнакі з частак, якія не хочаце ўсталёўваць. $_CLICK +ComponentsSubText2_NoInstTypes = Выберыце часткі для ўсталявання: +DirText = Усталявальнік установіць $BrandFullNameDA у наступную папку. Каб зрабіць усталяванне ў іншую папку, пстрыкніце Агляд і выберыце іншую папку. $_CLICK +DirSubText = Папка-прызначэнне +DirBrowseText = Выберыце папку для ўсталявання $BrandFullNameDA: +SpaceAvailable = "Даступная прастора: " +SpaceRequired = "Патрэбная прастора: " +UninstallingText = $BrandFullNameDA будзе высталяваны з наступнай папкі. $_CLICK +UninstallingSubText = Высталяванне з: +FileError = Памылка адкрыцця файла для запісу: \r\n\r\n$0\r\n\r\nПстрыкніце Скід, каб перарваць усталяванне,\r\nПаўтор, каб паспрабаваць зноў, ці\r\nІгнараваць, каб прапусціць гэты файл. +FileError_NoIgnore = Памылка адкрыцця файла для запісу: \r\n\r\n$0\r\n\r\nПстрыкніце Паўтор, каб паспрабаваць зноў, ці\r\nСкасаваць, каб спыніць усталяванне. +CantWrite = "Немагчыма запісаць: " +CopyFailed = Няўдача капіявання +CopyTo = "Капіяваць у " +Registering = "Рэгістрацыя: " +Unregistering = "Скасаванне рэгістрацыі: " +SymbolNotFound = "Немагчыма знайсці сімвал: " +CouldNotLoad = "Немагчыма загрузіць: " +CreateFolder = "Стварэнне папкі: " +CreateShortcut = "Стварэнне выклічніка: " +CreatedUninstaller = "Створаны высталявальнік: " +Delete = "Выдаленне файла: " +DeleteOnReboot = "Выдаленне пасля перазагрузкі: " +ErrorCreatingShortcut = "Памылка стварэння выклічніка: " +ErrorCreating = "Памылка стварэння: " +ErrorDecompressing = Памылка выціскання даных! Усталявальнік пашкоджаны? +ErrorRegistering = Памылка рэгістравання DLL +ExecShell = "ExecShell: " +Exec = "Выкананне: " +Extract = "Выманне: " +ErrorWriting = "Выманне: памылка запісу файла " +InvalidOpcode = Усталявальнік пашкоджаны: недапушчальны код дзеяння +NoOLE = "Няма OLE для: " +OutputFolder = "Папка запісу: " +RemoveFolder = "Выдаленне папкі: " +RenameOnReboot = "Перайменаваць пасля перазапуску: " +Rename = "Перайменаваць: " +Skipped = "Прапушчаны: " +CopyDetails = Капіяваць падрабязнасці ў буфер абмену +LogInstall = Метрыка ўсталявальнага працэсу +Byte = Б +Kilo = К +Mega = М +Giga = Г diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/profile/bookmarks.extra b/l10n-be/suite/profile/bookmarks.extra new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..94efc04d33 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/profile/bookmarks.extra @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +#filter emptyLines + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE: You can additional bookmark entries here for inclusion +# in your language's default profiles. +# Please do not add many entries here, only things that many users in your +# country will actually need. +# For most localizations, it's enough to localize the descriptions and domain +# names of the Google bookmarks below. + + <DT><H3>Пошук у Сеціве</H3> + <DL><p> + <DT><A HREF="http://www.google.com/">Google</A> + <DT><A HREF="http://groups.google.com/">Купы Google</A> + <DT><A HREF="http://news.google.com/">Навіны Google</A> + </DL><p> + +#unfilter emptyLines diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/profile/bookmarks.inc b/l10n-be/suite/profile/bookmarks.inc new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..03a9cd1fca --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/profile/bookmarks.inc @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +#filter emptyLines + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE: The 'en-US' strings in some URLs will be replaced with +# your locale code, and link to your translated pages as soon as they're live. + +#define bookmarks_title Закладкі +#define bookmarks_heading Закладкі + +#define personal_toolbarfolder Папка паліцы ўласных прыладаў + +#define seamonkey_and_mozilla SeaMonkey і Mozilla + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (seamonkey): +# link title for http://www.seamonkey-project.org/ (in the personal toolbar) +#define seamonkey SeaMonkey + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (seamonkey_long): +# link title for http://www.seamonkey-project.org/ (in normal bookmarks) +#define seamonkey_long Праект SeaMonkey + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (mozilla_org): +# link title for http://www.mozilla.org/ (in the personal toolbar) +#define mozilla_org mozilla.org + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (mozilla_org_long): +# link title for http://www.mozilla.org/ (in normal bookmarks) +#define mozilla_org_long Арганізацыя Mozilla + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (mozilla_projects): +# link title for http://www.mozilla.org/projects/ +#define mozilla_projects Праекты Mozilla + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (mozilla_about): +# link title for http://www.mozilla.org/about/ +#define mozilla_about Пра Mozilla + +#define extend_seamonkey Пашырэнне SeaMonkey + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (seamonkey_addons): +# link title for https://addons.mozilla.org/en-US/seamonkey/ +#define seamonkey_addons Дадаткі SeaMonkey + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (seamonkey_themes): +# link title for https://addons.mozilla.org/en-US/seamonkey/themes +#define seamonkey_themes Тэмы SeaMonkey + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (seamonkey_dictionaries): +# link title for https://addons.mozilla.org/en-US/seamonkey/dictionaries +#define seamonkey_dictionaries Слоўнікі праверкі правапісу + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (seamonkey_plugins): +# link title for https://addons.mozilla.org/en-US/seamonkey/plugins +#define seamonkey_plugins Убудовы для SeaMonkey + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (mozdev): +# link title for http://www.mozdev.org/ +#define mozdev mozdev.org + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (mozdev_seamonkey): +# link title for http://www.mozdev.org/projects/applications/SeaMonkey.html +#define mozdev_seamonkey Пашырэнні SeaMonkey ад mozdev.org + +#define community_support Згуртаванне і падтрымка + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (seamonkey_community): +# link title for http://www.seamonkey-project.org/community +#define seamonkey_community Згуртаванне SeaMonkey + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (mozillazine): +# link title for http://www.mozillazine.org/ +#define mozillazine mozillaZine + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (seamonkey_support): +# link title for the mozillaZine SeaMonkey Support forum +#define seamonkey_support Форум падтрымкі SeaMonkey (mozillaZine) + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (seamonkey_l10n): +# insert full bookmark line for localized SeaMonkey page (personal toolbar) +# e.g. #define seamonkey_l10n <DT><A HREF="http://www.seamonkey.tlh/">SeaMonkey tlhIngan</a> +#define seamonkey_l10n <DT><A HREF="http://mozilla-be.sourceforge.net/">SeaMonkey па-беларуску</a> + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE (seamonkey_l10n_long): +# insert full bookmark line for localized SeaMonkey page (normal bookmark) +# e.g. #define seamonkey_l10n_long <DT><A HREF="http://www.seamonkey.tld/">tlhIngan Hol SeaMonkey</a> +#define seamonkey_l10n_long <DT><A HREF="http://mozilla-be.sourceforge.net/">SeaMonkey па-беларуску</a> + +#unfilter emptyLines diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/profile/chrome/userChrome-example.css b/l10n-be/suite/profile/chrome/userChrome-example.css new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..34205a555d --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/profile/chrome/userChrome-example.css @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */ + +/* + * Папраўце гэты файл і захавайце яго як userChrome.css у + * дырэкторыі chrome/ вашага профілю. + */ + +/* + * Гэты файл можа ўжывацца для наладжвання выгляду інтэрфэйсу карыстальніка Mozilla. + * Вы мусіце выкарыстоўваць !important у правілах, якімі вы хочаце + * замяніць наладжванні па змоўчанню. + */ + +/* + * Не выдаляйце радок @namespace -- ён патрабуецца для правільнага выканання. + */ +@namespace url("http://www.mozilla.org/keymaster/gatekeeper/there.is.only.xul"); /* прызначае змоўчную назвапрастору для XUL */ + + +/* + * Асобныя магчымыя паляпшэнні даступнасці: + */ +/* + * Зрабіць усе змоўчныя памеры шрыфтоў 20 pt: + * + * * { + * font-size: 20pt !important + * } + */ +/* + * Зрабіць памер усіх адзінак меню роўным 15 pt замест змоўчнага памеру: + * + * menupopup > * { + * font-size: 15pt !important + * } + */ +/* + * Ужываць шрыфты нязменнай шырыні на Паліцы Месцазнаходжання (URL) + * + * #urlbar { + * font-family: monospace !important; + * } + */ + +/* + * Eliminate the throbber and its annoying movement: + * + * #throbber-box { + * display: none !important; + * } + */ + +/* + * Наведайце http://www.mozilla.org/unix/customizing.html , каб атрымаць больш прыкладаў. + */ + diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/profile/chrome/userContent-example.css b/l10n-be/suite/profile/chrome/userContent-example.css new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c2362c84a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/profile/chrome/userContent-example.css @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public + * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this + * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */ + +/* + * Папраўце гэты файл і захавайце яго як userContent.css у + * дырэкторыі chrome/ вашага профілю. + */ + +/* + * Гэты файл можа ўжывацца для надання стылю ўсім старонкам Сеціва, + * якія вы праглядаеце. + * Правілы без !important перавызначаюцца правіламі аўтара, калі ён + * прызначыў іх. Правілы з !important замяняюць правілы аўтара. + */ + +/* + * прыклад: выключыць мігаценне адзінкі "blink" + * + * blink { text-decoration: none ! important; } + * + */ + +/* + * прыклад: прызначыць мяжу ў 2 пікселі усім табліцам + * + * table { border: 2px solid; } + */ + +/* + * прыклад: выключыць адзінку "marquee" + * + * marquee { -moz-binding: none; } + * + */ + +/* + * Наведайце http://www.mozilla.org/unix/customizing.html каб атрымаць больш прыкладаў. + */ + diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/profile/panels.extra b/l10n-be/suite/profile/panels.extra new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f28b96e455 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/profile/panels.extra @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +#filter emptyLines + +# LOCALIZATION NOTE: You can place sidebar panel entries here that will be +# in default profiles. Only do this if you know what you're doing! +# For normal localizations, it's best to leave this file unchanged. + +#unfilter emptyLines diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/suite-l10n.js b/l10n-be/suite/suite-l10n.js new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5247754444 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/suite-l10n.js @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +#filter substitution + +pref("general.useragent.locale", "@AB_CD@"); +pref("spellchecker.dictionary", "@AB_CD@"); +pref("browser.fixup.alternate.suffix", ".by");
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/l10n-be/suite/updater/updater.ini b/l10n-be/suite/updater/updater.ini new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1a13a627b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/l10n-be/suite/updater/updater.ini @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +; This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public +; License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this +; file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. + +; This file is in the UTF-8 encoding +[Strings] +TitleText=Абнаўленне %MOZ_APP_DISPLAYNAME% +InfoText=%MOZ_APP_DISPLAYNAME% усталёўвае вашы абнаўленні і запусціцца праз некалькі хвілінаў… |
